622484 Catalog
2014-07-30
: Pdf 622484-Catalog 622484-Catalog 639889 Batch6 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 1
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
33i10000_gb_herbor.fm Seite 1 Montag, 7. November 2011 1:55 13 2011/2012 䡲 Enclosures Catalogue 33 䡲 Power Distribution 䡲 Climate Control 䡲 IT Infrastructure 12.2011 / E980 䡲 Software & Services Catalogue 33 Edition 2011 / 2012 Rittal. Power and Vision! RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 䡠 D-35726 Herborn Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 䡠 Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de 䡠 www.rittal.com ENCLOSURES POWER DISTRIBUTION CLIMATE CONTROL IT INFRASTRUCTURE SOFTWARE & SERVICES Enclosures from page 23 Small enclosures............................................................ 27 Compact enclosures...................................................... 43 Wall-mounted network enclosures................................. 55 Enclosure systems ......................................................... 71 Floor-standing network enclosures.............................. 101 Server enclosures ........................................................ 113 Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW................ 119 Operating housings/support arm systems/stand systems. 135 Hygienic Design........................................................... 175 Stainless steel .............................................................. 181 Ex enclosures/EMC...................................................... 197 Outdoor enclosures ..................................................... 203 Electronic packaging ................................................... 211 Power distribution from page 265 Busbar systems ........................................................... 269 Ri4Power Form 1-4....................................................... 327 Ri4Power ISV distribution enclosures .......................... 361 Power ........................................................................... 371 Climate control from page 389 Cooling with ambient air .............................................. 393 Cooling units ................................................................ 413 Liquid cooling .............................................................. 433 IT cooling ..................................................................... 453 CS Outdoor climate control.......................................... 467 Climate control accessories......................................... 473 IT infrastructure from page 489 Floor-standing network enclosures......................... 55/101 Server enclosures ........................................................ 113 Power ........................................................................... 371 IT cooling .................................................................... 453 Monitoring ................................................................... 767 Security solutions ......................................................... 503 Software & services from page 515 Software ....................................................................... 519 Service ......................................................................... 531 Quality management.................................................... 535 System acessories from page 537 Enclosures ................................................................... 539 Monitoring .................................................................... 767 Human/machine interface............................................ 789 List of model numbers ................................................. 815 Index ............................................................................ 830 Dear Customer, In 2011, Rittal can reflect on five very successful decades. For the past 50 years, we have been redefining the future, in every project. Together with our customers, we have developed an innovative, value-creating system with precise-fit solutions for almost every industry. The new Rittal Catalogue 33, 2011/2012 contains more than 800 pages of detailed information on “Rittal – The System.”. Discover the many different facets of our unique range of solutions that is unrivalled anywhere else. Each day, “Rittal – The System.”, with its coordinated modular system, facilitates innovative solutions with maximum cost efficiency for companies of all sizes. Embark on a voyage of discovery. The future – your success – starts right here. Best wishes Friedhelm Loh Owner and CEO of the Friedhelm Loh Group 3 1961: Series production of the very first standard enclosure, AE, begins. 4 Setting standards. For 50 years, and well into the future. To have been setting standards for 50 years, you not only need a good idea, but also the strength and ambition to implement it consistently. Rittal had the idea of producing standardised enclosures for its customers. This idea became a reality in 1961 with the very first standard enclosure AE, laying the foundations for long-term success. Today, Rittal are world market leaders. We do not see this as a reason to rest on our laurels, but rather as an incentive for future outstanding achievements: By permanently improving our products and services and constant, innovative collaboration with our customers. 5 1969: Development of the modular series enclosure system RS. 1985: Presentation of the perfect enclosure system PS 4000. With more than 7.1 million units sold, it becomes a global standard. 1999: Perfecting of the global standard PS 4000 and extending it to infinite possibilities with the Top enclosure system TS 8. 6 Perfect collaboration. For 50 years, and well into the future. We attach great value to direct contact with our customers, with qualified employees who listen attentively and understand your concerns. This is what enabled us to develop ground-breaking product series such as the modular series enclosure system RS at an early stage, in collaboration with our customers. This cooperation is based on our many years of expertise and the unstinting willingness of our employees to acquire forward-thinking knowledge and implement it in a professional fashion. Our customers are still the most important source of new products and services. We continue this dialogue enthusiastically throughout every phase of the process, from the initial idea, to development of a solution, through to the use of our products. 7 1983: Development and production of enclosure cooling units 1992: Ground-breaking ProOzone initiative to develop the first CFC-free cooling units. 2002: Revolutionising enclosure climate control with cooling units in the TopTherm series with innovative air routing. 2010: Development of the TopTherm chiller as a new modular concept in machine and process cooling. 8 Always two steps ahead. For 50 years, and well into the future. Rittal always offers solutions that make its customers’ business more efficient. One good example of this is the problem of heat generation in enclosures as a result of electronic components. Rittal has identified this problem and solved it by developing a wide range of climate control technologies. Highly efficient and versatile. With every innovation, we set new trends: With energy-saving cooling units with nano-technology, fan-and-filter units with innovative diagonal technology, modular recooling systems and modern software tools. 9 1988: Start of enclosure production for network technology. 2000: Rittal IT racks with an extensive range of accessories for modern IT infrastructures. 2011: Modular, scalable system solution for complete data centres. 10 We are always there for you. For 50 years, and well into the future. For years, we have seen increasing convergence between the IT and industrial markets. Back in 1988, Rittal seized on this opportunity, and has since used its industrial expertise to tap into global IT markets with the production of enclosures for modern network technologies. First, our experience and competency from industry were transferred to the individual components for IT use. From this, Rittal has continuously developed an unbeatable system solution with perfectly coordinated products and processes. Today, not only can our customers rely on pioneering solutions for super-efficient and reliable data centres, IT environments and infrastructures, but also on our global presence and availability. 11 The future 12 begins today! The fact that we are not content to look to the past, but instead are always looking to the future, has been pivotal to our success in recent decades. And the same goes for the next 50 years. For Rittal, the future starts afresh with every project. Be it the development of new materials, product improvements, process optimisations or investing in new production sites around the globe, everything we do is to your benefit and your advantage. 13 14 Faster. For 50 years, and well into the future. For Rittal, being faster is not an empty promise, but a claim that is practised throughout every area of the company, and that is linked to direct customer benefits: Fast development of innovations, with short paths and fast decision-making Fast tapping of new markets and industries Fast, problem-free use of all products worldwide, thanks to national and international approvals Fast individual solutions through direct product development in collaboration with customers Faster thanks to a perfect interplay between development, engineering, products and service Faster thanks to flexible project implementation with system solutions from a single source 15 Axia Award, Diesel Medal, Top Employer, Prize for Innovation – these are just a few examples of what other people think of Rittal! 16 Better. For 50 years, and well into the future. Many companies promise to be better. Rittal really is better. This isn’t just an empty claim; it has been confirmed by independent experts and selection jury members. They bear witness to our outstanding innovations and corporate achievements with positive analyses and awards. Most important of all for us, however, is the confirmation we get from our customers. For 50 years, they have been placing their trust in us, and therefore play a large part in our current position as global market leaders. The reasons for this are: Better with powerful innovative strength and the associated safeguarding of competitive advantages on the market Better thanks to certified quality in management, production and environmental protection Better thanks to rational production on state-of-the art, automated production lines Better through targeted solutions that are designed to make our customers' lives easier Better thanks to the verifiable energy efficiency of our products with tangible cost savings Better with outstanding education and training, and superbly trained staff 17 18 Worldwide. For 50 years, and well into the future. One major advantage that our customers really appreciate is our global presence. For more than 50 years we have been on hand to offer advice, assistance and products. Around the globe. We call this healthy customer relationships. It helps our customers to successfully tap into new markets. A dynamic status quo that we will be further expanding in future. The cornerstones of our global availability: Worldwide thanks to outstanding logistics with 63 subsidiaries, 40 agencies, 100 warehouses with a total storage area of more than 160,000 m2 worldwide Worldwide thanks to production sites on 3 continents, in 10 state-of-the-art plants with a total production area of more than 210,000 m2 Worldwide thanks to global service with 5 global support points, more than 250 service partners and over 1,000 service engineers Worldwide thanks to international expertise with country-specific know-how and cross-regional approvals 19 20 Dynamic success. For 50 years, and well into the future. Rittal – a global success for more than 50 years – is part of the dynamic Friedhelm Loh Group, which invests continuously in new technologies and markets. It specialises in the invention, development and production of customised products and system solutions. At the heart of its success is a lively and exemplary corporate culture which is wholly committed to ethical, social and environmental values with commercial responsibility. The Friedhelm Loh Group includes the following specialists: Rittal Stahlo The world’s leading system suppliers of A modern steel service centre enclosures, power distribution, climate control, IT infrastructure and software & services Eplan Software for global engineering solutions Mind8 LKH Processors of plastics in the hot pressing and injection moulding fields Würz Energy Combined heat and power (CHP) units Solution providers for products that are available in a large number of versions and which require intensive explanation 21 22 Enclosures Small enclosures Polycarbonate enclosure PK .......................................................................28 Aluminium enclosures GA ...........................................................................32 Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34 E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37 Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44 ISV wall-mounted distributors AE ................................................................47 Compact system enclosures CM ................................................................50 Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................52 Wall-mounted network enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................56 Enclosure systems Baying systems TS 8 ...................................................................................72 SV-TS 8 enclosures ISV ...............................................................................82 Ri4Power enclosures ...................................................................................84 System enclosure SE 8................................................................................98 Network distribution enclosures Network enclosures TS 8...........................................................................102 Network enclosures TE 7000.....................................................................107 Distributor racks ........................................................................................110 Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 .............................................................................114 Server enclosures TE 7000 .......................................................................117 Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW TopConsole system TP..............................................................................122 One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................128 Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................129 PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................130 Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................131 Industrial Workstations ..............................................................................132 Operating housings/support arm systems/ stand systems Comfort Panel............................................................................................138 Optipanel ...................................................................................................140 Operating housings...................................................................................142 Support arm systems ................................................................................150 Stand systems ...........................................................................................169 Hygienic Design Small and compact enclosures HD...........................................................176 Stainless steel Enclosures .................................................................................................182 Support arm system CP-S .........................................................................190 Enclosure systems ....................................................................................192 Ex enclosures/EMC Ex enclosures ............................................................................................198 EMC enclosures ........................................................................................200 Outdoor enclosures Outdoor enclosures...................................................................................204 Electronic Packaging Subracks Ripac ........................................................................................212 System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module ...................................................252 Instrument cases RiCase ..........................................................................258 23 24 Competency in enclosure systems As system providers, Rittal are the world’s leading suppliers of innovative enclosure and case technology. Rittal meets very high standards of security, ergonomics, energy and cost efficiency. Your benefits Planning and engineering ● Software tools for targeted planning and project management ● Component library RiCAD 3D for efficient engineering Products ● Modular enclosure and case technology ● Extensive Rittal system solutions for a high level of investment reliability and maximum flexibility ● Compatibility with all types of applications: Industrial, IT, power distribution and climate control ● A comprehensive range of system accessories for individual installation and fast assembly Service ● Contiguous global delivery and service network ● Comprehensive quality management ● Our own accredited laboratories for tests, trials and protection category verification ● Global spare parts service ● AE Laser-Express – Individual enclosures to order 25 26 Small enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Polycarbonate enclosures PK .....................................................................28 Polycarbonate enclosures PK, accessories ................................................31 Cast aluminium enclosures GA Cast aluminium enclosures GA ...................................................................32 Cast aluminium enclosures GA, accessories..............................................33 Terminal boxes KL Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34 E-Box EB E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37 Bus enclosures BG Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39 27 Polycarbonate enclosures PK PK accessories Page 31 System accessories Page 537 Polyamide cable gland Page 709 Material: − Housing of fibre-glass reinforced polyamide − Cover either transparent (version .100) or grey (version .000), made from fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate − Cover screws from polyamide − Insulating bung from polyethylene − All-round foamed-in PU seal Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws − Insulating bungs for wall mounting screws Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 Approvals: − UL − Bureau Veritas − cUL Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Width mm 65 94 94 94 110 110 Height mm 65 65 94 94 110 110 Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 57 57 57 81 66 90 9500.000 9502.000 9504.000 9505.000 9506.000 9507.000 6 12 8 6 6 6 Transparent – – – – – – Grey Page Accessories Installation in the width 12 – – 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 Installation in the height 12 – – 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Width mm 130 130 130 130 130 130 Page Height mm 94 94 94 94 130 130 Support rail TS 35/7.5 Wall mounting brackets Turn-lock fastener Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 57 57 81 81 75 75 9508.100 9508.000 9509.100 9509.000 9510.100 9510.000 4 4 4 4 4 4 Transparent – – – Grey – – – – – – – 9545.000 9545.000 – – – – 10 10 31 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 9565.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9565.000 9565.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Hinges 28 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Width mm 130 130 180 180 180 180 Height mm 130 130 94 94 94 94 Depth mm Model No. PK 99 99 57 57 81 81 9511.100 9511.000 9512.100 9512.000 9513.100 9513.000 2 Packs of Cover 4 4 2 2 2 Transparent – – – Grey – – – 9545.000 9545.000 – – – – 10 10 – – – – Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9565.000 9565.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9565.000 9565.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 9580.000 31 Width mm 180 180 180 180 180 180 Page Height mm 110 110 110 110 110 110 Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK 90 90 111 111 165 165 9514.100 9514.000 9515.100 9515.000 9516.100 9516.000 Packs of Cover 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transparent – – Grey – – – – 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 9547.000 10 10 10 10 10 10 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 9564.000 31 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Hinges Width mm 182 182 182 182 182 182 254 254 Height mm 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 90 90 111 111 165 165 90 90 9517.100 9517.000 9518.100 9518.000 9519.100 9519.000 9520.100 9520.000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transparent – – – – Grey – – – – 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9548.000 9549.000 9549.000 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 8 Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9567.000 9567.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Width mm 254 254 254 254 360 360 360 360 Page Height mm 180 180 180 180 254 254 254 254 Hinges Depth mm Model No. PK Packs of Cover 111 111 165 165 111 111 165 165 9521.100 9521.000 9522.100 9522.000 9523.100 9523.000 9524.100 9524.000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Transparent – – – – Grey – – – – 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9549.000 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 9550.000 8 8 8 8 4 4 4 4 Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9568.000 9568.000 9568.000 9568.000 31 Installation in the height 12 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9566.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 9567.000 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 31 10 sets 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 9581.000 31 Hinges Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 29 Polycarbonate enclosures PK PK accessories Page 31 System acessories Page 537 Polyamide cable gland Page 709 Approvals: − UL − cUL − Bureau Veritas Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 T T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws − Insulating bung for wall mounting screws (not with PK 9530.000 and PK 9531.000) H Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Housing and cover of fibreglass reinforced polyamide − Cover screws from polyamide − Insulating bung from polyethylene − All-round foamed-in PU seal B B Width (B) mm 65 130 180 254 50 50 Height (H) mm 65 94 110 180 52 65 Depth (T) mm 57 57 90 111 35 35 Model No. PK 9500.050 9508.050 9514.050 9521.050 9530.000 9531.000 10 Packs of Cover 12 4 2 1 10 Transparent – – – – – – Grey M16/20 4 10 – – – – M20 – – 16 24 – – M20/25 – – 2 – – – M25/32 – – – 4 – – M32/40 – – 2 4 – – – – – – – – 9547.000 9549.000 – – – – 10 8 – – No. of metric knockouts Cable gland for cable diameter 5 –10 mm Page Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35/7.5 Packs of 31 Installation in the width 12 – 9565.000 9566.000 9567.000 – – 31 Installation in the height 12 – 9564.000 9564.000 9566.000 – – 31 Wall mounting brackets 40 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 9583.000 – – 31 Turn-lock fastener 100 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 9582.000 – – 31 Hole patterns for metric knockout available on the Internet. 30 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Polycarbonate enclosures PK Accessories Mounting plate Colour: RAL 7035 For universal interior installation. Supply includes: − Mounting plate − Self-tapping assembly screws Material: 2.5 mm melamine phenol-coated laminated paper. Width mm Height mm PK 9510.000/.100, PK 9511.000/.100 110 110 10 PK 9514.000/.100, PK 9514.050, PK 9515.000/.100, PK 9516.000/.100 150 90 10 9547.000 PK 9517.000/.100, PK 9518.000/.100, PK 9519.000/.100 150 150 10 9548.000 For enclosure Packs of Model No. PK 9545.000 PK 9520.000/.100, PK 9521.000/.100, PK 9521.050, PK 9522.000/.100 220 150 8 9549.000 PK 9523.000/.100, PK 9524.000/.100 331 220 4 9550.000 Rail length mm Packs of Model No. PK 81 12 9564.000 106 12 9565.000 144 12 9566.000 216 12 9567.000 336 12 9568.000 Support rail Rail The support rail section provides good flexibility for accommodating terminal blocks and installed components. TS 35/7.5 Supply includes: − Support rails − Self-tapping assembly screws Turn-lock fastener For all enclosures A quick, convenient screw fastening aid is obtained by clipping into the head of the lid screw. Packs of Model No. PK 100 9582.000 Supply includes: 1 pack = 100 pieces Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Hinges For hinged attachment of covers. The supplied drilling template ensures problemfree assembly. Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 hinges, 4 assembly screws, 4 polyethylene sealing bungs, 1 drilling template. For enclosure Material Packs of Model No. PK PK 9500.000/.100 – PK 9513.000/.100 Polycarbonate 10 sets 9580.000 PK 9514.000/.100 – PK 9524.000/.100 Polystyrene 10 sets 9581.000 Wall mounting brackets The enclosure can be screwed to the wall using four wall mounting brackets. The bracket is securely attached to the enclosure by means of pins. For all enclosures Packs of Model No. PK 40 9583.000 Supply includes: 1 pack = 40 pieces Material: Polyamide, grey Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 31 Cast aluminium enclosures GA GA accessories Page 33 System accessories Page 537 Material: − Enclosure: Cast aluminium − Cover: Cast aluminium, all-round foamed-in PU seal Surface finish: Textured paint Colour: RAL 7001 Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Cover screws, captive − Screws for attaching support rails − Screw for connection of the PE conductor Width mm 50 58 98 150 75 125 175 250 122 Height mm 45 64 64 64 80 80 80 80 120 Depth mm Page 30 34 35 35 57 57 57 57 80 9100.210 9101.210 9102.210 9103.210 9104.210 9105.210 9106.210 9107.210 9108.210 Packs of 6 5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – – 9105.700 – – 9108.700 Packs of – – – – – 10 – – 2 Wall mounting brackets 2 – – – – – – – – 9121.122 33 Hinge, exterior 2 – – – – – – – – 9123.000 33 Page Model No. GA Accessories Mounting plate Support rail TS 35, length 2 m 33 see page 655 Earth straps see page 689 Cable gland see page 709 Width mm 220 360 160 260 360 202 280 334 330 Height mm 120 120 160 160 160 232 232 233 230 Depth mm Model No. GA Packs of 91 82 91 91 91 111 111 111 181 9110.210 9111.210 9112.210 9113.210 9114.210 9116.210 9117.210 9118.210 9119.210 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories 9110.700 – 9112.700 9113.700 9114.700 9116.700 9117.700 9118.700 9118.700 Packs of 2 – 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 Wall mounting brackets 2 9121.122 9121.122 9121.160 9121.160 9121.160 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 9121.230 33 Hinge, exterior 2 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 9123.000 33 Mounting plate Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 655 Earth straps see page 689 Cable gland see page 709 32 33 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Cast aluminium enclosures GA Accessories Mounting plate For universal interior installation, with mounting holes. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Exterior dimensions mm Width Height For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA 114 69 9105.210 10 9105.700 109 107 9108.210 2 9108.700 207 107 9110.210 2 9110.700 144 142 9112.210 2 9112.700 245 142 9113.210 2 9113.700 346 142 9114.210 1 9114.700 183 214 9116.210 1 9116.700 264 214 9117.210 1 9117.700 314 214 9118.210/9119.210 1 9118.700 Wall mounting bracket For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA For external mounting on surfaces – no need to dismantle the cover if pre-assembled. 9108.210/ 9110.210/ 9111.210 2 9121.122 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated 9112.210/ 9113.210/ 9114.210 2 9121.160 9116.210/ 9117.210/ 9118.210/ 9119.210 2 9121.230 For GA enclosures Packs of Model No. GA 9108.210/ 9110.210/ 9111.210/ 9112.210/ 9113.210/ 9114.210/ 9116.210/ 9117.210/ 9118.210/ 9119.210 2 + 8 screws 9123.000 Hinge, exterior For fastening the cover to the enclosure base. Material: Die-cast aluminium Colour: RAL 7001 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 33 Terminal boxes KL System accessories Page 537 KL stainless steel Page 183 KL for Ex areas Page 198 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Cover: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Surface finish: Enclosure and cover: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Protection category: − Without gland plate: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4 − With gland plate: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Quick-action screw including plastic bushes − For enclosures with gland plate plus sheet steel gland plates with seals and assembly parts Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 150 200 200 300 300 400 600 150 150 200 150 200 200 200 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1514.510 1528.510 1516.510 1515.510 1517.510 1518.510 1519.510 Weight (kg) 1.4 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.6 3.2 4.6 Gland plate – – – – – – – Model No. KL 1 Page Accessories Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1575.700 1562.700 1561.700 1563.700 1564.700 1566.700 631 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 – 655 Support rail TS 35/15 10 – – – – – – 2319.000 655 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 613 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 613 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 691 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Cover retainer 34 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 150 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 150 150 200 150 150 200 200 300 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1500.510 1529.510 1502.510 1501.510 1530.510 1503.510 1531.510 1507.510 Gland plate – – – – – – Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.3 4.0 – Page Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size – – – – 2 – 2 Qty. – – – – 1+1 – 1+1 – Gland plate (left + right) Size – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Mounting plate Qty. 1 1560.700 1575.700 1562.700 1561.700 1561.700 1563.700 1563.700 1567.700 631 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 655 Cover retainer 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 613 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 613 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 691 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Packs of 300 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 Page 300 150 200 200 300 300 400 400 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1535.510 1589.510 1504.510 1532.510 1508.510 1536.510 1511.510 1539.510 Gland plate – – – – Weight (kg) 4.5 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.8 5.2 6.2 6.7 Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size 2 – – 2 – 2 – 2 Qty. 1+1 – – 1+1 – 1+1 – 1+1 Gland plate (left + right) Size 2 – – – – 2 – 2 Qty. 1+1 – – – – 1+1 – 1+1 From 704 From 704 Mounting plate 1 1567.700 1576.700 1564.700 1564.700 1568.700 1568.700 1571.700 1571.700 631 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 2317.000 655 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 613 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 613 Cover retainer Cover hinge Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 691 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 35 Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 200 200 300 300 200 200 300 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1505.510 1533.510 1509.510 1537.510 1506.510 1534.510 1510.510 Gland plate – – – – Weight (kg) 4.4 4.9 5.8 5.2 5.7 5.9 6.8 Page Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size – 2 – 2 – 2 – Qty. – 2+2 – 2+2 – 2+2 – Gland plate (left + right) Size – – – 2 – – – Qty. – – – 1+1 – – – From 704 631 From 704 Mounting plate 1 1565.700 1565.700 1569.700 1569.700 1566.700 1566.700 1570.700 Support rail TS 35/15 10 2318.000 2318.000 2318.000 2318.000 2319.000 2319.000 2319.000 655 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 613 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 613 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 691 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 Page 300 400 400 200 200 400 400 Cover retainer Width mm Height mm Depth mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Cover 1 Model No. KL 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1538.510 1512.510 1540.510 1527.510 1542.510 1513.510 1541.510 Gland plate – – – Weight (kg) 7.7 8.4 9.0 6.8 7.2 11.0 12.0 Accessories Gland plate (top + bottom) Size 2 – 2 – 2 – 2 Qty. 2+2 – 2+2 – 3+3 – 3+3 Gland plate (left + right) Size 2 – 2 – – – 2 Qty. 1+1 – 1+1 – – – 1+1 From 704 From 704 Mounting plate 1 1570.700 1572.700 1572.700 1574.700 1574.700 1573.700 1573.700 631 Support rail TS 35/15 10 2319.000 2319.000 2319.000 – – – – 655 Cover retainer 3 pairs 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 1591.000 613 Cover hinge 6 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 1592.000 613 Earthing kit 5 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 2570.100 691 Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Spare quick-release fastener for KL 12 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 1593.000 – Rittal Portugal RITTAL – Sistemas Eléctricos e Eléctrónicos, Lda. Z. I. de Rio Meão Rua 8, no 228 4520-475 – Rio Meão Sta Maria da Feira Phone: +351 25678 0210 Fax: +351 25678 0219 E-mail: info@rittal.pt www.rittal.pt 36 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures E-Box EB System accessories Page 537 E-Box EMC-shielded Page 201 Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − 180° hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Mounting plate Colour: RAL 7035 F T G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4 H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B Depth 80 mm Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm 150 150 200 200 200 150 300 200 300 400 Depth (T) mm 80 80 80 80 80 Mounting plate width (F) mm 125 125 175 175 175 Mounting plate height (G) mm Material thickness mm Enclosure Door Model No. EB 1 Weight (kg) 135 285 185 285 385 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Page 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1551.500 1545.500 1546.500 1552.500 1547.500 1.7 2.6 2.4 3.2 4.4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 Accessories Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall Pole clamp Mounting clip 4 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 30 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 655 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 655 Cable gland see page 709 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 37 E-Box EB Depth 120 mm Width (B) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 300 200 Height (H) mm 150 300 200 300 400 300 400 500 Depth (T) mm 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 Mounting plate width (F) mm 125 125 175 175 175 275 275 175 Mounting plate height (G) mm 135 285 185 285 385 285 385 485 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.25 Material thickness mm Packs of Enclosure Door 1 Model No. EB Weight (kg) 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1553.500 1548.500 1549.500 1554.500 1550.500 1555.500 1556.500 1557.500 2.0 3.0 2.8 3.6 5.0 5.0 6.4 6.2 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall Pole clamp Mounting clip 4 627 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 30 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 655 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 655 Cable gland see page 709 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Depth 155 mm Width (B) mm 300 300 300 Height (H) mm 400 600 800 Depth (T) mm 155 155 155 Mounting plate width (F) mm 275 275 275 Mounting plate height (G) mm 385 585 785 1.38 1.38 1.38 Material thickness mm Packs of Enclosure Door Model No. EB 1 Weight (kg) 1.25 1.25 1.25 1577.500 1578.500 1579.500 7.1 11.0 13.2 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket with 8 mm distance from wall Pole clamp Mounting clip 4 1590.000 1590.000 1590.000 627 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 30 2309.000 2309.000 2309.000 655 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 655 Cable gland see page 709 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal Brazil RITTAL Sistemas Eletromecânicos Ltda. Av. Cândido Portinari, 1174 VI Jaguara 05114-001 São Paulo-SP Phone: +55 (11) 3622 2377 Fax: +55 (11) 3622 2399 E-mail: info@rittal.com.br www.rittal.com.br 38 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Bus enclosures BG System accessories Page 537 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel with polycarbonate viewing window, 4 mm Surface finish: Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated, textured paint Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Approvals: − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL − cUL Supply includes: − Enclosure with door − Viewing window in the door − Product-specific supply scope, see tables Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 300 400 500 300 300 300 300 80 80 80 80 1583.520 1584.520 1585.520 1586.520 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Left 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 200 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Left Left Left Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 1 1 Support rail TS 35/7.5 2 2 2 2 M12 2 2 2 3 M20 5 9 13 24 M25 2 2 3 – 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Number of metric holes Accessories Lock cover 1 Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 611 39 Bus enclosures BG Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 400 300 300 120 120 1605.520 1606.520 Enclosure 1.25 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 Right Right 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 200 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 1 Number of metric holes M12 2 – M20 – 2 M32 5 9 M50 – 1 Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 611 400 600 Page 200 200 Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 125 125 1558.510 1559.510 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 Door 1.25 1.25 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Bottom Bottom Quick-release fastener 2 3 Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 1 Gland plate in base 1 1 Accessories Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Width mm 400 400 400 400 400 400 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 385 385 385 385 385 385 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1577.500 1577.5201) 1577.5301) 1577.5501) 1577.5601) 1577.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Viewing window Size mm – Position2) mm 340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Bottom edge of window to 40 1 Cable glands 611 bottom edge of door Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Bus enclosures BG Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 585 585 585 585 585 585 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1578.500 1578.5201) 1578.5301) 1578.5501) 1578.5601) 1578.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Size mm Viewing window – Position2) mm 540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems 1) Extended delivery times. 611 see page 599 2) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth mm 155 155 155 155 155 155 Mounting plate width 785 785 785 785 785 785 Mounting plate height 275 275 275 275 275 275 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm Page 1579.500 1579.5201) 1579.5301) 1579.5501) 1579.5601) 1579.4501) Enclosure 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom Bottom 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert Size mm Viewing window – Position2) mm 740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 155 – 92 42 92 42 92 Mounting plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gland plate in base – – – 1 1 – Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems 1) Extended delivery times. 611 see page 599 2) Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 500 500 300 160 120 1611.510 1609.510 Enclosure 1.38 1.38 Door 1.5 1.25 Right Bottom 1 Model No. BG Material thickness mm 400 Page Product-specific supply scope Door hinge Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 – Quick-release fastener – 2 Support rail TS 35/7.5 3 1 Number of drilled holes for PG 13.5 or M20 33 48 Accessories Lock cover 1 2476.000 – Cable glands see page 709 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Pole clamp see page 629 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 611 41 42 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44 Compact enclosures AE, ISV wall-mounted distributor ..............................47 Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K.................................48 Compact system enclosures CM Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm............................................50 Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm ......................................51 Plastic enclosures KS Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................52 43 Compact enclosures AE System accessories Page 537 AE stainless steel Page 184 AE IP 69K Page 187 AE EMC-shielded Page 201 Hygienic Design Page 176 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: See tables. Width (B) mm F T B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 200 200 300 300 300 380 380 380 Height (H) mm 300 300 300 300 400 300 300 380 Depth (T) mm 120 155 155 210 210 155 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 162 254 254 254 334 334 334 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 275 375 275 275 355 Enclosure 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1032.500 1035.500 1036.500 1033.500 1034.500 1030.500 1031.500 1380.500 4.0 4.5 6.1 7.0 8.8 7.4 7.5 9.8 Material thickness mm Packs of Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door(s), of all-round solid construction − Gland plate(s) in enclosure base − For single-door enclosures, door hinged on right, may be swapped to left (except with AE 1032.500 and AE 1035.500) − With cam lock or 3-point lock system − Mounting plate H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 1 1 – – – 3 3 3 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 704 Rails for interior installation 4 – – – 2373.210 2373.210 – 2373.210 2373.210 647 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 582 Door stay 5 – – 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 617 180° hinges Rain canopies 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 613 Sheet steel 1 – – – – – – 2501.500 2501.500 619 Stainless steel 1 – 2470.000 – 2361.000 2361.000 2471.000 2472.000 2472.000 619 Earth straps see page 689 LED system light see page 682 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 616 Cable gland see page 709 Alternative lock systems see page 599 44 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 380 380 400 400 500 500 500 Height (H) mm 600 600 500 800 500 500 700 Depth (T) mm 210 350 210 300 210 300 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 334 334 354 349 449 449 449 Mounting plate height (G) mm 570 570 475 770 470 470 670 Enclosure 1.38 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.5 Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1038.500 1338.500 1045.500 1037.500 1050.500 1350.500 1057.500 15.6 19.4 13.0 26.2 16.8 19.6 31.2 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 704 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.350 2373.210 2373.300 2373.210 2373.300 2373.250 647 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 582 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 617 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 613 Support strips 20 – – – – 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 614 Sheet steel 1 2501.500 – – – – – – 619 Stainless steel 1 2472.000 – – – 2362.000 – – 619 Rain canopies Earth straps see page 689 LED system light see page 682 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 616 Cable gland see page 709 Dust guard trim see page 620 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H) mm 380 380 600 600 600 760 760 800 1000 Depth (T) mm 210 350 210 250 350 210 350 250 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 539 Mounting plate height (G) mm 355 355 570 570 570 730 730 770 955 Enclosure 1.38 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.5 1.38 1.5 1.5 1.5 Door 1.5 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1039.500 1339.500 1060.500 1054.500 1360.500 1076.500 1376.500 1058.500 1090.500 15.4 20.0 22.8 24.8 28.4 32.1 36.0 33.6 50.5 Material thickness mm Packs of Mounting plate thickness mm Cam lock 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 704 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.350 2373.210 2373.250 2373.350 2373.210 2373.350 2373.250 2373.250 647 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – 582 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 617 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 613 Support strips 20 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 2326.000 614 Sheet steel 1 2502.500 2511.500 2502.500 – 2511.500 2502.500 2511.500 – – 619 Stainless steel 1 2473.000 – 2473.000 – – 2473.000 – – – 619 Rain canopies Earth straps see page 689 LED system light see page 682 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 616 Cable gland see page 709 Dust guard trim see page 620 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 45 Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 600 760 760 800 800 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 1200 760 760 600 1000 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 210 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 540 704 704 749 739 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1155 730 730 570 955 1155 Material thickness Enclosure mm Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Mounting plate thickness mm 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 Cam lock – 2 2 2 2 – 3-point lock system – – – – 1260.500 1077.500 1073.500 1055.500 1180.500 1280.500 55.0 40.0 44.5 33.9 57.0 70.0 1 Model No. AE Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 5 5 5 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 From 704 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.300 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 647 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Baying kit 1 set – 1199.100 1199.100 1199.100 – – 582 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 617 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 613 Support strips 20 2326.000 2327.000 2327.000 2328.000 2328.000 2328.000 614 Rain canopies, stainless steel 1 – – 2474.000 2475.000 2475.000 2475.000 619 Height 100 mm 1 2816.200 – – – – 2818.200 551 Height 200 mm 1 2826.200 – – – – 2828.200 551 4 2509.000 – – – – 2509.000 626 Base/plinth Eyebolts Earth straps see page 689 LED system light see page 682 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 616 Cable gland see page 709 Dust guard trim see page 620 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Width (B) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Height (H) mm Packs of 760 760 1000 1200 1400 Depth (T) mm 210 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 944 944 939 940 940 Mounting plate height (G) mm 730 730 955 1155 1355 Material thickness Enclosure mm Door 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Mounting plate thickness mm 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Cam lock 2 2 2 – – 3-point lock system – – – 1100.500 1130.500 1110.500 1213.500 1114.500 2 2 2 2 2 52.0 56.0 71.0 85.0 97.0 1 Model No. AE Door(s) Weight (kg) Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Protection category Accessories Gland plate Size 4 4 4 4 4 Qty. 2 2 2 2 2 From 704 Rails for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 647 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Baying kit 1 set 1199.100 1199.100 – – – 582 Door stay 5 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 2519.000 617 180° hinge 2 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 2449.000 613 Support strips 20 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 2325.000 614 Rain canopies, stainless steel Base/plinth 1 – 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 619 Height 100 mm 1 – 2801.200 2801.200 2801.200 2801.200 551 Height 200 mm 1 – 2802.200 2802.200 2802.200 2802.200 551 4 – – – 2509.000 2509.000 626 Eyebolts Earth straps see page 689 LED system light see page 682 Wiring plan pocket, plastic see page 616 Alternative lock systems see page 599 46 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Compact enclosures AE ISV assembly modules Page 362 ISV accessories Page 369 System accessories Page 537 Suitable for wall mounting (surface mounting). Prepared for the direct installation of ISV assembly modules. Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal Colour: RAL 7035 Note: Please note the mounting depths of the various enclosure designs when selecting modules. Protection category: See table. Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Support plate: Zinc-plated − Contact hazard protection frame: Textured paint Supply includes: − Stainless steel without gland plate − R/h door hinge, may be swapped to opposite side (except with SV 9665.855) − Support plate to accommodate the ISV modules Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. ISV wall-mounted distributor Width mm 380 500 600 600 600 1000 Height mm Packs of 600 700 760 1000 1200 1200 Depth mm 210 250 210 250 300 300 Width unit (WU)1) 1 1 2 2 2 3 Height unit (U)2) 3 4 4 6 7 7 Max. pitch units 36 48 96 144 168 252 Cam lock 2 2 2 2 – – 3-point lock system – – – – 9665.805 9665.815 9665.825 9665.835 9665.845 9665.855 1038.500 1057.500 1076.500 1090.500 1260.500 1213.500 1 Model No. SV Technical specifications correspond to Model No. AE Door(s) Page 45/46 1 1 1 1 1 2 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66 IP 55 Plastic 2561.010 2562.010 2563.010 2563.010 2563.010 2562.010 Plastic membrane 2561.500 2562.500 2563.500 2563.500 2563.500 2562.500 705 Metal 2561.100 2562.100 2563.100 2563.100 2563.100 2562.100 706 1 1 1 1 1 2 Protection category3) Also required Gland plates Qty. 704 Accessories Self-tapping screws Base/plinth 300 – – – – 2487.000 2487.000 666 Height 100 mm 1 – – – – 2816.200 2801.200 551 Height 200 mm 1 – – – – 2826.200 2802.200 551 4 – – – – 2509.000 2509.000 626 Sheet steel 1 2501.500 – 2502.500 – – – 619 Stainless steel 1 2472.000 – 2473.000 – – 2363.000 619 Eyebolts Rain canopies Alternative lock systems 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 3) Max. protection category with closed Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 599 door depends on the cable gland plate and cable entry used. 47 Compact enclosures AE System accessories Page 537 AE stainless steel Page 184 AE EMC-shielded Page 201 AE for potentially explosive areas Page 198 Hygienic Design Page 176 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel, all-round foamed-in silicone seal F T B Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Aluminium zinc coating, powdercoated, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated G ● The enclosure and door have an aluminium zinc coating for a high level of corrosion protection. ● Foamed-in silicone seal, water-impermeable, with high resistance to temperature and chemicals. ● Prepared to accommodate the door stay AE 1101.800 and the interior door. ● Prepared for wall-mounting via M8 nuts directly from the rear. H Perfect protection in a tough environment The compact enclosure AE in IP 69K is the ideal solution when a high protection category and corrosion resistance are needed. ● Resistant to high-pressure cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The interior seal is protected against direct hosed water. ● Ideal for mounting on vehicles: Lock, hinges and mounting plate are all vibration resistant. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door, of all-round solid construction − Door hinge may be swapped to opposite side by rotating the enclosure − Cam lock with double-bit insert Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Protection category IP 69K Width (B) mm 230 400 400 650 Height (H) mm 330 400 650 650 Depth (T) mm 155 250 250 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 549 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 355 570 570 Mounting plate thickness mm 2 2 2.5 2.5 1101.010 1101.020 1101.030 1101.040 6.6 13.8 20 29.6 1 1 2 2 Model No. AE Packs of 1 Weight (kg) Locks Page Accessories Interior door 1 1101.910 1101.920 1101.930 1101.940 588 Door stay 1 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 617 Wall mounting bracket see page 627 Cable gland see page 709 Earth straps see page 689 Support rail TS 35, length 2 m see page 655 48 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 49 Compact system enclosures CM System accessories Page 537 System lights Page 679 Cable duct Page 716 Climate control Page 389 F Also required: Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 provided suitable gland plates are selected. Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door(s) − R/h door hinge with singledoor enclosures, may be swapped to opposite side − 3-point lock − Mounting plate − Open base for individual cable entry − Gland plates, see page 560 – 562 − Or trim panel, see page 563 B Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping G Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, All-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 800 1000 1200 1200 1000 1000 1200 1200 Depth (T) mm 400 400 300 400 300 400 300 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 540 540 540 540 740 740 740 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 755 955 1155 1155 955 955 1155 1155 5110.500 5111.500 5112.500 5113.500 5114.500 5115.500 5116.500 5117.500 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Model No. CM Door Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels (sides) Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 544 for height 4 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.052 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 647 for width 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 647 in depth 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 647 in width Accessories Rail for interior installation Matching punched sections with mounting flanges 4 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 647 Base configuration rail 2 5001.370 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 649 Mounting plate slide block 2 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 634 Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 614 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – – – – 647 Cable clamp rails 1 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 717 Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 617 Rain canopy/vented roof 1 5001.310 5001.310 – 5001.310 – 5001.330 – 5001.330 619 Alternative lock systems 50 see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Compact system enclosures CM Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm Width (B) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1000 1200 1200 1400 1400 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 300 400 300 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 940 940 940 940 940 1140 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. CM Doors 955 1155 1155 1355 1355 1155 5118.500 5119.500 5120.500 5121.500 5122.500 5123.500 2 2 2 2 2 2 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.000 8601.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.000 8602.200 543 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.030 8601.030 8601.040 8601.030 8601.040 8601.040 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.030 8602.030 8602.040 8602.030 8602.040 8602.040 544 for height 4 5001.052 5001.053 5001.053 5001.054 5001.054 5001.053 647 for width 4 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.052 5001.053 647 in depth 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.140 8612.130 8612.140 8612.140 647 in width 4 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.020 647 2 5001.371 5001.371 5001.370 5001.371 5001.370 5001.370 649 Accessories Rail for interior installation Matching punched sections with mounting flanges Base configuration rail Mounting plate slide block 2 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 5001.070 634 Support strips for door 20 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4596.000 614 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.050 647 Cable clamp rails 1 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.082 5001.083 717 Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm 1 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4115.500 4116.500 617 Rain canopy/vented roof 1 – – 5001.350 – 5001.350 5001.360 619 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 51 Plastic enclosures KS System accessories Page 537 KS for potentially explosive areas Page 199 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dyed plastic with no after-treatment − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: See table Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Note: Under the influence of long-term UV radiation (sunlight) in conjunction with wind and rain, the surface finish may become visually impaired. This does not affect the protection of the installed electrical components in any way. If the enclosures cannot be protected from UV radiation, we recommend that they should be painted with a PUR paint. Ambient temperature –30°C to +75°C. F T B G For KS with viewing window: − Glazed acrylic, 3.0 mm with all-round rubber cable clamp strip Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door, of all-round solid construction, 3 mm double-bit lock − For single-door enclosures: R/h door hinge, may be swapped to opposite side by rotating the enclosure − For two-door enclosures: Lockable door on right − Mounting plate − Twin seal on the top and bottom edges of the door as integral rain protection strip − Press-fitted C sections at the sides for infinitely variable mounting plate depth adjustment − KS 1400.500 additionally with removable centre bar in the enclosure H Material: − Enclosure and door: Fibreglass-reinforced unsaturated polyester − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Foamed-in PU seal Approvals: − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Width (B) mm 200 250 300 400 400 400 400 500 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 350 400 400 400 600 600 500 Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 200 200 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 145 195 245 345 345 345 345 417 Mounting plate height (G) mm 250 300 350 350 350 550 550 450 Mounting plate thickness mm 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1423.500 1432.500 1434.500 1444.500 1448.500 1446.500 1449.500 1453.500 Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Viewing window – – – – – – Cam lock 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Model No. KS 3-point lock system – – – – – – – – 3.4 4.3 5.9 7.9 8.0 11.5 11.2 13.5 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. – – IP 56 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. – – – – – – Weight (kg) Protection category Page Accessories Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 634 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 666 Pole clamp Wall mounting bracket Alternative lock systems 52 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 4 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 628 see page 599 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Plastic enclosures KS Width (B) mm 500 600 600 600 600 800 800 1000 Height (H) mm Packs of 500 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 1000 Depth (T) mm 300 200 200 300 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 417 545 545 517 517 717 717 917 Mounting plate height (G) mm 450 550 550 750 750 950 950 950 Mounting plate thickness mm 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1454.500 1466.500 1467.500 1468.500 1469.500 1480.500 1479.500 1400.500 Door(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Viewing window – – – – Cam lock 2 2 2 – – – – – 3-point lock system – – – 1 Model No. KS Weight (kg) Protection category 13.4 15.9 15.6 26.5 26.0 41.7 39.9 51.6 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. – – – – – IP 56 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. – – – Page Accessories Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1491.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 1491.000 634 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 666 Pole clamp Wall mounting bracket Alternative lock systems 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 4 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 1483.010 628 see page 599 Rittal Denmark RITTAL A/S Dybendalsvænget 4 DK-2630 Taastrup Phone: +45 70 25 59 00 Fax: +45 70 25 59 01 E-mail: info@rittal.dk www.rittal.dk Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 53 54 Wall-mounted network enclosures Wall-mounted distributors VerticalBox ..................................................................................................56 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................57 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................58 QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................59 QuickBox with glazed door/sheet steel door ..............................................60 QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ...62 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails.....63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate ...64 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate ...65 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame .......66 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............67 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame ................68 Small fibre-optic distributors .......................................................................69 55 VerticalBox System accessories Page 537 Compact 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure for small networks ● May be used as wallmounted, under-desk or desktop enclosure ● 482.6 mm (19˝) level, front and rear ● Free access from three sides for interior installation ● Freely selectable door hinging ● Passive ventilation with vent slots ● Rear panel prepared to accommodate a fan ● Horizontal 10 U may be used by installing 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles Material: − Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure with glazed door − Side panels (1 x fixed, 1 x slot-in) with vent slots − Knockouts for cable entry via roof or base − Slot-in rear panel with knockouts for cable entry and fan accommodation − 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level, 5 U, front and rear, depth-variable, distance between levels 434 – 489 mm − Security lock 12321 on the door, side and rear panel − 4 plastic feet, self-adhesive U Packs of Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 5 Width mm 300 Height mm 540 Depth mm Model No. DK Page 600 1 7501.000 Accessories Mounting kit for VerticalBox, hinged mounting plate 350 x 484 mm 1 7501.100 757 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, 12 U (10 U usable)1) 2 7502.203 744 708 Brush strip for cut-out openings 2x1m 7072.200 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 627 Fan expansion kit, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 108/125 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 set 7980.100 404 Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035 2 7151.035 761 Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035, with 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 729 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way, with rocker switch 1 7240.220 695 Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U 1 7140.535 732 1) For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning. 56 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures FlatBox System assembly Page 537 For use as a wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosure. Small package – big performance. Time-saving, flexible, clever ● For flexible use as a wallmounted or floor-standing enclosure ● Maximum width and depth of 700 mm creates plenty of space for use as a patch distributor ● Toolless quick assembly ● System assembly on the open 482.6 mm (19˝) frame Material: − Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Note: − Max. installation depth: D – 112 mm − Max. distance between two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels: D – 126 mm Supply includes: − Flat-packed enclosure − 1 wall section − 2 basic supports − 2 roof/base plates, with cut-outs for cable entry, with brush strips − 2 mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) (for 6 U and 9 U) − 1 mounting frame 19˝ (from 12 U) − 4 levelling feet (from 12 U), − 2 side panels, lockable, − 1 glazed door, lockable, security lock 3524 E, door hinge point selectable − Connection components for toolless, fast assembly − Earthing kit for systemcompatible earthing of all enclosure parts Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles Packs of 6 6 9 9 Width mm 600 600 600 600 Height mm 358 358 492 492 Depth mm 400 600 400 600 7507.000 7507.100 7507.010 7507.110 U Model No. DK 1 Page Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second mounting level 2 7507.706 7507.706 7507.709 7507.709 Levelling feet 4 7507.740 7507.740 7507.740 7507.740 556 Cover plates for fan panels 6 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 404 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 692 C rail for cable clamping 1 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 722 T-head rail for cable clamping 1 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 722 Fan motor, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 404 Fan motor, 48 V DC, 184 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 404 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 729 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm 1 – 7119.400 – 7119.400 675 1 set – 7000.625 – 7000.625 674 1 – 7507.750 – 7507.750 553 Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm Base/plinth Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 744 57 FlatBox With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Packs of 12 12 15 15 18 21 Width mm 600 600 600 700 700 700 Height mm 625 625 758 758 892 1025 Depth mm 400 600 400 700 700 700 7507.020 7507.120 7507.030 7507.200 7507.210 7507.220 U 1 Model No. DK Page Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second mounting level 2 7507.712 7507.712 7507.715 7507.715 7507.718 7507.721 Cover plates for fan panels 6 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 7507.760 744 404 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 692 C rail for cable clamping 1 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 7016.140 722 T-head rail for cable clamping 1 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 7016.150 722 Fan motor, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 404 Fan motor, 48 V DC, 184 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow Enclosure internal thermostat 1 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 7980.148 404 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 729 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 675 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm Base/plinth, height 50 mm 58 1 – 7119.400 – 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 1 set – 7000.625 – 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 674 1 – 7507.750 – 7507.755 7507.755 7507.755 553 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures QuickBox System accessories Page 537 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Wall section: − Pre-configured mounting bracket − Brush strip for cable entry at the bottom/top − Cable clamp rail − 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable Enclosure cover: − Base and cover tray with vent slots − Brush strip for cable entry at the top/bottom − 2 side security locks − Sheet steel door or glazed door with security lock 12321 − Version with Ergoform-S lock system, may optionally be retrofitted with semi-cylinder T2 B2 B1 T1 H2 Material: − Wall mounting plate with mounting brackets: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Enclosure cover: Sheet steel, 1.0 mm − Door: Sheet steel door or glazed door with sheet steel frame and single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Enclosure: Powder-coated H1 Wall-mounted enclosure with removable cover for perfect handling during installation and maintenance. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With glazed door Packs of 6 6 6 9 9 12 12 12 12 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 362 362 362 495 495 628 628 628 628 Depth (T1) mm 300 400 600 400 600 400 500 600 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 355 355 355 488 488 621 621 621 621 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 247 347 547 347 547 347 447 547 547 7502.013 7502.014 7502.016 7502.024 7502.026 7502.034 7502.035 7502.036 7502.4361) U Enclosure cover Wall section 1 Model No. DK Page Accessories Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 – – – – – 7502.203 7502.203 7502.203 7502.203 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 707 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 718 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 751 Combination rails for enclosure depth 300/400 mm 500/600 mm 300 mm Slide rails for the enclosure depth 400 mm 500/600 mm 6 10 2 744 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 750/751 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 750/751 Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.260 691 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 612 1) With Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder, for 2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220. 59 QuickBox With glazed door Packs of 15 15 15 15 18 18 21 21 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 762 762 762 762 895 895 1028 1028 Depth (T1) mm 400 500 600 600 400 600 400 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 755 755 755 755 888 888 1021 1021 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 347 447 547 547 347 547 347 547 7502.0543) 7502.056 7502.0643) 7502.066 U Enclosure cover Wall section Page 1 7502.044 7502.045 7502.046 7502.4461) Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7502.204 7502.204 7502.204 7502.204 7502.205 7502.205 7502.206 7502.206 744 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 707 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 718 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 Model No. DK Accessories 300/400 mm Combination rails for enclosure depth 500/600 mm Slide rails for the enclosure depth 6 400 mm 2 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 750/751 500/600 mm 7492.4002) 750/751 2 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 691 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 612 1) With Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder F, 2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear. 3) Extended for combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220. delivery times. With sheet steel door Packs of 6 9 9 12 15 15 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 362 495 495 628 762 762 1028 Depth (T1) mm 400 400 600 600 400 600 600 Width (B2) mm 595 595 595 595 595 595 595 Height (H2) mm 355 488 488 621 755 755 1021 U Enclosure cover Wall section Max. installation depth (T2) mm 1 Model No. DK 21 347 347 547 547 347 547 547 7502.114 7502.124 7502.126 7502.136 7502.1443) 7502.146 7502.1663) Page Accessories Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 – – – 7502.203 7502.204 7502.204 7502.206 Solid gland plate 2 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 7502.310 707 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Combination rails for enclosure width 6 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 7502.302 718 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 7502.304 718 Combination rails for enclosure depth 300/400 mm 500/600 mm 6 744 300 mm 10 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 4530.000 751 400 mm 10 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 750/751 500/600 mm 2 4531.000 4531.000 4531.000 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 750/751 Earthing kit 1 7502.240 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 7502.240 7502.260 7502.260 691 Quick-release fastener 2 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 7502.220 612 Slide rails for the enclosure depth 2) Additional 3) Extended 60 mounting angles required at the rear. delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures QuickBox System accessories Page 537 Supply includes: Wall section: − With pre-configured 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting brackets for accommodating equipment at the side − Brush strip for cable entry at the bottom and top Surface finish: Powder-coated Enclosure cover: − Side vent slots to support passive climate control − The enclosure is secured via two security locks positioned at the sides Colour: RAL 7035 T2 B2 B1 T1 H2 Material: − Wall mounting plate with mounting brackets: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Enclosure cover: Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, with single-pane safety glass at the side, 3 mm H1 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum use of the interior space thanks to side installation of the 482.6 mm (19˝) components. Status monitoring via side viewing window. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. With vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level 3 6 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 Height (H1) mm 631 631 Depth (T1) mm 210 360 Width (B2) mm 595 595 Height (H2) mm 621 621 Depth (T2) mm 198 348 1 7502.6301) 7502.6601) Gland plates, solid 2 7502.310 7502.310 707 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 627 Combination rails for vertical mounting on the QuickBox wall section 6 7502.304 7502.304 718 Combination rails for horizontal mounting on the QuickBox wall section 6 7502.304 7502.304 718 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for front mounting, 12 U 2 7502.203 7502.203 744 U Enclosure cover Wall section Model No. DK Page Accessories 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 537 Socket strips Page 695 Wall mounting bracket Page 627 Cable clamps Page 719 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table T1 T3 T2 B1 H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. B2 Depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured 9 9 15 15 21 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 478 478 746 746 1012 1012 Depth (T1) mm 573 673 573 673 573 673 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 415 415 683 683 949 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 416 516 416 516 416 516 Max. installation depth (T4) mm 520 620 520 620 520 620 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 45 45 75 75 75 75 U Protection category IP 54 to IEC 60 529 when using solid gland plates SZ 2235.135 1 Model No. DK 7709.735 7709.535 7715.735 7715.535 7721.735 7721.535 Page Product-specific supply scope Wall section: Hinged part: Gland plate, solid, top 1 Gland plate with brush insert, bottom 1 Vertical punched rails 2 Horizontal C rail 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable 2 Side outlet filters left and right 2 Earth rail with star earthing Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 1 set 4 Accessories Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 707 Fan expansion kit, 230 V 1 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 7980.100 404 Spare filter mats 5 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 3322.700 483 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 – 2503.010 – 2503.010 – 627 Component shelf 2 U, static installation or fully extendible, 300 mm deep 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 673 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 729 Lock inserts, type F see page 609 Included with the supply. 62 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 537 Socket strips Page 695 Wall mounting bracket Page 627 Earthing Page 689 Cable clamps Page 719 Surface finish: Powder-coated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame T1 T3 T2 B1 H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. B2 Depth 473 mm, with punched rails 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 473 473 473 473 473 473 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 316 316 316 316 316 Max. installation depth (T4) mm 420 420 420 420 420 420 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 30 45 60 75 75 75 7706.135 7709.135 7712.135 7715.135 7718.135 7721.135 U 1 Model No. DK Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Wall section: Vertical punched rails 2 Horizontal C rail for cable clamping 1 Hinged part: 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable 2 4 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm Accessories Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 708 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 707 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Lock inserts, type F see page 609 Earth rail, horizontal 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 692 Component shelf 2 U, static installation and fully extendible 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 673 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 Component shelf 1 U, static installation, 140 mm deep 1 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 7119.140 674 Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 729 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part System accessories Page 537 Socket strip Page 695 Wall mounting bracket Page 627 Cable clamps Page 719 Earthing Page 689 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: − Wall section − Hinged part with 25 mm pitch pattern of holes in the front and rear frame B3 T2 T1 T3 B1 T4 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B2 Depth 373 mm, with mounting plate 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 212 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 373 373 373 373 373 373 373 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 149 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 Max. installation depth (T4) mm 320 320 320 320 320 320 320 Width of mounting plate (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 Height of mounting plate (H3) mm 165 299 432 565 699 832 965 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 15 30 45 60 75 75 75 2243.605 2246.605 2249.605 2252.605 2255.605 2258.605 2261.605 U 1 Model No. EL Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Mounting plate supplied loose 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 2 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 708 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 707 2238.000 2238.000 655 Wall section: Hinged part: Accessories Cable glands see page 709 Lock inserts, type F see page 609 C rails 4 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 2238.000 see page 754 Included with the supply. 64 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures H3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − Designer glazed door − Mini comfort handle for 3 – 15 U − Comfort handle and 2-point lock for 18 – 21 U − Including security lock 3524 E − Product-specific supply scope, see table H1 Material: − Wall and hinged part: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Colour: − Wall and hinged part: RAL 7035 − Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015 (slate grey) H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to hinged part. Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part Depth 473 mm, with mounting plate 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 Width (B1) mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 212 345 478 612 746 878 1012 Depth (T1) mm 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 Clearance width (B2) mm 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 Clearance height (H2) mm 149 282 415 549 683 815 949 Depth of wall section (T2) mm 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 Depth of hinged part (T3) mm 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 Max. installation depth (T4) mm 420 420 420 420 420 420 420 Width of mounting plate (B3) mm 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 Height of mounting plate (H3) mm 165 299 432 565 699 832 965 Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static) 15 30 45 60 75 75 75 2253.605 2256.605 2259.605 2262.605 2265.605 2268.605 2271.605 U 1 Model No. EL Page Product-specific supply scope Gland plate, solid, top and bottom 2 Mounting plate supplied loose 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 2 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Gland plate with brush insert 1 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 7705.035 708 Gland plate for metric cable glands 1 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 7705.235 707 Wall section: Hinged part: Accessories Cable glands see page 709 Lock inserts, type F see page 609 Slide rails 10 2250.000 2250.000 2250.000 2250.000 2250.000 2250.000 2250.000 751 C rails 4 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 2239.000 655 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 see page 754 Included with the supply. Rittal Great Britain RITTAL Limited Braithwell Way Hellaby Industrial Estate Hellaby Rotherham S Yorks S66 8QY Phone: +44 (0) 1709 704000 Fax: +44 (0) 1709 701217 E-mail: information@rittal.co.uk www.rittal.co.uk Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 65 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part System accessories Page 537 Captive nuts Page 757 Patch panel for copper technology Page 759 Socket strips Page 695 Surface finish: − Enclosure and swing frame: Primed and powder-coated − Front door: Anodised Approvals: − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL/cUL − Bureau Veritas − Germanischer Lloyd Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure − Front door − Swing frame, 482.6 mm (19˝), fitted − Assembly parts T1 B1 B2 T3 H1 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Swing frame: Sheet steel − Front door: Extruded aluminium section, acrylic glazing, 3 mm Colour: − Enclosure and swing frame: RAL 7035 − Front door: Silver T2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H2 Wall-mounted enclosure with optimum accessibility thanks to swing frame. Depth 369 mm, with swing frame 6 11 14 Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 Height (H1) mm 380 600 760 Depth (T1) mm 369 369 369 Clearance width (B2) mm 537 537 537 Clearance height (H2) mm 317 537 697 67 – 97 67 – 97 67 – 97 U Packs of Distance from glazed door to swing frame (T2) mm Maximum installation depth (T3) mm Page 270 270 270 1 1919.500 1920.500 1926.500 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Gland plates for metric cable glands 5 2563.010 2563.010 2563.010 704 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm 1 7257.200 7257.200 7257.200 729 Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U 1 7140.535 7140.535 7140.535 732 Model No. EL Accessories see page 754 Standard swing frame with double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, see page 609. 66 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures AE System accessories Page 537 Socket strips Page 695 Captive nuts Page 757 Viewing panels Page 595 Wall-mounted enclosures for small networks with a high protection category. Material: Enclosure: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated − Mounting angles: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: See table. Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − Interchangeable door hinge − Cam lock and double-bit insert − Gland plate with brush strip for cable entry in the enclosure base − Product-specific supply scope, see table Approvals: (except AE with pull-out frame) − UL − CSA − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − TÜV − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles 8 13 16 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 Height mm 380 600 760 Depth mm 350 350 350 Max. installation depth (T2) mm 310 310 310 U Protection category with gland plate for cable gland Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529 1 Model No. DK 7641.000 7643.000 7645.000 Product-specific supply scope Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), fully depth adjustable 2 C rail, for cable clamping on the rear panel 1 Metal bracket for optional accommodation of an earth rail or 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip 1 Cam locks 4 1x 2x 2x Size 5 5 5 Qty. 1 1 1 Accessories Gland plates in various versions 704 – 708 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 2508.010 2508.010 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 2503.010 2503.010 627 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 2508.100 2508.100 627 Viewing window, 34 mm profile depth 1 2730.000 2731.000 2732.000 596 Viewing window, 60 mm profile depth 1 2760.000 2761.000 2762.000 596 Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 Earth rail 1 7113.000 7113.000 7113.000 692 Alternative lock systems see page 599 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 67 Wall-mounted enclosures AE System accessories Page 537 Socket strips Page 695 Captive nuts Page 757 Viewing panels Page 595 Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 0 35 60 0 0 21 600 Supply includes: − Enclosure with hinged door − Cam lock and double-bit insert − Gland plate with brush strip for cable entry in the enclosure base − Product-specific supply scope, see table 525 Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated − Pull-out frame: Stainless steel Protection category: See table. 450 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm 52 0 With 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame Width mm Packs of 600 Height mm 600 Depth mm 350 Page L/h door hinge Cam locks 2 Side installation, vertical 4U Front installation, vertical and horizontal 10 U Protection category with gland plate for cable gland IP 54 to IEC 60 529 1 Model No. DK 7644.000 Product-specific supply scope Pull-out frame attached to telescopic slides 1 Outlet filter in enclosure base and on left-hand side 2 Viewing window on right-hand side 1 Cable clamp rail on rear wall 1 Additional cable clamp rail for mounting on the pull-out frame Accessories Choice of gland plates Size 5 Qty. 1 704 – 708 Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm 4 2508.010 Wall mounting bracket for external mounting 4 2508.100 627 Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm 4 2503.010 627 Shelf 1 7644.4001) 675 Component shelf, 1 U, 140 mm deep 1 7119.140 674 Earth rail, horizontal 1 7113.000 692 Fan expansion kit 230 V AC (only for use at the bottom) 1 set 7980.100 404 Fan expansion kit 48 V DC (only for use at the bottom) 1 set 7980.148 404 5 3322.700 483 Spare filter mats Alternative lock systems 1) 627 see page 599 Extended delivery times. 68 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Small fibre-optic distributors System accessories Page 537 Material: − Enclosure and cover: Fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate − Cover screws: Polyamide − Insulating bungs: Polyamide − Foamed-in PU seal Colour: RAL 7035 17 0 Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 5 T 244 Supply includes: − Enclosure with knockouts for cable glands − Hinged cover with seal − 2 cover screws, prepared for a lead seal − Insulating bungs for wall mounting − Mounting plate − Dividing plate − 12 cable glands PG 7 − 1 cable gland PG 16 14 169.5 − Cable entry via cable glands in knockouts (12 x PG 7 and 1 x PG 16). Assembled connectors fit through the knockouts (diameter of cut-outs: 12 x 12.5 mm and 2 x 22.5 mm). Additional sealing inserts are required to reduce the clamping range of the cable glands H Layout of the small fibre-optic distributor: − Mounting plate with variable accommodation for up to two splicing cassettes (cassette width variable from 92 to 120 mm) and integral antitwist guard − Dividing plate with comb strip for cable clamping, to cover the splicing cassette, and to accommodate 2 patch panels and patch panels for F-SMA, E-2000 ST couplings, E-2000 duplex, SC couplings and SC duplex couplings B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm 180 Page 254 Depth (T) mm 90 Number of fibres (when using patch panels) 1 – 24 Model No. DK 1 7451.000 7462.000 Accessories Locations per patch panel Patch panel for ST couplings Patch panel for SC, E-2000, E-2000 duplex couplings Patch panel for SC duplex couplings Wall mounting brackets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Locations per enclosure 12 24 2 12/6 24/12 2 7463.100 6 12 2 7463.200 40 9583.000 31 69 70 Enclosure systems Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................72 Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................73 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................73 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................74 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................74 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................75 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................75 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................76 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm...............................................................76 Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................77 Electronic enclosure....................................................................................78 For modular front design .............................................................................79 IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4 .............................................................80 For areas at risk from earthquakes..............................................................81 TS 8 baying systems for distribution enclosures Distribution enclosures up to 630 A ............................................................82 Distribution enclosures up to 1600 A ..........................................................83 Baying system TS 8 for Ri4Power applications Enclosures for Rittal Ri4Power applications ................................................84 Modular enclosures, height: 1800 mm ........................................................86 Modular enclosures, height: 2000 mm ........................................................87 Modular enclosures, height: 2200 mm ........................................................88 Cable chamber enclosures, height: 1800 mm ............................................89 Cable chamber enclosures, height: 2000 mm ............................................90 Cable chamber enclosures, height: 2200 mm ............................................90 Switch-disconnector-fuse enclosure, height: 2000 mm ..............................91 Switch-disconnector-fuse enclosure, height: 2200 mm ..............................92 Busbar enclosure, width: 200 mm...............................................................93 System enclosure SE 8 Width: 600 – 800 mm...................................................................................98 Width: 1000 – 1800 mm...............................................................................99 71 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 537 TS 8 corner enclosures Page 583 TS 8 stainless steel Page 194 TS 8 EMC-shielded Page 200 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door, roof and rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate and gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door(s), 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Mounting plate − Gland plates − Rear panel − Roof plate − 4 eyebolts Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − TÜV Mark − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd F T B G Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel and gland plates: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1200 1200 1200 1400 1400 1400 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) 1096 1096 1096 1296 1296 1296 8615.500 8815.500 8215.500 8645.500 8845.500 8245.500 Page 1 1 2 1 1 2 74.5 92.1 140.0 86.0 107.5 163.5 2 8115.235 8115.235 8115.235 8145.235 8145.235 8145.235 567 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 544 717 Weight (kg) Walls Side panels Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 703 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 614 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4116.X00 4116.X00 4118.X00 4116.X00 617 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 4583.500 4583.500 617 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 679 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets 72 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1600 1600 1600 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Page 1496 1496 1496 8665.500 8865.500 8265.500 Door(s) 1 1 2 100.0 103.0 159.3 2 8165.235 8165.235 8165.235 567 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 544 717 Weight (kg) Walls Side panels Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 703 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 614 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 1 4583.500 4583.500 617 System lights see page 679 Door stay for escape routes 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 1696 1696 1696 1696 1696 8684.500 8884.500 8084.500 8080.500 8284.500 1 1 1 2 2 91.3 113.5 136.4 140.0 170.6 Page Walls Side panels 2 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 8184.235 567 Divider panel 1 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 8609.840 571 1 8610.680 8610.880 – – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 544 717 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4336.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4946.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 703 614 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4599.000 4309.000 4596.000 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4124.000 4115.X00 4116.X00 617 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 617 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 679 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 73 Baying systems TS 8 Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 400 600 800 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500 – 499 699 699 1099 Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) – 1696 1696 1696 1696 8485.5101) 8685.500 8885.500 8880.500 8285.500 1 1 1 2 2 49.2 93.8 115.8 122.5 173.3 Page Walls Side panels 2 8185.235 8185.235 8185.235 8185.235 8185.235 Divider panel 1 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 567 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 572 1 – 8610.680 8610.880 – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 544 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Mounting plate 1 8614.180 – – – – 639 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4193.000 4191.000 4192.000 4192.000 4196.000 717 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps Section for cable entry, rear 6 – 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set – 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.1252) 703 Support strips for door 20 – 4596.000 4598.000 4594.000 4596.000 614 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 Door stay for escape routes 1 – 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 617 Page Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Without tubular door frame, mounting plate and gland plates. Protection category IP 55 and NEMA 12 are not met. 2) Packs of 2 sets Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 400 600 800 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 600 – 499 699 699 1099 Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – 1696 1696 1696 1696 8486.5101) 8686.500 8886.500 8881.500 8286.500 1 1 1 2 2 51.7 96.8 120.3 125.8 179.9 Walls Side panels 2 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 Divider panel 1 8609.860 8609.860 8609.860 8609.860 8609.860 567 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.110 8609.110 8609.110 8609.110 8609.110 572 1 – 8610.680 8610.880 – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Mounting plate 1 8614.180 – – – – 639 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4193.000 4191.000 4192.000 4192.000 4196.000 717 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps Section for cable entry, rear 6 – 4944.000 4945.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set – 8802.065 8802.085 8802.085 8802.1252) 703 Support strips for door 20 – 4596.000 4598.000 4594.000 4596.000 614 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 Door stay for escape routes 1 – 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 617 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Without 74 tubular door frame, mounting plate and gland plates. Protection category IP 55 and NEMA 12 are not met. 2) Packs of 2 sets Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS 1896 1896 1896 1896 8604.500 8804.500 8004.500 8204.500 Door(s) Weight (kg) 1 1 2 2 99.0 124.0 152.8 184.5 Page Walls Side panels 2 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 8104.235 567 Divider panel 1 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 8609.040 571 1 8610.600 8610.800 – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 544 717 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1051) 8802.1251) 703 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 614 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4115.X00 4116.X00 617 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 4583.500 617 System lights see page 679 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm Width (B) mm 400 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 500 500 500 500 500 – 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) – 1896 1896 1896 1896 8405.5101) 8605.500 8805.500 8005.500 8205.500 1 1 1 2 2 60.7 101.3 126.3 157.1 190.6 Page Walls Side panels 2 8105.235 8105.235 8105.235 8105.235 8105.235 Divider panel 1 8609.050 8609.050 8609.050 8609.050 8609.050 567 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.120 8609.120 8609.120 8609.120 8609.120 572 1 – 8610.600 8610.800 – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 8602.050 544 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Mounting plate 1 8614.200 – – – – 639 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4193.000 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 717 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps Section for cable entry, rear 6 – 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 653 1 set – 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1052) 8802.1252) 703 Support strips for door 20 – 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 614 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 – 4116.X00 4118.X00 4115.X00 4116.X00 617 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 4583.500 4583.500 617 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 679 1 – 4583.500 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Without tubular door frame, mounting plate and gland plates. Protection category IP 55 and NEMA 12 are not met. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 2) Packs of 2 sets 75 Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 400 600 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 600 600 – 499 699 899 1099 Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth – 1896 1896 1896 1896 8406.5101) 8606.500 8806.500 8006.500 8206.500 1 1 1 2 2 55.7 104.0 130.5 161.2 194.6 Page Walls Side panels 2 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 Divider panel 1 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 567 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 572 1 – 8610.600 8610.800 – – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Mounting plate 1 8614.200 – – – – 639 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4193.000 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 717 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps Section for cable entry, rear 6 – 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 653 1 set – 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1052) 8802.1252) 703 Support strips for door 20 – 4596.000 4598.000 4309.000 4596.000 614 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 Door stay for escape routes 1 – 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 617 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Without tubular door frame, mounting plate and gland plates. Protection category IP 55 and NEMA 12 are not met. 2) Packs of 2 sets Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 800 800 800 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 1896 1896 1896 8608.500 8808.500 8208.500 1 1 2 111.3 137.0 203.0 Page Walls Side panels 2 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235 567 Divider panel 1 8609.080 8609.080 8609.080 571 1 8610.600 8610.800 – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 717 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 703 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 614 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 Door stay for escape routes 1 4583.500 4583.500 4583.500 617 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets 76 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 2200 2200 2200 Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth 2096 2096 2096 8626.500 8826.500 8226.500 1 1 2 113.1 139.3 208.0 Page Walls Side panels 2 8126.235 8126.235 8126.235 567 Divider panel 1 8609.260 8609.260 8609.260 571 1 8610.620 8610.820 – 584 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 717 Doors Glazed door Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4945.000 4947.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.085 8802.1251) 703 614 Section for cable entry, rear Support strips for door 20 4596.000 4598.000 4596.000 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4116.X00 4118.X00 4116.X00 617 180° hinges 4 8800.190 8800.190 8800.190 613 1 4583.500 4583.500 617 System lights Door stay for escape routes see page 679 4583.500 Earth straps see page 689 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Packs of 2 sets Rittal France RITTAL SAS ZA des Grands Godets 880 rue Marcel Paul 94507 Champigny sur Marne Cedex Phone: +33 (0) 1 49 83 60 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 49 83 82 06 E-mail: info@rittal.fr www.rittal.fr Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 77 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 537 482.6 mm (19˝) installation accessories from page 733 Subrack systems Page 211 482.6 mm (19˝) climate control Page 399/400 Material: − Enclosure frame: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Front frame: Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast corner pieces − Rear door: Sheet steel 2 mm − Roof and gland plates: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Adaptor sections: Aluminium Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Roof and rear door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Front frame: Powder-coated − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Front frame (r/h hinge, opening angle 130°, held on the left via mechanical snap fasteners) − Rear door (r/h hinge, may be swapped to opposite side) − Roof − Adaptor sections − Gland plates Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: − UL − cUL Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Electronic enclosure 33 33 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 Height mm 1600 1600 2000 2000 Depth mm 600 800 600 800 8410.510 8418.510 8430.510 8438.510 1 1 1 1 U 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.080 8601.060 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.080 8602.060 8602.080 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Side panels 2 8166.235 8168.235 8106.235 8108.235 567 Cable clamp rails for cable clamps 2 4191.000 4191.000 4191.000 4191.000 717 Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps 6 4944.000 4944.000 4944.000 4944.000 653 1 set 8802.065 8802.065 8802.065 8802.065 703 Section for cable entry, rear Adaptor sections for rear 2 8613.360 8613.360 8613.300 8613.300 742 LED system light 1 4140.830 4140.830 4140.830 4140.830 682 Alternative lock systems 78 see page 600 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Application area: Suitable for the installation of ● Partial mounting plates ● Component shelves and drawers ● Punched sections and rails ● Partial doors with and without viewing panels ● Fully glazed doors ● Drawers ● Vertically divided doors ● Trim panels hinged at the top ● Protective bars Material: Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel and gland plates: Sheet steel 1.5 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Roof and rear panel: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Roof − Rear panel − Three-piece gland plates − 4 eyebolts Detailed drawings: (TS basic enclosures without door) Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 For modular front design Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. TS Weight (kg) 600 800 2000 2000 600 600 8606.512 8806.512 52.5 63.0 Page Walls Side panels 2 8106.512 8106.512 591 Divider panel 1 8609.060 8609.060 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 8609.130 8609.130 572 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 544 589 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Flex-Block see page 540 Trim panel, hinged at the top, height 300 mm 1 8801.230 8801.240 Holder for protective bar 2 8801.000 8801.000 587 Protective bar 1 8801.010 8801.010 587 Partial doors see page 590 Partial mounting plate see page 636 System lights see page 679 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 79 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Cable entry Page 701 Protection category: See table. NEMA 4X: NEMA 4: Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, base, rear panel: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, base, rear panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Uncoated − Door, roof, base, rear panel: Exterior brushed, grain size 400 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Surface finish: − Enclosure frame, door, roof, base, rear panel: Dipcoat-primed and powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated F B G T H Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door, 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Roof plate − Gland plate − Rear panel − Mounting plate − 4 eyebolts Colour: RAL 7035 IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4 Packs of Stainless steel Sheet steel Width (B) mm 800 800 Height (H) mm 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 699 699 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1896 1896 8450.680 8806.580 1 Model No. TS Door(s) Protection category 1 1 IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4. 8106.580 Page Also required Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 2 8700.680 Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 1 8700.010 8700.010 Quick-fit baying clamps, one-piece 6 8800.500 8800.500 577 Baying clamp, horizontal 4 8800.400 8800.400 577 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 579 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.800 8601.800 549/543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.800 8602.800 549/543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.060 8601.060 549/544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.060 8602.060 549/544 4 2913.000 – 549 Cable clamp rails 2 4192.000 4192.000 717 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4118.000 4118.000 617 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Base/plinth trim, modular Accessories System light see page 679 Alternative lock systems see page 600 80 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 For areas at risk from earthquakes TS 8 for earthquake zone 1, 2 and 3 to Bellcore TS 8806.500: W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore TS 8806.500: W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm With base/plinth (base/plinth components front and rear, see page 543 and base/plinth trim, side, see page 544), 100 mm high with a weight load of 152 kg spread evenly over the mounting plate. Fitted with: − Earthquake kit and − Earthquake base/plinth, see page 81, with weight load of 450 kg distributed evenly over the mounting plate. Note: These versions have been tested and meet the requirements to Telcordia GR 63-CORE. They should be seen as a comparative variable to the customer’s own plant, since the certification of empty enclosures is not possible. Earthquake kit Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 3 2 4 (Photo shows TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore) 1 For enclosures WxHxD mm Packs of 800 x 2000 x 600 1 8613.860 600 x 2000 x 600 1 8613.6601) 1 8613.6401) 600 x 2000 x 400 1) Extended Model No. TS 3 delivery times. 1 2 side reinforcements, bottom 2 2 bracing struts each, sides 3 8 gusset plates 4 Mounting plate attachment and reinforcement 2 including assembly parts Earthquake base/plinth Height 100 mm Material: − Corner pieces: Sheet steel 5 mm − Trim panels: Sheet steel 2 mm For enclosures W x D mm Packs of 800 x 600 1 8601.860 600 x 600 1 8601.6601) 600 x 400 1 8601.6401) 1) Extended 4 Model No. TS delivery times. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7022 Supply includes: 1 set = − 4 corner pieces − 2 depth stays − 1 trim panel each front and rear fully assembled. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 81 Baying systems TS 8 System accessories Page 537 ISV installation modules From page 362 ISV accessories Page 369 Material: − Sheet steel − Contact hazard protection frame: Hard PVC Colour: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel, door(s): RAL 7035 − Contact hazard protection frame: RAL 9002 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door(s), roof, rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Testing: Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with mounting level, door(s), 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Three-piece gland plates − Rear panel − Roof plate − Contact hazard protection frame − 4 eyebolts ISV-TS 8 enclosures for distribution enclosures up to 630 A Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Approximate weight (kg) 600 850 1100 2000 2000 2000 Page 400 600 400 600 400 600 9665.945 9665.905 9665.955 9665.915 9665.965 9665.925 1 1 1 1 2 2 89.5 94.5 113.5 120 157 167 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.850 8601.850 8601.300 8601.300 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.850 8602.850 8602.100 8602.100 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.060 8601.040 8601.060 8601.040 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.060 8602.040 8602.060 8602.040 8602.060 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails 2 4191.000 4191.000 – – – – 717 1 9665.943 9665.903 9665.953 9665.913 9665.963 9665.923 622 Cable entry plates2) 2 8800.060 8800.060 – – – – 701 Side panels 2 8104.235 8106.235 8104.235 8106.235 8104.235 8106.235 567 Roof plates for cable entry glands1) IP 55 Cable entry glands see page 623 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) To exchange for the TS standard roof 2) Cable entry grommets, see page 702. 82 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 ISV-TS 8 enclosures for distribution enclosures up to 1600 A Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door Approximate weight (kg) 600 850 2000 2000 600 600 9665.975 9665.985 1 1 94.5 120 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.850 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.850 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 544 Also required Support bracket 24 set 4183.000 4183.000 661 Punched sections without mounting flanges 4 4376.000 4382.000 652 System attachment for mounting the Maxi-PLS busbar support SV 9649.160 and busbar support SV 3052.000, see page 340 2 9665.971 9665.971 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails 2 4191.000 – 717 1 9665.903 9665.913 622 Cable entry plates2) 2 8800.060 – 701 Side panels 2 8106.235 8106.235 567 Roof plates for cable entry glands1) Cable entry glands see page 623 Alternative lock systems 1) To exchange for the TS 2) Cable entry grommets, IP 55 see page 600 standard roof see page 702. Rittal Germany RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 D-35726 Herborn Phone: +49(0)2772 505-0 Fax: +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 83 Baying systems TS 8 1 1 System accessories Page 537 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 – 3 Page 306/307 SV components From page 327 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door(s), roof, rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: Up to IP 54, depending on the panels. 1 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door(s), 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Roof − Rear panel − Three-piece gland plates − TS punched section with mounting flange. Testing: − Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 − IEC 61 641 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. SV-TS 8 enclosures for Rittal Ri4Power applications (depth 600 mm) Without mounting plate Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Technical specifications correspond to Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 600 800 1000 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 600 600 600 600 9660.6051) 9660.6351) 9660.6951) 9660.6551) 8606.500 8806.500 8006.500 8206.500 1 1 2 2 76.0 92.6 113.7 137.6 Page 76 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails Cable entry plates2) Side panels Roof plates3) for protection category/design IP 43/vented 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 717 8800.060 8800.080 – – 701 701 4 – – 8800.100 8800.120 2 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 567 1 9671.766 9671.786 – – 622 1 9660.235 9660.245 9660.255 9660.265 622 Roof plates for cable entry glands3) 1 9665.903 9671.586 – – 622 Roof plates with pressure relief function3) 1 9660.935 9660.945 9660.955 9660.965 622 Contact hazard protection cover plate for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors4) Mounting brackets IP 2X/vented 2 2 1 set 9660.460 9660.470 9660.480 9660.490 343 24 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090 344 Blanking cover see page 344 Alternative lock systems see page 600 Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 1) Without mounting plate. 2) Cable entry grommets, see page 702. 3) To exchange for the TS standard roof. 4) Only used when mounting the Maxi-PLS system in the rear section. 84 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 1 SV-TS 8 enclosures for Rittal Ri4Power applications (depth 800 mm) Without mounting plate Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Technical specifications correspond to Model No. TS Door(s) Weight (kg) 600 800 1200 2000 2000 2000 800 800 800 9660.8051) 9660.8351) 9660.8551) 8608.500 8808.500 8208.500 1 1 2 83.0 99.1 146.0 Page 76 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Accessories Cable clamp rails Cable entry plates2) Side panels Roof plates3) for protection category/design IP 43/vented IP 2X/vented 2 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 717 2 8800.060 8800.080 – 701 701 4 – – 8800.120 2 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235 567 1 9671.768 9671.788 – 622 1 9659.525 9659.535 9659.555 622 1 9671.568 9671.588 – 622 Roof plates with pressure relief function3) 1 9671.468 9671.488 – 622 Mounting brackets 24 9660.090 9660.090 9660.090 344 Roof plates for cable entry glands3) Blanking cover see page 344 Alternative lock systems see page 600 Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration 1) Without mounting plate, extended delivery times. see page 345 2) Cable entry grommets, see page 702. 3) To exchange for the TS standard roof. Rittal Netherlands RITTAL bv Hengelder 56 Postbus 246 6900 AE Zevenaar Phone: +31 (0) 316 59 16 60 Fax: +31 (0) 316 52 51 45 E-mail: sales@rittal.nl www.rittal.nl Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 85 Baying systems TS 8 2 2 System accessories Page 537 SV components From page 327 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: Up to IP 54, depending on the panels. 2 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Rear panel − Three-piece gland plates Testing: − Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 − IEC 61 641 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. SV-TS 8 modular enclosures (height 1800 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Weight (kg) 400 600 800 1800 1800 1800 600 600 600 9670.4861) 9670.6861) 9670.8861) 42.0 49.0 58.5 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 567 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.646 9671.666 9671.686 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.746 9671.766 9671.786 622 IP 2X/vented 1 9671.846 9660.235 9660.245 622 IP 55 1 9671.546 9665.903 9671.586 622 Roof plates with pressure relief function Front trim panels for protection category Upgrade kit for front panels IP 2X 1 9671.446 9660.935 9660.945 622 IP 54/sealed 1 set 9671.014 9671.016 9671.018 594 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9671.034 9671.036 9671.038 594 IP 43 1 set 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 594 1 9671.156 9671.176 9671.196 592 Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 100/100 mm Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.014 9672.016 9672.018 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.034 9672.036 9672.038 593 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.024 9672.026 9672.028 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.044 9672.046 9672.048 593 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X IP 43 1 set 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 593 Partial doors for modular configuration 1 see page 590 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 1) Extended 86 delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 2 SV-TS 8 modular enclosures (height 2000 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Weight (kg) 400 600 800 400 600 800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 600 600 600 800 800 800 9670.406 9670.606 9670.806 9670.408 9670.608 9670.808 43.8 51.0 61.0 43.8 53.7 64.2 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 567 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 543 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.646 9671.666 9671.686 9671.648 9671.668 9671.688 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.746 9671.766 9671.786 9671.748 9671.768 9671.788 622 IP 2X/vented 1 9671.846 9660.235 9660.245 9671.848 9659.525 9659.535 622 IP 55 1 9671.546 9665.903 9671.586 9671.548 9671.568 9671.588 622 1 9671.446 9660.935 9660.945 9671.448 9671.468 9671.488 622 IP 54/sealed 1 set 9671.014 9671.016 9671.018 9671.014 9671.016 9671.018 594 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9671.034 9671.036 9671.038 9671.034 9671.036 9671.038 594 IP 43 1 set 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 594 1 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 592 Roof plates with pressure relief function Front trim panels for protection category Upgrade kit for front panels IP 2X Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 100/100 mm Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.014 9672.016 9672.018 9672.014 9672.016 9672.018 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.034 9672.036 9672.038 9672.034 9672.036 9672.038 593 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.024 9672.026 9672.028 9672.024 9672.026 9672.028 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.044 9672.046 9672.048 9672.044 9672.046 9672.048 593 IP 43 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X 1 set 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 593 Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 300/100 mm 1 9671.156 9671.176 9671.196 9671.156 9671.176 9671.196 592 Partial doors for modular configuration 1 see page 590 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 Rittal India RITTAL India Pvt. Ltd. Nos. 23 & 24, KIADB Industrial Area Veerapura Doddaballapur-561 203 Bengaluru Dist Phone: +91 80 2289 0700 Fax: +91 80 2762 3343 E-mail: info@rittal-india.com www.rittal-india.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 87 Baying systems TS 8 2 SV-TS 8 modular enclosures (height 2200 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Weight (kg) 400 600 800 400 600 800 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 600 600 600 800 800 800 9670.426 9670.626 9670.826 9670.428 9670.628 9670.828 43.2 54.0 59.4 46.1 55.8 66.0 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 8601.400 8601.600 8601.800 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 8602.400 8602.600 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 567 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 543 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8126.235 8126.235 8126.235 8128.235 8128.235 8128.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.646 9671.666 9671.686 9671.648 9671.668 9671.688 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.746 9671.766 9671.786 9671.748 9671.768 9671.788 622 IP 2X/vented 1 9671.846 9660.235 9660.245 9671.848 9659.525 9659.535 622 IP 55 1 9671.546 9665.903 9671.586 9671.548 9671.568 9671.588 622 1 9671.446 9660.935 9660.945 9671.448 9671.468 9671.488 622 IP 54/sealed 1 set 9671.014 9671.016 9671.018 9671.014 9671.016 9671.018 594 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9671.034 9671.036 9671.038 9671.034 9671.036 9671.038 594 IP 43 1 set 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 9671.044 9671.046 9671.048 594 1 9671.150 9671.170 9671.190 9671.150 9671.170 9671.190 592 Roof plates with pressure relief function Front trim panels for protection category Upgrade kit for front panels IP 2X Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 100/100 mm Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.014 9672.016 9672.018 9672.014 9672.016 9672.018 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.034 9672.036 9672.038 9672.034 9672.036 9672.038 593 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set 9672.024 9672.026 9672.028 9672.024 9672.026 9672.028 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set 9672.044 9672.046 9672.048 9672.044 9672.046 9672.048 593 IP 43 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X 1 set 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 9672.054 9672.056 9672.058 593 Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 300/100 mm 1 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 9671.158 9671.178 9671.198 592 Partial doors for modular configuration 1 see page 590 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 Rittal Israel RITTAL Enclosure Systems Ltd. 13, Hatarshish St. Zone 29 P.O. Box 3597 Industrial Park, Caesarea 38900 Phone: +972 (0) 4 6275 505 Fax: +972 (0) 4 6275 535 E-mail: moshe@rittal.co.il www.rittal.co.il 88 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 3 System accessories Page 537 SV components From page 327 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door(s), rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: Up to IP 54, depending on the panels. 3 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Door, 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Rear panel − Three-piece gland plates Testing: − Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 − IEC 61 641 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. SV-TS 8 cable chamber enclosures (height 1800 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Weight (kg) 300 400 600 1800 1800 1800 600 600 600 9670.3961) 9670.4961) 9670.6961) 1 1 1 47.0 49.5 62.0 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.915 8601.400 8601.600 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.915 8602.400 8602.600 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 544 567 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8186.235 8186.235 8186.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.636 9671.646 9671.666 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.736 9671.746 9671.766 622 IP 2X/vented 1 – 9671.846 9660.235 622 IP 55 1 9671.536 9671.546 9665.903 622 Roof plates with pressure relief function 1 – 9671.446 9660.935 622 Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set – 9672.014 9672.016 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.034 9672.036 593 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set – 9672.024 9672.026 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.044 9672.046 593 IP 43 593 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X 1 set – 9672.054 9672.056 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 89 Baying systems TS 8 3 SV-TS 8 cable chamber enclosures (height 2000 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Weight (kg) 300 400 600 300 400 600 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 600 600 600 800 800 800 9670.316 9670.416 9670.616 9670.318 9670.418 9670.6181) 1 1 1 1 1 1 48.5 53.8 69.4 50.4 55.9 74.0 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.915 8601.400 8601.600 8601.915 8601.400 8601.600 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.915 8602.400 8602.600 8602.915 8602.400 8602.600 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 567 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 543 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8106.235 8106.235 8106.235 8108.235 8108.235 8108.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.636 9671.646 9671.666 9671.638 9671.648 9671.668 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.736 9671.746 9671.766 9671.738 9671.748 9671.768 622 IP 2X/vented 1 – 9671.846 9660.235 – 9671.848 9659.525 622 IP 55 1 9671.536 9671.546 9665.903 9671.538 9671.548 9671.568 622 1 – 9671.446 9660.935 – 9671.448 9671.468 622 1 set – 9672.014 9672.016 – 9672.014 9672.016 593 593 Roof plates with pressure relief function Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.034 9672.036 – 9672.034 9672.036 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set – 9672.024 9672.026 – 9672.024 9672.026 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.044 9672.046 – 9672.044 9672.046 593 IP 43 593 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X 1 set – 9672.054 9672.056 – 9672.054 9672.056 Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 300/100 mm 1 – 9671.156 9671.176 – 9671.156 9671.176 592 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Page Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 Alternative lock systems see page 600 3 SV-TS 8 cable chamber enclosures (height 2200 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 300 400 600 300 400 600 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 600 600 800 800 600 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Weight (kg) 9670.3361) 9670.436 9670.6361) 9670.3381) 9670.438 800 9670.6381) 1 1 1 1 1 1 47.8 57.3 75.8 50.6 61.0 80.7 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.915 8601.400 8601.600 8601.915 8601.400 8601.600 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.915 8602.400 8602.600 8602.915 8602.400 8602.600 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 8602.080 544 567 Levelling component for base/plinth 543 see page 546 Also required Side panels for protection category Roof plates for protection category/design Roof plates for cable entry gland IP 55 2 8126.235 8126.235 8126.235 8128.235 8128.235 8128.235 IP 55/sealed 1 9671.636 9671.646 9671.666 9671.638 9671.648 9671.668 622 IP 43/vented 1 9671.736 9671.746 9671.766 9671.738 9671.748 9671.768 622 IP 2X/vented 1 – 9671.846 9660.235 – 9671.848 9659.525 622 IP 55 1 9671.536 9671.546 9665.903 9671.538 9671.548 9671.568 622 1 – 9671.446 9660.935 – 9671.448 9671.468 622 1 set – 9672.014 9672.016 – 9672.014 9672.016 593 593 Roof plates with pressure relief function Front trim panels, top 300 mm/bottom 100 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.034 9672.036 – 9672.034 9672.036 Front trim panels, top 100 mm/bottom 300 mm for protection category IP 54/sealed 1 set – 9672.024 9672.026 – 9672.024 9672.026 593 IP 2X/vented 1 set – 9672.044 9672.046 – 9672.044 9672.046 593 IP 43 1 set – 9672.054 9672.056 – 9672.054 9672.056 593 Upgrade kit for front trim panels 300/100 mm IP 2X Partial doors for clearance height with front trim panel 300/100 mm 1 – 9671.158 9671.178 – 9671.158 9671.178 592 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 Alternative lock systems see page 600 1) Extended 90 delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 4 4 System accessories Page 537 SV components From page 327 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Door(s), roof, rear panel: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: Up to IP 3X, depending on the panels. 4 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Door(s), 3 mm double-bit lock insert − Roof − Rear panel − Three-piece gland plates Testing: − Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 − IEC 61 641 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. SV-TS 8 switch-disconnector-fuse enclosure (height 2000 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Weight (kg) 1000 1200 1000 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 600 600 800 800 9670.006 9670.106 9670.0081) 9670.1081) 1 1 1 1 97.0 116.0 104.0 123.0 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.200 8601.000 8601.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.200 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 543 Also required Side panels for protection category IP 55 2 8106.235 8106.235 8108.235 8108.235 567 Front trim panels, top 336 mm/ bottom 136 mm for protection category IP 3X 1 set 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 354 Front trim panels, top 186 mm/ bottom 336 mm for protection category IP 3X 1 set 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342 354 Roof section 1 set 9674.362 9674.366 9674.364 9674.368 355 Rear section 1 set 9674.372 9674.376 9674.372 9674.376 355 Jean Müller 1 9674.350 9674.350 9674.350 9674.350 354 ABB/Siemens 1 9674.356 9674.356 9674.356 9674.356 354 Busbar system in the roof section 1 9674.306 9674.306 9674.308 9674.308 355 Busbar system in the rear section 1 9674.305 9674.305 9674.307 9674.307 355 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 1 9660.255 9660.265 9659.545 9659.555 622 1 9660.955 9660.965 – – 622 Contact hazard protection, cable chamber Assembly kit for fuses Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section Accessories Roof plates for protection category/design2) Roof plates with pressure relief IP 2X/vented function2) 3) Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration 1) Extended delivery times. 2) see page 345 In exchange for the standard TS roof. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 3) Other sizes available on request. 91 Baying systems TS 8 4 SV-TS 8 switch-disconnector-fuse enclosure (height 2200 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Door(s) Weight (kg) 1000 1200 1000 1200 2200 2200 2200 2200 600 600 800 800 9670.0261) 9670.1261) 9670.0281) 9670.1281) 1 1 1 1 102.0 122.0 109.0 129.0 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.200 8601.000 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.200 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.080 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.080 544 Flex-Block see page 540 Levelling component for base/plinth see page 546 Also required Side panels for protection category IP 55 2 8126.235 8126.235 8128.235 8128.235 567 Front trim panels, top 336 mm/ bottom 136 mm for protection category IP 3X 1 set 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 9674.340 354 Front trim panels, top 186 mm/ bottom 336 mm for protection category IP 3X 1 set 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342 9674.342 354 Roof section 1 set 9674.362 9674.366 9674.364 9674.368 355 Rear section 1 set 9674.372 9674.376 9674.372 9674.376 355 Contact hazard protection, cable chamber Assembly kit for fuses Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section Jean Müller 1 9674.352 9674.352 9674.352 9674.352 354 ABB/Siemens 1 9674.358 9674.358 9674.358 9674.358 354 Busbar system in the roof section 1 9674.326 9674.326 9674.328 9674.328 355 Busbar system in the rear section 355 1 9674.325 9674.325 9674.327 9674.327 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Roof plates for protection category/design2) Roof plates with pressure relief function2) 3) IP 2X/vented 1 9660.255 9660.265 9659.545 9659.555 622 1 9660.955 9660.965 – – 622 Enclosure configuration see page 592 Compartment configuration see page 345 1) Extended delivery times. 2) In exchange for the standard TS roof. 3) Other sizes available on request. Rittal Italy RITTAL S.p.A. S.P. n. 14 Rivoltana – Km 9,5 20060 Vignate (MI) Phone: +39 (0) 2 959 301 Fax: +39 (0) 2 9536 0209 E-mail: info@rittal.it www.rittal.it 92 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Baying systems TS 8 5 System accessories Page 537 SV components From page 327 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Roof, rear panel, front trip panel, gland plate: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint Protection category: Up to IP 55 5 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Front trim panel − Roof − Rear panel − Gland plate Testing: − Design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 − IEC 61 641 Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. SV-TS 8 busbar enclosures (width 200 mm) Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm 1 Model No. SV Weight (kg) 200 200 200 200 2000 2200 2000 2200 600 600 800 800 9670.206 9670.226 9670.208 9670.2281) 34.0 36.6 37.5 40.0 Page Base/plinth2) Also required Side panels for protection category 2 8106.235 8126.235 8108.235 8128.235 Coupling set mounting kit IP 55 1 set 9674.196 9674.196 9674.198 9674.198 567 351 Angular baying brackets 4 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 8800.430 579 Baying connectors, external 6 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 8800.490 578 Accessories Compartment configuration see page 345 1) Extended delivery times. 2) The busbar enclosure is on one base/plinth together with the main enclosure, i.e. please select a base/plinth for the main enclosure which is 200 mm wider. Rittal Canada RITTAL Systems Ltd. 6485 Ordan Drive Missisauga ON L5T 1X2 Canada Phone: +1 (905) 795-0777 Fax: +1 (905) 795-9548 Toll-free: 1-800-399-0748 E-mail: marketing@rittal.ca www.rittal.ca Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 93 94 System enclosure SE 8 Perfect compatibility ● With the TS 8 baying system in width, height and depth ● Identical system accessories for all mounting parts in SE 8 and TS 8 Base installation ● Two base/plinth systems can be used: − TS 8 base/plinth and the Flex-Block base/plinth system ● Maximum versatility with cable entry: − Cable entry plates for grommets or connector glands − EMC gland plates − Cable clamp rail with cable clamps − C rail with cable clamps Wide range of materials with a high protection category and excellent stability ● Protection category IP 55 including the 1800 mm wide free-standing enclosure ● Stainless steel enclosures are easy to clean, thanks to their solid basic form 95 System enclosure SE 8 5 2 3 1 4 96 1 Complete compatibility with TS 8 system accessories for interior installation 2 Time saving – Installation can begin directly, no assembly of side and rear panels 3 High load capacity of the mounting plate and enclosure structure 4 Fully compatible with all gland plate modules and the TS 8 base/plinth as well as the Flex-Block base/plinth system 5 Minimal planning effort – One Model Number = Complete enclosure 97 System enclosure SE 8 System accessories Page 537 SE 8 stainless steel Page 195 Surface finish: − Enclosure, door/double door and rear panel: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate and gland plates: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Supply includes: − Enclosure with door(s), double-bit lock insert − R/h door hinge with singledoor enclosures, may be swapped to opposite side − Mounting plate − Gland plates − Rear panel (in two pieces from a width of 1600 mm), detachable Note: − The system accessories for this enclosure system may be found on the following order pages, with references to the respective product groups in the section on system assembly − The system accessories classified under “ES” can only be used with free-standing enclosures in the ES 5000 series F T B G Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm − Rear panel and gland plates: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Colour: RAL 7035 H The system enclosure is based on the TS 8 platform and replaces enclosures in the ES 5000 series. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Width: 600 – 800 mm Width (B) mm 600 800 800 800 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 500 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 699 699 699 699 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1696 1696 1896 1896 1896 5830.500 5831.500 5832.500 5833.500 5834.500 1 1 1 1 1 1 Model No. SE Door(s) Page Base/plinth Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.050 8601.060 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.050 8602.060 544 4 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 626 Punched section with mounting flange, outer level 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.150 8612.160 647 Punched section with mounting flange, inner level 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.050 8612.060 647 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 701 4192.000 4192.000 4192.000 717 Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Roof Eyebolts Rail systems Other rail systems, based on TS 8 see from page 644 Base Cable entry plate 2 8800.060 8800.080 2 4191.000 4192.000 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps Alternative lock systems 98 see page 600 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures System enclosure SE 8 Width: 1000 – 1800 mm Width (B) mm 1000 1200 1600 1200 1200 1200 1800 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 400 400 500 600 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 899 1099 1499 1099 1099 1099 1699 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. SE Door(s) 1696 1696 1696 1896 1896 1896 1896 5840.500 5841.500 5842.500 5843.500 5844.500 5845.500 5846.500 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Page Base/plinth Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.000 8601.200 8601.920 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 8601.980 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.000 8602.200 8602.920 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 8602.980 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.050 8601.060 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.050 8602.060 8602.050 544 4 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 626 Punched section with mounting flange, outer level 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.150 8612.160 8612.150 647 Punched section with mounting flange, inner level 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.050 8612.060 8612.050 647 Components front and rear Trim panels, sides 543 Roof Eyebolts Rail systems Other rail systems, based on TS 8 see from page 644 Base Cable entry plate 2 8800.100 8800.120 – 2 4336.000 4196.000 4338.000 8800.120 8800.120 8800.120 – 701 4196.000 4196.000 4196.000 4339.000 717 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps Alternative lock systems see page 600 Rittal Malaysia RITTAL Systems Sdn Bhd 7, Jalan TPP 1/1A Taman Industri Puchong Batu 12 Jalan Puchong 47100 Puchong Solangor, Malaysia Phone: +603-8060 6688 Fax: +603-8060 8866 E-mail: sales@rittal.com.my www.rittal.com.my Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 99 100 Network distribution enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented ...............................................................102 Pre-configured, doors unvented/vented ...................................................103 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented .................................................104 Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided .................................................104 Network enclosures TS 8...........................................................................105 Network enclosures TE 7000 Pre-configured...........................................................................................107 600 mm width ............................................................................................108 800 mm width ............................................................................................109 Distributor racks TE 7000 open ............................................................................................110 Data Rack ..................................................................................................111 101 Network enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 B T Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H1 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors and roof: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated − Gland plates, punched sections with mounting flanges and mounting angles: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. H2 Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Pre-configured, doors unvented U Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm Depth (T) mm Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 24 24 38 42 600 800 800 800 1200 + 100 1200 + 100 1800 + 100 2000 + 100 600 800 800 800 – 498 498 498 Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle at the front, cranked mounting angle screw-fastened to TS punched sections with mounting flanges as support strips – – – Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 – Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 – – – Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – Model No. DK 1 7830.100 7830.110 7830.850 7830.200 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 – – 7824.188 – Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 569 Included with the supply. 102 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented Packs of U Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm 42 42 42 42 47 800 800 800 800 800 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100 Depth (T) mm 800 800 1000 1000 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 498 498 498 498 Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – – – Model No. DK 1 7830.250 7830.202 7830.230 7830.240 7830.270 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels preconfigured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 – – – – 7824.208 – – 7824.200 7824.228 Also included: Compact light (8 W), mounting kit (magnetic), 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way (earthing-pin), door-operated switch, junction box incl. connection accessories, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf (500 mm) incl. mounting accessories Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 569 2 Included with the supply. Pre-configured, doors vented Packs of U Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2) mm 24 42 42 47 800 800 800 800 1200 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 2200 + 100 Depth (T) mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 Glazed sheet steel door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Vented sheet steel door at the rear, 180°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, L-shaped mounting angles screw-fastened onto 2 or 3 support strips, depth-variable Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Including side panels 2 – – Model No. DK 1 7830.130 7830.330 7830.335 7830.3801) Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set – – 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 – – 7824.200 7824.220 Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 569 Included with the supply. 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 103 Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented U Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H1 + H2 + H3) mm 42 40 800 800 2000 + 100 + 25 2000 + 100 + 25 Depth (T) mm 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 – Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 – Sheet steel rear panel 1 – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, L-shaped mounting angles screw-fastened onto support strips, depth-variable – Swing frame, large, with side trim panel for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting components whilst utilising the full enclosure height (130°, 150 kg static load capacity) – Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry 1 – Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 – Roof plate with cut-out for fan insert and vent panel on spacers 1 Including side panels 2 – – Model No. DK 1 7830.550 7830.670 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high 1 set 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 7824.208 7824.208 Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 569 Included with the supply. Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided U Packs of Width (B) mm 42 800 Height (H1 + H2) mm 2000 + 100 Depth (T) mm 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 498 Glazed sheet steel door at front, vertically divided, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at rear, vertically divided, 180°, with handle and security lock 3524 E 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel 1 Roof plate for cable entry, two piece 1 Including side panels 2 – Model No. DK 1 7830.260 1 set 1 1 set Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor) 4 Spacers for raising the roof 4 Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level 4 Cable shunting rings, plastic 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screws M6 50 2 7824.208 Supply includes Baying kit TS 8800.500 Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Accessories Side panel, lockable, see page 569 Included with the supply. 104 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors and roof: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated − Base plates and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: − UL − cUL Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 in connection with side panels, screw-fastened Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. U 15 15 20 20 24 24 24 24 Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 800 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 Depth mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 7820.100 7821.100 7820.200 7821.200 7820.300 7821.300 7820.3401) 7821.340 Model No. DK Supply includes Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth see page 542 U 24 29 29 33 33 33 33 Width mm 800 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 1200 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 Depth mm 800 800 800 600 600 800 800 7820.350 7820.410 7821.410 7820.500 7821.500 7820.510 7821.510 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth Included with the supply. see page 542 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 105 Network enclosures TS 8 U 38 38 38 38 38 38 Width mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 800 800 7820.600 7821.600 7820.610 7821.610 7820.650 7821.650 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth see page 542 U 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 7820.700 7821.700 7820.710 7821.710 7820.730 7821.730 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Model No. DK Supply includes Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth see page 542 U 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 7820.740 7821.740 7820.750 7821.750 7820.770 7821.770 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth see page 542 U 47 47 47 47 47 47 Width mm 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 600 800 800 800 800 7820.800 7821.800 7820.810 7821.810 7820.850 7821.850 Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the front (180°), with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E – – – Sheet steel door at the rear (130°), with handle and security lock 3524 E Model No. DK Supply includes Gland plate, multi-piece, solid Roof plate, solid Base/plinth see page 542 Included with the supply. 106 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Pre-configured U Packs of Width mm Height (enclosure + base/plinth) mm 24 42 42 800 800 800 1200 + 100 2000 + 100 2000 + 100 Depth mm 800 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 7000.840 7000.850 7000.852 Model No. TE 1 Page Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 7000.652 Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor) supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Base/plinth 100 mm, vented 1 Tested frame earthing to IEC 60 950, fitted C rails, for cable clamping in the enclosure depth via cable clamps, supplied loose 6 Cable shunting rings made of plastic, 105 x 70 mm, supplied loose 10 Captive nuts M6, conductive 50 Multi-tooth screw M6, with plastic washers 50 570 Accessories 1 set 7000.640 7000.640 Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock 1 2435.000 2435.000 2435.000 607 Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 406 Slide rail for TE, for attachment between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, length 424 mm 2 7963.410 7963.410 7963.410 750 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf for static installation, for direct screw fastening without an installation kit, 413 mm deep, load capacity 30 kg, static 1 7000.620 7000.620 7000.620 671 Baying kit 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static 582 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 674 Socket strip, 8-way 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 696 Transport castors (only without base/plinth) 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 557 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 107 Network enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 600 mm width 11 11 24 24 42 42 47 47 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 600 600 1200 1200 2000 2000 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 800 600 800 600 800 600 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 U 1 Model No. TE Page 7000.390 7000.410 7000.430 7000.440 7000.500 7000.510 7000.5601) 7000.5701) Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet, M10, supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented 1 set 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 Base/plinth trim panels, side 1 set 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 544 Baying kit 4 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 582 Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 406 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 691 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 696 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 674 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 557 Earthing kit Socket strip, 8-way 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static Transport castors (only without base/plinth) Included with the supply. 108 1) 543 Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Network enclosures TE 7000 800 mm width 24 24 42 42 42 47 47 47 Width mm Packs of 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 Height mm 1200 1200 2000 2000 2000 2200 2200 2200 Depth mm 600 800 600 800 800 600 800 800 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 U 1 Model No. TE Page 7000.4501) 7000.460 7000.520 7000.530 7000.532 7000.5801) 7000.590 7000.5921) Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable 2 Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E 1 Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E 1 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E 2 – Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates) 1 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan 1 Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor) supplied loose 4 Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof 4 Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented 1 set 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 Base/plinth trim panels, side 1 set 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085 Baying kit Fan module, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection Earthing kit Socket strip, 8-way 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static Transport castors (only without base/plinth) Included with the supply. 1) 4 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 543 544 582 1 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 406 691 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 696 1 set 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 674 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 557 Extended delivery times. Rittal Norway RITTAL AS Postboks 258 N-1401 Ski Phone: +47 64 85 13 00 Fax: +47 64 85 13 01 Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10 N-1405 Langhus E-mail: rittal@rittal.no www.rittal.no Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 109 Distributor racks 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 749 Monitoring Page 767 Power System Module Page 383 Colour: RAL 7035 Surface finish: Powder-coated Load capacity: 700 kg, static Supply includes: − Self-supporting mounting frame, with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level front and rear − Open roof frame for cable entry − 3 cable routing trays − Open base frame with 2 punched sections with mounting flanges for individual configuration fitted in the width − Levelling feet B T H Material: Sheet steel HE Benefits: ● Optimum accessibility from all sides during assembly and installation. ● Unrestricted airflow, due to the open design. ● Standard cable trays in the roof area for larger quantities of cables. ● The distance between attachment levels is infinitely variable. 19 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. TE 7000 open U (HE) 42 42 Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 Height1) (H) mm 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 1000 1000 Distance between levels (mm) as delivered 745 745 1 7000.940 7000.944 Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U for horizontal cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 105 x 43 mm 1 7257.035 7257.035 729 Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing, with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 125 x 85 mm 1 7257.100 7257.100 729 Shunting rings to accommodate large quantities of cables, for mounting on the side of the mounting frame, dimension 330 x 90 mm 4 7220.600 7220.600 724 Cable management duct 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing, with removable front panel 1 7158.100 7158.100 731 Component shelf 482.6 mm (19˝), U static installation, depth-variable in the range from 600 – 900 mm 1 7063.720 7063.720 673 Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), load capacity 100 kg, for 740 mm distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (internal) 2 7063.740 7063.740 750 Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), depth-variable within the range from 590 – 930 mm, load capacity 80 kg, static 2 7063.883 7063.883 749 C rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm 1 7016.140 7016.140 722 T-head rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm 1 7016.150 7016.150 722 1 set 7000.685 7000.685 726 728 Model No. TE Page Accessories 1/ 2 Cable route for vertical cable management, for mounting at the side rear of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, W = 100 mm, H = 1700 mm Cable duct, 42 U 1 – 7827.320 Cable manager, basic kit, for system-compatible cable deflection 8 7064.100 7064.100 723 Cable routing bars for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings 4 7111.224 7111.224 727 1) Plus 110 100 mm roof-mounting/cable-routing trays. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Distributor racks 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 748 Monitoring Page 767 Power System Module Page 383 Colour: − Profile frame, base/plinth: RAL 7035 − Trim panel, feet: RAL 5018 Supply includes: − Torsionally stiff profile frame with 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings − Stable base/plinth with integral feet, with the option for base anchoring − Assembly parts Note: Order second mounting level separately. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. H Material: − Profile frame, base/plinth: Sheet steel − Feet: Die-cast zinc Load capacity: Max. 150 kg, static/level T2 T1 B Data Rack Packs of 31 36 40 45 Width (B) mm 550 550 550 550 Height (H) mm 1499.5 1721.8 1899.5 2121.8 Depth (T1) mm 750 750 750 750 U Distance from the second mounting level (T2) mm1) Model No. DK Page min. 150 – max. 350 1 7391.000 7396.000 7400.000 7445.000 Accessories Second mounting level1) 1 7296.000 7297.000 7298.000 7299.000 Baying connector 3 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 7494.000 748 Levelling feet 4 7493.000 7493.000 7493.000 7493.000 555 Cable duct, 42 U 1 7827.320 7827.320 7827.320 7827.320 728 C rails, 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 7016.100 732 Cable clamp rails, 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 7016.110 732 Cable clamp strap D = 250 mm 6 7016.120 7016.120 7016.120 7016.120 732 748 Twin castors 4 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 556 Depth stays 2 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 7401.000 748 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 250 mm 1 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 7119.250 675 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 400 mm 1 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 7119.400 675 Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 300 mm3) 1 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 7148.035 673 Drawer 2 U for one pair of mounting angles 1 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 7281.035 804 Component shelf D = 300 mm2) 3) 1 7143.035 7143.035 7143.035 7143.035 670 Component shelf D = 400 mm2) 3) 1 7144.035 7144.035 7144.035 7144.035 670 Component shelf D = 500 mm2) 3) 1 7145.035 7145.035 7145.035 7145.035 670 Slide rails D max. < 190 mm 10 1962.200 1962.200 1962.200 1962.200 738 Slide rails D max. > 190 mm 10 1963.200 1963.200 1963.200 1963.200 738 Slide rails for two pairs of mounting angles1) 2) 4) 2 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 7402.000 748 1) Second mounting level may be positioned on 2) A second pair of mounting angles is required a 50 mm pitch pattern. for assembly. installation or full withdrawal, telescopic slides see page 677. 4) 350 mm distance between levels (T2), can be combined with component shelf 3) Stationary Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures D = 500 mm. 111 112 Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 Server enclosures TS 8 .............................................................................114 Colocation .................................................................................................115 For High Performance Cooling systems HPC ...........................................116 Server enclosures TE 7000 Server enclosures TE 7000 .......................................................................117 113 Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated − Mounting angles, mounting frame and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. 24 42 42 47 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1200 2000 2000 2200 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1000 1200 1000 1000 1200 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 740 740 U 482.6 mm (19˝) level, flat mounting angles on punched sections with mounting flanges, front and rear, depth-variable 2 – – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable 2 – – – – Model No. DK 1 7831.4332) 7831.438 7831.481 7831.442 7831.446 7831.485 Page Supply includes Enclosure frame 1 Sheet steel doors, vented1), front and rear 2 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Levelling feet 4 Open base, without base frame 1 2 1 set Side panels, lockable 2 7824.120 7824.200 – 7824.220 7824.200 – 569 Side panel, plug-type, divided 1 – – 7824.310 – – 7824.310 570 Base mounting bracket 4 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 8800.210 558 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U 2 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 749 7825.250 7825.250 7825.2602) 7825.250 7825.250 7825.2602) 554 Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Accessories Stabiliser, pull-out Included with the supply. 114 1 1) Vented surface area > 78% perforated. 2) Delivery times available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Design features − Robust frame structure − Front and rear door fully vented; vented surface area > 78% perforated − 2-point locking − Door hinge may be swapped to opposite side without machining − Cable entry via the base/plinth and roof (optional) − Bayable at all levels − Static load capacity of up to 1000 kg Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated − Mounting angles, mounting frame and punched sections with mounting flanges: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Colocation Number of front and rear doors Packs of U 2/2 4/4 2 x 21 4 x 10 Width mm 600 600 Height mm 2200 2200 Depth mm 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 1 7831.4531) 7831.4631) Roof plate, solid 1 Levelling feet 4 Model No. DK Page Supply includes Sheet steel doors, vented, front and rear with 180° hinges 482.6 mm (19˝) levels, flat mounting angles on punched sections with mounting flanges, front and rear, depth-variable Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured Individual compartments, shielded/separate cable routing per compartment Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E Accessories Side panels, lockable 2 7824.220 7824.220 Base mounting bracket 4 8800.210 8800.210 569 558 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U 2 7063.883 7063.883 749 Semi-cylinder for individual lock 2 9785.042 9785.042 604 Quick-fit baying clamps 6 8800.500 8800.500 577 1 7825.250 7825.250 554 Stabiliser, pull-out Included with the supply. 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 115 Server enclosures TS 8 System accessories Page 537 Baying system Page 576 Monitoring Page 767 Load capacity: Max. static load capacity of the interior installation 1000 kg. Material: − Sheet steel − Glazed door: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Additionally powder-coated − Gland plates and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, in conjunction with solid roof plate (bayed option) and additional screwfastened side panels with standalone siting. Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. For High Performance Cooling systems HPC 42 42 42 42 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 800 Height mm 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1200 1200 1000 1200 1200 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 740 740 740 740 740 740 – – – – 7831.8101) 7831.8121) 7831.8131) 7831.8001) 7831.8021) 7831.8031) U Including side panels 1 Model No. DK Page Supply includes Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°) 1 Sheet steel door at the rear (130°) 1 Comfort handle front and rear for semi-cylinder, security lock 3524 E 2 Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece 1 Levelling feet 4 Base frame with multi-piece gland plate 1 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured 2 1 set Accessories Side panel, screw-fastened, IP 55 2 8100.235 – 8100.235 – 567 Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U, length 590 – 930 mm, 80 kg, static 2 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 7063.883 749 482.6 mm (19˝) heavy-duty component shelf, 700 mm deep, 100 kg static load capacity 1 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 7063.897 672 1 set 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 7063.890 676 Installation kit for heavy-duty component shelf, depth-variable Flex-Block see page 540 Liquid Cooling Package Included with the supply. 116 see page 461 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Server enclosures TE 7000 System accessories Page 537 Power System Module Page 383 Monitoring Page 767 Climate control Page 389 Benefits: ● No frame structure ● Optimum accessibility ● Readily dismantled and therefore easily installed Material: Sheet steel Colour: See table. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Mounting frame: Dipcoat-primed − Enclosure panels: Powder-coated Supply includes: Product-specific supply scope, see table. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. 24 42 42 42 42 Width mm Packs of 600 600 600 800 800 Height mm 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Distance between levels, pre-configured mm 745 745 745 745 745 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 9005 RAL 7035 RAL 9005 1 7000.875 7000.882 7000.885 7000.892 7000.895 2 1 1 U Colour Model No. TE Page Supply includes Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable vented2), Sheet steel door security lock 3524 E front with moulded handle, 130° hinge, Sheet steel door vented2), rear with moulded handle, 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E Levelling feet 4 Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and optional fitting with an active fan unit 1 Base frame with maximum cut-out for optional fitting with module plates, solid, passively vented or for cable entry 1 Accessories 2 7000.653 7000.663 7000.653 7000.663 570 1 set 7000.640 582 Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock 1 2435.000 2435.000 2452.0001) 2435.000 2452.0001) 607 Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection 1 7000.670 7000.670 – 7000.670 – 406 Transport castors, including assembly parts 4 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 557 C rail, for cable clamping in the enclosure width via cable clamps, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear 4 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 7828.060 653 Slide rail, 482.6 mm (19˝) for 740 mm distance between levels 2 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 7063.740 750 Cable clamp rail, depth-variable 500 – 895 mm, for cable attachment in the enclosure depth via cable ties 4 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 7858.162 722 Cable clamp rail, for cable attachment in the enclosure width via cable ties, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear 4 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 7828.062 722 1 set 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 691 1 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 696 Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E Baying kit Earthing kit for TE Socket strip for TE, 8-way for earthing-pin plugs Included with the supply. 1) Matt nickel-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 2) Vented surface area > 67% 117 118 Console systems/ PC enclosure systems/ Industrial Workstations TopConsole system TP Overview of mounting components...........................................................121 Combination options .................................................................................122 600 mm wide .............................................................................................123 800 mm wide .............................................................................................124 1200 mm wide ...........................................................................................125 1600 mm wide ...........................................................................................126 Accessories ...............................................................................................127 One-piece consoles TP One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................128 Universal consoles TP Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................129 PC enclosure systems PC enclosure systems TS 8.......................................................................130 Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................131 Industrial Workstations Combination options .................................................................................132 IW enclosures and worktops .....................................................................133 119 4 3 4 3 2 4 1 4 1 1 1 5 2 8 7 120 TopConsole system TP Overview of mounting components 1 4 1 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 2 Support strips 3 Partial mounting plates 4 Rail for interior installation 5 Gland plates 6 Cable entry grommets 7 Base/plinth 8 Assembly bolts for base/plinth 1 2 4 5 6 5 7 121 TopConsole system TP System accessories Page 537 Monitors, keyboards From page 796 Climate control Page 389 Surface finish: − Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate zinc-coated on bottom part Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (provided suitable gland plates are selected) Console, deep − Enclosure − Front cover hinged at bottom, including cover retainer − Rear door, hinged at bottom − Open base for individual cable entry Desk section − Enclosure − Cover hinged, 2 stays with automatic locking and unlocking − Opening for running cables into the enclosure base B H Pedestal − Enclosure open at top − Door or double door with locking rod (with depth 400 mm at the front, with depth 500 mm at the front and rear) − Depth-adjustable mounting plate (with depth 500 mm) − Open base for individual cable entry H Supply includes: Console − Enclosure − Cover hinged at bottom, including cover retainer − Open base for individual cable entry T H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Door and console cover: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 2.5 mm Also required: Gland plates, see page 560. Approvals: − CE − UL − cUL T T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Combination options 1-part 2-part 3-part Consoles Desk units Pedestals Base/plinth 122 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP 600 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6720.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6720.200 – – 6720.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 638 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 638 For width 4 5001.050 – – 5001.050 – 647 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 647 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6714.500 6710.500 – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation 4 5001.050 5001.050 – – Strengthener For width 1 – 6730.400 – – Trim panel for pedestal 1 – – – 647 127 5001.130 6730.100 127 675 675 Page Pedestals Packs of 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6700.500 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500 – 6704.500 6700.500 6704.500 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 – 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 – 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 544 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 552 1 5001.222 – 5001.222 – – – 5001.222 – 561 1 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 5001.214 561 + + + + + + + 5001.218 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 5001.222 5001.218 5001.222 561 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP 675 675 675 – 675 Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 563 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 647 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 647 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 650 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 650 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 647 Support strips For door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 – 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 650 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 – 5001.080 5001.080 5001.080 717 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 – 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 617 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 601 Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 123 TopConsole system TP 800 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6721.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6721.200 – – 6721.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 638 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 638 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 638 For width 4 5001.051 – – 5001.051 – 647 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 647 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6715.500 6711.500 – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation 4 5001.051 5001.051 – – Strengthener For width 1 – 6730.410 – – Trim panel for pedestal 1 – – – 647 127 5001.140 6730.110 127 Page Pedestals Packs of Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 – 675 675 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6701.500 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500 – 6705.500 6701.500 6705.500 Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 – 8601.800 8601.800 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 – 8602.800 8602.800 8602.800 543 Base/plinth trim panels, side Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 544 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 552 1 5001.223 – 5001.223 – – – 5001.223 – 561 1 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 5001.215 561 + + + + + + + 5001.219 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 5001.223 5001.219 5001.223 561 Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 563 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 647 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 647 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 650 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 650 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 647 Support strips For door 20 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 – 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 650 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 – 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 717 Wiring plan pocket 1 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 – 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 617 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 601 Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. 124 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP 1200 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6722.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6722.2003) – – 6722.1003) – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 638 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 638 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 638 For width 4 5001.053 – – 5001.053 – 647 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 647 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6716.500 6712.500 – – 4 5001.053 5001.053 – 1 – – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation For width Trim panel for pedestal – 647 5001.160 6730.120 127 675 675 Page Pedestals Height (H) mm Packs of 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6702.500 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500 – 6706.500 6702.500 6706.500 Depth (T) mm Model No. TP 675 675 675 – 675 Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 – 8601.200 8601.200 8601.200 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 – 8602.200 8602.200 8602.200 543 Base/plinth trim panels, side Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 544 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 552 1 5001.225 – 5001.225 – – – 5001.225 – 561 1 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 5001.217 561 + + + + + + + 5001.221 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 5001.225 5001.221 5001.225 561 Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates2) 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 563 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 647 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 647 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 650 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 650 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For door 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 – 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 647 Support strips For door 20 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 – 4596.000 4596.000 4596.000 650 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 – 5001.083 5001.083 5001.083 717 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 – 4116.500 4116.500 4116.500 617 Alternative lock systems see page 601 1) Configuration 2) With examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! delivery times. 3) Extended Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 125 TopConsole system TP 1600 mm wide Configuration 3-part Depth of pedestal in mm 400 2-part 500 400 2-part 500 400 1-part 500 400 500 Consoles 700 mm high Height (H) mm Packs of 700 240 – – – 1 6723.500 – – – Depth (T) mm Model No. TP – – – Page Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. TP – 730 – – 540 – – 520 – – 520 – – 6723.200 – – 6723.100 – Page Accessories Partial mounting plate Rail for interior installation Width 200 mm 1 6730.310 – – 6730.3101) – 638 Width 500 mm 1 6730.330 – – 6730.3301) – 638 Width 700 mm 1 6730.340 – – 6730.3401) – 638 For height 4 5001.051 – – 5001.050 – 647 Packs of 235 235 – – Page 700 700 – – 1 6717.500 6713.500 – – 4 5001.054 5001.054 – 1 – – – Desk units Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Rail for interior installation For width Trim panel for pedestal – 647 6730.030 6730.130 127 Page Pedestals Packs of Height (H) mm 675 675 675 675 – 675 675 675 400 500 400 500 – 500 400 500 1 6703.500 6707.500 6703.500 6707.500 – 6706.500 6703.500 6707.500 Depth (T) mm Model No. TP Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 – 8601.920 8601.920 8601.920 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 – 8602.920 8602.920 8602.920 543 Base/plinth trim panels, side Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 – 8601.050 8601.040 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 – 8602.050 8602.040 8602.050 544 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 – 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 552 1 5001.236 – 5001.236 – – – 5001.236 – 561 1 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 5001.234 561 + + + + + + + 5001.235 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 5001.236 5001.235 5001.236 561 Cross member, adjustable 1-part Gland plates2) 2-part 1 Individual – For more gland plate variants, see page 563 Rail for interior installation For height 4 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 – 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 647 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm In the depth 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 – 8612.150 8612.140 8612.150 647 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm In the depth 4 8612.240 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 – 8612.250 8612.240 8612.250 650 Support strips In the depth 20 4694.000 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 – 4695.000 4694.000 4695.000 650 Support strips For door 20 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 – 4598.000 4598.000 4598.000 650 Cable clamp rail Width 800 mm 1 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 – 5001.081 5001.081 5001.081 717 1 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 – 4118.500 4118.500 4118.500 617 Wiring plan pocket Alternative lock systems see page 601 1) Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet. 2) With the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! 126 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures TopConsole system TP Accessories Trim panel For pedestal Width mm for pedestal for covering the complete top opening when using the pedestal on its own. Model No. Depth mm 600 5001.130 800 5001.140 400 Material: Sheet steel 1200 1600 6730.030 Surface finish: Textured paint 600 6730.100 Colour: RAL 7035 1200 800 5001.160 6730.110 500 6730.120 1600 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. 6730.130 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Strengthener for desk unit, rear with hinged cover Packs of Model No. TP 600 1 6730.400 800 1 6730.410 Mounting cut-outs for the covers of the desk units for external mounting of CP 6525.510 Ø 82 215 ● Suitable for mounting operating housings using − CP-L enclosure attachment, Ø 130 mm, CP 6525.510, see page 155 − CP-XL enclosure attachment, round CP 6130.610, see page 163 − Housing couplings CP-XL for desk mounting, CP 6528.410, see page 166 ● Easily screw-fastened to the base of the desk unit. ● Connection hole pattern for CP support arm systems in the centre as standard; other positions can be accommodated by drilling extra holes. For width mm Material: Sheet steel 1 Ø 9 Mounting cut-out required in the cover of the desk units, mounting cut-outs to match the various support arm systems. 45° 592/792 1 Max. Ø 70 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. for external mounting of CP 6130.610 215 Ø 112 Ø 9 1 45° Ø 9 79 215 45 for external mounting of CP 6528.410 1 = = 180 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 127 One-piece consoles TP System accessories Page 537 Monitors, keyboards From page 796 Climate control Page 389 One-piece consoles AP stainless steel Page 192 Surface finish: − Enclosure, cover and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (provided suitable gland plates are selected). Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid back and sides − Door or double door at front, with locking rod − Mounting plate Width (B) mm Packs of F B T Also required: Gland plates, see page 560 – 562. T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 600 800 1000 1200 960 960 960 960 Bottom 400 400 400 400 Top 520 520 520 520 530 730 930 1130 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm − Cover hinged at rear, 2 stays with automatic locking and unlocking − Open base for individual cable entry G Colour: RAL 7035 H Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Door and console cover: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 3.0 mm − Lock cover: Plastic, self-extinguishing Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. TP Door(s) 900 900 900 900 6746.500 6748.500 6740.500 6742.500 1 1 2 2 Page Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.800 8601.000 8601.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.800 8602.000 8602.200 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 8601.040 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 8602.040 544 2 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 8601.450 552 561 Cross member, adjustable 543 Accessories 1-part Gland plates1) 1 5001.222 5001.223 5001.224 5001.225 1 5001.214 5001.215 5001.216 5001.217 + + + + + 1 5001.218 5001.219 5001.220 5001.221 For enclosures 4 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 5001.051 179 For cover 4 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 179 2-part Individual Rail for interior installation 561 For more gland plate variants, see page 563 Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For enclosures 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 647 For cover 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 647 For door 4 8612.050 – 8612.040 8612.050 647 Punched rail 18 x 38 mm For enclosures 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 650 Cable clamp rail 1 5001.080 5001.081 5001.082 5001.083 717 Wiring plan pocket 1 4116.500 4118.500 4115.500 4116.500 617 Alternative lock systems 1) see page 601 With the two-door variant, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required! 128 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Universal consoles TP System accessories Page 537 Monitors, keyboards From page 796 Climate control Page 389 Surface finish: − Enclosure and doors: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Mounting plate and gland plates: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure with doors − Mounting plate − Gland plates Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Note: Top door with studs left and right for installing vertical perforated mounting strips SZ 2310.038 and horizontal support strips SZ 2325.000 to be mounted on top (see page 615/614). Packs of Width (B) mm Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Bottom Top Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE F B T G − With a short bottom door (TP 2694.500), the drawer or desk section (see below) should be fitted in order to preserve the protection category. H Material: − Enclosure, gland plates: Sheet steel 1.5 mm − Doors: Sheet steel 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. with short front door with tall front door 600 600 1300 1300 500 500 417.5 417.5 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 499 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1196 1196 2694.500 2695.500 77.0 80.0 1 Model No. TP Weight (kg) Page Also required Desk section Drawer for keyboard 2696.500 2696.500 – – – – – 4757.5001) – – Accessories Height 100 mm 1 2807.200 2807.200 551 Height 200 mm 1 2808.200 2808.200 551 Cross member, adjustable 2 8601.450 8601.450 552 Perforated mounting strip 1 2310.038 2310.038 615 Base/plinth Support strips 1 2325.000 2325.000 614 Cable clamp rail 1 4191.000 4191.000 717 Alternative lock systems 1) Only see page 601 suitable for installation without a mounting plate. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 129 PC enclosure systems System accessories Page 537 Monitors, keyboards From page 796 Climate control Page 389 PC enclosure system, stainless steel Page 193 Material: − Enclosure, door, mounting compartment, supports: Sheet steel − Handles, decorative trim panels: Plastic − Door trim panels: Aluminium Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: Enclosure, door, rear door and enclosure-specific supply scope (see table) Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE Detailed drawings/ Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Enclosure-specific supply scope Keyboard drawer Packs of Folding keyboard – – – – – – – – Desk section – – – – – – Glazed door, top – Mounting compartment, small – – – – – – Mounting compartment, large – – – – – – Component shelf – Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 Depth mm 636 836 636 636 636 836 636 8366.000 8368.000 8366.300 8366.400 8366.100 8368.100 8366.200 Width 480 480 480 480 475 540 Height 70 70 70 70 60 50 60 50 40 Depth 260 260 260 260 200 250 200 250 175 118 133 118 117 118 124 1 Model No. PC Max. keyboard dimensions mm Weight (kg) 475 Page 108 Accessories Base/plinth, stationary 1 8800.920 on request 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 on request 8800.920 548 Base/plinth components front and rear Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 8601.600 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 8602.600 543 Base/plinth trim, front Height 200 mm 1 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 8360.920 548 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.060 8601.080 8601.060 8601.060 8601.060 8601.080 8601.060 544 Base/plinth trim, side Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.060 8602.080 8602.060 8602.060 8602.060 8602.080 8602.060 544 Cross member, adjustable Height 70 mm 2 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 552 Partial mounting plate Height 775 mm 1 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 636 Component shelf, pull-out 1 6902.960 6902.980 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.980 6902.960 668 Drawer tray 1 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 669 Paper removal flap 1 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 805 Socket strips see page 695 Alternative lock systems see page 600 130 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures PC enclosure systems System accessories Page 537 Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 TFT monitor Page 796 Compact enclosure, ready to connect. Standard commercially available tower PCs, up to W/H/D: 250 x 530 x 600 mm (max. 20 kg) may be attached securely to the base screw fastened to the door using the retaining strap supplied loose. The rear interfaces of the PC are readily accessible with the door open. Because the socket strip and fan-and-filter unit are already pre-installed, the enclosure is ready for immediate use. Roof prepared for mounting ● Worktop IW 6902.310 ● Beneath surfaces Base prepared for mounting ● Cast feet IW 6902.920 ● On surfaces Material: − Enclosure: Sheet steel − Door: Sheet steel − Design strips: Aluminium Surface finish: − Enclosure: Powder-coated, textured paint − Door: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure: RAL 7035 − Door: RAL 7015 − Design strips: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 (in conjunction with connector gland SZ 2400.300/.500 supplied loose) Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − R/h door hinge − Door with base screwfastened on the inside − Side cam lock − Rear panel with two cut-outs for use of the connector gland SZ 2400.300/.500 supplied loose − Cable gland M20, brass, nickel-plated − Outlet filter fitted in left side panel − Fan-and-filter unit fitted in the right side panel, door operated switch, supply socket for 230 V power supply, socket strip with 3 sockets and overvoltage protection Also required: Connection cable for infeed, see page 683. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Enclosure for tower PC Width mm Packs of Height mm Page 760 Depth mm Model No. IW 760 300 1 Weight (kg) 6900.300 55 Accessories Cast feet Twin castors Worktop without handle 2 6902.920 1 set 7495.000 553 556 1 6902.310 170 Enclosure attachment, tilting, base mounting 1 6902.640 165 Optipanel for TFT monitor 17˝ 1 6380.040 140 TFT monitor 17˝ with safety glass screen 1 6450.020 796 Alternative lock systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 601 131 Industrial Workstations System accessories Page 537 Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 TFT monitor Page 796 Surface finish: Enclosure: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint H Colour: − Enclosure, worktop: RAL 7035 − Worktop edge strip: RAL 7015 − Worktop handle: RAL 9006 H Material: − Enclosure, roof, drawer tray, designer door, rear wall and rear door: Sheet steel − Worktop: Chipboard: Plastic-laminated on both sides (edging) − Aluminium handle: Powder-coated Protection category: See table. B B T T Supply includes: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Combination options Monitor housing 21˝ Model No IW 6902.500 Roof solid Model No. IW 6902.400 Worktop small, solid Model No. IW 6902.300 Optipanel Custom-manufactured for TFT monitors or other display and input devices Support arm system CP-L Worktop solid Model No. IW 6902.100 Enclosure attachment tilting Model No. IW 6902.640 Worktop prepared for tilting enclosure attachment Model No IW 6902.310, see page 170. Designer door, rear panel screw-fastened from the inside Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.000 Designer door, rear door Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.100 Drawer section, designer door, rear door Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.400 Drawer section for keyboard and mouse, designer door, rear door Height 900 mm Model No. IW 6900.410 Worktop, keyboard drawer, designer door, rear door Height 1000 mm Model No. IW 6901.100 Pedestal Model No. IW 6141.200 Base/plinth, stationary Model No. PC 8800.920 Twin castors Model No. DK 7495.000 132 Twin castors Model No. DK 7495.000 or CP 6148.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Industrial Workstations IW enclosures and worktops Page Enclosure Designer door, rear panel screw-fastened from the inside Designer door, rear door Drawer section, designer door, rear door Width (B) mm 600 600 600 600 600 Height (H) mm 900 900 900 900 1000 645 Design Drawer section Worktop, for keyboard keyboard drawer, and mouse, designer door, designer door, rear door rear door Depth (T) mm 600 600 600 (890) 600 (890) Weight (kg) 54.9 59.9 73 73 91 6900.000 6900.100 6900.400 6900.410 6901.100 Model No. IW IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Protection category Width (B) Height (H) Depth (T) Weight mm mm kg mm IP 54 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Model No. IW Worktops 610 38 645 11.6 6902.300 6902.300 – – 1000 38 895 24 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 6902.100 – 600 13 640 7.4 6902.400 6902.400 – – – 600 600 600 42.5 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 6902.500 – Roof Monitor housing Accessories Packs of Base/plinth, stationary 1 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 8800.920 548 Cross member, adjustable 2 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 8601.680 – 552 1 set 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 7495.000 556 1 8611.300 8611.300 – – – 584 Twin castors Handle adaptor for comfort handle Cable gland 1 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 6902.770 712 Mounting plate for enclosure width 600 mm 1 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.675 8614.680 636 Component shelf, static installation 1 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 8800.900 669 Component shelf, pull-out 1 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 6902.960 668 Drawer tray 1 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 6902.700 669 Adaptor section 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 8613.070 8613.070 8613.070 8613.070 – 741 Paper removal flap 1 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 6903.200 805 Enclosure attachment, tilting see page 165 Support arm systems see page 147 Operating housings see page 142 Included with the supply. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 133 134 Operating housings/support arm systems/stand systems Comfort Panel Benefits at a glance...................................................................................137 Comfort Panel............................................................................................138 Comfort Panel, configuration examples ....................................................139 Optipanel Benefits at a glance...................................................................................137 Optipanel ...................................................................................................140 Optipanel, configuration examples ...........................................................141 Operating housings Compact Panel..........................................................................................142 Command panel housing with door ..........................................................143 Operating housing with handle strips .......................................................144 Operating housing with display panel front ..............................................145 Support arm systems Support arm systems, overview ................................................................147 Support arm system CP-S, steel ...............................................................149 Support arm system CP-L .........................................................................153 Support arm system CP-C.........................................................................157 Support arm system CP-XL .......................................................................161 Support arm systems, accessories ...........................................................164 Stand systems Pedestal, modular .....................................................................................169 Pedestal, complete....................................................................................170 Pillar, small ................................................................................................171 Pillar...........................................................................................................172 Accessories ...............................................................................................173 135 136 Comfort Panel/Optipanel Benefits at a glance ● Aluminium enclosure, high thermal conductivity for optimum passive heat dissipation ● Low weight coupled with high stability ● Protection category IP 65 ● Compatible with all Rittal stand and support arm systems The choice is yours Standard range ● Standard variants offering outstanding value for money and short delivery times ● Easy, fast and reliable selection ● For front panel installations, tailored to the most common operating solutions Comfort Panel, see page 138. Optipanel, see page 140. Configurable special solutions ● Individual sizes, also for the direct installation of panels with no front plate ● Complete solution diversity for virtually all applications ● Maximum flexibility in design and function The command panel configurator determines the most suitable enclosure for your application based on user-specific parameters. More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com 137 Comfort Panel System accessories Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 Industrial Workstations Page 132 For front panel width (B) mm Colour: − Enclosure: Natural anodised − Corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Corner protectors: Similar to RAL 7024 Packs of Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for front panels. 520 400 Installation depth mm B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 520 For front panel height (H) mm H Material: − Enclosure: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Corner protectors: Plastic 520 500 Page 600 74 152 191 74 152 191 74 152 191 6372.541 6372.542 6372.543 6372.551 6372.552 6372.553 6372.561 6372.562 6372.563 7.8 11.7 13.8 8.8 12.3 15.2 9.7 13.5 16.7 Support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm1) – – – – – – Support arm connection CP-L, Ø 130 mm1) – – – Hinged rear panel with screw lock – – – – – – Hinged rear panel with cam2) – – – – – – Screw-fastened rear panel3) – – – – – – Model No. CP4) 1 Weight (kg) Design Accessories Front panel 1 6028.014 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016 6028.016 794 Handle set, horizontal 1 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 6375.000 790 Handle set, vertical 2 6375.040 6375.040 6375.040 6375.050 6375.050 6375.050 6375.060 6375.060 6375.060 790 Mounting bracket for interior installation 4 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 658 Spring nut M5 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 666 Earthing plate 1 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 690 1) Top or 2) With 3 bottom, by rotating the enclosure. mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 609, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 608. hinged at the front with side double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 609, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 608. 4) Configuration examples, see page 139. 3) Enclosure 138 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Comfort Panel Configuration examples Front panel height mm Cut-out dimensions B H 400 7 HE 8 HE 53.7 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 364 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H B 7 HE 8 HE 9 HE 500 153.7 109.2 65 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 464 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H 7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 9 HE 8 HE 9 HE B 3.5 HE 600 253.7 209.2 165 98.7 3.5 HE 3.5 HE 54.2 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 564 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc. HE = U Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 139 Optipanel System accessories Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 Industrial Workstations Page 132 For front panel width (B) mm Colour: − Enclosure: Natural anodised − Corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Corner protectors: Similar to RAL 7024 Packs of For front panel height (H) mm Installation depth mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for front panels. H Material: − Enclosure: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Corner protectors: Plastic B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 430 482.6 482.6 520 520 520 343 310.3 354.8 400 500 600 100 100 100 100 150 100 150 100 Page 150 6380.0201) 6380.000 6380.0401) 6380.4002) 6380.410 6380.5002) 6380.5102) 6380.6002) 6380.6102) 5.3 6.2 6.6 5.8 7.3 6.6 8.3 7.3 9.2 – – – Design Support arm connection CP-L, 120 x 65 mm3) Support arm connection CP-L, Ø 130 mm3) – – – – – – Hinged rear panel4) – Accessories Front panel 1 – 6028.010 Handle set, horizontal 1 – 6385.010 6385.010 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 Handle set, vertical 2 – Mounting bracket for interior installation Mounting bracket – – 6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016 794 790 6385.040 6385.040 6385.050 6385.050 6385.060 6385.060 790 4 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 658 4 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 658 Earthing plate 1 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 690 Spring nut M5 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 666 1) To fit TFT monitors, see page 796. 2) Configuration examples, see page 141. 3) Top or bottom, by rotating the enclosure. 4) With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 609, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 608. To fit desktop TFT up to 20.1˝ with rear connection ● VESA 75 ● VESA 100 Model No. CP 6380.050 140 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Optipanel Configuration examples Front panel height mm Cut-out dimensions B H 400 7 HE 8 HE 53.7 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 364 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H B 7 HE 8 HE 9 HE 500 153.7 109.2 65 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 464 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate H 7 HE 8 HE 7 HE 9 HE 8 HE 9 HE B 3.5 HE 600 253.7 209.2 165 98.7 3.5 HE 3.5 HE 54.2 1 W (B) = 484 mm H = 564 mm 1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc. HE = U Rittal Belgium RITTAL nv/sa Industrieterrein E17/3206 Stokkelaar 8 B-9160 Lokeren Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111 Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862 E-mail: info@rittal.be www.rittal.be Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 141 Compact Panel System accessories Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 For small operating units built into front panels. The front panel is inserted from the rear and secured with screw clamps. Special front panels with a material thickness of between 2 and 6 mm are possible. Rear panel optionally hinged on the left or right. Material: − Roof tray, base tray, rear panel: Aluminium − Side parts: Extruded aluminium section − Screw cover: Plastic Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Roof tray − Base tray − Rear panel − Side parts − Screw cover − Seal and screw clamp Surface finish: − Roof tray, base tray, side parts: Powder-coated − Rear panel: Natural anodised Colour: RAL 7024 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm To fit 241 241 315 315 238 388 238 388 87 87 87 87 Front panel width mm 178 178 252 252 Front panel height mm 200 350 200 350 6340.000 6340.100 6340.300 6340.400 2.8 3.8 3.4 4.5 Model No. CP (with support arm connection CP-S) 1 Weight (kg) Page Accessories Front panel, 3.0 mm aluminium, natural anodised Wall mounting bracket, vertically hinged Cover plate for support arm connection CP-S Spring nut M5 1 6028.500 6028.510 6028.530 6028.540 794 1 set 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 6341.000 630 1 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 6505.200 794 50 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 666 To order different heights for front panel width: – 178 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.109 – 252 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.209 and additionally specify the front panel height. Extended delivery times. 142 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Command panel housing with door System assembly Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 189 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Handle strips: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 − Handle strips and cover caps: RAL 5018 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system CP-L, Ø 130 mm − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Door with sealing frame − Side handle strips and cover caps Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. CP Weight (kg) Note: The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure. B T Approvals: − UL − cUL H Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Handle strips: Aluminium − Cover caps: Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 300 300 300 400 400 500 200 300 400 300 400 500 180 180 180 180 180 180 6534.000 6535.000 6537.000 6536.000 6538.000 6544.000 5.5 7.1 8.4 8.4 10.6 14.5 Page Accessories Matching mounting plate Support rails1) Alternative lock systems 1) Only AE type 1032.500 1033.500 1034.500 1030.500 1380.500 1050.500 Model No.2) 0271.324 0271.926 0271.927 0274.131 0271.548 0271.333 – 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2318.000 655 Model No. 10 44 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 609, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 608. with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 651. delivery times. 2) Extended Rittal Sweden RITTAL Scandinavian ab Rittalgatan 1 SE-262 73 Ängelholm Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00 Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44 E-mail: info@rittal.se www.rittal.se Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 143 Operating housing with handle strips System accessories Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 189 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Handle strips: Powder-coated Colour: − Enclosure and door: RAL 7035 − Handle strips and cover caps: RAL 7030 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure with cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system CP-L, Ø 130 mm − Mounting angles spot welded at the sides − Front with maximum cut-out, covered with easily machinable 3 mm aluminium front panel − Side handle strips with cover caps − Rear door with r/h hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Note: The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure. B T Approvals: − UL − cUL H Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Handle strips: Aluminium − Cover caps: Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 300 380 380 500 600 200 300 380 500 380 155 210 210 210 210 6540.2001) 6531.200 6530.200 6532.200 6533.200 4.9 9.3 10.2 15.4 14.6 Page Accessories Support strips for attaching to the mounting angles of the side panel 20 – – 4594.000 4309.000 4594.000 614 Rail for interior installation 4 – 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 647 1 – – 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 606 Mini comfort handle Alternative lock systems 1) Support With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 609, lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 608. arm connection and door hinge at the bottom. Rittal Spain RITTAL Disprel S.A. Mas Baiona, 40 Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta 08202 Sabadell (Barcelona) Phone: +34 937 001 300 Fax: +34 937 001 301 E-mail: info@rittal.es www.rittal.es 144 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Operating housing with display panel front System accessories Page 537 Support arm systems Page 147 Stand systems Page 169 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 189 Material: − Enclosure and door: Sheet steel − Frame and front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside, textured paint − Frame and front panel: Natural anodised Colour: RAL 7035 Width mm Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Enclosure without gland plate − Mounting angles spot welded at the sides − With maximum cut-out at the front and fitted, easily machinable 3 mm front panel with aluminium frame, with r/h hinge, screw-fastened from the inside. − Rear door with r/h hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. CP 1 Weight (kg) Cam lock Approvals: − UL − cUL Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 380 380 500 600 380 600 500 600 249 249 249 249 6442.500 6462.500 6552.500 6662.500 9.5 13.4 18.0 19.6 1 2 2 2 6143.210 6143.210 6143.210 – Page Accessories Enclosure reinforcement with support arm cut-out CP-L 1 Enclosure reinforcement with support arm cut-out CP-XL 1 – – – 6503.000 173 Rail for interior installation 4 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 647 1 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 2537.0X0 606 Mini comfort handle Alternative lock systems 173 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 609, lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 608. Rittal South Korea RITTAL Co., Ltd. Seoul Head Office 3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D 315-6 Yangjae-Dong Seocho-Gu Seoul 137-896 Korea Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525 Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526 E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr www.rittal.co.kr Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 145 146 Support arm systems Support arm system CP-S Overview of components...........................................................................149 Support section CP-S ................................................................................150 Support arm system CP-S, components ...................................................151 Support arm system CP-L Overview of components...........................................................................153 Support section CP-L ................................................................................154 Support arm system CP-L, components ...................................................155 Support arm system CP-C Overview of components...........................................................................157 Support section CP-C................................................................................158 Support arm system CP-C, components...................................................159 Support arm system CP-XL Overview of components...........................................................................161 Support section CP-XL ..............................................................................162 Support arm system CP-XL, components .................................................163 Load information Comparison of support arm systems CP-XL 1600 1400 CP-C Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 1200 1000 CP-L 800 600 CP-S 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Jib length (mm) Support arm configurator The support arm configurator determines the correct support arm system according to user-specific parameters. More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com 147 8 9 10 5 4 6 1 2 3 148 Support arm system CP-S, steel Overview of components 1 Enclosure attachment CP-S (CP 6501.070) 2 Housing coupling, round CP-S (CP 6501.050) 3 Housing coupling, CP-S for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6501.130) 4 Angle coupling 90° CP-S (CP 6501.120) 5 Support section CP-S (CP 6501.000, .020) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-S (CP 6501.140) 7 Top-mounted joint CP-S (CP 6501.160) 8 Wall-mounted hinge CP-S (CP 6501.150) 9 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S (CP 6501.110) 10 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 2375.030) 7 Load information When using CP-S in conjunction with CP-L (in the horizontal development of the system), the CP-L load diagram applies. 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 Jib length (mm) 149 Support arm system CP-S, steel Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 Support section CP-S Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws. Size: − External diameter: 48.3 mm − Wall thickness: 4.0 mm Material: Steel conduit, powder-coated Integral adjustment facility Note: Stainless steel, see page 190. Supply includes: Support section CP-S Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Combination with support arm system CP-L Also available in stainless steel version, see page 190 10 7 1 8 4 3 11 9 6 12 1 2 5 1 Support section CP-S, 1000 mm (CP 6501.020) 2 Support section CP-S, 500 mm (CP 6501.000) 3 Wall-mounted hinge CP-S (CP 6501.150) 4 Angle piece 90° CP-S (CP 6501.140) 5 Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050) 6 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 7 Support section CP-L, 500 mm (CP 6511.000) 8 Angle adaptor CP-L to CP-S 90° (CP 6501.090) 9 Wall/base mounting, rigid, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6663.000) 10 Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 1000 mm (CP 6660.010) 11 Angle piece 90°, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.300) 12 Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 500 mm (CP 6660.050) 13 Housing coupling CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.000) 150 Colour: RAL 7035 5 13 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-S, steel Length mm Weight kg Colour RAL Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section – – 0.8 7024 6902.670 – – – – 1.0 7024 6501.070 – – – – 1.1 7024 6501.050 – – – – 1.5 7024 6501.130 – – – – 1.6 7024 6501.120 – – – – 500 1000 2.1 4.2 7035 7035 – – 1.1 7024 6501.140 – 6501.140 – – 0.3 7024 2375.030 – – – – 1.8 7024 – – 6501.160 – – 2.2 7024 – – 6501.150 – – 0.7 7024 – – 6501.110 Model No. CP Enclosure attachment, tilting see page 167 Enclosure attachment CP-S Housing coupling, round CP-S Housing coupling CP-S for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm Angle coupling 90° CP-S Support section CP-S 6501.000 6501.020 Angle piece 90° CP-S Mounting component for signal pillar see page 813 Top-mounted joint CP-S Wall-mounted hinge CP-S Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S Accessories CP-S Angle adaptor 90° CP-L to CP-S CP 6501.090 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 168 151 17 18 15 20 11 14 12 13 4 10 3 1 5 2 8 9 7 6 152 Support arm system CP-L Overview of components 1 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6527.010) 2 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6527.110) 3 Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6529.010) 4 Connection console CP-L (CP 6508.010) 5 Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.510) 6 Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.610) 7 Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.210) 8 Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.010) 9 Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.110) 10 Angle coupling 90° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm (CP 6526.010) 11 Support section CP-L, closed (CP 6509.000, CP 6511.000, CP 6513.000, CP 6515.000) 12 Support section CP-L, open (CP 6513.050) 13 Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010) 14 Articulated joint 90° CP-L, may only be top-mounted/suspended on the enclosure side (CP 6524.210) 15 Intermediate hinge CP-L (CP 6523.010) 16 Top-mounted joint CP-L (CP 6522.010) 17 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 18 Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-L (CP 6520.510) 19 Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-L (CP 6520.010) 20 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 2375.000, .020) 16 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 19 1 2 600 3 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Jib length (mm) 1 System configuration without intermediate hinge 2 System configuration with one intermediate hinge 3 System configuration with one intermediate hinge and one top-mounted/wall-mounted joint Note: − Intermediate hinge CP 6523.010 should only be used once per system! − When using the open support section, the load information is 70% of the closed support section. 153 Support arm system CP-L Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 Size: − External dimensions: 50 x 85 mm − Wall thickness: 8 mm Colour: Support section: RAL 7035 21 Material: − Support section: Extruded aluminium section − Cover Plastic Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 85 Supply includes: Support section CP-L 85 Support section CP-L Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel, may be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping required. 50 Combination with support arm systems CP-C to CP-L Combination with support arm systems CP-C to CP-S 1 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-C, large (CP 6072.000) 2 Support section CP-C, 500 mm (CP 6074.100) 3 Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800) 4 Adaptor CP-C to CP-L (CP 6071.600) 5 Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010) 7 Support section CP-L, 500 mm (CP 6511.000) 2 5 10 3 6 1 9 7 4 50 11 5 8 12 8 Housing coupling CP-L (CP 6525.010) 9 Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010) 10 Angle adaptor 90° (CP 6501.090) 11 Support section CP-S, steel, 500 mm (CP 6501.000) 12 Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050) Combination with support arm, height adjustable ● ● ● ● Adjustment range up to 800 mm Integral stay in three stages, except for CP 6510.210 Problem-free cable entry with connectors such as DVI, VGA, except with CP 6510.210 Support arm, height-adjustable, see page 166 154 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-L Colour RAL Weight kg Length mm Rigid Rotating/tilting Enclosure section Desk section Wall section Model No. CP Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 0.6 7024 6527.010 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 0.4 7024 6527.110 – – – – 1.3 7024 6529.010 – – – – 0.7 7024 6508.010 – – 120 x 65 mm Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm Connection console CP-L for flat operating housings Enclosure attachment CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 1.0 7024 6525.510 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 1.0 7024 6525.610 – – – – 0.4 7024 6525.210 – – for support arm connection Ø 130 mm – – 1.7 7024 6525.010 – – for support arm connection CP-L – – 1.4 7024 6525.110 – – – – 1.9 7024 6526.010 – – Closed – – – – – – – – 250 1.3 500 2.6 1000 5.1 2000 10.2 7035 7035 7035 7035 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 6509.000 6511.000 6513.000 6515.000 Open – – 1000 4.75 7035 6513.050 6513.050 6513.050 – – 1.4 7024 6524.010 – 6524.010 – – 1.2 7024 6524.210 – – – – 3.2 7024 – 6523.010 – – – 1.9 7024 – – 6520.010 – – – – 0.4 9017 9017 2375.000 – – 2375.020 – 2375.020 – – 3.0 7024 – – 6522.010 – – 3.2 7024 – – 6521.010 – – 0.6 7024 – – 6520.510 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L for support arm connection CP-L 120 x 65 mm Housing coupling CP-L 120 x 65 mm Angle coupling 90° CP-L for support arm connection Ø 130 mm Support section CP-L Angle piece 90° CP-L Articulated joint 90° CP-L Intermediate hinge CP-L Wall/base mounting, large CP-L Mounting component for signal pillar see page 813 Top-mounted joint CP-L Wall-mounted hinge CP-L Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-L Accessories CP-L: Adaptation options see page 164 Support arm bracket CP 6519.000 see page 167 Connection plate CP 6528.210 see page 165 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 155 11 13 9 12 4 7 4 14 6 3 5 4 5 2 1 156 Support arm system CP-C Overview of components 1 Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.200) 2 Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.000) 3 Angle coupling 90° CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6071.200) 4 Support section CP-C, closed (CP 6074.000, .100, .300, .500) 5 Support section CP-C, open (CP 6075.100, .300, .500) 6 Angle piece 90° CP-C (CP 6071.400) 7 Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800) 8 Top-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.800) 9 Top-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.600) 10 Wall-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.400) 11 Wall-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.500) 12 Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-C (CP 6072.200) 13 Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-C (CP 6072.000) 14 Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 6073.000) 6 4 8 10 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 1 1200 2 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 1000 3 800 B 600 400 200 A 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 Jib length (mm) 1 Without intermediate hinge 2 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and closed support section 3 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and open support section A Maximum system length 2500 mm for systems with horizontal outlet at the system start. B Maximum system length 1500 mm for systems with vertical outlet at the system start. Note: − Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP 6072.200 must not be used in conjunction with intermediate hinge CP 6071.800! − Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 should only be used once per system! 157 Support arm system CP-C Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 Upper channel adequate for cables with large connectors (e.g. DVI or VGA) and available/ usable throughout the entire system. Size: − External dimensions: 75 x 120 mm − Wall thickness: 6.5 mm Function ● Easily adjusted without dismantling the system ● Fast, simple assembly of the system ● Rotation range may be limited without dismantling the system 158 Material: − Support section: Extruded aluminium section − Cover: Plastic Colour: − Support section: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7024 Supply includes: − Support section CP-C − Clip-in lid (only for CP-C open) 120 Support section CP-C Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in the screw channel. May be cut to any required length, no thread-tapping required. Closed cable duct with a large cross-section. Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors; lockable via cover section. X-shaped profile for higher load capacity, large cable routing channels. 75 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Cable management ● Cross-section sufficient for large connectors ● Separation between data and power cables ● Removable cover for simple cable entry ● Flexible cable entry and routing options Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-C Colour RAL Weight kg Length mm Rigid Rotating/tilting Enclosure section Desk section Wall section Model No. CP Enclosure attachment CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 0.7 7035 6070.200 – – 7035 6070.000 – – Housing coupling CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 2.0 Angle coupling 90° CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm – – 2.1 7035/ 7024 6071.200 – – Closed – – – – – – – – 250 500 1000 2000 2.0 3.9 7.8 15.6 7035 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 6074.000 6074.100 6074.300 6074.500 Open – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 4.6 9.2 18.4 7035/ 7024 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 6075.100 6075.300 6075.500 – – 1.1 7035/ 7024 6071.400 – 6071.400 – – 4.4 7035/ 7024 – 6071.800 – Vertical outlet – – 3.8 7035 – – 6072.800 Horizontal outlet – – 4.3 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.600 Vertical outlet – – 5.5 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.400 Horizontal outlet – – 6.1 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.500 – – 0.5 7035 – – 6072.200 – – 2.5 7035/ 7024 – – 6072.000 – – 0.1 7024 6073.000 6073.000 6073.000 Support section CP-C Angle piece 90° CP-C Intermediate hinge CP-C Top-mounted joint CP-C Wall-mounted hinge CP-C Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-C Wall/base mounting bracket, large, CP-C Mounting component for signal pillar See page 813 Accessories CP-C: Adaptor CP-C to CP-L CP 6071.600 Connection adaptor CP-L Ø 130 mm to CP-L Support arm, height adjustable Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 165 120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000 see page 164 see page 166 159 15 14 12 8 11 10 7 1 8 5 9 4 6 160 Support arm system CP-XL Overview of components 13 1 Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 20 mm height (CP 6528.010) 2 Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 55 mm height (CP 6528.510) 3 Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL (CP 6023.010) 4 Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL (CP 6130.610) 5 Enclosure attachment, square CP-XL (CP 6130.510) 6 Housing coupling CP-XL (CP 6130.010) 7 Angle coupling 90° CP-XL (CP 6140.010) 8 Support section CP-XL, closed (CP 6050.500, 6100.500, 6200.500) 9 Support section CP-XL, open (CP 6050.000, 6100.000, 6200.000) 10 Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at bottom (CP 6140.010) 11 Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at top (CP 6180.010) 12 Intermediate hinge CP-XL (CP 6120.010) 13 Top-mounted joint CP-XL (CP 6170.010) 14 Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL (CP 6110.010) 15 Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL (CP 6160.010) 8 9 Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 2 1600 1400 1200 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 3 1000 1 + 2 800 3 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 Jib length (mm) 1 Open and closed support section without intermediate hinge 2 Closed support section with one intermediate hinge 3 Open support section with one intermediate hinge Note: Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010 should only be used once per system! 161 Support arm system CP-XL Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors; lockable via clip-in cover. Size: External dimensions: 80 x 155 mm Material: Extruded aluminium section Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Support section CP-XL − Clip-in cover (only for CP-XL open) 155 Support section CP-XL Attachment to the connection components with 4 self-tapping screws in a screw channel, may be cut to any required length. Closed cable duct for higher loads and torsion. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 80 Cable management ● Open support section for retrospective cable insertion ● Separation of control cables from power supply with two separate ducts Combination with support arm systems CP-XL to CP-L 2 3 4 1 5 1 Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL (CP 6110.010) 2 Support section CP-XL (CP 6100.000) 3 Angle adaptor 90° CP-XL to CP-L (CP 6528.110) 4 Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000) 5 Housing coupling CP-L for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.010) 162 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm system CP-XL Length mm Weight kg Colour RAL Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section Height 20 mm – – 0.6 7024 6528.010 – – Height 55 mm – – 0.7 7024 6528.510 – – – – 1.4 7024 6023.010 – – – – 1.2 7024 6130.610 – – – – 1.2 7024 6130.510 – – – – 3.6 7024 6130.010 – – – – 2.1 7024 6040.010 – – Closed – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 5.5 11.0 22.0 7035 7035 7035 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 6050.500 6100.500 6200.500 Open – – – – – – 500 1000 2000 4.9 9.8 19.6 7035 7035 7035 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 6050.000 6100.000 6200.000 Outlet at bottom – – – 2.4 7024 6140.010 – 6140.010 Outlet at top – – – 3.6 7024 6180.010 – 6180.010 – – 6.5 7024 – 6120.010 – – – 11.9 7024 – – 6170.010 – – 8.5 7024 – – 6110.010 – – 4.1 7024 – – 6160.010 – – 0.6 – – 6110.100 6110.100 Model No. CP Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL Enclosure attachment, rectangular CP-XL Housing coupling CP-XL Angle coupling 90° CP-XL Support section CP-XL Angle piece 90° CP-XL Intermediate hinge CP-XL Top-mounted joint CP-XL Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL Rotation range restrictor for: Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010 Wall-mounted hinge CP 6110.010 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 163 Support arm systems Accessories Connection adaptor CP-L Ø 130 mm to CP-L 120 x 65 mm Height mm Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 40 7035 0.5 6071.000 For external mounting of command panels with support arm cut-out CP-L 120 x 65 mm. Material: Cast aluminium Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL For mounting between enclosures with support arm connection CP-L and support arm system CP-XL. May also be used for the attachment of command panels with cut-out for CP-L directly to machines and systems without a support arm. The mounting cut-out CP-XL should be provided there. Assembly sequence: ● Mount the connection adaptor on the supporting structure ● Mount the enclosure and tighten the screws Height mm Colour RAL Weight kg 201) 7024 0.6 6528.010 55 7024 0.7 6528.510 Model No. CP 1) If the load permits, also suitable for mounting between enclosure with support arm connection CP-XL and support arm system CP-L Ø 130 mm. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Adaptor for Siemens Pro-Panel ● For external mounting of Siemens Simatic Pro-Panel on − Support arm system CP-S − Support arm system CP-L 120 x 65 mm Colour RAL Model No. CP 7024 6528.450 Material: Aluminium Supply includes: Assembly parts. Connection console CP-L for Beckhoff Control-Panels ● Removable cover for easy cable entry with a large opening (110 x 50 mm) ● For external mounting of Beckhoff Control-Panels on − Support arm system CP-S − Support arm system CP-L 120 x 65 mm Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7024 0.7 6508.020 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure and 2 cable ties. 164 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm systems Accessories Connection plates CP-L With reinforcement plate ● For easy location of the command panel onto the support arm or pedestal. ● More space for cable entry ● For mounting command panels − Comfort Panel from a front panel width of 247 mm and installation depth of 152 mm − Optipanel from a front panel width of 220 mm and installation depth of 150 mm − Sheet steel from 135 mm installation depth Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7024 0.7 6528.210 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Connection plate: Cast aluminium − Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm Supply includes: Seals and assembly parts. Enclosure attachment, tilting, base mounting CP-L 120 x 65 mm For mounting beneath: ● IW worktop with pedestal ● Adequately large surfaces Fits enclosures with mounting cut-out: ● CP-L 120 x 65 mm (e.g. Optipanel, see page 140, Comfort Panel, see page 138) With mounting cut-out for connector grommet for sealed cable entry. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. IW 7024 1.6 6902.640 Note: The enclosure attachment can be mounted either on the support arm connection of the Optipanel enclosure or on the underside or rear of any enclosure. Accessories: Tilt angle: +/–40°, lockable via clamping levers. − Connector gland, see page 712 − IW worktop, see page 133 − Pedestal, see page 169. Material: Sheet steel Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: Assembly parts. Connection adaptor CP-C to CP-L Applications: ● For integration of the support arm, heightadjustable CP-L (see page 154) to the CP-C support arm system ● For mounting small, flat operating housings if the load capacity of the support arm system CP-C is needed for long jib lengths Weight kg Model No. CP 0.6 6071.600 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Benefits: ● Integral adjustment facility Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: − Seals − Self-tapping screws for CP-L support section attachment. Adjustment set for support section CP-XL Packs of Model No. CP 10 6205.000 The adjustment set also supports retrospective alignment of the CP support section. Material: Sheet steel 1.0 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 165 Support arm systems Accessories Housing couplings CP-XL for desktop mounting The stable, rotating connection with extra space for cable routing. For additional stability of the roof and base with heavy installed equipment. For mounting ● Command panels from 150 mm installation depth on ● IW worktops ● Horizontal surfaces (floors or ceilings) Attachment ● of command panels: With one-man assembly via machined keyholes ● on surfaces: Via external screws with cover Design Optipanel Comfort Panel Weight kg Model No. CP B= 418 mm 4321) 4351) 4.2 6528.410 1) From front panel width mm without keyboard housing; with keyboard housing on request. Note: With the Comfort Panel and Optipanel enclosures, the rectangular support arm cut-out can be selected, ordered and prepared using the command panel configurators at www.rittal.com. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Rotation range: Max. 350°, lockable via clamping levers. By using additional M6 cheese-head screws, the rotation range may be limited to ±28°, ±73°, ±118°, ±163°. Material: − Housing coupling: Cast aluminium/die-cast zinc − Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm Surface finish: − Housing coupling: Powder-coated, textured − Reinforcement plate: Zinc-plated Colour: Housing coupling: RAL 7024 Supply includes: − Reinforcement plate − Seals − Assembly parts Support arm, height adjustable for support arm system CP-L Offers enhanced ergonomics thanks to: ● Adjustment range − for tall and short operators − for seated and standing work − adjustable to a maximum of 800 mm as required via an adjusting screw at the front of the support arm. ● Precise coordination of the compression spring to the enclosure weight via an adjusting screw at the rear of the support arm. ● Complete functional reliabilty – if the compression spring breaks, the arm will remain in position. ● Clip-off plastic panels for access to integral cable routing. ● Tilting angle of the mounted enclosure is identical in every height position. Overall length mm Weight range kg1) Colour RAL Model No. CP 962 9006 10 – 20 6510.210 1090 9006 15 – 32 6510.330 1090 9006 20 – 40 6510.340 1) For populated enclosure and vertical support section. Note: Maximum cross-section for cable entry: 6510.210 = 8 x 15 mm 6510.330/.340 = 16 x 40 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For 6510.330 and 6510.340: ● More space for cable routing. ● Cables with connectors such as DVI, VGA are also easily inserted. ● Integral locking in three stages. ● Superior load capacity. Supply includes: Assembly parts. 166 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Support arm systems Accessories Pivot CP-L with/without jib ● For direct, vertically hinged integration into machines and systems ● Enclosure suspended or top-mounted ● With integral rotation range restrictor ● To fit enclosures with mounting cut-out CP-L Ø 130 mm Support arm bracket 90° CP-L ● For the configuration of compact systems ● To fit support arm system CP-L ● No thread-tapping required Jib length mm Colour RAL Load capacity N Model No. CP – 7024 700 6016.700 200 7024/7035 700 6016.600 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. CP 7035 3.4 6519.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Enclosure attachment, tilting, top mounting For mounting on: ● IW worktop, prepared for enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm, see page 133 ● Surfaces ● Enclosure attachment/coupling CP-L 120 x 65 mm, see page 155 ● Attachment/housing coupling CP-S (may also be used as tilting adaptor +100°/–60° for CP-S), see page 151 To fit enclosures up to 20 kg with support arm connection: ● CP-S ● CP-L 120 x 65 mm ● CP-L Ø 130 mm ● VESA Standard 75. With cable tube for protected cable entry. Colour RAL Weight kg Model No. IW 7024 0.8 6902.670 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: − Assembly parts − Plastic concertina section Accessories: IW worktops prepared for enclosure attachment, see page 133. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Tilt angle: +100°/–60°, adjustable in 7.2° increments via clamping lever and may be limited to +100°/–15° using the stop screw supplied loose. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 167 Support arm systems Accessories Angle adaptor 90° Connection component between: ● small and larger support arm systems. Outlet optionally at the top or bottom if this configuration is chosen for static or visual reasons. The removable cover ensures easier cable entry. Material: Cast aluminium Colour RAL Weight kg CP-L to CP-S 7024 1.0 6501.090 CP-XL to CP-L 7024 1.7 6528.110 Model No. CP Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Seal for support section attachment. 168 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 Pedestal, modular, consisting of: ● Pedestal base plate ● Support section ● Enclosure connection Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pedestal, modular 3 2 1 Weight load kg 15 18 1 Pedestal base plate 35 50 Page Model No. CP Pedestal base plate 6146.100 6143.200 400 x 10 x 400 400 x 108 x 400 6146.200 – – – Closed, length 1000 mm – 6513.000 6513.000 6100.500 155/163 Open, length 1000 mm – 6513.050 6513.050 6100.000 155/163 – 6143.210 – – 173 Enclosure attachment CP-S 6501.070 – – – 151 Housing coupling CP-S 6501.050 – – – 151 Dimensions W x H x D mm 2 Support section 6137.535 6137.035 490 x 100 x 600 Model No. CP Height-adjustable (adjustment range 732 – 1122 mm) 3 Enclosure connection Model No. CP Enclosure reinforcement, rigid Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm – – 6525.510 – 155 Enclosure attachment CP-L, – – 6525.610 – 155 120 x 65 mm Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm – – 6525.010 – 155 Housing coupling CP-L, – – 6525.110 – 155 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – – – 6130.610 163 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – – – 6130.510 163 163 Housing coupling CP-XL Tilt adjustment – – – 6130.010 6146.300 – – – Accessories Twin castors 6148.000 – 6148.000 6148.000 556 Levelling feet – – 4612.000 4612.000 555 – – 1590.000 1590.000 627 6146.400 – – – Base mount Gas pressurised spring, load capacity 15 kg Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 169 Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 The right system to suit any application: ● Fixed or mobile variant ● Different designs ● Weight load from 15 – 50 kg ● Reliable protection of cable management Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pedestal, complete Weight load kg 25 25 35 50 50 Model No. CP 6141.100 6141.200 6136.500 6136.000 6135.000 Dimensions W x H x D mm 600 x 1093 x 660 600 x 946 x 660 600 x 1005 x 550 Page 360 x 995 x 500 Supply includes Cross member – Base plate – – – – Twin castors – – – Support section – Vertical aluminium moulding, may be opened – – – Worktop attachment – – – – Twin castors 6148.000, 7495.000 6148.000, 7495.000 – – – 556 Levelling feet 4612.000 4612.000 – – – 555 Base mount 6147.000 6147.000 – – – 173 Trim panel for pedestal 6144.100 6144.100 – – – 173 Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.510 – 6525.510 – – 155 Enclosure attachment CP-L, 6525.610 – 6525.610 – – 155 Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.010 – – – – 155 Housing coupling CP-L, 6525.110 – – – – 155 6525.210 – – – – 155 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – – – 6130.610 – 163 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – – – 6130.510 – 163 Enclosure attachment, tilting – 6902.640 – – – 165 Worktop without handle1) – 6902.310 – – – Accessories 120 x 65 mm 120 x 65 mm Enclosure attachment CP-L, 120 x 65 mm, locatable Included with the supply. 1) W x H x D 950 x 38 x 600 mm 170 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Comfort Panel Page 138 Optipanel Page 140 Compact Panel Page 142 Command panel housing with door Page 143 Command panel Page 144 The welded alternatives to the pedestal, complete ● Pedestal, open: For retrospective cable entry with preassembled connectors ● Pillar, small: For heavy installed equipment Material: Steel Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Spray-finished Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Colour: RAL 7035 Pillar, small Weight load kg 40 80 Model No. CP 6215.000 6214.500 Base plate cross-section W x H x D mm 400 x 10 x 400 500 x 12 x 500 Pedestal tube cross-section W x H mm 86 x 73 160 x 80 Page Design Pedestal tube wall thickness mm Overall height mm 3 3.2 1093 1150 Accessories Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.510 – 155 Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm 6525.0101) – 155 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round – 6130.610 163 Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular – 6130.510 163 Housing coupling CP-XL – 6130.010 163 1) When assembling enclosures with support arm connection CP-L, (see page 164) should additionally be used. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 120 x 65 mm, connection adaptor CP-L, Ø 130 mm to CP-L, 120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000 171 Stand systems Support arm system CP-S Page 149 Support arm system CP-L Page 153 Support arm system CP-C Page 157 Support arm system CP-XL Page 161 The stable base point for the support arm system. The attachment of additional enclosures, e.g. for security systems, is also possible. There is a choice of 2 crosssections: ● 140 x 140 mm ● 200 x 200 mm Design: − Base plate, thickness: 15 mm, with 4 mounting holes − Cut-out in the base plate in accordance with the crosssection for cable entry from below − Pedestal tube (wall thickness 5 mm) welded to the base plate − Connection facility for support arm systems as per the selection table. Material: Steel Accessories: Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts for support arm system according to selection. Note: Customer-specific designs, such as: − Other RAL colours − Heights − Consoles for additional enclosures available on request. Delivery time: Available on request. − Support arm system CP-S, see page 150 − CP-L, see page 154 − CP-C, see page 158 − CP-XL, see page 162 − Gland plates size 2, see from page 704. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Pillar Design For support arm system Model No. CP Cross-section 140 x 140 mm, height 2000 mm1) CP-S, CP-L, CP-C 6214.000 Cross-section 200 x 200 mm, height 2000 mm1) CP-C, CP-XL 6220.000 1) Unless otherwise specified. In addition to the Model Number, the following information is also needed: 1. Unless otherwise stated, the position for the cable entry cut-out is on the rear. 2. Position and Item No. of support arm component Support arm component Wall/base mounting bracket, large, side mounting Support arm system CP-S CP-L CP-C CP-XL 6501.110 6520.010 6072.000 6160.010 Wall-mounted hinge, horizontal outlet, side mounting 6501.150 6521.010 6072.500 6110.010 Top-mounted joint, mounting on top 6501.160 6522.010 6072.600, 6072.800 6170.010 172 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stand systems Accessories Base mount Packs of Model No. CP 4 6147.000 Colour RAL Model No. CP 7035 textured 6144.100 Brackets for screw-fastening from below to the cast feet with posidrive raised countersunk screws M12. Optionally with projection at the front, interior or sides, with Ø 11 mm hole for screwfastening to the base. Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Posidrive raised countersunk screws M12. Trim panel Material: Cast aluminium Supply includes: Assembly parts for screw-fastening between the cast feet at the front or rear. Enclosure reinforcement For external or internal reinforcement of enclosures of a corresponding size. Smaller enclosures may also be mounted directly without reinforcement. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts for the enclosure and support section plus 2 seals. 1 For enclosure Support arm connection Material Weight kg Model No. CP 1 B1 ≥ 300 mm, T1 ≥ 150 mm CP-S Stainless steel 1.4301 0.9 6143.310 2 B1 ≥ 300 mm, T1 ≥ 150 mm CP-L Sheet steel 0.9 6143.210 3 CP 6662.500 or AE (B1 = 600 mm, T1 ≥ 210 mm) CP-XL Sheet steel 2.2 6503.000 2 B = Width T = Depth 3 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 173 174 Hygienic Design Small and compact enclosures HD Terminal boxes HD....................................................................................176 Compact enclosures HD, single-door .......................................................177 Accessories ...............................................................................................178 175 Hygienic Design HD accessories Page 178 System accessories Page 537 Protection category: − IP 66 to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Compliant with NEMA 13 Compliant with NEMA 4X Compliant with NEMA 3R T B2 H2 Surface finish: − Enclosure and cover: Brushed, grain 400, RA< 0.8 μm − Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010) H1 Material: − Enclosure and cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.5 mm − Mounting bracket: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2.0 mm − Quick-release fasteners: Stainless steel − Seal: Silicone, compliant with FDA Guideline 21 CFR 177.2600 Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Cover − Mounting bracket (pre-assembled) − Seal and quick-release locks (supplied loose) B1 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Terminal boxes HD Width Height Depth Model No. HD Front (B1) mm Packs of 150 150 200 300 400 400 Rear (B2) mm 172 177 227 327 427 427 Front (H1) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 Rear (H2) mm 172 177 227 227 227 327 (T) mm 80 120 120 120 120 120 1670.600 1671.600 1672.600 1674.600 1675.600 1676.600 1 Page Accessories Wall spacer bracket HD 1 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 178 Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1560.700 1562.700 1563.700 1564.700 1568.700 631 Support rail TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2314.000 2315.000 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 655 Cable gland HD see page 711 Rittal Austria RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H. Laxenburger Straße 246a A-1239 Wien Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0 Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0 E-mail: info@rittal.at www.rittal.at 176 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Hygienic Design HD accessories Page 178 System accessories Page 537 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 400, RA< 0.8 μm − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated − Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010) Protection category: − IP 66 to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Compliant with NEMA 13 Compliant with NEMA 4X F Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Door with press-fitted seal − Interchangeable door hinge − Mounting plate G B H2 H1 Material: − Enclosure and door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Lock inserts HD: Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) − Seal: Silicone, compliant with FDA Guideline 21 CFR 177.2600 T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures HD, single-door 220 390 390 510 610 610 810 810 Front (H1) mm 350 430 650 550 430 650 1050 1250 Rear (H2) mm 437 549 769 669 601 769 1221 1421 (T) mm 155 210 210 210 300 210 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 449 549 549 739 740 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 355 570 470 355 570 955 1155 1 1302.600 1306.600 1308.600 1307.600 1320.600 1310.600 1316.600 1317.600 1 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 4000.100 Width Height Depth Model No. HD (B) mm Packs of Page Accessories Wall spacer bracket HD Rails for interior installation see page 179 Cable gland HD see page 711 178 Rittal Czech Republic RITTAL Czech, s.r.o. Ke Zdibsku 182 250 66 Zdiby u Prahy Phone: +420 234 099 000 Fax: +420 234 099 099 E-mail: info@rittal.cz www.rittal.cz Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 177 Hygienic Design Accessories Levelling feet HD for TS 8 Benefits: ● Minimises cleaning time thanks to fully covered, permanently sealed threads. ● Compensation of floor inclines up to an angle of 10° thanks to flexible base plate. ● Baying can even be achieved on sloping floors, thanks to a large levelling range of 55 mm. Thread Levelling range mm M12 120 – 175 Base mount Packs Model No. of HD without 4 4000.200 with 4 4000.210 Load capacity: Max. 5000 N static per levelling foot. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Wall spacer bracket HD Benefits: ● Creates space for cleaning behind the enclosure. ● Shorter assembly times by eliminating the need for an all-round seal. ● Greater hygiene safety by avoiding an uncontrollable dead space or gap between the enclosure and wall. Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. HD 50 1 4000.100 Functional principle: ● Mounting on the wall optionally from the enclosure interior via a through-hole (max. M8) or from the rear via an integral M10 thread. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Enclosure key HD Bit HD for universal key SZ 2549.500 See page 612. Cam lock HD Hygienic Design variant for easy, safe cleaning. Applications: ● Compact enclosures AE stainless steel (except AE 1017.XXX and AE 1019.XXX). ● May be integrated into customised applications, e.g. covers of machine panels. Packs of Model No. HD 1 2549.600 Packs of Model No. HD 1 2549.510 Packs of Model No. HD 1 2304.010 Accessories: Enclosure key HD, see page 178. Material: Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 178 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Hygienic Design Accessories Rails for interior installation for compact enclosures HD For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. With TS system punchings on three sides. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Length mm Packs of Model No. CM Page 510 4 5001.050 647 710 4 5001.051 647 910 4 5001.052 647 1110 4 5001.053 647 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Interior installation, door Enclosure 1 1 1 2 1 Model No. HD 1316.600 1317.600 Model No. CM 5001.052 5001.050 5001.050 5001.053 5001.051 5001.050 5001.051 5001.050 Rails for door installation Enclosure 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 1 3 Model No. HD Model No. TS 1316.600 1317.600 8612.065 Interior installation, enclosure Enclosure 1 3 4 Rails for interior installation TS punched section without mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Mounting plates Model No. HD Model No. CM 1308.600 1310.600 Model No. TS 5001.050 – – 1316.600 5001.052 8612.130 (only on lock side) 8612.400 8612.410 1317.600 5001.053 8612.130 (only on lock side) 8612.400 8612.410 4 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 179 180 Stainless steel Small enclosures Switch housing ..........................................................................................182 Terminal boxes KL.....................................................................................183 Bus enclosures BG....................................................................................183 Compact enclosures Compact enclosures AE............................................................................184 Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K...............................187 Operating housings Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K .............................................188 Command panel housing with door ..........................................................189 Support arm system Support section CP-S, stainless steel .......................................................190 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel, components ..........................191 Enclosure systems One-piece consoles AP.............................................................................192 PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................193 Baying systems TS 8 .................................................................................194 System enclosure SE 8..............................................................................195 181 Stainless steel System assembly Page 537 Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.25 mm − Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1,25 mm, all-round foamed-in PU-seal Surface finish: − Enclosure and cover: Brushed, grain size 240 or 180 (for terminal boxes) Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X. Supply includes: − Enclosure with cover − Product-specific supply scope, see tables Approvals: Terminal boxes KL − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Bus enclosures BG − TÜV − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE − UL − cUL Switch housing Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm R 160 220 280 100 100 100 100 90 90 90 90 2384.010 2384.020 2384.030 2384.040 Pitch pattern (R) mm – 60 60 60 No. of switch cut-outs, Ø 22.5 mm 1 2 3 4 Number of quick-release fasteners 2 4 4 4 Model No. SM R 100 1 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 627 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 566 Cable gland HD see page 711 Rittal Switzerland RITTAL AG Ringstrasse 1 CH-5432 Neuenhof Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00 Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66 E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch www.rittal.ch 182 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Terminal boxes KL Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. KL 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 150 150 300 200 200 150 150 150 200 200 80 120 80 80 120 1521.010 1527.010 1522.010 1523.010 1528.010 1.3 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.2 4 4 4 4 4 Page Accessories Mounting plate 1 1560.700 1560.700 1561.700 1562.700 1562.700 631 Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 627 Wall angle 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2314.000 2316.000 2315.000 2315.000 655 Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404 2 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 613 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 566 Packs of 300 300 400 300 400 Page 200 200 200 300 300 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. KL 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 80 120 120 120 120 1524.010 1529.010 1525.010 1526.010 1530.010 2.4 2.9 3.6 3.9 4.6 4 4 4 4 4 Accessories Mounting plate 1 1563.700 1563.700 1564.700 1567.700 1568.700 631 Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 627 Wall angle 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 2316.000 2316.000 655 Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404 2 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 1592.010 613 Pressure relief stoppers 5 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 2459.500 566 Bus enclosures BG Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. BG 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 200 300 400 300 300 300 80 80 80 1583.0101) 1584.0101) 1585.0101) 2.8 3.7 4.5 2 2 2 Page Product-specific supply scope Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 655 180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated 2 613 Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 627 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Condensate discharge 6 2459.000 2459.000 2459.000 566 Width mm Packs of Height mm Depth mm Model No. BG 1 Weight (kg) Number of quick-release fasteners 400 600 200 200 123 123 1558.0102) 1559.0102) 4.5 6.0 2 3 Page Product-specific supply scope Support rail TS 35/7.5 1 655 180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated 2 613 Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 1594.000 1594.000 627 Pole clamp 1 2584.000 2584.000 629 Condensate discharge 6 2459.000 2459.000 566 1) Support 2) Support Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures rail fixed on studs rail adjustable on profile strip 183 Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 Compact enclosures AE, sheet steel Page 44 Hygienic Design Page 176 Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated − Locks: Nickel-plated (with version 1.4301) Supply includes: − Enclosure with door(s) − Cam lock or 3-point lock system (for AE 1017.X00 and AE 1019.X00) with double-bit insert − Mounting plate Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE F T B G Protection category: See tables. H Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel − Door: Stainless steel, all-round foamed-in PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel − Locks: Die-cast zinc (with version 1.4301); stainless steel (with version 1.4404) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 200 200 200 300 380 380 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 300 300 300 300 300 Depth (T) mm 120 155 155 210 155 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 162 162 254 334 334 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 275 275 275 1001.600 1002.600 1002.500 1003.600 1004.600 1011.600 Model No. AE Material 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 1 – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.6 4.1 4.1 6.9 7.4 8.4 Door Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket Wall angle 4 – – – 2373.210 – 2373.210 647 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 – 2470.000 2470.000 2361.000 2471.000 2472.000 619 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 – 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 627 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – 2433.500 – – – 627 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 – 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 609 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 178 Pole clamp Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Alternative lock systems 184 see page 602 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 300 300 380 380 600 400 Height (H) mm Packs of 380 380 380 380 380 500 Depth (T) mm 210 210 210 210 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 275 275 334 334 549 354 Mounting plate height (G) mm 334 334 355 355 355 475 1005.600 1005.500 1006.600 1006.500 1009.600 1015.600 1 Model No. AE Material 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 8.4 8.4 9.8 9.8 14.6 12.9 Door Weight (kg) Page IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket 4 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 647 1 2361.000 2361.000 2472.000 2472.000 2473.000 – 619 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 – 2433.000 – 2433.000 2433.000 627 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – 2433.500 – 2433.500 – – 627 1.4301 (AISI 304) Wall angle 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 Pole clamp 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Standard 1 2304.000 – 2304.000 – 2304.000 2304.000 609 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 178 Page Alternative lock systems see page 602 Width (B) mm 500 500 380 600 600 600 Height (H) mm Packs of 500 500 600 600 600 760 Depth (T) mm 210 300 210 210 210 210 Mounting plate width (F) mm 449 449 334 549 549 549 Mounting plate height (G) mm 470 470 570 570 570 730 1007.600 1013.600 1008.600 1010.600 1010.500 1012.600 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – – 1 1 1 1 1 1 15.7 18.4 15.1 23.5 23.5 30.2 1 Model No. AE Material Door Weight (kg) IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket Wall angle 4 2373.210 2373.300 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 647 1 2362.000 – 2472.000 2473.000 2473.000 2473.000 619 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 – 2433.000 627 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – – – 2433.500 – 627 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 1 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 2304.000 – 2304.000 609 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 2304.010 178 1.4301 (AISI 304) Pole clamp Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Alternative lock systems see page 602 Rittal Hungary RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft. 1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1. Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000 Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009 E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu www.rittal.hu Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 185 Stainless steel Compact enclosures AE Width (B) mm 760 800 800 1000 1000 1000 Height (H) mm Packs of 760 1000 1200 1000 1200 1200 Depth (T) mm 300 300 300 300 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 704 739 740 939 940 940 Mounting plate height (G) mm 730 955 1155 955 1155 1155 1014.600 1016.600 1017.600 1018.600 1019.600 1019.5001) 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 1.4404 (AISI 316L) – – – – – 1 Model No. AE Material 3-point lock system – – – Door(s) 1 1 1 2 2 2 42.5 52.9 61.5 71.0 76.0 76.0 Weight (kg) IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X Protection category Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Accessories Rails for interior installation Rain canopy Wall mounting bracket 4 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 2373.300 647 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1 2474.000 2475.000 2475.000 2363.000 2363.000 2363.000 619 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 – 627 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 4 – – – – – 2433.500 627 Wall angle 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 2583.010 628 Cam lock 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Standard 1 2304.000 2304.000 – 2304.000 – – 609 Hygienic Design 1 2304.010 2304.010 – 2304.010 – – 178 Alternative lock systems 1) Cam see page 602 lock: Die-cast zinc Rittal Japan RITTAL K.K. Sales HQ. Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F 3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku Kanagawa 222-0033 Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801 Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880 E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp www.rittal.co.jp 186 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 AE sheet steel Page 44 AE EMC shielded Page 201 AE Ex-proof Page 198 Hygienic Design Page 176 Material: − Enclosure, hinge and lock: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), all-round foamedin PU seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel F G 10˚ H2 ● Resistant to high-pressure cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The interior seal is protected against direct hosed water. ● Ideal for mounting on vehicles: Lock, hinges and mounting plate are all vibration resistant. ● 10° roof tilt prevents liquids from accumulating on the roof. ● Foamed-in silicone seal. The closed cell structure of the foam means that water absorption is negligible. Temperature resistant from –60°C to +180°C. H1 Perfect protection in a tough environment The compact enclosure AE in IP 69K is the ideal solution when a high protection category combined with corrosion resistance is needed. Surface finish: − Enclosure and door: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated B T Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9, complies with NEMA 4X. Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Single-door − Interchangeable door hinge − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Mounting plate. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K Width (B) mm 230 400 400 650 Height, front (H1) mm 330 400 650 650 Height, rear (H2) mm 352 439 689 689 Depth (T) mm 155 250 250 250 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 549 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 355 570 570 Mounting plate thickness mm 2 2 2.5 2.5 1101.110 1101.120 1101.130 1101.140 1 1 2 2 Model No. AE Packs of 1 Locks Page Accessories Interior door 1 1101.910 1101.920 1101.930 1101.940 588 Door stay 1 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 1101.800 617 Wall mounting bracket, stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 627 Cable glands Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 709 187 Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 TFT monitor Page 796 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 190 Hygienic Design Page 176 ● Suitable for clean room use Screw fastening to comply with high standards in the food industry. With plastic stoppers on the inside or hex screws on the outside. ● Accessibility Internal rear panel bracket. This solution is clearly superior to external hinges from a hygiene point of view. ● Handling Two duct connectors between the enclosures. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) T B Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Clean room: Air purity class 1 to DIN EN ISO 14 644-1 H ● Resistant to high-pressure cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The seal lies between two seals and is optimally compressed by the screw fastening. ● Optimum EMC conditions The labyrinth seal achieves a particularly high level of RF shielding of the enclosure. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H 1 Optionally with or without keyboard housing Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K Packs of Premium Panel With keyboard housing Without keyboard housing 6680.0001) 6681.000 530 530 Operating housing (H) 460 360 Keyboard housing (H1) 200 – Depth mm Operating housing (T) 120 120 For installation panel WxH Operating housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 354.8 mm (8 U) 482.6 mm (19˝) x 310 mm (7 U) Keyboard housing 482.6 mm (19˝) x 177 mm (4 U) – Operating housing 115 115 Keyboard housing Front 58 Rear 63 – Top Top, or bottom by rotating the enclosure 1 Model No. CP Width (B) mm Height mm Installation depth mm Support arm connection 1) Extended delivery times. 188 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 TFT monitor Page 796 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 190 Hygienic Design Page 176 Supply includes: − Enclosure of all-round solid construction − Cut-out and reinforcement for support arm system − Fastener with guide plate − Door with sealing frame and side handle strips − The support arm connection and door hinge may be swapped over by rotating the enclosure Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Colour: Handle strips: Similar to RAL 5002 Approvals: − UL − cUL B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T H Material: − Enclosure and door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Handle strips: Plastic approved for use with foodstuffs Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 Command panel housing with door Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. CP Weight (kg) 300 400 400 600 300 300 400 400 150 150 150 150 6535.010 6536.010 6538.010 6539.010 6.3 7.5 8.8 12.1 Page Accessories Matching mounting plate from AE ID no. Support rails1) Alternative lock systems 1) Only Model No. SZ 10 1033.500 1030.500 1380.500 1039.500 0271.926 0274.131 0271.548 0271.351 2316.000 2317.000 2317.000 2319.000 44/45 655 With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 609, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 608. with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 651. Rittal USA RITTAL Corporation 1 Rittal Place Urbana, OH 43078, USA Phone: +1 (937) 399-0500 Fax: +1 (937) 390-5599 Toll-free: 1-800-477-4000 E-mail: rittal@rittal-corp.com www.rittal-corp.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 189 Stainless steel Stainless steel enclosures Page 188 – 189 Support section CP-S, steel Page 150 Support section CP-S, stainless steel Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws. Size: − External diameter: 48.3 mm − Wall thickness: 3 mm 190 Material: Stainless steel Surface finish: Brushed, grain size 240 (support section and wall console only) Protection category: IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 (resistant to high-pressure cleaning) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Support section CP-S Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel Length mm Weight kg Material Wall section Rigid Desk section Rotating/tilting Enclosure section – – 0.7 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.100 – – – – 1.3 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.500 – – – – 1.1 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.000 – – – 500 1000 2.0 3.9 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 1.3 1.4305 (AISI 303) 6664.300 – 6664.300 – 1.7 1.4305 (AISI 303) – – 6663.000 – – 3.9 4.5 1.4305 (AISI 303) – – 6663.500 6663.400 – – 1.5 1.8 1.4301 (AISI 304) – – 6665.000 6665.500 Model No. CP Tilting adaptor 10° Enclosure attachment CP-S, stainless steel Housing coupling CP-S stainless steel Support section CP-S, stainless steel 6660.050 6660.010 Angle piece 90° CP-S, stainless steel Wall/base mount, rigid, CP-S stainless steel – Wall/base mount, rotating, CP-S stainless steel Rear, thread M8 Front, hole Ø 9 mm Wall console CP-S stainless steel Rear, thread M8 Front, hole Ø 9 mm Load information Permissible load depending on system configuration 800 Permissible static load [N] (enclosure and vertical support arm section) 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 Jib length (mm) Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 191 Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 Monitors, keyboards Page 796/798 Climate control Page 389 One-piece consoles, sheet steel Page 128 Surface finish: − Enclosure, door, console lid and gland plates: Brushed, grain 120 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid rear and sides − Door or double door at front, with locking rod − Console lid with lid stay and cam lock latched in the enclosure − Cam lock with double-bit insert − Gland plate, divided − Mounting plate Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE F B T G Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. H Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door or double door and console lid: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm T Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. One-piece consoles AP Width (B) mm Packs of 600 800 1000 1200 960 960 960 960 Bottom 400 400 400 400 Top 480 480 480 480 530 730 930 1130 Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Mounting plate width (F) mm Mounting plate height (G) mm 1 Model No. AP Door(s) Weight (kg) 780 780 780 780 2683.600 2684.600 2685.600 2686.600 1 1 2 2 52.0 65.2 79.5 90.3 Page Accessories Height 100 mm 1 2865.000 2869.000 2867.000 2870.000 Height 200 mm 1 2875.000 2878.000 2885.000 2886.000 552 Cable clamp rail 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 717 Support rail TS 35/15 6 4934.000 4935.000 4933.000 4937.000 655 Base/plinth Hose-proof hood see page 485 Alternative lock systems see page 602 192 552 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 PC enclosure systems, sheet steel Page 130 Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.8 mm − Rear door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Gland plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.5 mm − Monitor field: Single-pane safety glass, 4 mm Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid top and sides − Rear door with locking rod − Glazed door at the top, latched from the inside − Component shelf − Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E − Keyboard drawer with front, swing-down for handrest and mouse pad support − Bottom door with locking rod − Gland plate, divided − Lock with double-bit insert Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Germanischer Lloyd − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − Lloyds Register of Shipping − VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. PC enclosure systems Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. PC 600 1600 620 1 Weight (kg) 4650.000 115 Accessories Base/plinth, height 100 mm 1 2855.000 Levelling feet, 100 mm high 1 set 2859.000 556 Base/plinth trim, modular 4 2913.000 549 Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) 8 4547.000 742 TFT holder, vertically hinged 1 2383.040 797 Component shelf, pull-out Cable clamp rail 552 1 set 6902.960 668 2 4191.000 717 Connector gland see page 713 LED system light 1 4140.840 682 Compact light 1 4140.210 681 Alternative lock systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures see page 602 193 Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 Baying systems TS 8, sheet steel Page 72 EMC baying systems TS 8 Page 200 Surface finish: − Enclosure frame and gland plates: Uncoated − Door, roof and rear panel: Exterior brushed, grain 400 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door(s) − Mounting plate − Gland plates − Rear panel − Roof − Locking rod with double-bit insert Note: Due to the hardness of the material, we recommend using metal multi-tooth screw SZ 2486.300, see page 666, for the interior installation. Approvals: − UL − CSA − TÜV − Russian Maritime Register of Shipping − TÜV Mark − Lloyds Register of Shipping − Bureau Veritas − VDE − Germanischer Lloyd F T B G Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. H Material: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel and gland plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door(s): Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Baying systems TS 8 Width (B) mm 800 1200 600 800 1200 600 800 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 400 500 500 500 600 600 600 Mounting plate width (F) mm 699 1099 499 699 1099 499 699 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm 1696 1696 1696 1696 1696 1896 1896 1896 8454.600 8456.600 8457.600 8455.600 8453.600 8452.600 8450.600 8451.600 Door(s) 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 Support strips – – – – – 2 2 2 112.9 170.4 92.5 116.3 174.9 104.4 129.7 194.7 1 Model No. TS Weight (kg) Page Walls Side panels 2 8700.840 8700.840 8700.850 8700.850 8700.850 8700.060 8700.060 8700.060 567 Divider panel 1 8609.840 8609.840 8609.850 8609.850 8609.850 8609.060 8609.060 8609.060 571 Divider panel for module plates 1 – – 8609.100 8609.100 8609.100 8609.130 8609.130 8609.130 572 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.800 8701.200 8701.600 8701.800 8701.200 8701.600 8701.800 8701.200 549 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.800 8702.200 8702.600 8702.800 8702.200 8702.600 8702.800 8702.200 549 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.040 8701.040 8701.050 8701.050 8701.050 8701.060 8701.060 8701.060 549 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.040 8702.040 8702.050 8702.050 8702.050 8702.060 8702.060 8702.060 549 4 2907.000 2907.000 2908.000 2908.000 2908.000 2913.000 2913.000 2913.000 549 4196.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 4191.000 4192.000 4196.000 Base/plinth Components front and rear Trim panels, sides Base/plinth trim, modular Accessories Cable clamp rails 2 4192.000 Cable entry plates 2 8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600 8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600 8700.800 8700.1201) 701 Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel 1 4118.000 4118.000 4118.000 617 4116.000 4116.000 4116.000 Alternative lock systems see page 602 System lights see page 679 1) Packs 194 4116.000 4116.000 717 of 4 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Stainless steel System accessories Page 537 SE 8 sheet steel Page 98 Surface finish: − Enclosure, rear panel, gland plate and door(s): Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Note: − Due to the hardness of the material, we recommend using metal multi-tooth screw SZ 2486.300, see page 666, for the interior installation − The system accessories for this enclosure system may be found on the following order pages, or references to the respective product groups in the section on system assembly − The system accessories classified under “ES” can only be used with free-standing enclosures in the ES 5000 series Supply includes: − Enclosure, solid top and sides − Door(s) − Rear panel, detachable − 130° hinges − Mounting plate − Gland plates, divided − Locking rod with double-bit insert Approvals: Available on the Internet. F T B G Protection category: See tables. H Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Door(s): Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm − Rear panel: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. System enclosure SE 8 Width (B) mm 600 600 800 800 1000 1200 Height (H) mm Packs of 1600 1800 1800 2000 1800 2000 Depth (T) mm 400 500 500 600 400 500 Mounting plate width (F) mm 499 499 699 699 899 1099 Mounting plate height (G) mm Model No. SE Door(s) 1496 1696 1696 1896 1696 1896 5850.500 5851.500 5852.500 5853.500 5854.500 5855.500 1 1 1 1 1 2 Page IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Protection category Base/plinth Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.600 8701.600 8701.800 8701.800 8701.000 8701.200 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.600 8702.600 8702.800 8702.800 8702.000 8702.200 549 Height 100 mm 1 set 8701.040 8701.050 8701.050 8701.060 8701.040 8701.050 549 Height 200 mm 1 set 8702.040 8702.050 8702.050 8702.060 8702.040 8702.050 549 4 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 4568.000 626 Punched section with mounting flange, outer level 4 8612.140 8612.150 8612.150 8612.160 8612.140 8612.150 647 Punched section with mounting flange, inner level 4 8612.040 8612.050 8612.050 8612.060 8612.040 8612.050 647 4336.000 4196.000 717 Components front and rear Trim panels 549 Roof Eyebolts Rail systems Other rail systems, based on TS 8 see from page 644 Accessories Cable clamp rails for cable clamps Alternative lock systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 2 4191.000 4191.000 4192.000 4192.000 see page 602 195 196 Ex enclosures/EMC enclosures Ex enclosures Stainless steel............................................................................................198 Plastic ........................................................................................................199 EMC enclosures The Rittal EMC concept.............................................................................200 EMC baying systems TS 8 ........................................................................200 EMC subrack Ripac Vario .........................................................................200 EMC E-Box EB...........................................................................................201 EMC compact enclosures AE ...................................................................201 Note: All TS 8 enclosures prepared for pressurisation on request. 197 Ex enclosures System accessories Page 537 Surface finish: − Enclosure: Brushed, grain 240 − Mounting plate: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 F T B G Enclosure with door: − PTB 02 ATEX 1082U − IEC Ex PTB 09.0035U Supply includes: − Enclosure − Cover or door − Mounting plate (only for enclosures with door) Material: − Enclosure: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Cover or door: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), all-round foamedin silicone seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel Certificates: Enclosure with cover: − PTB 03 ATEX 1013U − IEC Ex PTB 09.0033U Approvals: − ATEX − IEC H Application range: − Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to 94/9/EC − Ambient temperature range: –30°C to +80°C − Protection type to IEC 60 079: Equipment protection thanks to increased safety, equipment protection thanks to enclosure Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Stainless steel, with screw-fastened cover Width (B) mm Packs of Height (H) mm 150 200 300 300 300 400 150 200 150 200 300 200 Depth (T) mm 1 Model No. KEL Page 80 80 80 80 120 120 9301.000 9303.000 9302.000 9304.000 9306.000 9305.000 1.3 1.8 1.8 2.4 3.9 3.6 Weight (kg) Accessories Mounting plates 1560.700 1562.700 1561.700 1563.700 1567.700 1564.700 631 Wall mounting bracket1) 4 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 1594.000 627 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2314.000 2315.000 2316.000 2316.000 2316.000 2317.000 655 Earth straps see page 689 Stainless steel, with hinged door Width (B) mm 200 300 380 380 380 600 600 760 800 Height (H) mm Packs of 300 380 300 380 600 600 760 760 1000 Depth (T) mm 155 210 155 210 210 210 210 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 162 334 334 334 334 549 549 704 739 Mounting plate height (G) mm 275 275 275 355 570 570 730 730 955 9401.600 9409.600 9402.600 9403.600 9404.600 9405.600 9406.600 9407.600 9408.600 Model No. KEL 1 Cam lock with double-bit insert Weight (kg) 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3.8 7.7 7.4 9.7 13.3 15.6 22.3 30.5 36.3 Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket1) 4 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 2433.000 627 Support rails TS 35/7.5 10 2315.000 2316.000 – – – 2319.000 2319.000 – – 655 Rails for interior installation 4 – 2373.210 – 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.210 2373.300 2373.300 647 Perforated mounting strip 20 – 2310.038 – 2310.038 – – – – – 615 Earth straps 1) Stainless 198 see page 689 steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Ex enclosures System accessories Page 537 Colour: RAL 9011 Certificates: − PTB 03 ATEX 1011U − IEC Ex PTB 10.0011U Protection category: IP 66 to IEC 60 529 F T Approvals: − ATEX − IEC Supply includes: − Enclosure − Door − Mounting plate B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. G Application range: − Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to 94/9/EC − Ambient temperature range: –30°C to +80°C − Protection type to IEC 60 079: Equipment protection thanks to increased safety, equipment protection thanks to enclosure H Material: − Enclosure: Fibre-glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester, surface resistance: < 109 Ω − Door: Fibre-glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester, surface resistance: < 109 Ω, all-round foamed-in silicone seal − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Plastic Width (B) mm 200 250 300 400 400 500 600 600 800 Height (H) mm 300 350 400 400 600 500 600 800 1000 Depth (T) mm 150 150 200 200 200 300 200 300 300 Mounting plate width (F) mm 145 195 245 345 345 417 545 517 717 Mounting plate height (G) mm 250 300 350 350 550 450 550 750 950 9201.600 9202.600 9203.600 9204.600 9205.600 9207.600 9206.600 9208.600 9209.600 Cam lock with double-bit insert 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 – – 3-point locking rod – – – – – – – 3.7 4.6 6.0 6.5 11.5 12.9 15.9 24.3 39.0 Model No. KEL Packs of 1 Weight (kg) Page Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 9266.000 Threaded inserts M6 20 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 1482.000 666 Mounting plate adjustment bracket 4 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1481.000 1491.000 1481.000 1491.000 1491.000 634 Support rails see page 654 Earth straps see page 689 Cable duct see page 715 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 628 199 EMC enclosures The Rittal EMC concept Rittal offers excellent pre-requisites for EMC enclosure configurations in the form of its standard sheet steel enclosures, EMC-shielded enclosures, and a practical range of EMC accessories. Depending on the individual application, anything is possible, be it closely intermeshed potential equalisation in a standard enclosure to prevent conducted interference, or extra shielding to protect against high-frequency electromagnetic fields. For Rittal EMC enclosures with a high level of shielding, excellent attenuation levels and attractive value-for-money products are achieved on the basis of zinc-plated metal surfaces in conjunction with low-resistance EMC shields. EMC baying systems TS 8 Material: − Door: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating, 2.0 mm − Rear panel: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating, 1.5 mm − Mounting plate: Sheet steel with zinc coating, 3.0 mm Surface finish: − Frame structure, door, rear panel and roof plate: Spray-finished on the outside and paint-free on the inside Colour: RAL 7035 Empty enclosures and mechanical accessory components are not subject to the European EMC Directive and the German EMC Act. Thanks to the basic design in conjunction with the metal-plated enclosure body, even standard enclosures offer a good shielding effect against electrical fields, which in many cases is sufficient. The large enclosures in the TS 8 series offer a good level of shielding across a broad frequency range, even in the standard version. For increased EMC requirements, Rittal offers the TS 8 enclosure in a version certified by the VDE with high RF attenuation. This shielding concept is also transferred to other enclosure platforms. Further information on the topic of EMC may be found on our website at www.rittal.com. Width mm Height mm Depth mm 800 2000 800 2000 Model No. TS TS enclosures. TS side panels 600 8806.750 8106.750 800 8808.750 8108.750 Note: Other sizes available on request. Also required: EMC baying seal TS 8800.690, see page 688, for bayed enclosures. Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”) has been certified by the VDE. Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door − Rear panel and roof plate detachable − Door hinged on the right, may be swapped to the left − 4 eyebolts, fitted, − Mounting plate − Three-piece gland plates EMC subrack Ripac Vario The Ripac Vario EMC subrack system was developed with consideration for EMC aspects. The subracks are equipped with a conductive surface finish and with EMC components such as springs and extrusions. Technical specifications: − Overall depth: 245, 285, 305, 345, 405 mm − Installation width: 84 HP − Height: 3 U, 6 U Tests: Vibration and shock-tested to IC 61 587-1, based on: − IEC 600-68-2-6 test Fc − IEC 600-68-2-27 test Ea 200 Standards: Ripac Vario subracks are based on the system dimensions to IEC 60 297-3, -101, -102, -103. Material: − Side panels: 2.5 mm aluminium − Flanges and horizontal rails: Extruded aluminium section − Cover plates: Aluminium Surface finish: Clear-chromated Note: For further information, refer to page 217. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures EMC enclosures EMC E-Box EB Material: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating Surface finish: − Powder-coated on the outside − Interior surfaces conductive Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”) has been certified by the VDE. Note: All sizes available on request. EMC compact enclosures AE Material: Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating Surface finish: − Powder-coated on the outside − Interior surfaces conductive Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”) has been certified by the VDE. Note: All sizes available on request. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 201 202 Outdoor enclosures CS wall-mounted enclosures Double-walled ...........................................................................................204 CS New Basic enclosures Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm ..............................205 Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm ...........................................206 CS Toptec Double-walled, platform TS 8 ....................................................................207 CS modular enclosures Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm .............................208 Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm .............209 203 CS wall-mounted enclosures Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel Page 184 Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel, protection category IP 69K Page 187 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B3 B1 T1 Supply includes: Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully preconfigured: − Inner enclosure with mounting plate, gland plate and security lock (CS 9791.045 with 2 security locks) − Mounting bracket for thermostat or hygrostat − Outer enclosure with designer cover and security lock 3524 E − 2 C rails on the rear panel H3 B2 T2 H1 Material: − Enclosure: Aluminium AlMg3 − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 H2 Outdoor enclosures for wall or pole mounting. Enclosure-within-an-enclosure concept, outer enclosure with cut-out at the bottom and integrated louvres on the rear panel and side panels for ventilation. Colour: RAL 7035 Double-walled Outer enclosure Width (B1) mm 370 420 530 630 Height (H1) mm Packs of 522 560 700 780 Depth (T1) mm 210 210 265 380 Width (B2) mm 300 350 460 580 Height (H2) mm 400 440 565 580 Depth (T2) mm 170 170 220 333 Clearance width mm 280 330 440 560 Clearance height mm 380 420 545 560 Clearance depth mm 145 145 195 308 Mounting plate width (B3) mm 270 320 430 550 Mounting plate height (H3) mm 380 410 535 550 1 9791.015 9791.025 9791.035 9791.045 Page Inner enclosure Model No. CS Accessories Wall mounting bracket 4 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 9765.120 629 1 set 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 2584.000 629 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.330 3105.330 3105.330 3105.330 471 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Socket 2 2506.100 2506.100 2506.100 2506.100 698 LED system light 1 4140.810 4140.810 4140.820 4140.820 682 LED connection cable 1 4315.800 4315.800 4315.800 4315.800 683 Adaptor power pack 1 4315.860 4315.860 4315.860 4315.860 683 Pole clamp 204 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS New Basic enclosures Climate control Page 467 Rail systems Page 652 Cable management Page 715 Colour: RAL 7035 B3 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B2 Note: When configuring with partial mounting panels or 482.6 mm (19˝) partial installation, punched rails are required in the enclosure height, see page 651. H3 T3 T2 H1 H5 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester − Enclosure with width 1200 mm has two 600 mm wide mounting panels − Rain canopy H4 Material: Aluminium AlMg3 Supply includes: Single-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured: − Basic enclosure with open base − 25 mm system punchings in the roof, base, front and in the enclosure depth − Front door(s) with door stay, swing lever handle and semi-cylinder, lock BJ 20027 − Transport plinth with screwfastened trim panels front and rear H2 Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm transport plinth and rain canopy with projections on all sides. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. T1 B1 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 3R in conjunction with the gland plates offered in the accessories. Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm Width (B1) mm 600 600 600 800 800 800 Height (H1) mm 800 1200 1200 800 1200 1200 Depth (T1) mm 400 400 500 400 400 500 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 512 712 712 712 Clearance height (H2) mm 712 1112 1112 712 1112 1112 Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 349 449 349 349 449 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 650 650 650 850 850 850 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55 55 55 55 55 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 450 550 450 450 550 Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 Overall height (H5) mm 955 1355 1355 955 1355 1355 1 9783.540 9783.550 9783.530 9783.510 9783.520 9783.610 Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.182 9765.182 9765.082 9765.088 9765.088 9765.084 Gland plate, divided 1 set 9785.511 9785.511 9785.514 9785.512 9785.512 9785.513 566 2 8800.060 8800.060 8800.060 8800.080 8800.080 8800.080 701 639 Model No. CS Packs of Page Accessories Cable entry plates 550 Mounting plates 1 9765.090 9765.092 9765.092 9765.097 9765.095 9765.095 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 7685.000 7688.000 7688.000 743 Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 7696.000 7698.000 7698.000 7698.000 743 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 3105.400 471 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Semi-cylinder, alternative closure 1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 604 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 205 CS New Basic enclosures Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm Width (B1) mm 1200 1200 Height (H1) mm Packs of 1200 1200 Depth (T1) mm 400 500 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 512 Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112 Clearance depth (T2) mm 349 449 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 1250 1250 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 55 55 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 450 550 Base/plinth height (H4) mm 100 100 Overall height (H5) mm 1355 1355 Model No. CS 1 Page 9784.620 9784.520 9784.640 Without centre bar, overlapping doors – 9784.540 – With removable centre bar, 2 lockable doors – – Accessories Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.089 9765.086 550 Gland plate, divided 1 set 2 x 9785.511 2 x 9785.514 566 Cable entry plates 2 8800.060 8800.060 701 Mounting plate for one half of the enclosure 1 9765.092 9765.092 639 Mounting plate, full installation 1 9765.191 9765.191 639 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7688.000 7688.000 743 Installation kit for mounting angles 2 7696.000 7696.000 743 Enclosure heaters 1 3105.400 3105.400 471 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 Semi-cylinder 476 1 9785.040 – 9785.040 – 604 2 – 9785.042 – 9785.042 604 Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au 206 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS Toptec Climate control Page 467 Rail systems Page 644 Cable management Page 715 Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Supply includes: Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured: − TS 8 frame with 25 mm system punchings in the roof and base frame plus vertical sections with two mounting levels − Front door with door stay, swing lever handle and semi-cylinder, lock BJ20027 − Side panels left and right T3 B2 B3 H3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 − Rear panel − Rain canopy − Base/plinth with screwfastened gland plates and screw-fastened trim panels front and rear − All enclosure panels are doubled and earthed (external wall onto internal wall) T2 H1 H4 Material: − Enclosure frame: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Enclosure panels and base/ plinth trim: Aluminium, AlMg3 Colour: RAL 7035 H2 Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm transport plinth and rain canopy with projections on all sides. Side panels, rear panel and door fully double-walled on the outside, the entire TS 8 frame is available for interior installation. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B1 T1 Double-walled, platform TS 8 Width (B1) mm 600 800 600 800 Height (H1) mm Packs of 1200 1200 1600 1600 Depth (T1) mm 600 600 600 600 Clearance width (B2) mm 512 712 512 712 Clearance height (H2) mm 1112 1112 1512 1512 Clearance depth (T2) mm 512 512 512 512 Rain canopy width (B3) mm 694 894 694 894 Rain canopy height (H3) mm 45 45 45 45 Rain canopy depth (T3) mm 694 694 694 694 Overall height (H4) mm Page 1345 1345 1745 1745 1 9774.105 9774.205 9774.305 9774.405 Concrete base/plinth 1 9765.071 9765.072 9765.071 9765.072 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 7827.120 7827.120 7827.160 7827.160 739 TS punched section with mounting flange as installation kit 4 8612.060 – 8612.060 – 647 Model No. CS Accessories 550 Installation bracket TS 2 – 7827.480 – 7827.480 746 Mounting plate 1 9765.092 9765.095 – 9765.096 639 Size 4 4 4 4 Qty. 2 2 2 2 From 704 Gland plate Semi-cylinder 1 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 9785.040 604 Cooling unit, 1000 W 1 – 9776.500 – 9776.500 468 Heat exchanger, 85 W/K 1 – 9776.102 – 9776.102 468 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 207 CS modular enclosures System accessories Page 537 CS modular enclosures Double-walled outdoor enclosure with base/plinth and rain canopy projecting on all sides. Side panels doubled up to the outside, door and rear panel to the inside. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Material: − Enclosure, roof and side panel: Aluminium AlMg3 − Base/plinth, battery plinth: Aluminium AlMg3 Colour: RAL 7035 Order example, see page 209. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 3R. Other climate control devices, from page 467. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Powder-coated − UV-resistant pure polyester Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm Width mm 600 600 600 600 Height mm 800 1000 1200 1600 Depth mm 600 500 600 600 9751.015 9751.075 9751.025 9751.035 Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.015 9755.065 9755.015 9755.015 Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.025 9754.015 9754.025 9754.025 Model No. CS Page Base/plinth Roof-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 Heat exchanger, 30 W/K 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 469 469 Mounting frame for cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 469 Climate hood 9756.015 9756.065 9756.015 9756.015 – – 9761.212 9761.212 9757.015 9757.065 9757.015 9757.015 – – 9758.015 9758.015 Wall-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 469 Roof Standard roof Roof for wall-mounted climate control Side panel Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth 9753.015 9753.175 9753.035 9753.045 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth 9753.055 9753.195 9753.075 9753.085 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.095 9753.185 9753.115 9753.125 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.135 9753.205 9753.155 9753.165 Delivery times available on request. 208 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures CS modular enclosures Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm Width mm 800 800 800 800 1200 1200 Height mm 1000 1200 1200 1600 1200 1200 Depth mm 500 500 600 600 500 600 9751.085 9751.045 9751.055 9751.065 9752.015 9752.025 Standard base/plinth 100 mm 9755.025 9755.025 9755.035 9755.035 9755.045 9755.055 Battery plinth 350 mm 9754.035 9754.035 9754.045 9754.045 2x 9754.015 2x 9754.025 Model No. CS Page Base/plinth Roof-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 9762.212 Heat exchanger, 30 W/K 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 9764.040 469 469 Mounting frame for cooling unit 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 9765.051 469 Climate hood 9756.025 9756.025 9756.035 9756.035 9756.045 9756.055 – 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 9761.212 Wall-mounted climate control Cooling unit, 1000 W 469 Roof Standard roof 9757.025 9757.025 9757.035 9757.035 9757.045 9757.055 – 9758.025 9758.035 9758.035 9758.045 9758.055 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth 9753.175 9753.025 9753.035 9753.045 9753.025 9753.035 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth 9753.195 9753.065 9753.075 9753.085 9753.065 9753.075 Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.185 9753.105 9753.115 9753.125 9753.105 9753.115 Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control 9753.205 9753.145 9753.155 9753.165 9753.145 9753.155 Roof for wall-mounted climate control Side panel Delivery times available on request. Order example: Enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm of aluminium AlMg3 with standard base/plinth and roof-mounted cooling unit. You will need: Enclosure: Basic enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm CS 9751.045 Base/plinth: Standard base/plinth 100 mm CS 9755.025 Roof-mounted climate control: Roof-mounted cooling unit CS 9762.212 Mounting frame CS 9765.051 Climate hood CS 9756.025 Roof: Standard roof CS 9757.025 Side panel: Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control CS 9753.105 Rittal Belgium RITTAL nv/sa Industrieterrein E17/3206 Stokkelaar 8 B-9160 Lokeren Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111 Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862 E-mail: info@rittal.be www.rittal.be Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 209 210 Electronic Packaging Subracks Subrack Ripac EASY .................................................................................212 Parts for Ripac EASY .................................................................................214 Subrack Ripac Vario..................................................................................216 Parts for Ripac Vario..................................................................................218 Cover plates for Ripac EASY.....................................................................228 Cover plates for Ripac Vario .....................................................................229 Accessories for subracks ..........................................................................230 Overview of horizontal rails .......................................................................247 Assembly parts..........................................................................................250 System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module...................................................................................252 Accessories for Ripac Vario-Module .........................................................256 Instrument cases RiCase .......................................................................................................258 Accessories for RiCase .............................................................................260 211 Subrack Ripac EASY Parts for Ripac EASY Page 214 Accessories Page 232 Assembly parts Page 250 Subrack configurator Page 525 Supply includes: − Side panels − Flanges − Horizontal rails − Threaded inserts − Assembly screws or insulating strips − Horizontal rails (C4, C5, C7) incl. preconfigured assembly screws − Horizontal rails (A2) incl. preconfigured assembly screws and threaded inserts Detailed parts lists: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. T1 Tests: Vibration and shock-tested to IEC 61 587-1 based on: IEC 600-68-2-6 test Fc IEC 600-68-2-27 test Ea T2 H1 Material/Surface finish: − Side panels: 2 mm aluminium, uncoated − Horizontal rails: Extruded aluminium section, corrosion-resistant − Flanges: Pre-anodised Standards: Subracks are based on the system dimensions of IEC 60 297-3, -101, -102, -103. B1 B2 Note: The backplanes may be fitted in direct contact with the rear horizontal rails for conductive mounting. No additional contact strips are required. Ripac EASY for backplane, 3 U U 3 Height (H1) mm 132 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 Side panel (T1) mm 175 175 235 235 295 355 415 Depth (T2) mm 160 160 220 220 280 340 400 Max. PCB depth mm 160 160 220 220 280 340 400 for conductive backplane – – for insulated backplane – – – – – 3634.100 3634.101 3634.110 3634.111 3634.120 3634.130 3634.140 Model No. RP Accessories Top/bottom covers see page 228 Horizontal rails see page 214 Telescopic slides see page 233 Other accessories for subracks see page 230 212 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Subrack Ripac EASY Ripac EASY for backplane, 6 U U 6 Height (H1) mm 265.35 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 Side panel (T1) mm 175 175 235 235 295 355 415 Depth (T2) mm 160 160 220 220 280 340 400 Max. PCB depth mm 160 160 220 220 280 340 400 for conductive backplane – – for insulated backplane – – – – – 3634.180 3634.181 3634.190 3634.191 3634.200 3634.210 3634.220 Model No. RP Accessories Top/bottom covers see page 228 Horizontal rails see page 214 Telescopic slides see page 233 Other accessories for subracks see page 230 Ripac EASY for connectors IEC 60 603-2, 3 U and 6 U U 3 6 Height (H1) mm 132 265.35 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 84 Side panel (T1) mm 175 235 295 175 235 295 Depth (T2) mm 160 220 280 160 220 280 Max. PCB depth mm 160 220 280 160 220 280 3634.150 3634.160 3634.170 3634.230 3634.240 3634.250 Model No. RP Accessories Top/bottom covers see page 228 Horizontal rails see page 214 Telescopic slides see page 233 Other accessories for subracks see page 230 Rittal Brazil RITTAL Sistemas Eletromecânicos Ltda. Av. Cândido Portinari, 1174 VI Jaguara 05114-001 São Paulo-SP Phone: +55 (11) 3622 2377 Fax: +55 (11) 3622 2399 E-mail: info@rittal.com.br www.rittal.com.br Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 213 Parts for Ripac EASY 4 3 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Ripac EASY 84 HP “Standard” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 3U 6U Connector IEC 60 603-2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 Top-hat rail VME J1/J2 Top-hat rail 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 175 160 2 2 3634.695 3634.695 3634.695 3634.720 3634.720 3634.720 235 220 2 2 3634.700 3634.700 3634.700 3634.725 3634.725 3634.725 Model No. RP Model No. RP 295 280 2 2 3634.705 3634.705 3634.705 3634.730 3634.730 3634.730 355 340 2 2 3634.710 3634.710 3634.710 3634.735 3634.735 3634.735 415 400 2 2 3634.715 3634.715 3634.715 3634.740 3634.740 3634.740 Required quantity per subrack Packs of With drilled holes for handles 2 2 3634.745 3634.745 3634.745 3634.750 3634.750 3634.750 Without drilled holes for handles 2 2 3634.746 3634.746 3634.746 3634.751 3634.751 3634.751 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3 Horizontal rails HP Required quantity Packs per of subrack Model No. RP Model No. RP A2 Front, including threaded inserts and screws 2 2 3634.600 3634.600 3634.600 3634.600 3634.600 3634.600 C4 conductive 2 2 3634.615 – – 3634.615 – – C7 for insulating strips 2 2 3634.775 – – 3634.775 – – 2 2 – 3634.620 – – 3634.620 – Rear, for backplanes, including screws C5 Rear, with Z rail for connectors D2 Rear, with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3634.085 – D3 conductive, incl. screw 1 1 – – – 3634.045 – – D1 for insulating strips 1 1 – – – 3684.582 – – Screw for D1 rails 2 100 – – – 3634.430 – – D4 Rear for panel mounting, including threaded inserts and screws 2 2 3634.515 3634.515 3634.515 3634.515 3634.515 3634.515 8 8 3685.274 – – – – – 16 8 – – – 3685.274 – – Rear, centre, for backplanes G Insulating strip 214 for C7 rail for C7 and D1 rails 84 21 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac EASY Ripac EASY 84 HP “Standard” 3U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 6U Connector IEC 60 603-2 Top-hat rail Connector IEC VME J1/J2 60 603-2 Top-hat rail 4 Covers Version 1 (to cover the card space, not for subracks with top-hat rails) Version 2 (to cover the entire subrack) Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm 175 160 235 220 175 100 235 160 295 220 355 415 Model No. RP Model No. RP Required quantity per subrack Packs of Slotted Solid Slotted Solid 2 2 3634.685 3634.675 3634.685 3634.675 2 2 3634.690 3634.680 3634.690 3634.680 2 2 3634.650 3634.625 3634.650 3634.625 2 2 3634.655 3634.630 3634.655 3634.630 2 2 3634.660 3634.635 3634.660 3634.635 280 2 2 3634.665 3634.640 3634.665 3634.640 280 2 2 3634.670 3634.645 3634.670 8 100 3634.233 3634.233 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP HP 84 84 Screws for cover plates version 2 3634.645 Assembly parts for cover plates Side panel depth mm Mounting clips HP 175 min. 4 50 235 min. 4, max. 8 50 295 min. 4, max. 12 50 355 84 min. 4, max. 16 50 415 min. 4, max. 20 50 175 min. 4 100 235 Screws for mounting clips min. 4, max. 8 100 min. 4, max. 12 100 355 min. 4, max. 16 100 415 min. 4, max. 20 100 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 295 84 3634.450 3634.450 3634.450 3634.450 3634.450 3634.450 3634.420 3634.420 3634.420 3634.420 3634.420 3634.420 Top-hat rail and adaptor HP Top-hat rail types TS 35 x 7.5 EN 60 715, 423 mm long 84 Adaptor for top-hat rail mounting, incl. screws M4 x 6 84 1 2 2 4 1 2 Model No. RP Model No. RP – – 3634.780 – – – – – – – – 3634.780 – – 3634.770 – – – – – – – – 3634.770 Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 215 Subrack Ripac Vario Cover plates Page 229 Guide rails Page 235 Assembly kits Page 232 Front panels Page 239 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Supply includes: − Flanges − Side panels − Horizontal rails − Threaded inserts − Insulating strips or Z rails Additionally for EMC version: − Trim sections − EMC gaskets − Roof plates − Mounting blocks Tests: Vibration and shock-tested to IEC 61 587-1 based on: IEC 600-68-2-6 test Fc IEC 600-68-2-27 test Ea T1 T2 H1 Material/Surface finish: − Side panels: 2.5 mm aluminium, clear-chromated − 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges and horizontal rails: Extruded aluminium section, clear-chromated − Cover plates: Aluminium, unplated (EMC version only) Standards: Ripac subracks are based on the system dimensions of IEC 60 297-3, -101, -102, -103. B1 B2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Detailed parts lists: Available on the Internet. Ripac Vario for backplane, 3 U U 3 Height (H1) mm 132 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 Side panel (T1) mm 185 225 245 305 345 365 405 Depth (T2) mm 160 200 220 280 320 340 380 Max. PCB depth mm 160 160 220 280 280 340 340 3684.020 3684.021 3684.022 3685.231 3684.024 3685.232 3684.025 Model No. RP, not EMC Accessories Top/bottom covers see page 229 Horizontal rails see page 218 – 226 Other accessories for subracks see page 232 Ripac Vario for backplane, 4 U and 6 U U 4 (3 + 1) 6 Height (H1) mm 176.45 265.35 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 Side panel (T1) mm 245 185 245 285 345 365 Depth (T2) mm 220 160 220 260 320 340 Max. PCB depth mm 220 160 220 220 280 340 3685.235 3684.043 3684.045 3684.046 3684.047 3685.239 Model No. RP, not EMC 84 Accessories Top/bottom covers Horizontal rails Other accessories for subracks 216 see page 229 see page 218 – 226 see page 232 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Subrack Ripac Vario Ripac Vario EMC for backplane, 3 U and 6 U U 3 6 Height (H1) mm 132 265.35 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 84 Side panel (T1) mm 245 285 285 305 345 405 265 Depth (T2) mm 220 260 260 280 320 380 220 Max. PCB depth mm 160 220 220 220 280 340 160 Model No. RP, EMC 3684.128 3684.129 3684.143 3685.241 3684.130 3684.131 3684.170 EMC for lever handle – – EMC for injector/extractor handle – – – – – Accessories EMC accessories see page 230 Ripac Vario for connectors IEC 60 603-2, 3 U and 6 U U 3 6 Height (H1) mm 132 265.35 Width (B1) mm 482.6 (19˝) 482.6 (19˝) Width (B2) HP 84 84 Side panel (T1) mm 185 225 245 305 365 185 245 Depth (T2) mm 160 200 220 280 340 160 220 Max. PCB depth mm 160 160 220 280 340 160 220 3684.034 3684.035 3684.036 3685.233 3685.234 3684.056 3684.058 Model No. RP, not EMC Accessories Top/bottom covers Horizontal rails Other accessories for subracks see page 229 see page 218 – 226 see page 232 Accessories for Ripac EASY, Ripac Vario and Ripac Vario EMC Identification strips see page 234 Front panels see page 239 ESD contact for front panels see page 237 Earthing inserts for front panels see page 238 Conductive strips see page 221 Guide rails see page 235 ESD contact for guide rails see page 237 Box type plug-in units see page 246 Top and bottom cover plates for box-type plug-in units see page 246 Mounting kits see page 232 Handles see page 233 Handles see page 243 Injector/extractor handles see page 241 Rittal Denmark RITTAL A/S Dybendalsvænget 4 DK-2630 Taastrup Phone: +45 70 25 59 00 Fax: +45 70 25 59 01 E-mail: info@rittal.dk www.rittal.dk Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 217 Parts for Ripac Vario 5 3 4 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 42 HP “Standard” 3U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 6U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 185 160 2 1 3684.511 3684.511 3684.511 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 225 160 2 1 3684.512 3684.512 3684.512 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 245 220 2 1 3684.513 3684.513 3684.513 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 285 220 2 1 3684.514 3684.514 3684.514 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Standard, with drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.622 3684.622 3684.622 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 Standard, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.615 3684.615 3684.615 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 Recessed, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.626 3684.626 3684.626 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 4 1 3684.560 3684.560 – 3684.560 3684.560 – 3 1 – – 3684.560 – – – – 2 1 – – – – – 3684.560 3684.560 3684.565 Model No. RP Model No. RP 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3 Horizontal rails HP A Front and rear (for subracks with rails on the rear) Model No. RP Model No. RP – 2 1 – – – – – 3684.565 1 1 – – 3684.565 – – – – 4 2 3684.608 3684.608 3684.608 3684.608 3684.608 3684.608 3684.608 C1 for backplane 2 1 3684.570 – 3684.570 3684.570 – 3684.570 3684.570 C3 with Z rail for connectors 2 1 – 3686.191 – – 3686.191 – – D1 for backplane 1 1 – – – 3684.580 – – 3684.580 D2 with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3687.600 – – Required quantity per subrack Packs of For subracks with mounting flanges, standard 2 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 For subracks with mounting flanges, recessed 4 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 B Front, with 10 mm extension I Threaded insert (6 x 2 mm) Rear Rear, centre 42 4 Corner trims, rear 218 Model No. RP Model No. RP Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac Vario Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 42 HP “Standard” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 3U VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 6U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 Insulating strips for rails (C1) rear and (D1) rear centre HP G Insulating strip 21 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 4 8 3685.274 – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 – 8 8 – – – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 5 Covers To cover the entire subrack Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm 185 160 2 1 3684.957 3684.957 3684.957 3684.957 3684.957 3684.957 225 160 2 1 3687.623 3687.623 3687.623 3687.623 3687.623 3687.623 3687.623 245 160 2 1 3684.958 3684.958 3684.958 3684.958 3684.958 3684.958 3684.958 285 220 2 1 3685.642 3685.642 3685.642 3685.642 3685.642 3685.642 3685.642 Side panel depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of – 2/ horizontal rail 100 185 min. 4, max. 8 10 225 min. 8, max. 16 10 245 min. 8, max. 20 10 HP 42 Model No. RP Model No. RP Slotted Slotted 3684.957 Assembly parts Screw M4 x 12 for horizontal rails on side panels Mounting blocks @ 28.5 mm for cover plates (max. quantity for max. EMC protection) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 285 min. 8, max. 24 10 Screw M3 x 6 for mounting blocks – 3/ mounting block 100 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 Mounting kit for 482.6 mm (19˝) flange, recessed – 4 4 sets 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 EMC gasket (only for subracks with horizontal rails at the rear) HP Required quantity per subrack Packs of Version 1 – 2 1 3686.975 3686.975 3686.975 3686.977 3686.977 3686.977 3686.977 Version 2 – 2 1 3688.611 3688.611 3688.611 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 for horizontal rails 40 4 1 3684.974 3684.974 3684.974 3684.974 3684.974 3684.974 3684.974 for cover plates 40 4 1 3684.975 3684.975 3684.975 3684.975 3684.975 3684.975 3684.975 EMC gaskets, vertical EMC gaskets, horizontal Model No. RP Model No. RP 3U 6U Rittal Portugal RITTAL – Sistemas Eléctricos e Eléctrónicos, Lda. Z. I. de Rio Meão Rua 8, no 228 4520-475 – Rio Meão Sta Maria da Feira Phone: +351 25678 0210 Fax: +351 25678 0219 E-mail: info@rittal.pt www.rittal.pt Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 219 Parts for Ripac Vario 5 3 4 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “Standard” 3U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 6U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 185 160 2 1 3684.511 3684.511 3684.511 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 225 160 2 1 3684.512 3684.512 3684.512 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 245 220 2 1 3684.513 3684.513 3684.513 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 285 220 2 1 3684.514 3684.514 3684.514 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 305 280 2 1 3684.515 3684.515 3684.515 3684.533 3684.533 3684.533 3684.533 345 280 2 1 3684.516 3684.516 3684.516 3684.534 3684.534 3684.534 3684.534 365 280 2 1 3684.517 3684.517 3684.517 3684.535 3684.535 3684.535 3684.535 405 280 2 1 3684.518 3684.518 3684.518 3684.536 3684.536 3684.536 3684.536 465 280 2 1 3684.520 3684.520 3684.520 3684.538 3684.538 3684.538 3684.538 525 280 2 1 3684.521 3684.521 3684.521 3684.539 3684.539 3684.539 3684.539 585 280 2 1 3684.522 3684.522 3684.522 3684.540 3684.540 3684.540 3684.540 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Standard, with drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.622 3684.622 3684.622 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 Standard, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.615 3684.615 3684.615 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 Recessed, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.626 3684.626 3684.626 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 4 1 3684.562 3684.562 – 3684.562 3684.562 – 3 1 – – 3684.562 – – – – 2 1 – – – – – 3684.562 3684.562 3684.567 Model No. RP Model No. RP 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3 Horizontal rails HP A Front and rear (for subracks with rails on the rear) B Front, with 10 mm extension I Threaded insert (6 x 2 mm) C1 for backplane Rear Rear, centre 220 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP – 2 1 – – – – – 3684.567 1 1 – – 3684.567 – – – – 4 2 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 2 1 3684.572 – 3684.572 3684.572 – 3684.572 3684.572 C3 with Z rail for connectors 2 1 – 3686.159 – – 3686.159 – – D1 for backplane 1 1 – – – 3684.582 – – 3684.582 D2 with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3687.602 – – Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac Vario Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “Standard” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 3U 6U Connector IEC 60 603-2 VME J1/ VME J2 cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 4 Corner trims, rear Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP For subracks with mounting flanges, standard 2 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 For subracks with mounting flanges, recessed 4 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 Conductive/insulating strips for rails (C1) rear and (D1) rear centre HP G Insulating strip 21 H Conductive strip 84 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 8 8 3685.274 – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 – 16 8 – – – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 2 2 3685.273 – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 – 4 2 – – – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 Required quantity per subrack Packs of slotted solid slotted solid 2 1 3684.681 3684.680 3684.681 3684.680 2 1 3685.851 3685.813 3685.851 3685.813 5 Covers Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm – 160 – 220 – 280 2 1 3685.855 3685.814 3685.855 3685.814 185 160 2 1 3684.681 3684.680 3684.681 3684.680 225 160 2 1 3684.694 3684.683 3684.694 3684.683 245 160 2 1 3684.695 3684.684 3684.695 3684.684 285 220 2 1 3684.696 3684.685 3684.696 3684.685 305 220 2 1 3685.852 3684.686 3685.852 3684.686 345 280 2 1 3684.698 3684.687 3684.698 3684.687 365 280 2 1 3685.853 3684.688 3685.853 3684.688 405 280 2 1 3684.700 3684.689 3684.700 3684.689 465 280 2 1 3684.701 3684.691 3684.701 3684.691 525 280 2 1 3684.702 3684.692 3684.702 3684.692 585 280 2 1 3684.703 3684.693 3684.703 3684.693 Side panel depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of – 2/ horizontal rail 100 185 min. 4, max. 8 10 225 min. 8, max. 16 10 245 min. 8, max. 20 10 285 min. 8, max. 24 10 305 min. 8, max. 28 10 345 min. 8, max. 32 10 365 min. 8, max. 36 10 405 min. 8, max. 40 10 465 min. 8, max. 48 10 525 min. 8, max. 56 10 585 min. 8, max. 64 10 Screw M3 x 6 for mounting blocks – 3/ mounting block Mounting kit for 482.6 mm (19˝) flange, recessed – 4 To cover the PCB space To cover the entire subrack HP 84 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Assembly parts Screw M4 x 12 for horizontal rails on side panels Mounting blocks @ 28.5 mm for cover plates (max. quantity for max. EMC protection) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 100 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 4 sets 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 EMC gasket (only for subracks with horizontal rails at the rear) HP Required quantity per subrack Packs of Version 1 – 2 1 3686.975 3686.975 3686.975 3686.977 3686.977 3686.977 Version 2 – 2 1 3688.611 3688.611 3688.611 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 for horizontal rails 84 4 1 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 for cover plates 84 4 1 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 EMC gaskets, vertical EMC gaskets, horizontal Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Model No. RP Model No. RP 3U 6U 3686.977 221 Parts for Ripac Vario 5 3 4 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “Standard” 4 (3 + 1) U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 7 (6 + 1) U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 225 160 2 1 3685.793 3685.793 3685.793 3685.896 3685.896 3685.896 3685.896 245 220 2 1 3685.850 3685.850 3685.850 3685.897 3685.897 3685.897 3685.897 285 220 2 1 3684.523 3684.523 3684.523 3685.743 3685.743 3685.743 3685.743 305 280 2 1 3685.794 3685.794 3685.794 – – – – 345 280 2 1 3684.524 3684.524 3684.524 3685.744 3685.744 3685.744 3685.744 365 280 2 1 3685.795 3685.795 3685.795 – – – – 405 280 2 1 3684.525 3684.525 3684.525 3684.541 3684.541 3684.541 3684.541 465 280 2 1 3685.796 3685.796 3685.796 – – – – Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP Standard, with drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.623 3684.623 3684.623 3684.625 3684.625 3684.625 3684.625 Standard, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.616 3684.616 3684.616 3684.618 3684.618 3684.618 3684.618 Recessed, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.627 3684.627 3684.627 3684.629 3684.629 3684.629 3684.629 Required quantity per subrack Packs of A Front and rear (for subracks with rails on the rear) 6 1 3684.562 3684.562 – 3684.562 3684.562 – – 5 1 – – 3684.562 – – – – 4 1 – – – – – 3684.562 3684.562 B Front, with 10 mm extension 2 1 – – – – – 3684.567 3684.567 1 1 – – 3684.567 – – – – I Threaded insert (6 x 2 mm) 6 2 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 C1 for backplane 2 1 3684.572 – 3684.572 3684.572 – 3684.572 3684.572 C3 with Z rail for connectors 2 1 – 3686.159 – – 3686.159 – – D1 for backplane 1 1 – – – 3684.582 – – 3684.582 D2 with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3687.602 – – 3 Horizontal rails HP Rear Rear, centre 222 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac Vario Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “Standard” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 4 (3 + 1) U 7 (6 + 1) U Connector IEC 60 603-2 VME J1/ VME J2 cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 4 Corner trims, rear Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP For subracks with mounting flanges, standard 2 1 3684.635 3684.635 3684.635 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 For subracks with mounting flanges, recessed 4 1 3684.635 3684.635 3684.635 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 Conductive/insulating strips for rails (C1) rear and (D1) rear centre HP G Insulating strip 21 H Conductive strip 84 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 8 8 3685.274 – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 – 16 8 – – – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 2 2 3685.273 – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 – 4 2 – – – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Slotted Solid Slotted Solid 5 Covers To cover the entire subrack Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm 225 160 2 1 3684.694 3684.683 3684.694 3684.683 245 160 2 1 3684.695 3684.684 3684.695 3684.684 285 220 2 1 3684.696 3684.685 3684.696 3684.685 305 220 2 1 3685.852 3684.686 3685.852 3684.686 345 280 2 1 3684.698 3684.687 3684.698 3684.687 365 280 2 1 3685.853 3684.688 3685.853 3684.688 405 280 2 1 3684.700 3684.689 3684.700 3684.689 465 280 2 1 3684.701 3684.691 3684.701 3684.691 Side panel depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of – 2/ horizontal rail 100 225 min. 8, max. 16 10 245 min. 8, max. 20 10 285 min. 8, max. 24 10 305 min. 8, max. 28 10 345 min. 8, max. 32 10 365 min. 8, max. 36 10 405 min. 8, max. 40 10 465 min. 8, max. 48 10 – 3/ mounting block 100 HP 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Assembly parts Screw M4 x 12 for horizontal rails on side panels Mounting blocks @ 28.5 mm for cover plates (max. quantity for max. EMC protection) Screw M3 x 6 for mounting blocks Model No. RP Model No. RP 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 EMC gasket (only for subracks with horizontal rails at the rear) EMC gaskets, vertical EMC gaskets, horizontal HP Required quantity per subrack Packs of Version 1 – 2 1 3686.976 3686.976 3686.976 3686.978 3686.978 3686.978 Version 2 – 2 1 3688.612 3688.612 3688.612 3688.615 3688.615 3688.615 3688.615 84 1 1 3685.789 3685.789 3685.789 3685.789 3685.789 3685.789 3685.789 between 2 horizontal rails Model No. RP Model No. RP 4 (3 + 1) U 7 (6 + 1) U 3686.978 for horizontal rails 84 6 1 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 for cover plates 84 4 1 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 223 Parts for Ripac Vario 5 3 4 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracksPage 525 Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “heavy-duty” 3U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 6U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 185 160 2 1 3684.511 3684.511 3684.511 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 3684.529 225 160 2 1 3684.512 3684.512 3684.512 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 3684.530 245 220 2 1 3684.513 3684.513 3684.513 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 3684.531 285 220 2 1 3684.514 3684.514 3684.514 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 3684.532 305 280 2 1 3684.515 3684.515 3684.515 3684.533 3684.533 3684.533 3684.533 345 280 2 1 3684.516 3684.516 3684.516 3684.534 3684.534 3684.534 3684.534 365 280 2 1 3684.517 3684.517 3684.517 3684.535 3684.535 3684.535 3684.535 405 280 2 1 3684.518 3684.518 3684.518 3684.536 3684.536 3684.536 3684.536 465 280 2 1 3684.520 3684.520 3684.520 3684.538 3684.538 3684.538 3684.538 525 280 2 1 3684.521 3684.521 3684.521 3684.539 3684.539 3684.539 3684.539 585 280 2 1 3684.522 3684.522 3684.522 3684.540 3684.540 3684.540 3684.540 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP Standard, with drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.622 3684.622 3684.622 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 3684.624 Standard, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.615 3684.615 3684.615 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 3684.617 Recessed, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.626 3684.626 3684.626 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 3684.628 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 4 1 9908.721 9908.721 – 9908.721 9908.721 – 3 1 – – 9908.721 – – – – 2 1 – – – – – 9908.721 9908.721 9908.722 3 Horizontal rails HP A1 Front B2 I Threaded insert (6 x 2 mm) Threaded insert (5 x 2 mm) C6 for backplane Rear Rear, centre 224 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP – 2 1 – – – – – 9908.722 1 1 – – 9908.722 – – – – 4 2 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 2 1 9901.816 – 9901.816 9901.816 – 9901.816 9901.816 2 1 9908.723 – 9908.723 9908.723 – 9908.723 9908.723 C3 with Z rail for connectors 2 1 – 3686.159 – – 3686.159 – – D1 for backplane 1 1 – – – 3684.582 – – 3684.582 D2 with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3687.602 – – Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac Vario Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “heavy-duty” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 3U VME J1/ VME J2 6U Connector IEC 60 6032 cPCI Connector VME J1/J2 IEC 60 6032 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 4 Corner trims, rear Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP For subracks with mounting flanges, standard 2 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 For subracks with mounting flanges, recessed 4 1 3685.276 3685.276 3685.276 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 3685.277 Conductive/insulating strips for rails (C1) rear and (D1) rear centre HP G Insulating strip 21 H Conductive strip 84 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 8 8 3685.274 – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 – 16 8 – – – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 2 2 3685.273 – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 – 4 2 – – – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Slotted Solid Slotted Solid 2 1 3684.681 3684.680 3684.681 3684.680 2 1 3685.851 3685.813 3685.851 3685.813 5 Covers Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm – 160 – 220 – 280 2 1 3685.855 3685.814 3685.855 3685.814 185 160 2 1 3684.681 3684.680 3684.681 3684.680 225 160 2 1 3684.694 3684.683 3684.694 3684.683 245 160 2 1 3684.695 3684.684 3684.695 3684.684 285 220 2 1 3684.696 3684.685 3684.696 3684.685 305 220 2 1 3685.852 3684.686 3685.852 3684.686 345 280 2 1 3684.698 3684.687 3684.698 3684.687 365 280 2 1 3685.853 3684.688 3685.853 3684.688 405 280 2 1 3684.700 3684.689 3684.700 3684.689 465 280 2 1 3684.701 3684.691 3684.701 3684.691 525 280 2 1 3684.702 3684.692 3684.702 3684.692 585 280 2 1 3684.703 3684.693 3684.703 3684.693 Side panel depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of – 2/ horizontal rail 100 185 min. 4, max. 8 10 225 min. 8, max. 16 10 245 min. 8, max. 20 10 285 min. 8, max. 24 10 305 min. 8, max. 28 10 345 min. 8, max. 32 10 365 min. 8, max. 36 10 405 min. 8, max. 40 10 465 min. 8, max. 48 10 525 min. 8, max. 56 10 585 min. 8, max. 64 10 Screw M3 x 6 for mounting blocks – 3/ mounting block Mounting kit for 482.6 mm (19˝) flange, recessed – 4 To cover the PCB space To cover the entire subrack HP 84 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Assembly parts Screw M4 x 12 for horizontal rails on side panels Mounting blocks @ 28.5 mm for cover plates (max. quantity for max. EMC protection) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 100 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 4 sets 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 EMC gasket (only for subracks with horizontal rails at the rear) HP Required quantity per subrack Packs of Version 1 – 2 1 3686.975 3686.975 3686.975 3686.977 3686.977 3686.977 Version 2 – 2 1 3688.611 3688.611 3688.611 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 3688.614 for horizontal rails 84 4 1 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 for cover plates 84 4 1 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 EMC gaskets, vertical EMC gaskets, horizontal Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Model No. RP Model No. RP 3U 6U 3686.977 225 Parts for Ripac Vario 5 3 4 1 2 Overview of horizontal rails Page 247 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “heavy-duty” 4 (3 + 1) U Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. VME J1/ VME J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 7 (6 + 1) U cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 1 Side panels Depth mm Max. PCB depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of 225 160 2 1 3685.793 3685.793 3685.793 3685.896 3685.896 3685.896 3685.896 245 220 2 1 3685.850 3685.850 3685.850 3685.897 3685.897 3685.897 3685.897 285 220 2 1 3684.523 3684.523 3684.523 3685.743 3685.743 3685.743 3685.743 305 280 2 1 3685.794 3685.794 3685.794 – – – – 345 280 2 1 3684.524 3684.524 3684.524 3685.744 3685.744 3685.744 3685.744 365 280 2 1 3685.795 3685.795 3685.795 – – – – 405 280 2 1 3684.525 3684.525 3684.525 3684.541 3684.541 3684.541 3684.541 465 280 2 1 3685.796 3685.796 3685.796 – – – – Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 2 Flange 482.6 mm (19˝) Model No. RP Model No. RP Standard, with drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.623 3684.623 3684.623 3684.625 3684.625 3684.625 Standard, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.616 3684.616 3684.616 3684.618 3684.618 3684.618 3684.618 Recessed, without drilled holes for handles 2 1 3684.627 3684.627 3684.627 3684.629 3684.629 3684.629 3684.629 Required quantity per subrack Packs of 4 1 9908.721 9908.721 9908.721 9908.721 9908.721 – – 3 1 – – – – – 9908.721 9908.721 A31) 1 1 9904.745 9904.745 – 9904.745 9904.745 – – A42) 1 1 – – – – – 3688.704 – B2 1 1 – – – – – 9908.722 9908.722 1 1 – – 3687.724 – – 3687.724 3687.724 6 2 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3650.310 3684.625 3 Horizontal rails HP A1 Front B1 I Threaded insert (6 x 2 mm) 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Threaded insert (5 x 2 mm) 2 1 9901.816 – 9901.816 9901.816 – 9901.816 9901.816 C6 for backplane 2 1 9908.723 – 9908.723 9908.723 – 9908.723 9908.723 C3 with Z rail for connectors 2 1 – 3686.159 – – 3686.159 – – D1 for backplane 1 1 – – – 3684.582 – – 3684.582 D2 with Z rail for connectors 1 1 – – – – 3687.602 – – Rear Rear, centre 1) A3 2) A4 226 horizontal rail is also used to divide 6 U PCB space into 2 x 3 U for VME/subrack connector. horizontal rail is also used to divide 6 U PCB space into 2 x 3 U for cPCI subrack. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Parts for Ripac Vario Ripac Vario (EMC-upgradable) 84 HP “heavy-duty” Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 4 (3 + 1) U 7 (6 + 1) U Connector IEC 60 603-2 VME J1/ VME J2 cPCI VME J1/J2 Connector IEC 60 603-2 cPCI, VME64x with J0 VME64x without J0 4 Corner trims, rear Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP For subracks with mounting flanges, standard 2 1 3684.635 3684.635 3684.635 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 For subracks with mounting flanges, recessed 4 1 3684.635 3684.635 3684.635 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 3684.637 Conductive/insulating strips for rails (C1) rear and (D1) rear centre HP G Insulating strip 21 H Conductive strip 84 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Model No. RP Model No. RP 8 8 3685.274 – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 – 16 8 – – – 3685.274 – – 3685.274 2 2 3685.273 – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 – 4 2 – – – 3685.273 – – 3685.273 Required quantity per subrack Packs of Slotted Solid Slotted Solid 5 Covers Side panel depth mm Max. PCB depth mm 225 160 2 1 3684.694 3684.683 3684.694 3684.683 245 160 2 1 3684.695 3684.684 3684.695 3684.684 285 220 2 1 3684.696 3684.685 3684.696 3684.685 305 220 2 1 3685.852 3684.686 3685.852 3684.686 345 280 2 1 3684.698 3684.687 3684.698 3684.687 365 280 2 1 3685.853 3684.688 3685.853 3684.688 405 280 2 1 3684.700 3684.689 3684.700 3684.689 465 280 2 1 3684.701 3684.691 3684.701 3684.691 Side panel depth mm Required quantity per subrack Packs of – 4/ horizontal rail 100 225 min. 8, max. 16 10 245 min. 8, max. 20 10 285 min. 8, max. 24 10 305 min. 8, max. 28 10 345 min. 8, max. 32 10 365 min. 8, max. 36 10 405 min. 8, max. 40 10 465 min. 8, max. 48 10 Screw M3 x 6 for mounting blocks – 3/ mounting block Mounting kit for 482.6 mm (19˝) flange, recessed – 4 To cover the entire subrack HP 84 Model No. RP Model No. RP Assembly parts Screw M4 x 12 for horizontal rails on side panels Mounting blocks @ 28.5 mm for cover plates (max. quantity for max. EMC protection) Model No. RP Model No. RP 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3654.300 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 3684.234 100 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 3684.233 4 set 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 3687.015 EMC gasket (only for subracks with horizontal rails at the rear) HP Model No. RP 4 (3 + 1) U 7 (6 + 1) U Version 1 – 2 1 3686.976 3686.976 3686.976 3686.978 3686.978 3686.978 Version 2 – 2 1 3688.612 3688.612 3688.612 3688.615 3688.615 3688.615 3688.615 for horizontal rails 84 6 1 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 3684.808 for cover plates 84 4 1 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 3684.807 EMC gaskets, vertical EMC gaskets, horizontal Model No. RP Required quan- Packs tity per subrack of Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 3686.978 227 Ripac EASY Covers Covers Version 1 For subracks Ripac EASY ● Perforated or solid ● Optional screw-fastening to the side panels with mounting clips for additional support HP Covers version 1, slide-in: The covers simply slide into the front and rear horizontal rails. Covers version 2, slide-in/screw-fastening, for retrospective installation/removal: In this application, additional horizontal rails are installed at the rear for panel mounting. Covers can be fitted over the horizontal rails for backplane/connector mounting. Version 1 Version 2 For side panel depth Slotted mm Solid Model No. RP 84 175 – 3634.675 84 175 – 3634.685 84 235 – 3634.680 84 235 – 3634.690 Solid Model No. RP Version 21) HP For side panel depth Slotted mm 84 175 – 3634.625 The covers simply slide into the front horizontal rails and are screw-fastened to the rear horizontal rails for panel mounting. 84 175 – 3634.650 84 235 – 3634.630 84 235 – 3634.655 Material: Aluminium 84 295 – 3634.635 84 295 – 3634.660 Supply includes: 2 cover plates 84 355 – 3634.640 84 355 – 3634.665 84 415 – 3634.645 84 415 – 3634.670 Also required: 1) Assembly screws M3 x 6 with Torx drive T10, packs of 100, Model No. RP 3634.233, see page 250. Accessories: Mounting clips Packs of Model No. RP 50 3634.450 Assembly screws for mounting clips 228 Packs of Model No. RP 100 3634.420 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Ripac Vario Covers Covers For all subracks Ripac Vario, Ripac Vario EMC. To cover the overall subrack depth (EMC application) or as connector protection. ● Flat design for top and bottom ● Optionally solid or slotted ● For mounting on the subrack side panel with the aid of mounting blocks Material: 1.0 mm aluminium, unplated, hole diameter 4 mm in perforated version. Note: For EMC applications, additional mounting blocks must be fitted across the entire subrack depth. Also required: − Mounting blocks, see page 231. − EMC gaskets for covers, see page 231. − Assembly screws, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3684.233, see page 250. Supply includes: 1 cover plate HP For side panel depth (T) mm Cover plate depth (d1) mm Slotted Solid Model No. RP 3684.957 42 175 142 – 42 225 192 – 3687.623 42 245 212 – 3684.958 42 285 252 – 3685.642 – 3684.680 84 84 175 225 142 192 84 235 202 84 245 212 84 285 252 84 295 262 84 305 272 84 345 312 84 365 332 84 405 372 84 465 432 84 84 525 585 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 492 552 – 3684.681 – 3684.683 – 3684.694 – 3685.813 – 3685.851 – 3684.684 – 3684.695 – 3684.685 – 3684.696 – 3685.814 – 3685.855 – 3684.686 – 3685.852 – 3684.687 – 3684.698 – 3684.688 – 3685.853 – 3684.689 – 3684.700 3684.691 – – 3684.701 – 3684.692 – 3684.702 – 3684.693 – 3684.703 T d1 229 Accessories for subracks Components for EMC installation EMC gaskets, vertical A A Version 1: segmented To ensure EMC protection between the subrack side panel and the front/rear panels. There are two versions available. U Packs of Model No. RP 1 1 3686.973 3 1 3686.975 Suitable for mounting on: ● 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges for subracks ● Corner trims, rear ● EMC contact strip ● U-channel front panels ● Trim panels for Ripac Vario-Module ● Flanges for Ripac Vario-Module 4 1 3686.976 6 1 3686.977 7 1 3686.978 U Packs of Model No. RP 3 1 3688.611 4 1 3688.612 6 1 3688.614 7 1 3688.615 EMC contact strip U Packs of Model No. RP To ensure EMC protection when horizontal rails are set-back. Integral channel to accommodate EMC gaskets. 3 1 3684.643 6 1 3684.644 Material: Stainless steel B Version 2: one-piece B Material: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: Clear-chromated Also required: Note: 2 sections are required for each subrack. − EMC gaskets, vertical, see page 230. − Assembly screws M3 x 6, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3684.233, see page 250. − Mounting kit for gland plates, Model No. RP 3687.015, see page 219. EMC gaskets, horizontal (K) Usable width (HP) For horizontal EMC protection. For snap-fastening onto the front horizontal rails. For top/bottom horizontal rail Material: Stainless steel Model No. RP 40 1 3684.974 84 1 3684.808 For sub-division of 6 U into 2 x 3 U, between 2 horizontal rails 84 230 Packs of 1 3685.789 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Components for EMC installation/assembly kits EMC gaskets HP Packs of Model No. RP for covers For EMC shielding between the horizontal rails and covers. 84 1 3684.807 Material: Stainless steel Mounting blocks For mounting the covers on the side panel of the subrack. Mounting blocks 28.5 mm long Packs of Model No. RP 10 3684.234 Material: Die-cast Surface finish: Nickel-plated Note: For EMC applications, mounting blocks must be fitted across the entire subrack depth. The table here shows the number of mounting blocks required to install 1 cover plate with EMC shielding. Vertical divider kit For the combined installation of single and double Euroboards in 6 U and 9 U subracks. Also required: Assembly screws M3 x 6, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3684.233, see page 250. Number of mounting blocks for max. EMC protection Multi-level screening plate depth mm 4 142 8 192 10 212 12 252 14 272 16 312 18 332 20 372 24 432 28 492 32 552 HP HP 1 (2 x 3 U) 2 (6 U) Model No. RP 14 68 3684.220 Material: Aluminium 21 61 3684.221 28 54 3684.222 Surface finish: Clear-chromated 42 40 3684.224 Supply includes: − 2 horizontal rails, front − 1 adaptor rail − 2 threaded inserts − 1 vertical support (from 12 HP) − Assembly parts Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories: − Front panel, see page 239. − Front panel 6 U x 2 HP to conceal the vertical support, see page 239. 1 2 231 Accessories for subracks Mounting kits Horizontal mounting kit For the horizontal installation of 6 U/9 U PCBs in 3 U/4 U subracks. For backplane assembly with standard horizontal rail, front Application for 3 U subrack 6 for VME, connector 3684.206 1 Horizontal installation space: 1 2 3 U subrack: 20 HP (5 slots) 4 U Subrack: 28 HP (7 slots) 2 Vertical installation space: (when installing double Euroboards) 31 HP (without trim frame) 28 HP (with trim frame) For backplane assembly, front horizontal rail with 10 mm extension Surface finish: Clear-chromated Trim frame for horizontal mounting kit To conceal the front sections of the horizontal mounting kit. Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Anodised Trim frame, vented for horizontal mounting kit To conceal the front sections of the horizontal mounting kit. Material: Aluminium Surface finish: − Anodised − Clear-chromated (EMC version) Supply includes: 2 EMC gaskets, horizontal, 20 HP (with EMC version) Model No. RP U Horizontal Material: Aluminium Supply includes: − 2 horizontal rails, front − 2 horizontal rails, rear − 1 horizontal rail, rear, centre (only for 3688.027) − 2 threaded inserts − 2 or 4 insulating strips − 4 connection parts − Assembly parts Model No. RP U Horizontal Application for 3 U subrack 6 for VME 64x without P0 3684.210 6 for cPCI, VME 64x with P0 3688.027 Accessories: Trim frame, see page 232. U Horizontal HP 6 56 Model No. RP for 3 U subrack 3685.783 Also required: − Collar screws, packs of 100, Model No. RP 3685.097, see page 250. − Plastic collars, packs of 100, Model No. RP 3687.021, see page 250. U Horizontal HP 6 63 Model No. RP for 3 U subrack 3685.787 Also required: − Collar screws, packs of 100, Model No. RP 3685.097, see page 250. − Plastic collars, packs of 100, Model No. RP 3687.021, see page 250. EMC version U Horizontal HP 6 63 Model No. RP for 3 U subrack 3688.041 EMC gasket, vertical, 3 U, see page 230. Also required: − Slotted centering screws, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3687.050, see page 250. − Posidrive centering screws, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3687.051, see page 250. 232 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks General Handles For To fit all subracks and component shelves For fitting on the subrack flange with handle holes and on all component shelves. Subracks 3 U and 4 U Material: Die-cast zinc Subracks 6 U and 7 U Packs of Model No. RP 2 3636.010 2 3666.010 Component shelves Surface finish: Spray-finished, silver-grey Supply includes: Assembly parts. Telescopic slides Facilitate optimum accessibility to the units, even when built-in. For up to a maximum enclosure width of 426 mm. For enclosure depth mm Maximum extension mm Model No. RP 600 511,2 3659.180 800 596,4 3659.190 Load capacity: 30 kg Material: Sheet steel Note: May only be fitted in conjunction with flat 482.6 mm (19˝) sections! Supply includes: 1 set = 2 telescopic slides, divider kit, assembly parts. Threaded insert (I) With M2.5 threaded holes on an HP pitch pattern. For sliding into the horizontal rail. There are two threaded insert versions, which are distinguished by their height. Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Door cut-out trim for subracks Model No. RP 6 x 2 mm Usable width (HP) Packs of 42 84 84 5 x 2 mm for horizontal rails Type A, A1, A3, A4, B, B1, B2, C3 Type A2, C5, C6, C7, D4 1 3684.608 – 2 3650.310 – 1 – 9901.816 Width Packs of Model No. UN 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 3634.070 Material: Aluminium Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 233 Accessories for subracks General Adaptor rail, rear, centre (E) Usable width (HP) Packs of Model No. RP 42 1 3684.590 84 1 3684.591 When subdividing e.g. 6 U into 2 x 3 U, the adaptor rail accommodates the guide rails when fastened to the centre horizontal rail. ● HP pitch pattern of holes for the precise installation of guide rails ● M4 and M2.5 thread on the end face ● Straight-through core hole Material: Extruded aluminium section Also required: Assembly screws M4 x 12, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.300, see page 250. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Clear-chromated Z rail for connector IEC 60 603-2 (F) Usable width (HP) Packs of 20 1 3684.599 42 1 3684.600 84 2 3685.271 For converting a subrack for backplane with connectors. Model No. RP Material: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: Clear-chromated Note: The Z rail for connectors is fitted without insulating strips or conductive strips. Mounting, see page 247 – 249. Identification strip (J) To identify the slots on the subrack, self-adhesive. The following versions are available. 4 mm wide: ● for horizontal rails ● for rear horizontal rails 2 mm wide: ● for front horizontal rails (channel on front face) 234 Also required: Assembly screws M2.5 x 6, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.340, see page 250. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For horizontal rail Width mm Label Packs Model No. of RP At the front 4 1 ... 84 1 3687.575 Rear 4 1 ... 168 1 3687.577 At the front 4 84 ... 1 1 3687.574 At the front 2 1 ... 84 1 3687.576 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Guide rails Plastic guide rails Snap-in fastening/screw-fastening1) For 160, 220 and 280 mm PCBs up to 2 mm nominal thickness. 2 versions are available: ● Snap-in fastening and screw-fastening ● Snap-in fastening Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.048 220 10 3688.049 280 10 3688.052 PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.045 220 10 3688.046 280 10 3688.047 Snap-in fastening Also required: Assembly screws,Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.360, see page 250. 1) Plastic guide rails for contact spring fitting For 160, 220 and 280 mm PCBs up to 2 mm nominal thickness. By installing contact springs, an electrical connection can be made between the PCB and the assembly. Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.053 220 10 3688.054 280 10 3688.056 Accessories: Contact springs, see page 235. Contact springs For electrical connection between the PCB and the subrack, or to discharge static charges from the PCB. Suitable for installation in guide rails for contact spring fitting and end pieces for guide rails. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Packs of Model No. RP 10 3687.726 235 Accessories for subracks Guide rails Guide rails, aluminium 1 Without end pieces1) For high loads. Suitable for nominal PCB thicknesses from 1.6 mm. A distinction is made between guide rails for and without end pieces. The guide rails without end pieces are screwfastened directly into the horizontal rail. 1 2 Material: Aluminium PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.064 220 10 3688.065 280 10 3688.066 Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.057 220 10 3688.058 280 10 3688.059 2 For end pieces PCB depth mm Also required: − Screw M2.5 x 6, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.340, see page 250. − 1) Nut M2.5, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.370, see page 250. − 1) Retaining cage M2.5, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 9901.417, see page 251. 1) End pieces for guide rails, aluminium To discharge static charges, contact springs RP 3687.726 may be used. Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V1 Keyable guide rails, plastic Guide rails 4 HP, keyable, to IEEE 1101.10. ● For 1.6 – 2.0 mm nominal thickness ● Chambers for the installation of keys ● Option of installing ESD contacts to discharge static charges ● Narrow design for maximum air flow 1 ESD contact for guide rail 2 ESD contact for front panel 3 Keys End piece front and rear Packs of Model No. RP 10 pairs 3688.028 Accessories: Contact springs, see page 235. For PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3685.257 220 10 3685.258 280 10 3685.259 Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 Colour: Grey Note: Only for use in conjunction with type IV, IVs, VII injector/extractor handles. 1 Accessories: 3 236 2 − Keys, see page 238 − ESD contact, see page 237 − Extractor handles type IV, IVs, VII, see page 241. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Guide rails Keyable guide rails with 1/2 HP offset Guide rails with 1/2 HP offset for use in telecom applications. This allows PCBs to be populated on both sides. Green guide rails with offset are prescribed in the CompactPCI standard (PICMG 2.11) for the installation of power supply units. ● For 1.6 – 2.0 mm PCB thickness ● 4 HP x 160/220 mm ● Narrow design for maximum air flow ● Chambers for the installation of keys ● Option of installing ESD contacts to discharge static charges Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 For PCB depth mm Packs of Model No. RP 160 10 3688.062 220 10 3688.060 Accessories: − Keys, see page 238 − ESD contact, see page 237 − Extractor handles type IVs, VII with 1/2 HP offset, see page 241. Note: Only suitable for use in conjunction with extractor handles typeIVs, VII with 1/2 HP offset. Colour: Grey Guide rails For PCB depth mm Packs of 160 10 3606.140 220 10 3606.200 For keyable guide rails Packs of Model No. RP 160 mm 1 3687.924 for box type plug-in units For PCB depth 1.6 mm. For insertion into cover plates with vent slots (from 12 HP), see page 246. Model No. RP Material: Noryl Air block panel for unused slots To conceal unused slots and prevent unwanted airflow. The air block panel simply snaps into position on the guide rails. Material: Polycarbonate, self-extinguishing to UL 94-V0 Note: Not suitable for use in conjunction with guide rails with 1/2 HP offset. Colour: Blue ESD contact ESD contact for for installation in keyable guide rails To discharge static charges. 1 ESD contact for guide rail Packs of Model No. RP Guide rail 50 3684.204 Front panel 50 3684.205 For permanent direct discharge from the PCB. 2 ESD contact for front panel To discharge static charges in conjunction with the ESD pin. For insertion into the end piece of the guide rail. Note: Only for use in conjunction with extractor handle with ESD pin (type IV, IVs, VII), see page 241. 3 3 ESD pin 2 1 4 Keys 1 Material: 1 Stainless steel 2 Tin bronze, tin-plated 4 2 1 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 2 1 237 Accessories for subracks Guide rails Earthing inserts for front panels Packs of Model No. RP 50 3606.010 Allows easy connection of the front panel to the mounting angle. Material: Spring steel Surface finish: Clear-chromated Keys Keys are used for coding of board-type plug-in units. They prevent the use of assemblies in incorrect slots. The keys are inserted into the chambers of the keyable guide rails and the injector/ extractor handles, types IV, IVs and VII (4 positions are possible). This produces 64 keying combinations per guide rail. When keying the top and bottom guide rail, 4096 potential combinations are possible. Colour Packs of Model No. RP Grey 100 3684.325 Red 100 3684.326 Standards: IEEE 1101.10, IEC 60 297-5-104 Material: Plastic, PBTP, basic material to UL 94-V0 7.6 4.4 PCB ejector/retainer The two-piece PCB ejector is used for securing and extracting PCBs without front panels. The base section may also be used separately for board retention only. PCB ejector/retainer 0.1 2.1 2.4 2.4 Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4 Packs of Model No. RP 10 pairs 3687.014 Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 238 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Front panels as filler panels Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Front panels (unhinged) as filler panels Ventilation Material Surface finish Flat front panel Aluminium Natural anodised U-channel front panel Aluminium Clearchromated with without Design EMC NonEMC HP Thickness/ nominal Packs width of mm Model No. RP 1U 3U 4U 6U 7U – – – 2 2.5/9.8 1 – 3684.889 – 3684.911 – – 3 2.5/14.9 1 – 3684.890 – 3684.912 – – – 4 2.5/20.0 1 – 3684.891 – 3684.913 – – – 5 2.5/25.1 1 – 3684.892 – 3684.914 – – – 6 2.5/30.2 1 – 3684.893 – – – – – – 7 2.5/35.3 1 – 3684.894 – – – – 8 2.5/40.3 1 – 3684.895 – 3684.917 – – – 10 2.5/50.5 1 – 3684.896 – 3684.918 – – – 12 2.5/60.7 1 – 3684.897 – 3684.919 – – – 14 2.5/70.8 1 – 3684.898 – 3684.920 – – – – 20 2.5/101.3 1 – 3684.899 – – – – 21 2.5/106.4 1 – 3684.900 – – – – – 28 2.5/141.9 1 – 3684.902 – 3684.924 – – – – 40 2.5/202.9 1 – 3684.903 3684.976 – – – 42 2.5/213.0 1 – 3684.904 3684.908 3684.925 – – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 – – 85 2.5/431.5 1 – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 3684.886 3684.907 3684.910 3684.927 3684.930 3684.744 – 3684.746 – 3684.812 3684.814 – – – – – – – 2 2.5/9.8 1 – 3684.755 – 3684.781 – – 3 2.5/14.9 1 – 3687.989 – – – – – 4 2.5/20.0 1 – 3684.756 – 3684.782 – – – 5 2.5/25.1 1 – 3684.757 – 3684.783 – – – 6 2.5/30.2 1 – 3684.758 – 3684.784 – – – 7 2.5/35.3 1 – 3684.759 – – – – – 8 2.5/40.3 1 – 3684.760 – 3684.786 – – – 10 2.5/50.5 1 – 3684.761 – 3684.787 – – – 12 2.5/60.7 1 – 3684.762 – 3684.788 – – – – 14 2.5/70.8 1 – 3684.763 – 3684.789 – – 20 2.5/101.3 1 – 3688.007 – 3688.016 – – – 21 2.5/106.4 1 – 3688.008 – – – – – 28 2.5/141.9 1 – 3688.009 – 3688.017 – – – 40 2.5/202.9 1 – 3688.010 – – – – – 42 2.5/213.0 1 – 3688.011 3688.014 3688.018 3688.025 – – 60 2.5/304.5 1 – 3688.012 – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 3688.006 3688.013 3688.015 3688.022 3688.026 – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 3688.029 3688.030 HP 84 – 3688.019 – – – – Front panels (hinged) Ventilation Material Surface finish Flat front panel, vertically hinged Aluminium Natural anodised Flat front panel, horizontally hinged Aluminium Natural anodised Aluminium Clearchromated U-shaped front panel, horizontally hinged Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Design with without EMC NonEMC – – Thickness/ nominal Packs width of mm 2.5/425.8 1 Model No. RP 1U 3U 4U 6U 7U – 3652.610 – 3652.630 – – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 – 3652.510 – 3652.530 – – – 85 2.5/431.5 1 – 3684.291 – 3684.293 – – – 84 2.5/426.4 1 – 3688.031 3688.032 3688.038 3688.039 239 Accessories for subracks Front panels as filler panels Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Assembly parts Design of front panel Slotted collar screw M2.5 x 11 Plastic collar, material PA-VO Slotted centering screw M2.5 x 11 Posidrive centering screw M2.5 x 11 Width of the front panel Required quantity per front panel Packs of EMC NonEMC – 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 HP 2 100 – 10, 12, 14, 20, 28, 42 HP 4 100 – 84, 85 HP 6 100 – 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 HP 2 100 – 10, 12, 14, 20, 28, 42 HP 4 100 – 84, 85 HP 6 100 – 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 HP 2 100 – 8, 10, 12, 14, 20, 21 HP 4 100 – 28, 40, 42 HP 6 100 – 84 HP 10 100 – 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 HP 2 100 – 8, 10, 12, 14, 20, 21 HP 4 100 – 28, 40, 42 HP 6 100 – 84 HP 10 100 Subrack type Required quantity per front panel Packs of Model No. RP 1U 3U 4U 6U 7U 3685.097 3685.097 3685.097 3685.097 3685.097 3687.021 3687.021 3687.021 3687.021 3687.021 3687.050 3687.050 3687.050 3687.050 3687.050 3687.051 3687.051 3687.051 3687.051 3687.051 Vertical EMC gaskets Design of front panel EMC NonEMC Version 1 – Standard 1 1 Version 2 – Heavy-duty 1 1 Model No. RP 1U 3U 4U 6U 7U 3686.973 3686.975 3686.976 3686.977 3686.978 – 3688.611 3688.612 3688.614 3688.615 Rittal France RITTAL SAS ZA des Grands Godets 880 rue Marcel Paul 94507 Champigny sur Marne Cedex Phone: +33 (0) 1 49 83 60 00 Fax: +33 (0) 1 49 83 82 06 E-mail: info@rittal.fr www.rittal.fr 240 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Front panels for type I, II, IV, IVs and VII handles Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Front panels for type I, II, IV, IVs and VII handles Design Flat front panel U-channel front panel Material Surface finish Aluminium Natural anodised Aluminium Clear-chromated Model No. RP EMC NonEMC HP Thickness/ nominal width mm Packs of 3U 6U 3685.508 – 4 2.5/20.0 1 3685.500 – 5 2.5/25.1 1 3685.501 – – 7 2.5/35.3 1 3685.503 – – 8 2.5/40.3 1 – 3685.512 – 4 2.5/20.0 1 3685.524 3685.532 – 5 2.5/25.1 1 3685.525 – – 6 2.5/30.2 1 3685.526 – – 7 2.5/35.3 1 3685.527 – – 8 2.5/40.3 1 – 3685.536 – 12 2.5/60.7 1 3685.530 3685.538 HP Required quantity per front panel Packs of 3U Type I, II, IV, IVs and VII handles Design Subrack type Colour Offset Internal mounting ESD pin Bottom Grey Type I extractor handle, lever 15 mm long VME, connector – – Black Grey Type II extractor handles, lever 30 mm long VME, connector – – Black Type IV injector/extractor handle, lever 38 mm long Type IVs injector/extractor handle, lever 38 mm long (with red push-button) Grey VME64x, cPCI – Black Black – VME64x, cPCI Black Injector/extractor handle type VII, plastic (Telecom), lever 51 mm high VME64x, cPCI Injector/extractor handle type VII, metal (Telecom), lever 61.3 mm high VME64x, cPCI Black Black Clear 1/ 2 HP – 1/ 2 HP – Top Model No. RP 6U – 1 1 3685.587 – 2 1 – 3685.587 – 1 1 3685.589 – 2 1 – 3685.589 4 – 1 1 3685.588 – 2 1 – 3685.588 – 1 1 3685.590 – 2 1 – 3685.590 – 1 1 3686.900 3686.900 – 1 1 – 3686.901 – 1 1 3686.902 3686.902 4 4 – 1 1 – 3686.903 – 1 1 3688.771 3688.771 – 1 1 – 3688.770 – 1 1 3688.773 3688.773 – 1 1 – 3688.772 – 1 1 3688.785 3688.785 – 1 1 – 3688.784 – 1 1 3688.781 3688.781 – 1 1 – 3688.780 – 1 1 3688.791 3688.791 1 1 – 3688.790 Width of the front panel Required quantity per front panel Packs of – 4 4 4 Assembly parts Design of front panel Model No. RP EMC NonEMC PCB holder LP die-cast DIN with thread 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 HP 1 10 3685.198 – Oval countersunk-screw M2.5 x 8 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12 HP 1 100 3685.282 – 4, 5, 6, 7 HP 1 3685.097 – Slotted collar screw M2.5 x 11 – 8, 10, 12 HP 4, 5, 6, 7 HP Plastic collar, material PA-VO – 8, 10, 12 HP 4, 5, 6, 7 HP Slotted centering screw M2.5 x 11 – 8, 10, 12 HP 4, 5, 6, 7 HP Posidrive centering screw M2.5 x 11 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures – 8, 10, 12 HP 3 100 2 1 3 100 2 1 3 100 2 1 3 2 100 3U 6U 3685.097 – – 3685.097 3687.021 – 3687.021 – – 3687.021 3687.050 – 3687.050 – – 3687.050 3687.051 – 3687.051 – – 3687.051 241 Accessories for subracks Front panels for type I, II, IV, IVs and VII handles Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Vertical EMC gaskets Design of front panel Subrack type Required quantity per front panel Packs of Model No. RP EMC NonEMC 3U 6U Version 1 – Standard 1 1 3686.975 3686.977 Version 2 – Heavy-duty 1 1 3688.611 3688.614 Required quantity per front panel Packs of 3U 6U 1 10 3684.410 3684.410 1 10 3684.411 3684.411 1 1 set 3686.536 3686.536 Microswitch and mounting clip Description Micro-switch without cable, without connector Switching load: 50 mA, 30 V DC Service life/switching cycles: – For nominal load: 30.000 – Mechanical: 50.000 Micro-switch mounting clip Plastic Micro-switch with cable and connector, fully assembled including mounting clip – Connector: Type Molex 51021-0300 – 3 cables 25 mm x #32 AWG – Mounting clip: Plastic For handle type IV, IVs, VII Model No. RP Rittal Germany RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 D-35726 Herborn Phone: +49(0)2772 505-0 Fax: +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de www.rittal.com 242 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for subracks Front panels and type V, VI handles Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Front panels for type V, VI handles Design Material Flat front panel Aluminium U-channel front panel Aluminium Surface finish Natural anodised Clear-chromated EMC NonEMC HP Thickness/ nominal width mm Packs of Model No. RP 3U 6U 3685.579 – 4 2.5/20.0 1 3685.570 – 5 2.5/25.1 1 3685.571 – – 6 2.5/30.2 1 3685.572 3685.581 – 7 2.5/35.2 1 3685.573 – – 8 2.5/40.3 1 3685.574 3685.583 – 10 2.5/50.5 1 3685.575 3685.584 – 12 2.5/60.6 1 3685.576 – – 14 2.5/70.8 1 3685.577 3685.586 – 4 2.5/20.0 1 – 3687.758 – 8 2.5/40.3 1 – 3687.760 – 10 2.5/50.5 1 – 3687.756 HP Required quantity per front panel Packs of 3U 1 1 3685.491 – 2 1 – 3685.491 1 1 3685.492 – 2 1 – 3685.492 1 1 3685.493 – 2 1 – 3685.493 1 1 3685.496 – 2 1 – 3685.496 1 1 3685.497 – 2 1 – 3685.497 1 1 3685.498 – 2 1 – 3685.498 1 1 3685.596 – 2 1 – 3685.596 1 1 3685.597 – 2 1 – 3685.597 1 1 3685.598 – 2 1 – 3685.598 1 1 3685.599 – 2 1 – 3685.599 1 1 3685.600 – 2 1 – 3685.600 1 1 3685.601 – 2 1 – 3685.601 1 1 3685.602 – 2 1 – 3685.602 1 1 3685.603 – 2 1 – 3685.603 1 1 3685.606 – 2 1 – 3685.606 Type V, VI handles Subrack type Material/surface finish Internal mounting Colour Grey Handle type V VME, connector Plastic Black Handle type V, aluminium Handle type VI, aluminium VME, connector VME, connector Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Aluminium, anodised Aluminium, anodised Clear Clear Bottom Top – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 8 12 4 8 12 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 Model No. RP 6U 1 1 3685.607 – 2 1 – 3685.607 1 1 3685.608 – 2 1 – 3685.608 1 1 3685.609 – 2 1 – 3685.609 1 1 3685.610 – 2 1 – 3685.610 1 1 3685.611 – 2 1 – 3685.611 1 1 3685.612 – 2 1 – 3685.612 1 1 3685.613 – 2 1 – 3685.613 243 Accessories for subracks Front panels and type V, VI handles Detailed drawings and assembly: Available on the Internet. Assembly parts Design of front panel EMC NonEMC PCB holder on front panel Mounting kit for type V handles, plastic Mounting kit for type V, VI handles, aluminium Width of the front panel 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 14 HP 4, 8, 12 HP 4, 5 HP 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 14 HP Model No. RP Required quantity per front panel Packs of 1 10 3606.330 – 2 10 – 3606.330 1 1 3687.519 – 2 1 – 3687.519 1 1 3687.146 – 2 1 – 3687.146 2 1 3687.146 – 4 1 – 3687.146 3U 6U – 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 HP 2 100 3685.097 3685.097 – 10, 12, 14 HP 4 100 3685.097 3685.097 – 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 HP 2 100 3687.021 3687.021 – 10, 12, 14 HP 4 100 3687.021 3687.021 Slotted centering screw M2.5 x 11 – 4 HP 2 100 3687.050 3687.050 – 8, 10 HP 4 100 3687.050 3687.050 Posidrive centering screw M2.5 x 11 – 4 HP 2 100 3687.051 3687.051 – 8, 10 HP 4 100 3687.051 3687.051 HP Quantity required per handle, type V, aluminium Packs of 3U 6U 4 1 1 3685.747 3685.747 5 1 1 3685.748 3685.748 6 1 1 3685.749 3685.749 7 1 1 3685.750 3685.750 Slotted collar screw M2.5 x 11 Plastic collar, material PA-VO Identification strips for type V handles, aluminium Handle Identification strips for type V handles, aluminium Type V Thickness mm Material Aluminium 0,7 Surface finish Natural anodised Model No. RP 8 1 1 3685.751 3685.751 10 1 1 3685.752 3685.752 12 1 1 3685.753 3685.753 14 1 1 3685.754 3685.754 Required quantity per front panel Packs of Vertical EMC gaskets Design of front panel Subrack type EMC NonEMC Version 1 – Standard 1 Version 2 – Heavy-duty 1 Model No. RP 3U 6U 1 3686.975 3686.977 1 3688.611 3688.614 Rittal Netherlands RITTAL BV Hengelder 56 Postbus 246 6900 AE Zevenaar Phone: +31 (0) 316 59 16 60 Fax: +31 (0) 316 52 51 45 E-mail: sales@rittal.nl www.rittal.nl 244 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Front panel accessories Plastic covers for PCBs For mechanical protection of the solder side and of the EMC gaskets. Attachment holes as per CPCI or VME specifications. Optionally available as slotted or solid version. Material: 0.5 mm plastic, anti-static Maximum temperature up to 65°C Model No. RP For PCBs 1) for cPCI1) Packs of for VME Slotted Solid Solid 3687.932 – 3685.626 3685.805 3 U x 160 mm 1 3 U x 220 mm 1 – – 6 U x 80 mm 1 3687.933 3686.573 – 6 U x 160 mm 1 3687.934 3686.574 3685.627 6 U x 220 mm 1 – – 3685.824 0.5 mm plastic, transparent, anti-static UL 94-V0, maximum temperature up to 65°C. Also required: Required for mounting the perforated CPCI covers: Mounting clips PCB holder kit For attaching the PCB to front panels with handle types I, II, IV, IVs, VII. Material: Die-cast Note: Only required at the top with 3 U front panels with lever handles. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Packs of Model No. RP 100 3687.955 Packs of Model No. RP 10 3685.198 Also required: − For securing PCBs to PCB holders: Pan-head screws, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3654.320, see page 250. − For attaching the front panel to the PCB holder: Oval head screw, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3685.282, see page 250. 245 Box type plug-in units PCB holder Packs of Model No. RP 2 3606.321 for box type plug-in units For fastening PCBs in box type plug-in units. Material: Polycarbonate, base material to UL 94-V0 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Ripac box type plug-in units, type I Technical specifications: − Installation depth: 160 and 220 mm − Height: 3 U to IEC 60 297-3 − Rear panel to accommodate individual connectors Model No. RP HP 3U 3U Board depth 160 mm 6 3653.000 – 8 – 3653.010 10 – 3653.020 12 – 3653.030 Material: − Front panel: 2.5 mm aluminium − Rear panel: 2 mm aluminium, natural anodised − Side panel sections: Extruded aluminium section − Handle: Aluminium − PCB holder: Plastic 14 – 3653.040 21 – 3653.050 28 – 3653.060 10 – 3653.200 12 – 3653.210 Surface finish: Front panel, side panel sections, handle: Natural anodised 14 – 3653.220 21 – 3653.230 28 – 3653.240 Board depth 220 mm Supply includes Accessories: Front panel 1 1 − Covers, see page 246. − Guide rails, see page 235. Handle 1 1 Side panels 1 2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Cover including rear panel 1 – Rear panel – 1 Covers for box type plug-in units, type I With vent holes For slide-in fastening. PCB holder 2 2 Assembly parts (set) 1 1 Unit width Model No. RP with vent slots1) with vent holes Board depth 160 mm Material: 1.0 mm aluminium, unplated With vent slots For screw fastening. Suitable for the installation of guide rails. Packs of 8 HP 1 – 3687.585 10 HP 1 3687.556 3685.683 12 HP 1 3687.557 3685.684 14 HP 1 3687.558 3685.685 21 HP 1 3687.559 3685.686 28 HP 1 3687.560 3685.687 Board depth 220 mm Material: 1.2 mm sheet steel 10 HP 1 – 3685.695 12 HP 1 – 3685.696 Surface finish: Spray-finished 14 HP 1 3687.565 3685.697 21 HP 1 3687.566 3685.698 Colour: RAL 9006 28 HP 1 3687.567 3685.699 1) Guide rails for box type plug-in units from 12 HP: For PCB depth 160 mm, packs of 10, Model No. RP 3606.140 For PCB depth 220 mm, packs of 10, Model No. RP 3606.200 Also required: Assembly screws, Packs of 100, Model No. RP 3685.289, see page 250. 246 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Overview of horizontal rails Ripac section system: Complete, simple and easy to manage To fit all subrack systems as well as the Ripac Vario-Module system enclosure Main sections A Front horizontal rail Page 218 – 222 A1 Front horizontal rail, double screw fastening A2 Front horizontal rail, double screw fastening (Ripac EASY) A3 Front horizontal rail, double, with double screw fastening A4 Front horizontal rail, with 10 mm extension, double, with double screw fastening B Front horizontal rail, with 10 mm extension, for extractor handle type IV or VII Page 226 Page 214 Page 226 Page 226 Page 218 – 222 Additional extrusions E Rear adaptor rail, centre, to acommodate guide rails – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Page 234 F Z rail for connector Page 234 G Insulating strip1) Page 221 H Conductive strip1) Page 221 I Threaded insert Page 233 J Identification strip – Page 234 K EMC gasket, horizontal – Page 230 1) For conductive or insulated attachment of backplanes. All system requirements can be met by just a few basic types of horizontal rail. A cost-effective, easy-to-manage range. A C3 A D2 C1+G B C1+G A D1+G D1+G C1+G Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures A C3 A C1+G B A A A 247 Overview of horizontal rails Ripac section system: Complete, simple and easy to manage To fit all subrack systems as well as the Ripac Vario-Module system enclosure Main sections B1 Double front horizontal rail, with 10 mm extension Page 226 B2 Front horizontal rail, with 10 mm extension, double screw fastening C1 Rear horizontal rail C3 Rear horizontal rail, with integral Z-rail C4 Rear horizontal rail, double screw fastening, for conductive backplane mounting (Ripac EASY) C5 Rear horizontal rail, with integral Z-rail, double screw fastening (Ripac EASY) Page 226 Page 218 – 222 Page 218 – 226 Page 214 Page 214 Additional extrusions E Rear adaptor rail, centre, to acommodate guide rails – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Page 234 F Z rail for connector – Page 234 G Insulating strip1) Page 221 H Conductive strip1) Page 221 I Threaded insert – – Page 233 J Identification strip – – – – Page 234 K EMC gasket, horizontal – – Page 230 1) For conductive or insulated attachment of backplanes. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 248 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Overview of horizontal rails Ripac section system: Complete, simple and easy to manage To fit all subrack systems as well as the Ripac Vario-Module system enclosure Main sections C6 Rear horizontal rail, double screw fastening Page 224 – 226 C7 Rear horizontal rail, for insulated backplane mounting (also for Ripac EASY) D1 Rear horizontal rail, centre (also for Ripac EASY with insulating strips) D2 Rear horizontal rail, centre, with integral Z rail (also for Ripac EASY) D3 Rear horizontal rail, centre, with integral contact surface (Ripac EASY) D4 Rear horizontal rail, for backplane mounting, double screw fastening (Ripac EASY) Page 214 Page 218 – 226 Page 218 – 226 Page 214 Page 214 Additional extrusions E Rear adaptor rail, centre, to acommodate guide rails – – – Page 234 F Z rail for connector – – Page 234 G Insulating strip1) – – – – – – Page 221 H Conductive strip1) Page 221 I Threaded insert – – – – – – – – – – – – – Page 233 J Identification strip Page 234 K EMC gasket, horizontal – Page 230 1) For conductive or insulated attachment of backplanes. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 249 Assembly parts For the attachment of Designation Dimensions Model No. Packs of Covers, version 2, on Ripac EASY horizontal rails Screws ISO 7046 M3 x 6 T10 3634.233 100 Mounting clip on Ripac EASY side panel Screws ISO 7049 ST3.5 x 9.5 C-Z 3634.420 100 Horizontal rails front/rear on side panels (Ripac EASY) Assembly screw, self-tapping, T20, self-locking M4 x 12 3634.430 100 Covers on Ripac EASY side panels Mounting clip for Ripac EASY cover plates 3634.450 50 – Horizontal rails to side panels – Divider panels to horizontal rails – Vertical support tohorizontal rails Panhead self-locking screw M4 x 12 similar to DIN ISO 7045-8.8-Z-A2K 3654.300 100 – PCBs to PCB holders (die-cast for 3 U), top – PCBs to extractor handles with 6 U Panhead posidrive screw ISO 7045-4.8-Z-A2K M2.5 x 8 3654.320 100 – Connectors to Z rails – Z rails to horizontal rails – Type V/VI handles to partial front panels, bottom right for > 5 HP – Aluminium guide rails to horizontal rails – Mezzanine front panels Panhead posidrive screw ISO 7045-4.8-Z-A2K M2.5 x 6 3654.340 100 Connectors to PCBs Panhead posidrive screw ISO 7045-4.8-Z-A2K M2.5 x 12 3654.350 100 Guide rails (plastic) to horizontal rails Screw for plastic WN 1413 M2.2 x 6 3654.360 100 – Flat front panels to handles type V, VI – Aluminium guide rails to horizontal rails Square nut DIN 562-A2K M2.5 3654.370 100 – Covers to mounting blocks – EMC contact strips Flat countersunk-screw ISO 7046-1-4.8-Z-A2K M3 x 6 3684.233 100 Cover plates on side panels (Ripac Vario) Mounting block 3684.234 10 Type V/VI handle to front panels Bracket 3684.435 100 Front panels and rear panels to horizontal rails Collar screw, cheese-head, slotted M2.5 x 11 3685.097 100 PCB holders (die-cast) to front panels, top Oval csk-screw ISO 7047-4.8-Z-A2K M2.5 x 8 3685.282 100 – Covers/box-type plug-in units – Contact/spring sections for 3-part front panels Flat countersunk-screw ISO 7046-1-4.8-Z-A2K M2.5 x 5 3685.289 100 Recessed flanges to side panels Mounting kit for set back flanges: 3687.015 4 sets 3687.021 100 Panhead self-locking screw M4 x 8 similar to DIN ISO 7045-8.8-Z-A2K Hex nut ISO 4032-8 M4 Washer 4.3 Flat front panels Plastic collars – EMC front panels to horizontal rails – EMC trim frame to conceal the front sections of the horizontal mounting kit Centering screw, slotted M2.5 x 11 3687.050 100 EMC front panels to horizontal rails Centering screw, posidrive M2.5 x 11 3687.051 100 250 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Assembly parts For the attachment of Designation Dimensions Type V/VI handles (aluminium) to front panels Mounting kit for type V/VI handles: Panhead posidrive screw ISO 7045-4.8-Z-A2K Model No. Packs of 3687.146 1 set 3687.519 1 set 9901.417 100 M2.5 x 6 Bracket Square nut DIN 562-11H-A2K Handles type V (plastic) to front panels and box type plug-in units M2.5 Mounting kit for type V handle (plastic): Cover black Cover grey Aluminium guide rails to horizontal rails (fastening of square nuts) Hex nut M2.5 Screw M2.5 x 16 Screw M2.5 x 12 Square nut DIN 562-04-A2K M2.5 Retaining cage M2.5 Rittal India RITTAL India Pvt. Ltd. Nos. 23 & 24, KIADB Industrial Area Veerapura Doddaballapur-561 203 Bengaluru Dist Phone: +91 80 2289 0700 Fax: +91 80 2762 3343 E-mail: info@rittal-india.com www.rittal-india.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 251 System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Accessories for Ripac Vario-Module Page 256 RiCase Page 258 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Material/Surface finish: − Side panels: Extruded aluminium section, spray-finished − Cross rails: Extruded aluminium section, clear-chromated − Corner trims: Die-cast zinc, spray-finished − Side trims: Extruded aluminium section, spray-finished − Contacts: Conductive (in EMC version) Supply includes: − 2 side panels − 4 horizontal rails − 4 threaded inserts − 2 rear corner trims − 2 side trim panels, centre (from a height of 4 U) − Assembly parts B1 HE Technical specifications: − May be used as a rackmounted enclosure or instrument case. − External dimensions to IEC 60 297-1 for installation in 482.6 mm (19˝) racks. − Installation dimensions for board type plug-in units to IEC 60 297-3-101. Colour: RAL 7035 B2 1 Note: Corner trims, flanges and top and bottom cover plates as well as horizontal rails for further configuration must be ordered in addition to this. TE T 2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Protection category: IP 40 for non-vented version 1 Equipped as an instrument case 2 Equipped as a rack-mounted unit TE = HP Ripac Vario-Module, 42 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 3 3 3 3 – – Width (B1) mm 235.6 235.6 235.6 235.6 Width (B2) mm 251.6 251.6 251.6 251.6 Depth (T) mm 250.4 250.4 310.4 310.4 1 3982.040 3983.040 3982.070 3983.070 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.941 – – 3982.951 – – 256 256 Front corner trims for assembly as instrument case 2 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 257 Flanges for configuration as rack-mount – without handle holes – with handle holes 2 2 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 257 257 EMC gaskets, horizontal – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails 1 1 – 3684.974 3684.975 – 3684.974 3684.975 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation Front/rear panels EMC – 3686.975 – 3686.975 – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 – – 3981.360 3981.360 257 Front handles1) 2 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Only 252 in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Ripac Vario-Module, 63 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 3 3 3 3 – – Width (B1) mm 342.3 342.3 342.3 342.3 Width (B2) mm 358.3 358.3 358.3 358.3 Depth (T) mm 250.4 250.4 310.4 310.4 1 3982.050 3983.050 3982.080 3983.080 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.942 – – 3982.952 – – 256 256 Front corner trims for assembly as instrument case 2 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 257 Flanges for configuration as rack-mount – without handle holes – with handle holes 2 2 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 257 257 EMC gaskets, horizontal1) – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails 1 1 – 3684.808 3684.807 – 3684.808 3684.807 230 231 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 – 3686.975 – 3686.975 230 – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation Front/rear panels EMC Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 – – 3981.360 3981.360 257 Front handles2) 2 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Shorten 84 HP EMC gaskets to 63 HP. 2) Only in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Ripac Vario-Module, 84 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 2 3 3 3 3 3 – – – Width (B1) mm 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 Width (B2) mm 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 Depth (T) mm 310.4 250.4 310.4 310.4 370.4 370.4 1 3983.030 3982.060 3982.090 3983.090 3982.100 3983.100 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3981.950 3981.910 – 3982.950 3982.910 3981.950 3981.910 3982.960 – 3981.960 3981.920 256 256 Bottom covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3981.750 3981.710 – 3982.750 3982.710 3981.750 3981.710 3982.760 – 3981.760 – 256 256 Front corner trims for assembly as instrument case 2 – 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 3981.310 257 Flanges for configuration as rack-mount – without handle holes – with handle holes 2 2 3981.200 – 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 3981.210 3981.260 257 257 EMC gaskets, horizontal – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails 1 1 3684.808 3684.807 – – 3684.808 3684.807 – 3684.808 3684.807 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation Front/rear panels EMC – – – 3686.975 – 3686.975 see page 241 – 243 – – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 – – 3981.360 3981.360 – – 257 Front handles1) 2 – 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Only in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 253 System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Ripac Vario-Module, 84 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 4 (3 + 1) 4 (3 + 1) 4 (3 + 1) 4 (3 + 1) 4 (3 + 1) – – – Width (B1) mm 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 Width (B2) mm 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 Depth (T) mm 250.4 310.4 310.4 370.4 370.4 1 3982.110 3982.120 3983.120 3982.130 3983.130 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 – 3982.950 3982.910 3981.950 3981.910 3982.960 – 3981.960 – 256 256 Bottom covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 – 3982.750 3982.710 3981.750 3981.710 3982.760 – 3981.760 – 256 256 Front corner trims for assembly as instrument case 2 3981.320 3981.320 3981.320 3981.320 3981.320 257 Flanges for configuration as rack-mount – with handle holes 2 3981.270 3981.270 3981.270 3981.270 3981.270 257 – – 3684.808 3684.807 3685.789 230 231 230 230 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation EMC gaskets, horizontal – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails – between 2 horizontal rails 1 1 1 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 Front/rear panels EMC 3684.808 3684.807 3685.789 – – – 3686.976 – 3686.976 – – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 – 3981.360 3981.360 – – 257 Front handles1) 2 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Only in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Ripac Vario-Module, 84 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 6 6 6 6 6 6 – – – Width (B1) mm 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 449.0 Width (B2) mm 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 465.1 Depth (T) mm 310.4 310.4 370.4 370.4 430.4 430.4 1 3982.140 3983.140 3982.150 3983.150 3982.160 3983.160 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.950 3982.910 3981.950 3981.910 3982.960 – 3981.960 – 3982.970 3982.930 – 256 256 Bottom covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.750 3982.710 3981.750 3981.710 3982.760 – 3981.760 – 3982.770 3982.730 – – 256 256 Front corner trims for assembly as instrument case 2 3981.330 3981.330 3981.330 3981.330 3981.330 3981.330 257 Flanges for configuration as rack-mount – with handle holes 2 3981.280 – – – – – 257 EMC gaskets, horizontal – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails 1 1 – 3684.808 3684.807 – 3684.808 3684.807 – 3684.808 3684.807 230 231 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 – 3686.977 – 3686.977 – 3686.977 230 – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 – see page 241 – 243 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation Front/rear panels EMC Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 3981.360 3981.360 – – – – 257 Front handles1) 2 3666.010 3666.010 3666.010 3666.010 3666.010 3666.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Only 254 in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures System enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Ripac Vario-Module, 84 HP U (HE) Packs of Page 7 (6 + 1) 7 (6 + 1) – – Width (B1) mm 449.0 449.0 Width (B2) mm 465.1 465.1 Depth (T) mm 310.4 430.4 1 3982.170 3982.190 Top covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.950 3982.910 3982.970 3982.930 256 256 Bottom covers – with vent holes – without vent holes 1 1 3982.750 3982.710 3982.770 3982.730 256 256 EMC gaskets, horizontal – for upper/lower horizontal rail – between covers and horizontal rails 1 1 3684.808 3684.807 3684.808 3684.807 230 231 EMC gaskets, vertical 1 3686.977 3686.977 230 EMC Model No. VM Basic enclosure Also required EMC installation Front/rear panels EMC see page 241 – 243 Accessories Front/rear panels see page 241 – 243 Carrying handles 2 3981.360 – 257 Front handles1) 2 3666.010 3666.010 678 Rear adjustable feet 4 3901.000 3901.000 256 1) Only in conjunction with mounting flanges with handle holes. Rittal Israel RITTAL Enclosure Systems Ltd. 13, Hatarshish St. Zone 29 P.O. Box 3597 Industrial Park, Caesarea 38900 Phone: +972 (0) 4 6275 505 Fax: +972 (0) 4 6275 535 E-mail: moshe@rittal.co.il www.rittal.co.il Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 255 Accessories for system enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Enclosure population For individual interior installation of the enclosures, system components from the Ripac range may be used (see page 212 – 255). Covers for Ripac Vario-Module Material: − Sheet steel − Contacts: Conductive (only for EMC version) Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Standard version HP 42 63 Depth mm with vent holes 250.4 3982.941 310.4 3982.951 250.4 3982.942 310.4 3982.952 3982.950 310.4 84 Model No. VM 370.4 430.4 – 3982.910 3982.960 3982.970 – 3982.930 with vent holes Model No. VM 3981.950 EMC version HP 84 Depth mm 310.4 370.4 Bottom covers for Ripac Vario-Module Material: − Sheet steel − Contacts: Conductive (only for EMC version) Surface finish: Spray-finished – 3981.910 3981.960 with vent holes Model No. VM 3982.750 Standard version HP Depth mm 310.4 84 370.4 430.4 Colour: RAL 7035 – 3982.710 3982.760 3982.770 – 3982.730 with vent holes Model No. VM 3981.750 EMC version HP 84 Depth mm 310.4 370.4 Feet with fold-out support stand. Load capacity up to 20 kg. – 3981.710 3981.760 Packs of Model No. VM 2 3919.000 Packs of Model No. VM 4 3901.000 Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 7035 Rear adjustable feet For mounting on the rear of the enclosure. Dual function: − Mechanical protection of the connection components. − Also act as a cable tidy during transportation. Material: PA, self-extinguishing to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 256 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for system enclosures Ripac Vario-Module Front flanges U Required when the Ripac Vario-Module is to be used as a rack-mounted enclosure. The flanges have a channel to accommodate vertical EMC gaskets. 2 Packs of with handle hole 3 4 Model No. VM 2 2 3981.210 2 – 3981.260 2 – 3981.270 3981.200 Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Clear-chromated Accessories: − Vertical EMC gasket, see page 230. − Front handles for mounting on front flanges, see page 233. Front corner trims U Packs of Required when the Ripac Vario-Module is to be used as a desk-top instrument case. The corner trims have a channel to accommodate vertical EMC gaskets. 3 2 3981.310 4 2 3981.320 6 2 3981.330 Model No. VM 1 and 8 U available on request. Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Carrying handles For ergonomic transportation, even with stacked enclosures. May also be used as a support stand. Accessories: − Vertical EMC gasket, see page 230. − Front handles for mounting on front corner trim pieces, see page 233. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. VM 310.4 2 3981.360 Max. load capacity: 350 N. Material: − Die-cast zinc − Extruded aluminium section Colour: RAL 7035 Note: Not suitable for use in conjunction with bottom covers. Support stand/carrying handle HP Packs of Model No. VM To fit Ripac Vario-Module 3 U, 4 U and 6 U, adjustable on a 30° pitch pattern. 42 1 3981.390 Material: − Extruded aluminium section − Die-cast Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: Corner trim for support stands/carrying handles should be ordered separately. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 257 Instrument cases RiCase Accessories for RiCase Page 260 Subracks Page 212 Ripac Vario-Module Page 252 Configurator for subracks Page 525 Protection category: IP 42 for unvented version. Supply includes: − 2 side panels − Roof and base tray − 4 mounting brackets − 4 threaded inserts − 2 plain inserts − 1 rear panel (only for 1/2 19˝). Enclosures are supplied partially assembled. T H Material: − Roof and base tray, side panels: Extruded aluminium section − Mounting bracket: Extruded aluminium section, clear-chromated Colour: − Enclosure: RAL 7035 − Decorative elements: RAL 5018 (turquoise) H1 (HE) Technical specifications: For slide-in equipment to IEC 60 297-3. B Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. RiCase 269.2 mm (1/2 19˝) U (HE) Packs of 2 3 4 – – – Width (B) mm 348.6 348.6 348.6 Height (H) mm 121.9 166.4 210.8 Depth (T) mm 300.0 300.0 420.0 3750.200 3750.210 3750.400 3.8 4.2 6.0 Vented Model No. RC 1 Weight (kg) Page Accessories Carrying handles, horizontal 2 3751.250 3751.250 3751.260 263 Threaded inserts with M4 thread 8 – – 3751.730 262 End section 2 – – 3751.910 260 Earthing set 4 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 263 1 set 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 263 Captive nuts M6, with contact 50 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 757 Assembly screw M6 x 16 mm, Phillips-head 100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 758 Tower feet 258 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Instrument cases RiCase RiCase 482.6 mm (19˝) U (HE) Packs of Vented 3 – 4 – Width (B) mm 562.0 562.0 562.0 Height (H) mm 166.4 166.4 210.8 Depth (T) mm 300.0 420.0 420.0 Model No. RC 1 Weight (kg) Page 6 – – – 562.0 299.7 300.0 420.0 3750.310 3750.330 3750.320 3750.340 3750.420 3750.440 3750.600 3750.610 3750.640 5.4 5.3 7.1 6.9 7.7 7.5 6.6 8.7 8.5 Accessories Blanking plates, as rear wall or front panel 3 1933.200 1933.200 1934.200 Carrying handles, horizontal 2 3751.250 3751.260 3751.260 Threaded inserts with M4 thread 8 – – 3751.730 Earthing set Tower feet 1936.200 3751.250 754 3751.260 263 – 262 4 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 263 1 set 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 263 Captive nuts M6, with contact 50 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 757 Assembly screw M6 x 16 mm, Phillips-head 100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 758 RiCase 482.6 mm (19˝) U (HE) Packs of Vented 6 7 – 9 – Page 12 – Width (B) mm 562.0 562.0 562.0 562.0 562.0 Height (H) mm 299.7 344.2 344.2 433.1 566.5 Depth (T) mm 540.0 420.0 540.0 540.0 540.0 3750.620 3750.650 3750.720 3750.710 3750.730 3750.930 3750.000 3750.030 Model No. RC 1 Weight (kg) 12.2 10.8 9.1 12.9 11.5 12.9 16.4 15.0 Accessories Blanking plates, as rear wall or front panel 3 1936.200 1935.200 1935.200 1939.200 1937.200 754 Carrying handles, horizontal 2 3751.270 3751.260 3751.270 3751.270 3751.270 263 Slide rails 2 3751.520 – 3751.520 – 3751.520 263 Threaded inserts with M4 thread 8 – 3751.750 3751.750 – – 262 Mounting rail 2 3751.420 – 3751.420 3751.420 3751.420 262 Earthing set Tower feet 4 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 3798.000 263 1 set 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 3751.850 263 Captive nuts M6, with contact 50 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 2094.200 757 Assembly screw M6 x 16 mm, Phillips-head 100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 7094.100 758 Rittal Italy RITTAL S.p.A. S.P. n. 14 Rivoltana – Km 9,5 20060 Vignate (MI) Phone: +39 (0) 2 959 301 Fax: +39 (0) 2 9536 0209 E-mail: info@rittal.it www.rittal.it Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 259 Accessories for instrument cases RiCase Back panel Screw-fastened To close off at the rear, or as a front panel. For enclosure width mm H (U) Packs of Model No. VC 482.6 (19˝) 3 3 1933.200 Material: Aluminium 482.6 (19˝) 4 3 1934.200 482.6 (19˝) 6 3 1936.200 Surface finish: Natural anodised 482.6 (19˝) 7 3 1935.200 482.6 (19˝) 9 3 1939.200 482.6 (19˝) 12 3 1937.200 Also required: − Captive nuts M6, EL 2094.200, see page 757. − Assembly screws M6 x 16 mm, EL 7094.100, see page 758. End section To cover the sides to the left and right of the subrack when no rear door or rear panel is used. For enclosure height Packs of Model No. RC 4U 2 3751.910 Surface finish: Spray-finished 16.5 Material: Extruded aluminium section Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Front door Vertically hinged For mechanical protection of built-in control components. − Optionally hinged on the right or left − With lock For enclosure width mm W mm H (U) Model No. RC 482.6 (19˝) 503 4 3751.330 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Frame section: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast aluminium − Viewing pane: Smoked acrylic Surface finish: Frame section, corner pieces: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 260 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for instrument cases RiCase Aluminium front door Vertically hinged For mechanical protection of built-in control components. − Optionally hinged on the right or left − With lock For enclosure width mm W mm H (U) Model No. RC 482.6 (19˝) 503 4 3751.370 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Frame section: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast aluminium − Aluminium plate Surface finish: Frame section, corner pieces: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Keyboard lid Suitable for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards. − Horizontally hinged and lockable − Removable cover plate Material: − Frame section: Extruded aluminium section/die-cast − Base and cover plate: Aluminium For enclosure width mm H (U) Packs of Model No. RC 482.6 (19˝) 4 1 3751.800 Note: Use only in conjunction with support stand/ carrying handle. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Frame section, base and cover plate: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting angles 482.6 mm (19˝) For front/rear installation of subracks and blanking plates. Material: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: Clear-chromated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures For enclosure height Packs of Model No. RC 4U 2 3751.680 7U 2 3751.640 Also required: − Threaded inserts, see page 262. − Mounting rails, see page 262. − Spacers, see page 262. 261 Accessories for instrument cases RiCase Mounting rails For the installation of component shelves, static or pull-out. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. RC 540 2 3751.420 Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Clear-chromated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Also required: − Threaded inserts, see page 262. − Spacers, see page 262. Accessories: − Component shelf, see page 668. − Component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 670. A Component shelf installation for 482.6 mm (19˝) (width 409 mm, also with telescopic slides) B Direct component shelf installation (width 471 mm) 1 Threaded inserts 1 1 3 3 2 2 Long spacers 3 Mounting rails A Threaded inserts with M4 thread For the installation of mounting angles, slide rails, mounting kits, cable ducts etc. Simply slide into the channels in the side panels. B For enclosure height Packs of Model No. RC 4U 8 3751.730 7U 8 3751.750 Design Packs of Model No. RC for component shelf installation (width 409 mm) 4 3751.460 Material: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: Clear-chromated Spacers For the attachment of mounting rails. 262 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Accessories for instrument cases RiCase Slide rails To support heavy installed equipment. Material: 1.5 mm sheet steel Surface finish: Clear-chromated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Earthing set For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. RC 540 2 3751.520 Also required: Threaded inserts, see page 262. Packs of Model No. VC 4 3798.000 To meet electrical protective measures; fits all RiCase enclosures. Supply includes: − Slide-in strip − Screw, yellow/green connection cable − Serrated washer − Nut Carrying handles Horizontal For easy, secure transportation. − May be retrofitted − Load capacity 30 kg/pair For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. RC 300 2 3751.250 420 2 3751.260 540 2 3751.270 Material: − Side parts: Die-cast − Centre part: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: Side parts, centre part: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Tower feet For vertical siting of enclosures, may be retro-fitted. Packs of Model No. RC 1 set 3751.850 Material: Plastic to UL 94-V0, self-extinguishing Colour: RAL 5018 (turquoise) Supply includes: − 4 tower feet − Assembly parts Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 263 264 Power Distribution Busbar systems Overview....................................................................................................269 Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm) .............................................................270 RiLine60 busbar system (60 mm) .............................................................275 RiLine60 fuse elements/NH fuse elements................................................294 RiLine accessories ....................................................................................310 Ri4Power Form 1-4 Overview....................................................................................................327 Baying system TS 8 for Ri4Power applications ...........................................84 Maxi-PLS system components ..................................................................328 Flat-PLS system components ....................................................................332 Connector kits for Maxi-PLS ......................................................................337 Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS........................................................338 Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm) ..........................................................340 Cover systems Form 1...............................................................................342 Compartment configuration Form 1-4 .......................................................345 Ri4Power accessories ...............................................................................352 Ri4Power ISV distribution enclosures Overview....................................................................................................361 ISV wall-mounted distributors AE ................................................................47 ISV distribution enclosures TS 8..................................................................82 Installation modules...................................................................................362 Power Overview....................................................................................................371 UPS systems .............................................................................................372 Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................382 Power System Module ...............................................................................384 RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................387 265 266 Experts in power distribution and back-up As system providers, Rittal are the world’s leading suppliers of safe power distribution and back-up systems. Rittal’s top priorities here are to ensure maximum safety coupled with optimum value for money and maximum availability. Your benefits Planning and engineering ● Power engineering planning software for low-voltage switchgear and busbar systems ● Complete engineering support from expert Rittal advisors for individual project handling Products ● Modular busbar systems including approvals for all the world’s markets ● Flexible complete solutions for low-voltage switchgear and distribution enclosures ● Universal connection system for almost all applications ● Versatile, approved fuse elements ● A comprehensive range of system components for individual installation and fast assembly ● Modular UPS systems with a high level of efficiency for optimum supply reliability ● Intelligent power distributors for IT racks in data centres ● Scalable fuel cell technology for indoor and outdoor applications Service ● Contiguous global delivery and service network ● Global spare parts service ● Comprehensive quality management ● Our own accredited laboratories for tests, trials and protection category verification ● Efficiency advice for optimum energy management and the lowest energy costs 267 268 Busbar systems Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm) Busbar support..........................................................................................270 Special busbars E-Cu ...............................................................................270 Contact hazard protection.........................................................................270 Busbar connection adaptor.......................................................................270 Bus-mounting fuse base ...........................................................................271 NH fuse-switch disconnector, size 000 .....................................................271 Component adaptor 12 A/25 A .................................................................272 Component adaptor 40 A/100 A ...............................................................273 Allocation of switchgear ............................................................................273 RiLine60 busbar system (60 mm) Flat copper bar system .............................................................................276 PLS busbar support ..................................................................................278 Busbar connection adaptor.......................................................................280 OM adaptors 25 A to 65 A/OM supports...................................................283 Circuit-breaker component adaptors 100 A to 630 A ...............................287 Allocation of switchgear ............................................................................290 Bus-mounting fuse bases..........................................................................294 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 ...................................................296 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 .....................................................298 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 .......................................................300 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 2 .......................................................302 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 3 .......................................................304 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 ........................................306 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1/size 2/size 3 .....................307 Fuse holder up to 60/400 A .......................................................................308 RiLine accessories ....................................................................................310 269 Mini-PLS busbar system (40 mm) Component adaptors Page 272 Bus-mounting fuse base Page 271 NH fuse-switch disconnectors Page 271 Busbar supports, busbar connection adaptors Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: − RAL 7035 − RAL 9011 (busbar connection adaptor chassis) Contact hazard protection Short-circuit resistance diagram: Available on the Internet. Material: − Thermally modified hard PVC. − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Mini-PLS busbar supports (3-pole) Busbar support, suitable for top mounting Packs of Bar centre distance mm 40 4 Model No. SV 9600.000 A Mini-PLS special busbars E-Cu, bar thickness 3 mm, bar cross-section 120 mm2 Length mm Model No. SV A Packs of 500 700 1100 1500 3 9601.000 9602.000 9603.000 9624.000 3 9611.000 9611.000 9611.000 9611.000 Accessories B B Busbar connectors Model No. SV Mini-PLS contact hazard protection C D Components C Base tray E D Cover section E End covers Length mm Packs of 500 1 9605.000 9605.000 9605.000 9605.000 700 1 9606.000 9606.000 9606.000 9606.000 1100 1 9607.000 9607.000 9607.000 9607.000 250 1 9608.000 9608.000 9608.000 9608.000 500 1 9609.000 9609.000 9609.000 9609.000 – 2 9610.000 9610.000 9610.000 9610.000 Model No. SV Page Mini-PLS busbar connection adaptors (3-pole) Rated current up to Packs of Rated operating voltage 63 A 250 A 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom 1.5 – 35 10 – 120 10 x 8 17 x 15 Width mm 54 115 Height mm 160 182 9613.000 9612.000 Cable outlet Connection of round conductors1) mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Model No. SV 1 Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) 314 Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors. 270 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Mini-PLS fuse elements Busbar system Page 270 Busbar connection adaptor Page 270 Component adaptor Page 272/273 Bus-mounting fuse base NH fuse-switch disconnectors Busbar adaptor Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Silver-plated hard copper Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: − Chassis: RAL 9011 − Cover: RAL 7035 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 9011 Colour: RAL 7035 Basis of test: − IEC 60 947-3 − IEC 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) Mini-PLS bus-mounting fuse bases (3-pole) Fuse insert Packs of D 02-E18 Rated current 63 A Rated operating voltage 400 V~ Connection of round conductors1) mm2 1.5 – 16 Width mm 38 Height mm 160 Model No. SV 1 9630.000 100 9320.080 Accessories Identification labels 1) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors. NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of Rated operating voltage 100 A Cable outlet top/bottom Type of connection Terminal Connection of round conductors mm2 1.5 – 50 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 10 x 10 Width mm 89 Height mm 141.5 Model No. SV Page 690 V~ 1 3431.000 296 Also required Mini-PLS busbar adaptors (3-pole) With connection cables mm2 35 Width mm 90 Height mm 160 Model No. SV 1 9629.100 5 3071.000 Accessories Micro-switch Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 324 271 Mini-PLS component adaptor Busbar system Page 270 Busbar connection adaptor Page 270 Bus-mounting fuse base Page 271 NH fuse-switch disconnectors Page 271 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: Overview of standard switchgear with allocation of the relevant adaptor, see page 273. Colour: − RAL 7035 − RAL 9011 (SV 9629.000) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 12 A/25 A (3-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of 12 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Connection cables1) AWG 14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 Support rails Qty. Height mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7.5 7.5 15 7.5 15 7.5 15 7.5 7.5 108 Width mm 45 45 45 54 54 72 72 90 Height mm 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 9614.110 9614.100 9615.100 9614.000 9615.000 9625.000 9626.000 9629.010 9629.030 1 Model No. SV Page Accessories Insert strip Support rails Height 7.5 mm 2 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 Width 45 mm 10 9320.150 9320.150 9320.150 – – – – 9320.150 – 318 318 Width 54 mm 10 – – – 3548.000 3548.000 – – – 3548.000 318 Width 72 mm 10 – – – – – 3549.000 3549.000 – – 318 1) AWG = American Wire Gauges AWG 14 = 2.08 mm2 2.5 mm2 AWG 12 = 3.31 mm2 4 mm2 272 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Mini-PLS component adaptor 40 A/100 A (3-pole) Design Packs of Rated current up to 40 A 40 A 40 A 40 A 100 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Connection cables1) AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 35 mm2 – Qty. Support rails Height mm Width mm Height mm 1 Model No. SV 1 1 1 1 7.5 15 7.5 15 – 54 54 72 72 90 160 160 160 160 160 9616.000 9617.000 9627.000 9628.000 9629.000 Page Accessories Insert strip Support rails 2 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 9623.000 – Height 7.5 mm Width 54 mm 10 3548.000 3548.000 – – – 318 318 Width 72 mm 10 – – 3549.000 3549.000 – 318 Height 15 mm Width 72 mm 5 – – – – 9320.120 322 1) AWG = American Wire Gauges AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 Allocation of switchgear – Mini-PLS component adaptors 12 A/25 A Make/model Make/model Model No. SV ABB Model No. SV Siemens 9614.100 9614.000 9614.000 9614.000 MS116 MS325 MS450 (max. 25 A) MS451 (max. 25 A) S0 3RV10 21... 3RV20 21... (up to 25 A) S00 3RV10 11... 3RV20 11... S2 3RV10 31... (up to 25 A) Eaton 9614.100 9614.100 9614.000 9614.100 9614.100 9614.000 PKZM0 (up to 25 A) PKZM01 (up to 25 A) PKZM4 (up to 25 A) PKE12 PKE32 (up to 25 A) PKE65 (up to 25 A) 1) Support 9614.100 9614.100 9614.1001) 9614.1001) 9614.000 rail must be offset Schneider Electric GV2-P (up to 25 A) GV2-RT GV2-LE10 GV3 (up to 25 A) 9614.100 9614.100 9614.100 9614.100 Allocation of switchgear – Mini-PLS component adaptors 40 A/100 A Make/model Model No. SV Accessories Model No. SV 9617.000 9629.000 9629.000 9629.000 9629.000 – 9320.120 9320.120 9320.120 9320.120 9629.000 9629.000 – – 9629.000 9627.000 9617.000 9629.000 – – – 9320.120 ABB MS450 (max. 40 A) MS451 (max. 40 A) MS495 MS496 MS497 Tmax T1 T2 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Model No. SV Accessories Model No. SV 9629.000 9616.000 9629.000 – – 9320.120 9616.000 9629.000 – 9320.120 9629.000 9320.120 Schneider Electric Eaton NZM 1 PKZ2 PKZM4 (max. 40 A) PKZM4 Make/model NS 80 GV3 (max. 40 A) GV3 Siemens S2 3RV10 31... (max. 40 A) 3RV10 31... S3 3RV1341/42 273 274 RiLine60 Busbar systems 3- and 4-pole Support + bars + contact hazard protection ● Flat copper bar system, see page 276 ● PLS busbar system, see page 278 ● Accessories, see page 310 Connection system 3- and 4-pole ● Busbar connection adaptor, see page 280 ● Connection clamps, see page 316 ● Connection block, see page 317 ● Accessories, see page 310 Component adaptors 3- and 4-pole ● OM adaptor, see page 283 ● Circuit-breaker component adaptor, see page 287 ● Accessories, see page 318 Fuse elements 3-pole ● Bus-mounting fuse bases, see page 294 ● NH fuse-switch disconnectors, see page 296 ● NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, see page 306 ● Accessories, see page 323 Rittal Power Engineering 5.0 with update function to 6.0 Model No. SV 3020.500, see page 523 ● Configuration of RiLine60 busbar system ● Simple component selection, integral switchgear database ● Automatic calculation of rated currents and heat losses 275 RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm) Connection systems Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Fuse elements Page 294 – 309 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: The use of a base tray is required for UL applications. Short-circuit resistance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Flat copper bar system Busbar support 30 x 10 PLUS No. of poles/bar centre distance Packs of External attachment – – – – – – 15 x 5 – 25 x 10, 30 x 5 – 30 x 10 9340.050 9340.004 9342.014 Approvals Model No. SV 4-pole/60 mm – 12 x 5/10 Internal attachment For busbars mm 3-pole/60 mm – – 4 9340.010 9340.000 – – 12 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 – Page Also required Spacer when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm Model No. SV 276 310 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 busbar systems up to 800 A (60 mm) Flat copper bar system Busbar support 30 x 10 PLUS Packs of No. of poles/bar centre distance Model No. SV 3-pole/60 mm 9340.000 4-pole/60 mm 4 9340.010 9340.050 9340.004 – – 12 9340.090 9340.090 – 9340.090 – Page 9342.014 Also required Spacer when using busbars 12 x 5/10 mm Model No. SV 310 Contact hazard protection C B Length mm A End cover – 2 9340.070 9340.070 9340.070 9340.074 9342.074 – B Base tray 500 2 – 9340.100 9340.100 – – 315 700 2 – 9340.110 9340.110 – – 315 900 2 – 9340.120 9340.120 – – 315 1100 2 – 9340.130 9340.130 9340.134 9342.134 315 315 2400 A E F D Packs of Components Approvals Model No. SV Page 1 – 9340.170 – – – C Base tray infill 100 2 – 9340.140 9340.140 – – 315 D Cover section 700 2 – 9340.200 9340.200 – – 315 1100 2 – 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 9340.214 315 – 5 – 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 9340.224 315 2 – – 9340.230 – – 315 E Support panel F Cross members 160 – Model No. SV – Busbars E-Cu; length: 2400 mm/bar Dimensions mm Max. rated current acc. Packs to Approvals of DIN EN UL 508 Model No. SV Model No. SV Page 12 x 5 210 A – 6 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 3580.000 – 311 12 x 10 340 A – 6 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 3580.100 – 311 15 x 5 260 A 175 A 6 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 3581.000 – 311 15 x 10 360 A 350 A 6 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 3581.100 – 311 20 x 5 319 A 230 A 6 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 3582.000 – 311 20 x 10 497 A 465 A 6 3585.000 3585.000 3585.000 3585.000 – 311 25 x 5 384 A 290 A 6 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 3583.000 – 311 30 x 5 447 A 350 A 6 3584.0001) 3584.0001) 3584.0001) 3584.0001) 30 x 10 800 A 700 A 6 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001) 3586.0001) – 311 311 Accessories Components Busbar connectors for single connection Busbar connectors for baying connection2) Busbar cover section Length: 1000 mm/section 1) To For busbars mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV Page 12 x 5 – 15 x 10 3 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 9350.075 – 313 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 9320.020 313 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 3 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 9320.030 313 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 3092.000 311 12/15 x 5 4 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 9350.010 311 12/15 x 10 4 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 9350.060 311 order the tin-plated version, please add extension .200 to the Model No. Delivery times available on request. from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8) 2) Connection Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 277 RiLine60 busbar systems 800 A/1600 A (60 mm) Connection systems Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Fuse elements Page 294 – 309 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: The use of a base tray is required for UL applications. Colour: RAL 7035 Short-circuit resistance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. PLS busbar support Busbar support PLS 1600 PLUS For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 PLS 1600 4-pole/ 60 mm No. of poles/bar centre distance 3-pole/60 mm 3-pole/60 mm Internal attachment Busbar support, suitable for top mounting Approvals – 9342.050 9342.004 Model No. SV 4 9341.000 – 9341.050 9342.000 Rittal Canada RITTAL Systems Ltd. 6485 Ordan Drive Missisauga ON L5T 1X2 Canada Phone: +1 (905) 795-0777 Fax: +1 (905) 795-9548 Toll-free: 1-800-399-0748 E-mail: marketing@rittal.ca www.rittal.ca 278 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 busbar systems 800 A/1600 A (60 mm) PLS busbar support Busbar support PLS 1600 PLUS For Rittal system Packs of PLS 800 No. of poles/bar centre distance Model No. SV 4 9341.000 Page PLS 1600 3-pole/60 mm 9341.050 3-pole/60 mm 9342.000 9342.050 4-pole/ 60 mm 9342.004 Contact hazard protection C B Components Length mm A End cover – 2 9341.070 9341.070 9342.070 9342.070 9342.074 – B Base tray 500 2 9341.100 9341.100 9342.100 9342.100 – 315 700 2 9341.110 9341.110 9342.110 9342.110 – 315 900 2 9341.120 9341.120 9342.120 9342.120 – 315 1100 2 9341.130 9341.130 9342.130 9342.130 9342.134 315 315 2400 A E F D Approvals Packs of Model No. SV Page 1 9341.170 – 9342.170 – – C Base tray infill 100 2 9341.140 9341.140 9342.140 9342.140 – 315 D Cover section 700 2 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 – 315 1100 2 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 315 – 5 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.220 9340.224 315 2 – 9340.230 – 9340.230 – 315 E Support panel F Cross members 160 – Model No. SV – PLS special busbars E-Cu1) Design Packs of Bar cross-section Bar thickness DIN EN Max. rated current acc. to Length mm UL 508 For enclosure width mm Approvals PLS 800 PLS 1600 300 mm2 900 mm2 5 mm 10 mm 800 A 1600 A 700 A 1400 A Model No. SV Model No. SV Page 495 600 3 3524.000 3527.000 695 800 3 3525.000 3528.000 312 312 895 1000 3 3525.010 3528.010 312 1095 1200 3 3526.000 3529.000 312 2400 variable 1 3509.000 3516.000 312 Page Accessories Components PLS busbar connectors Model No. SV Model No. SV Single connection Approvals Packs of 3 3504.000 3514.000 313 Baying connection2) 3 3505.000 3515.000 313 3 9320.060 9320.070 313 PLS expansion connectors3) 1) To order the tin-plated version of the busbars, please 2) Connection from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8) 3) Two add extension .2X0 to the Model No. Delivery times available on request. PLS busbar connectors (single connection) are required to fit one expansion connector. Rittal Malaysia RITTAL Systems Sdn Bhd 7, Jalan TPP 1/1A Taman Industri Puchong Batu 12 Jalan Puchong 47100 Puchong Solangor, Malaysia Phone: +603-8060 6688 Fax: +603-8060 8866 E-mail: sales@rittal.com.my www.rittal.com.my Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 279 RiLine60 connection system Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Fuse elements Page 294 – 309 Material: Chassis − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Chassis SV 3439.010 − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Cover − ABS − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Note: The technical data given in the tables may vary for UL applications. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. SV 3439.010 When connecting round conductors 300 mm2 with ring terminals, the terminal clamps fitted as standard in the busbar connection adaptors must be replaced with screws and/or bolts M10. Busbar connection adaptor 125 A/250 A/800 A, cable outlet top/bottom Design Packs of Rated current up to 3-pole 4-pole Page 125 A 250 A 800 A 125 A 250 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire ● solid 10 – 25 16 – 35 – 35 – 120 35 – 120 – 95 – 185 95 – 300 – 10 – 25 16 – 35 – 35 – 120 35 – 120 – Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 33 x 20 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 Width mm 55 90 129 75 118 Height mm 210 210 246 270 270 Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 60 60 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 9342.220 9342.250 9342.280 9342.224 9342.254 Accessories Laminated copper bars 280 314 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 connection system Busbar connection adaptor 63 A/125 A/250 A/800 A, cable outlet top Design Packs of 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 63 A 125 A 250 A 800 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10 10 – 25 16 – 35 – 35 – 120 35 – 120 – 95 – 185 95 – 300 – – 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 33 x 20 Rated current up to Rated operating voltage Cable outlet at the top Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire ● solid Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Width mm 20 55 90 129 Height mm 215 210 210 246 60 60 60 60 Page Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 9342.200 9342.230 9342.260 9342.290 – Accessories Laminated copper bars 314 Busbar connection adaptor 63 A/125 A/250 A/800 A, cable outlet bottom Design Packs of Rated current up to Rated operating voltage Cable outlet at the bottom Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire ● solid Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 3-pole 4-pole Page 63 A 125 A 250 A 800 A 125 A 250 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 10 10 – 25 16 – 35 – 35 – 120 35 – 120 – 95 – 185 95 – 300 – 10 – 25 16 – 35 – 35 – 120 35 – 120 – – 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 33 x 20 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 Width mm 20 55 90 129 75 118 Height mm 215 210 210 246 270 270 60 60 60 60 60 60 Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 9342.210 9342.240 9342.270 9342.300 9342.244 9342.274 – Accessories Laminated copper bars Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 314 281 RiLine60 connection system Busbar connection adaptor 600 A/800 A/1600 A, cable outlet top/bottom Design Packs of Rated current up to 3-pole 4-pole Page 600 A 800 A 1600 A 800 A 1600 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire 35 – 240 35 – 240 95 – 185 95 – 300 – – 95 – 185 95 – 300 – – Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm ● For 5 mm bar thickness ● For 10 mm bar thickness 24 x 21 24 x 21 33 x 26 33 x 21 65 x 27 65 x 22 33 x 26 33 x 21 65 x 27 65 x 22 Width mm 180 150 255 150 255 Height mm 247 210 210 210 210 Approvals – 60 60 60 60 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 For bar thickness mm 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 3439.010 9342.310 9342.320 9342.310 9342.320 Width mm – – – 50 85 Height mm – – – 270 270 Approvals – – – For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm – – – 60 60 Model No. SV 1 set Also required Busbar connection adaptor (extra set for 4-pole configuration) For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 – – – 5/10 5/10 – – – 9342.314 9342.324 Accessories Laminated copper bars 314 Rittal Norway RITTAL AS Postboks 258 N-1401 Ski Phone: +47 64 85 13 00 Fax: +47 64 85 13 01 Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10 N-1405 Langhus E-mail: rittal@rittal.no www.rittal.no 282 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Fuse elements Page 294 – 309 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: − Overview of standard commercially available switchgear with allocation of the relevant adaptor, see page 290 – 293. − The technical data given in the tables may vary for UL applications. Colour: Chassis: RAL 7035 Design of support rails: − TS XXC with anti-slip guard − TS XXD without anti-slip guard − TS XXD-V without anti-slip guard, variable positioning on the support frame − TS XXE with anti-slip guard, reinforced version Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. OM adaptors 25 A/32 A with connection cables (3-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of 25 A 25 A 25 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 Support frame mm – 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 170 55 x 170 PinBlock – – – – – – – Support frame support – – – – – – – Rated operating voltage Connection cables1) With Support rails Design Length mm Qty. 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 Height mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 TS 45C TS 45C TS 45C TS 45C TS 55D TS 45D TS 55 D-V2) Design of support rails TS 45D TS 45D TS 45 D-V2) TS 45 D-V2) Width mm 45 45 45 45 45 45 55 55 Height mm 208 208 208 208 208 272 208 208 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Page 319 Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 9340.310 9340.340 9340.370 9340.350 9340.380 9340.390 9340.460 9340.470 Accessories OM support see page 286 Insert strip, support rails see page 319 Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS 1) AWG see page 320/321 = American Wire Gauges AWG 12 = 3.31 mm2 4 mm2 AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 rail with special latch is secured from behind with the support frame loosened. 2) Support Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 283 RiLine60 component adaptor OM adaptors 40 A/65 A with connection cables (3-pole) Design Packs of Rated current up to 40 A 40 A 40 A 65 A 65 A 65 A 65 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 6 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 55 x 170 55 x 237 – – 55 x 170 55 x 237 – Support frame support – – – – – Insert strips – – – – – Rated operating voltage Connection cables1) Design Length mm Support frame mm With Support rails Qty. 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 Height mm 10 10 7.5 10 10 10 7.5 TS 55D TS 55D TS 55D-V2) Metal TS 55E TS 55E TS 55E TS 55D-V2) Metal Design of support rails Width mm 55 55 75 55 55 55 75 Height mm 208 272 208 208 208 272 208 Page 319 Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 9340.720 9340.730 9340.710 9340.4103) 9340.4303) 9340.4503) 9340.7003) Accessories OM support Insert strip, support rails Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS see page 286 see page 319 see page 320/321 1) AWG = American Wire Gauges AWG 8 = 8.37 mm2 10 mm2 AWG 6 = 13.3 mm2 16 mm2 2) Support rail with special latch is secured from behind with the support frame loosened. 3) According to a heat dissipation test to IEC 60 439-1, a current carrying capacity of up to 80 A is supported. Rittal Sweden RITTAL Scandinavian ab Rittalgatan 1 SE-262 73 Ängelholm Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00 Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44 E-mail: info@rittal.se www.rittal.se 284 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor OM adaptors 32 A with tension spring clamp/OM Premium adaptors 25 A (3-pole) Premium adaptor Design Rated current up to Packs of 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 32 A 25 A 25 A 25 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Connection of round conductors mm2 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 6 1.5 – 4 1.5 – 4 1.5 – 4 Support frame mm – – 45 x 170 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 170 45 x 170 55 x 170 45 x 237 Support frame support – – – – – – – PinBlock – – – – – – – Connector outlet – – – – – – 1) 1) 2) With Qty. 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 Height mm 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 TS 45C TS 45D TS 45C TS 45C TS 45D TS 45D-V3) TS 55D Width mm 45 45 45 45 45 55 45 55 45 Height mm 208 208 208 208 272 208 208 208 292 Support rails Design of support rails For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm TS 45D TS 55D TS 45D-V3) TS 55D-V3) TS 45C Page 319 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 1 9340.510 9340.520 9340.530 9340.550 9340.560 9340.660 9340.910 9340.930 9340.900 AWG 14 15 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 321 AWG 12 15 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 321 AWG 10 15 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 – – – 321 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Accessories Cable set OM support see page 286 Insert strip, support rails see page 319 Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS, ST combination connector see page 320/321 1) Supply 2) Supply 3) The includes: Connector with connection facility for 3 main contacts (1.5 – 4 mm2). includes: Sub-unit with connection facility for 3 main contacts (1.5 – 4 mm2) and 8 auxiliary contacts (0.5 – 2.5 mm2) including connectors. support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened. Rittal Spain RITTAL Disprel S.A. Mas Baiona, 40 Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta 08202 Sabadell (Barcelona) Phone: +34 937 001 300 Fax: +34 937 001 301 E-mail: info@rittal.es www.rittal.es Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 285 RiLine60 component adaptor OM adaptors 65 A with tension spring clamp (3-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of Rated operating voltage Connection of round conductors mm2 65 A 65 A 65 A 65 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16 2.5 – 16 – – 55 x 170 55 x 237 Support frame mm With Support rails Support frame support – – – Qty. 1 2 1 2 Height mm 10 10 10 10 TS 55E TS 55E TS 55D TS 55E TS 55D TS 55D-V1) Design of support rails Width mm 55 55 55 55 Height mm 208 208 208 272 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm Page 319 60 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 5/10 1 9340.6102) 9340.6202) 9340.6302) 9340.6502) AWG 14 15 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 9340.850 321 AWG 12 15 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 9340.860 321 AWG 10 15 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 9340.870 321 AWG 8 6 9340.880 9340.880 9340.880 9340.880 321 AWG 6 6 9340.890 9340.890 9340.890 9340.890 321 6 9340.820 9340.820 9340.820 9340.820 321 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Accessories Cable set Twin cords AWG 10 Insert strip, support rails see page 319 Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS see page 320/321 1) The support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened. 2) According to a heat dissipation test to IEC 60 439-1, a current carrying capacity of up to 80 A is supported. OM supports without contact system (3-pole) Design Support frame mm With Support rails 45 x 170 45 x 237 55 x 237 Support frame support Packs of – PinBlock – – Qty. – 1 1 Height mm – 10 10 – TS 45D TS 55D-V1) Design of support rails Page 319 Approvals Width mm 45 45 55 Height mm 208 272 272 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 9340.260 9340.250 9340.270 Accessories Insert strip, support rails Connection pin, support frame, PinBlock for support frame, PinBlock PLUS 1) The 286 see page 319 see page 320/321 support rail with special latch is attached from the rear with the support frame loosened. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Fuse elements Page 294 – 309 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Circuit-breaker component adaptor 125 to 630 A Including terminal cover and sliding blocks for switchgear attachment. Note: The technical data given in the tables may vary for UL applications. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Circuit-breaker component adaptors 100 A/125 A/160 A (3-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of Rated operating voltage Type of connection 100 A 125 A 160 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Page Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal Connection of round conductors mm2 10 – 35 35 – 120 35 – 120 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 10 x 7.8 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 MS 497 S2, T1, T1 UL, T2, T2 UL S2, T1, T2 – 140-CMN 140-CMN PKZ21) NZM1, NZM1 UL, BZM B1 NZM1, BZM B1 ABB Allen Bradley Eaton GE – FD FD OEZ – BC160N BC160N GV3ME801) NS80, NSC100, NSE75, NSE100 NS80, NSC100 Siemens S3 3RV13 53, 3VT1 3RV13 53, 3VT1 Terasaki – E125, S125 E125, S125 1) – – Width mm 72 90 90 Height mm 210 225 215 60 60 60 For switchgear make/model Schneider Electric Universal application Approvals – For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm 5/10 Cable outlet2) 1 Model No. SV 5/10 5/10 Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom 9342.400 9342.410 9342.540 9342.550 9342.500 9342.510 Accessories Support rail width 72 mm, height 15 mm 5 9320.120 – – 322 Sliding blocks 6 – 9342.560 9342.560 322 – 322 Connection bracket 1) Mounting only possible with support rail SV 9320.120. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 2) Switch outlet or outgoing cable. 287 RiLine60 component adaptor Circuit-breaker component adaptors 250 A/630 A (3-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of 250 A 630 A 690 V~ 690 V~ Box terminal Screw terminal M10 35 – 120 max. 1501) Rated operating voltage Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm ABB 18.5 x 15.5 32 x 10 S3, T3, T44), T3 UL, T4 UL S5, T5, T5 UL Allen Bradley Eaton 140U-J 140U-L NZM2, NZM2 UL, BZM B2 NZM3, NZM3 UL GE Mitsubishi FE – NF125-SGW/HGW, NF160-SGW/HGW NF400-SEW/HEW/REW, NF630-SEW/HEW/REW BD250N, BD250S BH630N, BH630S NS(X)100, NS(X)160, NS(X)250, GV7, NSF150, NSF250 NS(X)400, NS(X)630, NSJ400, NSJ600 Siemens VL150X UL, VL150 UL, VL250 UL, VL160X, VL160, VL250, 3RV10 63, 3RV13 63, 3RV13 64, 3VT24) VL400, VL6302), VL400X UL, VL400 UL, 3VT3, 3V10 73, 3RV13 73, 3RV13 74 Terasaki L125, H125, S160, H160, L160, E250, L250, H250 E400, S400, H400, L400, E630, S630 Width mm 105 140 Height mm 240 324 For switchgear make/model OEZ Page Schneider Electric Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Cable outlet3) Model No. SV 1 60 60 5/10 5/10 Top Bottom Top Bottom 9342.600 9342.610 9342.700 9342.710 Accessories Insert strip 25 mm to extend the construction width from 140 mm to 190 mm Sliding blocks 4 (1 set) – 9342.720 6 9342.640 – 322 322 Connection bracket 322 1) With ring terminal. Also required: Insert strip 25 mm (SV 9342.720). 3) Switch outlet or outgoing cable. 4) The top attachment bars on the circuit-breaker component adaptor must be removed. 2) Rittal South Korea RITTAL Co., Ltd. Seoul Head Office 3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D 315-6 Yangjae-Dong Seocho-Gu Seoul 137-896 Korea Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525 Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526 E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr www.rittal.co.kr 288 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor Circuit-breaker component adaptors 160 A/250 A (4-pole) Design Rated current up to Packs of 160 A 250 A 690 V~ 690 V~ Box terminal Box terminal Rated operating voltage Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 120 35 – 120 18.5 x 15.5 18.5 x 15.5 ABB T1 (160 A), T2 (160 A) T3S (250 A), T4V (315 A) Eaton NZM1-4 (125 A), BZM E1-4 (100 A) NZM2-4 (250 A) NSC100 NS(X)100, NS(X)160, NS(X)250 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm For switchgear make/model Page Schneider Electric – VL160X, VL160, VL250 Width mm Siemens 120 140 Height mm 277 310 Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm Cable outlet1) Model No. SV 60 60 5/10 5/10 Top Bottom Top Bottom 1 9342.504 9342.514 9342.604 9342.614 6 9342.560 9342.560 9342.640 9342.640 Accessories Sliding blocks 1) Switch 322 outlet or outgoing cable. Rittal Austria RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H. Laxenburger Straße 246a A-1239 Wien Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0 Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0 E-mail: info@rittal.at www.rittal.at Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 289 RiLine60 component adaptor Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with connection cables 9340.390 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 9340.430 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 9340.450 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm 9340.460 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 55 mm 9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 9340.250 OM support, 45 x 272 mm 9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 9342.860 Support rail TS45D, 35 x 10 mm 9342.870 Support rail TS45D-V, 35 x 10 mm 9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 9340.280 Connection pin PKE 65 + DILM 65 MSC - DE ... M7 - M12 MSC - DE ... M17 - M32 90 90 MSC - DE ... M17 - M32 55 MSC - DE ... M7 - M12 PKZM4 + DILM 17-65 MSC-D + M7 - M15 PKE65 MSC-D + M17 - M32 45 45 45 45 1 55 55 45 45 55 45 45 140 90 90 70 45 45 1 Required quantity (units) 1 1 Required quantity (units) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PKZ0 + DS7-340 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm PKE 12, PKE 32 + DS7-340 9340.380 45 9340.370 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm PKE 65 + DILM 65 OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 45 9340.350 45 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm Construction width 45 9340.340 70 55 54 45 Construction width Model No. SV Design Reversing Soft starter starter Starter PKE32 PKE12 PKZM4 PKZM01 PKZM0 MCB MS 450 + PSR30 MS 325 + PSR25 Soft starter MS 116 + PSR3, PSR6, PSR9, PSR12, PSR16, PSR25 MS 450 + A40, A50 MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38 MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16 MS 450 + A40, A50 MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38 MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16 Starter MS 495/496/497 MS 450/451 MS 325 MS 116/132 MCB Eaton Reversing starter 110 ABB 55 For make/model 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Rittal Czech Republic RITTAL Czech, s.r.o. Ke Zdibsku 182 250 66 Zdiby u Prahy Phone: +420 234 099 000 Fax: +420 234 099 099 E-mail: info@rittal.cz www.rittal.cz 290 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with connection cables OM support, 45 x 272 mm 9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 1 LUB 32 LUB 12 GV3 + LC1D65 GV2 - DP + LC1D/LC1K GV2 - DM102 + LC1D/LC1K GV2 ME + LC1D GV2 P + LC1D GV3 BIS 65A 45 45 55 45 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 45 45 55 45 55 45 90 90 120 100 90 45 45 45 55 45 45 GV2 ME + ATS 9340.720 45 9340.450 OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K OM adaptor 65 A, AWG 6, W = 55 mm GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K 9340.430 1 90 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 1 GV2 DM + LC2D/LC2K 9340.390 1 1 1 Required quantity (units) 1 1 90 9340.370 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm GV2 ME + LC2D/LC2K (AC) OM adaptor 32 A, AWG 10, W = 45 mm 1 90 9340.350 Construction width Required quantity (units) 1 GV2 P + LC2D (AC) 9340.340 OM adaptor 25 A, AWG 12, W = 45 mm 90 Design 45 45 55 45 45 Construction width Model No. SV Soft Reversing starter starter Starter GV2 - RT, LE10, L10 GV2 - P MCB GV2 - ME (screw and tension spring terminal) 3RA22 20... (S0) Screw terminal 3RA22 10... (S00) Screw terminal 3RV10 31.. + 3RT103... (S2 + S2) 3RA11 20... (S0 + S0) 3RA12 10... (S00 + S00) 3RA21 20... (S0) Screw terminal Reversing starter 3RA21 20... (S00/S0) Screw terminal 3RA21 10... (S00) Screw terminal 3RA11 30... (S2) 3RA11 20... (S0) 3RA11 10... (S00) 3RV20 21... (S0) Screw terminal up to 40 A Starter 3RV20 11... (S00) Screw terminal 3RV10 31... (S2) 3RV10 21... (S0) 3RV10 11... (S00) MCB Schneider Electric 90 Siemens 45 For make/model 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 9340.280 Connection pin 9342.800 PinBlock, W = 45 mm 3 3 1 1 1 1 9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 1 1 1 Rittal Switzerland RITTAL AG Ringstrasse 1 CH-5432 Neuenhof Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 0600 Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 0666 E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch www.rittal.ch Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 291 RiLine60 component adaptor Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with tension spring terminal 9340.560 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 9340.660 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 55 mm 9340.630 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 9340.650 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 9340.250 OM support, 45 x 272 mm 9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 9340.280 Connection pin 9340.860 Cable set AWG 12 9340.870 Cable set AWG 10 9340.890 Cable set AWG 6 9342.860 Support rail TS45D, 35 x 10 mm 9342.930 Support rail TS55D, 35 x 10 mm MSC - DE ... M7 - M12 MSC - DE ... M17 - M32 PKE 65 + DILM 65 PKE 12 + DS7-340 PKE 32 + DS7-340 PKZ0 + DS7-340 90 110 45 45 45 PKE 65 + DILM 65 MSC - DE ... M17 - M32 MSC - DE ... M7 - M12 PKZM4 + DILM 17-65 MSC-D + M17 - M32 MSC-D + M7 - M15 PKE65 1 1 1 55 45 45 Required quantity (units) 1 1 45 1 45 1 Required quantity (units) 1 55 55 55 45 45 140 90 90 70 45 45 1 45 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 45 9340.550 45 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm Soft starter Construction width 45 9340.530 70 55 54 45 Construction width Model No. SV Design Reversing starter Starter PKE32 PKE12 PKZM4 PKZM01 MCB PKZM0 MS 450 + PSR30 MS 325 + PSR25 Soft starter MS 116 + PSR3, PSR6, PSR9, PSR12, PSR16, PSR25 MS 450 + A40, A50 MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38 MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16 MS 450 + A40, A50 MS 132 + AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38 MS 116 + AF09, AF12, AF16 Starter MS 495/496/497 MS 450/451 MS 325 MS 116/132 MCB Eaton Reversing starter 90 ABB 55 For make/model 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Rittal Hungary RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft. 1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1. Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000 Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009 E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu www.rittal.hu 292 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 component adaptor Allocation of switchgear – OM adaptors with tension spring terminal 9340.260 OM support, 45 x 208 mm 9340.270 OM support, 55 x 272 mm 9340.290 Insert strip, 10 x 208 mm 9340.280 Connection pin 9340.860 Cable set AWG 12 9340.870 Cable set AWG 10 9340.880 Cable set AWG 8 9340.890 Cable set AWG 6 9342.820 PinBlock PLUS 1 LUB 32 LUB 12 GV3 + LC1D65 GV2 - DP + LC1D/LC1K GV2 - DM102 + LC1D/LC1K GV2 P + LC1D GV2 ME + LC1D 45 45 55 45 45 45 55 45 55 45 90 90 120 100 90 45 45 45 55 45 45 GV2 ME + ATS OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 GV2 DP + LC2D/LC2K 9340.650 1 45 OM adaptor 65 A, 2.5 – 16 mm2, W = 55 mm 1 GV2 DM + LC2D/LC2K 9340.630 1 1 1 1 1 Required quantity (units) 1 1 90 9340.560 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 GV2 ME + LC2D/LC2K (AC) OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm 1 90 9340.550 Construction width Required quantity (units) 1 GV2 P + LC2D (AC) 9340.530 OM adaptor 32 A, 1.5 – 6 mm2, W = 45 mm Soft starter 90 Design 45 45 55 45 45 Construction width Model No. SV Reversing starter Starter GV3 BIS 65A GV2 - RT, LE10, L10 GV2 - P GV2 - ME (screw and tension spring terminal) MCB 3RA22 20... (S0) Screw terminal 3RA22 10... (S00) Screw terminal 3RV10 31.. + 3RT103... (S2 + S2) 3RA12 10... (S00 + S00) 3RA21 20... (S0) Screw terminal 3RA21 20... (S00/S0) Screw terminal 3RA21 10... (S00) Screw terminal 3RA11 30... (S2) 3RA11 20... (S0) 3RA11 10... (S00) 3RV20 21... (S0) Screw terminal up to 40 A 3RA11 20... (S0 + S0) Reversing starter Starter 3RV20 11... (S00) Screw terminal 3RV10 31... (S2) 3RV10 21... (S0) 3RV10 11... (S00) MCB Schneider Electric 90 Siemens 45 For make/model 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Rittal Japan RITTAL K.K. Sales HQ. Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F 3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku Kanagawa 222-0033 Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801 Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880 E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp www.rittal.co.jp Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 293 RiLine60 fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Material: Bus-mounting fuse base − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Contact hazard protection − Polyamide (PA 6.6) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Note: For the use of fuse inserts to DIN EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301). Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Bus-mounting fuse bases (3-pole) Design Packs of Clamping screw fastening D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve) Fuse inserts Width mm Rated current D II-E 27 (adaptor screw) D III-E 33 (adaptor screw) Snap-on mounting D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve) D 02-E 18 (adaptor sleeve) D II-E 27 (gauge ring) D II-E 27 (gauge ring) D III-E 33 (gauge ring) D III-E 33 (gauge ring) 27 42 57 36 36 42 42 57 57 63 A 25 A 63 A 63 A 63 A 25 A 25 A 63 A 63 A Rated operating voltage 400 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ 400 V~ 400 V~ 500 V~ 500 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Terminal for round conductors1) mm2 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 1.5 – 16 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 10 5/10 5/10 5/10 5 10 5 10 5 10 3418.000 3427.000 3433.000 3422.000 3423.000 3520.000 3521.000 3530.000 3531.000 Contact hazard protection Design Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV Contact hazard protection cover 10 3419.000 3428.000 3434.000 3424.000 3424.000 3428.000 3428.000 3434.000 3434.000 Extension cover 10 3421.000 3430.000 3436.000 – – 3430.000 3430.000 3436.000 3436.000 End caps for bar system with base tray 10 3420.010 3429.010 3435.010 3425.010 3425.010 3429.010 3429.010 3435.010 3435.010 End caps for bar system without base tray 10 3420.000 3429.000 3435.000 3425.000 3425.000 3429.000 3429.000 3435.000 3435.000 Side cover 10 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 3093.000 Identification labels 100 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 9320.080 1) Wire 294 end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine60 fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Fuse holder: RAL 7001 Basis of test: IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 Supply includes: Reducing retaining springs for D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses. Note: − For the use of fuse inserts to DIN EN 60 269-3 (DIN VDE 0636-301). − With integral visual fuse monitoring via flashing indicator and operating status display. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Bus-mounting fuse base D-Switch (3-pole) Design Packs of Snap-on mounting D 011) D 022) 10 x 38 mm1) Fuse inserts Rated operating current 63 A Rated operating voltage 400 V~ Terminal for round conductors3) mm2 1.5 – 25 Min. voltage, indicator light 100 – 400 V~ Width mm 27 Height mm 226 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 5/10 3 9340.950 1) When using D01 and 10 x 38 mm fuses, reducing retaining springs must be used. Use of D 01 fuses optionally possible with adaptor sleeve for D 02 base/plinths. 2) With Neozed adaptor sleeves for D 02. 3) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors. Rittal USA RITTAL Corporation 1 Rittal Place Urbana, OH 43078, USA Phone: +1 (937) 399-0500 Fax: +1 (937) 390-5599 Toll-free: 1-800-477-4000 E-mail: rittal@rittal-corp.com www.rittal-corp.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 295 RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Material: NH fuse-switch disconnector − Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Silver-plated hard copper Busbar adaptor − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: NH fuse-switch disconnector − Chassis: RAL 9011 − Cover: RAL 7035 Busbar adaptor − RAL 7035 Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of 100 A Rated operating voltage Cable outlet top/bottom Type of connection Terminal Connection of round conductors mm2 1.5 – 50 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 10 x 10 Width mm 89 Height mm 141.5 For construction type Model No. SV Page 690 V~ Mounting plate configuration 1 3431.000 Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting SV 3431.000 on bar systems Connection cables mm2 35 Width mm 90 Height mm 230 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 1 5 10 9320.040 9320.050 Accessories Micro-switch 296 5 3071.000 324 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Silver-plated hard copper Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors, size 000 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of Rated operating voltage Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 100 A 100 A 690 V~ 690 V~ Top Bottom Box terminal Box terminal 2.5 – 50 2.5 – 50 Width mm 53 53 Height mm 213 213 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 5/10 5/10 1 3431.020 3431.030 5 3071.000 3071.000 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Page Accessories Micro-switch 324 Rittal Australia RITTAL Pty. Ltd. 130 – 140 Parraweena Road Miranda NSW 2228 Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766 Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888 E-mail: info@rittal.com.au www.rittal.com.au Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 297 RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Electrolytic copper, silver-plated Note: The technical data given in the tables may vary for RU applications. Applications to RU only in conjunction with “Special Purpose Fuses”. Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7035/7001 NH fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (3-pole) Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Rated operating current 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A Rated operating voltage 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ Cable outlet top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8 Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5 Width mm 106 106 106 106 Height mm 194 194 194 194 – Type of connection Page Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.000 9343.010 9344.000 9344.010 Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 Connection space cover 2 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 323 Prism terminal 3 – 9344.600 – 9344.600 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Accessories Laminated copper bars 298 324 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Page Rated operating current 160 A 160 A 160 A 160 A Rated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8 Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5 Width mm 106 106 106 106 Height mm 194 194 194 194 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.020 9343.030 9344.020 9344.030 Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 323 Prism terminal 3 – 9344.600 – 9344.600 323 314 Cable outlet Type of connection For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Accessories Laminated copper bars NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 160 A Rated operating voltage Cable outlet Type of connection 160 A NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 160 A Page 160 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M8 Box terminal Screw M8 Connection of round conductors mm2 4 – 95 up to 95 4 – 95 up to 95 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 13 x 13 20 x 5 13 x 13 20 x 5 Width mm 106 106 106 106 Height mm 194 194 194 194 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.040 9343.050 9344.040 9344.050 Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 9344.520 323 Prism terminal 3 – 9344.600 – 9344.600 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Accessories Laminated copper bars Rittal Belgium RITTAL nv/sa Industrieterrein E17/3206 Stokkelaar 8 B-9160 Lokeren Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111 Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862 E-mail: info@rittal.be www.rittal.be Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 299 RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole) Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 250 A Rated operating voltage Cable outlet Type of connection 250 A NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 250 A Page 250 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10 Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501) up to 150 35 – 1501) up to 150 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184 184 Height mm 298 298 298 298 – Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.100 9343.110 9344.100 9344.110 1 – – – 9344.810 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 – 9344.610 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2. NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Rated operating current 250 A 250 A 250 A Rated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ Cable outlet Page top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501) up to 150 up to 150 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – 1 9343.120 9343.130 9344.130 1 – – 9344.810 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 9344.610 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 Type of connection For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection 300 of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 1 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 250 A Rated operating voltage Cable outlet Type of connection NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 250 A Page 250 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 Connection of round conductors mm2 35 – 1501) up to 150 up to 150 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm 20 x 3 – 14 32 x 10 32 x 10 Width mm 184 184 184 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – 1 9343.140 9343.150 9344.150 1 – – 9344.810 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.530 9344.530 9344.530 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.610 9344.610 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 50 – 150 mm2. Rittal Brazil RITTAL Sistemas Eletromecânicos Ltda. Av. Cândido Portinari, 1174 VI Jaguara 05114-001 São Paulo-SP Phone: +55 (11) 3622 2377 Fax: +55 (11) 3622 2399 E-mail: info@rittal.com.br www.rittal.com.br Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 301 RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole) Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 400 A Rated operating voltage 400 A NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 400 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10 95 – 3001) up to 240 95 – 3001) up to 240 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210 210 Height mm 298 298 298 298 – Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Page 400 A Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.200 9343.210 9344.200 9344.210 1 – – – 9344.820 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 – 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Rated operating current 400 A 400 A 400 A Rated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 Page 95 – 3001) up to 240 up to 240 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – 1 9343.220 9343.230 9344.230 1 – – 9344.820 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection 302 of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 2 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 400 A Rated operating voltage NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 400 A Page 400 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 95 – 3001) up to 240 up to 240 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 210 210 210 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – 1 9343.240 9343.250 9344.250 1 – – 9344.820 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.540 9344.540 9344.540 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 303 RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole) Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 630 A Rated operating voltage 630 A NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly 630 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Box terminal Screw M10 95 – 3001) up to 300 95 – 3001) up to 300 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250 250 Height mm 298 298 298 298 – Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Page 630 A Approvals For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – – 1 9343.300 9343.310 9344.300 9344.310 1 – – – 9344.830 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 – 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole), with electronic fuse monitoring Design Packs of NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Rated operating current 630 A 630 A 630 A Rated operating voltage 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ 400 – 690 V~ Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 95 – 3001) up to 300 up to 300 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm For bar thickness mm Page – 9344.330 1 9343.320 9343.330 1 – – 9344.830 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection 304 of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements NH fuse-switch disconnectors size 3 (3-pole), with electromechanical fuse monitoring Design Packs of Rated operating current NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors for bar systems 630 A Rated operating voltage 630 A NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly Page 630 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M10 Screw M10 95 – 3001) up to 300 up to 300 32 x 10 – 20 50 x 10 50 x 10 Width mm 250 250 250 Height mm 298 298 298 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 60 60 – 5/10 5/10 – 1 9343.340 9343.350 9344.350 1 – – 9344.830 324 Micro-switch 2 9344.510 9344.510 9344.510 324 Connection space cover 2 9344.550 9344.550 9344.550 323 Box terminal 3 – 9344.620 9344.620 323 Arcing chamber 3 9344.680 9344.680 9344.680 323 314 Cable outlet Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm For bar thickness mm Model No. SV Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting NH fuse-switch disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) Connection of sector-shaped conductors 120 – 300 mm2. Rittal Denmark RITTAL A/S Dybendalsvænget 4 DK-2630 Taastrup Phone: +45 70 25 59 00 Fax: +45 70 25 59 01 E-mail: info@rittal.dk www.rittal.dk Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 305 RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279, 340 Connection system Page 280 – 282 NH fuse-switch disconnectors Page 296 – 305 Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Silver-plated hard copper Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 − Handle: RAL 7016 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (3-pole) Rated operating current Packs of Rated operating voltage Cable outlet 160 A 160 A 160 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Screw M8 Screw M8 2.5 – 95 up to 95 up to 95 Width mm 50 50 50 Height mm 400 400 740 Type of connection Connection of round conductors mm2 For converter installation For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm For bar thickness mm 1 Model No. SV – – Page – – – 185 60 100 60 100 185 5/10 10 5/10 10 10 10 9346.000 9346.020 9346.010 9346.030 9346.040 9346.050 Also required Busbar adaptor For mounting SV 9346.020/.030 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing Design Single adaptor 1 – 9346.410 – 9346.410 – – 325 Two-way adaptor 1 – 9346.420 – 9346.420 – – 325 3 – – – – 9346.470 9346.470 – Busbar terminal For mounting SV 9346.040/.050 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing Accessories Micro-switch 5 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 9346.400 324 Lug terminal connection part 1 set – – 3592.020 3592.020 3592.020 3592.020 324 Clamp-type terminal connection 1 set – – 3592.010 3592.010 3592.010 3592.010 325 Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 325 Connection space cover (long) 1 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 9346.460 – – 324 Sliding nuts M8 for mounting SV 9346.040/.050 on busbar systems Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 15 – – – – 9640.910 9640.910 329 Maxi-PLS 3200 15 – – – – 9650.905 9650.905 329 306 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar systems Page 340 Connection clamps Page 316 Accessories Page 310 – 325 Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Silver-plated hard copper Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7001 − Handle: RAL 7016 Supply includes: − 3 screws M12 x 30 for equipment attachment − 3 inserted screw nuts M12 − 3 hex nuts for cable connection Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Basis of test: − IEC/DIN EN 60 947-3 − DIN EN 60 269-2 (fuse inserts) NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1/size 2/size 3 (3-pole) Size Packs of Rated operating current Rated operating voltage Cable outlet Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 250 A 400 A 630 A 690 V~ 690 V~ 690 V~ top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Type of connection Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Bolt M12 Connection of round conductors mm2 up to 240 up to 240 up to 240 Equipment attachment Page Screw M12 Screw M12 Screw M12 Width mm 100 100 100 Height mm 740 740 740 For bar systems with centre-to-centre spacing mm 185 185 185 For bar thickness mm 10 10 10 1 9346.110 9346.210 9346.310 Box terminal 3 9346.450 9346.450 9346.450 325 Busbar terminal 3 9346.440 9346.440 9346.440 325 Model No. SV Accessories Support bracket 4 9346.430 9346.430 9346.430 325 Micro-switch 5 3071.000 3071.000 3071.000 324 Inserted screw nuts M12 30 3591.060 3591.060 3591.060 311 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 307 RiLine Class fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Accessories Page 310 – 325 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Note: Suitable for snap-on mounting on − Support rails 35 mm (7.5/15 mm high) to DIN EN 60 715 or − RiLine component adaptor combinations (OM adaptor/ support), see page 283 – 286. Approvals: UL 512, CSA C22.2 No. 39 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Fuse holder up to 60 A (3-pole) Fuse type (class) Rated operating current Rated operating voltage Fuse standard Fuse size mm Connection of round conductors CC J J 30 A 30 A 60 A 600 V~ 600 V~ 600 V~ UL 4248-4 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 10 x 38 21 x 57 27 x 60 mm2 2.5 – 10 2.5 – 25 2.5 – 25 AWG AWG 6 – 14 AWG 2 – 14 AWG 2 – 14 Width mm 52.5 97.5 120 Height mm 78 114 122 Depth mm 59 80 89 Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 1) May 4 2 2 9345.000 9345.0101) 9345.030 also be used for cylindrical fuses 22 x 58 mm to French standards without UL licensing. Mounting example on 60 mm bar systems Required accessories 308 For fuse holder Page Model No. SV Designation SV 9345.000 SV 9345.010 SV 9345.030 9340.260 OM support – 1 – 286 9340.270 OM support – – 1 286 9340.280 Connection pin – 3 6 320 9340.290 Insert strip – – 1 319 9340.410 OM adaptor – 1 1 284 9340.460 OM adaptor 1 – – 283 9342.880 Support rail – 1 – 319 9342.950 Support rail 1 1 2 319 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine Class fuse elements Busbar systems Page 276 – 279 Connection system Page 280 – 282 Component adaptors Page 283 – 289 Accessories Page 310 – 325 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Contact tracks: Electrolytic copper, silver-plated Approvals: − UL 4248-1/UL 4248-8 − CSA C22.2 No. 4248.107/ CSA C22.2 No. 4248.8-07 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: − Chassis: RAL 7035 − Cover: RAL 7035/7001 Fuse holder 61 – 400 A (3-pole) Fuse type (class) Packs of Rated operating current Rated operating voltage Fuse standard Fuse size mm Cable outlet Type of connection J J J 61 – 100 A 101 – 200 A 201 – 400 A 600 V~ 600 V~ 600 V~ UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 UL 4248-8 29 x 118 41 x 146 54 x 181 top/bottom top/bottom top/bottom Box terminal Box terminal Box terminal AWG 2 – MCM 300 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600 AWG 3/0 – MCM 600 Width mm 184 210 250 Height mm 288 288 328/3531) Connection of round conductors Approvals For bar systems Bar centre distance mm 60 60 60 5/10 5/10 5/10 1 9345.100 9345.200 9345.400 1 9345.110 9345.210 9345.410 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV For mounting plate assembly Model No. SV 1) 328 mm (SV 9345.400), 353 mm (SV 9345.410) Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 309 RiLine accessories Busbar supports/base isolators Busbar supports 1- and 2-pole 1 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: SV 9340.030/SV 9342.030 The busbar supports may be bayed with 60 mm bar centre distance for the configuration of multipole systems. Colour: RAL 7035 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: SV 9342.030 Including raised section for stepped configuration of the PLS busbars. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Design Packs of Number of poles 2 1 2 2 1-pole 1-pole 2-pole – – 60 PLS 1600 – – Bar centre distance mm For busbars E-Cu PEN/N/PE support – – 9342.030 9340.030 9340.040 4 312 12 x 5/101), 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm 15 x 5 – 30 x 10 mm – N/PE support Model No. SV Page 311 Accessories Spacers 12 – 9340.090 – 310 Captive nuts M52) 50 – 4166.000 4166.000 665 1) If 12 x 5/10 mm busbars are used, the spacer SV 9340.090 is additionally required. attaching the busbar support to the TS frame section and punched sections with mounting flanges with rectangular system punchings 12.5 x 10.5 mm. 2) For Base isolators Rated operating voltage 1 kV 1 kV For configuring busbar systems with any given bar centre distances and for assembling insulated PE or PEN bars. Tensile strength 12 kN 13 kN Torsional strength 75 Nm 90 Nm Bending strength 6 kN 6 kN Material: Duroplastic polyester (UP resin) Height mm Technical information: Available on the Internet. Packs of Thread Model No. SV 40 50 M10 M10 6 6 3031.000 3032.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Spacers for RiLine60 busbar supports (flat busbar system) For adapting 12 x 5 and 12 x 10 mm size busbars. For busbar supports ● SV 9340.030 (1-pole), see page 310. ● SV 9340.000/.010 (3-pole), see page 276. ● SV 9340.004 (4-pole), see page 276. Packs of Model No. SV 12 9340.090 Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 310 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories Busbars Busbars E-Cu Technical information: Available on the Internet. To DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/bar. Dimensions mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 12 x 5 6 3580.000 15 x 5 6 3581.000 20 x 5 6 3582.000 25 x 5 6 3583.000 30 x 5 6 3584.000 12 x 10 6 3580.100 15 x 10 6 3581.100 20 x 10 6 3585.000 6 3586.000 Page E-Cu 30 x 10 40 x 10 – 3 3587.000 50 x 10 – 3 3588.000 60 x 10 – 3 3589.000 80 x 10 – 3 3590.000 100 x 10 – 3 3590.010 30 x 5 – 6 3584.200 30 x 10 – 6 3586.200 12 x 5 – 15 x 10 (single connection) 3 9350.075 313 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 (single connection) 3 9320.020 313 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 (bayed connection) 3 9320.030 313 12/15 x 5 4 9350.010 311 12/15 x 10 4 9350.060 311 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.000 311 40 – 60 x 10 10 3085.000 311 E-Cu tin-plated1) Accessories Busbar connectors for busbars mm Busbar cover section for busbars mm 1) Extended delivery times. Busbar cover sections Contact hazard protection via covering of the busbars. May be cut to required length. Length: 1000 mm/section. Material: − Thermally modified hard PVC. − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: Contact hazard protection, for more solutions see page 315. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 For busbars mm Approvals Packs of 12/15 x 5 – 4 9350.010 12/15 x 10 – 4 9350.060 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 10 3092.000 40 – 60 x 10 10 3085.000 Inserted screw nuts M12 Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. Hole diameter: 14.5 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Model No. SV Packs of Model No. SV 30 3591.060 311 RiLine accessories Busbars PLS special busbars E-Cu Technical information: Available on the Internet. For system PLS 800, bar thickness 5 mm, bar cross-section 300 mm2 For enclosure width mm Length mm E-Cu tin-plated1) 600 495 – 600 495 800 695 – 800 695 1000 895 – 1000 895 1200 1095 – 1200 1095 variable 2400 – variable 2400 Approvals – – – – – Packs of Model No. SV 3 3524.000 3 3524.200 3 3525.000 3 3525.200 3 3525.010 3 3525.210 3 3526.000 3 3526.200 1 3509.000 1 3509.200 Page Accessories PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 3504.000 313 PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 3505.000 313 PLS expansion connectors 3 9320.060 313 Packs of Model No. SV Page 3 3527.000 1) Extended delivery times. For system PLS 1600, bar thickness 10 mm, bar cross-section 900 mm2 For enclosure width mm Length mm E-Cu tin-plated1) 600 495 – 600 495 800 695 – 800 695 1000 895 – 1000 895 1200 1095 – 1200 1095 variable 2400 – variable 2400 Approvals – – – – – 3 3527.200 3 3528.000 3 3528.200 3 3528.010 3 3528.210 3 3529.000 3 3529.200 1 3516.000 1 3516.200 Accessories PLS busbar connector (single connection) 3 3514.000 313 PLS busbar connector (bayed connection) 3 3515.000 313 PLS expansion connectors 3 9320.070 313 1) Extended 312 delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories Busbars Busbar connectors Technical information: Available on the Internet. For connecting square busbars, no drilling required. Material: SV 9350.075 − Top piece: St 37, nickel-plated surface finish − Contact plate: E-Cu, nickel-plated surface finish Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. SV 9320.020/SV 9320.030 − Top piece: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated − Contact plate: E-Cu, silver-plated For busbars mm Application Model No. SV – 3 9350.075 – 3 9320.020 3 9320.030 Bayed connection1) – 12 x 5 – 15 x 10 20 x 5 – 30 x 10 1) From Packs of Single connection Approvals enclosure to enclosure (TS 8) PLS busbar connectors For connecting the PLS special busbars; no drilling required. Material: E-Cu Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Nickel-plated Application For system Single connection Baying 1) From connection1) Packs of Model No. SV PLS 800 Approvals 3 3504.000 PLS 1600 3 3514.000 PLS 800 3 3505.000 PLS 1600 3 3515.000 enclosure to enclosure (TS 8) PLS expansion connectors For thermal and mechanical compensation during connection of PLS special busbars from enclosure to enclosure (TS 8). Material: E-Cu Note: At a temperature increase of 30 K, there is an expansion in the length of the busbars by approximately 0.5 mm/m. For this reason, it is advisable to use an expansion connectors for thermal compensation in busbar systems with busbar sections > 3600 mm. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For system Packs of Model No. SV PLS 800 3 9320.060 PLS 1600 3 9320.070 PLS 800 3 3504.000 313 PLS 1600 3 3514.000 313 Expansion connectors Approvals Page Also required PLS busbar connectors1) 1) Two busbar connectors are needed to fit one expansion connector. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 313 RiLine accessories Laminated copper bars Laminated copper bars Short-circuit resistance diagram: Available on the Internet. Length: 2000 mm/bar. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Material: Cu lamina − High-purity electrolyte copper F20 Insulation − High-strength vinyl compound − Expansion 370% − Temperature range: –30°C to +105°C − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 − Dielectric strength: 20 kV/mm Configuration1) mm In for 70 K2) In for 50 K2) In for 30 K2) Packs of 8 x 6 x 0.5 195 A 165 A 125 A 1 3565.015 6 x 9 x 0.8 285 A 240 A 180 A 1 3565.005 4 x 15.5 x 0.8 330 A 275 A 210 A 1 3567.005 6 x 15.5 x 0.8 415 A 350 A 265 A 1 3568.005 Model No. SV 10 x 15.5 x 0.8 575 A 480 A 365 A 1 3569.005 5 x 20 x 1 525 A 435 A 330 A 1 3570.005 5 x 24 x 1 605 A 510 A 385 A 1 3571.005 10 x 24 x 1 920 A 770 A 585 A 1 3572.005 3573.005 5 x 32 x 1 770 A 645 A 485 A 1 10 x 32 x 1 1155 A 965 A 730 A 1 3574.005 5 x 40 x 1 930 A 780 A 590 A 1 3575.005 10 x 40 x 1 1370 A 1145 A 865 A 1 3576.005 5 x 50 x 1 1125 A 940 A 710 A 1 3577.005 10 x 50 x 1 1635 A 1365 A 1030 A 1 3578.005 10 x 63 x 1 1950 A 1610 A 1230 A 1 3579.005 1) Number of lamina x lamina width x lamina thickness 2) The conductor temperature of the laminated copper bar is derived from the sum total of the ambient temperature and the temperature increase. Example: SV 3565.005 carrying 180 A, i.e. the temperature increases by 30 K. At an ambient temperature of 35°C, this produces a resultant conductor temperature of 35°C + 30 K = 65°C. Universal support For the attachment of laminated copper bars from 5 x 20 x 1 to 10 x 63 x 1 mm. Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Screws and “U” nuts for mounting on PS punched rails. Universal support For the attachment of multi-stacked laminated copper bars from 5 x 40 x 1 to 10 x 100 x 1 mm. Material: − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Screws and sliding nuts for attachment on C rails. 314 Packs of Model No. SV 3 3079.000 Accessories: PS punched rails, see page 651. Short-circuit resistance diagram: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Packs of Model No. SV 3 sets 3079.010 Note: 3 sets of universal supports correspond to the supply scope shown in the photograph. Accessories: C rails 30/15, see page 653. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories Contact hazard protection System components Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: − Thermally modified hard PVC − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 For RiLine60 busbar systems Flat bars 3-pole 4-pole PLS 800 30 x 10 PLUS PLS 1600 Flat bars PLS 1600 PLUS 1 Base tray Length (L) mm Packs Approvof als Model No. SV Model No. SV 500 2 9340.100 9341.100 9342.100 – – – 700 2 9340.110 9341.110 9342.110 – – – 900 2 9340.120 9341.120 9342.120 – – – 1100 2 9340.130 9341.130 9342.130 9340.134 9342.134 9342.134 2400 1 9340.170 9341.170 9342.170 – – – 2 9340.140 9341.140 9342.140 – – – 700 2 9340.200 9340.200 9340.200 – – – 1100 2 9340.210 9340.210 9340.210 9340.214 9340.214 9340.214 – 1 1 Base tray infill 100 2 Cover section 1 Base tray For rear contact hazard protection of the flat bar assembly. 1 Base tray infill For rear contact hazard protection when connecting the busbars from enclosure to enclosure. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support panel for cover section To prevent side access to the cover section. The support panel also provides additional stability. Recommended mounting distance < 500 mm. Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 For system assembly 2 Cover section May be cut to length as required; for clip-on mounting to the base tray. 2 Note: If the cover section is loaded from the front, the support panel is needed for stability. Packs of Model No. SV 3-pole 5 9340.220 4-pole 5 9340.224 Approvals Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Cross member for RiLine60 busbar connections, 3-pole To comply with the clearances required for “feeder circuits” under UL 508. For flat bar systems with 60 mm bar centre distance and PLS 800/1600. Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Length mm Approvals 160 Packs of Model No. SV 2 9340.230 Also required: Support panel SV 9340.220 (2 pieces), see page 315. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: 2 pieces for one busbar connection Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 315 RiLine accessories Connection system Conductor connection clamps Accessories: Material: − Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated (SV 3450.500 – SV 3459.500) − Brass (SV 3550.000/SV 3555.000) Laminated copper bars, see page 314. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Connection of round conductors1) mm2 For bar thickness mm 1) Wire Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Model No. SV Approvals Packs of 3 –5 1–4 – 15 3550.000 5 1–4 – 15 3450.500 5 2.5 –16 8x8 15 3451.500 5 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 3452.500 3453.500 5 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 5 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3454.500 6 –10 1–4 – 15 3555.000 10 1–4 – 15 3455.500 10 2.5 – 16 8x8 15 3456.500 10 16 – 50 10.5 x 11 15 3457.500 10 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 3458.500 10 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3459.500 end ferrules should be used with fine wire conductors. Plate clamps For connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling required. For busbars mm Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Packs of Model No. SV Material: Sheet steel 12 x 5 – 30 x 10 34 x 10 3 3554.000 40 x 10 34 x 10 3 3559.000 50 x 10 34 x 10 3 3560.000 50 x 10 54 x 10 3 3562.000 60 x 10 34 x 10 3 3561.000 60 x 10 54 x 10 3 3563.000 80 x 10 65 x 10 3 3460.500 Surface finish: Zinc-plated, passivated Accessories: Laminated copper bars, see page 314. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. System covers Note: For 3-pole systems with 60/100 mm bar centre distance. Only suitable for use with systems without a base tray. For systems with a base tray, the system covers must be mechanically shortened. For conductor connection clamps and plate clamps. Material: − ABS − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Height mm Width mm 316 Depth mm For mounting on bar systems 60 mm 100 mm Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 3086.000 50 80 230 325 4 100 80 230 325 4 3087.000 100 110 230 325 4 3090.000 200 80 230 325 4 3088.000 200 110 230 325 4 3091.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories Connection system Connection block Supply includes: 3 terminals including cover. Material: Chassis − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Cover − ABS − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Note: When using the terminal on 2-pole busbar systems (SV 9340.040), the terminal must be rotated through 180° for connection to the PE busbar. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7035 Outlet Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. top/bottom top/bottom Connection of round conductors mm2 ● fine-wire with wire end ferrule ● multi-wire Packs of 95 – 185 95 – 300 – – Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm ● For 5 mm bar thickness ● For 10 mm bar thickness 33 x 27 33 x 22 65 x 27 65 x 22 Width mm 50 85 Height mm 88 88 For bar thickness mm Model No. SV 3 5/10 5/10 9342.311 9342.321 Page Accessories Laminated copper bars Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 314 317 RiLine accessories for Mini-PLS component adaptors Insert strip for Mini-PLS component adaptors To extend the construction width. Width mm Packs of Model No. SV 9 2 9623.000 Width mm Packs of Model No. SV 45 10 9320.150 54 10 3548.000 72 10 3549.000 Material: ABS Colour: RAL 7035 Support rails 35 x 7.5 mm for Mini-PLS component adaptors Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard. 318 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories for RiLine60 component adaptors Support rails 35 x 10 mm for OM adaptor/support For attaching to the adaptor section and support frame. Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Supply includes: Assembly screws. Note: UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/ support. Colour: RAL 9005 Design Width mm With anti-slip guard1) Packs of Model No. SV TS 45C 45 5 9342.850 TS 45D 45 – 5 9342.860 TS 45D-V2) 45 – 5 9342.870 TS 55C 55 5 9342.920 9342.930 TS 55D 55 – 5 TS 55D-V2) 55 – 5 9342.940 TS 55E3) 55 5 9342.960 1) Anti-slip 2) Support guard for motor circuit-breaker. rail only suitable for non-pitch pattern-dependent mounting on support frame. version. Recommended for switchgear with an unladen weight per support rail > 600 g. 3) Reinforced Support rails 35 x 15 mm for OM adaptor/support For attaching to the adaptor section. Width mm Packs of Model No. SV 45 5 9342.880 55 5 9342.950 Width mm Packs of Model No. SV 72 5 9342.980 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard. Support rails 35 x 7.5 mm for OM adaptor/support For assembly on 55 mm wide OM adaptors/ supports with 10 mm wide insert strips mounted on the right and left. Arrangement of the mounting hole for central configuration on 55 mm wide adaptor section or support frame. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard. Insert strip for OM adaptor/support To extend the construction width in a 10 mm pitch pattern. May be bayed as often as required on both sides. With integral cable duct. Width mm 10 Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 2 9340.290 Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 6 connection pins (SV 9340.280). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 319 RiLine accessories for RiLine60 component adaptors Connection pin Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 20 9340.280 For any required mechanical connection of OM adaptor/support and insert strip (SV 9340.290). Material: Polyamide (PA 6). Colour: RAL 5010 Support frame for OM adaptor/support For use as a spare or for the configuration of replacement assemblies. Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour: RAL 9005 Note: UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/ support. Support frame support for OM adaptors To reinforce support frames 45 x 237 mm and 55 x 237 mm for use on OM adaptors. Length mm For adaptor width Packs of Model No. SV mm 170 45 5 9341.800 237 45 5 9341.820 170 55 5 9341.830 237 55 5 9341.850 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Packs of Model No. SV 10 9340.800 Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour: RAL 9005 Note: UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/ support. PinBlock for support frames For reliable attachment and positioning of the contactor on motor starter combinations, for simple clip-on mounting onto the support frame. Individual vertical positioning is achieved by relocating the PinBlock. For support frame width mm Packs of Model No. SV 45 5 9342.800 55 5 9342.810 Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour: RAL 9005 Note: UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/ support. 320 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories for RiLine60 component adaptors PinBlock Plus for starters with increased contactor attachment Mounted by simply clipping onto the PinBlock (SV 9342.800/.810). Packs of Model No. SV 5 9342.820 Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Colour: RAL 9005 Note: UL approval in conjunction with OM adaptor/ support. ST-Combi connector for OM premium adaptor May be used as a spare. With tension spring clamp at the outlet end. Material: Polyamide (PA 6.6). Cable set Pre-assembled connection cables for individual connection of switchgear, top-mounted on OM adaptors with tension spring clamps. Length: 130 mm. Material: − PVC insulation − Temperature resistant to 105°C − Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression at both ends Technical information: Available on the Internet. Twin cords for OM adaptors with tension spring clamp 2.5 – 16 mm2 Pre-assembled connection cables for individual connection of up to two switchgear units per adaptor. Design Packs of Model No. SV 3-pole 1.5 – 4 mm2 5 9341.980 8-pole 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 5 9341.990 Design Packs of Model No. SV AWG 14 = 2.08 mm2 2.5 mm2 15 9340.850 AWG 12 = 3.31 mm2 4 mm2 15 9340.860 AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 15 9340.870 AWG 8 = 8.37 mm2 10 mm2 6 9340.880 AWG 6 = 13.3 mm2 16 mm2 6 9340.890 Design Packs of Model No. SV AWG 10 = 5.26 mm2 6 mm2 6 9340.820 AWG = American Wire Gauges AWG = American Wire Gauges Cable length: L1 = 140 mm, L2 = 250 mm. Material: − PVC insulation − Temperature resistant to 105°C − Wire ends with ultrasonic wire-end compression at both ends Technical information: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 321 RiLine accessories for RiLine60 CB component adaptors Insert strip for circuit-breaker component adaptors To extend the construction width from 140 mm to 190 mm. Material: ABS For circuitbreaker component adaptor Width mm SV 9342.700 SV 9342.710 25 Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 4 (1 set) 9342.720 Note: 4 units (1 set) are needed to widen a component adaptor. Colour: RAL 7035 Sliding blocks for circuit-breaker component adaptors For additional locking of circuit-breakers with more than two attachment points. Colour: RAL 7035 Note: UL approval in conjunction with circuit-breaker component adaptor. Connection bracket for circuit-breaker component adaptors Pre-assembled, laminated flat copper for connecting standard, commercially available moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCB). For circuit-breaker component adaptor With threaded insert SV 9342.500/.510 SV 9342.504/.514 SV 9342.540/.550 M3/M4 6 9342.560 SV 9342.600/.610 SV 9342.604/.614 M4/M5 6 9342.640 Packs Model No. of SV Material: Electrolytic copper F20 Insulation: − Vinyl compound − Temperature resistant to 105°C − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Dimensions1) For circuit-breaker mm component adaptor 6 x 9 x 0.8 10 x 15.5 x 0.8 10 x 32 x 1 For connecting moulded case circuit-breakers (MCCB), make (model) Packs of2) Model No. SV ABB (T1, T1 UL, T2, T2 UL), Eaton (NZM1, NZM1 UL, BZM B1), OEZ (BC160N), Schneider Electric (NSC100, NSE75, NSE100) Siemens (3RV13 53, 3VT 1) 3 9342.5703) ABB (T3, T3 UL), GE (FE), Schneider Electric (NSF150, NSF250) 3 9342.660 Allen Bradley (140U-J), Schneider Electric (NS/NSX100/160/250, GV7) 3 9342.670 ABB (S3), Eaton (NZM2, NZM2 UL, BZM B2), Siemens (VL250, VL250 UL) 3 9342.680 Siemens (VL150X UL, VL150 UL, VL160X, VL160) 3 9342.690 ABB (T5, T5 UL), Siemens (3RV10 73, 3RV13 73/74) 3 9342.770 ABB (S5), Allen Bradley (140U-L), Schneider Electric (NS/SX 400/630, NSJ 400/600) 3 9342.780 Eaton (NZM3, NZM3 UL) 3 9342.790 SV 9342.500/.510 SV 9342.540/.550 SV 9342.600/.610 SV 9342.700/.710 1) Number of lamina 2) 3 pieces = 1 set x lamina width x lamina thickness 3) Universal application for switchgear with a dimensional difference between the mounting level and the upper edge of the contact level of 20 ± 5 mm. Support rail 35 x 15 mm For ● Circuit-breaker component adaptor ● Mini-PLS component adaptor Material: Sheet steel For component adaptors Width mm SV 9342.400 SV 9342.410 SV 9629.000 72 Approvals Packs of Model No. SV 5 9320.120 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws and side anti-slip guard. 322 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories For RiLine NH fuse elements Prism terminal Connection Round conductor mm2 for NH disconnectors size 00 with screw terminal For direct connection of round and sector-shaped conductors. Sector-shaped Packs of conductor mm2 10 – 70 10 – 70 3 Model No. SV 9344.600 Material: Cast brass Surface finish: Nickel-plated Technical information: Available on the Internet. Box terminals Technical information: Available on the Internet. for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 with screw terminal For direct connection of round and sector-shaped conductors and laminated copper bars. Material: Cast brass Surface finish: Nickel-plated For NH disconnectors Clamping area for laminated copper bars W x H mm Connection Round conductor mm2 Sector-shaped conductor mm2 Packs of Model No. SV Size 1 20 x 14 35 – 150 50 – 150 3 9344.610 Size 2/3 32 x 20 95 – 300 120 – 300 3 9344.620 Connection space cover for NH disconnectors ● For extending the contact hazard protection cover, e.g. when using ring terminals with a long collar. ● Bayable as required at the top and bottom. Material: Polyamide (PA 6). Colour: RAL 7035 Arc chambers for NH disconnectors, sizes 1 to 3 To increase switching capacity (utilisation category). For NH disconnectors Packs of Model No. SV Size 00 2 9344.520 Size 1 2 9344.530 Size 2 2 9344.540 Size 3 2 9344.550 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Packs of Model No. SV 3 9344.680 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 323 RiLine accessories For RiLine NH fuse elements Busbar adaptor For NH disconnectors for NH disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For mounting NH disconnectors on bar systems with 100 mm centre-to-centre spacing Packs of Model No. SV 9344.110 9344.130 9344.150 1 9344.810 2 9344.210 9344.230 9344.250 1 9344.820 3 9344.310 9344.330 9344.350 1 9344.830 Size Model No. SV 1 Technical information: Available on the Internet. Micro-switch 1 For NH disconnectors for NH disconnectors/NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors To indicate the switch position of the NH unit (cover). Size Packs of Model No. SV 000/00 5 3071.000 1–3 2 9344.5101) 1) Plastic lug for attaching the micro-switch to the disconnector chassis. 1 2 For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors Size Packs of Model No. SV 00 5 9346.400 1–3 5 3071.000 2 Connection space cover for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 Extended version for the use of ring terminals with a long collar. For SV 9346.000 – 9346.030. Packs of Model No. SV 1 9346.460 Packs of Model No. SV 1 set 3592.020 Material: Polycarbonate Lug terminal connection parts for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For connecting laminated copper bars and round conductors 1.5 to 25 mm2. Clamping area W x H: 16 x 10 mm. Material: Cast brass Surface finish: Nickel-plated Technical information: Available on the Internet. 324 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiLine accessories For RiLine NH fuse elements Clamp-type terminal connection Packs of Model No. SV 1 set 3592.010 Packs of Model No. SV 3 9346.450 Packs of Model No. SV 3 9346.440 Packs of Model No. SV 4 9346.430 for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For the connection of round conductors 1.5 to 95 mm2. Material: Cast brass Surface finish: Nickel-plated Technical information: Available on the Internet. Box terminal for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For converting NH slimline disconnectors to box terminal connection for round conductors up to 300 mm2. Material: Cast brass Surface finish: Nickel-plated Busbar terminal for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 – 3 For mounting NH slimline disconnectors on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing, no drilling required. Support bracket for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 – 3 For optional attachment of a customised contact hazard protection cover e.g. for special applications in conjunction with distribution enclosures. The support brackets may be attached to the left and right of the strip chassis. Busbar adaptor for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 For mounting NH slimline disconnectors SV 9346.020/.030 on bar systems with 185 mm centre-to-centre spacing. Design Packs of Single adaptor 1 9346.410 Two-way adaptor 1 9346.420 Model No. SV Supply includes: Compensating panels. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 325 326 Ri4Power Form 1-4 Modular system ● For low-voltage switchgear with design certificate to IEC 61 439-1/-2 and DIN EN 61 439-1/-2 ● For control systems and power distributors ● Structured system solution for switch- gear with Form separation 1-4b ● Simple, installation-friendly system assembly Busbar systems up to 5500 A ● RiLine60 – The compact busbar system up to 1600 A, see page 275 ● Maxi-PLS – The assembly-friendly system, see page 328 ● Flat-PLS – The flat bar system for discerning requirements, see page 332 ● Tested PE conductor system, see page 693 ● High levels of short-circuit resistance up to 100 kA for 1 sec./220 kA Modular enclosure system ● Based on enclosure platform TS 8, see page 84 ● Flexible, modular front design, see page 592 ● Roof plates to suit every requirement, see page 622 ● Modular compartment configuration for internal compartmentalisation up to Form 4b, see page 345 ● Internal cover plates, contact hazard protection for air circuit-breaker and NH switch-disconnector fuse sections, see page 342 ● Accessories for Ri4Power, see page 352 Simple planning ● Power Engineering 5.0 with update function to 6.0 SV 3020.500, see page 523 ● Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with design certificate ● Simple, fast assembly with automatically generated assembly plan ● Generation of parts lists with graphical output 327 Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components Material: − Busbar support, end support, end cover: PA 6.6 − System attachment: Stainless steel − Cover section: Hard PVC Note: Busbars for PE/PEN combinations, see page 693/694. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Packs of Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Busbar support 1 9649.000 9659.000 B Busbar support, suitable for top mounting 1 9649.160 9659.160 C End supports 2 9649.010 9659.010 Bar centre distance mm Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV 100 2 9640.080 – 150 2 – 9650.100 Supports and attachment in the TS 8 enclosure D A B C System attachment for installation in the busbar support For application D1 D3 D1 For enclosure depth mm In the roof/ base section/ directly above/ below coupling switch 600 800 600 D2 Vertical coupling set 800 D2 D3 D4 D4 Rear section top/bottom – Rear section, centre (185 mm) – 100 2 9640.0881) – 150 2 – 9650.080 100 2 9649.076 – 150 2 – 9650.076 100 2 9649.078 – 150 2 – 9659.078 100 2 9640.098 – 150 2 – 9650.098 185 2 A Maxi-PLS busbars E-Cu (special lengths avaialble on request) For enclosure width mm A B b c b a 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 9640.150 – 9650.150 – Maxi-PLS 1600 Maxi-PLS 2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 For application2) Length mm Packs of 600 a 491 1 9640.206 9640.201 600 b 525 1 9640.216 9640.211 9650.211 600 c 599 1 9640.226 9640.221 9650.221 800 a 691 1 9640.236 9640.231 9650.231 800 b 725 1 9640.246 9640.241 9650.241 800 c 799 1 9640.256 9640.251 9650.251 1000 a 891 1 9640.266 9640.261 9650.261 1000 b 925 1 9640.276 9640.271 9650.271 1000 c 999 1 9640.286 9640.281 9650.281 Model No. SV Model No. SV 9650.201 1200 a 1091 1 9640.296 9640.291 9650.291 1200 b 1125 1 9640.306 9640.301 9650.301 1200 c 1199 1 9640.316 9640.311 9650.311 – – 2400 3 9640.365 9640.360 9650.360 – – 2400 4 – 9649.3601) 9659.3601) B Longitudinal connector E-Cu for simple baying connection of Maxi-PLS busbars. Incl. sliding blocks, bolts, washers and nuts. 1 9640.191 9640.191 9650.191 2) A = Cable connection system with end support B = Left-hand or right-hand end enclosure in a switchgear installation C = Bayed enclosure with sections bayed on the left and right Packs of Model No. SV Model No. SV A Cover section for clip-on mounting on the Maxi-PLS busbars, length 1000 mm 5 9640.050 9650.050 B End cover for clip-on mounting on the end surface of Maxi-PLS busbars 2 9649.060 9659.060 C Stabiliser to increase short-circuit resistance (ICW up to 124 kA) 4 Contact hazard protection/short-circuit protection B C A 1) Extended 328 3-pole – 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – 9650.1401) – delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components Connection system Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Connection bracket E-Cu, transition from the main busbar system to the connection kits. B C 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole Width mm No. of brackets per phase Packs of 60 1 1 set 9640.433 9640.433 + 9640.4342) 9650.400 – 60 2 1 set 9640.443 9640.443 + 9640.4442) 9650.410 – 9650.420 – Enclosure depth 600/800 mm Enclosure depth 600 mm 60 3 1 set 9640.453 9640.453 + 9640.4542) 100 2 1 set 9640.473 9640.473 + 9640.4742) 9650.470 – 9650.480 – 9650.487 A 100 3 1 set 9640.483 9640.483 + 9640.4842) 120 3 1 set – – 60 1 1 set – – 9659.4032) 9659.403 + 9659.4042) 60 2 1 set – – 9659.4132) 9659.413 + 9659.4142) 60 3 1 set – – 9659.4232) 9659.423 + 9659.4242) 100 2 1 set – – 9659.4732) 9659.473 + 9659.4742) 100 3 1 set – – 9659.4832) 9659.483 + 9659.4842) 120 3 1 set – – 9659.4932) 9659.493 + 9659.4942) Enclosure depth 800 mm B Isolator chassis for isolated routing of the connection brackets. Material: RAL 6.6, black. Incl. assembly parts. Bar centre distance mm For connection bracket width mm Packs of 100 60 1 9640.021 9640.021 – – 150 60 1 – – 9650.021 9650.021 150 100 1 – – 9650.031 9650.031 Model No. SV Model No. SV C Contact maker E-Cu for contacting the connection brackets to the Maxi-PLS busbars. Incl. sliding blocks. Width mm 60 1 9640.171 9640.171 9650.171 9650.171 100 1 9640.181 9640.181 9650.181 9650.181 A Connection clamp for the connection of round conductors (Cu/Al) 95 to 300 mm2 (single-wire and multi-wire). Incl. assembly parts. A 1 9640.325 Maximum clamping area 9650.325 9650.325 2 x 10 x 32 x 1 mm 3 9640.330 9640.330 9650.330 9650.330 2 x 10 x 63 x 1 mm 3 9640.340 9640.340 9650.340 9650.340 2 x 10 x 100 x 1 mm 3 9640.350 9640.350 9650.350 9650.350 C Terminal stud for connecting cables with ring terminals. Including sliding blocks. B 9640.325 B Connection plates for the connection of laminated flat copper bars. Assembly parts. Thread Length 30 mm Length 32 mm M12 3 9640.370 9640.370 9650.370 9650.370 M16 3 9640.380 9640.380 9650.380 9650.380 D Sliding blocks for sliding into the Maxi-PLS busbar section at the sides. Thread M8 Length 20 mm 15 9640.970 9640.970 – – M10 Length 25 mm 15 9640.980 9640.980 9650.980 9650.980 M12 Length 35 mm 15 – – 9650.990 9650.990 E Sliding nuts for retrospective insertion into the Maxi-PLS busbar section. Thread C E 1) Packs of 3. Thread 2) 15 9640.900 9640.900 9650.900 9650.900 M8 15 9640.910 9640.910 9650.9051) 9650.9051) M10 15 9640.920 9640.920 9650.910 9650.910 M12 15 – – 9650.920 9650.920 F Threaded bolts for individual connection options3). Incl. nuts, plain washers, spring lock washers (M6 and M8 only) or washers. D F M6 Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 3) M6 Length 35 mm 6 9640.930 9640.930 9640.930 9640.930 M8 Length 35 mm 6 9640.940 9640.940 9640.940 9640.940 M10 Length 35 mm 8 9676.971 9676.971 9676.971 9676.971 M10 Length 45 mm 8 9676.972 9676.972 9676.972 9676.972 M10 Length 55 mm 8 9676.973 9676.973 9676.973 9676.973 M10 Length 70 mm 8 9676.976 9676.976 9676.976 9676.976 M10 Length 80 mm 8 9676.977 9676.977 9676.977 9676.977 M12 Length 40 mm 8 – – 9676.981 9676.981 M12 Length 50 mm 8 – – 9676.982 9676.982 M12 Length 60 mm 8 – – 9676.983 9676.983 M12 Length 70 mm 8 – – 9676.986 9676.986 M12 Length 80 mm 8 – – 9676.987 9676.987 Sliding blocks or sliding nuts are additionally required for attachment. 329 Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components Connection system Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 Model No. SV Model No. SV Page A Corner bracket E-Cu for connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the roof/base section to vertical busbar systems, for 90° connection of two Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear section. May be used for individual installation. A Number of brackets per phase 2) 3/4-pole 1600 2000 3200 2 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 60 x 10 mm 3 x 80 x 10 mm 9640.7051) 9640.7001) 9650.7002) 1 Model No. SV 1) 3/4-pole Packs of For Maxi-PLS Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9640.980 per corner bracket. Also required: 4 sliding blocks 9650.990 per corner bracket. A Connection kits for busbar riser. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS busbar systems in the rear section to vertical busbar systems. A For enclosure depth mm 600 800 Number of brackets per phase 2 3 Packs of 1 set 1 set 1600 2000 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 9660.3183) 9660.318+ 9660.3193) – – 3200 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – – – – 9660.3133) 9660.313+ 9660.3143) – – – 3 1 set – – 9660.3633) – 3 1 set – – 9660.3683) Also required: – 9660.368 + 9660.3693) Sliding blocks 15 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980 9640.980 9650.990 9650.990 329 Threaded bolts 8 9676.972 9676.972 9676.973 9676.973 9676.983 9676.983 329 12 16 12 16 12 16 Required quantity A T-connector kits for Maxi-PLS/RiLine60 busbar systems. For connecting horizontal Maxi-PLS main busbar systems to vertical RiLine60 distribution busbar systems in the modular outgoing section, including assembly parts. Extended delivery times. A Main busbar system Maxi-PLS Maxi-PLS Distribution busbar system Behind the In the In the compartment rear roof/ section base 30 x PLS top/ section bottom 10/5 mm 1600 30 x 10/5 mm PLS 1600 Enclosure depth mm 600 800 Maxi-PLS 3200 Model No. SV Model No. SV Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – – – – – 1 set 9675.303 9675.304 – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.311 – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.313 9675.314 – – – – – 1 set 9675.306 9675.307 – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.315 – – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.316 9675.317 – – – – – 1 set 9675.321 9675.322 9675.331 – – – – – – 1 set 9675.323 9675.324 9675.333 9675.334 – – – – – 1 set 9675.325 9675.328 9675.335 – – – – – – 1 set 9675.326 9675.327 9675.336 9675.337 – – – – 1 set 9675.343 9675.344 – – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.353 9675.354 – – – – 1 set 9675.346 9675.347 – – – – – – – 1 set – – 9675.356 9675.357 – – – – – 1 set 9675.361 9675.362 – – – – – – – 1 set 9675.363 9675.364 9675.373 9675.374 – – – – – 1 set 9675.365 9675.368 – – – – – – – 1 set 9675.366 9675.367 9675.376 9675.377 Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS busbar 1600/2000 For individual use as a 3-pole cable connection bar system. Direct mounting on the mounting plate or punched section without mounting flange. Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole Supply includes: 6 end supports, 2 support plates for end supports, 1 PS mounting rail 23 x 23 mm (length 495 mm), mounting accessories 1 set 9660.980 – – – 3) Extended 330 Inside the compartment Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Busbar systems Maxi-PLS System components Shielding Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Divider panel for TS enclosures. For side shielding from neighbouring panels. In conjunction with the busbar gland and the divider panel modules to prevent arcing. Assembly parts. Maxi-PLS busbars in the roof section B For enclosure depth mm 800 For enclosure height mm – 2000 1 9660.620 9660.620 – 2000 1 9659.5902) 9659.5902) 800 For enclosure height mm Packs of – 2000 1 9660.610 9660.610 – 2000 1 9659.580 9659.580 Packs of 1600/2000 3200 600 C Packs of Maxi-PLS busbars in the rear section For enclosure depth mm 600 A B Divider panel module for busbar gland. Assembly parts. For enclosure depth mm C Bar centre distance mm 600 800 100 150 185 – – – 1 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 9640.6212) – – – – 1 – – – 1 – – – – – 1 – – – – 1 9640.6411) – 9640.6282) – – 9650.6212) – 9659.6012) 9650.6411)2) – C Busbar gland The busbar gland may also be used as a cover for longitudinal connectors. Assembly parts. Use with longitudinal connector 3200 yes Required packs of Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole – 6 1 set 9640.600 – 9650.600 – – 8 1 set – 9640.600 – 9650.600 – 3 3 1 set 1 set 9640.610 + 9640.600 – 9650.610 + 9650.600 – 4 4 1 set 1 set – 9640.610 + 9640.600 – 9650.610 + 9650.600 – 1) 2) 1600/2000 no 4-pole For assembly in the rear enclosure section. Extended delivery times. Rittal Great Britain RITTAL Limited Braithwell Way Hellaby Industrial Estate Hellaby Rotherham S Yorks S66 8QY Phone: +44 (0) 1709 704000 Fax: +44 (0) 1709 701217 E-mail: information@rittal.co.uk www.rittal.co.uk Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 331 Busbar systems Flat-PLS System components Busbar system Flat-PLS/Flat-PLS 100, for flat copper bars For the configuration of busbar systems from flat copper bars. For mounting on a system attachment or directly on the mounting plate. Also suitable for aluminium and copperplated aluminium bars. Max. permissible tolerance of bar width (60/100 mm) ± 0.3 mm, bar thickness (10 mm) ± 0.15 mm. Material: − Polyamide (PA 6.6). − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Short-circuit resistance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 9005 Current carrying capacity: Available on the Internet. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Supports and attachment in the TS 8 enclosure Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Busbar support For busbars up to mm1) System D Packs of Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 9676.002 – Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 – 9676.004 For busbars up to mm1) Packs of B Busbar support for stabiliser bar System A Flat-PLS 60 4 x 60 x 10 1 9676.020 – Flat-PLS 100 4 x 100 x 10 1 – 9676.021 D System attachment for installation in the busbar support D For application D1 Enclosure depth mm in the roof/base section/directly above/below coupling switch B 600 800 600 C D2 Vertical coupling set 800 D1 D3 D3 D4 D5 Rear section top/bottom Rear section, centre (185 mm) – Bar centre distance mm 120 Packs of 3-pole 4-pole – 2 9674.162 9674.162 – – – 2 – – 9674.164 – – – 2 9674.182 9674.182 – – – 2 – – 9674.184 9674.184 – – 2 9674.172 9674.172 – – – 2 – – 9674.1742) – – 2 9674.192 9674.192 – – 9674.194 165 185 – – – – – 3-pole 4-pole – – 2 – – 9674.194 – – 2 9674.122 9674.122 – – – – 2 – – 9674.124 9674.124 – – – 2 9674.152 – – – – 2 – – 9674.154 – 2 9674.102 9674.102 9674.104 9674.104 Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole – Single-pole assembly, for mounting on the TS 8 frame C Busbar stabiliser bars For busbar supports D2 D4 SV 9676.020 D5 SV 9676.021 Bar centre distance mm System assembly 120 3/4-pole 2 9676.022 9676.023 – 185 3-pole 2 9676.026 – – – 165 3/4-pole 2 – – 9676.024 9676.025 185 3-pole 2 – – 9676.027 – 1) At a bar width of < 60 mm for Flat-PLS 60 or < 100 mm for Flat-PLS 100, the empty gaps in the support should be filled with spacers. When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces. 2) Extended delivery times. 332 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Busbar systems Flat-PLS System components Busbars and accessories for supports Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Busbars E-Cu to DIN EN 13 601. Length: 2400 mm/bar E Dimensions mm Weight/bar kg 40 x 10 8.55 3 3587.000 – 50 x 10 10.68 3 3588.000 – 60 x 10 12.82 3 3589.000 – 80 x 10 17.09 3 – 3590.000 100 x 10 21.44 3 – 3590.010 9676.007 9676.007 E A D Packs of B Spacers – At a bar width of < 60/100 mm the spacer should be used. E-Cu Dimensions mm Required number of spacers per chamber 40 x 10 2 50 x 10 1 80 x 10 2 B Packs of 16 C Filler pieces – When using only 1, 2 or 3 bars, the vacant bar slots should be closed using the filler pieces. Packs of C Flat-PLS 60 2 per free bar slot Flat-PLS 100 3 per free bar slot 16 9676.008 9676.008 D Longitudinal connector E-Cu for connecting Flat-PLS busbar systems, no drilling required. For busbar width mm Screw Packs of 2 40 – 100 1) 1 9676.621 9676.621 3 or 4 40 – 100 1) 1 9676.641 9676.641 No. of strands per conductor 1) Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 40 mm, screw connections, see page 335). E Busbar claws for Flat-PLS 1) For busbar width up to mm Screw Packs of 2 x W x 10 1) 1 9676.017 9676.017 3 x W x 10 1) 1 9676.018 9676.018 4 x W x 10 1) 1 9676.019 9676.019 Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 20 mm, screw connections, see page 335). Contact hazard protection Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV Cover sections for Flat-PLS C No. of bars per conductor For busbar width mm Length mm Packs of A Edge cover section for bar systems with no space between the strands 1 – 1000 10 9676.041 9676.041 2 – 1000 10 9676.042 9676.042 3 – 1000 10 9676.043 9676.043 A Edge cover section for bar systems with 10 mm space between the strands 2 – 1000 10 9676.052 9676.052 3 – 1000 10 9676.053 9676.053 4 – 1000 10 9676.054 9676.054 B Side cover section for bar systems, to match the edge cover sections – 60 1000 10 9676.056 9676.056 – 80 1000 10 9676.058 9676.058 – 100 1000 10 9676.059 9676.059 9676.006 9676.006 For system B A D B A C End cover for busbar supports Flat-PLS Packs of For Flat-PLS 60 and Flat-PLS 100 A 2 B D Covers for busbar claws No. of bars per conductor For busbar claw 2 SV 9676.017 SV 9676.832 8 9676.046 9676.046 3 SV 9676.018 8 9676.047 9676.047 4 SV 9676.019 8 9676.048 9676.048 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Packs of 333 Busbar systems Flat-PLS System components Connection system Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Connection brackets for Flat-PLS For connecting the connection kits of open air circuit-breakers to a Flat-PLS 60/100 main bar system in the roof section, base section, directly above or below the air circuit-breaker. Extended delivery times. For bar width of connection brackets mm B No. of strands per conductor 1 60 2 A 3 B1 2 100 3 120 3 1 60 2 3 2 100 3 120 3 For conductor For enclosure depth mm Packs of L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.201 N 1 set 9676.202 – L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.203 9676.303 N 1 set 9676.204 – L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.205 9676.305 1 set 9676.206 – 1 set 9676.213 9676.313 N 600 L1, L2, L3 9676.301 N 1 set 9676.214 – L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.215 9676.315 N 1 set 9676.216 – L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.217 9676.317 N 1 set 9676.218 – L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.221 9676.321 N 1 set 9676.222 9676.322 L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.223 9676.323 N 1 set 9676.224 9676.324 L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.225 9676.325 N 1 set 9676.226 9676.326 800 L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.233 9676.333 N 1 set 9676.234 9676.334 L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.235 9676.335 N 1 set 9676.236 9676.336 L1, L2, L3 1 set 9676.237 9676.337 N 1 set 9676.238 9676.338 B Contact makers for Flat-PLS For busbar width W mm Screw No. of strands per conductor Packs of 60 1) 2 1 9676.526 9676.526 60 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.546 9676.546 80 1) 2 1 9676.528 9676.528 80 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.548 9676.548 100 1) 2 1 9676.520 9676.520 100 1) 3 or 4 1 9676.540 9676.540 1) Screw length = (no. of bars x 10 mm) x main busbar width + 40 mm. No. of screws per bracket: – for 2 bars, per conductor of the main busbar system: 2 – for 3/4 bars, per conductor of the main busbar system: 4 Rittal Portugal RITTAL – Sistemas Eléctricos e Eléctrónicos, Lda. Z. I. de Rio Meão Rua 8, no 228 4520-475 – Rio Meão Sta Maria da Feira Phone: +351 25678 0210 Fax: +351 25678 0219 E-mail: info@rittal.pt www.rittal.pt 334 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Busbar systems Flat-PLS System components Connection system Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Direct connection terminals for Flat-PLS For the direct connection of round conductors 95 – 300 mm2 (single-wire or multi-wire). A 1) For round conductors Screw Packs of 95 – 300 mm2 RE/RM 1) 1 9676.730 9676.730 Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 60 mm, screw connections, see page 335). B Connection plates for laminated copper bars, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws) B 1) C For busbar width mm Screw Packs of 2 x 10 x 32 x 1 1) 1 9676.747 9676.747 2 x 10 x 63 x 1 1) 1 9676.748 9676.748 2 x 10 x 100 x 1 1) 1 9676.749 9676.749 Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 50 mm, screw connections, see page 335). C Connection plates with bolts M10, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws) 1) D Terminal studs Screw Packs of M10 1) 1 9676.710 9676.710 2 x M10 1) 1 9676.714 9676.714 Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 40 mm, screw connections, see page 335). D Connection plates with bolts M12/M16, incl. assembly parts (excluding screws) 1) Terminal studs Screw Bolt length mm Packs of M12 1) 30 1 9676.700 9676.700 M16 1) 30 1 9676.704 9676.704 9676.832 9676.832 Must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width W (length = W + 20 mm, screw connections, see page 335). A Claw with threaded insert M10 B A Nut Packs of M10 8 Screw design Packs of M10 x 60 8 9676.806 9676.806 M10 x 70 8 9676.807 9676.807 M10 x 80 8 9676.808 9676.808 M10 x 90 8 9676.809 9676.809 M10 x 100 8 9676.810 9676.810 M10 x 110 8 9676.811 9676.811 M10 x 120 8 9676.812 9676.812 M10 x 130 8 9676.813 9676.813 M10 x 140 8 9676.814 9676.814 M10 x 150 8 9676.815 9676.815 M10 x 160 8 9676.816 9676.816 M10 x 170 8 9676.817 9676.817 M10 x 190 8 9676.819 9676.819 B Screw connections Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 335 Busbar systems Flat-PLS System components Connection system Flat-PLS 60 Flat-PLS 100 Model No. SV Model No. SV A Angular connector for Flat-PLS For connecting horizontal Flat-PLS busbar systems in the roof/base section and vertical Flat-PLS busbar systems. A Bar population up to mm For enclosure depth mm No. of brackets mm Packs of 2 x 40 x 10 600/800 2 x 40 x 10 1 9675.842 – 2 x 60 x 10 600/800 3 x 40 x 10 1 9675.843 – 4 x 60 x 10 600/800 3 x 80 x 10 1 9675.883 – 4 x 40 x 10 mm or 2 x 100 x 10 600/800 2 x 80 x 10 1 9675.882 9675.882 4 x 80 x 10 600/800 2 x 100 x 10 1 – 9675.892 4 x 100 x 10 600/800 3 x 100 x 10 1 – 9675.893 Also required Claw with threaded insert see page 335 Screw connections see page 335 Contact makers see page 334 B Angular connector for Flat-PLS For connecting horizontal Flat-PLS busbar systems in the rear section to vertical Flat-PLS busbar systems. Extended delivery times. B Bar population up to mm For conductor 2 x 60 x 10 For enclosure Angular version depth mm mm L1, L2, L3 3 x 40 x 10 1 set 9675.846 – N 3 x 40 x 10 1 set 9675.847 – 3 x 80 x 10 1 set 9675.886 – N 3 x 80 x 10 1 set 9675.887 – L1, L2, L3 3 x 40 x 10 1 set 9675.848 – N 3 x 40 x 10 1 set 9675.849 – 3 x 80 x 10 1 set 9675.888 – 600 L1, L2, L3 4 x 60 x 10 2 x 60 x 10 800 L1, L2, L3 4 x 60 x 10 Packs of N 3 x 80 x 10 1 set 9675.889 – 2 x 100 x 10 L1, L2, L3 2 x 80 x 10 1 set – 9675.876 4 x 100 x 10 L1, L2, L3 2 x 100 x 10 600 3 x 100 x 10 1 set – 9675.896 L1, L2, L3 2 x 80 x 10 1 set – 9675.878 N 2 x 80 x 10 1 set – 9675.877 3 x 100 x 10 1 set – 9675.898 3 x 100 x 10 1 set – 9675.897 800 L1, L2, L3 4 x 100 x 10 N C T-connector kits for Flat-PLS/RiLine60 bar systems. For connecting horizontal Flat-PLS main busbar systems to vertical RiLine60 distribution busbar systems in the modular outgoing section. Sets of screws for connection to distributor busbar system. Extended delivery times. C Flat-PLS Distribution busbar system In the roof/base section In the rear section top/bottom Behind the compartment Inside the compartment Enclosure depth mm 30 x 10/5 mm PLS 1600 30 x 10/5 mm PLS 1600 600 – – – – – – – – – – Packs of 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 1 set 9675.501 9675.502 9675.511 – 1 set 9675.503 9675.504 9675.513 9675.514 800 – – – – – 1 set 9675.505 9675.508 9675.515 – – – – – – 1 set 9675.506 9675.507 9675.516 9675.517 – – – – – 1 set 9675.521 9675.522 9675.531 – – – – – – 1 set 9675.523 9675.524 9675.533 9675.534 – – – – – 1 set 9675.525 9675.528 9675.535 – – – – – – 1 set 9675.526 9675.527 9675.536 9675.537 – – – – – 1 set 9675.543 9675.544 9675.553 9675.554 – – – – – 1 set 9675.546 9675.547 9675.556 9675.557 – – – – – 1 set 9675.563 9675.564 9675.573 9675.574 – – – – – 1 set 9675.566 9675.567 9675.576 9675.577 Also required Spacer rolls see page 353 Screw connections see page 335 Claw with threaded insert see page 335 336 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS System accessories Screw connections for connection brackets For connecting connection brackets and a connector kit. May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits. Material: Steel screws, zinc-plated, passivated Supply includes: 8 nuts and 16 washers. Note: For a bar width of 120 mm, 2 packs are required per connector kit. Technical information: Available on the Internet. For systems Screw design No. of bars per phase Packs of Model No. SV M10 x 40 1 8 9676.966 M10 x 60 2 8 9676.967 M10 x 80 3 8 9676.968 M12 x 40 1 8 9676.961 M12 x 60 2 8 9676.962 M12 x 80 3 8 9676.963 Maxi-PLS1) 1600/2000/3200 Maxi-PLS2) 1600/2000/3200 and Flat-PLS 60/100 1) For 2) For connection bracket width 60/80 mm connection bracket width 100/120 mm Stacking insulator Packs of Model No. SV 6 9660.200 To support the connection kits top/bottom for circuit-breakers. Easily retro-fitted. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support rails for stacking insulator For attaching to the outer mounting level of the TS 8 enclosure and for the configuration of stacking insulators. C rail may also be used as cable management bar. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 2 9676.196 800 2 9676.198 For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 2 9676.186 800 2 9676.188 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Stabiliser for connection kit To increase short-circuit resistance of the connection kits from 75 kA to 100 kA, 1 sec. 2 stabilisers are required per connection kit. May be used for 3- and 4-pole connector kits. One stabiliser is used in place of a normal stacking insulator arrangement. Material: Reinforcement section: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic Also required: Support rail for stacking insulator, see page 337. Supply includes: − 2 reinforcement sections − 10 stacking insulators − Assembly parts Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 337 Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS For air circuit-breakers For connecting air circuit-breakers (ACB) to Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS busbar systems in SV-TS 8 enclosures. Please include the design code of the specification below in the order text for your connector kit. We recommend the Rittal Power Engineering software from Version 5.0, Model No. SV 3020.500 for easier configuration of the connector kits, see page 523. Design code Enclosure Model No. SV a Top Underneath the air circuitbreaker b c d e Above the air circuitbreaker Air circuit-breaker f g h i j k l m Compartment height of air circuitbreaker n 9676.910 Bottom 9676.912 Material: E-Cu Note: Please quote the complete design code on all enquiries and orders. Extended delivery times. Also required: − M12 screw connections, see page 337. − Terminal studs Maxi-PLS see page 329. − Screw connections Flat-PLS, see page 335. Selection Enclosure a Width mm 4 400 6 600 8 800 b Height mm 8 1800 0 2000 2 2200 c Depth mm 6 600 8 800 0 1000 b a c Busbar support underneath the air circuit-breaker Selection Busbar type 1600 Maxi-PLS 2000 3200 d 3-pole A 4-pole B 3-pole C 4-pole D 3-pole E 4-pole F 3-pole I 4-pole J 3-pole M 4-pole N 60 Flat-PLS 2 bars 3 bars 100 4 bars Selection Busbar system configuration in the base section 6 in the lower rear section 7 as cable connection system 8 directly underneath the air circuit-breaker 9 e 338 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Connector kits for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS For air circuit-breakers Air circuit-breakers Selection f Brand n f/g/h/i/j k g Size Selection ABB A 630 A A Eaton/Moeller E 800 A B Mitsubishi J 1000 A C Schneider Electric M 1250 A D E Siemens/ Moeller S Rated 1600 A current 2000 A Terasaki T 2500 A G Various V 3200 A H 1/none 1 4000 A I 2 2 3 3 4 4 h i j No. of poles/ version Position Compartment height directly k underneath the circuitbreaker F 3-pole 3 4-pole 4 3-pole Rackmounted 4-pole 6 Behind the door H In front of the door (in door cut-out) V Static Selection Compartment n height of 2) circuitbreaker 8 0 mm 0 150 mm 1 200 mm 2 250 mm 3 300 mm 4 400 mm 5 600 mm1) 6 800 mm 7 1000 mm 8 600 mm 6 800 mm 7 1000 mm 8 1) Standard height in 2) For Form 1 please Form 1 select a 6 Busbar system underneath the air circuit-breaker Selection Busbar type 1600 2000 Maxi-PLS 3200 l 3-pole A 4-pole B 3-pole C 4-pole D 3-pole E 4-pole F 3-pole I 4-pole J 3-pole M 4-pole N 60 Flat-PLS 2 bars 3 bars 100 4 bars Selection Busbar system configuration m m in the roof section 1 in the top rear section 2 as cable connection system 600 mm 3 as cable connection system 800 mm 8 as cable connection system 1000 mm 9 directly above the air circuit-breaker 4 in rear section, Form 1 5 Sample design code Model No. SV Top 9676.910 Bottom 9676.912 Underneath the air circuit-breaker Enclosure Above the air circuit-breaker Air circuit-breaker Compartment height of circuit-breaker a b c d e f g h i j k l m n 8 2 8 C 8 S 2 G 3 V 6 J 1 6 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 339 Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm) NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors Page 306/307 NH fuse-switch disconnectors Page 300 Accessories Page 310 – 325 Material: Busbar supports, inserts − Fibreglass-reinforced, thermoplastic polyester (PBT) − Fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Note: The base component of the busbar support SV 3052.000 may also be used as a singlepole support. Short-circuit resistance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Busbar systems up to 1250 A (100 mm), 1600 A (185 mm), 2500 A (150 mm), 3000 A (150 mm) Packs of Busbar support, 3-pole Model No. SV A 1250 A B 1600 A C 2500 A C 3000 A Width x height x depth mm 22 x 320 x 70 Max. bar accommodation 60 x 10 80 x 10 2 x 80 x 10 2 x 100 x 10 30 x 10 up to 50 x 10 – 50/60 x 10 – – – 100 185 150 150 Inserts for a) Cross-section reduction to mm b) Reducing the bar width in 10 mm increments Bar centre distance mm Packs of Page 24 x 515 x 51 30 x 420 x 160 30 x 420 x 170 4 2 2 2 3073.000 3052.000 3055.000 3057.000 Accessories C 30 x 10 mm 24 3074.000 – – – 40 x 10 mm 24 3075.000 – – – 50 x 10 mm 24 3076.000 3074.000 – – 60 x 10 mm 24 – 3075.000 – – 12 – – 3056.000 3056.000 30 x 10 6 3586.000 – – – 40 x 10 3 3587.000 – – – 50 x 10 3 3588.000 3588.000 – – 60 x 10 3 3589.000 3589.000 3589.000 3589.000 Inserts to adapt the bar dimensions B A Spacing element for reducing the bar width in 10 mm increments Busbars E-Cu1) to DIN EN 13 601. Length 2400 mm. Dimensions mm 80 x 10 3 – 3590.000 3590.000 3590.000 100 x 10 3 – – – 3590.010 30 x 10 mm 4 9661.350 – – – 40 x 10 mm 4 9661.050 – – – 80 x 10 mm 4 – 9661.150 – – Longitudinal connector for 2 x bar width x 10 mm 1 – – 9676.6212) 9676.6212) 311 Accessories Baying bracket E-Cu for 1) 2) 340 694 333 Other busbar lengths, see page 693. The required screw must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width, see page 335. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Busbar systems (100/185/150 mm) Model No. SV Packs of 1250 A 1600 A 2500 A 3000 A 10 3083.000 – – – 30 x 10 mm 10 3092.000 – – – 40 x 10 to 60 x 10 mm 10 3085.000 3085.000 – – for 1 busbar per conductor 10 9676.041 9676.041 – – for 2 busbars per conductor 10 – – 9676.052 9676.052 10 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056 9676.056 Contact hazard protection End covers for busbar supports Busbar cover section, length 1 m for E-Cu A A B Edge cover section for bar systems with 10 mm space between the strands, length 1 m Side cover section for bar systems, to match the edge B cover sections, length 1 m B A Page 311 333 For busbar width 60 mm 80 mm 10 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058 9676.058 100 mm 10 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059 9676.059 – Connection system, see page 316 (system accessories) A Plate clamps for connecting laminated copper bars; no drilling required. A C B For busbars mm Clamping area for laminated copper bars mm 30 x 10 34 x 10 3 3554.000 – – 40 x 10 34 x 10 3 3559.000 – – – 50 x 10 34 x 10 3 3560.000 3560.000 – – 50 x 10 54 x 10 3 3562.000 3562.000 – – 60 x 10 34 x 10 3 3561.000 3561.000 – – 60 x 10 54 x 10 3 3563.000 3563.000 – – 80 x 10 65 x 10 3 – 3460.500 – – 316 Conductor connection clamps for 10 mm bar thickness. Connection of round conductors1) mm2 Clamping area for laminated copper bars mm B 1–4 – 15 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000 3555.000 1–4 – 15 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500 3455.500 2.5 – 16 8x8 15 3456.500 3456.500 – – 10.5 x 11 15 3457.500 3457.500 – – D C 16 – 50 35 – 70 16.5 x 15 15 3458.500 3458.500 – – 70 – 185 22.5 x 20 15 3459.500 3459.500 – – 316 D System covers for conductor connection clamps and plate clamps. 230 – 325 Width x depth mm 50 x 80 4 3086.000 – – – 100 x 80 4 3087.000 – – – 100 x 110 4 3090.000 – – – 200 x 80 4 3088.000 – – – 200 x 110 4 3091.000 – – – 316 E Inserted screw nuts M12, self-holding nuts with knurled ring for mounting NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors. For drilled holes in busbars Ø 14.5 mm. 30 3591.060 3591.060 – – 3 sets – – 3058.000 – 3 sets – – 3059.000 3061.000 3 sets – – 3061.000 – 9 – – 3060.000 3060.000 2 x 10 x 32 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7474) 9676.7474) 2 x 10 x 63 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7484) 9676.7484) 2 x 10 x 100 x 1 mm 1 – – 9676.7494) 9676.7494) 1 – – 9676.7304) 9676.7304) 311 F Connection plates, material: E-Cu nickel-plated E 1 ring terminal M102) up to 240 mm2 Connection for F 2 ring terminals up to 240 mm2 M102) Laminated flat copper3) up to 40 x 10 mm Bar insulation G Connection plates for laminated copper bars G For connecting laminated copper bars up to 2 x 10 x 100 x 1.0 mm (Flexibar) to a busbar system with 2 bars per conductor. H For laminated copper bars up to 335 H Direct connection terminals For the direct connection of round conductors 95 – 300 mm2 (single-wire and multi-wire). 335 1) 2) Wire end ferrules should be used with fine and extra-fine wire conductors. T-head screw M10 x 100. T-head screw M10 x 120. 4) The required screw connection must be ordered additionally according to the busbar width, see page 335. 3) Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 341 Cover systems Form 1 Device module A Supply includes: − 2 side parts − 2 centre parts − Connector parts − Mounting plate − Optional front panel For use in air circuit breaker outgoing/incoming sections with a minimum depth of 600 mm. The removable mounting plate may be used for the configuration e.g. of fuses, power circuitbreakers and switchgear. Note: Please observe the manufacturer-specific data regarding the arcing space of air circuit-breakers. Material: − Side parts, centre parts: Sheet steel − Mounting plate: Sheet steel, zinc-plated − Front panel: Aluminium, anodised Colour: Side parts, centre parts: RAL 7035 A Design of front panel without vertically hinged For enclosure width mm 600 800 Mounting plate Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. SV 1 9660.7001) – 420 250 – 620 250 1 9660.7101) – 420 250 1 9660.7601) – 620 250 1 9660.7701) 24 9660.090 Page Also required Mounting bracket2) 1) Extended delivery times. 2) 4 mounting brackets are required to attach a device module. Contact hazard protection cover B 344 For SV-TS 8 enclosures with air circuit-breaker To cover incoming and outgoing sections and NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure section so that they are safe from finger contact (IP 2X). Note: − Cut-outs for air circuit-breakers must be provided by the customer. − SV-TS 8 enclosures, see page 84. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 3 front covers For 1-door enclosures B Width mm Height mm Device module version 600 800 with – 2000 – 2000 – – 2000 – 2000 – Packs of Model No. SV – 1 set 9660.2801) 1 set 9660.7801) – 1 set 9660.3801) 1 sets 9660.8801) 24 9660.090 344 Page without Page Also required Mounting bracket3) For 3-door enclosures Width mm 600 800 Height mm – 2000 Device module version with without Packs of Model No. SV – 1 set 9660.2901)2) – 2000 – 1 set 9660.7901) – 2000 – 1 set 9660.3901)2) – 2000 – 1 set 9660.8901) 24 9660.090 Also required Mounting bracket3) 344 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Including trim panel 3) 12 mounting brackets are required to attach the contact hazard protection cover plates. 342 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Cover systems Form 1 Contact hazard protection cover Note: − SV-TS 8 enclosures, see page 84. − NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, see page 306/307. for SV-TS 8 enclosures with NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors To cover incoming and outgoing sections and NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors with the Maxi-PLS busbar system in the rear enclosure section so that they are safe from finger contact (IP 2X). C Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 3 front covers − 2 depth covers − 2 side covers − Connector parts C Free installation width mm1) when using longitudinal connectors For enclosures Width mm Height mm Depth mm without one side Packs of Model No. SV Page both sides 600 2000 600 500 450 400 1 set 9660.4603) 800 2000 600 700 650 600 1 set 9660.4703) 1000 2000 600 900 850 800 1 set 9660.4803) 1200 2000 600 1100 1050 1000 1 set 9660.4903) 24 9660.090 Also required Mounting bracket2) 344 Accessories Blanking cover for NH slimline disconnectors Size 00 4 9660.180 344 Sizes 1 – 3 4 9660.190 344 1) When using the top-mounted busbars SV 9649.160/SV 9659.160, see page 328. Longitudinal connectors SV 9640.191/SV 9650.191 for Maxi-PLS busbars, see page 328. mounting brackets are required to attach the contact hazard protection cover plates. 3) Extended delivery times. 2) 2 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 343 Cover system accessories Form 1 Mounting brackets Packs of Model No. SV 24 9660.090 For attaching the device modules and cover plates for contact hazard protection. Tapped hole M6. 15 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated 40 Supply includes: Assembly screws. Blanking cover For NH size To cover free NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector slots. 00 49.5 4 9660.180 1 to 3 99.5 4 9660.190 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly screws. Packs of Model No. SV 600 579 Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Width (B) mm B 344 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Functional space side panel modules Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. For internal compartmentalisation ● Side divider panel for compartments, for locating into the TS pitch pattern. ● Prepared for the location of mounting brackets for horizontal compartment dividers or mounting plates ● Two TS system punchings allow the use of additional TS accessories. ● The side panel modules for reduced compartment depth and an auxiliary construction using TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm can be used to provide a separate enclosure space in the side panel area, e.g. for the provision of a busbar system. Height mm Accessories: TS 17 x 17 mm punched rails and connector pieces, see page 656. Also required: Gland plates, see page 346. For functional space depth 1) 2) Packs of Model No. SV 100 425 mm – 6 9673.051 150 425 mm – 6 9673.055 200 425 mm – 6 9673.052 100 600 mm – 6 9673.061 150 600 mm – 6 9673.065 200 600 mm – 6 9673.062 600 600 mm – 2 9673.066 100 800 mm – 6 9673.081 150 800 mm – 6 9673.085 200 800 mm – 6 9673.082 600 800 mm – 2 9673.086 1) Version has pre-punched cable entries M40. 2) Version has pre-punched knockouts for gland plate for cable entry. Functional space side panel modules for cable connection space For mounting a Maxi-PLS cable connection bar system Model No. SV Height mm Packs of 450 2 For enclosure depth 600 mm 800 mm 9673.069 9673.089 Suitable for cable connection busbar system Number of poles Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm Maxi-PLS Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1600/2000 3-pole 1600/2000 4-pole 3200 3-pole 3200 4-pole – Also required: − 2 functional space side panel modules with height 150 mm, see page 345. − End support, see page 328. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 345 Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Gland plates For side panel modules height mm For closing cable entries. Material: PVC, 3 mm, fire protection corresponding to UL 94-V0 Packs of Model No. SV 150 10 9673.195 200/600 10 9673.192 Colour: RAL 7004 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cover plates for rear busbar system in the cable chamber To separate an area of the cable chamber enclosure for a rear-mounted busbar system. Attachment requires an auxiliary construction made from Mini-TS sections, to which the cover plates are attached and fastened. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. Also required: − Frame connection piece (4 x SV 9673.901), see page 663. − Corner connector (2 x SV 9673.902), see page 663. − TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm for SV 9673.5X0 (2 x SV 9673.915, 2 x SV 9673.953), see page 656. − TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm for SV 9673.5X2 (2 x SV 9673.920 or 2 x SV 9673.940, 2 x SV 9673.983), see page 656. For enclosure depth mm For enclosure width mm Width mm Height mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 300 297 540 170.5 2 sets 9673.5301) 600 400 397 540 170.5 2 sets 9673.5401) 600 600 597 540 170.5 2 sets 9673.5601)3) 600/800 300 297 841 245.5 1 set 9673.5322)3) 600/800 400 397 841 245.5 1 set 9673.5422) 600/800 600 597 841 245.5 1 set 9673.5622)3) 1) Suitable 2) Suitable for RiLine60 and Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 for RiLine60, Maxi-PLS 1600/2000/3200 and Flat-PLS delivery times. 3) Extended Terminal box Form 4b for modular outgoing section For shielding the connections (terminals) of the functional space, busbar space and cable chamber in accordance with Form 4b to IEC 61 439-2. The terminal boxes are externally mounted on the functional space side panel modules in the cable chamber to match the heights of the compartments. If necessary, a clamping strip may be mounted on the cable retainer included with the supply. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: For installation of the terminal boxes, the width of the cable chamber must be at least 400 mm! 346 For functional space height mm For enclosure width mm1) Packs of 150 400/600 1 set 9674.701 200 400/600 1 set 9674.702 250 400/600 1 set 9674.707 300 400/600 1 set 9674.703 400 400/600 1 set 9674.704 600 400/600 1 set 9674.706 1) Enclosure Model No. SV width of the cable chamber Also required: Functional space side panel modules for internal compartmentalisation, see page 345. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Mounting bracket for functional space divider ● The mounting bracket is secured − to the TS frame, − to the side panel module or − between a frame section and an auxiliary construction. ● Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in attachment of functional space dividers. For functional space depth mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 425 427 8 9673.4051) 600 552 8 9673.406 800 752 8 9673.408 1) In conjunction with vertical busbar space separation. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting bracket for functional space divider and air circuit-breaker support rail ● The mounting bracket is secured to the side panel module. ● Pre-machined mounting openings allow slide-in attachment of functional space dividers. ● The air circuit-breaker support bar may be attached to the upper level. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. Air circuit-breaker support bar ● For the configuration of air circuit-breakers (ACB) in compartments. ● The support rail is secured using a mounting bracket. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. For functional space depth mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 552 2 9673.426 800 752 2 9673.428 Also required: − Functional space side panel modules, see page 345. − Air circuit-breaker support rail, see page 347. For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 351 2 9673.004 600 551 2 9673.006 800 751 2 9673.008 Also required: − Mounting bracket for functional space divider and air circuit-breaker support bar see page 347. − Attachment set for air circuit-breaker installation, see page 347. Attachment set for air circuit-breaker installation For attaching air circuit-breakers (ACB) to air circuit-breaker support bars. Packs of Model No. SV 1 set 9660.970 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: 4 threaded plates (M8/M12). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 347 Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Functional space divider ● For the horizontal separation of compartments. ● In combination with the side panel modules, creates separation to Form 3 or 4. ● 2 mounting brackets each are required to install the functional space dividers. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.25 mm Also required: − Mounting brackets, 2, see page 347. − Cross members, see page 590. With louvres For enclosure width mm For functional space depth mm Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 425 306 445 4 9673.444 400 600 306 588 4 9673.445 400 800 306 788 4 9673.4481) 600 425 506 445 4 9673.464 600 600 506 588 4 9673.465 600 800 506 788 4 9673.468 800 425 706 445 4 9673.484 800 600 706 588 4 9673.485 800 800 706 788 4 9673.488 1) Extended delivery times. Functional space divider for Rittal RiLine60 busbar systems ● For the horizontal separation of compartments with integrated RiLine60 distribution busbar system. ● In combination with the side panel modules, creates separation to Form 3 or 4. ● 2 mounting brackets each are required to install the functional space dividers. Also required: − Mounting brackets, 2, see page 347. − Cross members, see page 590. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.25 mm With louvres 348 For enclosure width mm For functional space depth mm 600 401 506 800 401 706 800 401 706 413 Width mm Position of the bar system in the functional space Packs of Model No. SV 413 – 4 9673.454 413 Right 4 9673.474 Left 4 9673.475 Depth mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Functional space divider Also required: with duct for vertical busbar systems ● For the horizontal separation of compartments with vertical busbars. ● In combination with the side panel modules, creates separation to Form 3 or 4. ● 2 mounting brackets each are required to install the functional space dividers. − Mounting brackets, 2, see page 347. − Cross members, see page 590. − Gland plate, see page 349. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.25 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. With louvres For enclosure width mm For functional space depth mm Width mm Depth mm Width of entry mm Depth of entry mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 600 306 588 212 201 4 9673.4361) 400 800 306 788 212 201 4 9673.4381) 600 600 506 588 412 201 4 9673.456 600 800 506 788 412 201 4 9673.458 800 600 706 588 612 201 4 9673.476 800 800 706 788 612 201 4 9673.478 1) Extended delivery times. Gland plate To shroud the opening for vertical busbar systems. Material: ABS PMMA For enclosure width mm Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 250 223.5 4 9673.5041) 600 450 223.5 4 9673.506 800 650 223.5 4 9673.508 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 349 Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Partial mounting plates With or without duct ● For direct attachment to the functional space side panel modules. ● Universal internal installation with switchgear and control devices. ● Additional mounting levels. ● In combination with functional space dividers and side panel modules, internal separation in accordance with Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 2 mm Supply includes: − Angle brackets and assembly parts − For the version with duct: Additional square cut-out with insulating plates for sealing the cut-out. Also required: Functional space side panel modules, see page 345. With duct For enclosure width For functional space mm height mm Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 150 502 143 1 9673.671 600 200 502 193 1 9673.672 600 250 502 243 1 9673.677 600 300 502 293 1 9673.673 600 400 502 393 1 9673.674 800 150 702 143 1 9673.691 800 200 702 193 1 9673.692 800 250 702 243 1 9673.697 800 300 702 293 1 9673.693 800 400 702 393 1 9673.694 Width mm Height mm Without duct For enclosure width For functional space mm height mm 350 Packs of Model No. SV 400 150 302 143 1 9673.641 400 200 302 193 1 9673.642 400 250 302 243 1 9673.647 400 300 302 293 1 9673.643 400 400 302 393 1 9673.644 400 600 302 593 1 9673.646 400 800 302 793 1 9673.648 400 1000 302 993 1 9673.640 600 150 502 143 1 9673.661 600 200 502 193 1 9673.662 600 250 502 243 1 9673.667 600 300 502 293 1 9673.663 600 400 502 393 1 9673.664 600 600 502 593 1 9673.666 600 800 502 793 1 9673.668 600 1000 502 993 1 9673.660 800 150 702 143 1 9673.681 800 200 702 193 1 9673.682 800 250 702 243 1 9673.687 800 300 702 293 1 9673.683 800 400 702 393 1 9673.684 800 600 702 593 1 9673.686 800 800 702 793 1 9673.688 800 1000 702 993 1 9673.680 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Compartment configuration Form 1-4 Support frame for DIN rail-mounted devices ● Support frame set for accepting DIN railmounted devices (e.g. MCBs). ● The support rails are fastened with two mounting brackets to the functional space side panel modules. The cover is fastened to the support frame with knurled screws. ● In combination with functional space dividers, partial mounting plates and side panel modules, internal compartmentalisation in accordance with Form 2, 3 or 4 is possible. Material: − Support frame: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm − Cover: Sheet steel, spray-finished, 1.5 mm Supply includes: − Support rails − 2 mounting brackets − 1 cover with cut-out − Assembly parts Coupling set mounting kit for busbar enclosure or riser The mounting kit is used as a base support for a vertical Maxi-PLS busar system/Flat-PLS busbar system. For For No. of functional enclosure pitch units space width 17.5 mm height mm mm Model No. SV 600 150 1 x 24 1 set 9674.761 600 300 2 x 24 1 set 9674.762 600 600 4 x 24 1 set 9674.764 800 300 2 x 36 1 set 9674.782 800 600 4 x 36 1 set 9674.784 Also required: − Functional space side panel modules, see page 345. − Partial mounting plates, see page 350. For enclosure width mm Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: − Support plate and punched sections with mounting flanges, assembly parts. − With the version for 300 and 400 mm enclosure widths, additionally with insulating plate for the installation of Flat-PLS. Packs of 1) For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 200 600 1 set 9674.1961) 200 800 1 set 9674.1981) 300 600 1 set 9674.036 300 800 1 set 9674.038 400 600 1 set 9674.046 400 800 1 set 9674.048 Only suitable for Maxi-PLS. Also required: End support, see page 328. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 351 Ri4Power accessories Rail system System attachments for RiLine60 main busbar system System attachment with threaded holes M5 and M6 on a 50 mm pitch pattern for rear assembly of a RiLine60 main busbar system. For locating into the TS frame. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated For enclosure width mm Width mm Height mm 300 238.5 362 1 9674.003 400 338.5 362 1 9674.004 600 538.5 362 1 9674.006 800 738.5 362 1 9674.008 Packs Model No. of SV Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: RiLine60 busbar systems, see page 275. Distribution busbars Material: E-Cu Prepared for the connection of T-connector kits. Flat bar Cu 30 x 10 mm For distribution busbar systems behind the functional space For distribution busbar system in the functional space (indoors) For enclosure height mm 1) Also Packs of Length mm Model No. SV 9675.218 1800 – 1 1210 2000 – 1 1410 9675.210 2200 18001) 1 1610 9675.212 – 20001) 1 1810 9675.220 Packs of Length mm Model No. SV 9675.238 suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N. PLS 1600 For distribution busbar systems behind the functional space For distribution busbar system in the functional space (indoors) For enclosure height mm 1) Also 352 1800 – 1 1150 2000 – 1 1350 9675.230 2200 18001) 1 1550 9675.232 – 20001) 1 1750 9675.240 – 22001) 1 1950 9675.242 suitable as a vertical busbar for PE/PEN/N. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Ri4Power accessories Rail system T-connector kits Material: E-Cu for RiLine60 busbar systems For connecting horizontal main busbar systems to vertical distribution busbar systems. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Also required: Distribution busbars, see page 352. Main busbar system Distribution busbar system 3-pole 4-pole Packs of Model No. SV Behind the functional space PLS 1600 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.130 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.133 PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.136 PLS 1600 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.140 Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.143 PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.146 PLS 1600/Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.1531) PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.1561) PLS 1600/Cu 30 x 10/5 mm Cu 30 x 10/5 mm – 1 set 9675.1631) PLS 1600 PLS 1600 – 1 set 9675.1661) Inside the functional space 1) Only suitable for enclosure depth 600 mm. Extended delivery times. Spacer rolls for Maxi-PLS busbars and flat copper bars For use as a universal spacer. Height: 20 mm, hole diameter: 13 mm Material: E-Cu For connecting Cu bar – Cu bar Diameter (D) Cross-section Max. rated mm size current A mm2 Maxi-PLS – Cu bar Contact area mm2 Max. rated current A Flat-PLS – Cu bar Contact area mm2 Max. rated current A Packs of Model No. SV 30 550 1100 360 800 380 850 4 9676.503 40 1100 2200 780 1600 670 1400 4 9676.504 50 1800 3400 1380 2800 990 2000 4 9676.505 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution D 13 20 353 Ri4Power accessories Switch-disconnector-fuse section Front trim panels for switch-disconnector-fuse section The front trim panels cover above and below the mounting area of the NH switch-disconnector fuse on the front. With integral vent openings, protection categories IP 3X/IP 2X of the switch-disconnector-fuse section are achieved. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Colour: Textured RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 front trim panels − Assembly parts Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section Assembly kit for installing switch-disconnectorfuse brands ABB or Jean Müller and attaching the distribution busbar system. Material: − Section corner piece left/right, sheet steel, zinc-plated, 2 mm − Trim panel left/right, sheet steel, 2 mm, spray-finished Colour: Textured RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 section corner pieces − 2 trim panels − Incl. assembly parts 354 Front trim panels height mm 1) 2) Model No. SV Packs of Design IP 3X1) With ventilation hole Top Bottom 336 136 1 set 9674.340 186 336 1 set 9674.3422) For IP 2X the inner perforated plate must be removed. Extended delivery times. Also required: Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 354. For switch-disconnectorfuse brand For enclosure Packs height of mm Model No. SV Jean Müller SASIL 2000 1 set 9674.350 Jean Müller SASIL 2200 1 set 9674.352 ABB SlimLine 2000 1 set 9674.356 ABB SlimLine 2200 1 set 9674.358 Also required: Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 355. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Ri4Power accessories Switch-disconnector-fuse section Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section The divider panel is required for interior configuration of the switch-disconnector-fuse section, and divides the connection space from the functional space. Depending on the chosen position of the main busbar system, the divider panel is fitted in the prepared switch-disconnector-fuse enclosures. The prepared cut-outs are suitable for the connection of Jean Müller Sasil and ABB SlimLine switchdisconnector fuses. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm For main busbar system in the roof section For enclosure height mm For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 2000 600 1 9674.306 2000 800 1 9674.308 2200 600 1 9674.326 2200 800 1 9674.328 For main busbar system in the rear section, top or bottom For enclosure height mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1) Dividing plate for switch-disconnector-fuse section Dividing plate to divide the busbar chamber and NH switch-disconnector-fuse chamber (compartment). For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 2000 600 1 9674.3051) 2000 800 1 9674.3071) 2200 600 1 9674.3251) 2200 800 1 9674.3271) Extended delivery times. For Mounting switch-disconnectorposition fuse brand Packs Model No. of SV Jean Müller SASIL top/bottom 1 9674.346 ABB SlimLine top/bottom 1 9674.348 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. Contact hazard protection cover for switch-disconnector-fuse section (cable chamber) The contact hazard protection cover plate shields the main busbar in the cable chamber, enabling the safe connection of cables and lines. Suitable for Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS busbar systems. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated, 1.5 mm Also required: Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 354. For main busbar system in the roof section For enclosure width mm For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 1000 600 1 set 9674.362 1000 800 1 set 9674.364 1200 600 1 set 9674.366 1200 800 1 set 9674.368 For main busbar system in the rear section, top or bottom For enclosure width mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1) Packs of Model No. SV 1000 1 set 9674.3721) 1200 1 set 9674.3761) Extended delivery times. Also required: Divider panel for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 355. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 355 Ri4Power accessories Switch-disconnector-fuse section Distribution busbar cover for Jean Müller switch-disconnector-fuse section To cover the distribution busbar system of a switch-disconnector-fuse section, designed to accommodate Jean Müller devices. The 150 mm high busbar and cable connection space covers shield the busbar compartment from the functional space so that it is safe from finger contact, with a protection category of IP 20. Packs of Model No. SV 1 set 9674.380 Also required: Punched rail cover, distribution busbar, see page 356. Material: PVC, black Supply includes: Busbar cover and cable connection space cover for enclosure height 2000 mm and 2200 mm. Punched rail for distribution busbar cover for Jean Müller switch-disconnector-fuse section Required for mounting the distribution busbar cover. Suitable for use in enclosures with height 2000 mm and 2200 mm. Packs of Model No. SV 1 set 9674.381 Note: For 1 switch-disconnector-fuse section, 1 pack of punched rails is required. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Supply includes: 2 punched rails. Distribution busbar cover for ABB/Siemens switch-disconnector-fuse section To cover the distribution busbar system of a switch-disconnector-fuse section, designed to accommodate ABB (SlimLine) or Siemens (3NJ62) devices. The 200 mm high busbar compartment covers shield the busbar compartment from the functional space so that it is safe from finger contact, with a protection category of IP 20. Note: The distribution busbar cover for switch-disconnector-fuse sections from ABB/Siemens may be ordered from ABB under order number NHP 407062R000X. For enclosure height 2000 mm, a height of 1500 mm should be covered, and for enclosure height 2200 mm, a height of 1700 mm should be covered. Material: PVC, black 356 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Ri4Power accessories Switch-disconnector-fuse section Busbar support for switch-disconnector-fuse section Busbar support for the distribution busbar system of the switch-disconnector-fuse section. Material: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic For busbars mm Number of poles Packs of Model No. SV 50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.415 60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.416 80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.418 100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.410 Supply includes: Mounting bracket and screws. Also required: − Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 354. − End support for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. − Distribution busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. End support for switch-disconnector-fuse section End support for the distribution busbar system of the switch-disconnector-fuse section, for vertical support of the distribution busbar system with infeed from above. For busbars mm Number of poles Packs of Model No. SV 50 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.435 60 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.436 80 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.438 100 x 10 3/4-pole 1 9674.430 Material: Fibreglass-reinforced plastic Supply includes: Mounting bracket and screws. Also required: − Assembly kit for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 354. − Distribution busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. Distributor busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section Distribution busbar to fit the main busbar systems Maxi-PLS and Flat-PLS for installation in the switch-disconnector-fuse sections. Material: E-Cu Also required: − Busbar support for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. − End support for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. − Terminal block, distribution busbar, see page 358. For enclosure height 2000 mm Size mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 50 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.405 60 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.406 80 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.408 100 x 10 1632.5 1 9674.400 Size mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 50 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.425 60 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.426 80 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.428 100 x 10 1832.5 1 9674.420 For enclosure height 2200 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 357 Ri4Power accessories Switch-disconnector-fuse section Connection bracket for switch-disconnector-fuse section For connecting Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS main busbar systems to distributor busbar systems of the switch-disconnector-fuse sections, no drilling required. Material: E-Cu Also required: − Maxi-PLS contact makers, 60 mm, see page 329. − Flat-PLS contact makers, 60 mm, see page 334. − Terminal block, distribution busbar, see page 358. Supply includes: Assembly parts. For enclosure depth 600 mm For system For application For conductor Packs of Model No. SV Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.451 Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.452 Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.455 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.441 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.442 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.461 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.462 Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.445 For enclosure depth 800 mm For system For application For conductor Packs of Model No. SV Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.453 Flat-PLS 60 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.454 Flat-PLS 60 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.473 Flat-PLS 60 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.474 Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.457 Flat-PLS 100 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.458 Flat-PLS 100 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.477 Flat-PLS 100 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.478 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.443 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.444 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.463 Maxi-PLS 1600/2000 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.464 Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.447 Maxi-PLS 3200 Roof section/base section N 1 set 9674.448 Maxi-PLS 3200 Rear section top/bottom L1, L2, L3 1 set 9674.467 Maxi-PLS 3200 Rear section top/bottom N 1 set 9674.468 Extended delivery times. Terminal block, distribution busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section For connecting the connection brackets to the distribution busbar system of the switch-disconnector-fuse section, no drilling required. Material: E-Cu Supply includes: Assembly parts. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 358 For bar width mm Packs of Model No. SV 50/60 1 9674.485 80/100 1 9674.488 Also required: − Connection bracket for switch-disconnectorfuse section, see page 358. − Distribution busbar for switch-disconnector-fuse section, see page 357. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Ri4Power accessories Documentation Tightening torques for Flat-PLS busbar systems This documentation is available for downloading at the Rittal website www.rittal.com under “Download brochures”. There is separate documentation available containing all the requisite torque information for the configuration of Ri4Power systems with the FlatPLS busbar system. Organised according to item numbers, information is provided on screws, screw drive and rated torque. Assembly instructions for Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear for Form 1-4, with Flat-PLS, Maxi-PLS and RiLine60 These assembly instructions explain the configuration of type-tested Ri4Power field types and possible busbar systems, divided into 3 sections. The first section explains the assembly sequence for the individual stages of the possible field types in diagrammatic form. The second section provides detailed assembly instructions using diagrams and data tables. The final section explains the installation of optional accessories and general work operations. Engineering support for project handling For individual project handling, Rittal offers an extra service with specially trained expert advisors and technical support staff for the generation of quotes, technical order handling, and aftersales service. This documentation is available for downloading at the Rittal website www.rittal.com under “Download brochures”. Alternatively, a CD may be ordered. Packs of Model No. SV 1 9676.000 During the execution of your plant, our expert advisors can also provide technical support with the assembly and execution. For initial contact with our engineering support team, please contact your local expert advisor. He or she will make a note of your request and forward it to our technical team. Further information is available at www.rittal.com. Following technical coordination, individual lowvoltage switchgear may be configured. On request, we can supply you with assembly drawings and bills of materials to match your project. As a planner, you have the option of requesting a tender text for your project based on Power Engineering project planning. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 359 360 Ri4Power ISV distribution enclosures ISV distribution enclosures ● Based on baying system TS 8 up to 630 A, see page 82 ● Based on baying system TS 8 up to 1600 A, see page 83 ISV wall-mounted distributor ● Compact, robust wall-mounted enclosures ● Based on compact enclosure AE, see page 47 ISV expansion modules ● Easy mounting on support frame or sup- port plate ● Individual combination and configuration ● Pitch pattern 150 x 250 mm ● Expansion modules, see page 362 Power distribution components ● Busbar systems up to 1600 A (185 mm), see page 340 ● Maxi-PLS, see page 328 ● Fuse elements, see page 294 ● NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, see page 306 361 Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures Contact hazard protection modules Colour: RAL 9002 ● For covering free installation areas ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Mechanical interior installation Empty module Size Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 9665.000 1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.010 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.020 1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.030 2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.040 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.050 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.060 2 500 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.070 3 750 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.510 Packs of Model No. SV Accessories Terminal block see page 369 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Mounting plate modules Colour: RAL 9002 ● With mounting plate made from 2 mm zinc-plated sheet steel ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal ● Maximum usable depth 142 mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Size Mechanical interior installation: Mounting plate (W x H) Width unit (WU)1) 200 x 150 mm 1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.080 200 x 300 mm 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.090 200 x 450 mm 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.100 200 x 600 mm 1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.110 450 x 150 mm 2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.120 450 x 300 mm 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.130 450 x 450 mm 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.140 450 x 600 mm 2 500 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.150 Packs of Model No. SV Height unit (U)2) 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Support rail modules ● ● ● ● For installing terminal blocks, cable ties, etc. Support rails 35/15 mm Adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern Cover is prepared for a lead seal Mechanical interior installation: Number of support rails Colour: RAL 9002 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Size Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) 1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.160 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.170 2 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.180 3 1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.190 2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.200 1 1 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.210 2 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.220 3 2 500 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.230 Accessories Spacers see page 369 Terminal block see page 369 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 362 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures Support modules Colour: RAL 9002 ● For mounting switchgear ● Solid mounting plate ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Mechanical interior installation: Mounting surface Size Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV W x H 190 x 210 mm, installation depth variable from 86 – 161 mm 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.360 W x H 190 x 210 mm, installation depth variable from 86 – 153 mm 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.370 Packs of Model No. SV 1) 1 2) 1 WU 250 mm U 150 mm Connection modules ● For connecting copper and aluminium conductors ● Single-wire or multi-wire conductors with crimped wire end ferrule or laminated copper bar ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Size Mechanical interior installation: Terminal connection top and bottom Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) 250 A, 5-pole Round conductor: 1 x 16 – 150 mm2 or 2 x 16 – 70 mm2 Laminated flat copper: Clamping area W x H 17 x 21 mm 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.310 400 A, 5-pole Round conductor: 1 x 50 – 240 mm2 or 2 x 25 – 120 mm2 Laminated flat copper: Clamping area W x H 25 x 21 mm 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.330 630 A, 5-pole Round conductor: 1 x 120 – 300 mm2 or 2 x 120 – 185 mm2 Laminated flat copper: Clamping area W x H 41 x 21 mm 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.350 Packs of Model No. SV Accessories Laminated copper bars 1) 1 2) 1 see page 314 WU 250 mm U 150 mm DIN rail mounted device modules ● To accommodate DIN rail mounted devices ● Support rails 35/7.5 mm ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Size Mechanical interior installation Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) 12 divider units (1 x 12 x 18 mm) 1 250 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.240 24 divider units (2 x 12 x 18 mm) 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.250 36 divider units (3 x 12 x 18 mm) 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.260 48 divider units (4 x 12 x 18 mm) 1 250 mm 4 600 mm 1 9665.270 24 divider units (2 x 12 x 18 mm) 2 500 mm 1 150 mm 1 9665.280 48 divider units (4 x 12 x 18 mm) 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.290 72 divider units (6 x 12 x 18 mm) 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.500 Accessories Cover strips see page 369 Terminal block see page 369 1) 1 2) 1 WU 250 mm U 150 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 363 Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures NH fuse-switch disconnector modules Colour: RAL 9002 ● Suitable for accommodating RiLine NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Size Mechanical interior installation Assembly block slotted and positioned plus cut-out in the cover to fit NH fuse-switch disconnectors 1) 1 2) 1 Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 1 x size 00 160 A 1 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.385 2 x size 00 160 A 1 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.395 1 x size 1 250 A 2 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.405 1 x size 2 400 A 3 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.415 1 x size 3 630 A 4 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.425 WU 250 mm U 150 mm NH fuse-switch disconnectors for mounting plate assembly (RiLine NH) Size Model No. SV Model No. SV1) Page 1 Size 00 9344.000/010 9344.020/030 298/299 2 Size 1 9344.100/110 9344.130 300 3 Size 2 9344.200/210 9344.230 302 Size 3 9344.300/310 9344.330 304 4 1) With electronic fuse monitoring. Power circuit-breaker modules ● Suitable for accommodating commercially available air circuit-breakers of brands ABB, Schneider Electric, Eaton and Siemens in 3-pole versions, up to 630 A ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Note: The pitch patterns of holes for attachment of the air circuit-breakers and the corresponding cut-out dimensions for the covers are shown in the ISV assembly instructions, see www.rittal.com. Power circuit-breakers are not included with the supply. Size Mechanical interior installation Mounting plate slotted and positioned for power circuit-breakers Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 1 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.430 2 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.440 3 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.450 4 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.460 5 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.470 6 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.480 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Air circuit-breakers Brand IN 364 ABB Schneider Electric 3 Compact NS (X) 100 Compact NS (X) 160 Eaton Siemens 1 NZM 1 3 NZM 7 3 Sentron VL160 Sentron VL160X 1 NZM 2 5 NZM 7 4 Sentron VL250 160 A 1 Tmax T1 Tmax T2 250 A 2 Tmax T3 4 Compact NS (X) 250 400 A 5 SACE Isomax S5 6 Compact NS (X) 400 5 NZM 3 NZM 10 5 Sentron VL400 630 A 5 SACE Isomax S5 SACE Isomax S6 6 Compact NS (X) 630 5 NZM 3 NZM 10 5 Sentron VL630 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures Busbar support 5-pole, 60 mm bar centre distance Note: − The busbars must be cut to length prior to installation, in accordance with the “ISV” assembly instructions, depending on the configuration and connection versions being used. − 5-pole busbar variant only suitable for the configuration of busbar connections and NH busmounting fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00. Mechanical interior installation − With bus-mounting fuse bases, only 3-pole configuration (L1/L2/L3) is supported. In such cases, N and PE must be configured via busbar support SV 9340.040 (see page 310) or busbar module (Model No. SV 9665.590 or SV 9665.600, see page 368). Usable busbar dimensions E-Cu Packs of Model No. SV 4 9665.495 Busbars L1/L2/L3 30 x 5 mm (400 A) 30 x 10 mm (630 A) Busbar support for 2 height units1) and max. 2 width units2) Busbar N 25 x 10 mm Busbar PE 12 x 10 mm Page Assembly components Conductor connection clamps for bar thickness 5 mm 3450.500 – 3453.500/3550.000 316 10 mm 3455.500 – 3458.500/3555.000 316 Plate clamp 3554.000 316 Bus-mounting fuse bases see below NH bus-mounting fuse-switch-disconnector, size 00 see below Also required Contact hazard protection cover for Conductor connection clamps 366 Plate clamp 366 Bus-mounting fuse bases 366 NH bus-mounting fuse-switchdisconnector, size 00 366 Accessories Busbars E-Cu Busbar connectors for E-Cu3) see page 311 30 x 5/10 mm (L1/L2/L3) 9320.020 313 25 x 10 mm (N) 9320.020 313 12 x 10 mm (PE) 9350.075 Laminated copper bars 1) 1 2) 1 313 see page 314 U 150 mm WU 250 mm busbar connections from enclosure to enclosure 3) for Bus-mounted fuse bases and accessories Bus-mounting fuse base Contact hazard protection cover End caps Model No. SV Model No. SV Model No. SV D 02-E 18 3418.000 3419.000 3420.000 D II-E 27 3427.000 3428.000 3429.000 294 D III-E 33 3433.000 3434.000 3435.000 294 D 02-E 18-D-Switch 9340.950 – – 295 Type Page 294 NH fuse-switch disconnectors (RiLine NH) Size Model No. SV Model No. SV1) Page 9343.000 9343.010 9343.020 9343.030 298/299 Size 00 1) With electronic fuse monitoring. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 365 Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures Contact hazard protection cover for conductor connection clamps and plate clamp Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Size Design Solid Width unit (WU)1) 1 Height unit (U)2) 250 mm 2 300 mm Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.530 Packs of Model No. SV 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Contact hazard protection cover for bus-mounting fuse bases Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Size For Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) 7 x D 02-E 18, 7 x D 02-E 18-D-Switch 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.525 4 x D II-E 27, 3 x D III-E 33 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.545 Packs of Model No. SV 1) 1 2) 1 WU 250 mm U 150 mm Contact hazard protection cover for NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 (RiLine NH) Cover is prepared for a lead seal Colour: RAL 9002 Size For Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) 1 x size 00 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.555 2 x size 00 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.565 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm 366 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures NH slimline fuse-switchdisconnector modules Note: − In order to be able to ensure trouble-free cable connection, a contact hazard protection module (Model No. SV 9665.000, see page 362) must be installed beneath the NH slimline fuseswitch-disconnector modules. − Busbar connection in accordance with “ISV” assembly instructions, see www.rittal.com ● With busbars E-Cu (100 mm bar centre distance) ● For NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors size 00 or busbar connections Size Mechanical interior installation: Busbar system Width unit (WU)1) 630 A, 3-pole with busbars E-Cu 30 x 10 mm Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.570 2 500 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.580 Page Assembly components NH slimline fuse-switch-disconnector, size 00 9346.020/9346.030 306 Conductor connection clamps 3455.500 – 3459.500/3555.000 316 Plate clamp 3554.000 316 NH slimline fuse-switchdisconnector, size 00 9665.625/9665.635 367 Conductor connection clamps 9665.610 367 Plate clamp 9665.610 367 Also required Contact hazard protection cover for Accessories Laminated copper bars see page 314 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Contact hazard protection cover Colour: RAL 9002 for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnector size 00 (SV 9346.020, SV 9346.030) Cover is prepared for a lead seal For Size Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 2 x size 00 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.625 4 x size 00 1 250 mm 3 450 mm 1 9665.635 Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.610 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Contact hazard protection cover Colour: RAL 9002 for conductor connection clamps and plate clamp Cover is prepared for a lead seal Size Design Solid 1) 1 2) 1 Width unit (WU)1) 1 250 mm Height unit (U)2) 3 450 mm WU 250 mm U 150 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 367 Installation modules ISV distribution enclosures Busbar modules Colour: RAL 9002 2-pole ● For connecting N and PE ● Contact hazard protection cover included ● Cover is prepared for a lead seal Size Mechanical interior installation: Busbar system 2-pole for N and PE with busbars E-Cu 30 x 10 mm Width unit (WU)1) Height unit (U)2) Packs of Model No. SV 1 250 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.590 2 500 mm 2 300 mm 1 9665.600 Assembly components Model No. SV Conductor connection clamps 3455.500 – 3459.500/3555.000 Page 316 Plate clamp 3554.000 316 Accessories Laminated copper bars see page 314 1) 1 WU 250 mm 2) 1 U 150 mm Meter mounting board module ● Open module for internal measurements ● Clearance depth available for meter installation 170 mm Colour: RAL 9002 Note: The meter mounting board module does not comply with meter mounting board standard DIN 43 870/VDE 0603 and does not meet the conditions for total insulation. Use in unmetered areas only by arrangement with the local electricity supply company. Size Mechanical interior installation Attachment rails to accommodate a meter 1) 1 2) 1 368 Width unit (WU)1) 1 250 mm Height unit (U)2) 3 450 mm Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.790 WU 250 mm U 150 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution ISV accessories Cover strips For blanking spare component cut-outs in DIN rail mounted device modules, max. 12 divider units (12 x 18 mm), divisible every 9 mm. Blanking cover For blanking unnecessary cut-outs for bus-mounting fuse bases, 108 mm wide. Wiring brackets for installing Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.650 Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.660 Packs of Model No. SV 10 9665.670 Packs of Model No. SV 2 9665.680 Packs of Model No. SV 1 9665.690 ● C rails 30/15 mm ● TS punched section with mounting flange ● TS frame section Spacers For configuring support rails with attachment screws, 53 mm high. Terminal block For installation into 250 mm wide contact hazard protection and support rail modules 2-pole for N and PE, each with 20 x 4 mm2, 5 x 25 mm2. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 369 370 Power UPS – Power Modular Concept PMC 12/PMC 12 compact.........................................................................372 PMC 40 (type 1-4) .....................................................................................373 PMC 40 (type 5) ........................................................................................374 PMC 120....................................................................................................375 PMC 200....................................................................................................376 PMC 800....................................................................................................377 PMC accessories ......................................................................................378 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack PDR ....................................................................382 Power Distribution Module PDM................................................................382 Power System Module PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................383 PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................383 PSM busbars .............................................................................................384 PSM socket modules .................................................................................385 PSM accessories.......................................................................................386 Fuel cell system RiCell Flex..................................................................................................387 Rittal UPS systems Power Modular Concept Ensuring UPS protection of all processes whose availability is crucial is more than just a question of kilowatts, autonomy and UPS redundancy. The key here is to protect the critical load with a high UPS efficiency. 1 – 18 kVA 10 – 40 kW Output range (scalable) 10 – 120 kW 8 – 800 kW 64 – 960 kW PMC 12 PMC 40 PMC 120 PMC 200 PMC 800 371 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 Battery packs Page 378 Double conversion technology to the highest classification VFI-SS-111. Supply includes: − Single-phase UPS system − Operating manual − Software on CD-ROM − RS232 cable − For 1 – 3 kVA: UPS, earthing-pin connection cable, USB cable Technical information: Available on the Internet. Also required: Country-specific connection cables and slide rails are required to operate the UPS systems, see page 749/775. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 12, single-phase, output range 1 – 12 kVA n+1 UPS for 482.6 mm (19˝) racks or as floor-standing enclosures UPS with integral battery – – 7857.482 7857.483 7857.430 7857.431 7857.432 7857.433 7857.434 Internal hot swap-compatible batteries Model No. DK PMC 12 Width x height mm UPS control unit 440 (19˝) x 176 (4 U) 440 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) Depth mm 420 420 405 650 650 680 Weight kg 26 27 15.7 26 29 24 24 VA 2000 3000 1000 2000 3000 4500 6000 Watts 1600 2400 800 1600 2400 3500 4800 Max. heat loss (W) 105 262 105 210 252 315 420 90% 90% 90% > 5 min. > 12 min.1) > 8 min.1) Power Rated voltage Input Frequency 50/60 Hz ±5% > 0.99 with linear load 230 V < ±1% (200/208/220/230/240 V adjustable) Voltage Frequency, synchronised Efficiency, AC mode ±1 Hz 88% 90% 88% 88% Power factor Battery 5 years EUROBAT Autonomy at 100% load 0.8 > 7 min. Interface Communication > 5 min. > 7 min. > 7 min. 1 x USB, 1 x RS232 SNMP Operating systems supported Input connection 230 V Windows, Unix, Linux, Novell, Apple; RCCMD shutdown licence DK 7857.421 Output connection 230 V 10 A C14 16 A C20 4 x 10 A, C13, 6 x 10 A, 2 units C13, 2 units switched, switched 1 x 16 A, C19 10 A C14 16 A C20 Compact connector 6 x 10 A, C13, 2 units switched 4 x 10 A, C13, 2 units switched, 1 x 16 A, C19 Compact connector Power Standards and certifications 1 x RS232 Optional network monitoring card DK 7857.420/relay card 7857.410 Emergency Power Off (EPO) Connection 680 230 V (160 – 288 V) Power factor Output Page IEC/EN 62 040-3 EMC EN 50 091-2/EN 62 040-2 class A, EN 61 000-4-2/-3/-4/-6-8/-11, EN 61 000-3-2/-3 Labelling CE, FCC Accessories Battery pack PMC 12 see page 378 Connection cable at output end, UPS, single-phase, for PSM busbar Included with the supply. 372 1) 7856.027 7856.030 7856.027 7856.027 7856.030 – – 386 With an external battery pack Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 Double conversion technology to the highest classification VFI-SS-111. Supply includes: − Basic module and UPS module(s) fitted to specifications. − Battery pack(s), separate Service: Commissioning by Rittal. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 40 (type 1-4), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 1 1 2 2 Number of UPS modules Qty. Number of battery packs Qty. 1 2 2 4 Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW 10 10/20 20 20/40 10/20 UPS output with 1+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW module) kW – – 10 Approx. autonomies at 100% load (10 kW/20 kW modules) min. 6/– 15/5 6/– 16/5 Approx. autonomies at 50% load (10 kW/20 kW modules) min. 12/– 30/10 12/– 32/10 RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) Qty. 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) Qty. 5 5 5 5 Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section mm2 10/16 10/16 10/16 10/16 Width mm 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) 485 (19˝) Height U 11 15 18 26 Depth mm 735 735 735 735 Required distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (min./max.) mm 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800 690 – 800 Weight (approx. incl. batteries and UPS modules) kg 162 278 310 537 7040.010 7040.020 7040.030 7040.040 Dimensions Model No. DK basic unit Model No. DK PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to type) Qty. 1 x 7040.110 1 x 7040.110 2 x 7040.110 2 x 7040.110 Model No. DK PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to type) Qty. – 1 x 7040.120 – 2 x 7040.120 Model No. DK PMC 40 battery pack each n x 4 x 10 batteries (12 V/7 Ah) prewired Packs of 7040.211 7040.212 7040.212 7040.214 Model No. DK PMC 40 battery preparation (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (excluding battery, quantity depending on type) Packs of 7040.201 7040.202 7040.202 7040.204 Page Accessories SNMP monitoring card (budget) Packs of 7857.420 380 RCCMD licence, bundle of 5 licences Packs of 7857.423 529 RCCMD licence, bundle of 25 licences Packs of 7857.424 529 Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. PMC 40 modules, rack-independent n. mi 0 80 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, at least 800 mm deep. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Basic module ... ... plus UPS module ... ... plus battery pack produces a complete UPS system 373 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 UPS rack with integral power modules and batteries ● Thanks to the double conversion technology (VFI-SS-111) the output voltage is independent from the input voltage and frequency ● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a high operating ratio of 95% even in part-load operation ● “Safe swap” compatibility with a redundant design, i.e. the module may be exchanged while operational ● Every UPS module includes power electronics as well as the control unit including display ● Installation, commissioning and servicing to be carried out by authorised experts only Supply includes: − UPS system in the TS 8 rack − Vented front and rear door − Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries − The batteries must only be installed at the point of assembly and are delivered separately Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. Technical information/battery configurations: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 40 (type 5), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW, redundant Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. UPS basic rack Maximum no. of UPS modules 600 x 2000 x 800 600 x 2000 x 1000 7040.065 7040.060 Page 3 Maximum no. of batteries 240 (4 x 50, 6 x 40) Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 30/60 kW UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 20/40 kW RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) 5 35/50 mm2 Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section Weight (approx. incl. batteries and 3 UPS modules) 740 kg Protection category of UPS system IP 20 Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended) 20 – 25°C Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance) 900 mm Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling) 200 mm Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.110 Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.120 Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 4 x 10 batteries, when using 10 kW modules (12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-6 x 40 7040.311 Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 5 x 10 batteries, when using 10 kW modules (12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-4 x 50 7040.315 Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 4 x 10 (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-6 x, without batteries), cable set of 40 1 set 7040.301 Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 5 x 10 (for export or air freight) Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-4 x, without batteries), cable set of 50 1 set 7040.305 Accessories UPS monitoring/SNMP monitoring card 1 7857.420 380 Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 100 mm high 1 set 8601.605 543 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.085 544 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.015 544 374 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 Modular UPS system (up to 120 kW) ● UPS power modules operate according to the double conversion principle (classification to VFI-SS-111) and have a transformerless design thanks to the high intermediate circuit voltage ● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a high operating ratio of 95% even in part-load operation ● “Safe swap” compatibility with a redundant design, i.e. the module may be exchanged while operational ● Every UPS module includes power electronics as well as the control unit including display ● Installation, commissioning and servicing to be carried out by authorised experts only Supply includes: − UPS system in the TS 8 rack − Vented front door and rear panel − Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries Technical information/battery configurations: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined. PMC 120, 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 120 kW Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. UPS basic rack 600 x 2000 x 800 600 x 2000 x 1000 7040.075 7040.070 Maximum no. of UPS modules Page 6 Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 60/120 kW UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules) 50/100 kW No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per module/battery bank (per 10 kW/20 kW) 40/50 No. of battery banks per battery rack1), max. 3 No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per battery rack1), max. 150 Operating ratio (from 50% load) 95% Operating ratio in eco-mode (100% load) 98% RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown) 1/1 Fault signal contacts (floating) 5 Input (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section 70/95 mm2 Output (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section 70/95 mm2 150 mm2 Battery connection (3 x M10, joint batteries) conductor cross-ection Weight (approx., UPS rack with 6 UPS modules) 285 kg Protection category of UPS system IP 20 Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended) 20 – 25°C Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance) 900 mm Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling) 200 mm Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.110 Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output) 1 7040.120 Also required Battery rack, width 800 mm (max. 150 batteries) 1 7040.3611) 7857.3641) Accessories Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 600 mm wide/100 mm high 1 set 8601.605 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.085 544 Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high 1 set 8601.015 544 1) 543 Batteries not included with the supply of the battery rack, connection cable for battery racks DK 7040.371. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 375 UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 Rittal PMC 200 ensures optimum availability for critical applications by combining modularity (flexible scalability and redundancy, whereby up to 20 modules may be switched in parallel) with decentralised parallel architecture or DPA (redundant protection without a “single point of failure”). Transformerless, genuine online, doubleconversion UPSs with static bypass and classification code VFI-SS-111. This modular concept keeps the purchasing and operating costs of redundant solutions low. As your performance requirements grow, the UPS grows with you – even in the most confined spaces, and with the system operational. The benefits to you: Less capital tie-up, inexpensive expansion, and minimal space requirements. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 200, 3-phase, output range scalable 8 – 800 kW Up to 20 PMC modules may be gradually switched in parallel e.g. in order to supply 800 kW without redundancy or 760 kW n+1 (with 40 kW modules) uninterrupted. May be upgraded with the system operational; no need to switch over to an unprotected network. Note: This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you. Examples of 32 and 40 kW module configurations and autonomies 40 40 40 40 40 40 UPS racks: W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 mm Battery racks: W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 mm Redundancy without with without with without with without with without with 1/– – 1/– 1/– 1/– 1/– 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 Number of UPS modules 1 – 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 PMC 32 module type, output in kW 32 – 64 32 96 64 128 96 160 128 UPS rack/battery rack Battery autonomy1) 18 – 9 9 9 9 12 12 12 12 PMC 40 module type, output in kW 40 – – – – – 160 120 200 160 Battery autonomy1) 15 – – – – – 9 9 9 9 1) Minutes/modules with cos ϕ 1.0/autonomy may be extended to order. Delivery times available on request. PMC 200 modules 20 20 20 20 20 20 UPS rack UPS module Battery packs PMC 200 Minimum floor space is required by a rack with three modules (2+1 redundancy) and batteries with autonomy integrated into a single rack. The Rittal PMC 200 allows the integration of up to 5 modules (4+1 redundancy) in one rack. For this configuration, an additional battery rack is required. The autonomy may be flexibly adapted to suit your requirements. 376 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Shutdown software Page 529 Rittal PMC 800 is the solution for data centres with a high power consumption. The modular architecture allows optimum, tailored configuration of the UPS. The PMC 800 may be extended to accommodate up to 12 modules, facilitating a maximum output of up to 960 kW or 880 kW (n+1), redundant. If a UPS with a higher output is required, this can of course be achieved with the PMC 800. ● Operating ratio at 25/50/75/ 100% load (cos phi = 0.8): 92/93.5/95/ 95% ● Use of battery racks: UPS PMC 800 at a glance: ● Topology: On-line, double conversion, VFI-SS-111 ● Technology: transformerless ● Architecture: Modular, supports parallel connection ● Maximum output in standard configuration: 800 kW (higher outputs available on request) Technical information: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. PMC 800, 3-phase, output range scalable 64 – 960 kW The separation into one power module and one control module is exemplary for UPS systems in this output class. This ensures a high level of service-friendliness and allows precise planning of maintenance work. Note: This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you. Examples of 64 and 80 kW module configurations PMC 800 Redundancy (n+1) without with without with without with without with Module with 64 kW 192 128 384 320 576 512 768 704 Module with 80 kW 240 160 480 400 720 640 960 880 Batteries UPS racks W x H x D mm Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Battery rack, e.g. 28 Ah batteries or battery racks, e.g. 70 Ah batteries 1400 x 1900 x 870 377 UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Battery packs for PMC 12 To operate or increase the power of PMC 12 UPS systems. With overload protection. Vertical siting is also possible. Battery packs are “hot plug”compatible (replacement of batteries while operational). Batteries can be exchanged from the front, without removing the battery pack from the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Depending on the UPS version, 2 – 3 battery packs may be connected together to increase the autonomy. Cooling of the UPS and the battery packs is absolutely essential. Material: Maintenance-free lead gel accumulators, service life 5 years (to EUROBAT) Supply includes: − Fully preassembled and populated with accumulators (12 V/7 Ah) − 0.5 m connection cable with connector − Feet. Note: For mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, a slide rail DK 7063.883 is required. XL version Standard version UPS PMC 12 system 7857.482 7857.483 7857.430 7857.431 7857.432 7857.433 7857.434 Battery packs 7857.488 7857.488 7857.435 7857.437 7857.437 7857.442 7857.442 Width mm 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 Height mm 178 (4 U) 178 (4 U) 89 (2 U) 89 (2 U) 89 (2 U) Depth mm 420 420 650 650 650 650 650 Weight kg 35 35 20 20 20 55 55 Number of batteries per battery pack 12 12 6 6 6 20 20 Model No. DK 133.5 (3 U) 133.5 (3 U) Autonomy (min.) at 100% load: Battery packs In supplied state 1 7857.430, 1 kVA 7 min. 7857.482/7857.431, 2 kVA 7 min. 7857.483/7857.432, 3 kVA UPS PMC 12 2 (XL version) 3 55 min. – – 29 min. 54 min. – 24 min. 20 min. 46 min. – 9 min. – 23 min. – 39 min. 8 min. – 20 min. – 33 min. 1 (XL version) 2 28 min. – 17 min. 26 min. 5 min. 12 min. 7857.433, 4.5 kVA – 7857.434, 6 kVA – Mechanical maintenance bypass 1 for PMC 12 Facilitates uninterrupted removal/maintenance of the UPS. Various designs are required depending on the UPS output category. Connection of the bypass for 1 – 3 kVA UPS models is via a connector (Plug & Play), while the 4.5 and 6 kVA UPS variant must be installed by a qualified electrician. It is important to ensure the correct prefuse of the UPS bypass depending on the UPS power used. Model No. DK 1 1 – 3 kVA (incl. UPS fuse 16 A) 7857.440 2 4.5 – 6 kVA (incl. UPS fuse 32 A) 7857.441 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): − 465 x 88 (2 U) x 80 (DK 7857.440) − 465 x 88 (2 U) x 350 (DK 7857.441) 2 Relay card for PMC 12 This card allows the UPS alarm messages (5 UPS alarms) to be forwarded to external indicator devices (e.g. building services management) via floating contacts. The card is plugged into the extension slot on the rear of the PMC 12 UPS. 378 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7857.410 Note: Cannot be used together with the SNMP card. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Sub-distribution for PMC 12 Outlets 4 x C19 and 2 x 32 A CEE-conforming, single-phase, individually fused. Allows the direct connection of up to 6 pieces of equipment. A qualified electrician must carry out the installation. Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 131 (3 U) x 300 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300 Dimensions: W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300 7857.445 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7857.448 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − UPS connection PMC 12: Via connection cables with fitted Harting connector (1.5 m) − Input (connection cable): 3 x 4 mm2 (3 m) with 32 CEE connector, single-phase − Output: 2 x C19 jack, 4 x C13 jack − Fuses: 2 x 16 AC, 4 x 10 A type C Parallel hot swap chassis for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA Facilitates parallel switching of 2 (or 3) PMC UPS systems to increase the output or redundancy of the UPS. A mechanical maintenance bypass is also integrated. Parallel connection is only possible with the 4.5 and 6 kVA PMC 12 version. The two UPS systems to be connected in parallel must have identical battery configurations (number/type of battery packs). The autonomy of the system will not be increased as a result of parallel connection. Installation must be carried out by a qualified electrician. Model No. DK 1 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − Input (open ends with wire end ferrules) 3 x 6 mm2 (2 m) − Output: 4 x C19 jack, 2 x CEE 32 A coupling − Fuses: 4 x 16 AC, 2 x 32 A type C Plug & play sub-distribution for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA This sub-distribution facilitates simple installation and commissioning of the PMC 12 UPS, 4.5 and 6 kVA. All that is needed is a single-phase 32 A connection to DIN/EN 60 309. Packs of for UPS systems Packs of Model No. DK 1 2 1 7857.443 2 3 1 7857.444 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − UPS connection PMC 12: Via connection cables with fitted Harting connector (1 m) − Input (connection cable): 3 x 10/16 mm2 (2 m) with open cable end and wire end ferrules − Output (connection cable): 3 x 10/16 mm2 (2 m) with open cable end and wire end ferrules − Fuses (UPS input): 2 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.442) 3 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.443) 1 2 Note: Commissioning of a PMC 12 UPS connected in parallel must only be carried out by a member of the Rittal Service team because the UPS may be destroyed if wrongly configured. Additionally, we recommend the use of the PMC 12 sub-distribution (DK 7857.445). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 379 UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Sub-distribution for PMC 40 UPS Allows the direct, fused connection of single- and 3-phase equipment. In this way, up to 4 PSM busbars may be connected directly to the PMC 40 UPS via the relevant connection cables. Additionally, there are six single-phase outlets (16 A) available via C19 jacks. Connection to the PMC 40 UPS must be carried out by a qualified electrician. Dimensions: W x H x D: 482.6 (19˝) x 131 mm (3 U) x 300 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 7040.500 Technical specifications: Ambient conditions: − Temperature: 5 – 40°C − Humidity: 5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing) − Input (open ends with wire end ferrules): 5 x 16 mm2 (2 m) − Output: 4 x GST18 (3-phase), 6 x C19 (1-phase) − Fuses: 18 x 16 AC Note: Observe the country-specific connection data. Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures: Sub-distribution, modular for PMC 200 The distributor may be fitted directly in the UPS PMC 200 rack. This allows the configuration of a complete, compact system with a 0.6 m2 footprint containing a rack-mounted modular UPS PMC 200, batteries and distributor. Application range: UPS systems Rittal Power Modular Concept PMC 200 up to 20 kW N+1. Technical specifications: ● 482.6 mm (19˝), 6 U ● 12 outlets, three-phase 400 V / 50 Hz with 10 A ● On-load isolator for disconnecting ● Circuit-breaker 10 A per phase Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7857.130 5m 1 7857.150 8m 1 7857.180 9m 1 7857.190 Design Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝), 6 U 7857.372 Supply includes: 482.6 mm (19˝) modules, 6 U, instructions. Note: Observe the country-specific connection data. Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures: Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7857.130 5m 1 7857.150 8m 1 7857.180 9m 1 7857.190 Also required: UPV PMC 200, 60 kW, see page 376. UPS monitoring card (SNMP card) This optional monitoring card facilitates monitoring of the UPS via Web browsers. In this way, various monitoring states of the UPS (e.g. input voltage, output currents/power per phase, battery charging status, autonomies etc.) may be remotely monitored.However, the main application is a controlled server shutdown via the network interface. To this end, a UPS shutdown client (RCCMD software) must be installed and configured on every server. 380 Design Packs of Model No. DK SNMP card, budget version 1 7857.420 SNMP card CS121 with swtiching contacts 1 7857.366 Note: Only one extension card may be installed per UPS system. Redundant monitoring solutions for UPS systems available on request. RCCMD software, see page 529. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution UPS – Power Modular Concept Accessories Battery Manager RiBat Designation for PMC 200/800 Management system for the batteries in a UPS. RiBat can extend the service life of a battery by up to 30%. 1 RiBat Manager Benefits: ● Optimised charging for each individual battery. ● Temperature monitoring per battery. ● Early identification of defective batteries. ● Supports preventive maintenance of batteries. ● Defective batteries can be restored rather than replaced before reaching the end of their useful life. ● RiBat Manager replaces the internal SNMP card of the UPS. The Rittal battery manager RiBat determines all relevant data such as battery voltage, internal resistance, discharge curve, temperature etc. throughout the service life of the monitored batteries. This data is evaluated and used to control the charging process. RiBat facilitates optimum charging of each individual battery. The RiBat module regulates the charging process for each connected battery. This avoids overcharging of a battery which is connected to other batteries. This technology can extend the service life of a battery by up to 30%. The RiBat modules are connected using preassembled cables and connected to the RiBat Manager. Up to 250 modules may be connected to one RiBat Manager. Model No. DK 2 RiBat module 7857.800 7857.801 RiBat cable kit 120 batteries 7857.8021) RiBat cable kit 150 batteries 7857.8032) Delivery times available on request. 1) In conjunction with a battery rack for 120 batteries 2) In conjunction with a battery rack for 150 batteries 1 Technical specifications RiBat Manager: − Supply voltage: 9 – 30 V DC − Serial interface: 3 x RS232 − LAN interface: 10/100 MBit full/half − Supported protocols: SNMP, RCCMD, SNMP, HTTP − Alarm contact: 1 floating contact − Display: LCD display Temperature range: 5°C – 45°C, − 90% humidity, non-condensing − Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS 2 RiBat module: − Battery voltage: 12 V DC − Battery capacity: 7 – 300 Ah − W x H x D: 800 x 55 x 27 mm − Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS TCP/IP Module Battery Manager Battery RCCMD software Client software for controlled server shutdown see page 529. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 381 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack PDR ● To accommodate a maximum of 8 PDM ● Height 1.20 m for 4 PDMs and 2 m height for 8 PDMs ● PDM may be retrofitted whilst operational ● A maximum of 32 racks may be fitted to the sub-distributor ● Fully shock-hazard protected ● Main switch in various options: − Isolator switch − On-load isolator − Air circuit-breaker − RC circuit-breaker ● Low-voltage distribution up to 250 A Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Enclosure frame: Dipcoat-primed − Doors, roof and base/plinth: Dipcoat-primed − Gland plates, punched sections with mounting flanges and mounting angles: Zinc-plated, clear-chromated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame with door (without tubular door frame), − Rear panel, − Side panels and roof plate, − Levelling feet incl. base/plinth adaptor, − Earthing of all enclosure panels, − Busbars shock-hazardprotected − Main switch integral. Note: Observe the standards of the local power supply companies. Power Distribution Module PDM ● Mechanically latchable in the PDR ● Scalable ● RC circuit-breaker, optional Supply includes: − 482.6 mm (19˝) module, 3 U − Incl. master switch − 4 fused 3-phase outlets to the rack − 3 x 230 V/16 A per outlet − Connected load 400 V/3 AC, max. 63 A Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. Approvals: VDE Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Power Distribution Rack PDR Packs of Possible number of PDM modules Dimensions mm WxHxD Page 4 8 800 x 1200 x 500 800 x 2000 x 500 1 7857.3101) 7857.3001) Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.800 8601.800 543 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.800 8602.800 543 Height 100 mm 1 set 8601.050 8601.050 544 Height 200 mm 1 set 8602.050 8602.050 544 Model No. DK Accessories Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side 1) Extended delivery times. Power Distribution Module PDM Packs of Design 4 outlets per 10 kW Dimensions mm WxH 1 Model No. DK 4 outlets project-specific 19˝ (482.6 mm) x 3 U 7857.320 7857.350 Also required Plug & play connection cable for PSM busbar to the server enclosures Length 3 m 1 7857.130 Length 5 m 1 7857.150 Length 8 m 1 7857.180 Length 9 m 1 7857.190 1 7857.321 Connection cable 32 A CEE-conforming connector, for operation without PDR 382 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Power System Module Plus Power System Module PSM Plus The benefits at a glance: ● 2 m busbar with four independent infeeds (A, B, C, D each 400 V/3~, 50/60 Hz, 3 x 16 A). ● Shock-hazard-protected; may be retrofitted whilst the system is operational. ● With four integral connection cables, each 3 m long, 5 x 2.5 mm2 and Wieland GST connectors. ● Directly suitable for connecting to Rittal PDM. ● Easily integrated into existing applications with standard extension cables. ● 6 slots per 2 m busbar ● Attachment with no loss of U in the rack. Current carrying capacity up to 192 A per rack Busbar with redundant design and 3-phase infeed. By integrating two further three-phase circuits the PSM Plus now has four independent three-phase infeeds. Each of the feeds can be supplied with up to 3 x 16 A, producing a total of max. 192 A. With four independent infeeds, it is possible to assemble a redundant, high-MTBF power supply system for IT racks. Note: − PSM Plus bar for modules with two infeeds. This means that redundancy can now be achieved at module level. − Only fits PSM Plus socket modules. A B A B C D PSM Plus busbar For enclosure height mm Number of modules Model No. DK 2000 6 7856.015 PSM Plus plug-in modules Connector pattern Number of sockets C13 6 (3 x per infeed) 7856.081 C19 4 (2 x per infeed) 7856.231 Earthing-pin 2 (1 x per infeed) 7856.101 PSM Plus connection cable Length Type Connections 5m 3-phase supply connection cable Three-phase connector EN 60 309 on Wieland GST socket 7856.018 5m Extension cable Wieland GST socket on Wieland GST 18 connector 7856.017 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 383 Power System Module PSM busbars PSM busbars + PSM socket modules PSM busbars The modular system facilitates basic configuration of the racks, thanks to a vertical support rail with 1/3-phase infeed. The various socket modules to supply the active components may be snap-fitted into the support rail. This can even be done whilst the system is operational, because the support section is shock-hazard protected. PSM socket modules The various modules, earthing pins, IEC320 etc. may be inserted into the support rail in any combination. This is easily achieved, even by non-electricians, thanks to the shock hazard protected plug & play system. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Technical specifications/benefits: ● Each plug-in module picks off a phase on the support rail, either from infeed A or from the redundant infeed B, depending on the direction of connection. ● 1-/3-phase construction with a maximum current of 2 x (3 x 16 A). ● 3-phase redundant infeed supported. ● The redundant circuit is completely separate from the 3 phases of the support rail. ● Modules may be retrofitted whilst operational. ● Modules may be equipped with integral overcurrent protection, so that only the affected module is deactivated in the event of an excessively high current. The other modules remain operational. ● Overvoltage protection may be integrated into the supply line. ● Various modules also available with current measurement and switchable outputs. A B PSM busbars For enclosure height mm Phases per infeed No. of infeeds Input current (A) Maximum Connection, no. of module connector type slots Earthleakage circuitbreaker Circuitbreaker 16 A Packs of Model No. DK 1 With measurement of voltage, current and power (consumption), via CMC, remote-controllable 1 2000 3 2 16 6 Jack – – 1 7856.016 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 – 1 7856.003 2 With 2 infeeds (jack), 3-phase redundancy 1200 3 2 16 4 Jack – – 1 7856.010 2000 3 2 16 7 Jack – – 1 7856.020 2200 3 2 16 8 Jack – – 1 7856.008 7 Wire end ferrules – – 1 7856.005 7 Wire end ferrules – – 1 7856.006 3 With 3 m connection cable (wire end ferrules) 2 2000 2000 3 3 1 2 16 16 4 With 3 m connection cable (connector type CEE/EN 60 309) 3 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 – 1 7856.321 2000 3 1 32 6 CEE 6 – 1 7856.323 2000 1 1 32 6 CEE 2 1 7856.043 Also required: PSM socket modules, see page 385. Accessories: − Mounting kit for PSM busbars, see page 386. − Connection cables, see page 386. − Cable lock, see page 386. − Overvoltage protection, see page 386. 4 384 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution Power System Module PSM socket modules PSM socket modules Module slots required in PSM busbar Connector pattern Slots Thermal overcurrent protection Packs of Model No. 1 Standard socket modules/non-switchable 1 C13 6 – 1 7856.080 1 C13 6 1 7856.070 1 C13 4 /per output 1 7856.220 1 Earthing-pin 4 – 1 7856.100 1 Earthing-pin 4 1 7856.090 1 C19 4 – 1 7856.230 1 C13 red 6 – 1 7856.082 1 Earthing-pin, red 4 – 1 7856.240 2 C13 8 RCD 1 7856.095 7856.120 1 2 International socket modules 1 France/Belgium 4 – 1 1 France/Belgium 4 1 7856.110 1 Switzerland 5 – 1 7856.190 1 Switzerland 4 1 7856.180 1 UK 3 – 1 7856.160 1 UK 3 1 7856.150 1 USA (120 V/208 V) 5 – 1 7856.140 1 USA (120 V/208 V) 5 1 7856.130 3 Socket modules with LED display/current measurement per module 2 3 1 C13 6 – 1 7859.120 1 C19 4 – 1 7859.130 4 Socket modules with switchable slot/aggregate current measurement per module 2 C13 8 1 7856.201 2 Earthing-pin/C13 4/2 1 7856.203 2 C19/C13 4/2 1 7856.204 5 Socket modules with switchable slot/individual current measurement per slot 2 Earthing-pin/C13 4/2 1 7859.212 2 C13 8 1 7859.222 2 C19/C13 4/2 1 7859.232 4 Approvals: Available on the Internet. 5 Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 385 Power System Module Accessories Mounting kit for PSM busbars Without cable routing For With cable routing For Model No. DK TS For static installation 7856.011 TE For static installation 7000.684 Model No. DK TS For static installation 7856.022 Adjustable, for freely accessible 482.6 mm (19˝) level 7856.023 Connection cable for PSM-busbar Connection cable, 3-phase Length Packs of Model No. DK 3m 1 7856.025 3m 1 7856.026 C14/X-Com 10 A 3m 1 7856.027 C20/X-Com 16 A 3m 1 7856.030 2m 1 7200.217 0.5 m 2 7856.014 CEE-conforming 5-pole/16 A Connection cable, single-phase CEE-conforming 3-pole/16 A Connection cable, UPS, single-phase Connection cable C19/C20 16 A Connection cable C13/C14 16 A Cable lock PSM for all modules with EN 60 320 C13 connector configurations All terminal connection cables are therefore protected against unintentional disconnection of the power supply. Two bars are needed for two cables. Measurement module PSM For power measurement of existing PSM or for new installations. Design Packs of Model No. DK Bar 20 7856.013 Accessories: Optimum locking function is only achieved with connection cable DK 7856.014, see page 386. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7856.019 Suitable for for PSM busbar: DK 7856.010, DK 7856.020, DK 7856.008. Note: For detailed information, see PSM busbar with measurement, page 384. Overvoltage protection PSM Overvoltage protection Packs of Model No. DK Is connected upstream of the busbar. With adaptor connector 1 7856.170 ● Fine fuse ● Connection: − Socket Wago X-Com − Connector Wago X-Com 386 Note: One adaptor is required for each infeed. Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution RiCell Flex fuel cell system Material: − Enclosure frame: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) − Door, side panels, roof: Aluminium AlMg3, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Project planning: − Higher level of cascading − Different output voltages − Housing for gas cylinders − Primary power supply T Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. B H1 H2 Application: ● Emergency power supplies, e.g. for mobile telecommunication base stations ● Indoor and outdoor use ● Temporary power supplies ● UPS applications ● High-MTBF applications ● Balancing energy supplies Supply includes: − Ready-to-connect fuel cell system including climate control. Hydrogen supply not included. − 3 fuel cell modules fitted for 7.5 kW − Controller Width (B) mm 850 Height (H1) mm 2000 Depth (T) mm 850 Base/plinth height mm 100 Overall height (H2) mm 2100 Model No. FC 1782.135 Fuel cell module Power consumption 2000 watts Maximum power output 2500 watts1) Output voltage –44.0 to –55.5 V DC Noise generation < 60 dB (A) at distance of 1 m Weight 28 kg Hydrogen supply Gas type Hydrogen, purity 99.9%, class 3.0 Consumption 10 slpm (standard litres per minute) per kW Typical autonomy time Freely scalable with bottle batteries; 600 l (1 bundle), 200 bar hydrogen provides for more than 24 h autonomy at 6 kW full load Input pressure 12.0 to 20.0 bar Ambient conditions Temperature range –33°C to +45°C Rel. humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing Height above mean sea level –60 m to 2000 m; thereafter 5% power reduction per 1000 m Monitoring Interfaces Ethernet TCP/IP Software Web-based user interface with display for status messages, event log and parameters Alarm outputs 4 floating contacts: “H2 low”; “Non-critical error”; “Serious error”; “FC in operation” 1) Begin of life (BOL). Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution 387 388 Climate control Cooling with ambient air TopTherm fan-and-filter units ....................................................................394 Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans...........................................................399 Fan systems ..............................................................................................401 Air/air heat exchangers .............................................................................408 Cooling units Thermoelectric cooler................................................................................414 Wall-mounted cooling units .......................................................................415 Roof-mounted cooling units ......................................................................426 Modular climate control concept...............................................................430 Liquid cooling Air/water heat exchangers ........................................................................434 Cold Plate ..................................................................................................444 Chillers for water........................................................................................446 IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................454 CRAC system ............................................................................................456 Aisle containment ......................................................................................460 Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................461 CS Outdoor climate control Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec .........................468 Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures .....469 Enclosure heaters Enclosure heaters......................................................................................471 Accessories for climate control Air routing ..................................................................................................473 Control/regulation ......................................................................................475 Mounting accessories ...............................................................................478 Filter technology ........................................................................................481 General ......................................................................................................484 Generation “Blue e” Save energy permanently with Rittal cooling units. Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same cooling output (ideally 70% compared with a conventional Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit in field trials). 389 390 Experts in climate control As system providers, Rittal are the world’s top suppliers of exceptionally effective, energy-saving and environmentally-friendly climate control solutions, precisely tailored to the customer’s individual requirements. Your benefits Planning and engineering ● RiTherm climate calculation software for requirement-based dimensioning ● Rittal system consulting for optimised cost and energy efficiency Products ● Energy-saving enclosure climate control for all ambient conditions in the industrial sector ● Effective, application-oriented product solutions for machine and process cooling ● Efficient, cost-saving IT climate control concepts, from individual server enclosures through to high-MTBF data centres Service ● Contiguous global delivery and service network ● Global spare parts service ● Our own accredited laboratories for testing and simulation of climate conditions 391 392 Cooling with ambient air TopTherm fan-and-filter units TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ................................... 20 – 66 m3/h ..............394 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ............................... 105 – 120 m3/h ..............395 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ............................... 180 – 250 m3/h ..............396 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ............................... 550 – 770 m3/h ..............397 TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .........................................900 m3/h ..............398 Conversion table old/new ..........................................................................398 Rack-mounted climate control Rack-mounted fan .................................................320/480 m3/h ..............399 Vario rack-mounted fan .........................................320/480 m3/h ..............400 Tangential fan...............................................................320 m3/h ..............400 Fan systems RTT roof-mounted fan............................................400/800 m3/h ..............401 Roof-mounted fan.........................................................360 m3/h ..............402 Roof-mounted fan for the office sector ...................... 1500 m3/h ..............402 Enclosure internal fan.................................................. 160 m3/h ..............403 Fan mounting plate...................................................... 180 m3/h ..............403 Mini-fan...........................................................................21 m3/h ..............404 Fan expansion kit ............................................... 108 – 184 m3/h ..............404 Fan roof, modular, two-piece ................................160/180 m3/h ..............405 Fan unit, active ............................................................ 160 m3/h ..............406 Fan mounting plate DC ............................................ 1050 m3/h ..............406 Fan cross member .......................................................600 m3/h ..............407 Fan expansion kit ......................................................................................407 Air/air heat exchangers Wall-mounted .............................................................12/62 W/K ..............408 Wall-mounted with controller ................................17.5 – 90 W/K ..............409 Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version .............27 – 98 W/K ..............410 Roof-mounted..................................................................66 W/K ..............411 393 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Protection category: See tables. Supply includes: − Unit ready for installation − Filter mat Note: For energy-efficient operation of the fan-and-filter units, we recommend using the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000, the speed control SK 3120.200 or the digital thermostat with display SK 3114.200 (see accessories). T2 Approvals: Available on the Internet. T1 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Colour: RAL 7035 B Air throughput 20 – 66 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3237.100 3237.600 3237.110 3237.124 3238.100 3238.600 3238.110 3238.124 EMC version – – – – – – 115, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 24 (DC) Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 W (B) x H 116.5 x 116.5 148.5 x 148.5 D (T1) 16 16 D (T2) 43 58.5 20/25 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Page 20 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3237.200: 15/18 m3/h Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.065 A/ 0.052 A Power consumption 11 W/9 W Pre-fuse 2A 0.12 A/ 0.10 A Noise level 38/43 dB (A) Operating temperature range –15°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 55/66 m3/h 55 m3/h 1 x SK 3238.200: 43/50 m3/h 2 x SK 3238.200: 48/57 m3/h DC motor Self-starting shaded pole motor DC motor 0.125 A 0.12 A/ 0.11 A 0.23 A 3W 19 W/18 W 5.5 W 38 dB (A) 46/49 dB (A) 46 dB (A) 0.24 A/ 0.22 A Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3237.200 – 3237.200 3237.200 3238.200 – 3238.200 3238.200 485 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3237.060 – – – 3238.060 – – 485 Spare filter mats 5 3321.700 3237.066 3321.700 3321.700 3322.700 3238.066 3322.700 3322.700 483 Fine filter mats 5 – – – – 3238.055 3238.055 3238.055 3238.055 484 Hose-proof hood 1 3237.080 3237.080 3237.080 3237.080 3238.080 3238.080 3238.080 3238.080 485 Blanking cover 1 3237.020 3237.020 3237.020 3237.020 3238.020 3238.020 3238.020 3238.020 485 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 394 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 105 – 120 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3239.100 3239.600 3239.110 3239.124 EMC version – – – 115, 50/60 24 (DC) Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 Page W (B) x H 204 x 204 D (T1) 24 D (T2) 90 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 105/120 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3239.200: 87/100 m3/h 2 x SK 3239.200: 93/108 m3/h 1 x SK 3240.200: 98/111 m3/h 105 m3/h Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.12 A/0.11 A Power consumption 19 W/18 W Pre-fuse 2A Noise level 46/49 dB (A) Operating temperature range –15°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C DC motor 0.24 A/0.22 A 0.23 A 5.5 W 46 dB (A) Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories IP 54 Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3239.200 – 3239.200 3239.200 485 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3239.060 – – 485 Spare filter mats 5 3171.100 3239.066 3171.100 3171.100 483 Fine filter mats 5 3181.100 3181.100 3181.100 3181.100 484 Hose-proof hood 1 3239.080 3239.080 3239.080 3239.080 485 Blanking cover 1 3239.020 3239.020 3239.020 3239.020 485 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Germany RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 D-35726 Herborn Phone: +49(0)2772 505-0 Fax: +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 395 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 180 – 250 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3240.100 3240.600 3240.110 3240.124 3241.100 3241.600 3241.110 3241.124 EMC version – – – – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 24 (DC) 230, 50/60 Page 115, 50/60 24 (DC) W (B) x H 255 x 255 D (T1) 25 D (T2) 107 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 180/160 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3240.200: 138/115 m3/h 2 x SK 3240.200: 165/140 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 165/140 m3/h 180 m3/h Diagonal fan Self-starting shaded pole motor Rated current 0.21 A/ 0.19 A Power consumption 35 W/34 W Pre-fuse 2A 0.42 A/ 0.38 A 4A Noise level 51/46 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 230/250 m3/h 230 m3/h 1 x SK 3240.200: 183/195 m3/h 2 x SK 3240.200: 203/230 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 203/230 m3/h DC motor Self-starting shaded pole motor DC motor 0.43 A 0.26 A/ 0.24 A 0.78 A 10 W 40 W/42 W 19 W 2A 4A 2A 51 dB (A) 54/56 dB (A) 54 dB (A) 0.52 A/ 0.48 A Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories IP 54 Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3240.200 – 3240.200 3240.200 3240.200 – 3240.200 3240.200 485 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3240.060 – – – 3240.060 – – 485 Spare filter mats 5 3172.100 3240.066 3172.100 3172.100 3172.100 3240.066 3172.100 3172.100 483 Fine filter mats 5 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 3182.100 484 Hose-proof hood 1 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 3240.080 485 Blanking cover 1 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 3240.020 485 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Netherlands RITTAL BV Hengelder 56 Postbus 246 6900 AE Zevenaar Phone: +31 (0) 316 59 16 60 Fax: +31 (0) 316 52 51 45 E-mail: sales@rittal.nl www.rittal.nl 396 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 550 – 770 m3/h Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3243.100 3243.600 3243.110 3244.100 3244.600 3244.110 3244.140 EMC version – – – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 400/460, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm Max. installation depth mm Page W (B) x H 323 x 323 D (T1) 25 D (T2) 118.5 130.5 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 550/600 m3/h 700/770 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3243.200: 440/490 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 510/560 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 544/610 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 630/690 m3/h Diagonal fan 1~ capacitor motor Rated current 0.37 A/0.39 A 0.78 A/0.80 A 0.43 A/0.60 A 0.9 A/1.25 A Power consumption 70 W/87 W 75 W/90 W 95 W/135 W 100 W/145 W 93 W/140 W 6A Motor circuitbreaker IP 54 Pre-fuse 4A Noise level 59/61 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C Rotary current motor 6A 4A 0.17 A/0.21 A 65/66 dB (A) Protection category Standard IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 IP 54 With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 IP 55 With hose-proof hood IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 Accessories Packs of SK outlet filter 1 3243.200 – 3243.200 3243.200 – 3243.200 3243.200 485 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3243.060 – – 3243.060 – – 485 Spare filter mats 5 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 3173.100 483 Fine filter mats 5 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 484 Hose-proof hood 1 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 3243.080 485 Blanking cover 1 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 485 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal India RITTAL India Pvt. Ltd. Nos. 23 & 24, KIADB Industrial Area Veerapura Doddaballapur-561 203 Bengaluru Dist Phone: +91 80 2289 0700 Fax: +91 80 2762 3343 E-mail: info@rittal-india.com www.rittal-india.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 397 TopTherm fan-and-filter units Air throughput 900 m3/h, with EC technology Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit 3245.5001) 3245.6001) 3245.5101) EMC version – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 Page 115, 50/60 W (B) x H 323 x 323 Dimensions mm D (T1) 25 Max. installation depth mm D (T2) 130.5 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 900 m3/h Air throughput with outlet filter including standard filter mat 1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h Diagonal fan EC motor Rated current 1.33 A Power consumption 165 W Pre-fuse 4A Noise level 72 dB (A) Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C Storage temperature range –30°C to +70°C 1 x SK 3243.060: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.060: 820 m3/h 1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h 2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h 2.5 A 6A Protection category Standard IP 51 IP 51 IP 51 With additional fine filter mat IP 52 IP 52 IP 52 IP 56 IP 56 IP 56 With hose-proof hood Packs of Accessories SK outlet filter 1 3243.200 – 3243.200 SK outlet filter – EMC 1 – 3243.060 – 485 485 Spare filter mats 5 3173.100 3243.066 3173.100 483 Fine filter mats 5 3183.100 3183.100 3183.100 484 Hose-proof hood 1 3245.080 3245.080 3245.080 485 Blanking cover 1 3243.020 3243.020 3243.020 485 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Speed control and monitoring for EC fan-and-filter units 1 3235.4402) 3235.4402) 3235.4402) 476 1) 0 – 2) On 10 V input and tacho signal output request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Conversion table old/new Output class Cut-out dimensions (old = new) 24 V 230 V 115 V 400 V EMC fan-and-filter unit, 230 V Outlet filter EMC outlet filter Hose-proof hood Blanking cover Standard filter mat (IP 54) Fine filter mat (IP 55) 398 20/25 m3/h 55/66 m3/h 105/120 m3/h 180/160 m3/h 230/250 m3/h 550/600 m3/h 224 x 224 700/770 m3/h 92 x 92 124 x 124 177 x 177 new 3237.124 3238.124 3239.124 3240.124 3241.124 – 292 x 292 old 3321.027 3322.027 3323.027 3324.027 3325.027 – – new 3237.100 3238.100 3239.100 3240.100 3241.100 3243.100 3244.100 3327.107 – old 3321.107 3322.107 3323.107 3324.107 3325.107 3326.107 new 3237.110 3238.110 3239.110 3240.110 3241.110 3243.110 3244.110 old 3321.117 3322.117 3323.117 3324.117 3325.117 3326.117 3327.117 new – – – – – – 3244.140 old – – – – – – 3327.147 new 3237.600 3238.600 3239.600 3240.600 3241.600 3243.600 3244.600 old 3321.607 3322.607 3323.607 3324.607 3325.607 3326.607 3327.607 new 3237.200 3238.200 3239.200 3240.200 3243.200 old 3321.207 3322.207 3323.207 3325.207 3326.207 new 3237.060 3238.060 3239.060 3240.060 3243.060 old 3321.267 3322.267 3323.267 3325.267 3326.267 new 3237.080 3238.080 3239.080 3240.080 3243.080 3326.800 old 3321.800 3322.800 3323.800 3324.800 new 3237.020 3238.020 3239.020 3240.020 old – – – new 3321.700 3322.700 3171.100 3172.100 – 3243.020 – – – 3173.100 old 3321.700 3322.700 3171.100 3172.100 new – 3238.055 3181.100 3182.100 3173.100 3183.100 3327.700 old – – 3181.100 3182.100 3183.100 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 0 20 Guide frame supply includes: − Guide frame − Connector and fitted connection cable (3 m) − Mounting bracket for optional attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) system − Assembly parts 0 18 41 0 73 1 HE Also required: 10 0 Order a guide frame according to the application (only for Vario rack-mounted fan) 48 2.6 (19 ˝) Approvals: Available on the Internet. 17 3 16 38 0 88 Supply includes: − Fully wired unit ready for connection − Clamping strip and assembly parts (for rack-mounted fan/ Vario rack-mounted fan) − Filter mat (for tangential fan) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. 48 2.6 HE = U (19 ˝) Rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h Model No. SK 3340.0241) 2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm 3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm WxHxD Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 3340.1151) 3340.230 3341.0241) 3341.115 3341.230 Page – 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 320 m3/h Rated current max. 0.49 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) 480 m3/h 0.46 A/0.46 A 0.24 A/0.22 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) 0.74 A 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 477 Model No. SK 3342.0241) 3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm WxHxD Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 3342.1151) 3342.230 3342.5002)3) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 – 230 (AC) 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 0.85 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Page 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 480 m3/h Rated current max. 0.74 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 477 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Rack-mounted fan for metric mounting angles available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 3) Version with monitoring. 399 Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝) Vario rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h Model No. SK 3350.0241) 2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm 3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm 3350.1151) 3350.230 3351.0241) 3351.115 3351.230 Page – 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 320 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.49 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 480 m3/h 0.46 A/0.46 A 0.24 A/0.22 A 51 dB (A) 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Guide frame 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 0.74 A 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 – 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Accessories Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Speed control – 3120.200 3120.200 – 3120.200 3120.200 477 Model No. SK 3352.0241) 3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) Dimensions mm 3352.1151) 3352.230 3352.5001)2) 115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC), 115 – 230 (AC) 0.69 A/0.69 A 0.36 A/0.33 A 0.85 A Page W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200 480 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.74 A Pre-fuse T 6.0 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 51 dB (A) 52 dB (A) 51 dB (A) Guide frame 3356.100 3355.100 3355.100 3357.1001) – Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 3120.200 – 477 Accessories 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Version with monitoring. Tangential fans, air throughput 320 m3/h Model No. SK 3145.000 3144.000 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 158 320 m3/h Air throughput, unimpeded air flow Rated current max. 0.32 A Power 37 W Noise level 52 dB (A) Speed 2245 rpm Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Maximum static pressure difference Accessories Page 0.16 A 65 – 70 Pa Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 476 Filter mats 5 3177.000 3177.000 481 475 Front outlet grille 2 U 1 3176.000 3176.000 486 Roof vent 1 3148.007 3148.007 402 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 400 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems RTT roof-mounted fan and vent attachment TS roof plates with prepared mounting cut-outs are additionally available. for TS The active roof-mounted fan and the passive vent attachment (TS 8801.380) integrate perfectly into the system-wide mounting concept of the Rittal TopTherm platform. They fit precisely onto the cut-outs of the small and medium performance category of TopTherm roof-mounted cooling units. Of course, they may also be mounted on any sufficiently large roof surface. Roof-mounted fan supply includes: − Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan − Sealing and assembly parts Vent attachment TS: see page 478. Protection category: IP 43 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 125 0 37 55 0 50 0 B 0 29 T Air throughput 400 m3/h Model No. SK 3149.410 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 400 m3/h Required mounting cut-out 3149.420 3149.440 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 0.55/0.88 A 0.35/0.35 A Page W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260 Power consumption of fan 120 W/170 W Rated current of fan 1.1/1.6 A Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C Noise level 68/69 dB (A) Weight 10 kg Colour RAL 7035 95 W/140 W Accessories Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out – – – 478 478 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 – 475 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 – 477 Air throughput 800 m3/h Model No. SK 3149.810 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60 Vent 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 attachment Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 800 m3/h Required mounting cut-out 3149.820 3149.840 8801.380 Page Without motor W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260 490 x 390 Power consumption of fan 170 W/225 W 180 W/310 W – Rated current of fan 1.5/2.2 A 0.35/0.55 A – Operating temperature range –10°C to +55°C – Noise level 69/70 dB (A) – Weight 11 kg 6 kg Colour RAL 7035 0.75/1.1 A Accessories Roof plate 600 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.300 8801.300 8801.300 8801.310 478 Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out 8801.320 8801.320 8801.320 8801.330 478 Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out – – – 8801.350 478 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 – – 475 Speed control 3120.200 3120.200 – – 477 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 401 Fan systems Roof-mounted fan, roof vent Protection category: IP 43 to IEC 60 529. Via additional installation of the filter holder with filter mat SK 3175.000, a protection category of IP 44 is achieved with roof vent SK 3148.007. ● The roof-mounted fan is easily installed using 6 screws. The sealing tape supplied can be used to seal it against the enclosure. ● The assembly screws are invisible from the outside. ● The roof-mounted fan casing has a large air outlet surface and labyrinth air ducting. 0 34 Supply includes: − Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan − Sealing and assembly parts − Connection cable (3 m) − Drilling template 42 0 50 Accessories: Filter holder, see page 486. 34 5 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 5 26 Model No. SK 3149.007 3169.007 3148.007 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 Without fan motor Air throughput 360 m3/h Rated current max. 0.2 A 0.55 A Power consumption 42 W 65 W Operating temperature range –10°C to +60°C Noise level 53 dB (A) Weight 78 kg Colour RAL 7035, textured enamel Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Roof-mounted fan for TS in the office sector This new roof ventilation concept offers a wealth of performance, assembly and cost benefits associated with the use of integrated ventilation systems. This roof-mounted fan may be ordered with and without a roof plate. Another outstanding feature is the enormous volumetric flow in proportion to exceptionally low noise levels, making it ideal for use in sensitive office areas. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Assembly parts. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 51 1 H 1 51 Technical specifications: − Fitted onto a roof plate based on TS. − Easy assembly; mounting cut-outs have been provided. − Radial fan. B T Model No. SK 3164.610 3164.620 3164.115 3164.230 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 1500 m3/h1) Design T Dimensions mm B with roof plate 13.5 H 41 45 0 0 0 41 0 45 without roof plate W (B) 800 H 240 D (T) 800 Power consumption Page 511 227 511 68 W/81 W Rated current 0.6 A/0.7 A Noise level 40 dB (A) 0.3 A/0.35 A Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 0.6 A/0.7 A 0.3 A/0.35 A Accessories Temperature indicator in 1 U patch panel 7109.035 7109.035 7109.035 7109.035 Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 1) 800 m3/h at 40 Pa counterpressure using two integrated louvres, type DK 7825.801, in the enclosure base/plinth. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 402 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems Enclosure internal fan for TS To prevent hot-spots and support the air routing of active enclosure climate control components. Adjustable in two axes. Attached to the TS 8 frame section. Several fans may be cascaded using the quick-release clamping strip. Supply includes: − Complete unit with radial fan ready for connection − Snap-on pivot device − Assembly parts Fan mounting plate for TS The fan mounting plate may be retro-fitted in all TS 8 network enclosures from above. The plate is mounted at the front of the enclosure, whilst the rear section is left free for cable entry. A rubber cable clamp strip is supplied loose for optional sealing at the rear. The following combinations are also possible: ● Solid roof plate raised with 20 or 50 mm roof spacers. ● Roof plate for cable entry raised with 20 or 50 mm roof spacers. ● Vented roof plate for cable entry. In conjunction with the large swing frame, usage is only possible from an enclosure depth of 800 mm, in conjunction with a roof plate for cable entry from 1000 mm. Note: − Not suitable for crane transportation − Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Air Power throughput (unim- consumption W peded air flow) Rated current A Rated voltage V, Hz 160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.12/0.11 230, 50/60 3108.100 160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.24/0.23 115, 50/60 3108.115 160 m3/h 3108.024 3.5 0.15 24 V (DC) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For enclosures Number of fans Max. number of fans Model No. DK 600 2 4 7966.035 600 800 1000 1200 2 6 7968.035 800 600 2 6 7986.035 800 800 1000 1200 2 6 7988.035 Width mm Depth mm 600 The air throughput can be increased with the fan expansion kit DK 7980.000. Accessories: − Fan expansion kit, see page 404. − Self-adhesive foam cable clamp strip SZ 2573.000 for sealing at the sides and targeted air routing when bayed, see page 703. 40 Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Technical specifications of thermostat: − Rated operating voltage: 250 V − Operating temperature range: +5°C to +55°C Model No. SK 52 5/7 25 85 5/5 38 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 fans − 2/4 cut-outs to extend to 4/6 fans − Thermostat − Foam rubber cable clamp strip − Thermostat and fan fully wired to connection cable (3.5 m). Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 403 Fan systems Mini-fan Compact DC fan for enclosure and component cooling in enclosures. Technical specifications: − Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC) − Power consumption: 1 W − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 21 m3/h − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 20 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Fan expansion kit For retro-fitting various fan units or to supplement the fan mounting plate and modular fan roof. Technical specifications DK 7980.000: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V~ − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 37 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Dimensions W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK 60 x 60 x 25.4 1 3236.124 Supply includes: − Fans − Assembly screws − Contact hazard protection Dimensions W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 119 x 119 x 38 1 set 7980.000 119 x 119 x 25 1 set 7980.100 119 x 119 x 38 1 set 7980.148 Supply includes: − Fans − Assembly parts − Connection cable (0.61 m) Technical specifications DK 7980.100: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V~ − Power consumption: 14/12 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 108/120 m3/h, 50/60 Hz − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 34 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Technical specifications DK 7980.148: − Rated operating voltage: 48 V (DC) − Power consumption: 7.7 W − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 184 m3/h − Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 43 dB (A) − Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C Cover plates for fan panels for FlatBox To cover unused fan panels when using fans in the FlatBox. Packs of Model No. DK 6 7507.760 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 404 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems Fan roof, modular, two-piece for TS The modular roof plate consists of individual components and can be configured for enclosure ventilation in various ways. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished The modules: Colour: RAL 7035 Roof plate, two-piece with cut-out For fan mounting and cable entry at the rear via a sliding angular bracket with rubber cable clamp strip. Replaces the existing roof plate. The twopiece design allows convenient retrofitting of cables at any time. Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated operating voltage: 230 V − Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 160/180 m3/h at 50/60 Hz − Temperature range: –10°C to +55°C Cover plate To cover the cut-out, optionally solid or vented options. The top-mounted cover plate may be raised for extra air throughput using the supplied spacers. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Fan insert For active ventilation: A fully pre-wired fan tray including 2.5 m connection cable, with two fan motors and additional cutouts. The air throughput may be increased with a fan expansion kit. Roof plate TS with cut-out For enclosures 4 3 1 Accessories: − Fan expansion kit DK 7980.000, see page 404. − Enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000, see page 476. − Speed control SK 3120.200, see page 477. Fan insert Model No. DK For enclosures Model No. DK Fan insert Width mm Depth mm 1 Width mm Depth mm 2 Fans pre-wired Maximum no. of fans 600 600 7826.366 600 600 2102.320 2 2 600 800 7826.368 600 800 2102.490 2 6 600 1000 7826.360 600 1000 2102.490 2 6 800 600 7826.486 800 600 7885.000 2 3 800 800 7826.488 800 800 7886.000 2 8 800 1000 7826.480 800 1000 7886.000 2 8 Roof plate, solid Roof plate, vented For enclosures 1) 2 Model No. DK For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 3 Width mm Depth mm 4 600 600 2102.1801) 600 600 2102.400 600 800 2102.1901) 600 800 2102.410 600 1000 2102.1901) 600 1000 2102.410 800 600 7885.100 800 600 7885.200 800 800 7886.100 800 800 7886.200 800 1000 7886.100 800 1000 7886.200 Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 405 Fan systems Fan unit, active for TE For active ventilation of the TE 7000. The fan unit is installed in the prepunched cut-out. An additional fan may optionally be integrated. Supply includes: − Fan unit − Assembly parts − 2 fans − 1 thermostat − Open connection cable Technical specifications for one fan: Fan expansion kit DK 7980.000, see page 404. For enclosures WxD mm Number of pre-wired fans Possible number of fans Model No. TE All sizes available 2 3 7000.670 Note: Connection via distributor box or country-specific connector. Accessories: Fan expansion kit, see page 404. Technical specifications of thermostat: − Rated operating voltage: 250 V − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C Active kit for TE consisting of fan unit including thermostat, complete, wired ready for connection, socket strip (DK 7000.630) for up to 8 earthing pin plugs, version D and connection cable (DK 7200.210). Fan mounting plate DC for TS Exceptionally low-noise thanks to FCS speed control, fully fitted Suitable for TS 8 enclosures with a raised roof (> 20 mm) or TS 8 roof plate, vented. The fan mounting plate may be used as an alternative to fan mounting plate 7988.035. It is installed from above. Cable entry is prepared in the rear section of the plate. Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. Advantages of the DC fan mounting plate with FCS technology: ● Exceptionally low-noise thanks to speed control. ● All fans are individually monitored for failure. ● High air throughput thanks to DC technology (unimpeded air flow 6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h). ● EMC compatibility. ● Temperature monitoring and control. ● High level of safety (low safety voltage with 24 V DC power supply). ● Visual and acoustic alarm messages, plus relay alarm output. ● Freely selectable installation location for the FCS control unit (included with the supply of the fan mounting plate, in 482.6 mm (19˝) with 7320.440). ● Suitable for international use, thanks to widerange power supply 100 – 240 V AC and socket to IEC 320. ● Pre-configured. ● Network-compatible via CMC-TC (all relevant data such as temperature etc. is displayed in the web browser, or alarms are sent in the form of an SNMP trap). 406 Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7000.680 For enclosures width mm For enclosures depth mm Number of DC fans Model No. DK 800 800 900 1000 6 7858.488 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage of power supply: 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Rated current of power supply: max. 1.5 A − Secondary range of power supply: 24 V DC, 3 A − Temperature range: +5°C to +40°C − Total air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h Technical specifications for one fan: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: max. 0.3 A − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 175 m3/h − Speed: 2650 rpm − Noise level: up to 45 dB (A) at maximum speed activation Also required: Connection cable 230/115 V. For example, D version, Model No. DK 7200.210, see page 775. Accessories: 1 U mounting unit, Model No. DK 7320.440, see page 776. Note: For more information on the Fan Control System (FCS) system, see page 777. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Fan systems for server enclosures TS, TE Specifically for installing in perforated doors. Given the growing packaging density in data communications and network enclosures, active, direct ventilation of the enclosure is essential. The door-mounted fan, which is attached to the rear or front door, supports horizontal air routing via the servers and therefore facilitates faster heat dissipation from active components. Technical specifications: − Standard assembly with two fans. − Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 600 m3/h. − By adding two fan expansion kits, the air throughput is increased to 1200 m3/h. − The direction of air flow is easily reversed by rotating the fan. − Several units may be positioned in a cascade arrangement. − Simple mounting on the tubular door frame. Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Connection cable 2.5 m − Assembly parts Accessories: Fan expansion kit, see page 407. Note: − Only for mounting on the tubular door frame! − Door configuration for installation in 2 and 4-door ISP racks available on request. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B H Door-mounted fan For doors with width 600 mm Model No. SK 3165.6241) 3165.6481) 3165.6151) 3165.6301) Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) 48 (DC) 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput (unimpeded air flow) 600 m3/h Power consumption for two fans 40 W 48 W 70 W/64 W 70 W/70 W Rated current of fan 1.5 A 1.0 A 0.76 A/0.72 A 0.38 A/0.36 A Dimensions mm Page T W (B) 493 H 606 D (T) 64.5 Noise level 55 dB (A) Temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Page For doors with width 800 mm Model No. SK 3165.8241) 3165.8481) 3165.8151) 3165.8301) Rated operating voltage V, Hz 24 (DC) 48 (DC) 115, 50/60 230, 50/60 Air throughput (unimpeded air flow) 600 m3/h Power consumption for two fans 40 W 48 W 70 W/64 W 70 W/70 W Rated current of fan 1.5 A 1.0 A 0.76 A/0.72 A 0.38 A/0.36 A Dimensions mm W (B) 693 H 606 D (T) 64.5 For doors with width mm 800 Noise level 55 dB (A) Temperature range +20°C to +55°C Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Digital temperature display/thermostat 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Fan expansion kit for door-mounted fan To increase the air throughput of the doormounted fan. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control To fit door mounted fan Model No. SK SK 3165.624, SK 3165.824 3165.024 SK 3165.648, SK 3165.848 3165.048 SK 3165.615, SK 3165.815 3165.115 SK 3165.630, SK 3165.830 3165.230 407 Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Complete unit ready for connection. Note: For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat SK 3114.200, the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the speed control SK 3120.200. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted Model No. SK 3125.800 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 W 200 H 400 D 146 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 400 1360 110 12 W/K 62 W/K Max. rated current per fan 0.11 A/0.13 A 0.45 A/0.55 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A Output per fan 25 W/30 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) External circuit Internal circuit Type of connection m3/h / 315 m3/h 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h Connection cable Weight Accessories 100 W/130 W 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 265 Page 3129.800 8 kg 30 kg Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 476 475 Speed control 1 3120.200 3120.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 408 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 − With controller and digital temperature display − Floating fault signal contact in case of overtemperature Supply includes: − Fully wired unit ready for connection − Plug-in terminal strip Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted with controller, 17.5 – 45 W/K Model No. SK 3126.100 3126.115 3127.100 3127.115 3128.100 3128.115 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 280 x 550 x 150 Specific thermal output 0.11 A/0.13 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A Output per fan 23 W/27 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 400 x 950 x 205 17.5 W/K Max. rated current per fan 30 W/K 0.23 A/0.25 A 0.28 A/0.34 A 45 W/K 0.55 A/0.7 A 0.3 A/0.4 A 60 W/75 W 70 W/90 W 0.6 A/0.8 A External circuit 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 480 m3/h / 525 m3/h 600 m3/h / 625 m3/h Internal circuit 265 m3/h / 315 m3/h 480 m3/h / 525 m3/h 600 m3/h / 625 m3/h 10 kg 18 kg 19 kg Weight Page Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted with controller, 60 – 90 W/K Model No. SK 3129.100 3129.115 3130.100 3130.115 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 225 Specific thermal output 400 x 1580 x 215 60 W/K 90 W/K Max. rated current per fan 0.38 A/0.4 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A 4.0 A Output per fan 85 W/90 W 150 W/200 W Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 0.65 A/0.8 A 0.67 A/0.88 A External circuit 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 850 m3/h / 945 m3/h Internal circuit 860 m3/h / 900 m3/h 850 m3/h / 945 m3/h 21 kg 34 kg Weight Accessories Page 1.3 A/1.8 A Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 409 Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Rittal air/air heat exchangers in a railway-compatible version are used specifically in the mobile railway engineering sector, e.g. for local trains, locomotives and high-speed trains. Products are available both in 24 V DC and in 110 V DC. Railway-compatible design of the units means construction to EN 50 155, halogen-free connection cables, screw protection, shock and vibration testing to EN 61 373, preparation for EN 45 545, and spray-finishing in RAL 7035 S to DB TL 918340, among other things. Benefits: ● External and internal fans may be controlled separately ● Simple maintenance Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Complete unit ready for connection. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version Model No. SK 3126.424 3128.424 3129.424 3130.424 3126.410 3128.410 Rated operating voltage 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 24 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 400 950 140 400 950 150 400 1580 150 280 650 127 400 950 140 400 950 150 400 1580 150 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K 27 W/K 47 W/K 66 W/K 98 W/K 2.3 A W 280 H 650 D 127 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 27 W/K 3129.410 3130.410 Max. rated current per fan 2.7 A 7.5 A 10.5 A 9.2 A 2.7 A 1.9 A 2.47 A Output per fan 65 W 180 W 240 W 220 W 65 W 203 W 256 W 230 W 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 360 m3/h 560 m3/h 1055 m3/h 1125 m3/h 18 kg 25 kg 125 kg 185 kg 205 kg 275 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) External circuit Internal circuit Operating temperature range –30°C to +60°C Weight Accessories Page 10 kg 16 kg Packs of Adjustable frame 1 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 3286.260 3286.270 3286.270 3286.280 479 Metal filters 1 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 3286.230 3286.240 3286.240 3286.250 482 Delivery times available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Israel RITTAL Enclosure Systems Ltd. 13, Hatarshish St. Zone 29 P.O. Box 3597 Industrial Park, Caesarea 38900 Phone: +972 (0) 4 6275 505 Fax: +972 (0) 4 6275 535 E-mail: moshe@rittal.co.il www.rittal.co.il 410 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/air heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035/9005 Protection category: Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Complete unit ready for connection − The fans are connected via two 3-wire connection cables, with wire end ferrules. Note: For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat SK 3114.200, the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the speed control SK 3120.200. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Roof-mounted Model No. SK 3248.000 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 W 595 H 362 D 440 Dimensions mm Specific thermal output 66 W/K Fans 2 per heat exchanger Max. rated current per fan 0.45 A/0.55 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Output per fan Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 75 W External circuit 965 m3/h Internal circuit 965 m3/h Operating temperature range –5°C to +55°C Type of connection Connection cable Weight Accessories Page 168 kg Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 475 Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 476 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 476 Speed control 1 3120.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 411 412 Cooling units Thermoelectric coolers Thermoelectric cooler....................................................... 100 W ..............414 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm, horizontal format ............................................ 300 W ..............415 TopTherm ......................................................................... 300 W ..............416 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............417 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............418 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............419 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............420 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............421 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2500 W ..............422 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 4000 W ..............422 TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline ........................................... 1500 W ..............423 TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ............ 500/1000/1500 W ..............424 TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ................... 2000/2500 W ..............425 TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units for zone 22 (dust) ........................................... 500/1000/1500 W ..............425 Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............426 TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............427 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............427 TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 1100/3000 W ..............428 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............428 TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............429 TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 3000/4000 W ..............429 Modular climate control concept Cooling modules “Blue e” ..................................... 1500/2500 W ..............430 Section doors for installing cooling modules ............................................431 TopTherm cooling units – generation “Blue e” ● Energy-saving range of cooling units in the output range from 500 to 4000 W. ● Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same cooling output (ideally 70% compared with a conventional Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit in field trials). ● Further information can be found on the Internet at www.rittal.com under “System climate control”. Eco-mode control Intelligent, targeted use of energy thanks to the new eco-mode control from Rittal. 413 Thermoelectric cooler Climate control accessories Page 473 Therm software Page 523 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. T2 H Supply includes: − Thermoelectric climate control unit − Fully wired ready for connection − Mounting accessories − Parameterization software. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B B T1 T1 Useful cooling output 100 W/thermal output 100 W Model No. SK 3201.200 Dimensions mm W (B) 125 H 400 D (T1) 155 Installation depth mm D (T2) 100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 100 – 230 V, 50/60 24 V DC Start-up current 4.6 A 4.5 A Rated current 0.7 A 4.5 A Refrigeration factor/COP . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Page 3201.300 L 35 L 35 1.0 1.2 L 35 L 35 100 W 100 W Thermal output 100 W 100 W Power pack integrated – Colour of cover/unit RAL 7024/Anodised aluminium Weight 3.0 kg 2.4 kg Operating temperature range –30°C to +55°C –30°C to +60°C Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 50 m3/h Type of connection Plug-in spring connection terminal Pre-fuse T Accessories 4A 10 A Packs of Auto Range power pack 240 W 1 – 3201.040 484 Spare filter mat 1 3201.050 3201.050 483 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 475 Master/slave adaptor 1 3201.070 3201.070 477 Condensate hose, 5 m length 1 3301.606 3301.606 485 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Special voltages available on request. 414 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. 340 Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 52 5 98 3 15 55 TopTherm, horizontal format, useful cooling output 300 W Model No. SK 3302.300 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 230, 1~, 50/60 3302.310 115, 1~, 60 W x H x D 525 x 340 x 153 L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W L 35 L 50 150 W/160 W 300 W 150 W Rated current max. 1.6 A/1.7 A 4.0 A Start-up current 4.3 A/5.3 A 12.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A Pre-fuse T Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 285 W/300 W L 35 L 50 320 W/340 W R134a, 100 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Setting range +30°C to +55°C Weight R134a, 95 g 13 kg External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 290 W 340 W L 35 L 35 1.1 Refrigerant Air throughput of fans Page 345 m3/h 310 m3/h Basic controller Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 475 Condensate hose 1 3301.608 3301.608 485 Filter mats 3 3286.110 3286.110 481 Metal filters 1 3286.120 3286.120 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 415 Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B T TopTherm, useful cooling output 300 W Model No. SK 3302.100 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3302.110 3302.2001) 3302.2101) – 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 300 W 150 W 300 W/320 W 150 W/170 W 300 W 150 W 3.3 A W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 140 L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W L 35 L 50 150 W/170 W Rated current max. 1.6 A/1.7 A 3.3 A 1.6 A/1.7 A Start-up current 3.0 A/3.4 A 8.0 A 3.0 A/3.4 A 8.0 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 290 W 340 W 245 W/255 W 255 W/275 W 290 W 340 W Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 245 W/255 W L 35 L 50 255 W/275 W Refrigeration factor ε . = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.2 Refrigerant R134a, 100 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature range +20°C to +55°C Setting range +30°C to +55°C Weight 13 kg Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel External circuit 310 m3/h Internal circuit 345 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Basic controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 481 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Condensate hose 1 3301.608 3301.608 3301.608 3301.608 485 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 416 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. B T External Partial internal Internal mounting mounting mounting TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W Model No. SK 3303.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3303.510 3303.6001) 3303.6101) – 115, 1~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 500 W 280 W 500 W/610 W 280 W/350 W 500 W 280 W 5.7 A W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 210 L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W Rated current max. 2.6 A/2.6 A 5.7 A 2.6 A/2.6 A Start-up current 5.1 A/6.4 A 11.5 A 5.1 A/6.4 A 11.5 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 470 W 500 W 360 W/380 W 420 W/390 W 470 W 500 W Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant R134a, 170 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 17 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel 345 m3/h 310 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 481 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 482 684 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 485 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 417 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W Model No. SK 3361.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3361.510 3361.540 3361.6001) 3361.6101) 3361.6401) – 115, 1~, 603) 4002), 2~, 50/603) 230, 1~, 50/603) 115, 1~, 602) 4002), 2~, 50/603) 750 W 500 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 750 W 500 W 750 W/790 W 570 W/570 W 1.2 A/1.4 A W x H x D 280 x 550 x 206 L 35 L 35 750 W/790 W L 35 L 50 570 W/570 W Rated current max. 2.7 A/2.7 A 5.3 A 1.2 A/1.4 A 2.7 A/2.7 A 5.3 A Start-up current 6.0 A/9.6 A 12.0 A 3.1 A/3.3 A 6.0 A/9.6 A 12.0 A 3.1 A/3.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A4) 10.0 A 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A4) L 35 L 35 420 W/450 W L 35 L 50 480 W/510 W 570 W 670 W 450 W/470 W 520 W/550 W 420 W/450 W 480 W/510 W 570 W 670 W 450 W/470 W 520 W/550 W L 35 L 35 1.8 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.3 1.7 R134a, 260 g R134a, 280 g R134a, 280 g R134a, 260 g R134a, 280 g Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel Refrigerant R134a, 280 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 22 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit 480 m3/h Internal circuit 600 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 3286.300 481 Metal filters 1 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 3286.310 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) External toroidal core transformer Ø 126 x 65 mm deep for mounting in the enclosure. max. = 53°C/60 Hz. 4) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 3) T u Rittal Canada RITTAL Systems Ltd. 6485 Ordan Drive Missisauga ON L5T 1X2 Canada Phone: +1 (905) 795-0777 Fax: +1 (905) 795-9548 Toll-free: 1-800-399-0748 E-mail: marketing@rittal.ca www.rittal.ca 418 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. B T External Partial internal Internal mounting mounting mounting TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W Model No. SK 3304.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 230, 1~, 50/60 3304.510 3304.540 3304.6001) 3304.6101) 3304.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 950 x 260 L 35 L 35 1000 W/1450 W L 35 L 50 810 W/1100 W 1000 W/1450 W 1000 W/1460 W 1000 W/1450 W 1000 W/1450 W 1000 W/1460 W 810 W/1100 W 880 W/890 W 970 W/1100 W 980 W/1050 W 880 W/990 W Rated current max. 3.9 A/4.3 A 8.0 A/8.8 A 2.2 A/2.1 A 3.9 A/4.3 A 8.0 A/8.8 A Start-up current 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 670 W/750 W 780 W/880 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 640 W/720 W 750 W/850 W 670 W/750 W 780 W/880 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 1.7 1.6 40 kg 39 kg Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 640 W/720 W L 35 L 50 750 W/850 W L 35 L 35 1.6 Refrigerant R134a, 325 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 39 kg Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 44 kg 2.2 A/2.1 A 1.7 44 kg 40 kg 900 m3/h 600 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker Special voltages and other output categories available on request. Technical modifications reserved. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 419 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3305.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 230, 1~, 50/60 3305.5101) 3305.6001) 3305.540 3305.6101) 3305.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 260 L 35 L 35 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W L 35 L 50 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W 1230 W/1250 W 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W 1500 W/1510 W 1230 W/1250 W Rated current max. 5.5 A/5.8 A 11.5 A/12.5 A 2.5 A/2.8 A 5.5 A/5.8 A 11.5 A/12.5 A 2.5 A/2.8 A Start-up current 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 26.0 A/28.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A 16.0 A/16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 16.0 A/16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Pre-fuse T 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 870 W/890 W 1010 W/900 W L 35 L 50 1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 820 W/1000 W 980 W/1170 W 870 W/890 W 1010 W/900 W 1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 820 W/1000 W 980 W/1170 W Refrigeration factor ε . = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.7 1.5 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.8 46 kg 42 kg 41 kg 46 kg 42 kg Refrigerant R134a, 600 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight Air throughput of fans 41 kg External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories Page Stainless steel 900 m3/h 800 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 684 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Malaysia RITTAL Systems Sdn Bhd 7, Jalan TPP 1/1A Taman Industri Puchong Batu 12 Jalan Puchong 47100 Puchong Solangor, Malaysia Phone: +603-8060 6688 Fax: +603-8060 8866 E-mail: sales@rittal.com.my www.rittal.com.my 420 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 1 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. H Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. 1 Cannot be installed with SK 3332.XXX. B T External Partial internal Internal mounting mounting mounting TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W Model No. SK 3328.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 3328.510 3328.540 3328.6001) 3328.6101) 3328.6401) Page Stainless steel – 115, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W 2000 W/2360 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W 1620 W/1745 W 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W Dimensions mm Rated current max. 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A/14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A/14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A Start-up current 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W 935 W/1055 W 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 73 kg 67 kg 66 kg 73 kg 67 kg Pre-fuse T Refrigerant R134a, 950 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 66 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit 640 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 550 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 421 Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2500 W Model No. SK 3329.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 3329.510 3329.540 3329.6001) 3329.6101) 3329.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 2500 W/2660 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 1840 W/1920 W 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 400 x 1580 x 295 2500 W/2700 W 2500 W/2660 W 1900 W/1950 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2700 W 1900 W/1950 W Rated current max. 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A 3.7 A/3.8 A 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A 3.7 A/3.8 A Start-up current 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1270 W/1410 W L 35 L 50 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W 1270 W/1410 W 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.0 1.9 1.9 2.0 1.9 1.9 76 kg 70 kg 69 kg 76 kg 70 kg Pre-fuse T Refrigerant R134a, 950 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 69 kg Air throughput of fans Page Stainless steel External circuit 710 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control 640 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 4000 W Model No. SK 3332.540 3332.6401) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Page Dimensions mm W (B) x H x D (T) 500 x 1580 x 340 . Useful cooling output QK L 35 L 35 4000 W/4400 W to DIN 3168 L 35 L 50 3070 W/3570 W Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.2 A Start-up current 9.2 A/11.0 A Pre-fuse T 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1720 W/2120 W L 35 L 50 1990 W/2460 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.3 Refrigerant R134a, 3000 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 91 kg Air throughput of fans External circuit 2000 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 1500 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 482 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 422 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3366.500 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3366.510 3366.540 3366.6001) 3366.6101) 3366.6401) 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 – 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 435 x 1590 x 205 L 35 L 35 1500 W/1500 W L 35 L 50 1050 W/1100 W 1500 W/1500 W 1500 W/1500 W 980 W/1080 W 1050 W/1100 W 1500 W/1500 W 980 W/1080 W Rated current max. 6.7 A/6.9 A 13.6 A/13.8 A 2.7 A/2.9 A 6.7 A/6.9 A 13.6 A/13.8 A 2.7 A/2.9 A Start-up current 22.0 A/24.0 A 43.0 A/47.0 A 8.0 A/8.8 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 43.0 A/47.0 A 8.0 A/8.8 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 940 W/1070 W 940 W/1070 W 970 W/1120 W 940 W/1070 W 940 W/1070 W 970 W/1120 W L 35 L 50 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.6 Refrigerant R134a, 700 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 45 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Page Stainless steel 49 kg 1.5 1.6 46 kg 45 kg 1.5 49 kg 46 kg External circuit 910 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 860 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filters 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 Trim frame 1 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 3377.000 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 423 Wall-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 Protection category: See tables. Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Wired ready for connection (plug-in terminal strip) − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W Model No. SK 3303.5042) Material Stainless steel 3303.5142) Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 60 3304.504 3304.514 3304.544 3305.504 3305.514 3305.544 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 285 x 620 x 298 405 x 1020 x 358 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 500 W/ L 35 L 35 610 W 280W/ L 35 L 50 350 W 1000 W/ 1450 W 1050 W/ 1100 W 1000 W/ 1450 W 980 W/ 1050 W 1000 W/ 1460 W 880 W/ 990 W 1500 W/ 1510 W 1150 W/ 1200 W 1500 W/ 1660 W 1150 W/ 1270 W 1500 W/ 1510 W 1230 W/ 1250 W 500 W 280 W 405 x 1020 x 358 Rated current max. 2.6 A/ 2.6 A 5.7 A 3.9 A/ 4.3 A 8.0 A – 8.8 A 2.2 A – 2.1 A 5.5 A – 5.8 A 11.5 A – 12.5 A 2.6 A – 2.8 A Start-up current 5.1 A/ 6.4 A 11.5 A 12.0 A/ 14.0 A 26.0 A/ 28.0 A 11.5 A/ 12.7 A 12.0 A/ 14.0 A 26.0 A/ 28.0 A 12.2 A/ 11.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 640 W/ 720 W 750 W/ 850 W 670 W/ 750 W 780 W/ 880 W 670 W/ 820 W 760 W/ 930 W 870 W/ 890 W 1030 W/ 1150 W 1010 W/ 900 W 1180 W/ 1060 W 820 W/ 1000 W 980 W/ 1170 W 1.6 1.6 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.8 56 kg 52 kg Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel 360 W/ 380 W 420 W/ L 35 L 50 390 W L 35 L 35 470 W 500 W L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant R134a, 170 g R134a, 325 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Protection category NEMA 4X Weight Air throughput of fans 25 kg R134a, 325 g R134a, 600 g 54 kg 50 kg 51 kg External circuit 345 m3/h 900 m3/h 900 m3/h 310 m3/h 600 m3/h 800 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 49 kg Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 – – – 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Motor circuit-breaker. 2) Without integral condensate evaporation. 3) Transformer protection switch. Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 424 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Wall-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 2000/2500 W Model No. SK 3328.504 Material Stainless steel Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm 3328.514 3328.544 3329.504 3329.514 3329.544 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2000 W/2360 W 1620 W/1745 W 2000 W/2350 W 1450 W/1690 W 2500 W/2660 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2660 W 1840 W/1920 W 2500 W/2700 W 1900 W/1950 W 3.7 A/3.8 A W x H x D 405 x 1650 x 388 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W Rated current max. 6.1 A/6.6 A 13.4 A – 14.8 A 2.8 A/3.3 A 8.2 A/9.3 A 17.0 A/20.0 A Start-up current 20.0 A/22.0 A 40.0 A/38.0 A 6.8 A/7.8 A 20.0 A/24.0 A 44.0 A/42.0 A 6.8 A/7.6 A Pre-fuse T 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W 965 W/1085 W 1110 W/1280 W 920 W/1145 W 1145 W/1395 W 1270 W/1410 W 1470 W/1700 W 1300 W/1440 W 1500 W/1730 W 1295 W/1495 W 1545 W/1845 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.9 87 kg 80 kg 83 kg 90 kg 83 kg Refrigerant R134a, 900 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Protection category NEMA 4X Weight Air throughput of fans Page 80 kg External circuit 640 m3/h 710 m3/h 550 m3/h 640 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 684 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1)Motor circuit breaker. 2) Transformer protection switch. Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units for zone 22 (dust); useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W Model No. SK 3303.530 Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3304.530 3304.560 3305.530 3305.560 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 210 400 x 950 x 260 L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W 1000 W/1450 W 1050 W/1100 W 1000 W/1460 W 880 W/990 W 400 x 950 x 260 1500 W/1510 W 1150 W/1200 W 1500 W/1510 W 1230 W/1250 W 2.3 A/2.6 A Rated current max. 2.6 A/2.6 A 3.9 A/4.3 A 2.1 A/2.2 A 5.4 A/6.0 A Start-up current 5.1 A/6.4 A 12.0 A/14.0 A 11.5 A/12.7 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 12.2 A/11.3 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 10.0 A/10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A/16.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W 640 W/720 W 750 W/850 W 670 W/820 W 760 W/930 W 870 W/980 W 1030 W/1150 W 820 W/1000 W 980 W/1170 W L 35 L 35 1.4 1.8 Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 1.4 1.7 1.7 R134a, 170 g R134a, 325 g R134a, 325 g R134a, 600 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar 25 bar Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Refrigerant Protection category External circuit IP 54 Internal circuit Weight Air throughput of fans Page IP 54 17 kg 39 kg External circuit 345 m3/h 900 m3/h 310 m3/h 600 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 41 kg 800 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.300 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Motor circuit breaker. Without electric condensate evaporation Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 425 Roof-mounted cooling units Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 RiDiag II Page 529 Technical specifications: − Permissible operating pressure p. max.: 25 bar − Duty cycle: 100% − Type of connection: Plug-in terminal strip Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation − Fully wired ready for connection − Drilling template − Assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Accessories: Roof plate for TS 8 with mounting cut-out, see page 478. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. New: TopTherm roof-mounted cooling unit, useful cooling output 1100/ 3000 W, for office and IT applications with targeted air routing, see page 428. Detailed drawing and technical information can be found on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W Model No. SK 3382.500 3382.6001) 3382.510 3382.6101) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 115, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380 L 35 L 35 500 W/586 W L 35 L 50 273 W/429 W Rated current max. 2.3 A/2.6 A Start-up current 9.1 A/8.8 A 18.2 A/15.9 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel Refrigerant 312 W/357 W 352 W/422 W L 35 L 35 1.6 R134a, 300 g +20°C to +55°C Weight 30 kg 35 kg External circuit 800 m3/h Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 4.1 A/5.4 A L 35 L 35 302 W/347 W L 35 L 50 342 W/402 W Operating temperature and setting range Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Page 170 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 2 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 426 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W Model No. SK 3359.500 3359.6001) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm 3359.510 RAL 7035 3359.6101) 3359.540 RAL 7035 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 2~, 50/60 1.6 A/2.1 A Page W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 750 W/625 W L 35 L 50 304 W/368 W Rated current max. 2.8 A/3.7 A 5.6 A/7.4 A Start-up current 9.2 A/9.0 A 18.4 A/18.0 A 5.4 A/5.2 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 401 W/494 W L 35 L 50 444 W/536 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel 411 W/509 W 454 W/526 W L 35 L 35 1.8 Refrigerant R134a, 300 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 32 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 3359.6401) 37 kg External circuit 800 m3/h Internal circuit 585 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 3286.700 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 2 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 3286.780 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 Page 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch Special voltages available on request. Technical modifications reserved. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W Model No. SK 3383.500 3383.6001) 3383.510 3383.6101) 3383.5401) 3383.640 Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 115, 1~, 50/603) 400, 2~, 50/603) 2.9 A/3.9 A W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1000 W/1088 W L 35 L 50 709 W/807 W Rated current max. 2.9 A/3.9 A 5.6 A/7.7 A Start-up current 8.8 A/10.1 A 14.4 A/15.8 A 4.6 A/5.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 426 W/514 W L 35 L 50 485 W/606 W 456 W/524 W 495 W/616 W L 35 L 35 2.3 2.2 Refrigerant R134a, 650 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 40 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Internal circuit 491 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 46 kg External circuit 1600 m3/h e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 427 Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1100/3000 W, especially for office applications and IT applications Model No. SK 3273.500 Application areas Office Material Sheet steel Colour RAL 7035 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 3273.5151) IT 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Page 3301.800 115, 1~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 597 x 417 x 895 L 35 L 35 1100 W/1200 W L 35 L 50 850 W/870 W L 25 L 35 L 35 L 45 3000 W 3200 W Rated current max. 5.2 A/5.4 A 11.0 A/11.5 A Start-up current 15.5 A/16.5 A 32.0 A/35.0 A 36.0 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A2) Air circuit-breaker 16.0 A 790 W/810 W 860 W/1010 W L 25 L 35 L 35 L 45 Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 760 W/780 W L 35 L 50 830 W/970 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.4 Refrigerant 1820 W 2325 W 1.6 R134a, 700 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +50°C Weight 42 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 10.4 A +20°C to +45°C 47 kg 72 kg External circuit 1760 m3/h 2000 m3/h Internal circuit 440 m3/h 1450 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.600 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.610 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.700 3286.700 3286.900 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.970 473 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.980 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. In order to avoid increased condensation, we recommend enclosures with a protection category of at least IP 54. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W Model No. SK 3384.500 3384.6001) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 3384.510 RAL 7035 3384.6101) 3384.540 RAL 7035 115, 1~, 50/603) 400, 2~, 50/603) 2.5 A/2.9 A L 35 L 35 1500 W/1637 W L 35 L 50 1207 W/1308 W Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.9 A 8.7 A/10.1 A Start-up current 14.7 A/13.6 A 27.2 A/23.2 A 8.7 A/7.6 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 641 W/743 W L 35 L 50 741 W/857 W 666 W/757 W 775 W/899 W L 35 L 35 2.4 2.3 Refrigerant R134a, 500 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 41 kg 47 kg External circuit 1600 m3/h Internal circuit 491 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Page W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 3384.6401) e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 428 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W Model No. SK 3385.500 3385.6001) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/603) Dimensions mm 3385.510 RAL 7035 3385.6101) 115, 1~, 50/603) 3385.540 RAL 7035 Page 400, 2~, 50/603) W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 2000 W/2030 W L 35 L 50 1454 W/1547 W 2000 W/2140 W 1409 W/1511 W Rated current max. 5.9 A/6.3 A 13.3 A/13.5 A Start-up current 19.7 A/17.9 A 42.2 A/31.1 A 11.7 A/11.7 A Pre-fuse T 10.0 A 14.0 A – 20.0 A2) 6.3 A – 10.0 A2) Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 970 W/1155 W L 35 L 50 1081 W/1511 W 1020 W/1235 W 1441 W/1310 W L 35 L 35 2.1 2.0 Refrigerant 3.5 A/3.7 A R134a, 900 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 42 kg Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 3385.6401) 48 kg External circuit 2100 m3/h Internal circuit 657 m3/h Temperature control e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Accessories Filter mats 3 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 3286.500 481 Metal filters 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 3286.800 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 2 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 3000 W/4000 W Model No. SK 3386.540 3386.6401) 3387.540 3387.6401) Material Sheet steel Stainless steel Sheet steel Stainless steel Colour RAL 7035 – RAL 7035 – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 796 x 470 x 580 . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 3000 W/3300 W L 35 L 50 2200 W/2500 W 4000 W/4200 W 3250 W/3490 W Rated current max. 3.4 A/3.4 A 3.9 A/3.9 A Start-up current 8.0 A/9.0 A 17.0 A/19.0 A Pre-fuse T Motor circuit breaker 6.3 A – 10.0 A Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 1190 W/1500 W L 35 L 50 1440 W/1780 W . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel R134a, 1600 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight 70 kg 77 kg External circuit 3450 m3/h 3870 m3/h Internal circuit 1280 m3/h 1420 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 1630 W/2070 W 1880 W/2350 W L 35 L 35 2.3 Refrigerant Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) Page e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Filter mats 3 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 3286.600 481 Metal filters 1 3286.610 3286.610 3286.610 3286.610 482 Quick-change frame 1 3286.900 3286.900 3286.900 3286.900 479 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Air duct system 1 3286.970 3286.970 3286.970 3286.970 473 Stoppers 2 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 3286.980 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 1) Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 429 Modular climate control concept Climate control accessories Page 473 TS 8 enclosures Page 71 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 Also required: − Section door, fits TS 8 enclosures, 600, 800, 1200 mm widths and 1800, 2000 mm heights, see page 431. − Base/plinth, 100 or 200 mm high, see page 543. Protection category: − External circuit IP 34 to IEC 60 529 − Internal circuit IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Cooling module prepared for installation in section door − Nano-coated condenser − Integral electric condensate evaporation Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Cooling modules “Blue e”, 1500/2500 W useful cooling output Model No. SK with Comfort controller Rated operating voltage V, Hz . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 3307.700 230, 1~, 50/60 3307.710 3307.740 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 230, 1~, 50/60 1500 W/1550 W 930 W/950 W 2500 W/2520 W 1620 W/1730 W L 35 L 35 1500 W/1550 W L 35 L 50 850 W/900 W 3310.700 3310.710 3310.740 115, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/ 460, 3~, 60 2500 W/2500 W 1760 W/1800 W Rated current max. 6.0 A/6.1 A 11.2 A/11.8 A 2.5 A/2.7 A 7.6 A/9.4 A 17.3 A/19.0 A Start-up current 22.0 A/24.0 A 36.0 A/39.0 A 8.5 A/9.2 A 22.0 A/24.0 A 36.0 A/39.0 A 13.0 A/14.0 A Pre-fuse T 16.0 A/16.0 A 11.0 A – 16.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 16.0 A/16.0 A 18.0 A – 25.0 A3) 6.3 A – 10.0 A1) 3.5 A/3.7 A Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 850 W/1050 W 870 W/1080 W 790 W/1000 W L 35 L 50 1000 W/1150 W 1070 W/1180 W 900 W/1100 W 1310 W/1520 W 1360 W/1570 W 1130 W/1480 W 1480 W/1850 W 1530 W/1900 W 1400 W/1750 W Refrigeration factor . ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1.8 1.9 Refrigerant R134a, 700 g Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Weight2) Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow) 68 kg External circuit Internal circuit Temperature control Accessories 1.7 1.9 Page 1.8 2.2 78 kg 72 kg R134a, 1175 g 72 kg 68 kg 73 kg 1100 m3/h 1100 m3/h 600 m3/h 1100 m3/h Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 3124.100 684 477 RiDiag II 1 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 3159.100 529 Interface board 1 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 3124.200 477 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 1) Motor circuit breaker 2) Includes section door weight 3) Transformer protection switch 430 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Modular climate control concept Climate control accessories Page 473 TS 8 enclosures Page 71 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Section door without preconfigured cooling module − TS 8 hinges, door opening angle approx. 110° Note for 1200 mm wide TS 8 enclosures: − With the unit positioned on the right, one pack consists of a section door for installing in the right-hand half of the enclosure plus a special lockable door for the left-hand half. − With the unit positioned on the left, one pack consists of a section door for installing in the left-hand half of the enclosure. The existing lockable door on the right may be used. Approvals: Available on the Internet. Also required: − Cooling module, see page 430. − Base/plinth, 100 or 200 mm high, see page 543. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. H H H H Section doors for installing cooling modules B B B B Model No. SK Dimensions to fit TS enclosures Dimensions to fit TS enclosures Accessories Metal filters 3300.040 Height mm 1800 Width (B) mm 600 3300.050 3300.060 3300.070 3300.080 3300.090 3300.110 3300.120 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 1800 2000 800 1200 (unit positioned on the left) 1200 (unit positioned on the right) 3284.210 3284.210 3284.210 Packs of 1 3284.210 All SK 3307.700/.710/.740 or 3310.700/.710/.740 cooling module models, see page 430, can be integrated into one of the section doors mentioned above. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 431 432 Liquid cooling Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 2500 W.........434 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 4000 W.........435 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 1875 W.........435 Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 3000 W.........436 Wall-mounted ........................................................ 300/600/1250 W.........437 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ............................. 500 W.........438 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 1000 W.........438 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 2000 W.........439 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 3000 W.........439 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 5000 W.........440 Wall-mounted ...................................................................... 7000 W.........440 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 500 W.........441 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 750 W.........441 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 1750 W.........442 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 2500 W.........442 Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 4000 W.........443 Cold Plate Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters .... 2500/3000 W.........444 Accessories for Cold Plate ........................................................................445 Chillers for water TopTherm .......................................................................... 1/1.5 kW.........446 TopTherm ....................................................................... 3/4.5/6 kW.........447 TopTherm, for wall mounting .......................................... 1/2.5/4 kW.........448 TopTherm ........................................................................ 8 – 40 kW.........449 In a floor-standing enclosure....................................... 2.1 – 7.7 kW.........450 In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 10 – 25 kW.........451 In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 32 – 59 kW.........451 433 Air/water heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Recooling systems Page 446 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 Also required: Cooling water system such as recooling systems, from page 446. Supply includes: − Wired ready for connection, with connector − Drilling template, sealing mat and assembly parts Approvals: Available on the Internet. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3209.500 3209.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.40 A/0.48 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 23.5 kg 1030 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 434 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl 3210.100 3210.5401) 3210.1401) e-Comfort controller – – Basic controller – – Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3210.500 Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 Dimensions mm 400, 2~, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.44 A/0.5 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A 0.25 A/0.3 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 25.5 kg Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) 925 m3/h 295 kg Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 3124.200 – 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 1875 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3209.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3209.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1875 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.40 A/0.48 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 23.5 kg 1030 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 435 Air/water heat exchangers Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3210.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3210.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475 Rated current max. 0.44 A/0.5 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 25.5 kg 925 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Air duct system 1 3286.870 3286.870 473 Stoppers 1 3286.880 3286.880 474 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Norway RITTAL AS Postboks 258 N-1401 Ski Phone: +47 64 85 13 00 Fax: +47 64 85 13 01 Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10 N-1405 Langhus E-mail: rittal@rittal.no www.rittal.no 436 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Climate control accessories Page 473 Recooling systems Page 446 Software & services Page 515 Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Also required: Supply includes: − Fully wired ready for connection − Drilling template and assembly parts Cooling water system such as recooling systems, see from page 446. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Performance diagrams: Available on the Internet. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 300/600/1250 W Model No. SK 3212.230 Temperature control – Useful cooling output 3212.1151) 3212.024 Dimensions mm 230, 50/60 600 W 650 W 115, 50/60 24 V (DC) W x H x D 150 x 300 x 85 Page 0.23 A/0.24 A 1.20 A 1250 W 1300 W 230, 50/60 200 x 500 x 100 200 x 950 x 100 0.17 A/0.18 A 0.38 A/0.4 A Rated current max. 0.11 A/0.13 A Pre-fuse T 2.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature > +1°C to +30°C 4.0 A Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Connection clamp Weight 3 kg Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) 280 m3/h Temperature monitoring – Accessories 3215.100 Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve L 35 W 10, 200 l/h 300 W L 35 W 10, 400 l/h Rated operating voltage V, Hz 3214.100 Terminal strip 250 m3/h 7 kg 13 kg 120 m3/h 200 m3/h Internal thermostat, with change-over contact, switching load 16 A, setting range +20°C to +60°C (factory setting +35°C) Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 4127.010 684 Condensate hose 1 3301.610 3301.610 3301.610 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 437 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3363.500 3363.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W 230, 1~, 50/60 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.17 A/0.18 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 12 kg Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) 270/320 m3/h Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 486 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 486 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3364.500 3364.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.2 A/0.19 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 15 kg Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) 270/320 m3/h Accessories Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 486 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 486 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 438 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3373.500 3373.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.38 A/0.43 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 20 kg 600/625 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 486 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 486 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3374.500 3374.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.57 A/0.78 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 20 kg 700/730 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 486 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 486 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 439 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 5000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3375.500 3375.100 e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 5000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220 Rated current max. 1.0 A/1.35 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Water connection Quick-release fastener system Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 551) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 56 kg 2365/2750 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 3201.900 486 Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener with G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 3201.910 486 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) IP 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 7000 W Model No. SK 3216.4801) Temperature control Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 500 l/h 7000 W L 35 W 20, 500 l/h 4500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 400, 3~, 50/60 460, 3~, 60 W x H x D 450 x 1800 x 300 Rated current max. 1.4 A/1.6 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A, 3-pole 1.2 A Power consumption Pel 450 W/700 W Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Terminal strip Weight 79 kg 2400 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories 630 W Packs of Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 475 Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 684 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 Flow regulator valve 1 485 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP 440 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3363.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3363.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 External transformer – Dimensions mm – W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.17 A/0.18 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 12 kg 270/320 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP 3) Threaded Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3364.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3364.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 750 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 External transformer Dimensions mm – – W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120 Rated current max. 0.2 A/0.19 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 15 kg 270/320 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 441 Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3373.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3373.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output Page L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1750 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.38 A/0.43 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 20 kg 600/625 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Packs of Accessories Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3374.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3374.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140 Rated current max. 0.57 A/0.78 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 20 kg 700/730 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 2) IP 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 442 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Air/water heat exchangers Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) 3375.5041) Model No. SK Thermostat (factory setting +35°C) 3375.1041) e-Comfort controller – Basic controller – Useful cooling output L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 230, 1~, 50/60 W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220 Rated current max. 1.0 A/1.35 A Pre-fuse T 4.0 A Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet; assembly instructions) Water inlet temperature +1°C to +30°C Permissible operating pressure p. max. 1 to 10 bar Operating temperature/setting range +1°C to +70°C/+20°C to +50°C Protection category to IEC 60 529 IP 552) Duty cycle 100% Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Water connection Quick-release fastener system3) Weight 56 kg 2365/2750 m3/h Air throughput of fan (unimpeded air flow) Accessories Page Packs of Door-operated switch 1 4127.010 4127.010 684 SK BUS system 1 3124.100 – 477 Interface board 1 3124.200 – 477 Condensate hose 1 3301.612 3301.612 485 Flow regulator valve 1 see page 486 1) Extended delivery times. 65 available on request. 3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) IP Rittal Sweden RITTAL Scandinavian ab Rittalgatan 1 SE-262 73 Ängelholm Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00 Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44 E-mail: info@rittal.se www.rittal.se Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 443 Cold Plate Recooling systems page 446 Accessories for climate control page 473 Liquid-cooled partial mounting plate with drilling surface and T channel Whole surface can be used by the customer for own tapped holes (blind holes) to a maximum drilling depth of 12 mm. Alternatively, drive units may be secured to the T channel depending on the version. Design: − Press-fitted copper or stainless steel tubes, dependent on the application, in closed recooling systems or existing (open) water infrastructure. − Cooling water connection: G1/4˝, anti-twist Supply includes: Mounting accessories for system integration into TS 8. Further technical information is available at www.rittal.com Accessories: − Quick-action vent valve, see page 445. − Accessories for fluid distributor connection, see page 445. − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 647. − Recooling systems for closed cooling circuits, see from page 446. − System attachment SK 8616.700, see page 445. Detailed drawing: Available on the Internet. Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters Model No. SK For installation in Dimensions mm 8616.622 8616.802 8616.822 Enclosure width mm 600 8616.602 600 800 800 Enclosure depth (side) mm 600 600 800 800 W 499 H 399 D 20 499 399 20 699 399 20 699 399 20 3000 W Output1) 2500 W 2500 W 3000 W Material CU VA CU VA Packs of 1 1 1 1 . 25°C medium inlet temperature, Cold Plate surface temperature ≈ 50°C, medium flowrate Q = 200 l/h, surface roughness: 1.2 μm. Special sizes available on request. 1) At Rittal Spain RITTAL Disprel S.A. Mas Baiona, 40 Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta 08202 Sabadell (Barcelona) Phone: +34 937 001 300 Fax: +34 937 001 301 E-mail: info@rittal.es www.rittal.es 444 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Cold Plate Accessories Fluid distribution manifold Packs of Model No. SK 1 set 8616.750 For the connection of up to 4 Cold Plate units. Supply includes: − 2 fluid distribution manifold blocks (inlet and return) − Screw plugs G1/4˝, G3/8˝, − Connector sleeves G1/2˝ − Seals Accessories: Flexible hose, see page 445. Also required: Quick-action vent valve, see page 445. Flexible hose For connection of the Cold Plate to a fluid distribution manifold or direct fluid connection. Supply includes: − 2 flexible hoses G1/4˝ − Seals Packs of Length mm Material Model No. SK 1 set 500 CU 8616.772 1 set 1000 CU 8616.773 1 set 500 VA 8616.7601) 1000 VA 8616.7611) 1 set 1) Extended Quick-action vent valve To vent the complete Cold Plate system. Easily mounted on the fluid distribution manifold. delivery times. Packs of Model No. SK 1 8616.762 Supply includes: − Quick-action vent valve G3/8˝ − Seal System attachment for frequency converters For mounting frequency converters on the Cold Plate. Supply includes: − Wire clamp system − T-slot blocks Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control For the attachment of frequency converters Packs Model No. of SK with all-round clamping surface 1 8616.700 with side clamping surfaces 1 8616.710 with clamping surfaces top and bottom 1 8616.720 445 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers From page 434 Overflow valve Page 486 Cooling medium Page 487 Technical design: − Compact, modular layout of the refrigeration components − With RiNano coating − Pump to convey the medium − Precise temperature control, based on microprocessor technology − Collective fault signal with floating contact Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, cooling output 1/1.5 kW Model No. SK 3318.600 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 50/60 3318.610 3319.600 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 0.8 kW/0.9 kW 1.0 kW/1.1 kW 1.2 kW/1.3 kW 1.5 kW/1.7 kW Power consumption 0.63 kW/0.78 kW 0.85 kW/1.05 kW Rated current max. 4.2 A/4.1 A 5.4 A/5.3 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump. Design Pressure-sealed Open Pressure-sealed Open – Made from PP plastic – 2.5 l Tank – Made from PP plastic Tank capacity – 2.5 l Water connections 1/ ˝ 2 Weight 48 kg Air throughput of fans 900 m3/h Temperature control Accessories Metal filter Page W 600 H 400 D 430 Dimensions mm Temperature range 3319.610 internal thread 51 kg Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) Packs of 1 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 3286.510 482 Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 446 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water TopTherm, cooling output 3/4.5/6 kW Model No. SK 3320.600 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601) Dimensions mm 3334.600 W 602 H 676 D 645 3334.6602) 602 1050 645 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 2.7 kW/3.0 kW 3.0 kW/3.4 kW 3.9 kW/4.7 kW 4.5 kW/5.4 kW 4.8 kW/5.2 kW/5.2 kW 6.0 kW/6.6 kW/6.6 kW Power consumption 1.72 kW/1.95 kW 2.00 kW/2.51 kW 4.3 kW/5.1 kW/5.1 kW Rated current max. 3.8 A/4.6 A/3.9 A 4.9 A/5.9 A/5.0 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C See characteristic curve of pump. Tank Made from PP plastic 30 l Water connections 1/ ˝ 2 Weight (empty) 88 kg 8 A/9.7 A/8 A 16 A Pump capacity Tank capacity Page 3/ ˝ 4 internal thread 94 kg Air throughput of fans 1785 m3/h Temperature control Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) internal thread 125 kg 2200/2500 m3/h Accessories Metal filter Packs of 3286.520 3286.520 3286.510 1 1 2 482 1) Supports multiple voltages without rewiring. fill level display. Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2) Integral Rittal South Korea RITTAL Co., Ltd. Seoul Head Office 3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D 315-6 Yangjae-Dong Seocho-Gu Seoul 137-896 Korea Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525 Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526 E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr www.rittal.co.kr Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 447 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers From page 434 Overflow valve Page 486 Cooling medium Page 487 Technical design: − Compact, modular configuration of the cooling components with integral water tank − With RiNano coating − Pump to convey the medium − Precise temperature control, based on microprocessor technology − Open system with tank − Collective fault signal with floating contact Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Approvals: Available on the Internet. Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, for wall mounting, cooling output 1/2.5/4 kW Model No. SK 3360.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601) W 400 H 950 D 310 Dimensions mm 3360.250 3360.470 400 1580 290 500 1580 390 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 0.8 W/0.9 kW 1.0 kW/1.1 kW 2.1 kW/2.3 kW 2.5 kW/2.8 kW 3.3 kW/3.7 kW 4.0 kW/4.5 kW Power consumption 0.7 kW/0.76 kW 1.55 kW/2.0 kW 1.85 kW/2.74 kW Rated current max. 2.7 A/3.0 A 3.7 A/3.8 A 4.6 A/5.2 A Pre-fuse T 10 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +10°C to +30°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump. Tank Plastic Tank capacity 5l Water connections Quick-release coupling (counterpart included in accessory bag) 3/ ˝ 4 Weight 47 kg 78 kg 103 kg Air throughput of fans 500 m3/h 710 m3/h 2000 m3/h Temperature control Accessories 10 l Page 15 l internal thread Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C) Packs of Filter mat 1 3286.400 3286.400 3286.400 481 Metal filter 1 3286.410 3286.410 3286.410 482 1) Supports multiple voltages without rewiring. Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 448 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water Climate control accessories Page 473 ● One version for two frequencies = international compatibility ● Series product available from stock ● Fast delivery, as pre-assembled modules can simply be combined into a recooling system Benefits: ● Modular design ● Small footprint ● Convenient servicing ● High reliability thanks to standard water bypass Colour: RAL 7035 Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Protection category: IP 44 Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Fully wired unit ready for connection with side panels and door. Other options: Available on the Internet. TopTherm, cooling output 8 – 40 kW Model No. SK 3335.590 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 Hz/460, 3~, 60 Hz W 805 H 1600 D 805 Dimensions mm 3335.600 3335.610 3335.620 805 2000 805 3335.630 3335.640 1205 2000 805 3335.650 3335.660 1605 2000 805 2405 2000 805 Cooling output1) at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C 6.5/7.6 kW 6.5/7.6 kW 10.3/11.3 kW 13.8/15.2 kW 16.6/18.7 kW 21.6/23.8 kW 27.6/30.4 kW 33.5/37.5 kW Cooling output1) at Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 8/8.6 kW 8/8.6 kW 12/13.1 kW 16/17.6 kW 32/35.2 kW 40/44 kW 20/21.8 kW 25/27.6 kW Power consumption max. kW 3.4/4.0 3.4/4.0 5.9/6.4 6.7/8.0 8.0/9.9 10.5/12.9 13.5/15.9 16.0/19.8 Rated current max. A 6.4/6.0 6.4/6.0 8.2/9.5 11.1/11.3 15.9/13.9 20.3/20.7 22.2/22.6 31.7/31.5 Refrigerant R410A Number of cooling circuits 1 Ambient temperature range +10°C to +43°C Page 2 Water temperature range +7°C to +25°C Pump capacity at 2.5 bar (l/min.) 50/60 Hz 35/70 30/85 50/140 60/40 (at 60 Hz 3.7 bar) Tank capacity l 80 Water connections 1˝ 170 Weight (empty) kg 245 Temperature control Microcontroller cotnrol (factory setting +18°C, differential value control also possible) 1 1/4˝ 250 270 325 425 425 580 940 Packs of Accessories Metal filter 1 3286.550 3286.550 3286.530 3286.530 3286.540 3286.540 3286.5302) 3286.5402) 482 Levelling feet 4 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 7493.100 553 4 Levelling feet with vibration dampening Base/plinth components front and rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Cooling medium 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 7493.230 555 100 mm 8601.805 8601.805 8601.805 8601.805 8601.200 8601.200 8601.8052) 8601.2002) 543 200 mm 8602.805 8602.805 8602.805 8602.805 8602.200 8602.200 8602.8052) 8602.2002) 543 100 mm 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 8601.085 544 200 mm 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 8602.085 544 10 l 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 3301.960 487 Canister Barrel 1) Excluding pump heat loss. 2) 25 l 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 3301.965 487 200 l 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 3301.967 487 2 packs. Technical modifications reserved. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 449 Chillers for water Air/water heat exchangers from page 434 Climate control accessories Page 473 Cooling medium Page 487 Technical design: − Robust industrial standard − Variable air routing is possible via the l/h or r/h side panel − Floating contact for collective fault signal Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Metal filter mats − Castors − Bypass valve on request Protection category: IP 44 (electrics) Supply includes: − Recooling system wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Characteristic curves of pump: Available on the Internet. Other options: Available on the Internet. In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 2.1 to 7.7 kW Model No. SK 3336.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 Dimensions mm W 470 H 725 D 540 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 3336.200 3336.300 485 965 650 1.7 kW 2.1 kW 2.1 kW 2.6 kW 3336.500 3336.600 3336.650 4.8 kW 6.2 kW 5.2 kW 7.7 kW 595 1180 800 2.3 kW 3.4 kW 3.6 kW 5.0 kW Power consumption 1.5 kW 1.7 kW 2.3 kW 2.9 kW 3.7 kW 3.9 kW Rated current max. 3.4 A 3.0 A 4.2 A 5.5 A 6.2 A 7.3 A Refrigerant R134a Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment Liquid media +15°C to +43°C +10°C to +25°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve of pump. Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 17 l Water connections 3/ Weight 75 kg 97 kg 99 kg 141 kg Air throughput of fans 700 m3/h 1250 m3/h 1785 m3/h 3140 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 4˝ 33 l 57 l internal thread 1˝ internal thread 143 kg 147 kg Extended delivery times Special voltages, other frequencies, and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 450 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for water In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 10 to 25 kW Model No. SK 3336.700 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 Dimensions mm 3336.710 3336.720 W 615 H 1178 D 1160 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 8.3/10.4 kW 10.0/12.6 kW 3336.730 3336.740 3336.750 17.0/20.7 kW 20.9/25.4 kW 20.6/26.4 kW 25.2/32.3 kW 715 1178 1360 11.9/15.5 kW 14.4/18.7 kW 13.5/16.6 kW 16.3/20.1 kW 15.0/18.1 kW 18.5/22.4 kW Power consumption 3.8 kW 4.8 kW 5.3 kW 6.4 kW 7.1 kW 13.1 kW Rated current max. 10.6 A 13.1 A 14.1 A 16.2 A 18.2 A 23.7 A 250 kg 260 kg Refrigerant R407C Number of cooling circuits 1 Temperature range Environment Liquid media +15°C to +43°C1) +10°C to +25°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 60 l Water connections 1˝ internal thread 100 l Weight 215 kg Air throughput of fans 6280 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 225 kg 235 kg 240 kg 10880 m3/h 1) SK 3336.720 and SK 3336.750 +15°C to +40°C at 60 Hz. Extended delivery times Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 32 to 59 kW Model No. SK 3339.100 Rated operating voltage V, Hz Dimensions mm 3339.200 400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60 26.2/31.4 kW 32.0/38.4 kW 3339.280 400, 3~, 50 W 815 H 1400 D 1560 Cooling output at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C 3339.250 1000 1800 2000 29.6/35.5 kW 36.2/43.5 kW 40.0 kW 46.7 kW 52.0 kW 59.0 kW Power consumption 18.3 kW 18.6 kW 20.6 kW 36.8 kW Rated current max. 29.2 A 30.7 A 36.8 A 41.1 A Refrigerant R407C Number of cooling circuits Temperature range 1 Environment +15°C to +43°C Liquid media +15°C to +25°C +15°C to +40°C Pump capacity See characteristic curve Tank Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Tank capacity 150 l Water connections 1 x 1/4˝ internal thread 220 l Weight 260 kg Air throughput of fans 16000 m3/h Temperature control Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C) 1 x 1/2˝ internal thread 300 kg 680 kg 740 kg 32000 m3/h Extended delivery times Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 451 452 IT cooling Roof-mounted cooling units TopTherm for office and IT applications ............... 1100/3000 W ..............428 Chillers for IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 124 kW ..............454 Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............455 CRAC system CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............456 CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............458 Aisle containment Aisle containment ......................................................................................460 Liquid Cooling Package TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............461 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............462 TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............463 TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............464 Accessories ...............................................................................................465 453 Chillers for IT cooling Climate control accessories Page 473 Application: Especially for cooling IT applications, such as LCP or air/water heat exchangers. Safety-relevant features such as redundant speed-controlled pumps, compressors or buffer stores are the distinguishing features of these atmospherically sealed systems. Technical design: − Compact design with control components in the front and air intake via both side panels, air outlet upwards − Pressure-sealed system − Digital thermostat for temperature control with setpoint and actual value display − Monitoring interface with Rittal CMC II supported − Flow monitor Protection category: IP 54 Supply includes: − Chiller wired ready for connection − Multi-lingual documentation − Functional diagram and wiring plans Options: − Free cooling may be integrated from 67 kW. Please follow the instructions! − Buffer store for separate siting − Emergency cooling with mains water infeed − Integral bypass − Special voltages Note: Technical deviations in terms of cooling output, dimensions or weight are possible for unit types with free cooling. Layout diagram: Available on the Internet. Cooling output 15 to 124 kW Model No. SK 3232.700 3232.710 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 W 810 H 1542 D 1560 Dimensions mm 3232.720 3232.730 3232.740 3232.750 3232.760 3232.770 3232.780 3232.790 810 1542 1560 810 1542 1560 1000 1780 2000 1100 1606 2450 1100 1606 2950 1100 1606 2950 1100 1606 2950 1100 1875 2950 1100 1875 2950 24 kW 36 kW 48 kW 67 kW 77 kW 88 kW 99 kW 117 kW 124 kW Cooling output1) 15 kW Power consumption 6.9 kW 9.7 kW 14.6 kW 21 kW 21 kW 24 kW 26 kW 29 kW 36 kW 41 kW Rated current max. 23.0 A 25.0 A 37.0 A 46.5 A 52.2 A 59.2 A 64.2 A 69.2 A 84.1 A 89.1 A Refrigerant R407C R410A Pmax. cooling circuit 28 bar 45 bar Temperature range Environment –20°C to +43°C Liquid media +5°C to +15°C Pump capacity 60 l/min. Pump pressure 2.5 bar Number of cooling circuits 1 Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel Tank capacity 48 l Water connections 1˝ Operating weight 375 kg Colour RAL 7035 Air throughput of fans Temperature control m3/h 10880 120 l/min. 240 l/min. 500 l/min. 2 100 l 390 kg 1 1/4˝ 2˝ 480 kg 710 kg 300 l 500 l 2 1/2˝ 831 kg 896 kg 906 kg 912 kg 1119 kg 1123 kg RAL 9002 14000 18000 22000 27000 34100 Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C) 1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet). Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 454 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Chillers for IT cooling Cooling output 155 to 481 kW Model No. SK 3232.800 3232.810 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400, 3~, 50 W 1100 H 1875 D 2950 Dimensions mm 3232.820 3232.890 3232.830 3232.840 3232.850 3232.860 3232.870 3232.880 1100 1875 2950 1100 1875 3950 1500 1975 4350 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 3400 2200 2450 4250 2200 2450 4250 2200 2450 4250 235 kW 262 kW 291 kW 326 kW 387 kW 430 kW 481 kW Cooling output1) 155 kW 172 kW 196 kW Power consumption 47 kW 52 kW 60 kW 70 kW 80 kW 93 kW 106 kW 121 kW 141 kW 159 kW Rated current max. 108 A 120 A 127 A 149 A 181 A 203 A 225 A 293 A 307 A 336 A Refrigerant R410A Pmax. cooling circuit 45 bar Temperature range Environment –20°C to +43°C Liquid media +5°C to +15°C Pump capacity 500 l/min. Pump pressure 2.5 bar Number of cooling circuits 2 Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation Steel 500 l/min. 810 l/min. 1200 l/min. Tank capacity 500 l 700 l 1000 l Water connections 2 1/2˝ 3˝ 4˝ Operating weight 1308 kg Colour RAL 9002 Air throughput of fans Temperature control m3/h 32600 1321 kg 1489 kg 1933 kg 2546 kg 2693 kg 2843 kg 3148 kg 3354 kg 3576 kg 50000 49000 72800 71500 70200 106200 104100 102000 Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C) 1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet). Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Austria RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H. Laxenburger Straße 246a A-1239 Wien Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0 Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0 E-mail: info@rittal.at www.rittal.at Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 455 CRAC system CW Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Liquid Cooling Package Page 461 The heated cooling water is cooled in an external recooling system outside of the building. Equipment: − User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range of functions and connectivity. − Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan. − Flow and energy-optimised special heat exchanger with a generous safety factor. T B H1 Benefits: ● Broad output range, suitable for use with a wide range of cooling media. ● The unit supports optimum integration of both hardware and software. ● Optimum energy and space efficiency thanks to intelligent design features, such as the slanted heat exchanger and base-integrated fan. ● Frame based on the popular TS 8 system. Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 H2 Application and mode of operation: The CRAC system draws warm waste air from the top of your data centre, cools it using water in a closed heat exchanger, and blows the cooled, filtered supply air into the raised floor with overpressure. 3 1 Water inlet, condensate discharge, humidifier inlet 2 Electrical connection 3 Water return Base unit Model No. SK Top piece Dimensions mm Connection voltage W (B) H1 D (T) V/Ph/Hz 3301.620 3301.660 3301.830 3301.870 1100 1950 650 1100 1950 850 1800 1950 850 2600 1950 850 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 3300.310 3300.320 3300.330 1 1 2 3 500 550 550 550 350 350 350 350 Fan unit in base Model No. SK Supporting structure with fan No. of fans Height of supporting structure mm1) Min. raised floor height mm 1) Quantity H2 3300.340 Other supporting structure heights available on request. 456 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CRAC system CW Base unit Model No. SK 3301.620 3301.660 3301.830 3301.870 33000 Rated volumetric flow Air volume m3/h 6000 11000 22000 External compression Pa 20 20 20 20 Support area m2 0.72 0.94 1.53 2.21 Weight kg 340 385 585 843 Cooling – cold water 7°C/12°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity Cooling output, total kW 27.8 45.7 90.2 137.4 Cooling output, sensitive kW 23.4 39.8 79.4 119.5 0.84 0.87 0.88 0.87 m3/h 4.78 7.85 15.49 23.6 Cooler pressure loss kPa 33.4 39 37.6 37.5 Valve pressure loss kPa 22.8 24.1 38.4 34.8 Rp 1 Rp 1 1/4 Rp 1 1/2 Rp 2 SHR1) Volumetric flow of medium Connection Cooling – cold water 10°C/15°C and air inlet 26°C/45% relative humidity Cooling output, total kW 22.9 39.1 77.4 117.2 Cooling output, sensitive kW 22.9 39.1 77.4 117.2 1 1 1 1 3.94 6.72 13.3 20.2 SHR1) Volumetric flow of medium m3/h Cooler pressure loss kPa 23.4 29.1 28.2 27.8 Valve pressure loss kPa 15.5 17.6 28.3 25.5 Rp 1 Rp 1 1/4 Rp 1 1/2 Rp 2 G4 G4 G4 G4 79 Connection Filter in intake Design Cassette filter Filter class to DIN EN 779 Noise data Sound power level, intake end dB (A) 69 74 77 Sound power level, discharging end dB (A) 79 82 85 87 Enclosure radiation dB (A) 55 60 63 65 Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance) dB (A) 57 62 65 67 1) SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress. Fan unit EC motor, directly driven, free-running Design Qty. Power consumption, total Max. current rating Quantity 1 1 2 3 kW 0.6 1.4 3.1 4.6 A 1.5 4.6 9.2 13.8 Options Steam humidification Design Max. steam output Max. power consumption Max. current rating Water inlet connection Water discharge connection Electrode steam humidifier kg/h 8 8 15 15 kW 6 6 11.3 11.3 A 8.7 8.7 16.3 16.3 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 mm 40 40 40 40 kW 4.5 7.5 15 22.5 A 6.5 10.8 21.7 32.5 3300.290 3300.291 3300.292 3300.293 Inches Electric heater Design Max. thermal output Max. current rating Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled Energy-saving extractor plenum For top-mounting on CRAC systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 457 CRAC system DX Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Liquid Cooling Package Page 461 Equipment: − User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range of functions and connectivity. − Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan. − Flow and energy-optimised special heat exchanger with a generous safety factor. T B H1 Benefits: ● Broad output range, suitable for use with a wide range of cooling media. ● The unit supports optimum integration of both hardware and software. ● Optimum energy and space efficiency thanks to intelligent design features, such as the slanted heat exchanger and base-integrated fan. ● Frame based on the popular TS 8 system. Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 H2 Application and mode of operation: The air-cooled DX units with direct evaporation discharge the heat to the external air via an aircooled condenser installed outside of the building. The climate control enclosure has one, two or three compressors, depending on size, which are combined into one cooling circuit. For this reason, connection to the air-cooled condenser is via just one refrigerant line. 3 1 Refrigerant pressure line, condensate discharge, humidifier inlet 2 Electrical connection 3 Refrigerant fluid line Base unit Model No. SK Top piece Dimensions mm Connection voltage W (B) H1 D (T) V/Ph/Hz 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760 1100 1950 850 1100 1950 850 1400 1950 850 1800 1950 850 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 400/3/50 3300.360 3300.320 3300.370 3300.330 500 550 550 550 350 350 350 350 3300.353 3300.354 3300.355 3300.356 1 2 2 2 8500 12400 18000 18400 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 230/1/50 Fan unit in base Model No. SK Supporting structure with fan Height of supporting structure mm1) H2 Min. raised floor height mm 1) Other supporting structure heights available on request. Condenser unit Model No. SK No. of fans Max. volumetric flow Connection voltage 458 Quantity m3/h V/Ph/Hz Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CRAC system DX Base unit Model No. SK 3300.510 3300.560 3300.710 3300.760 16000 Rated volumetric flow m3/h Air volume 6000 8500 12500 External compression Pa 20 20 20 20 Support area m2 0.94 0.94 1.19 1.53 Weight kg 455 505 585 871 Cooling – condensation temperature 45°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity Design Scroll compressor No. of compressors Quantity 1 2 Cooling output, total 3 3 kW 19.2 31.4 46.4 56.2 Cooling output, sensitive kW 18.3 28.3 41.5 51.9 0.95 0.90 0.89 0.92 kW 4.4 7.7 11.5 13.3 A 13.1 25.6 38.4 39.3 G4 G4 G4 G4 72 SHR1) Power consumption, total Max. operating temperature Filter in intake Design Cassette filter Filter class to DIN EN 779 Noise data Sound power level, intake end dB (A) 69 69 77 Sound power level, discharging end dB (A) 79 76 84 79 Enclosure radiation dB (A) 54 56 62 59 Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance) dB (A) 57 57 64 59 1) SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress. Fan unit EC motor, directly driven, free-running Design Qty. Quantity 1 1 1 2 kW 0.5 0.8 1.8 1.6 A 1.8 4.6 4.6 9.2 Condenser output kW 27 38 49 71 Max. power consumption kW 0.67 1.28 1.34 1.34 A 3.3 6 6.0 6.6 dB (A) 56 60 59 59 Width (B1 + B2) 1415 1420 2130 2680 kg 109 132 160 217 Power consumption, total Max. current rating Condenser unit Axial fan condenser Max. current rating Max. noise level in empty space (5 m distance) Dimensions mm Weight Design Horizontally blowing 1105 Design Vertically blowing B1 1615 Design B1 B1 B1 20 B1 B1 11 B2 3 56 B2 Options Steam humidification Design Max. steam output Max. power consumption Max. current rating Water inlet connection Water discharge connection Electrode steam humidifier kg/h 8 8 8 15 kW 6 6 6 11.3 A 8.7 8.7 8.7 16.3 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 mm 40 40 40 40 kW 4.5 7.5 7.5 15 A 6.5 10.8 10.8 21.7 3300.294 3300.295 3300.296 3300.297 Inches Electric heater Design Max. thermal output Max. current rating Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled Energy-saving extractor plenum For top-mounting on CRAC systems Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 459 Aisle containment TopTherm LCP Passive CW from page 464 Benefits: ● Increased energy efficiency and performance capability of climate control. ● Superior output density is facilitated, thanks to guaranteed cold air supply. ● Easily installed and retrofitted, as it is fully compatible with the TS 8 enclosure system. ● An inexpensive way to boost the performance of your existing plant, lengthening the investment cycle until a replacement needs to be purchased. 12 00 00 0/8 60 2000 Application and mode of operation: Aisle containment is a combination of door and roof components which facilitate consistent separation of the hot and cold air in the data centre. Such separation is pivotal to saving energy and increasing the efficiency of the available climate control technology. Depending on the application, aisle containment may be used with CRAC systems or TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX as hot or cold aisle containment. Equipment: − Slimline door element with viewing window, sliding door − Stable roof elements in a composite metal with a high level of light permeability − Where required, safety glass may also be used Note: Other size variants and individually modified systems available on request. Element Roof element Position Start/end Door element Model No. SK 3300.270 3300.280 3300.170 3300.180 3300.160 Width of element (identical to enclosure width) mm 600 800 600 800 – Centre – Width of cold aisle mm 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Height of cold aisle mm – – – – 2000 460 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 473 Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Server enclosures Page 114 Benefits: ● Maximum energy efficiency thanks to EC fan technology and IT-based control ● Minimal pressure loss at the air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans ● Optimum adaptability thanks to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume flow ● By using high water inlet temperatures, the proportion of indirect free cooling is increased, which in turn reduces operating costs ● Thanks to six modular, box-type plug-in fan units, the cooling output can be adapted to actual requirements ● The box-type plug-in fan units are configurable as n+1 redundancy ● Standard 3-phase connection for electrical redundancy ● With redundant temperature sensor integrated at the air end as standard ● The separation of cooling and rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure ● Up to 60 kW cooling output on a footprint of just 0.36 m2 ● The low weight means a minimal load area ● Touchscreen display may be retrofitted Monitoring: Monitoring of all system-relevant parameters such as: ● Server air intake temperature ● Server waste air temperature ● Water inlet/return temperature ● Water flow ● Cooling output ● Fan speed ● Leakage ● Optional sensors ● Direct connection of the unit via SNMP/Ethernet ● Integration into RiZone Application and mode of operation: The LCP draws in the air at the sides at the rear of the server enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air back into the front part of the server enclosure at the sides. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 TopTherm LCP rack CW and DX Design CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Model No. SK 3311.130 3311.230 3311.260 3311.110 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1000 CW CW DX 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1000 Usable U 42 42 42 42 Useful cooling output Up to 30 kW Up to 30 kW Up to 60 kW Up to 10 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection Connection cable Page Refrigerant R410a Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve – Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan Also required Packs of Condenser unit 1 – – – 3311.310 Fan module 1 3311.010 3311.010 3311.010 3311.010 – Touchscreen display, coloured 1 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 465 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 3311.040 3311.040 – 465 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 3311.050 3311.050 – 465 465 Accessories Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 461 Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 473 Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Server enclosures Page 114 Aisle containment Page 460 Benefits: ● Maximum energy efficiency thanks to EC fan technology and IT-based control ● Minimal pressure loss at the air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans ● Optimum adaptability thanks to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume flow ● By using high water inlet temperatures, the proportion of indirect free cooling is increased, which in turn reduces operating costs ● Thanks to six modular, box-type plug-in fan units, the cooling output can be adapted to actual requirements ● The box-type plug-in fan units are configurable as n+1 redundancy ● Standard 3-phase connection for electrical redundancy ● With redundant temperature sensor integrated at the air end as standard ● The separation of cooling and rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure ● Up to 60 kW cooling output on a footprint of just 0.36 m2 ● The low weight means a minimal load area ● Touchscreen display may be retrofitted Monitoring: Monitoring of all system-relevant parameters such as: ● Server air intake temperature ● Server waste air temperature ● Water inlet/return temperature ● Water flow ● Cooling output ● Fan speed ● Leakage ● Optional sensors ● Direct connection of the unit via SNMP/Ethernet ● Integration into RiZone Application and mode of operation: The LCP is designed for siting within a bayed enclosure suite. The hot air is drawn in from the room or hot aisle at the rear of the device and expelled at the front into the cold aisle after cooling. The LCP achieves maximum performance and efficiency in conjunction with Rittal cold aisle containment. With this product, a raised floor is not necessary. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX Design CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Refrigerant R410a Model No. SK 3311.530 3311.560 3311.210 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200 CW DX Page 300 x 2000 x 1200 300 x 2000 x 1200 Usable U 42 42 42 Useful cooling output Up to 30 kW Up to 60 kW Up to 10 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection Connection cable Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve – Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan – – 3311.310 465 465 Also required Packs of Condenser unit 1 Accessories Front cover 1 3311.060 3311.060 3311.060 Fan module 1 3311.020 3311.020 3311.020 – Touchscreen display, coloured 1 3311.030 3311.030 3311.030 465 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 3311.040 – 465 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 3311.050 – 465 462 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 473 Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Server enclosures Page 114 Benefits: ● Error-tolerant, efficient cooling of server racks with high thermal loads ● Fully redundant – Two active cooling circuits and two switchable power circuits ensure optimum fail-safeness ● The built-in controllers are capable of adapting all device parameters automatically to preserve the required climate conditions ● A separate decentralised intelligence which automatically recognises emergency situations and responds appropriately with the “auto load balancing” and “auto recovery” functions ● Interfaces which facilitate user-friendly operation and monitoring via the network or BSM systems Optional: − Fully integrated fire detection and extinguisher system − Automatic server enclosure door opening − Various sensors Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 to IEC 60 529 Application and mode of operation: The LCP draws in the air at the sides at the rear of the server enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air back into the front part of the server enclosures at the sides. TopTherm LCP T3+ CW Cooling medium Water (for specifications see Internet) Model No. SK 3311.400 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230, 1~, 50/60 400, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm Page W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200 Usable U 42 Useful cooling output, redundant Up to 25 kW Duty cycle 100% Electrical connection C19/C20 Linear fan control Temperature control Two-way control valve Fans may be exchanged with the system operational EC fan Auto-load balancing Auto-recovery Accessories Fan module 1 3311.010 – Touchscreen display, coloured 1 3311.030 465 Connection hose, top 1 3311.040 465 Connection hose, bottom 1 3311.050 465 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 463 Liquid Cooling Package Accessories for climate control Page 473 Chillers for IT cooling Page 454 Server enclosures Page 114 Benefits: ● High cooling output of 20 kW in a minimal space ● Easily exchanged for the standard rear door of the server enclosure ● Retrofitting is not a problem ● A door opening angle of 120° allows rear access to the server enclosure and makes assembly and configuration inside the enclosure easier ● The LCP does not require its own fan, and therefore does not need an integrated control ● Maximum energy efficiency, as there is no electrical power consumption whatsoever Application and mode of operation: Air/water heat exchanger mechanically integrated into a rear door for server enclosures. The 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment built into the server enclosure must have suitable airflow capabilities in order to route the heated waste air through the heat exchanger rear door. The waste air is cooled down to room temperature. The heat energy absorbed by the water is transported to the external cold water supply, where it is cooled back down to the required inlet temperature. Colour: RAL 7035 Approvals: Available on the Internet. TopTherm LCP Passive CW Model No. SK Dimensions mm 3311.600 W x H x D 600 x 2000 x 170 Usable U 42 Useful cooling output Up to 20 kW Rittal China RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. No. 1658 Minyi Road Songjiang District Shanghai, 201612 Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799 Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788 E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn www.rittal.cn 464 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Liquid Cooling Package Accessories Touchscreen display, colour Packs of Model No. SK 1 3311.030 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3311.060 for LCP rack, inline, T3+ The display offers the opportunity of directly monitoring key LCP functions and implementing settings. Front cover for LCP Inline CW and DX The optional front cover ensures an even air exhaust and reduces the air outlet speed, thereby preventing draught effects. Condenser unit The condenser unit is needed to operate the refrigerant-based LCPs, and comprises the external condenser, fan and inverter-controlled compressor. For LCP Packs of Model No. SK SK 3311.110, SK 3311.210 1 3311.310 Refrigerant: R410a Vertical shielding To block the airflow on the left and right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, for enclosure height 2000 mm. Material: − Cellular PU foam − Flame-inhibiting to UL 94 (HF1) − Length: 1900 mm − Self-adhesive on one side Connection hose, bottom and top Flexible connection hose, may be shortened, including union nuts on both sides for connecting the LCP to existing pipework. Add-on cover For height compensation with 2200 mm high racks in conjunction with the LCP (H = 2000 mm). Material: Sheet steel For sealing between For Packs enclosure width of mm Model No. SK Side panel and 482.6 mm (19˝) level 600 1 800 1 3301.390 LCP and 482.6 mm (19˝) level 600 1 3301.370 800 1 3301.320 For LCP Thread SK 3311.130, SK 3311.230, SK 3311.260, SK 3311.530, SK 3311.560, SK 3311.400 11/2˝ 3301.380 Water Packs Model No. connection of SK from Bottom/Top 2 3311.040 For LCP Packs of Model No. SK SK 3311.130, ....110 1 3301.221 SK 3311.230, ....260, SK 3311.530, ....560, SK 3311.400, ....210 1 3301.421 Delivery times available on request. Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 465 466 CS Outdoor climate control Air/air heat exchangers For CS Toptec ..........................................................85/105 W/K ..............468 For CS modular enclosures .............................................30 W/K ..............469 Cooling units For CS Toptec ....................................................... 1000/1600 W ..............468 For CS modular enclosures ..................................... 900/1500 W ..............469 467 CS Outdoor climate control CS Toptec Page 207 Enclosure heaters Page 471 With sealing frame for universal mounting on the CS Toptec in 3 positions: Internal, partial internal and external. Surface finish: Powder-coated, pure polyester Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal circuit to external circuit) Material: Enclosure: Aluminium Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec Air/air heat exchanger Model No. CS 9776.102 Installation Universal DC 48 V Rated operating voltage W 500 (550) H 1000 (1050) D 150 (175) 85 W/K 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 150 (175) 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 260 (285) 105 W/K – – – 1000 W/1150 W 650 W/700 W 1600 W/1750 W 1200 W/1250 W – – 400 W 4.5 A – – 5.0 A/5.0 A 6.0 A/6.8 A DC 4.2 A AC – Start-up current max. Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 230 V, 50/60 Hz 500 (550) 1000 (1050) 200 (225) L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 Heater Rated current max. 9776.550 W x H 800 x 1200 Spec. thermal output . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 9776.500 – AC – Enclosure dimensions mm (including sealing frame and designer cover) Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm) Cooling units 9776.152 – 24.0 A/22.0 A 34.0 A/32.0 A L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 640 W/760 W 780 W/920 W 960 W/1170 W 1125 W/1310 W Coolant – Permissible operating pressure p. max. – R134a 28 bar Temperature range –33°C to +65°C –33°C to +55°C 28 bar 570 m3/h 1200 m3/h 600/625 m3/h 600/625 m3/h 880/950 m3/h 1000/1090 m3/h Temperature control Comfort controller1) Comfort controller1) Comfort controller Comfort controller Type of connection Plug-in terminal strip Weight 22 kg 30 kg 35 kg 45 kg Air throughput of fans – unimpeded air flow Internal/external circuit fan Extended delivery times. Products are manufactured to order. The units are assembled and supplied connected to the Toptec enclosure. 1) Setpoint settings may be altered via software. 468 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control CS Outdoor climate control CS modular enclosures Page 208 Enclosure heaters Page 471 For roof mounting With Comfort controller as standard1) and 400 W heater or control via thermostat. Heat exchanger CS 9764.040 without Comfort controller. For wall mounting With Comfort controller1) and 400 W heater as standard. Installation options: ● in the door or rear panel ● in the side panel Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal circuit to external circuit) For partial installation With Comfort controller1) and 800 W heater as standard. Surface finish: Powder-coated, pure polyester 1) Units with Comfort controller. The Comfort controller is installed on the inside of the cooling units, and is not accessible from the outside. Mounting frame: Required for CS 9762.212. Colour: RAL 7035 Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures Air/air heat exchanger Cooling units Model No. CS 9764.040 9762.212 9761.212 9768.152 Installation Roof-mounted Roof-mounted Wall-mounted Partial internal mounting DC 48 V – AC – 230 V, 50/60 Hz Rated operating voltage Unit dimensions (mm) W x H x D 470 x 158 x 380 535 x 390 x 400 515 x 1170 x 152 400 x 1050 x 310 Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm) W x D 600 x 500 W x D 600 x 500 W x H 600 x 1200 W/D x H 600 x 1200 Spec. thermal output 30 W/K – – – 900 W/1020 W 720 W/780 W 900 W/1050 W 750 W/820 W 1500 W/1600 W 1250 W/1250 W – 400 W 400 W 800 W DC 1.3 A – – – AC – 3.1 A/4 A 3.2 A/4.2 A 5.8 A/6.7 A – 10.6 A 10.8 A 19.0 A 460 W/570 W 520 W/655 W 605 W/790 W 690 W/880 W 940 W/1145 W 1045 W/1270 W . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 Heater Rated current max. Start-up current max. Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 L 35 L 35 – L 35 L 50 without2) Temperature control Coolant R134a – Comfort controller Comfort controller Comfort controller 550 g 600 g 650 g 24 bar 28 bar 880 m3/h 880 m3/h 850 m3/h 680 m3/h Permissible operating pressure p. max. – 27 bar Temperature range –33°C to +65°C –33°C to +55°C 345 m3/h 570 m3/h 570 m3/h Type of connection Plug panel Plug-in terminal strip Weight 7 kg 29 kg 45 kg 40 kg /– /– –/ /– Mounting frame – 9765.051 – – Enclosure internal thermostat 3110.000 – – – Air throughput of fans – unimpeded air flow Material (enclosure) Internal/external circuit fan Aluminium/sheet steel Accessories Extended delivery times. The partially internally mounted CS 9768.152 may be inserted directly. Cooling units are manufactured to order. The units are assembled and supplied connected to the modular enclosure. Adaptations to other enclosure platforms are available on request. 2) Customers may fit their own thermostat (SK 3110.000). Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 469 470 Enclosure heaters Climate control accessories Page 473 Software & services Page 515 B B H Note: − For precise temperature control inside the enclosure, we recommend the enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 or the digital thermostat SK 3114.200 with display (see accessories). − In order to prevent condensation on assemblies, hygrostat SK 3118.000 (see accessories) is recommended to regulate heating. − In larger enclosures, even heat distribution is best achieved by installing several low-output heaters. − The installation of heaters is generally advisable, in order to prevent condensation. H Supply includes: − PTC heater − Quick-connection terminal − Assembly parts 1 2 T 1 T Without fan, continuous thermal output 10 – 150 W Model No. SK 3105.310 W (B) 45 H 120 D (T) 46 Dimensions mm Rated operating voltage V, Hz 3105.320 3105.330 3105.340 3105.350 3105.360 3105.370 45 120 46 64 155 56 64 155 56 64 230 56 90 165 75 90 180 75 110 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 8 – 10 W 18 – 20 W 23 – 30 W 49 – 50 W 63 – 75 W 86 – 100 W 130 – 150 W Pre-fuse T 2A 2A 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A Accessories Page Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 476 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. 2 With fan, continuous thermal output 250 – 800 W Model No. SK 3105.410 3105.380 W (B) 103 H 200 D (T) 103 Dimensions mm 3105.420 3105.390 103 200 103 110 V, 50/60 Hz 3105.400 Page 103 200 103 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 110 V, 50/60 Hz Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C 250 W1) Pre-fuse T 4A 4A 6A 6A 10 A 6A Accessories 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3105.430 230 V, 50/60 Hz 400 W1) 110 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz 800 W1) Packs of Enclosure internal thermostat 1 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 3110.000 Hygrostat 1 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 3118.000 476 476 Digital temperature display/thermostat 1 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 3114.200 475 1) Thermal output with fan. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 471 472 Climate control accessories Air routing Air duct system for roof-mounted variants: cooling units and air/water heat exchangers It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is therefore eliminated. The dimensions of the shallow duct are W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be shortened to the required length. Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Note: Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced, depending on the application in question. Also required: TS support strips, see page 650. Accessories: − Deflector 90°, see page 473. − Stopper, see page 474. Supply includes: Shallow duct, compensating hose. For unit Packs of Model No. SK SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./ SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . . 1 3286.870 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 1 3286.970 Deflector, 90° for air duct system For targeted air deflection at the end of the shallow duct. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.990 Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 473 Climate control accessories Air routing Shallow air duct system for roof-mounted variants: cooling units and air/water heat exchangers, to fit TS 8 enclosures from a width of 800 mm and a depth of 600 mm. It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is therefore eliminated. The dimensions of the shallow duct are W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be shortened to the required length. Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Note: Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced, depending on the application in question. Also required: − Shallow duct extension SK 3286.860 to compensate for the enclosure width and height. − TS support strips, see page 650. Accessories: − Deflector 90°, see page 473. − Stopper, see page 474. Supply includes: − Shallow duct − Adaptor − Compensating piece − Deflector, 90° For unit Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.850 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . . Shallow duct extension Extension kit for shallow air duct system SK 3286.850 for width, depth or height length extensions in TS 8 enclosures. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3286.860 Material: Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1 Supply includes: − Shallow duct 1500 mm − Connecting piece Stoppers Material: Polyurethane foam for roof-mounted cooling units To cover unneeded cold air outlets in roofmounted cooling units. Max. no. of stoppers per unit Packs of Model No. SK SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . . 1 2 3286.780 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./ SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . . 2 2 3286.880 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 1 2 3286.980 For units Max. 2 x Max. 1 x SK 3359. . . . / SK 3382. . . . SK 3386. . . . / SK 3387. . . . 474 SK 3209. . . . / SK 3210. . . . SK 3383. . . . / SK 3384. . . . SK 3385. . . . / SK 3273. . . . Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Air routing/control/regulation Air diverter For units For use with wall-mounted cooling units For targeted air routing of the cold air in a downward direction. Particularly well-suited for densely-packed electrical components in the lower section of the enclosure. SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . . 3213.310 SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . . 3213.320 SK 3332. . . . 3213.3301) Material: Sheet steel Model No. SK Air circuit external Air circuit internal 65 1) 1) 115 Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat For installation in the enclosure door or wall. Technical specifications: − 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz and 24 – 60 V (DC) − Depth: 100 mm − Three-digit, 7-segment display − Option of switching between °C/°F − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C − Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor − Two relay outputs as change-over contact and normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V, 6 A) Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat Integrated into a panel 1 U. Including cable attachment for connection cable and label holder. Technical specifications: − 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz and 24 – 60 V (DC) − Depth: 100 mm − Three-digit, 7-segment display − Option of switching between °C/°F − Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C − Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor − Two relay outputs as change-over contact and normally open contact (max. contact load 230 V, 6 A) Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control mm for SK 3213.330 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3114.200 Special requirements can be accommodated on request. − Freely selectable switching difference − The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set using the membrane keyboard at the front Setting range: +5°C to +55°C − Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K − The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset Packs of Model No. DK 1 7109.035 Special requirements can be accommodated on request. − Freely selectable switching difference − The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set using the membrane keyboard at the front Setting range: +5°C to +55°C − Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K − The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset Colour: RAL 7035 475 Climate control accessories Control/regulation Enclosure internal thermostat Rated operating voltage Especially suitable for controlling fan-and-filter units, heaters and heat exchangers, this thermostat can also be used as a signal generator for monitoring the enclosure internal temperature. 230/115/60/48/24 V (AC) Technical specifications: − Bi-metal controller as a temperature-sensitive element with thermal feedback. − Contact population: Single-pole change-over contact as a quick-break contact. − Permissible contact load: Cat. 5 – 3 (heating) AC 10 (4)1) A, DC = max. 30 W Cat. 5 – 4 (cooling) AC 5 (4)1) A, DC = max. 30 W 1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6 − Setting range: +5°C to +60°C Hygrostat The hygrostat switches on the heater and/or fan when a preset relative humidity in the enclosure is exceeded. In this way, the relative humidity is raised above the dew point, and condensation on assemblies or electronic components is avoided. Technical specifications: − Contact population: Single-pole change-over contact as a quick-break contact. − Permissible contact load: AC ~ 5 (0.2)1) A DC = max. 20 W 1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6 − Setting range: 50 – 100% relative humidity − Weight: approx. 100 g − Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm − Switching difference: approx. 4% Bottom-mounted adaptor for enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000 and hygrostat SK 3118.000 Bottom-mounted adaptor with mounting option for screwed cable glands, for targeted cable infeed from appropriate equipment such as SK fan-andfilter units and enclosure heaters. In conjunction with screwed cable glands, it is also suitable for use as strain relief. Control unit for EC fan-and-filter units Temperature-dependent speed control for EC fanand-filter units to reduce noise and save energy. The function of the fan can also be monitored. 60/48/24 V (DC) − − − − Model No. SK 3110.000 Weight: approx. 105 g Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm Switching difference: approx. 1 K ± 0.8 K. Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal 35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 658. Rated operating voltage Model No. SK 24 – 230 V (AC), 24 – 75 V (DC) 3118.000 − Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal 35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap fastening in the TS/ES enclosure section or on the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 658. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3110.200 For fan-and-filter units Model No. SK SK 3245.XXX 3235.440 Supply includes: NTC sensor, length 1.80 m. ● Activation and monitoring of up to 4 EC fanand-filter units (caution: EC fan-and-filter units cannot be controlled with speed control 3120.200!) ● Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC) ● Top-hat rail assembly ● Temperature setting range: +5°C to +55°C/41°F to 131°F ● External temperature sensor to record the ACTUAL temperature ● Status LED to display the operating status ● Alarm relay for reporting overtemperature, fan defect, cable interruption and sensor failure 476 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Control/regulation Speed control Temperature-dependent speed control for TopTherm fan-and-filter units and air/air heat exchangers for noise reduction and to save energy in part-load operation. Technical specifications: − For mounting on a 35 mm support rail DIN EN 50 022 − Dimensions (W x H x D): 105 x 90.5 x 60.2 mm − Rated operating voltage: 100 – 230 V (AC) − Setting range: +20°C to +55°C − Phase cross-over with microcontroller − Maximum fan output 300 W or 2 A Interface board for equipment with e-Comfort controller The interface board is an extension for equipment with e-Comfort controller. In this way it is possible, e.g. to monitor a master/slave combination of up to 10 cooling units in conjunction with a Rittal CMC III. Control is achieved via standardised interfaces: RS232 (DB9) or RS485, one PLC interface (DB9). RS422 (RJ 45 jack) is the connection to the Rittal CMC III. In this way, remote monitoring via TCP-IP, graphical interfaces for operation, evaluation and control, documentation, and connection to additional sensors for access control are possible. The extension board is built into a 1 U plastic housing. A voltage supply of 24 V (DC) is required. This may be supplied from the CMC III via a wide-range power pack DK 7320.425 (100 to 240 V (AC), 50/60 Hz) or externally via a Kycon connector. SK BUS system The SK bus system facilitates communications between several enclosure cooling units and air/ water heat exchangers .500/.510/.540/.600/.610/ .640. via a master/slave construction such as that required e.g. in complex bayed enclosure systems for optimum operating conditions. Technical specifications: The master/slave construction facilitates common activation and deactivation via door limit switches, parallel activation and deactivation via a temperature setpoint, and common collective fault signals and temperature logging, thereby eliminating the need for intricate wiring. Master/slave adaptor for Thermoelectric Cooler Parallel operation of up to 5 thermoelectric coolers to increase cooling output or for redundant use. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3120.200 Supply includes: − Speed control − NTC sensor, length 1.80 m. Note: Only suitable for use with 1-phase AC motors and equipment. Accessories: Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail, see page 658. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3124.200 Supply includes: − Interface board integrated into a plastic box W x H x D (mm): 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 − Serial SUB-D cable, 1.5 m. Note: Networking and monitoring plan may be found on the relevant product page on the Internet, under “Download”. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3124.100 35C Supply includes: − 3 m shielded interface cable − Operating instructions on programming the cooling units. Note: − nB = n K – 1 − nB: Number of order units (SK bus system) − nK: Number of cooling units to be linked 25C 20C 30C 40C 20C 35C Networking and monitoring plan may be found on the relevant product page on the Internet, under “Download”. For units Model No. SK SK 3201.200, SK 3201.300 3201.070 Also required: Per slave 1 x RJ 45 network cable DK 7320.470 or DK 7320.472, see page 786. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 477 Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Roof plates TS For mounting: ● Roof-mounted units ● Air/water heat exchangers ● Roof-mounted fan ● Vent attachment TS The cut-outs in the roof plate are arranged in such a way that the roof-mounted cooling units are positioned centrally on the enclosure. For enclosures For mounting W (B) x D (T) mm = 13 T3 B2 B1 800 x 600 T2 = T1 SK 3382. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./ SK 3149.4 . ./SK 3149.8 . . Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. B1 mm B2 mm T1 mm T2 mm T3 mm Model No. TS 767.5 475 567.5 260 129.3 8801.320 567.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.3101) 767.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.330 1200 x 600 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./ SK 3210. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3273. . . ./SK 3385. . . ./ TS 8801.380 1167.5 490 567.5 390 61.3 8801.350 800 x 600 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 767.5 692 567.5 392 57.8 8801.3402) 600 x 600 800 x 600 1) When mounting the cooling units, there may be a collision with the eyebolts of the enclosure; for this reason, roof fastening screws are supplied loose with the roof plates. 2) Attachment is from the inside using metal brackets and retaining clamps. Vent attachment TS For roof plates with cut-out Model No. TS 490 x 390 mm 8801.380 For passive ventilation with labyrinthine air flow routing, to match the roofs for roof-mounted cooling units. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 43 37.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 56 4 4 46 Vent cover The ideal addition for incorporating sealed racks into an existing central climate control system. The stepped connection is suitable for standard pipe diameters 150 mm and 200 mm, thereby ensuring effective cooling thanks to targeted air exchange inside the rack. Design: Diameter of hose connection: 150 mm/200 mm Maximum cut-out on roof plate: 380 mm x 230 mm Width mm Height mm Depth mm 450 144 300 Packs Model No. DK of 1 7826.750 Delivery times available on request. Rittal service: Mounting on the enclosure on request. Material: PET-G, transparent Supply includes: Assembly parts. 478 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Trim frame For cooling unit for slimline cooling units Slimline cooling units can be internally or externally mounted on an enclosure door or wall. The trim frame presents a closed front for the cooling unit. SK 3366. . . . Model No. SK 3377.000 Colour: RAL 7035 140 Material: Sheet steel Quick-change frame For roof-mounted cooling units for roof-mounted cooling units The quick-change frame is more than just an alternate frame. Together with the seal, the lower part of the frame is screw-fastened to the enclosure. In this way, it is possible install and remove the connector-ready cooling unit with the upper part of the quick-change frame previously mounted on the cooling unit with quick-release fasteners. During servicing work, this means shorter assembly times and hence minimised downtime. What is more, the quick-change frame offers effective protection against the ingress of oil into the enclosure in oily atmospheres, thanks to its integral drainage trough. SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . . 3286.700 SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./ SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . . 3286.800 SK 3301.800/SK 3386. . . . / SK 3387. . . . 3286.900 Model No. SK Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Quick-change frame − Seal − Quick-release fasteners Adjustable frame For heat exchangers for air/air heat exchangers, railway-compatible version SK 3126.4 . . 3286.260 SK 3128.4 . . /SK 3129.4 . . 3286.270 The adjustable frame allows variable partial installation of air/air heat exchangers on enclosures, to facilitate optimum space utilisation. SK 3130.4 . . 3286.280 Model No. SK Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 479 Climate control accessories Mounting accessories Adaptor frame For cooling units 300 W for wall-mounted cooling units SK 3302.300/.310 Packs of Model No. TP 1 6730.600 Delivery times available on request. To compensate for the rear tilt of the TP consoles. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Powder-coated − Textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting cut-out 1 481 167 200 20 329 84 3 2 77.5 84 200 201 277 77.5 Ø7 245 1 Top edge of console 2 Adaptor frame 3 Cooling units SK 3302.3X0 Integrated louvres W (B) x H x D (T) mm Packs of For ventilation by convection; easily retro-fitted using 4 screws. 160 x 110 x 8 4 2541.235 210 x 100 x 8 4 2542.235 Material: Sheet steel 330 x 110 x 8 4 2543.235 Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. SK Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. B 480 H T Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Filter technology Filter mats for tangential fans Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to 100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean-air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. For tangential fans/front outlet grilles 2 U SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000/SK 3176.000 Filter mats For ● Cooling units ● Air/air heat exchangers Material: Chemical fibres W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK 425 x 85 x 8 5 3177.000 Material: − Open-celled polyurethane foamed plastic − Outstanding physical and mechanical properties − Temperature resistant from –40°C to +80°C. − Thickness: 10 mm Rittal cooling units are low-maintenance and are supplied without filter mats. Filter mats may be used for extreme conditions. For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 3 3286.110 SK 3302. . . ./SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 3 3286.300 SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 3 3286.400 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 3 3286.500 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 3 3286.600 SK 3377. . . . 205 x 210 x 10 3 3253.010 Model No. SK For discontinued cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100/ SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . . 539 x 332 x 10 3 3286.100 SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100 270 x 332 x 10 3 3267.100 SK 3256. . . . 395 x 300 x 10 3 3254.000 SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/ SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./ SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . . 334 x 313 x 10 3 3294.100 SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . . 350 x 245 x 10 3 3253.000 SK 3394. . . . 315 x 200 x 10 3 3285.000 SK 3292.134/SK 3278.134 325 x 250 x 10 3 3286.000 For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 3 3286.300 SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/ SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115 344 x 268 x 10 3 3286.400 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 481 Climate control accessories Filter technology Metal filters Particularly when cooling units are used in dusty and damp environments, it is advisable to use washable metal filters. If air or steam condenses on the metal surfaces, any particles present will adhere to the metal, and can easily be washed out with water or grease-dissolving solvents. 482 Material: − Aluminium − Thickness: 10 mm For cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310 190 x 95 x 10 1 3286.120 SK 3302.100/SK 3302.110/SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 265 x 200 x 10 1 3286.310 SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . . 530 x 255 x 10 1 3286.510 SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 720 x 300 x 10 1 3286.610 SK 3377. . . . 225 x 200 x 10 1 3253.220 For discontinued cooling units W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100 520 x 290 x 10 1 3286.210 SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . . 520 x 315 x 10 1 3286.200 SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100 265 x 320 x 10 1 3267.200 SK 3256. . . . 315 x 365 x 10 1 3254.200 SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/ SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./ SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . . 300 x 328 x 10 1 3294.200 SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . . 348 x 210 x 10 1 3253.200 SK 3394. . . . 375 x 415 x 10 1 3285.200 For climate control door/section door W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3300.040/SK 3300.050/SK 3300.060/SK 3300.070/ SK 3300.080/SK 3300.090/SK 3300.110/SK 3300.120 425 x 78 x 10 1 3284.210 For discontinued climate control doors W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3306. . . ./SK 3307. . . ./SK 3309. . . ./SK 3310. . . . 424 x 100 x 10 1 3284.200 SK 3308. . . . 624 x 100 x 10 1 3288.200 For discontinued climate control side panel W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3331. . . . 380 x 150 x 10 1 3289.200 For air/air heat exchangers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115 265 x 200 x 10 1 3286.310 SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/ SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 For air/air heat exchangers, wall-mounted, railway-compatible version W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3126.4XX 130 x 130 x 10 1 3286.230 SK 3128.4XX/SK 3129.4XX 208 x 208 x 10 1 3286.240 SK 3130.4XX 225 x 225 x 10 1 3286.250 For recooling systems W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3318.600/SK 3318.610/SK 3319.600/SK 3319.610 530 x 255 x 10 1 3286.510 SK 3320.600/SK 3334.600 500 x 558 x 8 1 3286.520 SK 3360. . . . 344 x 268 x 10 1 3286.410 For chillers W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. SK SK 3335.590/SK 3335.600 600 x 800 x 20 1 3286.550 SK 3335.610/SK 3335.620/SK 3335.650 600 x 1050 x 20 1 3286.530 SK 3335.630/SK 3335.640/SK 3335.660 1000 x 1035 x 20 1 3286.540 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories Filter technology Lint screen For units Especially for the use of cooling units and air/air heat exchangers where there is a high proportion of lint in the ambient air. SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./ SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./ SK 3332. . . ./SK 3360. . . ./ SK 3126. . . ./SK 3127. . . ./ SK 3128. . . ./SK 3129. . . ./ SK 3130. . . . Material: Stainless steel mesh Packs of Model No. SK 1 3329.904 Delivery times available on request. Also required: Louvred grille for lint screen. Louvred grille for lint screen Material: ABS For lint screen Packs of Model No. SK SK 3329.904 1 3329.903 Delivery times available on request. Spare filter mats Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean-air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. For thermoelectric cooler Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3201.200/SK 3201.300 Chemical fibres G2 5 3201.050 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . G2 5 3321.700 SK 3238. . . . G2 5 3322.700 For fan-and-filter units SK 3239. . . . G3 5 3171.100 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . G3 5 3172.100 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . G3 5 3173.100 Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3321. . . . G2 5 3321.700 SK 3322. . . . G2 5 3322.700 G3 5 3171.100 G3 5 3172.100 SK 3326. . . . G3 5 3173.100 SK 3327. . . . G3 5 3327.700 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK Chemical fibres G2 3 3174.000 Material Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . G2 5 3237.0661) SK 3238. . . . G2 5 3238.0661) G3 5 3239.0661) G3 5 3240.0661) G3 5 3243.0661) For discontinued fan-and-filter units/ outlet filters SK 3323. . . . SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . . For filter holders SK 3175.000 For EMC fan-and-filter units SK 3239. . . . SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . Chemical fibres Material Chemical fibres Copper-nickel coated chemical fibres SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . . 1) To achieve the shielding/dampening properties of EMC fan-and-filter units. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 483 Climate control accessories Filter technology/general Fine filter mats for fan-and-filter units Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C, self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438. Dust-laden air side: Open structure. Clean-air side: Closed structure. Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from a particle size of 10 μm. Material: Chemical fibres Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3238. . . . F5 5 3238.055 SK 3239. . . . F5 5 3181.100 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . F5 5 3182.100 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . . F5 5 3183.100 Filter class to DIN EN 779 Packs of Model No. SK SK 3323. . . . F5 5 3181.100 SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . . F5 5 3182.100 SK 3326. . . ./SK 3327. . . . F5 5 3183.100 For fan-and-filter units For discontinued fan-and-filter units/outlet filters Auto Range power pack 240 W for 24 V (DC) components For power supply e.g. to DC fan-and-filter units or the Thermoelectric Cooler SK 3201.300 with primary 115/230 V (AC) voltage supply input. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3201.040 Technical specifications: − Approvals: CE, UL-listed − Dimensions W x H x D: 83 x 125 x 116 mm − Operating temperature range: –10°C to +71°C − Snaps onto a 35 mm top-hat rail Electric condensate evaporator For external mounting on enclosures. For use with all enclosure cooling units and air/water heat exchangers. Evaporation performance: 1) 2.4 l/d 2) 4.2 l/d Colour: RAL 7035 For cooling units SK 3302. . . ./ SK 3303. . . . 400 mm wide Rated operating voltage Model No. SK 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5601) 115 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5801) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5702) 115 V, 50/60 Hz 3301.5902) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Electric condensate evaporator, ready to connect. 1 2 239 3 Condensate collecting bottle For mounting on the enclosure. For use with all enclosure cooling units and air/water heat exchangers. Safety overflow at the side. Capacity approximately 0.75 l. 66 1 Condensate discharge tube Ø 73 Packs of Model No. SK 1 3301.600 Supply includes: − Condensate collecting bottle − Bottle holder − Mounting accessories 2 Membrane grommet 3 Max. 70 mm 484 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories General Condensate hose For removing and directing condensate. For connecting to enclosure cooling units. Material: PVC, transparent For units Hose length Material thickness Ø Model No. SK SK 3201. . . . 5m 6 x 1 mm 3301.606 SK 3302. . . ./SK 320. . . . . 10 m 8 x 1.5 mm 3301.608 SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . . 10 m 10 x 1.5 mm 3301.610 SK 3273. . . ./SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./ SK 3329. . . ./SK 3332. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3366. . . ./ SK 3377. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./ SK 3385. . . ./SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . . 10 m 12 x 2 mm 3301.612 Outlet filter For ventilation by convection, an outlet filter can be installed in the upper and lower sections of the enclosure. Material: ABS, material resistance to UL 94-5VA. Model No. SK Dimensions W x H x D in mm Standard EMC 116.5 x 116.5 x 16 3237.200 3237.060 148.5 x 148.5 x 24 3238.200 3238.060 204 x 204 x 24 3239.200 3239.060 255 x 255 x 25 3240.200 3240.060 323 x 323 x 25 3243.200 3243.060 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Outlet filter − Filter mat Hose-proof hood For fan-and-filter units/outlet filters. Easy cleaning thanks to exterior silicon coating approved for use with foodstuffs. When mounted over the fan-andfilter unit and outlet filter, a protection category of IP 56 to IEC 60 529 is achieved. Material: − Stainless steel − Silicone Accessories: − Spare filter mats, see page 483. − Fine filter mats, see page 484. For fan-and-filter units Dimensions mm Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . 150 x 230 x 40 3237.080 SK 3238. . . . 176 x 245 x 55 3238.080 SK 3239. . . . 233 x 330 x 55 3239.080 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . 282 x 390 x 85 3240.080 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . 350 x 480 x 110 3243.080 SK 3245. . . . 350 x 480 x 160 3245.080 Protection category: − In conjunction with the fan-and-filter units/outlet filters, NEMA 3R + 12 is met. − Protection category is met by type 1, 12, 3, 3R, 4, 4X. − With SK 3237.080 and SK 3245.080, the protection category is only met by type 1, 12, 3R. Blanking cover If existing mounting cut-outs for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters need to be closed to achieve a higher protection category, the filter mat of the fan-and-filter unit/outlet filter can simply be replaced with a blanking cover; welding or other mechanical modification of the enclosure is not necessary. For fan-and-filter units/ outlet filters Packs of Model No. SK SK 3237. . . . 2 3237.020 SK 3238. . . . 2 3238.020 SK 3239. . . . 2 3239.020 SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . . 2 3240.020 SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . 2 3243.020 Material: Plastic Protection category: IP 54 Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control 485 Climate control accessories General Front outlet grille 2 U for tangential fans This front outlet grille is required if a 482.6 mm (19˝) cross-flow blower (SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000) is used in the lower section of the electronic enclosure and the hot air is to be expelled to the outside from the upper section of the enclosure. The design of the grille matches that of the intake grille in the cross-flow blower. These grilles can also be used as simple inflow and outflow grilles with natural convection. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3176.000 Accessories: Filter mat, see page 481. Filter holder W x H x D mm Model No. SK for roof ventilation The use of a filter mat is required in order to increase the protection category of the roof vent (SK 3148.007). Protection category IP 44 to IEC 60 529 is achieved. 340 x 244 x 15 3175.000 Accessories: Spare filter mat, see page 483. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Filter holder including filter mat. Overflow valve Pressostat for use in the water cycle between the recooling system and the air/water heat exchanger. It prevents an increase in pump pressure in the recooling system against the closed magnetic valve of the air/water heat exchanger outside of the cooling cycle. Packs of Model No. SK 1/ ˝ 2 bypass valve Design 1 3301.900 3/ ˝ 4 bypass valve 1 3301.910 1˝ bypass valve 1 3301.920 Design Packs of Model No. SK 1 3301.930 1 3301.940 Setting range: 2 – 12 bar Presetting: 3 bar Material: Brass Flow regulator valve For use with air/water heat exchangers, especially if more than one heat exchanger (n > 1) is used in the water cooling circuit. The correctly set valve then ensures the same quantity of cooling medium for all equipment. The valve is used for hydraulic balancing. 3/ 4˝ x 1/2˝ for volumetric flow control 3/ 4˝ x 3/4˝ for volumetric flow control Setting range: 3 – 12 l/min Material: Brass Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener For use with air/water heat exchangers with quickrelease fastener. This threaded adaptor enables simple adaptation to fixed and flexible pipework. Material: Brass 486 For units SK 3363..../ SK 3364..../ SK 3373..../ SK 3374..../ SK 3375.... Design Packs of Model No. SK G3/8˝ internal thread 2 3201.900 G3/8˝ external thread 2 3201.910 Stainless steel V4A version available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control Climate control accessories General Cooling medium for recooling systems Ready mix Apart from the recooling systems for oil and emulsion, all other recooling systems are only suitable for the cooling of water or a water/glycol mixture. As well as protecting against frost, this cooling medium also serves to inhibit bacterial growth and provide optimum corrosion protection. Cooling medium Antifreeze/ water mixture Outdoor 1:2 Standard 1) Extended 1:4 Container Model No. SK 10 l 3301.950 25 l 3301.955 200 l 3301.9571) 10 l 3301.960 25 l 3301.965 200 l 3301.9671) Nominal width Model No. SK delivery times. Supply includes: − 10 l canister − 25 l canister − 200 l barrel Connection kit for connecting the CRAC system CW to the customer’s pipework when using water as a cooling medium. The connection kit is preassembled and is connected to an outgoing pipe with stop valve (to be provided by the customer) in both the inlet and outlet. For CRAC system CW SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 1˝ 3300.260 SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 1 1/4˝ 3300.261 SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 11/2˝ 3300.262 SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 2˝ 3300.263 Supply includes: Inlet side in direction of flow High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the CRAC system CW. Return side in direction of flow High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the CRAC system CW. Energy-saving extractor plenum for top-mounting on CRAC systems CW/DX. The extractor plenum is used to raise the extraction height of the return air and return it to the CRAC system CW/DX at the highest possible temperature level. In this way, the energy efficiency of the unit can be increased significantly. The extractor plenum is comprised of an empty enclosure tailored to the width and depth of the CRAC system CW/DX. The equipment enclosure and extractor plenum are screw-fastened together using the assembly kit supplied loose. Supply includes: Empty enclosure including assembly kit. Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control For CRAC system CW/DX Height mm Model No. SK SK 3301.620 to 3301.650 550 3300.290 SK 3301.660 to 3301.690 550 3300.291 SK 3301.830 to 3301.860 550 3300.292 SK 3301.870 to 3301.990 550 3300.293 SK 3300.510 to 3300.540 550 3300.294 SK 3300.560 to 3300.590 550 3300.295 SK 3300.710 to 3300.740 550 3300.296 SK 3300.760 to 3300.790 550 3300.297 Note: Special heights to adapt to the available room height are available on request. 487 488 IT infrastructure IT competence System overview – Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures ......493 System overview – Server enclosures .......................................................495 System overview – Power ..........................................................................497 System overview – Cooling .......................................................................499 System overview – Monitoring ...................................................................501 System overview – Security solutions........................................................503 489 1 8 2 9 3 10 7 490 IT competence Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................55 Network enclosures...................................................................................101 Server enclosures Server enclosures......................................................................................113 Power Power Distribution .....................................................................................265 UPS systems .............................................................................................371 Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................382 Power System Module Plus .......................................................................383 Power System Module ...............................................................................384 RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................387 Cooling Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................454 CRAC system ............................................................................................456 Aisle containment ......................................................................................460 Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................461 Monitoring Monitoring system CMC III ........................................................................768 Door Control System .................................................................................779 Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................780 KVM switches ............................................................................................781 Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................787 6 Security solutions 5 4 Compact data centre ................................................................................503 Data Centre Container...............................................................................509 Fire alarm and extinguisher system ..........................................................510 Security rooms...........................................................................................513 Software RiZone .......................................................................................................527 Your benefits ● ● ● ● ● ● Standardised server racks and network enclosures Modular power distribution and back-up Scalable IT cooling concepts High-MTBF IT security rooms, including certificates Complete system accessories for IT environments and data centres Software-based IT and infrastructure management system Sample applications 1 Wall-mounted enclosures, see page 55 2 Network enclosures, see page 101 3 Server enclosures, bayed in combination with LCP, see page 116/461 4 Power distribution, see page 265 5 UPS systems, see page 371 6 Power Distribution Rack, see page 382 7 Chillers for IT cooling, see page 454 8 Monitoring system CMC III, see page 768 9 Compact data centre, see page 503 10 Data Centre Container, see page 509 491 4 6 2 3 1 5 5 492 Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures Wall-mounted network enclosures 6 VerticalBox ..................................................................................................56 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................57 FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................58 QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................59 QuickBox with sheet steel door...................................................................60 QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................61 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ...62 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails.....63 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate ...64 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate ...65 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame .......66 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............67 Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame ................68 Small fibre-optic distributor .........................................................................69 Floor-standing network enclosures 6 Network enclosures TS 8 Pre-configured, doors unvented ...............................................................102 Pre-configured, doors vented ...................................................................103 Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented .................................................104 Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided .................................................104 Network enclosures TS 8...........................................................................105 Network enclosures TE 7000 Pre-configured...........................................................................................107 600 mm width ............................................................................................108 800 mm width ............................................................................................109 Distributor racks TE 7000 open ............................................................................................110 Data Rack .................................................................................................111 Your benefits Network enclosures ● Network enclosures for stand-alone installation and data centres ● Complete system solutions for small to large networks ● Maximum configuration diversity and protection for installed equipment ● Investment protection and flexibility thanks to simple conversions and use of the comprehensive modular system Wall-mounted enclosures ● The right enclosure to suit all applications – up to protection category IP 55 ● Sizes available from 3 U to 21 U ● Wide choice of accessories with “Rittal – The System.” ● Fast assembly, conversion and simple installation based on the modular principle Sample applications 1 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, see page 62 2 FlatBox, see page 57 3 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level, see page 61 4 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with glazed door, see page 59 5 TE 7000 network enclosure with base/plinth and installation accessories, see page 107 6 TS 8 network enclosures, bayed with base/plinth, roof-mounted fan and installation accessories, see page 102 493 1 1 2 2 494 Server enclosures Server enclosures TS 8 server enclosures .............................................................................114 TS 8 server enclosures, colocation ...........................................................115 TS 8 server enclosures for High Performance Cooling systems HPC ......116 TE 7000 server enclosures .......................................................................117 Your benefits ● Broad spectrum of sizes ● Integrated system, from small server racks to bayed rack suites in the data centre ● First-class finish for maximum protection ● High-quality lock systems for optimum access protection ● Comprehensive, system-compatible complete range for cooling, power distribution/power backup and monitoring 3 Sample applications 1 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with aisle containment and LCP, see page 460 2 TS 8 server enclosures, colocation, see page 115 3 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with LCP, see page 116 495 2 5 3 4 1 496 Power Power distribution Ri4Power ...................................................................................................265 UPS systems UPS PMC 12 .............................................................................................372 UPS PMC 40 (type 1-4) .............................................................................373 UPS PMC 40 (type 5) ................................................................................374 UPS PMC 120............................................................................................375 UPS PMC 200............................................................................................376 UPS PMC 800............................................................................................377 UPS PMC accessories ..............................................................................378 Power Distribution Rack Power Distribution Rack ...........................................................................382 Power Distribution Module ........................................................................382 Power System Module 5 PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................383 PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................383 PSM busbars .............................................................................................384 PSM socket modules .................................................................................385 PSM accessories.......................................................................................386 Fuel cell system RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................387 Your benefits ● Holistic, systematic energy management concepts ● Comprehensive, complete solutions for power distribution and back-up, consistently modular, and flexibly extendible at any time ● Optimum energy and cost efficiency with maximum availability of the entire system ● Reduced costs for installation, administration and manpower ● High level of investment certainty ● All from a single source! Sample applications 1 Power Modular Concept PMC 200, see page 376 2 Power Distribution Rack PDR, see page 382 3 Power Distribution Module PDM, see page 382 4 Power System Module PSM, see page 383 5 Power distribution, see page 265 497 4 3 4 3 3 3 2 2 6 5 498 Cooling Chillers for IT cooling Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 123 kW ..............454 Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............455 CRAC system CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............456 CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............458 Aisle containment Aisle containment ......................................................................................460 Liquid Cooling Package TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............461 TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............462 TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............463 TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............464 Accessories ...............................................................................................465 Your benefits ● State-of-the-art climate control technology, from cooling a single rack through to entire data centres ● Individual climate control concepts for rack, suite and room cooling ● Enhanced security plus superior energy and cost efficiency ● Optimisation with aisle containment and cross-system control concepts ● Energy-efficient cooling with IT chillers ● Minimises operating costs with free cooling ● Environmentally friendly thanks to resource and CO2 savings ● Planning, assembly, commissioning and servicing – all from a single supplier! 1 7 Sample applications 1 Rittal aisle containment, see page 460 2 CRAC systems, see page 456 3 Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 461 4 IT chiller, see page 454 5 Free cooling 6 Pipework 7 Raised floor for cold air supply 499 4 1 8 1 2 3 6 5 7 500 Monitoring Monitoring system CMC III CMC III system representation..................................................................768 CMC III system overview ...........................................................................770 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................772 CMC III sensors .........................................................................................773 CMC III accessories ..................................................................................774 Door Control System Door Control System .................................................................................778 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................780 KVM switches SSC view 8 USB, SSC view 32 Cat, SSC compact 32 Cat........................781 SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 ..................................................................782 SSC Duo 16 ...............................................................................................783 1 Dynamic Rack Control RFID mounting frame, tags, controller ......................................................787 1 Software RiZone .......................................................................................................527 Your benefits 3 2 7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Overview of your IT infrastructure Enhanced security Automated processes High cost efficiency Enormous energy savings Simple project management Fast installation Flexible, individual solutions with standard products from Rittal High standard of quality with coordinated standard products Sample applications 1 CMC III, see page 771 2 Power System Module PSM, Power Control Unit PCU incl. current measurement, see page 383 3 Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 461 4 Connection of up to 10 cooling units with Comfort control via one unit 5 Sensors/actuators, see page 773 – Temperature sensor – Humidity sensor – Access and vandalism sensors – Motion detectors – Airflow monitors – Smoke detectors – Voltage monitor – Power supply – Leaks 6 Monitor/keyboard unit, see page 780 7 Electric comfort handle TS 8, see page 603 8 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL, see page 511 501 1 2 502 Security solutions Compact data centre Basic Safe .................................................................................................504 Modular Safe .............................................................................................505 Modular Safe Extend .................................................................................506 Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend ............................507 Data Centre Container DCC Data Centre Container DCC......................................................................509 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus ..............................................................................................510 DET-AC XL ................................................................................................511 Security rooms Data centres ..............................................................................................513 3 Sample applications 1 Modular Safe with climate control, see page 505, 507 2 Basic Safe with CMC and extinguisher system, see page 504 3 Modular Safe Extend as compact data centre, see page 506 503 Basic Safe System accessories Page 537 Benefits: ● Complete system with built-in climate control ● High level of operational and service-friendliness thanks to the two-door system ● Compatibility with other infrastructure elements Material: Pladur plate Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 T2 Supply includes: − Security enclosure with operating and service doors (three-point locking) − Cable entry in both side elements − Climate control 2.4 kW B2 H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Compliance with limit values ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity < 85% for 10 minutes − Tested burglary protection WK 2 EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 55 to IEC 60 529 The tests were performed as system tests and confirmed by way of test reports. H2 Applications: ● Micro data centre for small businesses ● Protection for servers and storage applications ● Protection for business-critical data ● Storage of personal data, e.g. doctors’ surgeries or tax advisors B1 T1 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. U 15 Cooling capacity kW 2.4 Width (B1) mm 806 Height (H1) mm 1699 Depth (T1) mm 1270 Clearance width (B2) mm 620 Clearance height (H2) mm 827 Clearance depth (T2) mm 1024 Weight excluding internal installation approx. kg 360 Model No. LS Basic Safe with built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.999 Model No. LS Basic Safe without built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack 7999.898 Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, 15 U, depth 1000 mm 7995.992 Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 510 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 510 CMC monitoring system see page 767 Standard protection from: Fire 504 Extinguishing water Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Modular Safe System accessories Page 537 Benefits: ● Modular assembly ● Prepared for the installation of various IT climate control solutions ● Low weight ● User-friendly, thanks to operator and service door Material: Pladur plate T1 Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 Doors: RAL 9005 B1 T2 Supply includes: − Security safe as a two-door system − Cable duct in both side elements − Both doors with semi-cylinder and two locks − Optional cable routing in the top element, selectable positioning H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Burglary protection WK 2 to EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529 − Protection from acrid gases to DIN 18 095 H2 Applications: ● Solid protection against potential physical threats for IT components ● Targeted configuration components transform the safe into a complete, compact data centre. B2 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Two-door-system 33 47 Width (B1) 1500 1500 Height (H1) 1942 2321 Depth (T1) 1238 1238 Width (B2) 9791) 9791) Height (H2) 1840 2219 Depth (T2) 1010 1010 U External dimensions mm Internal dimensions mm Clearance height of door opening mm Model No. LS 1678 2057 7999.892 7999.893 Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, 2 punched sections with mounting flanges W 800 x H 1600 x D 1000 7999.021 – W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000 – 7995.969 W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000 – 7999.9702) Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 510 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 510 CMC monitoring system see page 767 Climate control for Modular Safe 1) 2) see page 507/508 With built-in heat exchanger. When assembling the safe, the rack has to be placed on the base/plinth first before the side and rear panels as well as the door and roof can be mounted. It is not possible to install the rack through the door afterwards. Standard protection from: Fire Extinguishing water Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary 505 Modular Safe Extend System accessories Page 537 Benefits: ● Modular assembly ● Expandability for graduated investment in line with IT growth ● Prepared for the installation of various IT climate control solutions ● Systems may be dismantled and reassembled, for maximum investment security Material: Pladur plate Colour: Enclosure: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Security safe with operator door and servicing door − Cable entry in both side elements − Both doors with key lock Optional: − Electronic combination lock − Electronic lock pre-equipped for activation by an external access control system − Cable entry in the top and base unit − Twin-walled doors − Choice of door hinges Internal dimensions mm Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 42 47 42 47 1100 1100 1100 Height (H1) 2210 2410 2210 2410 Depth (T1) 1200 1200 1400 1400 Width (B2) 920 920 920 920 Height (H2) 2030 2230 2030 2230 Depth (T2) Suite creation B2 1100 1000 1000 1200 1200 7999.896 7999.897 7999.983 7999.987 Left 7999.977 7999.980 7999.984 7999.988 Centre 7999.978 7999.981 7999.985 7999.989 Right 7999.979 7999.982 7999.986 7999.990 Individual solution Model No. LS T2 Width (B1) U External dimensions mm B1 T1 H1 Protection standards: − Fire protection F90 based on DIN 4102 − Compliance with limit values ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity < 85% for 30 minutes − Burglary protection optionally resistance class 2, 3 or 4 EN 1627 − Protection against dust and water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529 − Protection from acrid gases to DIN 18 095 The tests were performed as system tests and confirmed by way of test reports. H2 Applications: ● A high level of protection against potential physical threats for IT ● Targeted configuration components transform the safe into a complete, compact data centre. Accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, 2 punched sections with mounting flanges W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000/1200 7995.969 – 7995.974 – W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000/1200 – 7999.970 – 7995.973 Early fire detection system EFD Plus see page 510 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus see page 510 CMC monitoring system see page 767 PSM busbar see page 384 Climate control for Modular Safe see page 507/508 Standard protection from: Fire 506 Extinguishing water Corrosive gases Vandalism Unauthorised access Dust Theft/ burglary Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend System accessories Page 537 Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend Page 505/506 ● All climate control units are designed as split units to ensure hermetic separation between the cooling circuits inside and outside of the safe. This prevents the ingress of dust and corrosive gases. ● Air routing inside the safe is horizontal. The hot air is drawn in at the rear, and the cooled air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Compact climate control Suitable for use in rooms with climate control in the building or adequate ventilation, and low or no noise level requirements. The climate control unit is available in the output categories 2.5 kW and 4 kW. The evaporator coil is fastened to the side panel on the inside of the modular safe, and the external device on the service door (Modular Safe Extend) or side panel (Modular Safe). Outdoor climate control When using the outdoor variant, the internal circuit of the climate control unit is secured to the side panel on the inside of the safe. The external unit is positioned outside of the building. The internal and external units are connected to one another via coolant lines and control cables. The hot air from the servers is drawn in at the rear of the safe, and the cooled air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Benefits of the outdoor model: The waste heat is routed directly to the outside. As a result, room ventilation or air-conditioning is not necessary. Outdoor climate control solution with inverter technology The external unit with inverter technology allows targeted speed control of the compressor. The volume of refrigerant is regulated via the electronic expansion valve. Adaptation to cooling requirements facilitates energy savings of up to 40%. The cold air is expelled in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level by the internal unit (evaporator coil), while the hot air is drawn in at the rear. Modified air baffle plates achieve additional efficiency gains and help to avoid hot spots. Compact climate control Model No. SK 3126.230 Rated operating voltage V, Hz 400/460, 3~, 50/60 Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 W x H x D external unit 500 x 1580 x 231 W x H x D internal unit 804 x 1544 x 100 L 35 L 35 2500 W/3090 W L 35 L 50 2070 W/2300 W 3126.240 4000 W/4010 W 3020 W/3250 W Rated current max. 3.3 A/3.5 A 4.1 A/4.8 A Start-up current 14.2 A/14.7 A 15.2 A/15.8 A Pre-fuse T 6.3 – 10.0 A Motor circuit-breaker Power consumption Pel to DIN 3168 . Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel L 35 L 35 1275 W/1615 W L 35 L 50 1525 W/1920 W 1620 W/2125 W 1825 W/2835 W L 35 L 35 2.0 2.5 Refrigerant R134a, 1500 g R134a, 2900 g Permissible operating pressure p. max. 28 bar 25 bar Temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C Noise level dB (A) Protection category to IEC 60 529 Weight < 70 Internal circuit External circuit IP 24 External unit 65 kg Internal unit 70 kg Colour RAL 7035 Temperature control Comfort controller (factory setting +25°C) Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure < 72 IP 54 507 Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend Outdoor climate control Model No. SK 7999.963 7999.965 7999.964 7999.966 Redundancy – – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ 400 V, 50 Hz, 3~ 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x) 400 V, 50 Hz, 3~ (2 x) W x H x D 795 x 610 x 290 900 x 680 x 340 (2 x) 795 x 610 x 290 900 x 680 x 340 (2 x) L 25 L 35 2400 W 5000 W 2400 W 5000 W Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 Rated current per unit, max. 3.8 A 4.1 A 3.8 A 4.1 A Start-up current per unit 19.5 A 35 A 19.5 A 35 A Pre-fuse T 16 A 3 x 16 A 16 A (2 x) 3 x 16 A (2 x) Refrigerant R410 a Temperature and setting range Weight –15°C to +35°C External unit 38 kg 74 kg 2 x 38 kg 2 x 74 kg Internal unit 59 kg 59 kg 63 kg 66 kg Colour RAL 7035 Accessories Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 2400 W, length 20 m 7999.961 7999.961 7999.961 7999.961 Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 5000 W, length 20 m 7999.962 7999.962 7999.962 7999.962 Outdoor climate control with inverter technology Model No. SK 7999.991 7999.992 Redundancy – Rated operating voltage V, Hz 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ 230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x) W x H x D 900 x 795 x 320 900 x 795 x 320 (2 x) Dimensions mm . Useful cooling output QK to DIN 3168 L 181)/L 35 7850 W L 18/L 43 7030 W Rated current max. 13.9 A Start-up current 36 A Pre-fuse T 25 A Refrigerant R410a Temperature and setting range –15°C to +43°C Noise level Weight Colour 25 A (2 x) 48 – 49 dB (A) External unit 63 kg 63 (2 x) kg Internal unit 70 kg 70 (2 x) kg RAL 7035 Also required Heat exchanger (evaporator coil) 3126.270 3126.2702) 1) Server inlet temperature 2) 2 heat exchangers are required. Rittal Czech Republic RITTAL Czech, s.r.o. Ke Zdibsku 182 250 66 Zdiby u Prahy Phone: +420 234 099 000 Fax: +420 234 099 099 E-mail: info@rittal.cz www.rittal.cz 508 Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Data Centre Container DCC Technical specifications: Fire protection: − Fire protection, internal panels: F30, optionally F90 based on DIN 4102/EN1363, component-tested Duct system: − Type: Hard duct DN200 − Dimensions of packing space: 120 x 120 mm Raised floor: − Substructure type: Control room − Number of slotted plates dependent on number of racks − Total raised height: 300 mm Climate control – direct free cooling: − Available with 7 and 10 kW units. Up to 3 units can be integrated − Targeted cooling via aisle containment Note on standard and customised solutions: There is a standard range of models available with 12 preconfigured data centre types. Ask for the Rittal Data Centre Container project planning form. Within just a few days, you will receive an initial quote. Power distribution: − Infeed: CEE connector 125 A, 3-phase/N/PE, 400 V/50 Hz − Enclosure dimensions (W x H x D): 600 x 2000 x 400 mm Version R7A R7B R7C Customised solutions: Bayed containers, higher cooling outputs e.g. using LCP technology or more than seven racks – we would be happy to design your own individual data centre container. R7D R14A R14B R14C Width mm 3000 Height mm 3250 R14D Depth mm 6055 Useful area 15.2 m2 Model No. Project planning on request Optional: − Up to seven 482.6 mm (19˝) IT racks with power supply − UPS, with up to 15 minutes autonomy − Fire alarm/gas extinguisher system (Novec 1230) − Access systems, access door (keyboard, code card) − Monitoring and management (CMC, RiZone) Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. R20A R20B R20C R20D Cooling capacity kW 7 7 7 7 14 14 14 14 20 20 20 20 Redundancy cooling 1+1 1+1 1+1 1+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 2+1 Available area mm (racks, UPS, DET-AC) 4000 4500 4500 4500 4500 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Heavy-duty raised floor Plug-and-play power distribution Hard ducts 2 x DN200 Security door WK 2 Optional fittings UPS (uninterruptible power supply) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ DET-AC XL fire alarm/extinguisher system ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Max. no. of racks 42 U (600 mm wide) 7 6 7 6 7 6 6 5 7 6 6 5 Max. no. of racks 42 U (800 mm wide) 5 4 5 4 5 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 Higher racks (47 U) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Rack power supply (PSM, PDM) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Monitoring package (CMC) ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Security door WK 3 ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Additional hard ducts ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Metal sun shade ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ ▫ Standard ▫ Option Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 509 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus System accessories Page 537 Server enclosures Page 113 EFD Plus The EFD Plus system is a compact early fire detection system with active smoke extraction system. The integral fan system continuously extracts the air from the enclosure, and passes it over two smoke detectors. The first smoke detector is extremely sensitive and triggers a prealarm. The second smoke detector triggers the main alarm. DET-AC Plus The DET-AC Plus is a compact fire alarm and active extinguisher system with smoke extraction system, built into one height unit. The detection system is identical to that used in the EFD Plus system. Fire extinguishing with the extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 is automatically activated when a main alarm is triggered. With the extinguisher gas supply provided, a volume of up to 3 m3 can be extinguished. Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus DET-AC Plus Slave In conjunction with the DET-AC Plus slave system, up to five bayed enclosures may be extinguished. In addition to the DET-AC Plus unit, a DET-AC Plus Save unit is used for each additional enclosure and contains the extinguisher gas for one enclosure. For detection purposes, the pipework from the DET-AC Plus system is laid in all enclosures. Benefits: ● Early fire detection ● Automatic extinguishing ● Innovative extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 − Eco-friendly − Uncritical for IT components ● 482.6 mm (19˝) rack mount with just 1 U Add-on unit DET-AC Plus Slave Early fire detection system EFD Plus Width mm 482.6 mm (19˝) rack mount Height mm 44 (1 U) Depth mm 640 570 500 Weight kg Approx. 15 Approx. 12 Approx. 8 Model No. DK 7338.120 7338.320 7338.220 Protection category IP 20 24 V DC 100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz Ambient temperature (operation) +10°C to +35°C Battery storage –10°C to +50°C Operating voltage 100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz Uninterruptible mains electricity operation 2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h Connections 3 RJ 12 connectors for connecting to the CMC, alternatively 3 relay outputs, max. contact load 24 V DC/0.5 A Sensors 2 different scattered-light sensors Display LCD display with plain text information – No. of slave modules Max. 4 – Max. 5 No. of monitored enclosures Max. 5 – Max. 5 – 2 different scattered-light sensors LCD display with plain text information Extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 NOVEC 1230 – Fill volume of extinguisher gas 32 kg 32 kg – Admissible max. protection volume 3 m3 3 m3 – Pipe kit 7338.130 7338.130 7338.130 RJ 12 cable for alarm relaying to CMC, packs of 2 7320.8141) 7320.8141) 7320.8141) Access sensors 7320.530 7320.530 – 773 Depth-variable slide rails – – 7063.883 749 Also required 1) Page 775 2 packs are required. 510 Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL System accessories Page 537 Server enclosures Page 113 Standardised solution for extinguishing individual bayed enclosure suites with up to 24 enclosures or entire rooms. All components of the system are built into a 300 mm wide TS 8 enclosure, facilitating optimum baying to a suite of server enclosures. The integral early-warning fire detection system with active smoke extraction detects fire from a very early stage. The fire is extinguished automatically. NOVEC 1230 is used as the extinguisher gas. Benefits: ● Extinguisher system for room volumes up to 84 m3 ● Rack extinguisher system for up to 24 racks ● Suitable for incorporation into TS 8 server rack suites ● Simple project planning on the basis of standard packages ● Innovative extinguisher gas NOVEC 1230 − Eco-friendly − Uncritical for IT components Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL Three solutions are available in the standard version: For extinguishing up to: ● 8 racks ● 16 racks ● 24 racks In addition, Rittal is able to configure both room and rack extinguisher systems to your individual specifications. S-08-40-10 Function principle: The detection system of the DET-AC XL draws room or rack air in continuously and detects even the tiniest smoke particles during the initial phase of a fire, the pyrolysis phase. After a defined delay time, the extinguisher gas bottle is opened electrically and the gas flows out into the room or racks via the extinguisher nozzles. Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. S-16-40-10 S-24-40-10 S-08-40-12 S-16-40-12 Width mm 300 300 Height mm 2000 2000 Depth mm 1000 Model No. DK S-24-40-12 1200 7338.160 7338.161 7338.162 7338.163 7338.164 7338.165 Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 7338.166 Piping kit for smoke extraction system 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 7338.167 Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system between enclosure suites 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 7338.168 Piping kit for smoke extraction system between enclosure suites 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 7338.170 Pressure relief valve for enclosures 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 7338.171 Accessories Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 511 512 Security rooms We plan and implement data centres Whether you are planning a new building, an extension or an optimisation to your data centre, we are at your side as a trustworthy partner and leading provider with decades of experience. ● Basic protection or high-MBTF protection for data centres ● Extendible ● Dismantling and reassembly = investment protection ● Dust- and noise-reduced installation ● System-tested ● Multi-functional risk coverage Basic protection HighMTBF LER Extend LER Basic LSR 18.6 E – – – – 50 K temperature rise and 85% rel. humidity over 30 minutes, without reheat period – – F120 as system test, according to the limits of EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – – – F90 as system test, according to the limits of EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – F180 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only – – – F120 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only F90 only as component testing to EN 1363 (DIN 4102), wall system only Detonation test as system testing of 200 kg TNT from 40 m – – – Standing water, 72 hours, 40 cm, maximum 20 drops – – – Extinguisher water, IP x6 as system testing to IEC 60 529, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – Relative humidity, 85%, over 24 hours (reheat period), 60 minutes flame impingement time, to EN 1047-2 – – – Criterion Standards Testing of the following standards as complete system or structure1) System testing ECB·S certifications to EN 1047-2, 50 K temperature increase and 85% rel. humidity up to 24 hours (reheating period), 60 minutes flame impingement time Fire protection Testing at temperatures of up to 1000°C and above Explosion Water Conventional design2) Relative humidity, 85%, over 30 minutes – – Dust-tightness IP 5x as system testing to IEC 60 529, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules – Corrosive fire gases Acrid gas-tightness, based on EN 1634-3 (DIN 18095) – WK 3 as system test to EN 1627/1630, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules, such as doors – WK 2 as system test to EN 1627/1630, for the cellular structure and its built-in modules, such as doors – WK 4 only as component testing to EN 1627/ DIN 1630, door system only – – – Shock test as system test, 3 shocks of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 45 minutes flame impingement time – – – Shock test as system test, 1 shock of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 30 minutes flame impingement time – EMC protection Protection against high-frequency irradiation and radiation, verified by tests on comparable components by TU Aachen – EMC optional package Extended high-frequency shielding in accordance with BSI TL-03304 – – – Unauthorised access Falling debris 1) System-tested products are tested as a complete construction. This comprises the cellular structure and installation modules such as doors, cable shields or ventilation units. By contrast, component testing only refers to individual parts. 2) The conventional design refers to room structures of plasterboard, concrete and other standard construction materials which do not offer sufficient protection for data centre applications. Conventional designs are generally tested for use as fire walls. Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure 513 514 Software & services Expertise ............................................................................................517 Planning..............................................................................................519 Project management .................................................................523 Configuration ...................................................................................525 Monitoring..........................................................................................527 Service ................................................................................................531 Quality management .................................................................535 Training courses, seminars and workshops See our website www.rittal.com 515 516 Rittal added-value Rittal system consulting Rittal offers you more than just efficient products. Rittal can help you to save costs throughout the entire value creation chain. It is a question of uncovering and tapping into hidden potential. A whole team of Rittal experts – who know exactly what they are talking about – are waiting to give you their support. Together with your own specialists, they investigate the full process chain, from initial development and engineering, through to the actual manufacturing. Always on the lookout for optimisation potential. Rittal offers you an ingenious and integrated concept combining consulting, software, products, services and support. A conclusive approach, but nevertheless open to all your individual contributions. Benefit from our proven expertise and longstanding experience. Put our promise to the test. Step 1: Analysis of current situation Rittal follows a systematic approach to solutionfinding. The starting point is a customer-specific analysis of the current situation at all levels: Rittal has both the consultants and the requisite know-how. 1 ● Products, tools and software used ● Defined processes and procedures ● Efficiency of the solution 12 2 11 3 4 10 5 9 8 6 7 Step 2: Identify potential The second step is to uncover the potential for time and cost savings. An individual evaluation scrutinises data consistency, technology efficiency and the options for process optimisation. In many cases, the first savings are already apparent here. Step 3: Implement measures With corresponding support from Rittal, the customer can now translate the theoretical results into concrete efficiency-boosting measures. Rittal possesses all the necessary intelligent tools, solutions and systems. Each component is perfectly integrated – without compromise, without the need for improvisation. Step 4: Performance review A systematic approach is the key to significantly enhanced efficiency. To this end, Rittal offers a complete package (products, planning and software, service and support). After a defined period, we join you to review the success of the implemented measures. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 517 518 Planning RiCAD 3D The download platform for seamless integration of Rittal CAD data into your plant designs – 3D data for efficient planning Regardless of which CAD system you use, RiCAD 3D effectively supports the efficiency and productivity of your plant design work. It includes both 2D and 3D drawings for virtually all Rittal products, together with an extensive range of system accessories. CAD data in the following formats: ● DWG.3D ● ProE 2001 ● ProE Wildfire ● SolidWorks 3D ● Neutral Step format Fast online access to original data in many other CAD formats with direct downloading facility available at: www.rittal.com Benefits: ● Precisely detailed CAD product data ● Export in all standard CAD formats ● Simple integration into the most varied CAD systems ● Considerable reduction of engineering and design work ● Error-free, detailed Rittal data ● Generic original data in 3D and 2D format ● No conversion of neutral formats AE Laser Express Rittal provides a very special service: You will receive an enclosure that has been assembled as defined in your specifications, finished with cutouts and drilled holes and painted in the special colour that you stipulated within just 7 days! Benefits: ● Send us your drawing via our Internet portal. You will receive your quote within the next 24 hours. ● Production will start as soon as we receive your order. ● Within 7 days, customers in Germany will receive their own compact enclosure, custommanufactured for their particular application. www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 519 Planning EPLAN platform ● ● ● ● ● ● ● EPLAN electric P8 EPLAN pro panel EPLAN fluid EPLAN ppe EPLAN cabinet EPLAN data portal EPLAN engineering center All applications on the same, consistent platform technology ● Uniform project planning environment for electrical, fluid, EI&C engineering and 3D assembly design ● Consistent project data and component management ● Modularisation for individual system configuration ● Open system architecture for seamless system integration ● Cross-platform basic functions www.eplan.de EPLAN electric P8 The new dimension in engineering. ● Professional project planning, documentation and administration of electrical engineering automation projects ● Optimisation of the engineering process through standardisation, reuse and automated circuit diagram generation ● Variant technology – unique, powerful, convincing ● High-end electrical project planning – process-oriented and automated ● Transfer and processing of data from upstream processes ● Qualified master data ready to use “out-of-the-box” ● Consistent support in circuit diagram generation EPLAN pro panel ● High-end 3D assembly layouts for electrical and fluid design ● Description of the assembly layout with virtual 3D prototypes ● EPLAN eTouch technology for the simplest handling ● Positioning aids for optimum dimensioning and utilisation of the available space ● Planning confidence by taking manufacturer data into account ● 50% or more time savings with layout ● Early availability of precise production documents ● Precise-fit components for greater assembly efficiency ● Complete consistency with participating engineering disciplines ● Improved communications thanks to highquality documentation EPLAN fluid From drawing to engineering. ● Clear project structures instead of a single drawing ● The latest symbol data based on the current standard ISO 1219 ● Consistency in electro-hydraulic system documentation ● Direct connection of parts lists and hydraulic diagrams ● Automatic documentation of revisions 520 Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Planning EPLAN ppe For consistent engineering with process technology in mechanical and plant engineering ● Professional planning and project management of EI&C technology in process-related machinery and plant ● Generation of plant overviews, P&I diagrams, administration of PIC points, and documentation ● Smooth-running interdisciplinary cooperation thanks to deep platform integration ● Optimum support for both preplanning and detailed planning EPLAN cabinet Efficient enclosure production in the product development process ● Transfer of equipment and wiring information from the upstream electrical design ● 3D configuration of mounting plates and enclosures ● Automatic calculation of optimum wiring routes and wire lengths ● Transfer of production data to NC machines ● Transfer of assembly data to wire assembly machines ● High-quality product data thanks to links with RiCAD 3D EPLAN data portal Web-based supply of high-quality equipment data. ● Seamless integration into the EPLAN platform ● Fast project planning with no media interruptions ● Minimal effort required for master data maintenance ● Enhanced quality, thanks to high-quality templates ● Extensive additional information ● Multi-lingualism at no extra cost ● Uniform layout and complete documentation EPLAN engineering center Functional engineering for unimaginable productivity benefits. ● Functional engineering is the crucial link between sales, design and service ● Existing projects indicate potential savings of up to 80% ● EEC guarantees rapid commissioning on the basis of tested, standardised machine functions ● Cross-disciplinary engineering minimises the need for coordination and speeds up the time to market ● EEC proves that: module-based engineering cuts costs and permanently improves quality Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services ● The EPLAN EC automatisms prevent the usual last minute changes from becoming a project cost trap ● A central database ensures engineering expertise and allows rapid induction during peak project times 521 522 Project management Therm 6.1 software The Therm 6.1 software package takes care of the complex calculation of climate control requirements. A user-friendly interface guides the operator to the most suitable, correctly dimensioned climate control component. All evaluations are closely based on the requirements of IEC/TR 60 890 AMD 1/02.95 and DIN 3168 for enclosure cooling units. Rittal Therm 6.1 is a calculation program for enclosure climate control. ● Improved user guidance via tabs and simple selection menus ● Express and expert versions ● Configurator for recooling systems ● Heat loss calculator for busbars ● Key calculation data is visible at all times ● Internet updates ● Fast and thorough determination of the required climate control measures ● Determining the correct climate control measures leads to cost savings ● Easy calculation of the required actual cooling output, as well as any upgrades or enhancements to the switchgear ● Detailed documentation is supplied with the calculation Rittal Power Engineering Planning software for RiLine60 busbar systems and Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear with design certificate The multi-lingual software package includes the following functions: ● Project handling, from the initial enquiry through to ordering ● Configuration of RiLine60 busbar systems in the Top enclosure system TS 8. Compact enclosures AE, CM, KS and free-standing enclosure ES 5000/SE 8 ● Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with Ri4Power systems Form 1-4 and ISV ● Complete, automatic function for the generation of bills of materials and a calculation program for quote preparation ● Input and evaluation of assembly times to calculate man hours ● Access to the entire range of Rittal products ● Output of automatically generated plant documentation with rated current and heat loss calculation Packs of Model No. SK 1 3121.000 Supply includes: CD-ROM, with 19 languages Note: Your free 30-day trial version may be downloaded at www.rittal.com Packs of Model No. SV 1 3020.500 ● Generation of special fields configured by the customer with graphical processing in the CAD view ● Import/export interfaces for product and CAD data ● Export function for order lists and bills of materials in Excel format ● Interface to EPLAN Electric P8, for the export of CAD data and bills of materials ● The extra benefit for engineering and planning offices: Output of detailed tender texts based on plants that have been project-planned in Power Engineering in MS Word format. ● Output of project-specific assembly plans together with field and plant definitions ● Integral configurator for the generation of drawings and bills of materials to create connector kits for connecting open air circuitbreakers (ACB). Supply includes: CD-ROM Languages: German/English/French/Dutch/ Danish/Swedish/Czech/Italian/Spanish/Polish/ Russian Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 523 524 Configuration TS 8 configurator A complete enclosure configured in just eight clicks, including parts list and 3D model. Benefits: ● Easy menu-assisted configuration of a bayed TS 8 enclosure with base/plinth, side panels and the handle system required ● Mounting rails and punched sections with mounting flanges can be pre-assembled for interior installation ● This will produce a 3D drawing that can be incorporated directly into the system design or integrated into EPLANCabinet www.rittal.com Command panel configurator Optimised, coordinated solutions for the human/ machine interface based on Rittal Comfort Panel and Optipanel Benefits: ● Select the enclosure that holds the panels to be used (the integrated database contains a variety of commercial panels from various manufacturers) ● Easy navigation thanks to the list of related questions ● Quick compilation of the features required ● Request a quote based on the selected data ● Request the 3D data for integration in the system design www.rittal.com Support arm configurator The system is able to precisely define the correct support arm system using important user-specific parameters such as the jib length, enclosure weight or required cable cross-section. Benefits: ● Individual assembly tailored to the user’s specific requirements ● Integrated consistency checking ● Configured system parts list www.rittal.com CM configurator Rittal CM compact system enclosures combine the advantages of the AE compact system enclosure with the configuration diversity of the TS 8 top enclosure system. Benefits: ● Simple menu-assisted selection of a CM enclosure together with a base/plinth and gland plates that meet the requirements ● The relevant interior installation accessories can also be selected to match the chosen enclosure ● The end result will enable you to request a quote that reflects the actual configuration selected www.rittal.com Subrack configurator Generate a component-based order list for a subrack in just a few clicks Benefits: ● Fast, reliable selection of individually coordinated systems in the Ripac Easy and Ripac Vario series ● Simple prompt masks reliably create technically feasible solutions with error-free order lists ● Intelligent plausibility checking of admissible component combinations ● Request a quote based on the order list generated ● Parts list for the configured subrack www.rittal.com IT configurator Rittal offers the ideal system solution for every networking task, matched to the user’s individual demands. Benefits: ● A specific enclosure can be selected ● Accessories can be configured ● Plausibility checking ● The end result will enable you to request a quote that reflects the actual configuration selected www.rittal.com Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 525 526 Monitoring RiZone Appliance Standard RiZone is supplied as an appliance or a software appliance. As an appliance, RiZone is supplied with global support, installed on a powerful server. The software appliance is available as a virtual server which can easily be used on existing hardware in the data centre. Also required: RiZone Appliance IP node licence according to the number of IP nodes available. Standard version Hardware appliance1) Software appliance1) 1) All Model No. DK Server with Windows RiZone software 7990.101 7990.201 RiZone graphics tool 7990.301 Hard drive + Windows RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 7990.103 7990.203 7990.303 Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. RiZone Appliance IP node licence Console licences included RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 10 2 7990.205 7990.305 25 4 7990.206 7990.306 50 4 7990.207 7990.307 100 8 7990.208 7990.308 250 10 7990.209 7990.309 500 15 7990.210 7990.310 1000 20 7990.211 7990.311 The flexible RiZone licence model allows optimum adaptation to any project size, while at the same time allowing the opportunity to grow with the data centre. The volume licences for the IP nodes are graduated from 10 to 1000 nodes and may be adapted precisely to the size of the data centre. For each active component or other SNMP-compatible component to be covered, one node licence is required. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Model No. DK For no. of IP nodes1) 1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. 527 Monitoring Client Access licence Model No. DK Additional licence for operation of another RiZone console. Client Access1) RiZone software RiZone graphics tool 7990.213 7990.313 1) All Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together. RiZone module SNMP support for units from other manufacturers Extension Model No. DK RiZone SNMP support for units from other manufacturers 7990.014 For the incorporation of SNMP-compatible units from other manufacturers into RiZone. With MIB browser. Microsoft Operations Manager Management Pack For integrating RiZone into the Microsoft Operations Manager. 528 Extension Model No. DK Microsoft SCOM Management Pack 7990.012 Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services Monitoring RCCMD software Client software to control the server shutdown via the PMC UPS. The software supports all common operating systems and versions (e.g. Windows 7, VISTA, XP, Server 2003/2008, UNIX/LINUX and VMWARE Sphere/ESX Server, CITRIX XEN etc). One licence is required for each server to be shut down on an event-controlled basis. RiDiag II For the diagnosis, maintenance and long-term data capture of TopTherm units with Comfort controller. RiDiag logs equipment data and prepares an error list. RiDiag also offers the option of displaying and setting the device's operating parameters. The logging of measurement data can be tracked in real time in the form of a diagram. Licences Model No. DK Single licence 7857.421 Licence bundle (5 servers) 7857.423 Licence bundle (25 servers) 7857.424 Note: Software updates and a complete list of currently supported operating systems may be found at www.rittal.com. Packs of Model No. SK 1 3159.100 Supply includes: − CD-ROM Languages: German/English/Italian/French/ Spanish/Portuguese − Connection cable Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 529 530 Service – Global availability Rittal Global Service: Always on hand, whenever you need us! Perfect service for individual requirements, all from a single supplier. That’s Rittal Global Service. Wherever in the world you use our products, we are happy to ensure that every aspect of “Rittal – The System.” is exactly as it should be. With this in mind, every minute and every kilometre counts when it comes to service. We have set up five strategic service hubs to ensure proximity to our customers: In Germany, the USA, Brazil, China and India. Every hub forms the central heart of our regional service organisations and ensures rapid response times (on-site service engineers) and efficient service handling. Faster ● Short paths, fast communications: Thanks to regional service support points ● A perfect interplay between sales, project management and service Worldwide ● 5 strategic service support points ● Service representation in more than 60 subsidiaries ● More than 250 service partners and over 1000 service technicians Better ● Individual service solutions from a single source ● A high standard of qualifications among Rittal service technicians worldwide ● A uniform global service ticket system Around the globe, we can be contacted 365 days a year on the following numbers: Rittal Europe (Herborn) service@rittal.de +49(0)2772 505 1855 Rittal North America (Urbana) service@rittal.us +1 (800) 477 4000 Option 3 Rittal Asia-Pacific (Shanghai) service@rittal.cn +86 800 820 0866 Rittal Middle East (Bangalore) service@rittal-india.com +91 80 22 890 78 Rittal South America (São Paulo) service@rittal.com.br +55 11 36 22 23 77 Service from a single partner ● ● ● ● ● ● 24/7/365 service availability Highly qualified service specialists Service engineers on site within 8 hours Automated incident and emergency management Individual availability of spare parts Global service ticket system Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 531 532 Services Individual service throughout the entire product lifecycle Rittal's added value begins with the perfect quality of our products, and extends throughout every phase, from planning and commissioning, right through to support and servicing once the system is up and running. We have developed a range of individual service offerings for our customers, so that every potential requirement profile is covered. In this way, we permanently ensure the systems’ productivity on behalf of our customers. Services play a decisive role in our lifecycle management approach. You decide for yourself which service you need. The added extra for customers with the Rittal system: Firstly, our comprehensive global service network, which complements the high quality and reliability of our products. And secondly, an extended guarantee above and beyond the statutory warranty for defects, thereby ensuring maximum availability during operation. We are committed to perfection at every phase PRE-SALES IMPLEMENTATION AFTER-SALES ● Advice/information ● Requirement analysis (on site) ● Load tests ● Simulation and calculation ● Thermal imaging ● Laboratory testing in our own accredited laboratories ● Project meeting ● Prototyping ● Planning/team-building (sales, service, project management, quality assurance, customer) ● Installation/integration ● Assembly and system connection ● Commissioning/parameterisation ● Final inspection and handover ● Instruction (training) ● Site coordination/project management ● Certification ● Service contracts ● Training ● Inspection, maintenance/ servicing, repair ● Management/sale of spare parts ● Round-the-clock availability ● Thermal analyses Flexible service contracts: The right solution to suit every requirement. Rittal Global Service is just as flexible and individual as your requirements. An overview of the features of the various Rittal service packages: Availability Response time Spare parts availability Repair Warranty extension BASIC Business hours Next working day Standard 1 x per annum Optional COMFORT Business hours Next day Standard 2 x per annum Optional ADVANCED 24 hours 365 days a year Next day 24 hours 2 x per annum Yes FULL 24 hours 365 days a year 8 hours Individual concept Individual (at least 2 x/annum) Yes CUSTOMIZED Individual by arrangement Warranty extension Rittal products are always an excellent choice. Day after day, around the globe, they prove their high quality and reliability in tough industrial production environments. With regular preventive maintenance, you can help to further extend the product's service life and the cost-effectiveness of your plant. Anyone purchasing an “Advanced” or “Full” contract will be rewarded with a 1-year to 3-year warranty extension, up to a maximum of 5 years. With “Basic”, “Comfort” and “Customized” contracts, warranty extensions are optional. Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 533 534 Quality management Quality management is a must. Quality philosophy is an attitude. “Rittal – The System.” stands for consistent quality management and on-going refinements to products, services and internal processes. Rittal quality management ensures that regulations and standards are observed, and individual customer requirements are met. In addition to this, we also define our exacting product quality demands in supplementary Rittal standards. The consistent Rittal quality philosophy guarantees perpetually high standards and ensures the global usability of all products with countless international approvals and licences. Alongside product quality, we also focus on process and service quality. All internal processes are continuously refined by quality control groups, and reviewed during in-house audits. Each year, our improvements and high standards are verified by countless successful external system and customer audits. Rittal offers support from day one ● Project planning of technical specifications ● Prototype assembly, testing and simulations ● Manufacturing and assembly ● Warehousing service and on-time delivery ● Your own personal point of contact throughout the entire project Accredited Rittal test laboratory in Germany ● Simulation of climatic conditions ● Dynamic and static load tests ● 3D measurement ● Particle density testing ● Hosed water tests ● Salt spray tests ● Electrical safety and function tests ● Performance testing of all active products ● Various material tests Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services 535 536 System accessories Enclosures Base ..........................................................................................................540 Walls ..........................................................................................................567 Baying system ...........................................................................................576 Doors/locks................................................................................................584 Roof/wall mounting ....................................................................................619 Interior installation .....................................................................................631 Voltage supply...........................................................................................695 Cable management...................................................................................701 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system............................................................733 Monitoring CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................768 CMC III sensors .........................................................................................773 CMC III accessories ..................................................................................774 Door Control System .................................................................................778 Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................780 KVM switches ............................................................................................781 Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................787 Human/machine interface Handles .....................................................................................................790 External mounting accessories .................................................................792 Front assembly ..........................................................................................794 Monitors .....................................................................................................796 Keyboards, supports and drawers............................................................798 Interfaces...................................................................................................806 Signal pillars ..............................................................................................808 537 538 System accessories for enclosures Base Flex-Block base/plinth ...............................................................................540 TS base/plinth ...........................................................................................542 Base/plinths ...............................................................................................550 Base ..........................................................................................................555 Walls Side panels................................................................................................567 Divider panels/partitions............................................................................571 Isolator door locking..................................................................................575 Baying system Enclosure suites ........................................................................................576 TS 8 corner enclosures .............................................................................583 Doors/locks Door variants .............................................................................................584 Modular front design for TS 8....................................................................589 Modular front design for Form 2-4.............................................................592 Viewing panels/operating panels ..............................................................595 Lock systems.............................................................................................599 Hinges .......................................................................................................613 Door, internal .............................................................................................614 Roof/wall mounting Roof ...........................................................................................................619 Wall mounting............................................................................................627 Interior installation Mounting plates.........................................................................................631 Rail systems ..............................................................................................640 Assembly components ..............................................................................659 Component shelves...................................................................................668 System lights .............................................................................................679 EMC...........................................................................................................686 Earthing .....................................................................................................689 Socket strips ..............................................................................................695 Cable management Cable entry ................................................................................................701 Gland plates ..............................................................................................704 Cable glands .............................................................................................709 Cable management...................................................................................715 482.6 mm (19˝) cable routing ....................................................................727 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame...............................................................................................733 Mounting angles........................................................................................739 Mounting kits for mounting angles ............................................................745 Accessories for Data Rack ........................................................................748 Slide rails ...................................................................................................749 482.6 mm (19˝) installation ........................................................................752 Patch panels..............................................................................................759 Splicing boxes ...........................................................................................762 LSA connection system.............................................................................764 539 Base Flex-Block base/plinth system Flex-Block For TS and SE – For fast, toolless assembly – Individual cable management – Fully symmetrical base/plinth – Base/plinth height: 100 mm Solid, RAL 9005 For enclosure size mm Packs of Model No. SO 400 500 1 8001.450 400 600 1 8001.460 600 500 1 8001.650 600 600 1 8001.660 600 800 1 8001.680 800 400 1 8001.840 800 500 1 8001.850 800 800 1 8001.880 800 1000 1 8001.800 1000 400 1 8001.040 1000 500 1 8001.050 1000 600 1 8001.060 1200 400 1 8001.240 1200 500 1 8001.250 1200 600 1 8001.260 1200 800 1 8001.280 1600 400 1 8001.940 1800 500 1 8001.950 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Solid, RAL 7035 For enclosure size mm Packs of Model No. SO 600 600 1 8001.665 600 800 1 8001.685 600 1000 1 8001.605 600 1200 1 8001.625 800 800 1 8001.885 800 1000 1 8001.805 800 1200 1 8001.825 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Vented in enclosure width, RAL 7035 For enclosure size mm Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SO 600 600 1 8001.661 600 800 1 8001.681 600 1000 1 8001.601 600 1200 1 8001.621 800 600 1 8001.861 800 800 1 8001.881 800 1000 1 8001.801 800 1200 1 8001.821 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. 540 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Flex-Block base/plinth system Baying clip for baying the Flex-Block corner pieces Simply insert the clip from behind into the recesses provided (no need for tools). Packs of Model No. SO 12 8000.100 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. Material: Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide Adaptor sleeve for levelling feet and twin castors To hold levelling feet and twin castors on the Flex-Block Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. SO 12 8000.500 We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Delivery times available on request. 541 Base TS base/plinth Modular base/plinth diversity Regardless of the enclosure depth: The base/plinth components at the front and rear, pre-configured with corner pieces, are always the same for the chosen width. Only the side trim panels are selected according to the enclosure depth and the required base/ plinth configuration. The modular concept produces exceptional advantages in terms of cost and function. Base/pl. Basic form height Mounting on the enclosure is conveniently carried out from the outside. The base/plinth interior offers diverse opportunities for mounting levels for cable management. One Model No. for the base/plinth components front and rear. One Model No. for the base/plinth trim, side. A complete base/plinth TS. Cable gland options Stabilisation of bayed base/ plinth 100 mm 200 mm Function and cost benefits Fewer parts, more opportunities, lower purchasing, storage and assembly costs – this is the formula behind the new modular base/plinth system. The following table shows three bayed base/ plinths in 200 mm height illustrating a wide range of possible solutions and the potential savings with trim panels compared with the previous 200 mm base/plinth system each with two trim panels of 100 mm height at the sides. New supply includes Functional benefits Savings potential compared with twelve 100 mm trim panels 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 packs of base/plinth trim panel 200 mm high Continuous cable chamber 2 trim panels 200 mm 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100 (packs of 20) 4 are required for this solution Additional stabilisation for transporta- 2 trim panels 200 mm tion purposes with base/plinth trim 2 trim panels 100 mm rotated through 90° 3 packs of base/plinth components 2 packs of base/plinth trim panel 200 mm high Shielding of the base/plinths in relation to one another 4 trim panels 200 mm 3 packs of base/plinth components 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 200 mm high 1 pack of base/plinth trim panels 100 mm high Additional connection of the base/ plinths 2 trim panels 200 mm 2 trim panels 100 mm Other options: ● Cable entry at the side by mounting a 100 mm base/plinth trim panel (top or bottom). ● Cable entry from the rear by dismantling one or more trim panels of the base/plinth components. ● Cable clamp rail fitted on the 100 mm high trim panel. 542 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth components front and rear Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE Base/plinth component consisting of one trim panel and two pre-configured corner pieces. In 200 mm high base/plinth components, one trim panel is divided into two for cable entry. Material: − Base/plinth components: Sheet steel − Cover caps: Plastic Accessories: − Base mounting plate SO 2817.000, see page 546. − Filter mat for vented versions, see page 548. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: Cover caps: RAL 9005/7035 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 base/plinth components, 4 cover caps, 4 screws and captive nuts M12 for mounting on the enclosure. 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 Model No. TS For enclosure width mm Design Solid 8601.915 300 Solid 8602.915 Solid 8601.400 400 Solid 8602.400 500 Solid 8601.500 500 Solid 8602.500 600 Solid 8601.600 600 Solid 8602.600 800 Solid 8601.800 800 Solid 8602.800 850 Solid 8601.850 850 Solid 8602.850 1000 Solid 8601.000 1000 Solid 8602.000 1100 Solid 8601.300 1100 Solid 8602.100 1200 Solid 8601.200 1200 Solid 8602.200 1600 Solid 8601.920 1600 Solid 8602.920 1800 Solid 8601.980 1800 Solid 8602.980 For enclosure width mm Design 300 400 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 Model No. TS 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS 300 Solid 8601.905 300 Solid 8602.905 Solid 8601.605 600 Solid 8602.605 Vented 7825.601 800 Solid 8602.805 Vented with designer cover 7825.603 600 800 Solid 8601.805 Vented 7825.801 Vented with designer cover 7825.803 100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005 For enclosure width mm Design Model No. TS Solid 8601.602 600 Vented with designer cover 7825.605 Solid 8601.802 800 Vented with designer cover 7825.805 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 543 Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth trim panels, side Sheet steel for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components. Also required: Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100, see page 544, when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated through 90°. Accessories: Material: Sheet steel Fastening bolts for base/plinth, see page 546. Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: 1 set = 2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for attaching to the base/plinth components. 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 300 8601.030 300 8602.030 400 8601.040 400 8602.040 500 8601.050 500 8602.050 600 8601.060 600 8602.060 800 8601.080 800 8602.080 100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 600 8601.065 600 8602.065 800 8601.085 800 8602.085 1000 8601.015 1000 8602.015 1200 8601.025 1200 8602.025 Packs of Model No. TS 20 8601.100 100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005 For enclosure depth mm Model No. TS 800 8601.086 1000 8601.010 1200 8601.026 Base/plinth baying brackets for TS base/plinth Essential if the trim panels are mounted rotated through 90° for additional stabilisation during the transportation of bayed enclosures. Additionally required for each trim panel: 2 units. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Screws M8 x 16 mm. 544 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Cable chamber For enclosures Model No. TS Width mm Depth mm 400 500 8600.455 400 600 8600.465 600 500 8600.655 Material: Sheet steel 600 600 8600.665 800 500 8600.855 Colour: RAL 7035 800 600 8600.865 1200 500 8600.255 1200 600 8600.265 for TS With integral system punchings for individual system accessories. Height: 200 mm Supply includes: − Sheet steel trim panels front and rear − Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Accessories: Side panels for cable chamber, see page 545. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Side panels for cable chamber Height: 200 mm Material: Sheet steel For enclosure depth mm Packs of 500 2 8600.510 600 2 8600.520 Model No. TS Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Transport castors for TS base/plinth For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 or 200 mm high. Load capacity: Maximum permissible load per twin castor: Static 100 kg Supply includes: 1 set = 4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks. Floor clearance mm Model No. TS 100 8800.390 Also required: Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 544. Colour: RAL 7022 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 545 Base TS base/plinth Base mounting plate for ● TS base/plinth ● base/plinth, complete For fastening the base/plinth to the floor without moving the enclosure or the bayed enclosure suite. For assembly screws up to 12 mm Ø. Packs of Model No. SO 10 2817.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Fastening bolts for ● TS base/plinth ● Base/plinth, complete ● Base/plinth, stationary For mounting on base/plinth trim panels, side. The lockable assembly bolt allows the installation of cable clamp rails. Tighten with hex spanner, width across flats 19 mm. Material: Hexagon steel Base/plinth trim panel mm high Packs of Model No. SZ 100 10 2819.000 200 10 2819.200 For base/plinth height mm Packs of Model No. SZ 100 4 2891.000 200 4 2892.000 Accessories: Cable clamp rail, see page 717. 1) Levelling component for TS base/plinth For retrospective levelling of floor unevenness at the installation site up to a maximum of 15 mm. Installed through the corner piece of the base/ plinth component. Adjusted using a SW 19 hex spanner. 1671) 1171) 67 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Only for height 200 mm Benefits: ● A door offset caused by uneven flooring can be corrected. ● Installed on the assembled enclosure, i.e. no need to plan levelling in advance. Max. admissible static load: 2500 N per levelling component (check the load capacity of the floor). Supply includes: Assembly parts. 546 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Cover cap for TS base/plinth components As a replacement. Material: Plastic ABS For base/plinth height mm Packs of Model No. TS 100 4 8601.130 200 4 8601.140 Colour: RAL 9005 Base/plinth trim with brush strip for TS base/plinth To supplement the modular base/plinth concept. May also be exchanged retrospectively for the front or rear trim panel of the base/plinth components 100 mm high. Open on one side for retrospective mounting if cables have already been inserted. For base/plinth width mm Height mm Colour RAL Model No. TS 600 100 7035 7825.607 800 100 7035 7825.807 600 100 9005 7825.608 800 100 9005 7825.808 For base/plinth height mm Colour RAL Packs of Model No. TS 100 7022 2 8601.110 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Connecting plinth trim for TS base/plinth For covering gaps in bayed back-to-back or corner enclosure suites. Simply push in between the trim panel and the corner piece before tightening the screws. Material: Sheet steel Note: For a base/plinth height of 200 mm, 2 trim panels must be fitted one above the other. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 547 Base TS base/plinth For base/plinth width mm Height mm Model No. PC 600 200 8360.920 592 Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Designer trim panels: Extruded aluminium section 9 56 Colour: RAL 7015 Designer trim panels: RAL 7035 212 for TS base/plinth To continue the design of the ● lower front door of PC enclosures ● door of the IW enclosure. The base/plinth trim is screw-fastened to the corner pieces of the TS base/plinth components from the outside. 100 Base/plinth trim 45.2 280 362 Base/plinth, stationary for PC-TS, IW Design-coordinated with the enclosures, height 100 mm, with front projection. Material: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Design component, front: RAL 7015 Supply includes: − 1 design component, front − 1 base/plinth component, rear − 2 base/plinth trims, side Filter mat for ● Base/plinth component, vented ● Base/plinth component, vented, with designer trim panel To cover the trim panel in the base/plinth component. The mounting frame slides into position behind the filter mat in the base/plinth trim panel. Filter class G3 to DIN EN 779. For depth mm Model No. PC 600 8800.920 Accessories: Attachment opportunities for: − Twin castors DK 7495.000, see page 556, − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 555. − Fastening bolt for cable clamp rails SO 2819.000, see page 546, − Support bracket PS 4183.000, see page 661. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 1 7561.500 800 1 7581.500 Packs of Model No. DK 5 7582.500 Supply includes: Mounting frame. Spare filter mat Spare filter mat for base/plinth trim panels up to 800 mm wide. 548 Spare filter mats Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base TS base/plinth Base/plinth components front and rear For enclosure width mm Height mm Model No. TS Stainless steel for TS 600 100 8701.600 800 100 8701.800 Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 1000 100 8701.000 1200 100 8701.200 Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 600 200 8702.600 800 200 8702.800 Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. 1000 200 8702.000 1200 200 8702.200 100 mm high: 2 trim panels front/rear 200 mm high: − 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel − 1 trim panel front/rear Base/plinth trim panels, side Stainless steel for TS For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 Supply includes: 2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for attaching to the base/plinth components. Accessories: Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate), see page 549. For enclosure depth mm Height mm Model No. TS 400 100 8701.040 500 100 8701.050 600 100 8701.060 400 200 8702.040 500 200 8702.050 600 200 8702.060 Also required: Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100, see page 544, when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated through 90°. Accessories: − Fastening bolts for base/plinth, see page 546. − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 555. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Base/plinth trim, modular for ● TS base/plinth ● base/plinth, complete, stainless steel For cable routing in the stainless steel base/plinth, e.g. if levelling feet SO 2890.000 or SO 2890.000, see page 553, are used. Width: 175 mm. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: 4 base/plinth trim panels. For enclosure depth mm Packs of 400 4 2907.000 500 4 2908.000 600 4 2913.000 Model No. SO Accessories: Cable tie SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Note: One base/plinth trim panel is needed per 200 mm base/plinth width. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 549 Base Base/plinths Transport plinth for TS For the transportation of heavy, bayed enclosure suites. Available in 200 mm increments from 2 to 5 m. Transport plinths can have 2 tubes welded to receive cross-bars for transportation. Variable punchings to suit all enclosure widths of 600 mm and above. Surface finish: Primed in reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint, optionally spray-finished. Supply includes: With transport tubes. Note: Please state the required width and depth of the enclosure suite when ordering. For mounting on the TS base frame Transport plinth depth = enclosure depth – 31 mm Colour Packs of Model No. SO Primed, reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint 1 1228.010 Similar to RAL 7022 1 1228.110 Similar to RAL 7035 1 1228.310 Delivery times available on request. Concrete base/plinth for CS Toptec, CS modular and basic enclosures The base/plinth is made from pre-cast concrete sections which are easily fitted in situ. Front/rear base/plinth plate screw-fastened from the inside may be removed for servicing purposes. Overall height: approx. 1000 mm, excavation depth: approx. 700 mm. Material: Light-weight concrete B 1000 300 270 Surface finish: Untreated T 550 Supply includes: − 1 base plate − 2 side parts − 2 divided base/plinth plates − Assembly parts and fastening screws for mounting the enclosure. for CS modular and basic enclosures Model No. CS Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm 600 400 9765.182 600 500 9765.082 600 600 9765.083 800 400 9765.088 800 500 9765.084 800 600 9765.085 1200 400 9765.089 1200 500 9765.086 1200 600 9765.087 Delivery times available on request. For CS Toptec Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Model No. CS 600 600 9765.071 800 600 9765.072 Delivery times available on request. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base/plinths Base/plinth, complete Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. Sheet steel for AE, TP, ES Trim panels at the front and rear with fitted corner pieces and side trim panels. 100 mm high: − 4 corner pieces − 2 trim panels front/rear − 2 trim panels, side Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished 200 mm high: − 4 corner pieces − 1 trim panel front/rear x 200 mm − 2 trim panels front/rear x 100 mm − 4 trim panels, side Colour: RAL 7022 Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 100 mm high For enclosures/consoles Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm 600 400 350 600 500 450 800 400 800 Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 200 mm high For enclosures/consoles Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 2804.200 600 400 350 2805.200 2807.200 600 500 450 2808.200 350 2823.200 800 400 350 2824.200 500 450 2829.200 800 500 450 2830.200 1000 400 350 2909.200 1000 400 350 2910.200 1200 400 350 2836.200 1200 400 350 2837.200 1200 500 450 2839.200 1200 500 450 2840.200 1600 400 350 2905.200 1600 400 350 2906.200 1800 500 450 2903.200 1800 500 450 2904.200 Model No. SO Base/plinth for AE, 100 mm high For enclosures Base/plinth for AE, 200 mm high Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 600 300 279 800 300 279 1000 300 279 For enclosures Width (B) mm Depth (T) mm Base/plinth depth mm Model No. SO 2816.200 600 300 279 2826.200 2818.200 800 300 279 2828.200 2801.200 1000 300 279 2802.200 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Fastening bolt, see page 546. − Base mounting plate, see page 546. 125 100 T 50 Ø 8.5 98 52.5 30 52.5 □ 14 22.5 18 x 14 100 Base/plinth, 100 mm high 25 30 37.5 12.5 125 100 62.5 32.5 98 62.5 32.5 200 2 37.5 12.5 98 25 Base/plinth, 200 mm high B Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 551 Base Base/plinths Base/plinth, complete Stainless steel for ES, PC-ES stainless steel, AP stainless steel Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. 100 mm high: − 2 trim panels front/rear − 2 trim panels, side 200 mm high: − 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel − 1 trim panel front/rear − 4 trim panels, side Surface finish: Brushed Accessories: − Levelling feet, see page 553. − Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate), see page 549. 100 mm high 200 mm high For enclosures For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. SO Width mm Depth mm Model No. SO 600 400 2865.000 600 400 2875.000 600 500 2868.000 600 500 2876.000 600 600 2855.000 800 400 2878.000 800 400 2869.000 800 500 2879.000 800 500 2866.000 800 600 2880.000 800 600 2856.000 1000 400 2885.000 1000 400 2867.000 1200 400 2886.000 1200 400 2870.000 1200 500 2887.000 1200 500 2860.000 Transport castors for base/plinth, complete, sheet steel For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece 100 or 200 mm high by raising or tilting. Floor clearance mm Model No. PS 60 4570.000 Load capacity: Max. admissible static load: 100 kg per twin castor Colour: RAL 7022 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 twin castors, 2 x with, 2 x without locks. Cross member for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, ES adjustable ● To increase stability ● Height 70 mm ● Adjustable from the enclosure depth To increase stability, the cross member is positioned 138 mm above the base frame of the enclosure at the front and rear. For deeper enclosures, the rear part may be extended and screwfastened again. For screw-fastening to the floor and enclosure with mounting hole at the sides, front and rear. The castors and levelling feet may be secured to the welded nuts M12. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished For enclosure depth mm 400 500 600 800 Packs of Model No. TS 2 8601.450 2 8601.680 Accessories: Attachment opportunities for − Twin castors DK 7495.000, see page 556, − Levelling feet PS 4612.000, see page 555. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Colour: RAL 7015 552 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base/plinths Cast feet For secure siting of ● Enclosure for tower PC or ● Other own assemblies Depth 700 mm Material: Cast aluminium Colour: RAL 7035 Packs of Model No. IW 2 6902.920 Accessories: − Base mount CP 6147.000, see page 173. − Twin castors, see page 556. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Levelling feet Thread Packs of Model No. SO M12 4 2889.000 M16 4 2890.000 For direct mounting underneath the base/plinth TS and the base/plinth, complete. For unhindered access e.g. when cleaning the floor, and to compensate for floor irregularities. Load capacity: Max. admissible static load: 400 kg per levelling foot Adjustment range: M12: 55 mm – 125 mm M16: 45 mm –120 mm Possible alternative: Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 178. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Base/plinths for FlatBox The base/plinth, 50 mm high, may be mounted on any FlatBox with a base area of 600 x 600 or 700 x 700 mm. For attachment purposes, the base/plinth may be mounted on the pre-existing thread in the base area of the FlatBox. There is a rear recess provided for cable entry. For base area Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 600 1 7507.750 700 700 1 7507.755 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 4 levelling feet and assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 553 Base Base/plinths Under-floor frame for DK-TS For siting the enclosure on a false floor when heavy equipment is installed. Material: Sheet steel Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 400 1000 7855.340 800 400 1000 7855.342 Delivery times available on request. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure. Stabiliser bracket for base/plinth TS The stabiliser bracket may be retrospectively screw-fastened to the outside of the base/plinth corner pieces. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7825.150 Delivery times available on request. Load capacity: Up to a maximum of 80 kg static load. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035, warning markings RAL 2002 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Stabiliser for TS 8 server enclosures The pull-out stabiliser is quickly and easily retrofitted to the lower frame of the server racks and only extended when necessary. Enclosure depth mm 1) Model No. DK 1000 7825.250 1200 7825.2601) Extended delivery times. Load capacity: Up to a maximum of 150 kg static load. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Accessories: − Levelling feet, see page 555 and/or − Transport kit for DK-TS, see page 557. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: − The stabiliser cannot be used together with base plates, base frames or base/plinths. − Combined use with the divided base frame (DK 7825.342), see page 559, is supported. 554 150kg Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Levelling feet 18 – 43 mm high To compensate for height differences with floor irregularities. Thread length 40 mm. Assembly thread M12. 4612.000 Also required: For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220, see page 557. 40 M12 SW 19 18 For: ● Baying system TS 8 ● PC enclosure system ● Pedestal base plate CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535 ● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX ● Industrial workstations Model No. PS 4 58 Max. admissible static load: approx. 300 kg per levelling foot. Packs of Ø 47 Levelling feet 18 – 63 mm high, with hex socket for baying system TS 8 To compensate for floor irregularities. Particularly in confined spaces, adjustments can be made quickly and easily from the enclosure interior. Mounting thread: M12 Hex socket: 6 mm Thread length: 60 mm Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.100 Also required: For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220, see page 557. M12 Max. admissible static load: 300 kg per levelling foot. 78 60 Ø 48 18 SW 19 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.230 SW19 50 M12 95 30 with vibration dampening For vibration insulation of enclosures and to compensate for floor irregularities. The levelling foot is comprised of a disc of reinforced polyamide and an M12 screw, zincplated, with ball joint pendulum plus anti-slip and insulating plate for buffering. The insulating plate is resistant to water, mineral oils, petrol, alkaline and acid solutions, salts, soap lye and detergents. Also suitable for special applications such as chemical and laboratory environments. 45 Levelling feet Thread length: 50 mm Max. admissible static load: 300 kg per levelling foot. Levelling feet for Data Rack To compensate for height differences with floor irregularities. The levelling feet are attached to the die-cast zinc feet of the base/plinth. 50 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7493.000 Supply includes: 4 levelling feet M12, levelling range 40 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 555 Base Base Levelling feet Packs of Model No. DK 4 7507.740 Packs of Model No. SO 4 2859.000 for FlatBox, TE M10 x 20 mm For screw-fastening onto the enclosure base when used as a floor-standing or desktop enclosure. Width across flats 17, mounting thread multitooth 30. Levelling feet 85 – 115 mm high For mounting on TS, ES and PC enclosures, for easier floor cleaning and to compensate for floor irregularities ±15 mm. Height 100 mm. Max. admissible static load: 350 kg per levelling foot. Possible alternative: Levelling feet Hygienic Design, see page 178. Material: − Feet: Brass, nickel-plated − Threaded bolts and mounting plates: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Supply includes: Assembly parts to the enclosure. 1 Twin castors Max. permissible static load (per castor) 40 kg Mounting thread M12 x 20. Ground clearance 50 mm For: ● Baying system TS 8 ● PC enclosure system ● Pedestal base plate CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535 ● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX ● TopConsole pedestals ● Industrial workstations ● Data Rack 1 Lock 4 without Packs of 1 set Colour Black Model No. PS Max. permissible static load (per castor) Ground clearance Also required: 2 For mounting on the TS base/plinth: Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors TS 8800.290, see page 557. Lock Packs of 85 mm 1 set Black with grey running surface Model No. CP Max. permissible static load (per castor) Ground clearance 3 75 kg 2 with, 2 without Colour 2 4611.000 Lock 6148.000 120 kg 125 mm 2 with, 2 without Packs of 1 set Colour Black Model No. DK 7495.000 3 556 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Transport castors for TE The castors may be screw-fastened in the corner areas within the base frame in place of the levelling feet. Ground clearance: 58 mm, Mounting thread M10 x 20. Packs of Model No. TE 1 set 7000.672 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 baying clamps, including assembly parts. Permissible static load: 300 kg per enclosure Transport kit for DK-TS Ground clearance: approx. 40 mm. Permissible static load: 750 kg per enclosure Model No. DK 1 set 7825.900 Note: Only for enclosures without gland plates or gland plate frames. For 800 mm wide enclosures with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, special installation dimensions must be observed (see drawing). Min. 175 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 castors (2 steerable) including assembly parts. Packs of Base/plinth adaptor for levelling feet Connection component for fastening M12 levelling feet PS 4612.000 to the TS base/plinth. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors Connection component for mounting twin castors to the TS and TE base/plinth. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.220 Also required: Levelling feet, PS 4612.000, see page 555. Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.290 Also required: Base/plinth trim panels, side, see page 544, wherever a twin castor is fitted. 557 Base Base Width divider Divides 1200 mm wide TS enclosures into two halves. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 1 set = 1 bracket for right/left, 2 compensating plates for the top, mounting accessories. 1. Mounting position: Two mounting plates side by side. Two mounting plates (from 600 mm wide enclosures) in a 1200 mm wide enclosure permit independent positioning and easy handling. 2. Mounting position: System support rails, fitted on the left. Whilst heavy installed equipment rests on the system support rails, the remaining floor space is free, e.g. for unhindered cable entry. 3. Mounting position: Cable clamp rail, installed on the left. With 1200 mm wide enclosures, the width divider allows cable entry and cable clamping to be arranged differently on the left and right of the enclosure. Base mounting bracket For TS, ES, TP universal console For anchoring the enclosure at any position of the base frame, particularly in cases where the existing holes in the frame or base tray cannot be used due to the installed equipment or because the substructure prevents them from being used. Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8800.200 Also required: Depending on the installation situation: − TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm, see page 650. − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 652. Also required: In accordance with the enclosure depth: − 4 TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm, bottom, see page 650. − 1 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, top, see page 652. Also required: − 2 system support rails PS 4361.000, see page 654. − 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with the enclosure depth (included with the supply of the standard enclosure). Also required: − 1 cable clamp rail PS 4191.000, see page 717. − 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance with the enclosure depth (included with the supply of the standard enclosure). Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.210 Note: Additional holes in the base are required for mounting. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 558 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Reinforcement bracket Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.830 for TS, ES, TP universal console For use as an additional stabiliser to the clamping straps when populated enclosures are screw-fastened via the base tray to the base/plinth or pallet for transportation purposes. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Base frame, divided for TS 8 server enclosures For retro-fitting gland plates or base modules. Suitable for combining with the pull-out stabiliser. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 1000 7825.342 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 1 set Frame elements, assembly parts. Clips for gland plates As replacement and for additional gland plate attachments in TS, CM, TP. Accessories: − Multi-piece gland plate, see page 563. − Stabiliser, see page 554. Packs of Model No. TS 50 8800.075 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 559 Base Base Material: Sheet steel Gland plate for CM, TopConsole TP and one-piece console TP Select suitable gland plates depending on the application. The following examples illustrate the individual options for cable entry structuring. Potential equalisation is provided via assembly components and earthing points. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, subject to correct mounting. Supply includes: 1 piece, including assembly parts. Note: For greater stability and universal cable entry, the base opening is divided in the width for 1000, 1200 and 1600 mm wide enclosures, and is suitable for various configurations. For enclosure depth 300 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Requires packs of 1 600 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 2 5001.210 5001.211 1 4 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 1 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry module groups Packs of Two-piece base opening Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Gland plate, depth 50 mm Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 100 mm Section for cable entry, rear Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. For cable glands One-piece Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Two-piece Cable glands, see page 709. 560 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base For enclosure depth 400 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Packs of Requires packs of Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 Gland plate, depth 150 mm Cable entry module groups 600 Two-piece base opening 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 100 mm Section for cable entry, rear Cable clamp strip, centre and rear Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Section for cable entry, centre 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 Section for cable entry, rear 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. Grommets, 2 x Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. EMC EMC gland plate Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 set 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set 2 8800.600 8800.620 – 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 – Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. For cable glands One-piece Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Two-piece Cable glands, see page 709. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 561 Base Base For enclosure depth 500 mm, complete module groups For enclosure/console depth mm One-piece base opening For enclosure width Packs of Requires packs of Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 Gland plate, depth 250 mm Cable entry module groups 600 Two-piece base opening 800 1000 1200 1600 Model No. Packs of Requires packs of 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 1 2 5001.218 5001.219 1 4 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Model No. Cable clamp strip, centre Section for cable entry, centre Cable clamp strip, rear Gland plate, depth 150 mm Section for cable entry, rear Cable clamp strip, centre and rear Gland plate, depth 50 mm 1 1 5001.210 5001.211 1 2 5001.212 5001.213 5001.233 Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Section for cable entry, centre 1 set 1 8802.060 8802.080 2 sets 1 8802.100 8802.120 8802.160 Section for cable entry, rear 1 set 1 8802.065 8802.085 2 sets 1 8802.105 8802.125 8802.165 Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 1 5001.226 5001.227 1 2 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Grommets, 1 x Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. Grommets, 2 x Gland plate, depth 150 mm 1 1 5001.218 5001.219 1 2 5001.220 5001.221 5001.235 Cable entry plates for grommets 1 2 5001.226 5001.227 1 4 5001.228 5001.229 5001.237 Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. EMC EMC gland plate Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 set 1 8800.660 8800.680 1 set 2 8800.600 8800.620 – 1 2 5001.214 5001.215 1 4 5001.216 5001.217 – Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 702. For cable glands, two-piece Gland plate, depth 100 mm 1 1 5001.214 5001.215 1 2 5001.216 5001.217 5001.234 Gland plate, depth 250 mm 1 1 5001.222 5001.223 1 2 5001.224 5001.225 5001.236 Cable glands, see page 709. 562 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Trim panel for CM To conceal the entire base opening. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Textured paint For enclosure Model No. CM Width mm Depth mm 600 400 5001.130 800 400 5001.140 1000 400 5001.150 1200 400 5001.160 Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Gland plate, multi-piece for DK-TS Any combination possible Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 1 set Gland plates including sliding plate for cable entry, sealing tape and assembly parts. Note: For the size variant 800 x 800 mm, the gland plate included with the supply of pre-configured network enclosures should be additionally used. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. TS 600 1000 7825.364 600 1200 7825.365 800 800 7825.382 800 1000 7825.384 800 1200 7825.385 Also required: For integration of the gland plates, there must be a base frame inside the enclosure. Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting, see page 559. Accessories: All gland plates with a depth of 237.5 mm may be exchanged for gland plate modules on request. − Gland plate modules, see page 564. − Gland plate modules, vented with airflow regulator, see page 564. − Base module for cable entry, see page 565. − Section for cable entry, see page 702, 703. One-piece gland plate For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 600 600 7825.660 600 800 7825.680 600 1000 7825.610 Material: Sheet steel 800 600 7825.860 800 800 7825.880 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 800 1000 7825.810 600 1200 7825.612 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 800 1200 7825.812 vented, for TS − With ventilation holes − Cut-out for cable entry at the rear, covered with brush strip. Accessories: Filter mat for gland plate, see page 564. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 563 Base Base Filter mat Packs of Model No. DK 1 7825.620 for one-piece gland plate The filter mat may be cut to size according to the required cut-out. Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Gland plate modules for DK-TS For use in the base frame of the network enclosure. Used in exchange for an existing gland plate of the same depth or in conjunction with a multi-piece gland plate for pre-configured TS 8 enclosures, see page 563. Gland plate depth: 237.5 mm Version for cable entry at the rear: With brush strip. Version for cable entry at the sides: With rubber cable clamp strip. Vented version: With filter mat for concealing the holes and nylon tape for securing from the inside or outside. Spare filter mat for gland plate modules, vented To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat. For enclosure width mm 600 800 Design Model No. DK For cable entry, rear 7825.361 For cable entry, sides 800 600 Vented 800 7825.381 7825.388 7825.360 7825.380 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Packs of Model No. DK 2 7825.350 For enclosure width mm Model No. DK 600 7825.366 800 7825.386 Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Supply includes: Assembly parts. Gland plate modules, vented with airflow regulator for DK-TS Allows controlled air routing from the twin base to the installed components. Individually adjustable membranes allow control of the air inlet opening between 10% and 80% free space. If the rear area of the enclosure is partitioned by base/gland plates, the required volumetric airflow may be individually regulated, and distribution of the airflow inside the twin base adapted to suit the requirements of each enclosure. The gland plate module may be combined with all gland plates as required. Gland plate module including contacting assembly screws; the additional installation of PE conductors is not required. Material: Sheet steel Also required: For integration of the gland plates, there must be a base frame inside the enclosure. Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting, see page 559. Accessories: Spare filter mat, see page 565. Supply includes: Packs of 1 − Gland plate module, vented − Filter mat − Assembly parts 564 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Base Base Spare filter mat Packs of Model No. DK 1 7825.622 for gland plate modules, vented, with airflow regulator To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat. Material: PPI 35-5/polyamide Supply includes: Assembly parts. Base module for cable entry For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 1 7825.367 800 1 7825.387 super-airtight for DK-TS The two-part base module has a special cable entry with alternate offset brush strips which guarantee an excellent seal even with large cable quantities. Material: − Module plate: Sheet steel − Brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Surface finish: Module plate: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Brush strip and assembly parts. Module plates Design for TE The base area of the TE may be varied as required using the module plates. Material: Sheet steel Solid Supply includes: Assembly parts. With brush strip Vented Compensating panel 1) Width (B) mm Depth (H) mm 450 200 7526.760 450 550 7526.770 450 750 7526.780 650 550 7526.7851) 650 200 7526.800 650 750 7526.8201) 450 200 7526.850 650 200 7526.860 450 200 7526.829 650 200 7526.834 450 50 7526.750 450 150 7526.755 650 50 7526.790 650 150 7526.795 Model No. TE B1 B T1 Extended delivery times. Enclosure dimensions mm W (B) 600 600 600 800 800 800 D (T) 600 800 1000 600 800 1000 Base cut-out dimensions mm W (B1) 450 450 450 650 650 650 D (T1) 550 750 950 550 750 950 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories T 565 Base Base Pressure relief stoppers Especially when enclosures are exposed to changing climatic conditions (e.g. with outdoor siting), condensation may form in sealed enclosures due to pressure differences. The integral sealing membrane largely prevents such pressure differences and hence condensation; additionally, it also prevents the ingress of moisture from the outside. Installed in vertical surfaces to protect against dirt. Packs of Model No. SZ 5 2459.500 Technical specifications: − Air permeability up to 120 litres/hour with a pressure difference of 70 mbar − Connection thread M12 x 1.5 − For fitting in wall thicknesses up to 4 mm Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 9005 Protection category: − IP 66, 68 to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Supply includes: Lock nut Condensate discharge For reliable discharge from the inside and protection against splashes from the outside (labyrinth effect). A hole diameter of 16 mm is required. (With AE sheet steel, the holes are already provided in the base.) Packs of Model No. SZ 6 2459.000 Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, subject to correct mounting at the bottom. Gland plates for CS New Basic enclosures For sealing the base opening and for cable entry. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated, zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 566 For enclosure dimensions Width mm Depth mm Packs of 600 400 1 set 9785.511 600 500 1 set 9785.514 800 400 1 set 9785.512 800 500 1 set 9785.513 1200 400 1 set 2x 9785.511 1200 500 1 set 2x 9785.514 Model No. CS Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Side panels Side panels, screw-fastened, sheet steel For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 800 600 2 8173.235 1000 600 2 8174.235 1200 500 2 8115.235 1200 600 2 8170.235 1200 800 2 8175.235 1200 1000 2 8176.235 1400 500 2 8145.235 1400 600 2 8146.235 1400 800 2 8148.235 1600 500 2 8165.235 1600 600 2 8166.235 1600 800 2 8168.235 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 1800 400 2 8184.235 1800 500 2 8185.235 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1800 600 2 8186.235 1800 800 2 8188.235 Note: Enclosure panel fasteners may optionally be fitted from the inside or outside of the enclosure. Area available for population: External dimension – 100 mm. 1800 1000 2 8180.235 2000 400 2 8104.235 2000 500 2 8105.235 2000 600 2 8106.235 2000 800 2 8108.235 2000 1000 2 8100.235 2200 600 2 8126.235 2200 800 2 8128.235 for TS ● Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel fasteners with earthing insert ● Easy positioning with the location aid ● Earthing bolt with contact surface Material: Sheet steel 1.5 mm, textured Surface finish: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside Colour: RAL 7035 1 Automatic potential equalisation 1 Accessories: − Earth straps, see page 689. − Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 568, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Side panels, screw-fastened, stainless steel for TS ● Automatic potential equalisation and higher EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel fasteners ● Easy positioning with the location aid ● Earthing bolt with contact surface Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS 400 2 8700.840 500 2 8700.850 600 2 8700.060 Height mm Depth mm 1800 1800 2000 Accessories: Surface finish: Brushed, grain 400 Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 568, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 567 Walls Side panels Side panels, asymmetrical for TS The alternative to the standard side panel for improved visual appearance in the event of backto-back, back-to-side or corner baying. The gap (A) which occurs with standard side panels is reduced to a standard dimension (B), see technical drawing. In the case of the TS 8 corner enclosure, an asymmetrical side panel is included in the supply. The number of additional asymmetrical side panels required depends on the chosen baying variant. For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 1800 400 2 8184.500 1800 500 2 8185.500 1800 600 2 8186.500 2000 400 2 8104.500 2000 500 2 8105.500 2000 600 2 8106.500 2000 800 2 8108.500 2200 600 2 8126.500 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Accessories: Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 568, for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Asymmetrical side panel Door Corner baying Back-to-back baying Standard side panel Asymmetrical side panel A B Rear panel Side panel Enclosure panel fasteners, internal Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.071 for TS for additional fixing of the side or rear panel with heavy installed equipment and high dynamic pressures. 568 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Side panels Hinges for TS side panel, screw-fastened, sheet steel TS side panel, asymmetrical The 180° opening angle allows unhindered access. May be installed optionally from the inside or outside of the enclosure: Simply replace 3 enclosure panel fasteners with hinges. Despite the hinge, the protection category of the enclosure is retained. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. Side panel, lockable for TS ● Simply locate from above ● Lock via security lock no. 3524 E ● Earthing bolt with contact lug Material: Sheet steel, powder-coated Protection category: IP 20/NEMA 1 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: 2 side panels each with 4 security locks no. 3524 E. Note: Side panels 1200 mm deep as divided variants, see page 570. Accessories: Internal latch DK 7824.510, see page 570. Design Packs of Model No. TS RAL 7035 6 8800.110 Note: − Side panel and door hinges may only be installed on the same enclosure section when using a 180° door hinge (see page 613). − Please note: Red areas (side panels), hinged and unhinged, must always be opposite one another. Blue areas (doors/rear panels) must always be opposite one another. Only one surface on each vertical enclosure section may be hinged. For enclosures Height mm 7035 9005 Model No. DK 7824.086 800 600 – 1000 600 – 7824.106 1200 600 – 7824.126 1200 800 – 7824.128 1200 1000 – 7824.120 1200 1000 – 7816.120 1400 600 – 7824.1461) 1400 800 – 7824.148 1600 600 – 7824.166 1600 800 – 7824.168 1800 600 – 7824.186 1800 800 – 7824.188 1800 1000 – 7824.1801) 2000 600 – 7824.206 2000 800 – 7824.208 2000 1000 – 7824.200 2000 1000 – 7816.2001) 2200 600 – 7824.226 2200 800 – 7824.228 2200 1000 – 7824.220 1) Extended Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Colour RAL Depth mm delivery times. 569 Walls Side panels Internal latch For enclosure system Packs of Model No. DK TS 4 7824.510 for side panel, lockable Additional security is achieved via the option of latching the side panel from the inside. The side panels on the frame section are screwfastened from the inside with latching brackets. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Side panel, plug-type, divided for DK-TS The horizontally divided side panel offers clear advantages for storage, transportation and assembly, thanks to the reduced weight and smaller dimensions of its individual parts. The lower side panel part is inserted into the base frame and secured in the centre of the enclosure via a punched section with mounting flange. After attaching, the complete side panel is locked at the top with 2 locks. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of 2000 1200 1 7824.310 2200 1200 1 7824.312 Model No. DK Supply includes: − Side panel with security lock 3524 E − Punched sections with mounting flanges − Earth conductor − Assembly parts Colour: RAL 7035 Side panels for TE ● Simple assembly with insertion aid at the bottom and lock at the top ● Earthing bolt with contact lug Protection category: IP 20 Supply includes: Security lock 3524 E. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated For enclosures Height mm Depth mm Packs of Colour RAL 7035 9005 2000 800 2 – 7000.652 2000 1000 2 – 7000.653 2000 1000 2 – 7000.663 Primer/paint For touching up and repairing powder-coated and wet-painted surfaces, air-drying. Touch-up pen 12 ml Tin 1000 ml Spray can 150 ml 570 Model No. TE Colour RAL Model No. SZ 7032 2436.732 7035 2436.735 7035 2438.735 7022 2581.000 7032 2437.000 7035 2440.735 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Divider panels/partitions Cable management panel for DK-TS The universal routing aid for network enclosures where large quantities of cables and lines are managed. Can also be used as a partition with cable management option. By attaching to the inner level, cables may be routed inside and out, also in conjunction with a side panel. Mounting options: ● Directly onto the inner mounting level of TS 8 enclosures ● On the outer mounting level on punched sections with mounting flanges. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 For enclosures 1) Model No. DK Width/depth mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.560 800 2000 7824.5801) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − Nylon loop fasteners, see page 720. − Cable route, see page 726. − Cable ties, see page 720. − Cable shunting rings, see page 724. − Cable manager, see page 723. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Divider panel for TS For shielding individual enclosure cells. Thanks to the symmetry of the frame system, the divider panel can also be used at the rear. All-round, double fold for stability and to hold the seal. Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides permit the use of angular baying brackets and baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted. For mounting on the outer mounting level. This leaves the inner level free for further population. Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-plated For enclosures Model No. TS Height mm Depth mm 1800 400 8609.840 1800 500 8609.850 1800 600 8609.860 2000 400 8609.040 2000 500 8609.050 2000 600 8609.060 2000 800 8609.080 2200 600 8609.260 302/402/502/702 Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529, subject to the correct use of module plates. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The divider panel may also be fitted at the rear. This allows, e.g. frequency converters for heat dissipation to be installed in a divider panel with the cooling units facing outwards and protected/ finished off with a cover (see page 574). 289/389/489/689 247/347/447/647 − Cover with door, see page 574. − Baying attachment, vertical (TS 8800.470) for enclosures with fitted divider panel, see page 580. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1702/1902/2102 Accessories: 571 Walls Divider panels/partitions Partition For enclosures for DK-TS For rack mounting, suspended between two TS 8 enclosures. With three Ø 40 mm holes in all 4 corner areas for the insertion of cables, conduits etc. Drilled holes may be sealed with the enclosed stepped collars. For cable entry, simply cut off at a suitable level to match the required cross-section. Material: − Partition: Sheet steel − Stepped collar: Plastic to UL 94-HB Model No. DK Height mm Depth mm 2000 1000 7831.723 2000 1200 7831.724 2200 1200 7831.726 Note: Use baying connector TS 8800.490. Not suitable for use in conjunction with a baying seal. Any seals that may be present must be removed prior to installation. Accessories: Surface finish: Partition: Zinc-plated Baying clamp TS 8800.490, see page 578. Supply includes: 12 stepped collars Ø 40 mm. The divider panel and module plate system More options: The cut-outs of a divider panel are individually equipped with module plates for 16-pole or 24pole connectors, with module plates for cable entry and with solid module plates. Faster assembly: Usually only some of the total number of connector cut-outs are used. Thanks to the new divider panel technique, the cut-outs do not need to be covered individually. The solid module plate is used instead. The benefit: Less plates, less screws, less assembly work. Divider panel 402/502 318 99/105 188 144 for module plates TS With cut-outs for the installation of module plates for connectors or for cable entry, and also for the entry of busbar systems and other installed equipment. All-round, double fold for stability and to hold the seal. Thanks to the symmetry of the enclosure frame, divider panels may also be fitted at the rear, dimensions permitting. For mounting on the outer mounting level. This leaves the inner level free for further population. 8 x 188 (1504)/9 x 188 (1692) Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts and multi-tooth screws M5 x 12 mm for mounting the module plates. Note: Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides permit the use of angular baying brackets and baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted. 1702/1902 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Accessories: − Module plates, see page 573. − Cover with door, see page 574. − Baying attachment (TS 8800.470) for enclosures with fitted divider panel, see page 580. For enclosures 572 Height mm Depth mm Number of cut-outs Model No. TS 8609.100 1800 500 9 1800 600 9 8609.110 2000 500 10 8609.120 2000 600 10 8609.130 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Divider panels/partitions Module plates Design Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Solid – 1 8609.160 For 16-pole connectors 4 1 8609.150 Surface finish: Zinc-plated For 24-pole connectors 4 1 8609.140 Supply includes: Seal. For cable entry 1 1 8609.170 For cable entry grommets 4 1 8609.190 With cable sleeve 1 1 8609.390 Solid For sealing unused cut-outs. Easily machined for individual cut-outs. for 16/24-pole connectors With cut-outs to accommodate connectors. In addition to mounting on divider panels, module plates may also be attached to the 25 mm pitch pattern of the enclosure and to the rails of the TS/ PS system. For cable entry For the entry of pre-assembled cables. Sealed, secure routing is achieved via adjustable angle brackets with inserted foam cable clamp strip. Attachment bracket, punched, for cable clamping. For cable entry grommets For mounting on the divider panel for module plates TS. Slide the grommets into the cut-outs, slide the clamp plate with seal down over them, and screw-fasten. Cut-outs Packs of Model No. TS Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Accessories: − Adaptor, cover plate, see page 574. − Connector gland for connector cut-outs, see page 712. − Connector gland sealing frame and sealing module, see page 713. Accessories: Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Also required: − Cable entry grommets, see page 702 or − Connector grommets, see page 702. With cable sleeve For 10 – 65 mm cable diameters. The flexible grommet adapts to the cable's bending radius. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 573 Walls Divider panels/partitions Adaptors For reduction Packs of Model No. SZ for connector cut-outs For using connectors with varying numbers of poles. From 24 to 16 poles 5 2479.000 From 24 to 10 poles 5 2480.000 From 24 to 6 poles 5 2481.000 Material: Sheet steel From 16 to 10 poles 5 2401.000 From 16 to 6 poles 5 2402.000 Model No. SZ Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Seal for adaptor and mounting accessories. Cover plate for connector cut-outs For unused cut-outs. For Packs of 24-pole cut-outs 20 2477.000 16-pole cut-outs 20 2478.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Seal and mounting accessories. Cover with door For enclosures for TS ● To protect and finish off connectors or other installed equipment. ● Optional cable entry from above or below. Material: − Cover: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Cover − Door with locking rod and double-bit lock insert − 1 cover plate for top or bottom. Colour: Pale grey Supply includes: Spacer bolts for sound insulation of the roof plate. Material category: B1 to DIN 4102 574 Model No. TS 2000 500 8609.020 2000 600 8609.030 Accessories: for TS Noise insulating mats for equipping or retro-fitting enclosures. Thanks to their self-adhesive rear, the noise insulating mats are easily attached to existing surfaces. Sound is absorbed, leading to significant noise reduction. The kit is designed to reduce noise from the roof, sides and rear of an enclosure with dimensions WHD 800 x 2000 x 800 mm. Material: Soft foam based on melamine resin, 20 mm Depth mm − Lock inserts, version F, see page 609. − Comfort handle, see page 603. − 180° hinge, see page 613. Noise protection kit Other dimensions can be accommodated by cutting to size individually. Height mm For enclosures W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set 7824.650 Absorption level 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.60 α 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10 0.00 63 100 160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 6300 10000 Hz Absorption level α: share of absorbed output, 1 = 100% (averaged). Averaged noise reduction (comparison source, 50 Hz – 20 kHz): 1 m standard distance (averaged) Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Walls Isolator door locking TS isolator door cover (US version) Including main door lock for safety locking of enclosures and bayed enclosure suites in accordance with US regulations, only in conjunction with actuator lever for master switches: ● Allen Bradley 1494 F-M1/P1/S1 and 140 U-K-FCX04 ● Square D 9422 A1 ● ITE Siemens Max-Flex series/FHOH (only available in the USA) ● General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2 ● Moeller NZM-XSHGVR 12-NA Benefits: ● In combination with − Operating mechanism − Adjacent door latch − Interconnecting rods meets the requirements of UL 508 A ● Compact design with a width of just 100 mm. ● May be mounted instead of a side panel. With this cover, all standard single-door TS 8 enclosures may be configured as isolator door enclosures. The complete installation surface of the enclosure is retained. ● May be mounted optionally on the left or right of the enclosure. ● In conjunction with the integrable TS 8 mounting plate infill, (see page 631), the mounting surface of the main enclosure can be enlarged by around 14%. Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. TS 100 1800 400 8900.840 100 1800 500 8900.850 100 2000 500 8900.050 100 2000 600 8900.060 Also required: − Operating mechanism, TS 4912.000, for enclosure with isolator door cover and additionally every fourth adjacent enclosure, see page 575. − Adjacent door latch, TS 4911.000, TS 4911.100, for every adjacent enclosure, see page 575. − Interconnecting rods, for every adjacent enclosure in the appropriate enclosure width, see page 575. Accessories: Mounting plate infill, see page 631. Isolator door locking (US version) 1 Operating mechanism 2 Adjacent door latch (single-door) 3 Interconnecting rod Material: Sheet steel 4 Connection component Surface finish: Powder-coated 6 Adjacent door latch (two-door) 5 Main door latch Colour: RAL 7035 3 4 4 3 3 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12 Supply includes: Main door lock, cover plate and assembly parts. 6 6 2 2 1 5 Door latch for bayed enclosure suites For extending the door locking of commercially available master switches to bayed suites TS. Adjacent doors cannot be opened until the main door has been opened. 1 1 Operating mechanism (Fitted in the enclosure with master switch and additionally in every fourth adjacent enclosure) 2 Adjacent door latch (Installation in adjacent enclosure) Packs of Model No. TS Operating mechanism 1 4912.000 Adjacent door latch for Packs of Model No. TS Single-door enclosures 1 4911.000 Two-door enclosures 1 4911.100 2 3 3 Interconnecting rods To extend locking from the main enclosure to the adjacent enclosures of a bayed suite. An interconnecting rod corresponding to the width of the enclosure is required for each adjacent enclosure. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 10 4916.000 800 10 4918.000 1200 10 4920.000 575 Baying system Enclosure suites Bayable on all sides Whether around corners, forwards, backwards, to the left or right or even upwards if required, the baying options are unlimited. For baying at the installation site or for provisional siting in the workshop 1 Quick-fit baying clamps, one-piece 2 Quick-fit baying clamps, three-piece 5 3 Baying clamp, horizontal 4 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS 2 5 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS 6 Baying connectors, external Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 578. 4 1 3 1 6 576 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece 1 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.500 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.590 Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.400 Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.410 for TS/TS Simply attach the screws, insert the quick-fit baying clamp, tap in with a hammer and lock. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Quick-fit baying clamp, three-piece 2 for TS/TS Simply locate, connect with the lock plate, and secure. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 3 Baying clamp, horizontal for TS/TS, TS/PS For mounting on the horizontal enclosure sections. Material: Cast steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 4 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/TS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 577 Baying system Enclosure suites 5 Baying clamp, vertical for TS/PS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.420 Material: Cast steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 6 Baying connectors, external for TS/TS For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections. Simply position on the outside and screw-fasten either from the inside or outside. Material/surface finish Packs of Sheet steel, zinc-plated 6 8800.490 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 6 8700.000 Model No. TS Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note on the transportation of bayed enclosures Individual enclosures may be safely transported using the eyebolts included with the supply. For symmetrical loads, the following maximum permissible loads apply: for 45° cable pull angle 4,800 N, for 60° cable pull angle 6,400 N, for 90° cable pull angle 13,600 N. Note: The eyebolts must be aligned in the direction of the cable pull. For larger baying combinations, we recommend the use of a transport base/plinth, see page 550. 578 For the enclosure combination with angular baying brackets, quick-fit baying clamps and combination angles shown here, the load capacity with a cable pull angle of 60° is as follows: for the left-hand enclosure 7,000 N, for the central enclosure 14,000 N, for the right-hand enclosure 7,000 N. The cable pull angle between the roof plate and the cable has a significant influence on the total permissible load. The cable pull angle must not be less than 45°, and where possible, should be less than 60°. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites When transporting bayed enclosures A 1 2 quick-fit baying clamps TS 8800.500 (see page 577). 7 Baying bracket for TS/TS 8 Baying bracket for TS/TS Note: − In addition, the outer baying connector (see page 578), can be used. − When transporting large, heavy enclosure combinations by crane, we additionally recommend the use of combination angles TS 4540.000, see page 580. Also required: For protection category IP 55: One connector/clamp is required half-way up the enclosure height, see page 577. Baying clamp, see page 577/578. Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 578. 1 7 4 angular baying brackets and TS/PS TS 8800.430 (see page 579). 7 A B 1 2 quick-fit baying clamps TS 8800.500 (see page 577). 8 7 2 angular baying brackets TS 8800.430 (see page 579). 8 4 baying brackets TS 4582.500 (see page 580) if the angular baying brackets cannot be fitted in the foremost installation position due to installed equipment such as large swing frames. 1 B 7 8 7 8 7 Angular baying brackets for TS/TS For a stable connection when transporting bayed enclosure suites. Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.430 Screw-fastening either ● Horizontally and vertically with 8 screws ● Horizontally with 2 screws and M8 threaded blocks, vertically with 4 screws is supported. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 579 Baying system Enclosure suites 8 Baying brackets for TS/TS and TS/PS For additional stabilistation, or in cases where: ● Mounting plate brackets ● Swing frame ● Busbar support prevent the installation of angular baying brackets. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 4 4582.500 Accessories: For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section: Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Angular baying brackets The alternative to baying bracket TS 4582.500 and for individual interior installations. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 24 hex screws M8 x 16 mm. Combination angle For optimum distribution of tensile forces during transportation of bayed enclosures by crane. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. PS 4 4582.000 Also required: For mounting on: − Horizontal TS enclosure section, captive nuts/threaded blocks M8, see page 665, − Vertical TS enclosure section, snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. Packs of Model No. TS 4 4540.000 Accessories: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Top baying cover, see page 581. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures, see page 578. Baying attachment, vertical for TS/TS with divider panel Only suitable for mounting in conjunction with the angle brackets of the divider panel (included with the supply). Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 8 8800.470 Note: May also be used for side or rear wall attachment/ fastening of enclosures. In such cases, additional holes must be drilled in the side or rear panel. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 580 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system Enclosure suites Baying attachment, vertical Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.670 Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.170 for TS/TS For baying two populated enclosures on the vertical enclosure section. Simply locate into the vertical TS punchings, secure and connect both brackets by using the hex screws (supplied loose). Using the fastening bolts, the enclosure is pulled into a defined end position, with a height or side offset of up to ± 2 mm. Material: Sheet steel, 3 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying clamp, horizontal for back-to-back mounting Two-piece, for in situ assembly of enclosures with mounting plate in the rearmost installation position. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying cover, top A cover with two end caps may additionally be clipped over the seal between the two enclosures. This prevents dirt and liquid from collecting on the baying seal. Material: − Cover section: Sheet steel or stainless steel − End caps: Plastic Surface finish: Spray-finished Supply includes: − Cover section − 2 end caps For enclosure depth mm Packs of RAL 7035 Stainless steel Model No. 1.4301 TS (AISI 304) 400 1 – 8800.840 500 1 – 8800.850 600 1 – 8800.860 800 1 – 8800.880 1000 1 – 8800.892 400 1 – 8700.140 500 1 – 8700.150 600 1 – 8700.160 Note: May also be fitted in the width with enclosure suites bayed back-to-back. May also be used in conjunction with dust guard trim, see page 620. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 581 Baying system Enclosure suites Baying connectors, external Packs of Model No. DK 4 7824.540 Depth difference mm Model No. DK 100 7067.1001) 200 7067.200 for DK-TS/DK-TS with side panels For retrospective baying of enclosures with screwfastened or lockable side panels. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Compensating panel for TS The panel is screw-fastened to the outside of the enclosure frame and serves as an infill panel when baying 2000 mm high enclosures of varying depths. No seal between the enclosures. 1) Extended delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying kit for TE/TE For connecting individual enclosures into bayed suites at the sides. The enclosures are connected between the base and roof frame. Packs of Model No. TE 4 7000.640 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 1199.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Baying kit for KL, AE Special screws and nuts ● For fast, simple assembly without thread-tapping. ● Compression of the seal is limited to a predefined level, to ensure a long-lasting, permanent seal between enclosures. Seal, self-adhesive ● Comprised of bayable sealing elements and corner pieces, for individual adaptation to various enclosure sizes. One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to H x D = 800 x 350 mm. Supply includes: − Sealing elements − Assembly parts 582 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Baying system TS 8 corner enclosures TS 8 corner enclosures The corner enclosure and the supplied components will accommodate the various baying options of the TS 8 frame on all outer surfaces. Fitted with a rear panel and an asymmetrical side panel (see page 568, mounted on the l/h side), the corner enclosure also permits the option of baying in both the width and depth. The gland plates are aligned parallel to the rear panel. In TS 8 enclosures with a square footprint, the gland plates may also be rotated through 90°. The baying system is identical to all other TS 8 enclosures. Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: − Enclosure frame, roof, rear wall and side panel: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint − Gland plates: Zinc-plated Height mm Depth mm Model No. TS 400 1800 400 8484.300 500 1800 400 8584.300 600 1800 400 8684.300 500 1800 500 8585.300 600 1800 500 8685.300 600 1800 600 8686.300 400 2000 400 8404.300 500 2000 400 8504.300 600 2000 400 8604.300 800 2000 400 8804.300 500 2000 500 8505.300 600 2000 500 8605.300 800 2000 500 8805.300 600 2000 600 8606.300 800 2000 600 8806.300 600 2200 600 8626.300 Delivery times available on request. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure frame − Roof − Rear wall (on the longest side) − Side panel, asymmetrical − Gland plates (divided in a longitudinal direction) Baying examples Accessories: − TS base/plinth, see page 542. − Connecting plinth trim, see page 547. B = Width T = Depth TS 8 corner enclosures B 600 B 600 T 500 T 500 T 500 B 600 T 500 B 600 T 500 B 600 T 500 B 600 Width mm H Note: Correct B Incorrect Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories T Incorrect 583 Doors/locks Door variants Glazed door for TS Instead of a sheet steel door or rear panel. Material: − Front panel: Extruded aluminium section − Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: − Frame and corner pieces: RAL 7035 − Viewing window (printed mask on the inside): RAL 7015 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: − Viewing door frame with safety glass − Locking rod with double-bit insert − 180° hinges (4) − Visible area: W – 140 mm, H – 160 mm. Handle adaptor The handle adaptor compensates for the design chamfer in the door profile to enable installation of the comfort handle. Material: Plastic For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. TS 600 1800 8610.680 800 1800 8610.880 600 2000 8610.600 800 2000 8610.800 600 2200 8610.620 800 2200 8610.820 Also required: When mounting instead of the rear panel: Lock components for frame TS 8800.040, see page 584. Accessories: − Lock inserts, version F, see page 609. − Comfort handle, see page 603. For glazed door TS Colour Model No. TS RAL 7035 8611.080 For designer door IW and PC-TS, bottom door Supply includes: − 1 adaptor plate − 1 extension for drive − 2 assembly screws Colour Model No. PC RAL 7035 8611.300 Lock components Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.040 for frame TS For retrofitting a glazed door or sheet steel door in place of a rear panel. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. 584 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door variants Sheet steel door For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 600 2000 7824.205 800 1200 7824.127 Material: Sheet steel 800 2000 7824.207 600 2200 7824.225 Colour: RAL 7035 800 2200 7824.227 for DK-TS To replace existing doors. With 180° hinges and swivel handle with security lock no. 3524 E, in exchange for comfort handle. Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: − Comfort handle, see page 603. − 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 613. Sheet steel door, vented for DK-TS With 180° hinges and swivel handle with security lock no. 3524 E, in exchange for comfort handle. For optimum air throughput in network enclosures with a high proportion of active components. Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. For enclosures Height mm 600 1800 7824.183 600 2000 7824.203 800 2000 7824.204 600 2200 7824.223 800 2200 7824.224 Accessories: − Comfort handle, see page 603. − 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 613. Glazed door, vented for DK-TS With 180° hinges and comfort handle with security lock no. 3524 E. For optimum air throughput in network enclosures with a low proportion of active components. Material: − Front panel: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm − Slotted surfaces (SWG-6.7 hexagon) at the sides for air inlet Surface finish: Spray-finished Model No. DK Width mm For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.201 800 2000 7824.202 800 2200 7824.222 Accessories: 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites with comfort handle, see page 613. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 585 Doors/locks Door variants Sheet steel door, vertically divided for DK-TS With 130° hinges and locking rod, including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced. The extensive door perforations additionally support climate control of the installed equipment. Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%. Vented For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.360 600 2200 7824.362 800 2000 7824.380 800 2200 7824.382 Unvented1) For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Height mm Material: Sheet steel 600 2000 7816.360 600 2200 7816.362 Protection category: − IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (unvented) − IP 20 to IEC 60 529 (vented) 800 2000 7816.380 800 2200 7816.382 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1) Without tubular door frame. Tubular door frame available on request. Accessories: 180° hinge TS 8800.190, see page 613. Sheet steel glazed door, vertically divided for TS With underlaid viewing panel, 4-point locking rod and comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E. The divided design allows room-optimised siting of the enclosures coupled with the best possible access, thanks to a reduced distance between the individual bayed enclosure suites. Max. door opening angle thanks to pre-integrated 180° hinges. Material: − Front panel: Sheet steel − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 3 mm For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 800 2000 7824.280 800 2200 7824.282 Protection category: IP 55 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: Height 2200 mm cannot be combined with swing frame 45 U. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 All-glass door, vertically divided for DK-TS With 180° hinges and locking rod including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced. For enclosures Width mm Height mm Model No. DK 800 2000 7824.490 Note: Not to be used in conjunction with a swing frame. Material: − Frame elements: Aluminium − Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass, 5 mm Colour: − Frame elements: RAL 7035 − Viewing windows: Tinted Supply includes: Assembly parts. 586 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door variants Lockable and adjacent door for TS For example, if two 400 mm doors instead of one 800 mm wide door are used to comply with escape routes. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures Width mm Height mm 800 2000 Colour RAL Model No. TS 7035 8801.450 Note: Enclosure without door (TS 8806.512), see page 79. Surface finish: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside Accessories: Supply includes: 2 doors, including hinges and lock parts. Protective bars for TS As an alternative to a door, e.g. in sealed switch rooms. Prevents people from falling into the open enclosure frame. Easily removable for maintenance purposes. For 1200 mm enclosure width; may be shortened or divided for other sizes. Material: Wood, spray-finished, RAL 3000 Lock system, see page 603. For enclosure width mm Length mm 1200 1090 Packs Model No. TS of 1 8801.010 Enclosure width mm Clearance between the enclosure frame (B3) mm Length protective bar (L) mm 400 312 2901) 600 512 4901) 800 712 6901) 1000 912 8901) 1200 1112 1090 L 60 x 40 1) The 65 protective bar TS 8801.010 (1090 mm) will need to be shortened. 40 B3 Holder for protective bars For location into the vertical TS section. The protective bar is simply inserted. Packs of Model No. TS 2 8801.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Variable modular climate control concept Instead of an enclosure door in a 600 mm/ 800 mm/1200 mm wide and 1800 mm/2000 mm high TS enclosure, section doors with integral cooling module may be retrofitted without major assembly work. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Possible alternative: Modular climate control concept, see page 430/431. 587 Doors/locks Door variants Trim frame For enclosures for TS To conceal the TS 8 front frame in enclosures without a door. Can be combined with large swing frames. Possible application areas include, for example: ● Studio technology ● Electronic configuration Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 7824.130 800 2000 7824.132 Note: The trim frame conceals the side system punchings in the inner mounting level. The TS punched sections with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (see page 648) may be used for installation. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Interior door with mounting frame for compact enclosure AE IP 69K For the installation of control and display components. Mounting frame, depth-adjustable for a distance between the outer surface and the inside of the outer door of 35 to 85 mm (80 mm with AE 1101.010/.110). For AE enclosure W (B) mm H mm 1101.010/.110 160 260 1101.910 1101.020/.120 330 330 1101.920 1101.030/.130 330 580 1101.930 1101.040/.140 580 580 1101.940 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Model No. AE 30 23 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Mounting frame − Door with cam lock and screwdriver insert − Assembly parts 30 H 23 70 B 588 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Modular front design for TS 8 Modular front design Also required: for TS 8606.512, WHD 600 x 2000 x 600 mm, for TS 8806.512, WHD 800 x 2000 x 600 mm (see page 79) and all other 600 and 800 mm wide TS 8 enclosures instead of a door or rear panel, provided the modular front is positioned in a suite between two enclosures with normal doors. If positioned as a free-standing enclosure or at the end of an enclosure suite, special side panels such as TS 8106.512 (see page 591) are required. The partial doors with and without viewing panels can be combined with cross members as required. A trim panel and a cross member are each required at the top and bottom. The requirements for your individual front design and the considerations which must be taken into account are illustrated on the sample configuration opposite. 1 1 Trim panels, see page 590 or top-hinged trim panel, see page 589. 3 2 Cross member, see page 590. 4 Accessories: 3 Partial door with viewing window, see page 590. 4 Partial door without viewing window, see page 590. 4 Protection category: With a completed enclosure IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. 1 2 2 1 Trim piece, hinged at the top for TS For the installation of control and display components, in conjunction with ● Modular front design ● Protective bar TS. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Width mm Height mm Model No. TS 600 300 8801.230 800 300 8801.240 1200 300 8801.250 Accessories: Colour: RAL 7035 − Stay for trim panel, hinged at the top, see page 591. − Lock inserts, type A, see page 609. − Protective bar for TS, see page 587. Supply includes: Hinges, cam locks with double-bit insert and assembly parts. Note: Not in combination with top-mounted module for TS (see page 621). 2 592/792/1192 287 45 6 80 80 1 47 3 20 5 4 15 6.5 46 7 1 Only for width 800 and 1200 mm 5 Maximum opening with stay approx. 85° 2 Only for width 1200 mm 6 Maximum opening without stay approx. 190° 3 Usable interior area 7 Earthing bolt M8 4 Optional: Stay TS 8801.260 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 589 Doors/locks Modular front design for TS 8 1 Trim panels for TS Required as upper and lower height trim. Height mm Width mm Model No. TS 100 600 8801.510 100 800 8801.110 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Also required: Cross member for TS, see page 590. Supply includes: 2 trim panels, assembly parts. 2 Cross member for TS For use as sealing member between: ● Trim panels ● Partial doors ● Trim piece, hinged at the top Width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 5 8801.630 800 5 8801.830 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 3 4 Partial doors Solid for TS Door may be optionally hinged on the right or left. In the case of doors without viewing panel (height 600 – 1000 mm), monitor frame SZ 2305.000 may be installed. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for lock inserts, type F, and from 600 mm height, for comfort handle. Height mm Width mm Model No. TS 200 600 8801.520 200 800 8801.120 400 600 8801.540 400 800 8801.140 600 600 8801.560 600 800 8801.160 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm 800 600 8801.580 800 800 8801.180 Colour: RAL 7035 1000 600 8801.500 1000 800 8801.100 Supply includes: Hinges and lock. With single-pane safety glass 3 mm Height mm Width mm Model No. TS 600 600 8801.570 600 800 8801.170 800 600 8801.590 Also required: Cross member for TS, see page 590. Accessories: − Monitor frame SZ 2305.000, see page 597. − Lock inserts, version F, see page 609. − Comfort handle, see page 603. 1 Height – 2 mm 2 Usable interior area 3 M6 bolt only for width 600 mm 4 Perforated strip only for width 800 mm 2 592/792 20 425/625 348/548/748 1 250/450/650 4 32 19 125 3 148/348/548/748/948 100/300/500/700/900 20 400 19 125 1 125/325/525/725/925 592/792 32 590 4 1 M8 15 16.5 M8 15 16.5 500/700 M6 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Modular front design for TS 8 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Flap and assembly parts. Side panels for modular front design for TS Attachment on the inside vertical enclosure frame section. The TS 8106.235 side panel retainers (page 567) could conflict with the partial door fasteners. Height mm Width mm Model No. TS 200 600 8801.715 200 800 8801.915 Also required: Cross member for TS, see page 590. Accessories: − Lock inserts, 27 mm, version A, see page 609. − Plastic handle, type B, see page 608. − T handles, type B, see page 608. For enclosure Height mm Depth mm 2000 600 8106.512 563 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 575 450 30 1 25 Surface finish: Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside, textured paint Model No. TS 575 Colour: RAL 7035 1997 for TS For mouse and keyboard with a maximum width of 500/700 mm. A high level of protection is retained, even with the flap open. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, plastic handles, type B and T handles, type B. 1897 Drawer Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 575 Supply includes: 2 side panels, 16 retainers with automatic potential equalisation. Note: Can also be used in enclosures without modular front design! 475 1 Usable interior area Stay for trim panel, hinged at the top 5 pitch pattern positions up to a maximum opening of approx. 85°. Packs of Model No. TS 2 8801.260 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 591 Doors/locks Modular front design for Form 2-4 Partial doors for SV-TS Door hinges with non-drilled internal fastening. Door may be optionally hinged on the right or left. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Also required: − Twist locks, see page 592. − Cross members for SV-TS, see page 594. Surface finish: Textured Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Hinges and assembly parts. For enclosure width 400 mm For enclosure width 800 mm Height mm No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV Height mm No. of locks required Packs of Model No. SV 150 1 1 9671.141 150 1 1 9671.181 200 1 1 9671.142 200 1 1 9671.182 250 1 1 9671.147 250 1 1 9671.187 300 1 1 9671.143 300 1 1 9671.183 400 1 1 9671.144 400 1 1 9671.184 600 2 1 9671.146 600 2 1 9671.186 800 2 1 9671.148 800 2 1 9671.188 1000 3 1 9671.140 1000 3 1 9671.180 1600 3 1 9671.156 1600 3 1 9671.196 1800 3 1 9671.158 1800 3 1 9671.198 2000 3 1 9671.150 2000 3 1 9671.190 For enclosure width 600 mm Height mm No. of twist Packs of locks required Model No. SV 150 1 1 9671.161 200 1 1 9671.162 250 1 1 9671.167 300 1 1 9671.163 400 1 1 9671.164 600 2 1 9671.166 800 2 1 9671.168 1000 3 1 9671.160 1600 3 1 9671.176 1800 3 1 9671.178 2000 3 1 9671.170 Twist locks Design Packs of Model No. SV For installation in partial doors for SV-TS or in exchange for AE cam locks. 1 With double-bit insert 1 9671.130 2 With cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E 1 9671.132 3 With T handle 1 9671.134 4 With T handle and lock insert, lock no. 3524 E 1 9671.135 5 Fastener lug with end stop1) 2 9671.138 Material: − Housing of fibreglass-reinforced plastic − Bar made from PA 1 2 3 4 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Enclosure − Lock insert − Bar − Assembly parts 1) Must be used if the twist lock cannot be locked on the TS 8 frame. 5 592 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Modular front design for Form 2-4 Perforated mounting strip for partial doors SV-TS For retrospective external mounting on SV-TS partial doors. The perforated mounting strips have a 25 mm pitch pattern of holes and may be used for individual mountings on the rear of the door, e.g. cable ducts, hose holders etc. Hole diameter of perforated mounting strip: 4.5 mm For enclosure width mm 400 Length mm For partial door height mm 600 800 298 498 698 150 – 800 150 – 800 150 – 800 Packs of Model No. SV 10 10 10 9671.204 9671.206 9671.208 Material: Sheet steel, 1 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Front trim panels for SV-TS (busbar compartment) Required to conceal a 300 mm high busbar compartment and for using partial doors as an upper and lower height filler. Height of busbar compartment cover: 300 mm. Height of front trim panel opposite: 100 mm. Also required: − Roof frame bars, see page 594. − Cross members for SV-TS, see page 594. Accessories: Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Upgrade kit IP 43 for front trim panels IP 2X, see page 593. Surface finish: Textured Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 front trim panels, including assembly parts. IP 54, sealed For enclosure width mm IP 2X, with ventilation hole Height of front trim panels Packs of Model No. SV Height of front trim panels For enclosure width mm top mm bottom mm Packs of Model No. SV top mm bottom mm 400 300 100 1 set 9672.014 400 300 100 1 set 9672.034 400 100 300 1 set 9672.0241) 400 100 300 1 set 9672.0441) 600 300 100 1 set 9672.016 600 300 100 1 set 9672.036 600 100 300 1 set 9672.0261) 600 100 300 1 set 9672.0461) 800 300 100 1 set 9672.018 800 300 100 1 set 9672.038 800 100 300 1 set 9672.0281) 800 100 300 1 set 9672.0481) 1000 300 100 1 set 9672.0101) 1000 300 100 1 set 9672.0301) 1000 100 300 1 set 9672.0201) 1000 100 300 1 set 9672.0401) 1200 300 100 1 set 9672.0121) 1200 300 100 1 set 9672.0321) 1200 100 300 1 set 9672.0221) 1200 100 300 1 set 9672.0421) 1) Extended delivery times. Upgrade kit IP 43 for front trim panels IP 2X 1) Extended For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 1 set 9672.054 600 1 set 9672.056 800 1 set 9672.058 1000 1 set 9672.0501) 1200 1 set 9672.0521) 1) Extended Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories delivery times. delivery times. 593 Doors/locks Modular front design for Form 2-4 Front trim panels for SV-TS Required as an upper and lower height filler when partial doors are used. Height: 100 mm. Also required: Cross members for SV-TS, see page 594. Accessories: Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Upgrade kit IP 43 for front trim panels IP 2X, see page 594. Surface finish: Textured Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 front trim panels, assembly parts. IP 54, sealed For enclosure width mm IP 2X, with ventilation hole Packs of Model No. SV For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 1 set 9671.014 400 1 set 9671.034 600 1 set 9671.016 600 1 set 9671.036 800 1 set 9671.018 800 1 set 9671.038 For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 1 set 9671.044 600 1 set 9671.046 800 1 set 9671.048 For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 5 9671.004 600 5 9671.006 800 5 9671.008 Upgrade kit IP 43 for front trim panels IP 2X Cross member for SV-TS For use as sealing member between: ● Front trim panels ● Trim panels ● Partial doors Material: Sheet steel, 1 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts and sealing material. Roof frame bars, horizontal for SV-TS Required as sealing bar between 300 mm high front trim panels and partial doors. Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Colour: RAL 7035 For enclosure width mm Width mm Packs of Model No. SV 400 308 2 9672.004 600 508 2 9672.006 800 708 2 9672.008 1000 908 2 9672.0001) 1108 2 9672.0021) 1200 1) Extended delivery times. Supply includes: Assembly parts and sealing material. 594 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels 30 section System window To conceal display and operating instruments or cut-outs, and to protect against dirt and liquids as well as unauthorised access. To fit TS, ES with width mm Window size, exterior, mm W (B) Model No. FT H Consisting of the following 2 components: 270 1. Base frame: ● Easily screw-fastened to the door thanks to modified dimensions (tubular door frame may be used as a drilling template). ● Readily height-adjustable. ● Stabilises the door cut-out. ● Conceals the cut edge. ● The rain canopy − prevents dirt from landing on the seal, − protects the glass from being lifted out, − prevents the ingress of dirt and moisture when opening the window. ● Frame section height 30 mm or 60 mm 370 2735.510 470 2735.520 570 2735.530 670 2735.540 270 2735.560 370 2735.570 470 2735.580 570 2735.590 670 2735.250 600 800 500 700 2735.500 2. Viewing window: ● Made from single-pane safety glass: − high level of resistance to solvents and scratches, − anti-static, − reduced risk of injury if broken. ● Cam lock with double-bit insert, easily exchanged for lock inserts, type A, and semicylinders in the Ergoform-S lock system (not with FT 2735.500 and .560) ● Hinge with 180° opening angle, easily inserted. 60 section Material: Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast zinc corner pieces and single-pane safety glass. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for lock inserts 27 mm, type A, see page 609 and for lock system Ergoform-S (except H = 270 mm), see page 607. To fit TS, ES with width mm 600 800 Window size, exterior, mm W (B) Model No. FT H 500 700 370 2736.510 470 2736.520 570 2736.530 670 2736.540 670 2736.500 Surface finish: − Base frame: Powder-coated on the outside in RAL 7035, − Hinge and lock section: Natural anodised Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 B 85 B – 137 52 47 X h – 70 h–2 H b – 70 View X for profile height 30 View Y for profile height 60 63 33 Y Viewing area (W (B) – 137) offset by 16.5 mm towards the hinge side. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 595 Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Viewing window For mounting on ● AE instead of door ● Surfaces Material: − Front panel: Aluminium, natural anodised − Glass panel: Acrylic Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Plastic handle with lock insert no. 3524 E. Max. installation depth: (depth – 4 mm) Visible area: (width – 60 mm) x (height – 60 mm) Note: Other sizes available on request. Depth = 34 mm For use as door variant with AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500 AE 1007.600 497 497 2733.000 AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500 AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000 597 377 2730.000 AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500 AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500 DK 7643.000 597 597 2731.000 AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500 AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000 597 757 2732.000 for 3 U subrack 597 197 2734.000 Depth = 60 mm For use as door variant with 497 497 2763.000 AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500, AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000 597 377 2760.000 AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500 AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500 DK 7643.000 597 597 2761.000 AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500 AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000 597 757 2762.000 A gas pressurised spring holds the viewing window securely open (top or side). When the viewing window is closed, the gas pressurised spring disappears into the frame section. With security lock, lock no. 3524 E. Material: − Frame: Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast corner pieces − Glass panel: Smoked acrylic Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Width Height Model No. mm mm FT AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500 AE 1007.600 Horizontally hinged FT stay Acrylic glazed cover Width Height Model No. mm mm FT Packs of Model No. FT 2 2772.000 Acrylic glazed covers, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 3 320 158 47.5 2780.000 3 534 158 47.5 2781.000 6 534 291.5 47.5 2782.000 9 534 425 47.5 2796.000 Max. installation depth: 43 mm Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm) Metric acrylic glazed covers Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 400 200 47.5 2784.000 400 400 47.5 2785.000 500 200 47.5 2786.000 500 400 47.5 2787.000 600 200 47.5 2788.000 600 400 47.5 2789.000 Max. installation depth: 43 mm Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm) 596 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Viewing window Stainless steel Fitted as standard with internal 130° hinges and all-round seal. The double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, and Ergoform-S handle SZ 2452.000. Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Single-pane safety glass Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 522 600 38 2793.560 Accessories: − Lock inserts, 27 mm, version A, see page 609. − Ergoform-S handle SZ 2452.000, see page 607. Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 37.5 522 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 408 525 475 285 543 600 25.5 Monitor frame For door width 600 and 800 mm For covering a door cut-out, for all standard monitors up to 482.6 mm (19˝). Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 31 38 25 Dimensions Width mm Height mm External dimensions 470 430 Viewing area 375 325 Cut-out required 415 375 Model No. SZ 2305.000 Supply includes: Security glass panel. Identification strips For individual field identifiers on the door, including transparent cover and assembly parts. For labels: Width: Enclosure width – 150 mm Height: 29 mm Thickness: 0.75 mm. For enclosure width mm Model No. SZ 600 2403.000 800 2404.000 Colour: RAL 7033 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 597 Doors/locks Viewing panels/operating panels Operating panel For mounting on: ● AE instead of door ● Surfaces Frame construction with corner connectors on the inside, 3 mm aluminium plate secured from the inside and sealed against the frame Material: Aluminium, natural anodised Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Aluminium frame, display panel, hinges, brackets. For use as door variant for AE Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. FT 1001.600 1002.500 1002.600 1032.500 1035.500 197 297 34 2740.0001) 1004.600 1011.600 1030.500 1031.500 377 297 34 2741.000 1006.500 1006.600 1380.500 377 377 34 2742.000 1008.600 1038.500 1338.500 377 597 34 2743.000 1007.600 1013.600 1050.500 1350.500 497 497 34 2745.000 1009.600 1039.500 1339.500 597 377 34 2744.000 1010.500 1010.600 1060.500 1360.500 597 597 34 2746.000 1) With AE, only for use on the rear panel Area available for population: (width – 70 mm) x (height – 70 mm) Dimensions of aluminium plate: (width – 54 mm) x (height – 54 mm) Accessories: Cam lock FT 2749.000, see page 598. Cam lock May be retrofitted to the operating area or enclosure panel of operating panels. Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for type C lock inserts and type C plastic handle. Viewing window for operating panel For the protection of display and control components. With a build height of max. 35 mm. Packs of Model No. FT 1 2749.000 Accessories: − Lock inserts, type C, see page 609. − Plastic handle, type C, see page 608. For operating panel Model No. FT FT 2741.000 2791.000 FT 2742.000 2792.000 Material: Front panel: Aluminium, natural anodised Glazed panel: Smoked acrylic Supply includes: Lock insert no. 3524 E. 598 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Compact enclosures, sheet steel Enclosure series Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts 46 Lock inserts 18 – 21 U 44 Semi-cylinder 3 – 15 U 39 EL 3-part KS With 3-point lock 37 CM Lock inserts for handle systems With cam from page With 3-point lock – With cam Condition BG With cam EB AE, wall-mounted enclosures AE 50 52 53 62 62 604 604 609 609 604 – Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 603 – – – – – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 603 – – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 603 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Mini-comfort handle (from AE enclosure height 380 mm, from AE enclosure width 300 mm) For lock inserts 606 – – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 606 – – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle Standard 607 – – – – – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 607 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Specially prepared for ASSA lock system 607 – – – – – – – – – – – – – Standard for KS plastic enclosures 607 – – – – – – – – – – Folding lever handle For lock inserts 604 – – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 604 – – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 604 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 610 – – – – – – – – – – – – Version B 608 – – – – – – Version E 608 – – – – – – – – 608 – – – – – – Semi-cylinder lock For AE Plastic handles T handles Version B Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 609 – – – – – Version E 609 – – – – – – – Version F 609 – – – – – – 610 – – – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version B Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 599 Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Large enclosures, sheet steel Enclosure series Lock inserts for handle systems Door For keyboard drawer or fold-out tray DK-TS TE 7000 Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts from page Lock inserts ES 5000 Condition Semi-cylinder TS 8, SE 8 PC enclosure TS 8 72, 98 – 130 130 102 107 604 604 609 609 604 Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 603 – – – For padlock and lock inserts 603 – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 603 – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 603 – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 603 – – – – – – – – 605 – – – – – Security handle with code 1) – 1) – – – Ergoform-S handle Standard 607 – – – – – – Security handle with code 605 – – – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 607 – – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 607 – – – – – – – – – Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 609 – – – – Version F 609 – – – – 1) Only suitable for use with rear door. Rittal Switzerland RITTAL AG Ringstrasse 1 CH-5432 Neuenhof Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00 Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66 E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch www.rittal.ch 600 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel Enclosure series Console cover Console door Universal consoler TP IW IW enclosure for tower PC Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts from page Pedestal Condition Lock inserts for handle systems One-piece console TP Desk section and console TopConsole TP 123 123 128 128 129 132 131 604 604 609 609 604 Semi-cylinder Lock inserts Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 603 – – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 603 – – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 603 – – – – – – – – – – – Security handle with code 605 – – – – – – – – – Standard 607 – – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 607 – – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 607 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle T handles Version B 608 Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 609 – – Version D 609 – – – – – – Version F 609 – – – – – – 610 – – – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version B Rittal Hungary RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft. 1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1. Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000 Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009 E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu www.rittal.hu Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures 601 Doors/locks Allocation of lock systems Enclosures and cases, stainless steel Enclosure series Console cover Console door TS 8, SE 8 ES 5000, PC Lock and push-button inserts DIN 18 252 Version A Version F Lock and push-button inserts Lock inserts With 3-point lock Page Semi-cylinder With cam AE Condition Lock inserts for handle systems One-piece console AP 184/185 186 192 192 194/195 –/193 604 604 609 609 604 Handle systems for enclosures Comfort handle For lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – For padlock and lock inserts 603 – – – – – – – – For semi-cylinder 603 – – – – – – – – With security lock insert E1 603 – – – – – – – – – – Prepared for ASSA lock system 603 – – – – – – – – – – Standard 607 – – – – – Special with lock insert, lock E1 607 – – – – – – – – Special, prepared for ASSA lock system 607 – – – – – – – – 608 1) – – – – – – – – – 608 1) – – – – – – – – – 2) – – – – – – – – – Ergoform-S handle Plastic handles Version C T handles Version C Semi-cylinder lock for AE 610 Lock inserts for enclosures Lock inserts Version A 609 – – – – Version C 609 – – – – Version F 609 – – – – – 610 – – – – Lock cylinder inserts Version C 1) Not with AE 1018.600. 2) Not with enclosures from stainless steel 1.4401 (AISI 316L) and use of cam lock SZ 2304.000. Rittal Japan RITTAL K.K. Sales HQ. Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F 3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku Kanagawa 222-0033 Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801 Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880 E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp www.rittal.co.jp 602 Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures Doors/locks Lock systems Rittal comfort handle for TS, DK-TS, PC, IW As the handle does not take up any swing space, due to its folding mechanism, the door surface area may be maximised for installed equipment. Material: Die-cast zinc Also required: Handle adaptor for mounting on a − Glazed door TS − Bottom door PC-TS − Designer door IW see page 584. Surface finish: Powder-coated For lock inserts For padlock and lock inserts For semi-cylinder2) Prepared for ASSA lock system RAL 7032 8611.010 8611.030 RAL 7035 8611.020 8611.290 8611.040 8611.060 8611.050 8611.045 8611.070 RAL 8019 8611.250 8611.280 8611.260 – 8611.270 RAL 9005 – 8611.350 – – 8611.360 Matt nickel-plated – 8611.330 – – 8611.340 – 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – – – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – – – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – – – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – – – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – – – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – – – With lock insert E11) Model No. TS Lock inserts, type F 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – – – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E3) 8611.180 8611.180 – 2467.000 – Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 – 2468.000 – 8611.2004) 8611.2004) – 2469.0005) – – – – 9785.040 – – – – 9785.0427) – Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert3) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2526) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other VW locks available on request. 2) Comfort handle for lock cylinder KESO/KABA with Model No. TS 8611.240 available on request. 3) With 2 keys 4) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible. 5) Lock no. 2123, no other lock is possible. 6) With 3 keys for each lock insert 7) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 603 Doors/locks Lock systems Lock inserts for installation in comfort handle, mini-comfort handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle Lock and push-button inserts Installation in Comfort handle6), mini-comfort handle6) Comfort handle, mini-comfort handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle for CM Model No. TS Model No. SZ Model No. CS 8611.180 2467.000 – Security lock insert no. 3524 E1) Push-button insert Push-button and lock insert1) 8611.190 2468.000 – 8611.2002) 2469.0003) – – – 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) to DIN 18 2524) 1) With 4) With Semi-cylinder Comfort handle7), mini-comfort handle7), Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle for CM 2 keys 2) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible. 3) Lock no. 2123, no other lock is possible. 3 keys for each lock insert. the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within 6) For lock inserts. 7) For semi-cylinder. Folding lever handle for CM As the handle does not take up any swing space, due to its folding mechanism, the door surface area may be maximised for installed equipment. For lock inserts Colour: − Enclosure: Similar to RAL 9005 − Handle: Similar to RAL 9006 Size: − Length: 242 mm (with inserted trim panel) − Width: 50 mm − Depth: 17.5 mm For padlock and lock inserts With lock insert E11) Model No. CM 5001.060 5001.062 5001.061 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – Security lock insert no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 – Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 – 2469.0003) 2469.0003) – 9785.040 9785.040 – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) – Lock inserts, type F Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert2) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other VW locks available on request. 2) With 2 keys 3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 604 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Security handle with code Flexible access opportunities with ● individual 3-digit code without key or ● with the master key function via an additional semi-cylinder of 40 or 45 mm to DIN 18 252, irrespective of the code. Design with Model No. DK Comfort handle for TS 7200.800 Ergoform-S handle for TE 7200.810 Accessories: − SZ lock and push-button inserts, see page 604. − Semi-cylinder, see page 604. Adjacent door latch for TS For optimum operation of the adjacent door from the outside if the handle on the inside is difficult to access due to swing frames or 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment. Retrospective conversion of the adjacent door is easily achieved using the supplied drilling template. The handle on the inside is no longer required. Packs of Model No. TS 1 8611.370 Accessories: Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 609. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Swivel handle for sheet steel door DK-TS With lock insert, lock no. 3524 E. The use of semi-cylinders is not supported. Length: 150 mm. ° 0 12 Note: The swivel handle cannot be used in conjunction with 180° hinges (TS 7824.520). Design Model No. DK RAL 7035 7829.300 90 ° 64 69.7 1 2 1 Position for door opening 2 Max. projection of the upper handle part Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 605 Doors/locks Lock systems Locking bar latch to CNOMO1) To fit all locking bars in TS doors and glazed doors with standard lock or comfort handle. The latch prevents the locking bars from moving when the door is open. For mounting on the bolt of the bar guide. 1) CNOMO is a specification by the French automobile industry. For safety reasons, it must not be possible to lock the handle whilst the door is open. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8611.210 Also required: for CNOMO1) Lock inserts, version F, 6.5 mm triangular insert TS 8611.220, see page 609. Spring washer Spring washer Upon dismantling the TS locking rods, the spring washers cannot be reused. Packs of Model No. TS 100 8800.070 Material: Spring steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Mini-comfort handle for AE with cam, EL 3-part Prepared for the installation of lock inserts and for the installation of commercially available 40 or 45 mm semi-cylinders, and of lock and pushbutton inserts. Material: Die-cast zinc Colour: RAL 7035 For lock inserts For semi-cylinder Model No. DK For enclosure system EL AE EL AE 7705.110 2537.010 7705.120 2537.000 7 mm square 8611.100 8611.100 – – 8 mm square 8611.110 8611.110 – – 7 mm triangular 8611.120 8611.120 – – 8 mm triangular 8611.130 8611.130 – – Screwdriver 8611.140 8611.140 – – Daimler insert 8611.150 8611.150 – – 3 mm double-bit 8611.160 8611.160 – – Fiat 8611.170 8611.170 – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 8611.220 8611.220 – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E1) 8611.180 8611.180 2467.000 2467.000 Push-button insert 8611.190 8611.190 2468.000 2468.000 8611.2002) 8611.2002) 2469.0003) 2469.0003) Lock inserts, type F Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert1) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) – – 9785.040 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) 1) With 2 keys 2) Lock no. 12321; 3) Lock no other lock is possible. no. 2123; no other lock is possible. keys for each lock insert. of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. 4) With 3 5) Packs 606 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Ergoform S lock system The unlocked handle folds down forwards, and the lock is opened by swivelling. Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Powder-coated Standard Standard for KS plastic enclosures Special with lock insert E11) Specially prepared for ASSA lock system Model No. SZ Model No. KS RAL 7032 with brown handle 2450.000 – – Model No. SZ – RAL 7035 with brown handle 2450.010 – 2456.500 – Brown 2451.000 – – 2453.000 Matt nickel-plated 2452.000 – – – RAL 7032 2454.000 – – – RAL 7035 2435.000 1490.010 – – RAL 7032 with brown handle and bracket 2455.000 – – – RAL 7035 with brown handle and bracket 2455.010 – – – 7 mm square 2460.000 2460.000 – – 8 mm square 2461.000 2461.000 – – 7 mm triangular 2462.000 2462.000 – – 8 mm triangular 2463.000 2463.000 – – Screwdriver 2464.000 2464.000 – – Daimler insert 2465.000 2465.000 – – 3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2466.000 – – Fiat 2307.000 2307.000 – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 2460.650 2460.650 – – Security lock insert no. 3524 E2) 2467.000 2467.000 – – Push-button insert 2468.000 2468.000 – – 2469.0003) 2469.0003) – – 9785.040 9785.040 – – 9785.0425) 9785.0425) – – Lock inserts, version A Lock and push-button inserts Push-button and lock insert2) Semi-cylinder to DIN 18 2524) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other locks available on request. 2) With 2 keys 3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert. 5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 607 Doors/locks Lock systems Plastic handles With or without lock cylinder insert. Supply includes: Assembly parts and seals. Design B C With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) Without lock insert RAL 9011 2576.000 2533.000 RAL 7030 2439.000 RAL 8019 – With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) E Without lock insert With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) 2485.000 2485.100 – – – – – – – – – – – 1484.000 1484.001 – Model No. SZ 1) With G Without lock insert Model No. KS With lock cylinder insert, lock no. 3524 E1) Model No. SZ 2599.000 2 keys T handles With or without lock cylinder insert. Supply includes: Seal Design B C With lock cylinder insert1) Without lock insert 2575.0002) 2572.000 With lock cylinder insert1) Without lock insert Model No. SZ 2535.0002) 2536.000 1) With 2 keys 2) Lock no. 3524 E 608 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Cam locks With double-bit insert Material: Enclosure With lock cylinder insert3) With double-bit insert Die-cast zinc, nickel-plated With lock cylinder insert3) With lock insert, lock E11) With double-bit insert RAL 7035 Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide Made entirely from stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) Model No. SZ 2520.000 2530.000 2420.000 2430.000 2540.500 2304.000 Lock inserts 7 mm square 2523.000 – 2460.000 – – – 8 mm square 2526.000 – 2461.000 – – – 7 mm triangular 2527.000 – 2462.000 – – – 8 mm triangular 2528.000 – 2463.000 – – – – – 2464.000 – – – Daimler insert 2522.000 – 2465.000 – – – 3 mm double-bit Screwdriver 2483.000 – 2466.000 – – – Fiat – – 2307.000 – – – 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) – – 2460.650 – – – – – 2571.000 – – – Lock cylinder inserts With lock no. 3524 E2) 1) Only for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key. Other locks available on request. 2) With 2 keys 3) Lock no. 3524 E Lock inserts Design A C D E F Material Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Plastic Die-cast zinc Length 27 mm 41 mm 47 mm Model No. KS Model No. TS 7 mm square 2460.000 Model No. SZ 2523.000 – 1487.000 8611.100 8 mm square 2461.000 2526.000 – 1488.000 8611.110 7 mm triangular 2462.000 2527.000 – 1485.000 8611.120 8 mm triangular 2463.000 2528.000 – 1486.000 8611.130 Screwdriver 2464.000 – – 1489.000 8611.140 Daimler insert 2465.000 2522.000 – – 8611.150 3 mm double-bit 2466.000 2483.000 2484.000 1492.000 8611.160 Fiat 2307.000 – – – 8611.170 6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO) 2460.650 – – – 8611.220 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 609 Doors/locks Lock systems Lock cylinder inserts Design Material 1) With B C With lock no. 3524 E1) With lock no. 3524 E1) Die-cast zinc Die-cast zinc Model No. SZ Model No. SZ 2571.000 2525.000 2 keys Semi-cylinder lock Design for compact enclosures AE For retro-fitting to single-door enclosures with cam lock. The cover plate is locked by semi-cylinders with a total length of 40/45 mm (to DIN 18 252). An additional cover protects the cylinder against dirt. The protection category of the enclosure is not impaired. Supplied without semi-cylinder. Model No. SZ RAL 7035 2534.100 Nickel-plated (matt) 2534.500 Accessories: Semi-cylinder, see page 604. Material: Die-cast zinc 55 28.5 91.5 27.5 90 70 90 49 55 Lock cover For padlocks or multiple locks For retrospective mounting on all compact enclosures AE, of sheet steel and with cam lock. Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2493.000 Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Nickel-plated 610 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Lock systems Multiple lock for 6 cam locks The ideal solution in cases where individual access for several persons is required for maintenance and repair purposes. Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2493.500 Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2476.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Lock cover Prepared for lead seal For all enclosure types with Rittal-specific locks, such as AE and EB. Material: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7035 Security lock Fitted to doors, to protect against contact with live electrical equipment whilst the master switch is ON. Function: ● Locks the door when the master switch is ON. ● Mains power (voltage) is only enabled whilst the door is closed. ● Monitoring of the lock magnet via an additional closing contact. Supply includes: − Lock − Actuator − Angle bracket − Assembly parts Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Connection voltage for lock magnet Model No. SZ 230 V AC 11 VA 2416.000 24 V DC 8 W 2418.000 120 V AC 8 VA 2419.000 Also required: For twin-door enclosures (for the overlapping door, to indicate “enclosure door closed”), Rittal door-operated switch SZ 4127.010, see page 684. 611 Doors/locks Lock systems Enclosure keys For lock inserts (one double-bit key is supplied with every enclosure). Model No. SZ/QB Model No. SZ 2549.5002)3) – – 2549.000 2531.000 – – 2532.0001) – – 7 mm triangular 2545.000 – – 8 mm triangular 2546.000 – Double-bit key no. 5 Security key no. 3524 E 7 mm square 2547.000 – – 8 mm square 2548.000 – For HD locks 2549.600 – – – For Daimler 2521.000 – – – For Fiat 2308.000 – – – – 7526.0501) – – Lock 12321 1) Packs of 2 2) With bit adaptor 3) Bit and reversible bit for multi-tooth size 25 and Phillips-head (Ph 2) for HD lock insert (Model No. HD 2549.510), see page 178. Quick-release fastener for QuickBox The quick-release fastener is ideal for use in inaccessible areas. To facilitate locking, the quick-release fastener is screw-fastened to the mounting bracket at the front. This enables the QuickBox to be locked even when the fasteners of the sides are opened, allowing the enclosure cover to be attached and removed easily. Packs of Model No. QB 2 7502.220 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 mounting brackets, assembly parts and quickrelease fasteners. 612 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Hinges 130°/180° hinges Also required: Supply includes: Assembly parts 1) Enclosure type Door variant Material Lock components for frame TS 8800.040, see page 584. Packs of Colour 130° 180° Model No. ES 5000 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc – 6 4190.000 TS 8 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc – 4 8800.0201) – – 8800.190 – 8800.030 – 8800.230 RAL 9005 – 8800.950 Matt nickel-plated – 8701.180 4 – 8800.710 4 – 7824.5252) RAL 7035 RAL 7032 TS 8 TS 8 Sheet steel door RAL 8019 Doors with high dynamic loads, Precision casting/ door installations die-cast zinc up to 900 N RAL 7035 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 Glazed door Die-cast zinc RAL 7035 TS 8 bayed enclosure suites with comfort handle 2) Die-cast zinc 4 – 7824.520 Sheet steel door Die-cast zinc RAL 9005 ES 5000, TP universal console, TP pedestals, TE 7000 Standard door Aluminium Powder-coated in RAL 8019 6 – 4189.000 ES 5000 Standard door Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 6 – 4156.000 AE Standard door Die-cast zinc – 2 – 2449.000 CM Standard door Die-cast zinc RAL 9011/9006 3 – 5001.000 7824.522 Max. 140° Hinge pin remover For safe and easy removal of hinge pins. Cover hinge for KL The cover hinge is simply screwed to the enclosure protection channel and to the edge fold. For enclosure Model No. SM AE/CM 2432.000 Material Packs of Model No. KL Die-cast zinc 6 1592.000 Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 2 1592.010 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cover retainer for KL The cover retainer is easily fitted without drilling, and allows the covers to be opened upwards, even when the terminal box below is bayed. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. KL 3 pairs 1591.000 613 Doors/locks Door, internal Support strips For attachment of ● Cable ducts ● Cable conduit holders ● Contact hazard protection covers ● Equipment installed on the door ● Cable clamping and attachment Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 20 (screws included). 4.5 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Accessories: Screws and self-tapping screws M5, see page 666. For TS, CM, ES, TP For AE For door width mm Length mm Model No. SZ 400 290 4594.000 500 390 4309.000 600 490 4596.000 800 690 4598.000 900 790 4579.000 1000 890 4599.000 For enclosures AE Model No. SZ 1018.6002), 1050.5001), 1100.500, 1114.5001), 1213.5001), 1019.5002) 1057.500 1110.500 1130.500 1350.5001) 2325.000 1009.6002), 1012.5002), 1054.500, 1060.500, 1090.500, 1339.500, 1376.500 1039.500 1058.500 1076.500 1260.5001) 1360.500 2326.000 1014.5002), 1073.500 1077.500 1016.5002), 2327.000 1017.5002) 1055.500, 1180.500 1280.5001) 2328.000 1) For these AE models, the support strips should be cut to length at the knockout. in conjunction with perforated mounting strips (see page 615). 2) Only Spacers The universal assembly component for all cases where a distance from the mounting level is required. With self-tapping thread for diameter 4.5 mm. The following components may be attached to the rear using 5.5 x 13 mm screws: Packs of Model No. TS 25 12 2311.225 50 12 2311.250 Top-hat/cross rails Contact hazard protection covers Master switch trim panels Cable clamp rails, etc. Material: Hexagonal steel (SW8) 25 ● ● ● ● Length mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated 614 50 Accessories: Screws 5.5 x 13 mm, see page 666. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door, internal Perforated mounting strip for AE stainless steel, TP universal console1) For vertical mounting on the threaded bolts of the door, for attaching ● Support strips for AE, see page 614. ● Door stay SZ 2519.000, see page 617. 3.7 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Length mm Model No. SZ 1005.500, 1005.600, 1006.500, 1006.600, 1009.600 318 2310.0381) 1012.600, 1014.600 698 2310.076 1016.600, 1018.600 938 2310.100 1017.600, 1019.500, 1019.600 1138 2310.120 To match AE 1) For door at top Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Packs of 20 (nuts and serrated washers included). Utility lectern For programming units etc. Prepared for mounting on the tubular door frame of TS, CM, ES, PC or on any sufficiently large surface. When required for servicing, it folds down quickly with a maximum support area, and after use is stowed between the tubular door frames in a space-saving design. Load capacity: max. 30 kg. Accessories: Screws, see page 666. Support area Width mm Depth mm For door width mm Model No. TS 413 400 600 4638.600 613 400 800 4638.800 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Wiring plan lectern Holds wiring plans during fault finding and maintenance work. The wiring plan lecterns can be bayed according to the door width. For mounting on the tubular door frame. For enclosures Packs of Model No. TS TS, CM, ES, PC, TP 1 4120.000 For door width mm Required/possible number of wiring plan lecterns min. max. Material: − Utility lectern: Polypropylene − Mounting bracket: Die-cast zinc 400 1 1 500 1 1 600 2 2 Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 800 2 3 1000 3 3 Supply includes: − Wiring plan lectern (width 210 mm) − Assembly parts CD/disk box For fixing to all flat, clean surfaces with doublesided adhesive tape. Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2446.000 Capacity: Max. 10 CDs/DVDs or 18 (3 1/2˝) disks. Material: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7033 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 615 Doors/locks Door, internal Plastic wiring plan pockets for AE For installation options, refer to table ● B = Screw-fastened to the perforated door strip on both sides ● E = Screw-fastened on one side, other side stuck with adhesive or stuck entirely with adhesive Model No. SZ Supply includes: − 2 holders with double-sided adhesive tape − Acrylic glazed pane − Assembly parts Note: The acrylic glazed pane may be shortened to any required size for shorter doors. 2514.500 2514.600 2514.800 Usable width mm 340 415 615 Usable depth mm 18 18 18 Height of acrylic glazed pane mm 167 167 167 – Installation options: For Model No. AE Width mm 1050.500 500 B – 1054.500 600 E E – 1055.500 800 E E E 1057.500 500 B – – 1058.500 600 E E – 1060.500 600 E E – 1073.500 760 E E – 1076.500 600 E E – 1077.500 760 E E – 1090.500 600 E E – 1100.500 1000 B – – 1110.500 1000 B – – 1114.500 1000 B1) – – 1130.500 1000 B – – E 1180.500 800 E E 1213.500 1000 B1) – – 1260.500 600 E B – 1280.500 800 E E B 1350.500 500 B – – 1360.500 600 E E – 1376.500 600 E E – 1) Prepared for mounting on the l/h side door; for mounting on the r/h side door, the acrylic glazed pane can be shortened. Plastic wiring plan pockets For affixing to the inside surfaces of doors. Clearance opening mm W H D Model No. SZ Material: Polystyrene with self-adhesive fastening strips. A3 landscape 438 286 45 2513.000 A4 portrait 228 254 17 2514.000 Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 A5 landscape 228 174 17 2515.000 Wiring plan pockets with transparent pouch With welded-on transparent pouch and self-adhesive backing. 616 For format For format Model No. SZ DIN A4 2510.000 DIN A3 2512.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Doors/locks Door, internal Sheet steel wiring plan pockets for TS, CM, ES, PC, TP pedestal For fastening to tubular door frames at any height. D = 90 mm Clearance opening mm To fit door width mm W H Model No. TS Colour: RAL 7035 400 255 210 4114.000 Supply includes: Assembly screws. 500 355 210 4115.000 600 455 210 4116.000 800 655 210 4118.000 900 755 210 4123.000 1000 855 210 4124.000 D = 35 mm Clearance opening mm To fit door width mm Door stay To secure the door in the open position. Model No. TS W H 500 355 260 4115.500 600 455 260 4116.500 800 655 260 4118.500 For Assembly TS, ES, PC, TP universal console Packs Model No. of Bottom 5 4583.000 AP one-piece console Top 5 2518.000 CM, TP Top 2 2519.200 AE (except AE 1032.500 and AE 1035.500) and all AE stainless steel enclosures1) Top 5 2519.000 AE IP 69K Top 1 1101.800 1) With AE stainless steel, only in conjunction with perforated mounting strips, see page 615. Door stay for escape routes TS sheet steel/stainless steel doors with tubular door frames In case of an emergency, conventional door stays can block the escape route. The new stay is actuated automatically in the event of pressure, releasing the door in both directions. In conjunction with 180° hinges, this ensures that no escape routes are blocked by locked doors in the event of an emergency. Packs of Model No. TS 1 4583.500 Accessories: 180° hinge, see page 613. 180° hinge Supply includes: Assembly parts. 90° Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 130° 617 Doors/locks Door, internal Ride-up roller Packs of Model No. TS 10 4538.000 Transport and mounting handle Packs of Model No. SM for doors TS, ES For safe installation and removal of the door and during relocation in the workshop. The matching hinge pin removal tool for 130° hinges is pre-integrated, and supplied loose for 180° hinges. 1 2415.100 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7950.200 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7950.150 for TS, ES, PC Lifts the door with heavy installed equipment (e.g. cooling unit) as a closing aid. For attaching to the tubular door frame. Document clip, magnetic For simple attachment of installation documentation as a reminder or for flexible accommodation of a wide range of documents, measurement records, test reports etc. May be attached to any magnet compatible surface via a permanent magnet. Material: − Plastic: Transparent − Handle pieces: Black Supply includes: − 2 mounting clamps − Permanent magnet Alternate frame, magnetic For individual marking or labelling of the existing network infrastructure. The magnetic surface facilitates flexible mounting on all magnet compatible surfaces. Adhesive strips are supplied for non-magnetic surfaces. The maximum size of the labels is 130 x 50 mm. Material: Plastic Supply includes: − Alternate frame, magnetic − Labels − Double-sided adhesive tape 618 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Rain canopies for AE, CM Reliable protection for outdoor siting – with water run-off to the rear. Easily retro-fitted. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: − Condensate discharge, see page 566. − Pressure relief stopper, see page 566. − Wall mounting brackets SZ 2503.010 and SZ 2508.010 may be used, see page 627. Note: For outdoor siting, we generally recommend a rain canopy above the enclosure or the gap between the door or screw-fastened rear panel and the enclosure, in order to protect against water and UV radiation. Testing of IP protection categories for water protection (2nd code number to IEC 60 529) cannot be compared with an enclosure sited outdoors or under similar conditions. Upon request, rain canopies of sheet steel, stainless steel or aluminium can also be produced for other enclosures. for AE, sheet steel version For Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Enclosure depth mm 380 210 2501.500 600 210 2502.500 600 350 2511.500 Enclosure width mm Enclosure depth mm Model No. SZ 200 155 2470.000 300 210 2361.000 380 155 2471.000 380 210 2472.000 500 210 2362.000 600 210 2473.000 760 300 2474.000 800 300 2475.000 1000 300 2363.000 for AE, stainless steel version For Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Surface finish: Brushed, grain 240 25 15.5 50 T1 38 1.25 23 T2 Model No. SZ Enclosure width mm B1 Possible alternative: 23 Compact enclosures Hygienic Design, see page 175. B1 = Enclosure width + 11 mm T1 = Enclosure depth + 25 mm T2 = Enclosure depth – 90 mm, from enclosure width 600 mm: Enclosure depth – 115 mm for CM, sheet steel version 1 25 1 Enclosure 6.5 depth 6.5 12.5 13 32.5 Benefits: ● Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM ● At the front, with integrated ventilation holes at the top Width mm Depth mm 600 400 5001.310 800 400 5001.330 1000 400 5001.350 1200 400 5001.360 Model No. CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Powder-coated, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 2 6.5 2 Enclosure width Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 619 Roof/wall mounting Roof Dust guard trim for AE, CM, EB, KL and BG To protect against deposits on the upper edge of the door and between the enclosure and the door/ lid. Cut the door protection strip to length according to the enclosure width. Drill the enclosure and mount the strip using the adhesive strips and screws. For enclosure Length mm A mm 1200 20 AE Model No. SZ 25 CM KL, EB, BG 2426.500 20.5 60 Material: Plastic, resistant to UV 6 A Colour: Similar to RAL 7024 Ø5 Dust guard trim for TS, ES To protect against dust deposits on the upper edge of the door and between the door and upper horizontal enclosure section. The dust guard trim provides space for texts or company logos. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Clear plastic strip for text labels (height 29.5 mm). 620 Length mm Model No. SZ 600 2424.100 800 2425.100 1000 2427.100 1200 2426.100 Note: Also suitable for use in conjunction with top baying cover, see page 581. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Top mounting module For enclosures for TS As a cable chamber for cable infeed from above or for power distribution with busbar systems across bayed enclosures. The TS cover plate is used as standard to finish off at the top. The enclosure height is increased by 200 mm with the top mounting module fitted. The top baying cover cannot be fitted. Installation accessories for top and bottom, see diagram and explanations below. Width (B) mm Depth mm Model No. TS 600 600 8801.735 800 600 8801.745 1000 600 8801.755 1200 600 8801.765 Supply includes: − 1 frame module − 2 trim panels (front and rear) − 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation − 4 tapped rods with eyebolts Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: Spray-finished, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529, compliant with NEMA 12 (in conjunction with side panel for top mounting module, see page 621). B- 3 150 200 6 60 B- 88 2 51 Accessories: Designation 11 1 2 3 10 1 6 7 8 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm 650 2 PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with angle bracket 651 3 PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm with support bracket PS 651 4 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, with support bracket PS 652 5 PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm 652 6 Support rail 654 7 System support rails 654 8 C rail 30/15 with support bracket or spacer 653 9 Cable clamp rail 717 10 TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm 649 11 TS punched sections without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm 649 5 4 Page 1 9 Side panel for top mounting module To finish off the side of a top mounting module or bayed suite. Packs of Model No. TS 2 8801.775 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Surface finish: Spray-finished, textured paint Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 side panels − 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 621 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plates IP 55, solid For enclosures for SV-TS For SV-TS 8 enclosures without roof plate and in exchange for the standard roof plate for other TS enclosures. Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 300 600 1 9671.636 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 400 600 1 9671.646 600 600 1 9671.666 Surface finish: Textured paint 800 600 1 9671.686 300 800 1 9671.6381) Colour: RAL 7035 400 800 1 9671.6481) 600 800 1 9671.668 Supply includes: Mounting accessories. 800 800 1 9671.688 1) Extended delivery times. IP 43 with ventilation hole Build height: 93 mm For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 300 600 1 9671.736 400 600 1 9671.746 600 600 1 9671.766 800 600 1 9671.786 300 800 1 9671.738 400 800 1 9671.748 600 800 1 9671.768 800 800 1 9671.788 Extended delivery times. For cable entry glands For enclosures 1) Width mm Depth mm Required number of glands Packs of Model No. SV 600 400 2 1 9665.943 850 400 3 1 1100 400 4 300 600 2 400 600 600 IP 2X with ventilation hole Build height: 72 mm For enclosures Depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 9665.953 Width mm 1 9665.963 400 600 1 9671.8461) 1 9671.536 600 600 1 9660.235 3 1 9671.546 800 600 1 9660.245 600 4 1 9665.903 1000 600 1 9660.255 800 600 8 1 9671.586 1200 600 1 9660.265 850 600 6 1 9665.913 400 800 1 9671.8481) 1100 600 8 1 9665.923 600 800 1 9659.5251) 300 800 2 1 9671.5381) 800 800 1 9659.5351) 400 800 4 1 9671.548 1000 800 1 9659.5451) 600 800 8 1 9671.5681) 1200 800 1 9659.5551) 800 800 8 1 9671.5881) Model No. SV 1) Extended delivery times. Extended delivery times. With pressure relief valve Build height: 25 mm Also required: Cable entry gland, see page 623. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of 400 600 1 9671.446 600 600 1 9660.935 800 600 1 9660.945 1000 600 1 9660.955 1200 600 1 9660.965 400 800 1 9671.448 600 800 1 9671.468 800 800 1 9671.488 Extended delivery times. 622 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Cable entry glands ● Including seal ● External dimensions 250 x 160 mm ● Protection category IP 55 Design Material Colour Packs of Model No. SV 1 14 x M25/32 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.750 2 2 x M25/32/40, 1 x M32/40/50, 2 x M40/50/63 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.760 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.770 Insulating material RAL 7032 1 9665.780 Sheet steel, spray-finished RAL 7035 4 9665.785 3 With sealing membranes 32 x Ø 7 – 16 mm, 4 x Ø 10 – 20 mm, 3 x Ø 14 – 26 mm 4 With entry glands up to 66 mm diameter 5 Solid 1 2 Ø 223 4. 135 138 5 R2 5 3 226 Cut-out dimensions for SV 9665.750 to SV 9665.785 4 5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 623 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece for DK-TS In exchange for the standard roof. Equipped with a sliding angular bracket in the rear section. Rubber cable clamp strip on both sides for attaching cable bundles and bunched cables. Thanks to the symmetrical design of the TS 8 frame, side cable entry can also be achieved by rotating the roof plate. The two-piece design additionally allows easy retro-fitting, by simply removing the front part of the plate for retrospective cable entry. For active ventilation, a fan mounting plate may be fitted in the front section of the enclosure (not in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames). To this end, the roof plate must be raised by at least 20 mm using spacers. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 400 7826.6451) 600 600 7826.665 600 800 7826.685 600 1000 7826.605 600 1200 7826.625 800 400 7826.845 800 600 7826.865 800 800 7826.885 800 1000 7826.805 1200 400 7826.245 800 1200 7826.825 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − Fan mounting plate, see page 403. − Spacers, see page 626. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Roof plate, multi-piece for side cable entry in TS The roof plate allows side cable entry on both sides across the entire enclosure depth. Sliding brackets at the sides allow variable adaptation of the entry opening. Additional rubber cable clamp strips secure the inserted cable bundles and cable sections. The multi-piece design allows convenient retrofitting, as the roof plate is removable even with the cables already inserted. Passive ventilation is supported by raising the roof with spacers. For enclosures Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 800 1000 7526.807 800 1200 7526.8271) 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: Spacers, see page 626. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 624 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof plate for cable entry on all sides for DK-TS The roof plate has sliding plates for cable entry on all four sides, and therefore allows individual selection of cable routing tailored to the specific requirements. After cable entry, the sliding plate is closed again as far as possible, and the rubber cable clamp strips supplied loose then seal the cable entry area. For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 800 800 7826.588 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Roof plate, vented for DK-TS In exchange for the standard roof. Variant 1: 72 mm high roof plate, all-round vent slots, optionally with clamp strip for cable entry. The two-piece design with cable entry allows easy retro-fitting, by simply removing the front part of the plate. The cables are held in position via a guide at the side. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 One-piece without cable entry For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 600 7826.766 600 800 7826.768 600 1000 7826.7601) 800 600 7826.786 800 800 7826.788 800 1000 7826.780 1) Extended delivery times. Two-piece with cable entry For enclosures Variant 2: Ventilation holes (Ø 5 mm) are incorporated allround into the 97 mm high roof plate. In conjunction with the vented glazed and sheet steel door, the roof plate matches the door design to perfection. Material: Sheet steel Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 600 600 7826.669 600 800 7826.689 800 600 7826.869 800 800 7826.889 800 1000 7826.809 For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 800 600 7826.866 800 800 7826.886 800 1000 7826.8061) 1) Extended delivery times. Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Fan mounting plate, see page 403. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 625 Roof/wall mounting Roof Roof mounting screw Packs of Model No. PS 20 4198.000 For screw-fastening the roof plate instead of eyebolts. With the TS 8, the contact washers for potential equalisation may be taken from the eyebolts included with the supply of the enclosures. Thread: M12 Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Spacers for roof plate TS To raise the TS 8 roof for ventilation purposes, in three different heights. Not suitable for crane transportation! Thread: M12 Height mm Packs of Model No. SZ/DK 10 4 2422.000 20 4 2423.000 50 4 7967.000 Material: Hexagonal sectional steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Eyebolts for TS, ES For crane transportation of enclosures, where not already included in the supply. Thread: M12 Eyebolts for CM For crane transportation of enclosures, with reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath. Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM. Thread: M12 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4568.000 Packs of Model No. CM 2 2509.500 Packs of Model No. SZ 4 2509.000 Supply includes: − Eyebolts − Reinforcement plates Eyebolts for AE For crane transportation of enclosures, with reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath. Thread: M12 Supply includes: − Eyebolts − Reinforcement plates 626 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket Material Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. SZ Brass, nickel-plated 8 4 1580.000 Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated 8 4 1590.000 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 8 4 1594.000 For the attachment of KL, EB, BG and EL enclosures as well as DK wall-mounted distributors. Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Note: For hygiene reasons, and in view of the protection category, the stainless steel enclosures do not have any drilled holes for the wall mounting brackets. 20 25 Ø 8.2 20 10 10 8 20 Wall mounting bracket for AE For attaching to the enclosure from the outside. Simply insert the expandable dowel into the enclosure hole from the outside, and screw-fasten the wall bracket from the outside. Wall distance mm Packs of Model No. SZ 15 4 2508.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Wall bracket pre-fitted with seal and expandable dowel. Wall mounting bracket Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Possible alternative: Wall distance (A) mm Packs of Model No. SZ 40 4 2503.010 10 4 2508.010 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) 10 4 2433.000 Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L) 10 4 2433.500 Material Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Wall spacer bracket Hygienic Design, see page 178. 29 54 A Ø 10.2 20 15 15 For the attachment of KL, EB, BG, AE, CM and EL enclosures, TP consoles as well as DK wallmounted distributors and small fibre-optic distributors. 20 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 627 Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket for KS For attachment to the wall, only possible from the outside of the enclosure. 1) Colour Packs of Similar to RAL 7035 4 1483.010 Similar to RAL 9011 4 9266.0001) Model No. KS/KE With graphite additive for Ex applications. Material: Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide1) Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. 30 35 Ø 8.5 50 11.5 For compact enclosures (additional holes required in the enclosure). Colour RAL 7035 Packs of Model No. SZ 4 2505.510 Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) – 4 2583.010 20 Supply includes: Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure. Material Sheet steel 35 Wall angle 13 R4 34 6.5 26 2 90 70 Wall bracket For wall mounting of TS and ES enclosures at the roof, e.g. with heavy components on the door or built-in swing frame. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 628 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4595.000 Possible alternative: With TS 8 inside the enclosure (without mounting plate), Baying bracket TS 8800.470, see page 580. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket for CS wall-mounted enclosures For mounting on a wall or panel. Packs of Model No. CS 4 9765.120 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2584.000 Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6016.200 Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Pole clamp for KL, EB, BG, AE, KS and CS wall-mounted enclosures For reliable, convenient fastening to round or square poles. For pole diameter/size: − Ø from 40 to 190 mm − □ from 50 to 150 mm Material: − Mounting angles, clamping section: Sheet steel − Clamping strap: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) Surface finish: Mounting angle, clamping section: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 mounting angles, 600 mm long − 4 clamping sections − 2 clamping straps − 4 clamping brackets − 4 screws and captive nuts M8 for mounting on the enclosure. Enclosure connectors Adjustable Between Command Panels, terminal boxes, compact enclosures and horizontal or vertical surfaces. Pre-mount the connector halves on both sides, screw together and secure with a locking screw, and/or adjust the angle of rotation. Note: The locking screws may be exchanged for standard, commercially available clamping levers (M10 x 50 mm). 5° 10 10 Material: Die-cast zinc 5° Rotation range: ±105° adjustable in 7.5° stepped increments. Colour: RAL 7035 54 54 Surface finish: Powder-coated Supply includes: Assembly parts for both sides. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 629 Roof/wall mounting Wall mounting for Comfort Panel Between the command panel and keyboard housing and horizontal or vertical surfaces. Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6005.500 Rotation range: Adjustable in 8° stepped increments, see drawing. –14°/+178° 12 0° Material: Die-cast zinc 32° Surface finish: Powder-coated Wall mounting bracket Vertically hinged Between the Compact Panel and horizontal or vertical surfaces. 64 Colour: RAL 7024 Supply includes: Assembly parts and clamping levers for both sides. 47.5 Frame connector, adjustable 104° Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6341.000 Rotation range: 180° adjustable on a 7.2° pitch pattern. Material: − Wall mounting bracket: Sheet steel − Knurled screw: Steel with plastic knurled handle Supply includes: Knurled screw and assembly parts for mounting on the Compact Panel. 630 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plates for KL and KL-HD For component installation outside of the enclosure. Assembly screws included as accessories with the enclosure. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Accessories: Self-tapping screws SZ 2487.000, see page 666. Possible alternative: Support rails, see page 655. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. For size mm for Model No. KL and KL-HD Model No. KL 150 x 150 1500.510, 1514.510, 1521.010, 1527.010, 1670.600, 1671.600 1560.700 200 x 150 1528.510, 1529.510 1575.700 300 x 150 1501.510, 1515.510, 1522.010, 1530.510 1561.700 400 x 150 1589.510 1576.700 200 x 200 1502.510, 1516.510, 1523.010, 1528.010, 1672.600 1562.700 300 x 200 1503.510, 1517.510, 1524.010, 1529.010, 1531.510, 1674.600 1563.700 400 x 200 1504.510, 1518.510, 1525.010, 1532.510, 1675.600 1564.700 500 x 200 1505.510, 1533.510 1565.700 600 x 200 1506.510, 1519.510, 1534.510 1566.700 800 x 200 1527.510, 1542.510 1574.700 300 x 300 1507.510, 1526.010, 1535.510 1567.700 400 x 300 1508.510, 1530.010, 1536.510, 1676.600 1568.700 500 x 300 1509.510, 1537.510 1569.700 600 x 300 1510.510, 1538.510 1570.700 400 x 400 1511.510, 1539.510 1571.700 600 x 400 1512.510, 1540.510 1572.700 800 x 400 1513.510, 1541.510 1573.700 Mounting plate infill for TS For a continuous mounting surface in bayed suites where the mounting plate is set forward. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm For enclosure height mm Model No. TS 1800 4590.700 2000 4591.700 2200 4592.700 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 631 Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment For additional clamping and to reduce potential vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to mounting position, installation type and enclosure. For TS Installation options: ● Side, at half height in conjunction with mounting plate infill ● In the penultimate position ● Set forward (supplied state) Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface, but mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear. For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.630 Accessories: Mounting plate infill, see page 631. Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.610 Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.090 Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface, but mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear. For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame ● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern Benefit: No impairment to the mounting surface. May optionally used for attachment or screw fastening. Also required: Punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level, see page 647 (with Fig. 3). 1 Mounting plate screw-fastened in the rear- most installation position. 2 Mounting plate screw-fastened from the rear in the rearmost installation position. 3 Mounting plate in a set forward position, either attached or screw-fastened (not shown). 1 2 3 For TS Installation options: ● Side ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Packs of Model No. TS 10 8800.050 Slide over the plate at the side and secure with screws. Additionally, the mounting plate may be drilled and screw-fastened at the rear C-edge. 632 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment For additional clamping and to reduce potential vibration of the mounting plate. Select according to mounting position, installation type and enclosure. For TS, ES Installation options: ● All-round ● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern Slide in between the bar and plate from below or above or from the side, and secure with screws. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Packs of Model No. TS 10 4593.000 Also required: − Support strip (with TS for inner level), see page 650 or − Punched section with mounting flange (with TS for inner level), see page 647 or − Punched rails and punched sections without mounting flange, see page 652. For TS, ES Installation options: ● On the top and bottom of the mounting plate (with ES all-round) ● Rear, flush with enclosure frame Packs of Model No. TS 10 4576.000 Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8800.280 Screw in the clip behind the plate and secure with screws. Installation kit for mounting plates TS, back-to-back The minimal distance between the two mounting plates ensures a maximum installation depth for installed equipment on both sides. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Note: Build height front and rear, with central installation = (enclosure depth – 48 mm) : 2 Example: TS 8806.521 = Depth 600 mm Build depth = 2 x 276 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 633 Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate slide block for CM In this way, populated mounting plates slide easily into the mounting position for installation and/or clip-fastening. Packs of Model No. CM 2 5001.070 Benefits: ● Installation without drilling ● Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the mounting plate ● May be reused, unscrew to detach Material: Polyamide Colour: Similar to RAL 9011 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails for mounting plate TS Slides in from the side. ● Attachment of the mounting plate to the slide rails via captive nuts and screws. ● Mounting of the slide rails directly on the enclosure frame, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 2 8802.260 800 2 8802.280 1200 2 8802.220 For enclosures KS Technical specifications: Possible mounting depth T6 – 25 mm, refer to the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting plate adjustment bracket for KS Infinitely adjustable. Other equipment can also be installed on a rail system, instead of the mounting plate. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. KS 1423.500, 1432.500, 1434.500, 1444.500, 1446.500, 1448.500, 1449.500, 1466.500, 1467.500 4 1481.000 1400.500, 1453.500, 1454.500, 1468.500, 1469.500, 1479.500, 1480.500 4 1491.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. H B Enclosure width: – 76 mm (KS 1481.000) – 104 mm (KS 1491.000) H Enclosure height: – 150 mm 634 M8 x 15 B Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate attachment for CM, TP one-piece console, TP pedestal for high dynamic loads For example, if a direct connection between the mounting plate and the enclosure is required for mobile use (cranes etc.). Tested as per DIN EN 60 721 severity 4M4, with a weight of 150 kg evenly distributed over the mounting plate. Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the mounting plate to pre-assemble for: Packs of Model No. CM 1 set 5001.075 For enclosure width mm Model No. TS 1200 4333.120 1600 4333.160 1800 4333.180 Wall mounting from the inside Direct using a bracket and wall/support mounted enclosure. Wall mounting from the outside Screws for wall mounting brackets (see page 627) can easily be screwed into the plate nuts from the outside. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cross-brace for mounting plates for TS, ES Additional horizontal rigidity for vibration resistance and/or stabilisation of wide mounting plates. This brace may also be used as an attachment aid for heavy components. Other widths available on request. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 sections − 4 clamping sections − 4 grub screws M10 x 16 mm Transport handles for mounting plates Packs of Model No. SZ 2 2415.500 for TS, ES May be used at any given position in the side C-fold Benefits include: ● Can be used for people of different heights ● Optimised force transmission ● Easy handling Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 635 Interior installation Mounting plates Material: Sheet steel, 2.5 mm Partial mounting plates for TS, CS Toptec For ● Universal interior installation, also in conjunction with punched sections with mounting flanges and support strips. Defective assemblies are quickly and easily replaced ● Additional mounting levels. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Partial mounting plates are fastened directly onto the vertical enclosure sections via the inner mounting level using the assembly parts supplied loose. In this mounting position (in both the width and the depth) they form one level with TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm and TS support strips for the inner mounting level. Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 647. − TS support strip, see page 650. − Hinge attachment, see page 637. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 666. For installation in Enclosure width mm 400 600 800 1000 Enclosure depth (side) mm 1200 400 500 600 800 500 x 300 1 8614.640 500 x 400 1 8614.650 500 x 500 1 8614.660 500 x 700 1 8614.680 8614.6751) 500 x 775 1 700 x 300 1 8614.840 700 x 400 1 8614.850 Model No. TS Packs of Size mm 700 x 700 1 8614.880 900 x 300 1 8614.040 900 x 400 1 8614.050 900 x 500 1 8614.060 1100 x 300 1 8614.240 1100 x 400 1 8614.250 1100 x 500 1 8614.260 1) Also suitable for installing in – PC enclosures based on TS behind the lower front door – IW enclosures, height 900 and 1000 mm 1 2 When installing around corners due to collision between the assembly components 1 At least 75 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern). Set forward installation position Quickly and easily achieved wtih four TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level, see page 647. Maximum space utilisation 2 1 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern). Partial installation Partial utilisation of the enclosure depth or width is also possible. In this example, using a PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, see page 652. 636 Continuously flush In bayed enclosures, the partial mounting plate is in the rearmost position flush with the standard mounting plate. This facilitates continuous component mounting. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Hinge attachment Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8614.100 for partial mounting plate TS Material: Steel Also required: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Depending on the installation position 1 Installation kit for swing frame, small, for enclosure width 600 mm, Model No. SR 2377.860, 800 mm, Model No. SR 2377.880, see page 733. 2 PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm according to the enclosure depth, see page 652. Support brackets TS 8800.330, see page 661. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Examples In the highest or lowest position At the front Set back 1 1 2 1 1 2 In a central position At the front Side installation: In conjunction with hinge, for side panel, see page 569, for an enclosure depth of 600 or 800 mm, side installation is identical to installation parallel to the front. Side installation Set back 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 Partial mounting plates for ES, CS Basic and modular enclosures For additional mounting levels. Material: Sheet steel, 2.5 mm For Width x height enclosure width mm mm Packs of Model No. PS 600 492 x 373 2 4131.700 600 492 x 573 2 4132.700 800 692 x 573 2 4137.700 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Accessories: − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 652. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 666. 637 Interior installation Mounting plates Partial mounting plates, locatable into rails for TP For installation in: ● Console and desk unit on the interior installation system rails ● Punched sections with mounting flanges or support strips fitted to the side of the pedestal in the depth ● Other enclosures mounted on rails with 25 mm pitch pattern punchings For easy mounting on pre-fitted assembly screws. Bayable by screw-fastening at the sides. Width mm Height mm Packs of 200 437 1 6730.310 500 437 1 6730.330 700 437 1 6730.340 For console/desk unit Width mm Max. partial mounting plate installation 600 1 x TP 6730.330 800 1 x TP 6730.340 1200 2 x TP 6730.310 1 x TP 6730.340 1600 3 x TP 6730.330 Material: Sheet steel 1 From width 200/500/700 500 mm 150/450/650 Ø Support rail, locatable 10 425 10 437 5 6. Ø 5 6. 350 Ø 6.5 1 Packs of Model No. TS 1 set 8612.200 Accessories: PS punched section without mounting flange, see page 652. 2 32 204 114 75 (6 x 25 = 150) 37.5 50 Ø 4.5 Ø7 50 for TS, CM, PC, TP To fit: ● Internal mounting behind the mounting compartment, small, of the PC enclosure, ● Mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section, ● Mounting in CM and TP on the interior installation rail. Integral 25 mm pitch pattern of holes to accommodate: – Mounting plate, small – PS punched section without mounting flange via support brackets PS as a second mounting level if, due to an installed: – Mounting plate infill – Cable duct, vertical no punched sections or other assemblies can be mounted in the depth. 6.5 1 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 425 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Model No. TP 16 14 Static load capacity: max. 15 kg. Material: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Model No. TS 1 8612.600 Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange, see page 647. − Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000, see page 666. 114 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 250 30 250 50 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Packs of 600 1.5 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Enclosure width mm Ø6 For external mounting on: ● Support rail TS, locatable, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern, ● Punched sections with mounting flanges, attached to the outer mounting level. 58 Mounting plate, small Ø 4.5 557 (757) 638 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Mounting plates Mounting plate For enclosure height mm for TS, 400 mm wide Depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern, Model No. TS 1800 8614.180 2000 8614.200 Material: Sheet steel, 3 mm Supply includes: Assembly parts. 24.5 23 48 23 73 299 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 23 42 Accessories: − TS 18 x 38 mm punched rail, used as mounting plate slide rail, see page 650. − TS width divider, for installation in wider enclosures, see page 558. 1696/1896 17 Mounting plates 24.5 48 23 73 F 23 for CS Toptec, Basic and modular enclosures For the configuration of mounting levels. The mounting plates are depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. 23 42 17 Material: Aluminium, 3 mm G Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: For an enclosure width of 1200 mm, partial installation with one or two 600 mm wide mounting plates is possible. For enclosure Width mm Height mm F G Model No. CS 600 800 499 696 9765.090 600 1200 499 1096 9765.092 800 800 699 696 9765.097 800 1200 699 1096 9765.095 800 1600 699 1496 9765.096 1200 1200 1099 1096 9765.191 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 639 Interior installation Rail systems AE installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation AE (preparing for installation) For enclosure depth mm Model No. SZ Packs of 210 250 300 350 Page 4 2373.210 2373.250 2373.300 2373.350 647 Interior installation in the width and height 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm AE from enclosure width/height mm A1) mm Packs of 380 225 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 375 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 475 4 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 525 4 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160 8612.160 575 4 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 725 4 8612.180 8612.180 8612.180 – 775 4 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 – 875 4 8612.090 8612.090 8612.090 – 925 4 – – 8612.100 – 500 600 760 1000 1 1200 975 4 – – 8612.000 – 1125 4 – – 8612.120 – 1175 4 – – 8612.020 – 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 500 425 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 600 525 20 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000 4696.000 800 725 20 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000 4697.000 1400 3 TS support strips 1) Model No. TS 647 650 A = Rail mounting distance 1 2 2 A 3 3 A X 1 X 640 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems CM installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure width/height mm 4 Model No. CM 2 600 800 1000 1200 1400 5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.054 Page 647 Base configuration rail (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure depth 2 Model No. CM 300 400 5001.371 5001.370 – – – – – – 649 Installation in the width Packs of Model No. TS For enclosure width mm 600 800 1000 1200 1400 A1) mm 575 775 975 1175 – 3 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.060 8612.080 8612.000 8612.020 – 647 4 TS mounting bars 20 8800.130 4579.000 – – – 650 slotted 4 4396.000 4398.000 – – – 654 unslotted – – – 654 5 Support rail 4 4396.500 4398.500 6 System support rails 2 4361.000 4362.000 4347.000 4363.000 – 654 7 C rails 30/15 6 4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000 – 653 8 Cable clamp rail 2 4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000 – 717 1 2 Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with) TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm see page 647 TS support strips see page 650 Installation in the depth For enclosure depth mm A1) mm Packs of Model No. TS/PS TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 300 225 4 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 400 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 10 TS mounting bars 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 650 11 TS punched rail, 18 x 38 mm 400 325 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 650 12 PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm 400 275 12 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 651 24 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 660 9 With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail) 1) 647 A = Rail mounting distance A X 12 1 9 1 3 10 4 X 5 8 A 11 7 2 10 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 6 641 Interior installation Rail systems TP pedestal Installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) Packs of For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600 675 675 675 675 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 5001.050 For enclosure height mm 4 Model No. CM Page 647 Installation in the width Packs of Model No. TS For enclosure width mm 600 800 1200 1600 A1) mm 575 775 1175 1575 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 4 8612.060 8612.080 8612.020 – 647 3 TS support strips 20 8800.130 4579.000 – – 650 Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with) 1 TS mounting bars see page 650 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm see page 650 Installation in the depth For enclosure depth mm A1) mm Packs of 400 325 4 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 500 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 400 325 20 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 500 425 20 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 6 TS punched rail, 18 x 38 mm 400 325 4 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 500 425 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 7 PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm 400 325 12 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 500 425 12 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000 4170.000 24 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 4 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm 5 TS mounting bars With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail) 1) Model No. TS 647 650 650 651 660 A = Rail mounting distance A X 6 1 7 4 1 2 5 3 X 4 642 A Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TP pedestal Installation examples with TS system rails 1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation) For enclosure width mm Model No. CM Packs of 600 800 1200 1600 Page 4 5001.050 5001.051 5001.053 – 647 600 800 Installation in the height A1) mm Packs of For enclosure width mm Model No. TS 1200 1600 2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For cover 375 4 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 8612.040 647 For enclosure 425 4 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 8612.150 647 For cover 375 4 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 4309.000 650 For enclosure 425 4 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 4695.000 650 425 4 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 8612.250 650 3 TS support strips 1 4 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm For enclosure 1) A = Rail mounting distance Console 4 1 X A 2 A 3 1 X Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 643 Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A A 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 300 4 – – 275 8612.030 225 8612.130 400 4 – – 375 8612.040 325 8612.140 500 4 – – 475 8612.050 425 8612.150 600 4 – – 575 8612.060 525 8612.160 800 4 – – 775 8612.080 725 8612.180 1000 4 – – 975 8612.000 925 8612.100 1200 4 – – 1175 8612.020 1125 8612.120 Page 647 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm A For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 500 4 – – 425 8612.550 – – 600 4 – – 525 8612.560 – – 800 4 – – 725 8612.580 – – 1000 4 – – 925 8612.500 – – 1200 4 – – 1125 8612.520 – – Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS Page 648 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm 500 2 375 8612.650 – – 375 8612.650 600 2 475 8612.660 – – 475 8612.660 800 2 675 8612.680 – – 675 8612.680 Page 649 A = Rail mounting distance A 644 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (with snap-on nut M8) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 500 2 – – 435 8612.750 – – 600 2 – – 535 8612.760 – – 800 2 – – 735 8612.780 – – A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS Page A 649 A = Rail mounting distance TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 400 2 335 8612.240 – – 335 8612.240 500 2 435 8612.250 – – 435 8612.250 600 2 535 8612.260 – – 535 8612.260 800 2 735 8612.280 – – 735 8612.280 A Page 650 1) A = Rail mounting distance Two TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm are included in the supply of enclosures with a mounting plate. After installing the mounting plate, the TS punched rail may be inserted, as shown here. TS mounting bars For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS A1) mm Model No. TS 400 20 – – – – 325 4694.000 500 20 – – – – 425 4695.000 600 20 – – – – 525 4696.000 800 20 – – – – 725 4697.000 400 20 – – 375 4309.000 – – 500 20 – 475 4596.000 – – 600 20 – 575 8800.130 – – – 20 – 675 4598.000 – – 800 20 – 775 4579.000 – – – 20 – 875 4599.000 – – Page 650 A A 1) A = Rail mounting distance Alternatively, the TS support strip for the inner mounting level may also be used for mounting on the door. PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm (for installation options, see support bracket TS/PS, angle bracket, mounting bracket) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) A A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 12 275 4169.000 275 4169.000 – – 500 12 375 4170.000 375 4170.000 – – 600 12 475 4171.000 475 4171.000 – – 800 12 675 4172.000 675 4172.000 – – 1000 12 875 4173.000 875 4173.000 – – 1200 6 1075 4174.000 1075 4174.000 – – 1400 6 1275 4393.000 1275 4393.000 – – 1600 6 1475 4175.000 1475 4175.000 – – 1800 6 1675 4176.000 1675 4176.000 – – 2000 6 1875 4177.000 1875 4177.000 – – 2200 6 2075 4178.000 2075 4178.000 – – Page 651 A = Rail mounting distance Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 645 Interior installation Rail systems TS installation examples with TS system rails Installation between vertical sections in the width/depth Installation in the roof and base frame in the width/depth Internal level External level A A A A A PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation option with support bracket TS) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 4 275 4374.000 275 4374.000 – – 500 4 375 4375.000 375 4375.000 – – 600 4 475 4376.000 475 4376.000 – – 800 4 675 4377.000 675 4377.000 – – 1000 4 875 4382.000 875 4382.000 – – 1200 4 1075 4378.000 1075 4378.000 – – 1800 4 1675 4379.000 1675 4379.000 – – 2000 4 1875 4380.000 1875 4380.000 – – 2200 4 2075 4381.000 2075 4381.000 – – Page 652 A = Rail mounting distance PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation options with TS adaptor rail when mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section) For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm A 1) A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS 400 4 335 8800.640 – 8800.640 – – 500 4 435 8800.650 – 8800.650 – – 600 4 535 4364.000 – 4364.000 – – 800 4 735 4365.000 – 4365.000 – – 1000 4 935 4373.000 – 4373.000 – – 1200 4 1135 4367.000 – 4367.000 – – A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS A1) mm Model No. PS Page 652 A = Rail mounting distance A Support rails, slotted A For Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 400 4 335 4394.000 – – – – 500 2 435 4395.000 – – – – 600 2 535 4396.000 – – – – 800 2 735 4398.000 – – – – 400 4 335 – – – – – 500 2 435 – – – – – 600 2 535 4396.500 – – – – 800 2 735 4398.500 – – – – Page 654 Support rails, unslotted 654 1) A = Rail mounting distance Alternatively, the support rail (slotted and unslotted) can also be fitted with snap-on nut M8, adaptor rail or TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm on the vertical TS enclosure section. 646 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems Rails for interior installation for AE For mounting in the enclosure, no machining required. Suitable for all-round mounting on the sides, base and roof areas. Variable with 2 rows of system punchings, creates additional mounting space e.g. for: ● TS punched section with mounting flange ● Enclosure lights ● Door-operated switch ● Door stay ● Cable conduit holder Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure depth mm Packs of 210 4 2373.210 250 4 2373.250 300 4 2373.300 350 4 2373.350 Model No. SZ Note: Other mounting options: − Mounting plates, locatable, TS 8612.400, see page 657. − Mounting plates, screw-fastening, large, TS 8612.410, see page 657. − Mounting plates, screw-fastening, small, PS 4532.000, see page 658. − Mounting brackets, PS 4597.000, see page 658. Configuration examples: See page 640. Rails for interior installation for CM, TP For mounting on the existing threaded bolts. With TS system punchings on three sides. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Width mm CM Height mm TP1) CM TP2) Packs of Model No. CM 600 600 – 675 4 5001.050 800 800 800 – 4 5001.051 1000 – 1000 – 4 5001.052 1200 1200 1200 – 4 5001.053 – – 1400 – 4 5001.054 1) Only with TP console and desk unit (cover or rear panel/base). 2) Only with TP pedestal. Configuration examples: See page 641. TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm For the outer mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 300 4 8612.130 400 4 8612.140 500 4 8612.150 600 4 8612.160 800 4 8612.180 1000 4 8612.100 1200 4 8612.120 For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Surface finish: Zinc-plated 300 4 8612.030 400 4 8612.040 Supply includes: Assembly screws. 500 4 8612.050 600 4 8612.060 800 4 8612.080 1000 4 8612.000 1200 4 8612.020 Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the TS punchings and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the same height − On the inner mounting level, all-round, height-offset ● In CM and TP via rail for interior installation − In the depth, for outer mounting level − In the width, for inner mounting level Material: Sheet steel Also required: For installation in CM, TP: Rail for interior installation, see page 647. Accessories: For the inner mounting level Configuration examples: From page 641. − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 647 Interior installation Rail systems Attachment TS Packs of Model No. TS 12 8612.010 for TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Benefits: ● For attaching the TS punched section with mounting flange where access to installed equipment, such as mounting plates, is blocked by the screw fastening. ● May also be screw-fastened onto the punched section with mounting flange or enclosure frame and used as a support for contact hazard protection covers or master switch trim panels. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Depth-variable for mounting frames for DK-TS, TE For designing flexible interior installation, and/or to accommodate additional built-in components. The punched sections with mounting flanges may be located in the enclosure depth between two mounting frames. An additional screw fastening secures the unit. The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible adaptation of their length to the existing attachment distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. An additional punched section centre piece may be slid flexibly along the rail in the depth and secured to slots. This facilitates flexible attachment at any point between the mounting frames in the enclosure depth. TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm The alternative to the TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm, see page 647, with punchings for captive nuts/threaded blocks instead of the slotted holes top and bottom. Simply locate and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section Length mm Packs of 300 – 4701) 2) 2 7000.676 530 – 7001) 2 7000.678 Model No. HP 1) Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels = length + 120 mm < 420 mm, without centre piece 2) L Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 variable punched sections with mounting flanges − One sliding centre part each − Assembly parts For the inner mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 4 8612.550 600 4 8612.560 800 4 8612.580 1000 4 8612.500 1200 4 8612.520 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Accessories: − Screws, see page 666. − Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 665. Configuration examples: See page 644. 648 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS punched sections without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm Heavy top-mounted equipment mounted directly on the internal surfaces (e.g. roof) is supported. Mounted on the side or rear, the enclosure can then be screw-fastened securely to the machine. The twin profile with 11 rows of holes offers numerous additional opportunities for interior installation. Installation options: ● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure section For the inner mounting level For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 2 8612.650 600 2 8612.660 800 2 8612.680 Accessories: Material: Sheet steel − Screws, see page 666. − Threaded blocks, captive nuts, see page 665. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Configuration examples: See page 644. Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section 500 2 8612.750 600 2 8612.760 With 9 mm round holes on a 25 mm pitch pattern on all sides, for mounting: ● Support rails, see page 654 ● System support rails, see page 654 ● C rails 30/15, see page 653 ● Cable clamp rails (right angle section), see page 717 ● Own assemblies. 800 2 8612.780 For heavy installations, with attachment holes. Also required: Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. Material: Sheet steel, 3.0 mm Note: In conjunction with the snap-on nut, particularly well-suited for dynamic connections. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Configuration examples: See page 645. Supply includes: Assembly screws. Base configuration rail for CM For mounting in the enclosure depth, on the existing threaded bolts, no machining required. TS system punchings on 2 sides. Creates additional installation options. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. CM 400 2 5001.370 300 2 5001.371 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 649 Interior installation Rail systems TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm Simply locate and secure with a screw. The location system makes assembly and dismantling easier. It only needs to be secured on one side, but may be secured on both sides if required. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On base configuration rail for CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Note: In enclosures with a mounting plate, 2 punched rails are already included with the supply. For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 400 4 8612.240 500 4 8612.250 600 4 8612.260 800 4 8612.280 Accessories: − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. − Cable clamps, see page 719. Configuration examples: From page 641. TS support strips For the outer mounting level Installation options: ● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure section − On the outer mounting level, all-round, at the same height − On the inner mounting level, all-round, height-offset ● On the tubular door frame TS, ES ● On the perforated door strip CM, TP ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth For Length enclosure width/depth mm mm Material: Sheet steel − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Packs of Model No. TS 400 340 20 4694.000 500 440 20 4695.000 600 540 20 4696.000 800 740 20 4697.000 Accessories: Configuration examples: From page 640. Supply includes: Assembly screws. For the inner mounting level and for mounting on doors 650 For enclosure width/depth mm For door width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. TS – 400 290 20 4594.000 400 500 390 20 4309.000 500 600 490 20 4596.000 600 – 590 20 8800.130 – 800 690 20 4598.000 800 900 790 20 4579.000 – 1000 890 20 4599.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems TS assembly block Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections for mounting PS-compatible individual components. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly screws. Adaptor rail for PS compatibility Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections (across the entire enclosure height or in sub-sections) to create compatibility with: − PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm − PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm Packs of Model No. TS 4 8800.310 Possible alternative: Snap-on nut, see page 659. For enclosure height mm Packs of 1800 4 8800.380 2000 4 8800.300 2200 4 8800.320 Model No. TS Accessories: Screws, see page 666. Possible alternative: Snap-on nut, see page 659. Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No. PS for TS, ES 295 400 12 4169.000 Installation options: ● On the vertical enclosure section − Directly via support brackets TS − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunction with angle brackets, mounting brackets or support brackets PS ● On the horizontal enclosure section − Directly via angle brackets, mounting brackets or support brackets PS 395 500 12 4170.000 495 600 12 4171.000 695 800 12 4172.000 4173.000 Material: Sheet steel 895 1000 12 1095 1200 6 4174.000 1295 1400 6 4393.000 1495 1600 6 4175.000 1695 1800 6 4176.000 1895 2000 6 4177.000 2095 2200 6 4178.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Also required: − U nuts, see page 665. − Mounting brackets TS/PS, see page 660 or − Angle brackets, support brackets TS/PS, see page 661. Accessories: − Cable attachment, see page 720. − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Configuration examples: From page 641. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 651 Interior installation Rail systems PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm for TS, ES Installation options: ● On the vertical enclosure section − Directly via support brackets TS − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in conjunction with support brackets PS ● On the horizontal enclosure section − Directly via support brackets PS Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm For WHD mm Packs of Model No. PS 295 400 4 4374.000 395 500 4 4375.000 495 600 4 4376.000 695 800 4 4377.000 895 1000 4 4382.000 1095 1200 4 4378.000 1695 1800 4 4379.000 1895 2000 4 4380.000 2095 2200 4 4381.000 Also required: Support brackets PS/TS, see page 661. Accessories: − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. − U nuts, see page 665. Configuration examples: See page 646. PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm for TS, ES Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate into the system punchings and secure. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Installation in enclosure width/depth TS mm Packs of Model No. PS 8800.640 400 4 500 4 8800.650 600 4 4364.000 800 4 4365.000 1000 4 4373.000 1200 4 4367.000 Installation in enclosure depth ES, TP universal console, CS modular enclosures mm Packs of Model No. PS 400 4 4369.000 500 4 4370.000 600 4 4371.000 800 4 4372.000 Also required: Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 651. Configuration examples: See page 646. 652 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems C rails 30/15 to EN 60 715 for TS, ES Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section (Fig. 2) ● On the ES system punchings ● On base configuration rail for CM Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For Length enclosure width/depth mm mm Packs of Model No. PS 500 455 6 4943.000 600 555 6 4944.000 800 755 6 4945.000 1000 955 6 4946.000 1200 1155 6 4947.000 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 719. − Support bracket or spacer, see page 662. − Quick-assembly block, see page 662. − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. − Adaptor rail, see page 651. 1 2 Possible alternative: Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief, see page 686. C rails for DK-TS, CS Toptec For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure section. Thanks to the universally designed attachment piece, the C rails may optionally be attached to the inner or outer level of the TS 8 frame. Material: Sheet steel For Length enclosure width/depth mm mm Packs Model No. DK of 400 298 4 7828.040 500 398 4 7828.050 600 498 4 7828.060 800 698 4 7828.080 1000 898 4 7828.100 1200 1098 4 7828.120 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. C rails for DK-TS Installation options: ● On the horizontal enclosure sections ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 719. For Length enclosure width/depth mm mm Packs Model No. DK of 400 290 6 7091.000 600 490 6 7095.000 800 690 6 7096.000 1000 890 6 7100.000 1200 1090 6 7102.000 Also required: Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 651. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 719. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 653 Interior installation Rail systems System support rails For heavy installed equipment such as transformers. T-head screw and slot in the support rail accommodate all mounting dimensions. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − Offset in the height, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2) ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section − In the width − In the depth (without mounting plate) ● On the ES system punchings − In the enclosure depth ● On base configuration rail for CM 1 2 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure width mm Packs of 600 2 4361.000 800 2 4362.000 1000 2 4347.000 1200 2 4363.000 Model No. PS Accessories: − Width divider e.g. for the installation of 2 system support rails (for 600 mm width) in 1200 mm wide enclosures, see page 558. − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. − Adaptor rail, see page 651. − TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 649. Supply includes: − 2 system support rails (45 x 25 mm) − 4 T-head screws M12 x 60 mm − Assembly parts Support rails for TS, ES, CM For heavy installations. Particularly suitable for the installation of base isolators. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1) − Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − Offset in the height, via TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2) ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section − In the width − In the depth ● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure depth ● On base configuration rail for CM 1 2 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated For enclosure width/depth mm Packs of slotted unslotted 400 4 4394.000 – 500 4 4395.000 – 600 4 4396.000 4396.500 800 4 4398.000 4398.500 Model No. PS Model No. TS Accessories: − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659. − Adaptor rail, see page 651. − TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 649. Configuration examples: From page 641. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support rail 65 x 42 mm for TS, ES For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 2 8612.960 800 2 8612.980 Benefits: ● For heavy assemblies up to 5000 N per support rail. Permissible static load: 10000 N per enclosure Material: Steel 28.5 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 20 535/735 575/775 654 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems Support rails TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 for TS, ES Mounting on the TS vertical section via − Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808, see page 659 − Assembly block see page 651 or − Adaptor rail, see page 651. Support rails TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 for KL, KL-HD, AE Length sized to the enclosure width Support rails to EN 60 715 Standard length 2 m Mounting clip For enclosure width/depth mm for EL For infinite adjustment of the mounting angles in the depth. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Model No. PS 500 455 6 4933.000 600 555 6 4934.000 800 755 6 4935.000 1200 1155 6 4937.000 For enclosure width mm Support rails length mm 150 200 300 287 400 387 10 2317.000 500 487 10 2318.000 600 587 10 2319.000 Model No. SZ Packs of Model No. SZ 137 10 2314.000 187 10 2315.000 10 2316.000 Design TS 35/7.5 TS 35/15 Design Length Packs of TS 35/15 2m 6 2313.150 TS 35/7.5 2m 6 2313.750 Packs of Model No. SZ 30 2309.000 for support rails For fast, secure attachment of: ● Cable ducts ● Mounting plates ● Mounting angles on support rail TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715. Simply pre-assemble the mounting clip on the part to be installed, then snap into position on the support rail. C rails Support rails Packs length of mm For centre part depth mm Packs of Model No. EL 216 4 2238.0001) 316 4 2239.000 416 4 2237.000 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: Cable clamps, see page 719. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 655 Interior installation Rail systems TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm for TS Mounting angle with TS pitch on three sides. Suitable for ● building an auxiliary construction for dividing the busbar space, ● individual use as mounting frame for low and medium loads, ● fastening to the internal or external mounting level of the TS 8 enclosure. For horizontal busbar space separation For compartment depth mm Surface finish: Zinc-plated Also required: 1) 62.5 12 9673.915 600 137.5 12 9673.920 Packs Model No. of SV For compartment height mm Length mm 450 – 5001) 487.5 12 9673.953 650 – 8001) 787.5 12 9673.983 Rails should be shortened where necessary. For vertical separation with busbar system in the bottom rear section 1) Packs Model No. of SV 425 For vertical separation with busbar system in the top rear section Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm − Frame connector piece, see page 663. − T-connector piece, see page 663. − Corner connector, see page 663. Length mm Packs Model No. of SV For compartment height mm Length mm 350 412.5 12 9673.951 400 462.5 12 9673.960 450 512.5 12 9673.961 550 – 6501) 712.5 12 9673.981 700 – 8001) 862.5 12 9673.995 Rails should be shortened where necessary. For external mounting level Packs Model No. of SV For enclosure width/depth mm Length mm 400 262.5 12 9673.940 500 362.5 12 9673.950 600 462.5 12 9673.960 For internal mounting level 656 Packs Model No. of SV For enclosure width/depth mm Length mm 400 312.5 12 9673.941 500 412.5 12 9673.951 600 512.5 12 9673.961 800 712.5 12 9673.981 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Rail systems C rails for cable chamber enclosures For attaching cables and lines and for mounting stacking insulators. Material: Sheet steel For TS enclosures width/depth mm Length (L) Packs mm of Model No. SV 600 600 4 9660.210 800 800 4 9660.220 For TS enclosures width/depth mm Packs of Model No. SV 600 2 9674.056 800 2 9674.058 Supply includes: − 4 C rails − 8 brackets − Assembly parts L Punched sections with mounting flanges for coupling section For assembling a Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS busbar system directly beneath or above the circuitbreaker. This punched section with mounting flange may be used without conflict in conjunction with the compartment space side panel modules. It is attached to the outer level of the TS 8 enclosure system, but thanks to the PS punchings allows a mounting level as in the roof or base frame, thereby facilitating the use of busbar system attachment for the roof/base section. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting plates Locatable on ● the vertical TS enclosure section ● TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm ● at the rear on the TE 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame Packs of Model No. TS 4 8612.400 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Mounting plates Screw-fastened, large On all enclosures and mounting parts with system punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. TS 4 8612.410 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 657 Interior installation Rail systems Mounting plates Screw-fastened, small Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. PS 4 4532.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail For direct snap-mounting of components such as speed control, enclosure internal thermostat and hygrostat. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7526.964 Packs of Model No. PS 4 4597.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Mounting plate (mounting accessories included). Mounting bracket May be screw-fastened onto all enclosures and mounting parts with system punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Material: Sheet steel Accessories: − Screws, see page 666. − Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000, see page 720. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Mounting bracket for interior installation For installing punched sections with mounting flanges and support strips in: ● Comfort Panel horizontal/vertical from 74 mm installation depth Packs of Model No. CP 4 6205.100 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. or for installing in: ● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Comfort Panel Front panel width 482.6 mm (19˝) Punched sections with mounting flanges Support strips 658 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Page 8612.150 647 4695.000 650 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Snap-on nut TS Metric thread for vertical TS enclosure section. To install, insert into slot and clip into position. The snap-on nut is then secure. By tightening the screw, it is securely tightened against the section, and potential equalisation is automatically created. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − with metric thread M6 or M8 − the alternative to metal screws − particularly well-suited for dynamically loaded connections. Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 20 8800.806 M8 20 8800.808 Accessories: Multi-tooth screw M6 x 12 or M8 x 12, see page 666. Material: Precision-cast stainless steel Accessories for interior installation 1 Support rails, 1 2 3 4 see page 654 2 Cable clamp rails, see page 717 3 C rails 30/15, see page 653 4 System support rails, see page 654 5 TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm, see page 649 5 Adaptor bracket TS For external mounting of ● System lights ● Cable ducts on the vertical TS enclosure section. Packs of Model No. TS 6 8800.360 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly screws. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 659 Interior installation Assembly components Mounting bracket TS Offers variable mounting options for the punched rail 23 x 23 mm, e.g. for supporting external surfaces or creating an additional internal level. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 24 screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Packs of Model No. TS 24 8800.370 Accessories: U nuts (recommendation: M6), see page 665. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − flush with the outer edge of the enclosure or − flush with the enclosure clearance width. 1 Support of the external surfaces with two 1 mounting options: ● Without mounting plate (photo) ● With mounting plate (drawing) Two installation options for the inner mounting level: 2 2 If there is no divider panel fitted. 3 With a divider panel fitted, and without or with 3 a mounting plate in a set forward position. Mounting bracket PS For variable attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● Optionally flush with: − Outer enclosure edge or − Enclosure clearance width ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 24 set 4182.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 665. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 666. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 mounting bracket, 1 screw M6 x 12 mm, 1 cage nut M6. 660 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Angle bracket PS For quick attachment of punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 12 set 4181.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 665. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 666. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: 1 set = 1 angle bracket, left, 1 angle bracket, right, 2 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Support bracket TS For the attachment of punched sections without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section − on a 25 mm pitch pattern − in 2 mm increments. Material: Die-cast zinc Packs of Model No. TS 6 set 8800.330 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 665. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 666. Supply includes: 1 set = 1 support bracket, 1 stay, 3 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. Support bracket PS For the attachment of punched sections without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails 23 x 23 mm. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.806, see page 659 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 24 set 4183.000 Also required: − U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6), see page 665. − Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, see page 666. − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when mounting on the vertical enclosure section), see page 651. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 support bracket, 2 countersunk screws, 2 serrated lock washers. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 661 Interior installation Assembly components Bracket/spacer For fastening C rails, punched rails or cable clamp rails (angle section). On the sides, to accommodate square sections or tubes (Ø 20 mm). Attachment points with M8 thread. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.808, see page 659 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Packs of Model No. TS 6 set 4199.000 Accessories: Angle piece TS 4134.000, see page 662. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: 1 set = 1 bracket/spacer, 2 screws M8 x 16 mm, 2 spring lock washers, 2 cage nuts M8, 2 serrated lock washers, 2 metal screws. Quick-assembly block Packs of Model No. TS For a variety of installation options. 12 4133.000 Packs of Model No. TS 12 set 4134.000 Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.808, see page 659 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: − 12 quick-assembly blocks − 12 threaded blocks M8 − 24 screws M8 x 12 mm − 24 square nuts M8 Angle piece For assembling punched rails and mounting surfaces with a 45° incline. Installation options: ● On the vertical TS enclosure section via − Snap-on nut TS 8800.806, see page 659 or − Adaptor rail for PS compatibility, see page 651 ● On the horizontal TS enclosure section ● On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm. Material: − Angle pieces: Die-cast zinc − Insulating pieces: Plastic Supply includes: 1 set = 1 angle piece, 1 insulating piece, 1 insulating screw, 2 assembly screws, 1 threaded block M6. 662 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components Frame connector piece for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting part with integral M4 threads for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm to the horizontal and vertical TS frame section (external level). The frame adaptor piece can be used as a self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened with a screw to the frame. Can also be used for fastening other sections with TS pitch. Packs of Model No. SV 24 9673.901 Packs of Model No. SV 24 9673.903 Packs of Model No. SV 10 9673.902 Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. T-connector piece for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting piece with integral M4 threaded holes for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm ● to horizontal and vertical TS chassis ● to TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm ● to the vertical TS frame section (internal level). The T-connector piece can be used as a self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened with a screw to the frame. Can also be used for fastening other sections with TS pitch. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. Corner connector for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm Mounting part with integral M4 threads for connecting two TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm at an angle of 90° across the corner. Required for building the auxiliary construction for the busbar space separation. Material: Die-cast zinc Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 663 Interior installation Assembly components Universal bracket Packs of Model No. SZ 6 2373.000 For installing ● Enclosure lights in − Compact enclosures AE ● Door-operated switches in − Compact enclosures AE − TopConsole system TP ● Cable conduit holders SZ 2593.000 and SZ 2591.000 in − Compact enclosures AE ● Support rails for terminals in − Command panels and command panel housings with door. Mounting screws are concealed when the door is closed. Existing holes for mounting blocks or hinges may be used with AE. Ø 4.2 8 28 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 45 Rail mounting bracket For individual rail mounting. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Rail mounting bracket Packs of Model No. SZ flat 20 2365.000 inclined 20 2366.000 35 M5 47 35° 30 M6 Ø7 Ø7 60 60 73 81 Mounting block for AE As an accessory for additional interior installation, e.g. mounting of cable ties, PS punched rails, top hat rails and C rails (e.g. for a second pair of mounting angles). Packs of Model No. SZ 20 2574.000 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 664 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components U nuts For ● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm ● Punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm For mounting punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges on angle brackets, mounting brackets and support brackets, we recommend U nuts with M6 thread (PS 4179.000). Captive nuts/threaded blocks Installation options: On enclosures and rails with rectangular system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm, such as: ● TS enclosure section − vertically, via adaptor rail for PS compatibility − horizontally, direct ● ES enclosure body, all-round ● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm ● Punched section without mounting flange, 45 x 88 mm ● Punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm Captive nuts The compression spring, designed as an insertion aid, ensures reliable mechanical and electrical connection in the system punchings. Threaded block With snap-off insertion aid, die-cast zinc. Captive nuts The nuts are inserted from the same side as screw-fastening takes place. Consequently, attachment points in the same height or width may also be used around corners. The spring cage also ensures electrical connection in the system punchings. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Thread Packs of Model No. PS M4 20 4119.000 M5 20 4157.000 M6 20 4179.000 M8 20 4180.000 Accessories: Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, (for PS 4179.000), see page 666. Possible alternative: On the vertical TS enclosure section TS snap-on nuts, see page 659. Thread Packs of Model No. TS M5 50 4166.000 M6 50 4164.000 M8 50 4165.000 Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 50 4162.000 M8 50 4163.000 Thread Packs of Model No. TS M6 50 8800.340 M8 50 8800.350 665 Interior installation Assembly components Spring nut M5 For ● Comfort Panel from an installation depth of 74 mm ● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm ● Compact Panel The spring ensures reliable protection against unintentional displacement. Further interior installation, e.g. with mounting bracket PS 4597.000 (see page 658) or mounting bracket CP 6205.100 (see page 658). Packs of Model No. CP 50 6108.000 Packs of Model No. KS 20 1482.000 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Threaded inserts M6 for KS For securing installed equipment to the moulded bosses in the door and in the enclosure rear panel. Screw length available for insertion: 8 mm. Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 to fit: ● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.806) ● U nuts for punched rails (PS 4179.000) ● Captive nuts (PS 4164.000) ● Threaded blocks (TS 4162.000) Multi-tooth drive for optimum transmission of torques, an extended tool life and increased safety and reliability when tightening and loosening screw connections. Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. SZ Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 M8 x 12 300 300 2504.500 2504.800 Metal multi-tooth screws Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 300 2486.500 For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclosure section, punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges. Metal multi-tooth screws for stainless steel 5 x 13 300 2486.300 ● Hex screws ● Posidrive raised countersunk screws ● Pan-head screws, posidrive ● Multi-tooth pan-head screws M5 x 10 M5 x 12 500 500 2504.000 2488.000 M5 x 12 500 2489.000 M5 x 12 500 2489.500 Self-tapping screws ST 4.8 x 16 300 2487.000 M8 x 12 to fit: ● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.808) Type of screw Self-tapping screws: Self-tapping screws For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the enclosure section, punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges. Self-tapping screws Mark, drill and tighten in a single operation using electric or pneumatic tools. For metal thickness: 0.8 – 3 mm Length: 16 mm Usable length: 9.5 mm Width across flats: 8 mm 666 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Assembly components TS adaptor for wiring systems Adaptor rail for the Lütze LSC wiring system. Supply includes: 1 set = 6 adaptor rails, 24 spring lock washers, 24 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm. For enclosure depth mm Packs of 500 Model No. TS 8800.150 600 1 set 800 8800.160 8800.180 Note: Mounting parts for the LCS wiring system not included with the supply. Installation kit for the Moeller MR 25 wiring system. Supply includes: 1 set = 2 mounting brackets, 4 mounting rails, assembly parts. Kit for separate frame TS Every TS 8 frame is easily converted to a rack suitable for dismantling. To this end, the frame sections in the roof and base frame are separated, optionally in the width or depth. The four connection components are inserted into the frame section and screw-fastened. The external dimensions of the frame remain unchanged. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 400 1 set 8800.240 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7829.400 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The maximum achievable IP protection category is restricted by separation of the frame. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 667 Interior installation Component shelves for frame attachment Component shelf for frame attachment Material: Sheet steel Enclosure width 600 and 800 mm for TS For installation in enclosures without 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation. Max. depth of component shelves = Enclosure depth – 100 mm. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Technical specifications: − Mounting bolts or mounting rails may be installed on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the enclosure depth. − Mounting hole for handles provided. 4 3 1 2 1 Fastening bolts Enclosure width 600 mm Load capacity kg (static surface load) 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700 Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45 Model No. DK, slotted 7164.035 7165.035 7166.035 7166.735 7464.035 7465.035 7466.035 7466.735 Model No. DK, unslotted 7264.035 7265.035 7266.035 – – – – – 2 Mounting rails 3 Installation kit 4 Telescopic slides Enclosure width 800 mm Load capacity kg (static surface load) 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 Component shelf depth mm 400 500 600 700 400 500 600 700 Component shelf height mm 29 29 29 29 45 45 45 45 Model No. DK, slotted 7184.035 7185.035 7186.035 7186.735 7484.035 7485.035 7486.035 7486.735 Also required: TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm, as installation kit for enclosure depth, see page 647 500 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 600 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 800 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 1000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 1200 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 Accessories: Telescopic slides, see page 677 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7064.000 7065.000 7066.000 7066.700 Handles for component shelves, see page 678 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 Hinged cable support see page 678 Component shelf, pull-out For enclosures1) for TS, PC-TS, IW For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section. Width mm Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Depth mm Support area Width mm Depth mm Model No. IW 600 600 465 545 6902.9602) 600 800 465 745 6902.980 1) For enclosures without a mounting plate. 2) May also be installed in 800 mm deep enclosures based on TS (pull-out rear attachment). Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: 2 telescopic slides. 668 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for frame attachment Component shelf, static installation For enclosures Depth mm 600 600 600 800 7828.680 600 1000 7828.6001) 800 600 7828.680 800 800 7828.880 800 1000 7828.800 for TS Locate the mounting pieces in the frame and attach the component shelf. Attachment in the TS enclosure section offers the greatest possible support surface. Dimensions: − Height: 25 mm − Width: Enclosure width minus 44 mm − Depth: Enclosure depth minus 44 mm Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Model No. DK Width mm 1) Extended 7828.660 delivery times. Note: − Combined use with vertically divided doors is not possible. − Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, static installation for TS, PC-TS, IW prepared for fan expansion kit For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section. Simply located into 4 pre-fitted screws and secure. Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel For enclosures1) Support area Model No. PC Width mm Depth mm Width mm Depth mm 600 600 507 550 8800.900 600 800 507 750 8800.910 1) For enclosures without a mounting plate. Accessories: Fan expansion kit DK 7980.XXX, see page 404. Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Drawer tray pull-out For enclosures with TS frame construction in series IW, PC-TS. Width 600 mm and depth 600 – 800 mm. Tray height: 83 mm Packs of Model No. IW 1 6902.700 Load capacity: 40 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 telescopic slides. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 669 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Also required: − Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles TS, see page 676. − Installation kit, depth-variable, for installation on mounting frames and L-shaped mounting angles, see page 676. Enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels Depending on their depth, the component shelves have several attachment points, so the distance between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is variable within certain limits. Each component shelf secured in this way can be retrospectively upgraded to full withdrawal using telescopic slides. For this purpose, the telescopic slides are screw-fastened in place of the spacers. Possible alternative: Component shelves, heavy duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation, see page 671 – 672. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static T 200 (T 500) Material: Sheet steel 100 50 50 29 Supply includes: Assembly parts. T = Depth Component shelf width mm 409 409 409 409 409 409 409 409 Component shelf depth mm 300 400 500 600 700 500 600 700 Distance between levels (X) Colour 348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/ 348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/ 498 598 698 498 598 698 298 348/398 RAL 7035 – – – RAL 9005 – – – – – Model No. DK 7143.035 7144.035 7145.035 7145.635 7145.735 7145.005 7145.605 7145.705 Accessories: Telescopic slides for 50 kg, see page 677 7051.000 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 Handles for component shelf, see page 678 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 Hinged cable support see page 678 For TS: Note for installation in network enclosures based on TS, cranked mounting angle: The component shelves are mounted on the sides of the 482.6 mm (19˝) cranked mounting angles with spacers on a U pitch pattern. For TS: Note for installation in network enclosures based on TS, L-shaped mounting angle: If L-shaped mounting angles are used, adaptor DK 7827.300 is required, see page 676. X X 2 2 3 1 1 For TE, TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings: Note for installation between two mounting frames or L-shaped mounting angles: May be mounted directly on the 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings using the depth-variable installation kit, see page 676. 1 Spacers 2 Telescopic slides 3 Adaptor 4 Mounting kit, depth-variable X Distance between angles 4 2 670 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, static installation on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame for TE, TS The component shelf is attached directly to the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Load capacity: 30 kg surface load, static Width mm Height mm 511 22 Distance Depth between mm 482.6 mm (19˝) levels 413 495 Model No. DK 7000.620 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, heavy-duty for network enclosures TS with cranked mounting angles For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The component shelf is located directly onto the cranked mounting angles. Zinc-plated version: Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Spray-finished version: Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Zinc-plated version: Width mm Dimensions Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm Model No. DK 452.5 20 478 498 7828.950 452.5 20 578 598 7828.960 452.5 20 678 698 7828.970 Spray-finished version: Dimensions X Width mm Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm 453 44 470 498 Model No. DK 7145.535 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Possible alternative: Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) configuration, see page 672, may be combined with telescopic slides, see page 677. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 671 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section Component shelf, heavy-duty for network enclosures TS with L-shaped mounting angles For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The component shelf is located directly onto the L-shaped mounting angles. Load capacity: 75 kg surface load, static X Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Width mm Dimensions Height mm Depth mm Distance between levels (X) mm Model No. DK 507.5 20 480 498 7828.951 507.5 20 580 598 7828.961 507.5 20 680 698 7828.971 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Possible alternative: Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝) configuration, see page 672, may be combined with telescopic slides, see page 677. Component shelf, heavy-duty Colour: RAL 7035 482.6 mm (19˝) for TE, TS ● L-shaped mounting angles ● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. 409 45 500 7063.895 409 45 700 7063.897 Colour: RAL 9005 Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. 409 45 500 7063.8351) 45 700 7063.837 409 1) Extended delivery times. Also required: Installation kit, depth-variable DK 7063.890, see page 676. Accessories: − Telescopic slides (100 kg) for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, see page 677. − Handles for component shelf, see page 678. 672 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf 2 U 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings Suitable for installation in all enclosures with only one 482.6 mm (19˝) recess and all swing frames with flange mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝). Load capacity: 25 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 390 300 7148.035 Accessories: − Telescopic slides for component shelf, see page 677. − Handles for component shelf, see page 678. Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Component shelf 1 U, depth-variable 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely depth-adjustable from 488 mm to 750 mm. Distance between levels mm Model No. VR 488 – 750 3861.580 Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Component shelf 1/2 U, depth-variable 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely depth-adjustable. Load capacity: 50 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Distance between levels mm Colour 400 – 600 RAL 7035 7063.710 600 – 900 RAL 7035 7063.720 600 – 900 RAL 9005 7063.725 Model No. DK Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. 673 Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf, complete set, pull-out 482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings Tailored to the distance between levels in enclosures as per their supplied state of 495 mm, this complete set contains a vented component shelf, telescopic slides and a mounting kit for direct attachment. The mounting kit also offers depth-variable attachment within 395 – 645 mm on a 25 mm pitch pattern. Base depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 500 1 set 7000.625 Accessories: Handles for component shelf, see page 678. Load capacity: 50 kg, static Material: Base: Sheet steel Surface finish: − Base: Spray-finished − Mounting kit/telescopic slides: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 1 component shelf − Telescopic slides − Installation kit Component shelf 1 U, static installation 482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings The ideal support surface for small active components such as modems or mini-hubs in 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric levels. Load capacity: 10 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 674 Component shelf depth mm 482.6 mm (19˝) Metric 140 7119.140 7119.1551) 1) Extended Model No. DK delivery times. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Also required: − Captive nuts, see page 665. − Screws, see page 666. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings Component shelf 2 U, static installation 482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric) for 482.6 mm (19˝)/metric system punchings If only one 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric mounting level is available for mounting a component shelf, this variant offers a particularly cost-effective solution. Load capacity: 25 kg surface load, static Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Component shelf depth mm 482.6 mm (19˝) Metric Model No. DK 250 – 7119.250 400 – 7119.400 250 – 7119.255 400 – 7119.455 Also required: − Captive nuts, see page 757. − Screws, see page 758. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Utility table for location in the 482.6 mm (19˝) level for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings The utility table may be attached directly between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles without any additional assembly work. The utility table has a height of 3 U and a support area of 450 x 295 mm; it can be used as a support for measuring devices or splicing equipment during maintenance and wiring work. Support surface mm Model No. DK 450 x 295 7183.100 Note: Installation in enclosures with a TS trim frame is not possible. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Shelf for AE with pull-out frame The vented shelf is inserted into the pull-out frame of wall-mounted distributor DK 7644.000 and may additionally be screw-fastened. In this way, an additional support surface can be created with very little effort. Captive nuts may be clipped into the punchings of the frame, even after the shelf has been inserted. Width mm Depth mm Model No. DK 430 195 7644.400 Delivery times available on request. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 675 Interior installation Installation kits for component shelves TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Installation in enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS as installation kit for component shelves Simply locate and secure. One pack is sufficient for 2 component shelves. 500 4 8612.050 600 4 8612.060 800 4 8612.080 Load capacity: 100 kg surface load, static 1000 4 8612.000 1200 4 8612.020 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting kit, depth-variable for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf In conjunction with ● L-shaped mounting angles or ● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) Infinitely adjustable to the spacing between the two pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Suitable for all 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves in 409 mm width. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm Load capacity U 390 – 590 50 kg 1 7063.858 490 – 710 100 kg 1.5 7063.8921) Model No. DK 590 – 790 50 kg 1 7063.860 706.5 – 1006.5 100 kg 1.5 7063.890 1) Max. depth of component shelves: 500 mm Accessories: Telescopic slides, see page 677. Supply includes: 1 set = 2 mounting rails including assembly parts. Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles Packs of Model No. DK 4 7827.300 for TS network enclosures For mounting component shelves and slide rails on L-shaped mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Installation kit for component shelves and drawers, with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in 600 mm wide enclosures. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 676 For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.560 800 1 set 8800.580 Max. depth of component shelves = Enclosure depth minus 100 mm. Also required: − Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 741. − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 742. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Accessories for component shelves Side parts 3 U for static installation of component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝) For the attachment of component shelves to a single pair of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The component shelves are screw-fastened to the 3 U side part. Either one or two component shelves may be secured. Load capacity: 30 kg surface load, static Depth of For Component Model No. side parts component shelf shelf depth DK mm DK mm 400 7143.035 300 400 7144.035 400 400 7145.035 500 7147.035 Note: Component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 670. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 2 side parts. Note: Not suitable for combination with telescopic slides. Telescopic slides for component shelves Fixed component shelves are easily converted to full withdrawal. For this purpose, the existing fastening bolts or mounting rails (heavy-duty version) are exchanged for the telescopic slides. Technical specifications: For installation and locking on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the enclosure depth. Load capacity: 50 kg/100 kg per set Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Load capacity 50 kg For component shelf depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 300 2 7051.000 400 2 7061.000 500 2 7081.000 600 2 7161.000 700 2 7161.700 3 Load capacity 100 kg For component shelf depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 400 2 7064.000 500 2 7065.000 600 2 7066.000 700 2 7066.700 2 1 1 Fastening bolts 2 Mounting rails 3 Telescopic slides Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 677 Interior installation Accessories for component shelves Cable support For enclosure depth mm Model No. DK < 600 7163.500 > 600 7163.550 For enclosure depth mm Model No. DK < 600 7163.560 > 600 7163.565 hinged, with clamp For secure routing of connection cables from the component shelf to the clamping point. The attachment may be released on both sides thanks to clamps. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable support hinged, with anti-kink device and clamp For secure routing of connection cables from the component shelf to the clamping point. Kink-free cable routing in the central part via mobile chain links. The attachment may be released on both sides, thanks to clamps. Material: − Sheet steel, zinc-plated − Centre part: Plastic Supply includes: Assembly parts. Handles for pull-out component shelves The component shelves are prepared for the attachment of handles. Packs of Model No. RP 2 3636.010 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7115.000 Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Spray-finished, silver-grey Supply includes: Assembly parts. Fastening bolts for slotted component shelves For non-slip attachment of your components. The bolts are screwed into the longitudinal slots of the component shelf support surface. Consequently, they are infinitely adjustable and can be adapted to suit any appliance. 678 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights System lights ● for direct attachment in all large enclosures ● for mounting on compact enclosures, wall-mounted enclosures and in the console system with system accessories. Accessories: Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 − Adaptor bracket, see page 659. − Universal bracket, see page 664. − Rail for interior installation, see page 647. Technical comparison/equipment Page Voltage supply Installation type Mounting options LED system light 682 680 681 – 120 V AC, 60 Hz – – – – 230 V AC, 50 Hz – – – – 24 V DC – – – – – – – – Compact fluorescent lamp, base G24q-3 – – – – Fluorescent lamp T5 – – – – LEDs, cold white – – – – II (all-insulated) – – – – III (SELV) – – – – Screw-fastening Clip attachment – – – Magnetic attachment (accessory) – – – TS roof frame (horizontal section) direct with adaptor bracket – – direct – – – with universal bracket – – with magnetic attachment – – – TS vertical section with rail for interior installation Infeed/connection cable – – 3) Door-operated switch – Through-wiring (series connection of several lights) – –1) UL/cUL 2) – 2) 2) ENEC 2) – 2) – – – 2) – – Light cover – Light cone adjustment – – – Integral sockets, earthing-pin 2) – – Integral sockets, USA 2) – – – – – – – – 2) 2) – – – VDE Equipment Compact light 680 AE Approvals Universal light – AE, CM, TP Connection options Courtesy light 680 Fluorescent lamp, base G13 Protection category Standard light 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Full-electronic ballast Light Also required: Connection accessories see page 684. Integral motion detector Integral door-operated switch 1) Safety extra-low voltage, not required by the standard. 2) Depending on the equipment. 3) Integral Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 679 Interior installation System lights Standard light Without door operated switch Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4138.140 ENEC 18 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4138.180 ENEC 30 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4138.300 ENEC 14 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.240 cURus 18 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.280 cURus 30 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.400 cURus Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals ENEC With door operated switch Technical specifications 14 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4138.150 18 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4138.190 ENEC 30 W, 230 V, 50 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4138.350 ENEC 14 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 452 117 50 4138.250 cURus 18 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 682 117 50 4138.290 cURus 30 W, 120 V, 60 Hz USA 987 117 50 4138.450 cURus Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4139.140 ENEC 18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4139.180 ENEC 30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4139.300 ENEC Technical specifications Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals 14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 452 117 50 4139.150 ENEC 18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 682 117 50 4139.190 ENEC 30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz Earthing-pin 987 117 50 4139.350 ENEC Socket Width mm Height mm Depth mm Model No. SZ Approvals Also required: Connection accessories, see page 684. Courtesy light Without door operated switch With door operated switch Also required: Connection accessories, see page 684. Universal light With integral motion detector Technical specifications 26 W, 110 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz Earthing-pin 345 95 55 4155.100 VDE – 345 95 55 4155.000 VDE – 345 95 55 4155.500 UR Also required: Connection accessories, see page 684. 680 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Compact light Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Slimmer – Faster – Brighter ● Slimmer: Around 50% less height and depth and also around 75% less volume than conventional lights. ● Faster: Universal fast attachment via clips, screws, or powerful magnets (optional). Simply slide in at the side or rear, fit the light, and it’s done! ● Brighter: Up to 75% greater luminous efficiency from the lamp with the same power helps to cut electricity costs. ● Door-operated switch can also be connected via a 2-pole connection. Model No. SZ ENEC 24 Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: Compact light with clip and screw mounting kits, including assembly parts. Accessories: − Mounting kit magnet, see page 681. − Door-operated switch with connection cable, see page 684. 4140.010 – 4140.020 – 4140.110 4140.120 – 4140.2101) – 4140.2201) – – cURus Rated voltage 100 – 240 V AC ±10% at 50 – 60 Hz Wattage 8 24 V DC ±10% 14 Protection category 8 14 II (all-insulated) Width (B1) mm 455 705 455 705 Mounting distance (B2) mm clip/magnet 400 650 400 650 Mounting distance (B3) mm 475 725 475 725 Yellow Yellow – – 0.35 – – 0.57 Connection cable 3 m (open end) Cover colour Yellow Rated current (A) – at 230 V AC – at 110 V AC – at 24 V DC Grey 0.045 – 0.088 0.083 – 0.149 – Light Grey 0.073 – 0.127 0.149 – 0.216 – Fluorescent lamp T5 Operating unit Wide-range electronic ballast Circuit-breakers Electronic ballast Integral, on/off/door-operated switch mode Light cover Transparent, grooved on the inside Cable deflector across rear 1) Only Yellow – – for the North American market. B1 Clip/magnet attachment Screw attachment 59 24 B .5 B B Ø6 B A B2 A B3 A A Rear attachment B Side attachment Mounting kit magnet For reliable adhesion on all sheet steel surfaces. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. SZ 2 4140.000 681 Interior installation System lights LED system light in 24 V DC version ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Max. EMC capacity Safe, thanks to use with safety extra-low voltage Economical energy use Low-maintenance thanks to the use of LEDs May be connected to a door operated switch Integral through-wiring Universal attachment options Vertically hinged light cone Model No. SZ Material: − Light body: Extruded aluminium − Light cover: Polycarbonate (halogen-free) − Light ends: PC-ABS Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 20 to IEC 60 529 Supply includes: LED system light with clip and screw mounting kits, assembly parts. 4140.810 Rated voltage 4140.820 4140.830 4140.840 24 V DC (± 10%) No. of LEDs 10 20 Protection category 30 40 III (SELV) Width (B1) mm 230 330 430 530 Mounting distance CLIP (B2) mm 175 275 375 475 Mounting distance, screw attachment (B3) mm 250 350 450 550 Rated current (A)1) 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 Circuit-breakers Integral on/off/door-operated switch mode 1) Maximum baying up to a total rated current strength of 2 amps. Also required: − LED connection cable, see page 683 or − Door-operated switch with LED connection cable, see page 683. Note: Only intended for use in enclosures and sealed cases! When using on customer-supplied power packs, it is important to obtain the requisite approvals depending on the application! Accessories: − Mounting kit magnet, see page 681. − Door operated switch with LED connection cable, see page 683. − LED connection cable, see page 683. − Adaptor power pack, see page 683. 20.64 B2 8.2 32.8 B3 B1 682 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Connection accessories for LED system light Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ LED connection cable 3000 1 4315.800 Door-operated switch Length mm Packs of Connection cable 1 1 Model No. SZ 2 With LED connection cable 3000 1 4315.810 3 With LED interconnecting cable 1000 1 4315.820 Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ Interconnecting cable 4 5 600 1 4315.830 1000 1 4315.840 3000 1 4315.850 Adaptor power pack Technical specifications Packs of Model No. SZ Adaptor power pack 230 V AC/24 V DC, 1 A 1 4315.860 LED interconnecting cable 2 3 Layout diagram for LED system light 24 V DC: 4 1 Connection cable 2 Door operated switch with LED connection cable (open end/cable bush) 3 Door operated switch with LED interconnecting cable 4 LED interconnecting cable for through-wiring 1 3 5 2 4 +U GND Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 683 Interior installation System lights Connection accessories Accessories: The following components can be used for timesaving and simple installation of the lights: 1 2 Connection cable for Cable ties for quick assembly, see page 720. UL Model No. SZ Length mm Packs of Orange 3000 5 4315.100 – – 4315.150 1 Power supply (with jack, without connector) 1 Power supply (with socket and strain relief, without connector) 3000 1 2 Through-wiring (with socket and connector) 600 1 2 Through-wiring/power supply via connection component SZ 2507.500 (with socket and connector) 600 5 1000 4000 1 Grey – 4315.450 4315.400 – 4315.200 – 4315.600 – 3 Door-operated switch With mounting accessories 3 4 4 UL With connection cable (not required for universal lights and standard/courtesy lights with integral door-operated switch) Without connection cable With connection cable (for compact light) Length mm Model No. SZ Packs of Orange Yellow Grey 600 1 4315.520 – – 1000 1 4315.320 – – 1 – – 4315.550 1 – – 4315.350 600 1000 – Technical specifications 240 V AC, 6 A 125 V DC, 8 A 24 V AC, 6 A 24 V DC, 6 A 1 4127.010 600 1 – 4315.710 – 600 1 – – 4315.720 Also required Model No. FR Mounting kit for installation in TE 7952.100 Door-operated switch With toggle 5 5 Without connection cable, for TS enclosures with installed large swing frame. The toggle is actuated via the tubular door frame of the sheet steel door, or in the case of glazed doors, via an adaptor included with the supply. UL Technical specifications Packs of Model No. SZ 240 V AC, 6 A 125 V DC, 8 A 24 V AC, 6 A 24 V DC, 6 A 1 4127.210 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2507.500 Connection component with circuit-breaker 10 A 6 6 Reduce assembly costs: Power is supplied rapidly and reliably to system and workstation lights via connection cables. For independently configured cables, connector SZ 2507.200 must be used. Connection component to be snapped onto the top hat rail. Packs of For self-assembly 7 Model No. SZ Sockets for power supply through-wiring 5 2507.100 Connectors for connection component through-wiring 5 2507.200 T distributor with 2 sockets, 1 connector 5 2507.300 Connector for door-operated switch cable 5 2507.400 7 1 Connection cable for infeed 2 Connection cable for through-wiring/infeed 3 Door-operated switch with connection cable 1 2 3 684 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation System lights Enclosure light, 48 V DC with connection cable Robust light. For attachment vertically or horizontally in the frame section via spring brackets, or may be used as a direct light source during maintenance work by inserting the plastic swivel hook. Impact-resistant lamp housing of PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate) protection category II. Protection category: IP 64 Supply includes: − 2 spring clips − Assembly parts Light 1 U Ready-to-connect light for installation in the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The slot attachment additionally allows it to be fastened to the 25 mm system punchings. Packs of Model No. CS 1 9765.150 Technical specifications: − Luminosity: 11 W − Luminous efficiency: 900 lm − Fluorescent tube: TC-SEL 11 W, 4-pin − Ambient temperature: –20°C to +40°C − Voltage: 48 V DC ±10% − Supply lead 3000 mm, H05RN – 2 x 1 mm, without connectors, with crimped ferrules − Length: 450 mm overall Protective tube 320 mm − Light outlet 195 mm − Diameter: 62 mm overall Protective tube 38 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 7109.200 Technical specifications: − Fluorescent tube 8 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz − Mains switch − 2.5 m connection cable − Earthing-pin connector Material: − Aluminium, anodised − Plastic Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 685 Interior installation EMC Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief Combined rail for strain relief and EMC contacting of inserted cables. Mounting options: ● On the horizontal/vertical TS, PC, ES enclosure section ● On a mounting plate May also be fitted without a retaining bracket. Additional contacting on the left or right of the rail via existing holes (9 mm diameter). Width mm Packs of Model No. SZ 600 1 2388.600 800 1 2388.800 1000 1 2388.000 1200 1 2388.120 Also required: − EMC shielding bracket, see page 686. − Cable clamps for strain relief, see page 719. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Accessories: − Earth straps, see page 689. − Earthing strap, see page 689. Supply includes: − 1 rail − 2 retaining brackets − Assembly parts Rail 12 31 5 13 Ø 5 80 9 2.5 6.5 25 Ø 20 43 6. 10 479/679/879/1079 525/725/925/1125 535/735/935/1135 553/753/963/1153 Retaining bracket Mounting position 45 25 95 15 75 86.5 80 19 25 25 .5 Ø4 Ø7 95 EMC shielding bracket Quick assembly without the use of tools: Press the EMC shielding bracket against the cable shield and clip into the rail. Diameter changes are compensated in full by the spring of the EMC shielding bracket. For shield diameter mm Packs of Model No. SZ 3 – 10 10 2388.100 4 – 15 10 2388.150 10 – 20 10 2388.200 15 – 28 10 2388.280 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 686 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation EMC EMC gland plates For shielded cables with a maximum diameter of 20 mm. Combined EMC/IP seal provides low-resistance contact between cable shield and gland plate. For all 400, 500, 600 and 800 mm deep enclosures in conjunction with standard gland plates. 1) For Width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.660 800 1 set 8800.680 1000 1 set 8800.6001) 1200 1 set 8800.6201) one enclosure half only Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 1 gland plate with T-head punching − 1 sliding gland plate − 2 IP/EMC gaskets EMC cable glands The cable sheathing may optionally be interrupted at the contact point or removed completely inside the enclosure. The cable shield in the enclosure is retained. The supplied lock nut cuts automatically into the paint when screwed down, thus creating a conductive connection. Cable glands, metric Minimum1) shield diameter mm Size Cable diameter mm M16 4.5 – 10 3 5 2843.160 M20 6 – 12 5 5 2843.200 2843.250 Packs Model No. of SZ M25 11 – 17 8 5 Protection category: IP 68 to IEC 60 529 IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 M32 15 – 21 10 1 2843.320 M40 19 – 28 15 1 2843.400 M50 27 – 38 19 1 2843.500 Possible alternative: M63 34 – 44 30 1 2843.630 Cable gland Hygienic Design, see page 711. 1) Minimum shield diameter = cable diameter minus cable sheathing Cable glands, PG Cable diameter mm PG size Minimum1) shield diameter mm Packs Model No. of SZ 9 4–8 3 5 11 5 – 10 4 5 2411.110 13.5 6 – 12 5 5 2411.140 16 10 – 14 8 5 2411.160 21 13 – 18 10 1 2411.210 29 18 – 25 15 1 2411.290 2411.090 1) Minimum shield diameter = cable diameter minus cable sheathing EMC shield bus Made of clear chromated steel strip, 75 mm2 cross section, for cable shield contact. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Rail length mm Connections Packs of Model No. SZ 375 10 1 2413.375 550 16 1 2413.550 687 Interior installation EMC EMC earth clamps The clamps may be used directly on the device or operating equipment on the mounting plate for cable shield contact. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1) 2 Size mm Packs of Model No. SZ 4 50 2367.040 6 50 2367.060 8 50 2367.080 12 50 2367.120 16 50 2367.160 20 25 2367.2001) assembly brackets EMC baying seal for TS For baying enclosure systems. Seal with all-round, electrically conductive sheathing. Cross section mm Model No. TS 6.3 x 6.3 8800.690 Packs of Model No. SZ 1 4348.000 Supply includes: 3 seals, length 2 m each. EMC divider panel seal This seal ensures optimum contact in bayed EMC enclosure systems and when using a zinc-plated divider panel. Material: PU foam with electrically conductive sheathing Supply includes: 1 roll (12.7 x 12.7 x 5300 mm). Contact cutter The contact cutter enables EMC-compatible preparation of the contact point e.g. for earthing straps. Plastic-bound abrasive with guide pin for round system punchings. With location point for drill, grinder etc. Contact paint Contact paint prevents the corrosion of conductive, unprotected contact points. 1) Not For Model No. SM Frame section 2414.000 Earthing bolts1) 2414.500 necessary with TS Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2415.000 Contents: 12 ml 688 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Earthing Earth straps For configuring a reliable earthing connection with perfect contact: ● With ring terminals in M6 and M8 to match the earthing screw ● Length-optimised and ready to install Connection facility Enclosure Door/lid Enclosure Mounting plate KL M6 M6 M8 EB/BG M6 M6/M81) – AE M6 M62)/M8 M8 KE/KEL M8 M8 M8 AP/CM/TP M6 M8 M8 TS/ES M8 M8 M8 PC M8 M8 – 1) M8 2) M6 Connection Crosssection mm2 Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ M8 – M8 4 170 5 2564.000 M8 – M8 16 170 5 2565.000 M8 – M8 25 170 5 2566.000 M6 – M6 10 200 5 2565.100 M8 – M8 4 300 5 2567.000 M6 – M8 10 300 5 2565.110 M8 – M8 10 300 5 2565.120 M8 – M8 16 300 5 2568.000 M8 – M8 25 300 5 2569.000 with BG 1050.900 with AE 1032.XXX/AE 1035.XXX Earthing strap Tin-plated copper, in various lengths and crosssections with press-fitted contact rings. Earthing straps counteract the current displacement effect at high frequencies, whilst at the same time offering highly flexible connection opportunities. For Crosssection mm2 Length mm Packs of M6 10 200 10 2412.210 M8 16 200 10 2412.216 M8 25 200 10 2412.225 M6 10 300 10 2412.310 M8 16 300 10 2412.316 M8 25 300 10 2412.325 Model No. SZ Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No. SZ for system punchings For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to: ● Horizontal TS enclosure sections ● PS rail system ● ES system punchings. M6 10 set 2570.000 M8 10 set 2559.000 Also required: For mounting on the horizontal TS enclosure section: Captive nut, see page 665. Assembly parts Size Packs of Model No. SZ for gland plates For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids to: ● Gland plates Fast assembly thanks to self-tapping screws. M8 10 set 2570.200 Contact washers Size Packs of Model No. SZ Serrated contact washers facilitate secure PE conductor connection. As a result, there is no need to manually strip paint in the connection area. M5 100 2343.000 M6 100 2334.000 M8 100 2335.000 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 689 Interior installation Earthing Earthing plate For installation in: ● Comfort Panel ● Optipanel ● TS ● ES Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2570.500 Supply includes: Assembly parts. One earthing cable can be screw-fastened to the threaded bolt for distribution to up to 8 components via 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors. Central earthing point For connecting ● Earth straps ● Earthing braids to the vertical and horizontal enclosure profile. The connection bracket is connected to the enclosure frame with 2 screws and is securely contacted. Earth connection is carried out via the threaded bolt M8 x 20 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7829.200 Supply includes: − 1 connection bracket − 2 screws 5.5 x 13 mm − 2 serrated washers − 1 nut M8 − 1 contact washer M8 − 1 washer Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Potential equalisation star for 8 mm earthing bolt The earthing connector is used for simple potential equalisation on an 8 mm earthing bolt, or in conjunction with central earthing point DK 7829.200. Up to five flat connectors (6.3 mm) may be contacted on one earthing point. Complete earthing kit for TS To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE. The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready for connection with connectors and cut to the correct length. Extension kit for complete earthing kit for TS To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A. To extend the complete earthing kit DK 7829.150, in order to keep additional components potentialfree. Conductor length 300 mm in each case. For 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors, 8 mm earthing bolts or for attachment with contact washers and screw. 690 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7548.210 Supply includes: − 10 earthing connectors − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7829.150 Supply includes: − 8 earth straps − Central earthing point and assembly parts Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7829.152 Supply includes: − 5 earth straps − Assembly parts and identification labels Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Earthing Complete earthing kit for TE To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE. The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready for connection with connectors and cut to the right length. Earthing kit KE For producing the required external potential equalisation for painted series enclosures ● KL ● AE ● TS For applications in Unit Group II, Category 3, in compliance with Directive 94/9 EU-Appendix VIII, internal production control. Earthing set for KL Consisting of all the screws, nuts, contact washers and earthing strip needed to earth the cover; length 250 mm, cross-section 4 mm2. Earthing set for QuickBox Earth straps in the appropriate lengths to match the enclosure depth are included in the earthing set, for earthing all enclosure panels on the wall mounting part. The earth strap is a fast-on connector which is quickly disconnected and conveniently accessible when the door is open. In this way, the enclosure cover can be removed completely. PE busbar 699 mm long PE busbar with pre-fitted screws, including terminal clamps up to 6 mm2 (fine wire conductors), 10 mm2 (single wire or multi-wire conductors) and main terminal clamp up to 35 mm2. Packs of Model No. TE 1 set 7000.675 Supply includes: − Earthing strip − 4 earth straps, 300 mm − 4 earth straps, 550 mm − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. KE 5 9214.000 Packs of Model No. KL 5 2570.100 For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. QB 300/400 1 set 7502.240 500/600 1 set 7502.260 Supply includes: − 5 earthing leads 1.5 mm2 − 4 cable retention clips − Assembly parts Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2364.000 Accessories: Rail mounting bracket, see page 664. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 691 Interior installation Earthing Earth rail, horizontal for TS Potential equalisation rail Current carrying capacity approx. 200 A. Length mm Packs of Model No. DK 450 1 7113.000 Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm − 20 connection points with M5 screws − 2 earth connections 25 mm2 − 2 isolators, including assembly parts Earthing kit, pre-assembled for TS For star earthing. With the pre-assembled earth conductors on a potential equalisation rail, star potential equalisation is easily integrated into network enclosures. For TS enclosures up to W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 x 2000 x 800 1 set 7829.100 800 x 2200 x 1000 1 set 7829.110 Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN EN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601 − 16 earthing leads 6 mm2 − 2 insulators − Assembly parts Earth rail, vertical for TS Easily fitted to the 25 mm DIN pitch pattern of distributors or to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The supplied earth conductors facilitate star earthing of the cable clamp straps in the patch panels. The earth terminals are fully adjustable. Current carrying capacity of rail approx. 200 A. Supply includes: − Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm − 16 conductor connection clamps 2.5 – 16 mm2 − 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm − Assembly parts Extension kit for earth rail, vertical For system-compatible expansion of the star earthing on the vertical potential equalisation rail. For enclosure height mm Length mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 600 1 set 7541.000 1000 800 1 set 7542.000 1200 1000 1 set 7543.000 1400 1200 1 set 7544.000 1600 1400 1 set 7545.000 1800 1600 1 set 7546.000 2000 1800 1 set 7547.000 2200 2000 1 set 7548.000 Packs of Model No. DK 10 7549.000 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7752.950 Supply includes: − 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm − Preassembled, with ring terminal and wire end ferrule − Earth terminals, 2.5 – 16 mm2 − Assembly parts ESD connection point Dangerously high potential differences can occur during maintenance or conversion work on the enclosure. To protect sensitive electronic components, this standardised connection point (pushbutton) provides potential equalisation. The connection point is directly conductively connected to the enclosure frame via two screws. 692 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interior installation Earthing Busbars E-Cu Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. with integral holes Suitable for ● Direct installation in enclosures ● Busbar support − SV 9340.000/.010, see page 276 − SV 9340.004, see page 276 − SV 9342.014, see page 276 − SV 3052.000, see page 340 − SV 3073.000, see page 340 ● PE/PEN combinations in conjunction with PE/PEN combination angles, see page 694 and baying bracket E-Cu, see page 694. Size 30 x 5 mm (hole Ø 11 mm) For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 300 265 2 9661.335 400 365 2 9661.345 600 565 2 9661.365 800 765 2 9661.385 1000 965 2 9661.305 1200 1165 2 9661.325 Page Accessories Baying bracket E-Cu 95 4 9661.355 694 PE/PEN combination angle – 4 9661.235 694 Length mm Packs of Model No. SV Page 300 265 2 9661.330 400 365 2 9661.340 600 565 2 9661.360 800 765 2 9661.380 1000 965 2 9661.300 1200 1165 2 9661.320 Size 30 x 10 mm (hole Ø 11 mm) For enclosure width mm Accessories Baying bracket E-Cu 95 4 9661.350 694 – 4 9661.230 694 Length mm Packs of Model No. SV Page 300 292 2 9661.0301) 400 392 2 9661.040 600 592 2 9661.060 800 792 2 9661.080 1000 992 2 9661.000 1200 1192 2 9661.020 PE/PEN combination angle Size 40 x 10 mm (hole Ø 14 mm) For enclosure width mm Accessories Baying bracket E-Cu 88 4 9661.050 694 PE/PEN combination angles for use with Form 2-4 – 4 9661.240 694 PE/PEN combination angles for other applications – 4 9661.200 694 Length mm Packs of Model No. SV Page 300 292 2 9661.130 400 392 2 9661.140 600 592 2 9661.160 800 792 2 9661.180 1000 992 2 9661.100 1200 1192 2 9661.120 Baying bracket E-Cu 88 4 9661.150 694 PE/PEN combination angles for use with Form 2-4 – 4 9661.240 694 PE/PEN combination angles for other applications – 4 9661.200 694 Size 80 x 10 mm (hole Ø 14 mm) For enclosure width mm Accessories 1) Extended delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 693 Interior installation Earthing Inserted screw nuts M12 Self-holding nuts with knurled ring for busbars E-Cu. Hole diameter: 14.5 mm. PE/PEN combination angle E-Cu for PE/PEN combinations The PE/PEN combination, comprising busbars, combination angles and baying brackets, supports type-tested configurations as per IEC 61 439-1. Thanks to the pre-assembled combination angles, baying brackets and busbars customised to match the enclosure width, assembly is timesaving with cost reduction. Packs of Model No. SV 30 3591.060 Technical specifications: Tested short-circuit resistance PE/PEN combination − 30 x 5 mm: Icw 18 kA, 1 sec. − PE/PEN combination 30 x 10 mm: Icw 30 kA, 1 sec. − PE/PEN combination 40/80 x 10 mm: Icw 60 kA, 1 sec. Material: E-Cu Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1 For busbars mm Application Form 2-4 Others Size mm Packs of Model No. SV 30 x 5 30 x 5 4 9661.235 30 x 10 30 x 10 4 9661.230 40 x 10 and – 40 x 10 4 80 x 10 – 40 x 10 4 1 9661.240 9661.200 Baying bracket E-Cu For busbars mm 694 Length mm Packs of Model No. SV 30 x 5 95 4 9661.355 30 x 10 95 4 9661.350 40 x 10 88 4 9661.050 80 x 10 88 4 9661.150 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 10/16 A − Connection cable: 2 m long H05VV-F3G1.5 Socket strips The socket strips in the aluminium channel are available in various lengths with different functional elements. Special attention has been devoted to practical, universal fastening: Variable attachment facilities have been created with an angle bracket which may be inserted in four positions. Hence, for example, the 482 mm long socket strip may optionally be mounted on 482.6mm (19˝) mounting angles, the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, on the enclosure frame, or in the rear section of the wall-mounted distributor. Without additional mounting accessories, the socket strip may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm pitch pattern. This makes selection much easier, as well as providing additional flexibility and saving on warehousing. Provision has also been made for cable routing of the infeed, and when mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section there is adequate space to route the infeed between the socket strip and the mounting angle without kinks. The arrangement of the sockets at a 45° angle allows unrestricted use of angular connectors. Material: − Aluminium section: Natural-anodized − Socket inserts: Polycarbonate Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two mounting brackets − Assembly parts Standards: − Sockets: DIN VDE 0620-1 − Sockets B/F: UTE NFC 61-303, CEE 7/NV − Overvoltage protection for low voltage: DIN EN 61 643-11 (VDE 0675 Part 6-11) − EMC interference suppression filter: DIN EN 60 939-2 (VDE 0565 Part 3), DIN VDE 0620-1 (VDE 06204-1) Detailed drawings and further information: Available on the Internet. T1 44 T2 44 31 .75 For attaching Design Without rocker switch With rocker switch Number Connector Connecof type tion sockets Mounting WallLength mounted 482.6 mm (T1) dimension Model No. (T2) DK (19˝) Frame distribumm mm1) tor, horilevel zontal 3 Earthing-pin – – 262.6 232.5 7240.110 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.210 12 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.310 3 Earthing-pin – 306.6 276.5 7240.120 Cable Cable 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.220 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.230 9 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.330 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.240 Overvoltage protection and interference suppression filter Cable Miniature circuit-breaker Cable Master-slave Cable 1+3 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.250 C14 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.260 UPS strip RCCB Cable 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.280 RCCB and line protection Cable 5 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.290 For IEC 320 connectors, 10 A Cable 12 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.200 For IEC 320 connectors with IEC 320 input, 10 A C14 9 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.201 For IEC 320 connectors with overvoltage protection and interference suppressor filter, 10 A Cable 6 C13 482.6 452.5 7240.205 With 2 circuits Cable 6+6 Earthing-pin – – 720.6 690.5 7240.370 B/F sockets (Belgium, France) Cable 7 Earthing-pin 482.6 452.5 7240.510 B/F sockets (Belgium, France) Cable 12 Earthing-pin – – 658.6 628.5 7240.512 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 695 Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strips Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. with C13/19 sockets Socket strips with 2 m connection cable H05VV-F3G6 1.5 (PVC) with wire end ferrules. For attaching Design Number of sockets Frame Wall-mounted distributor, horizontal Length mm 482.6 mm (19˝) level Mounting Model No. dimension DK mm1) C13 IEC 320 socket3) 15 – – 592.6 562.5 7240.130 C13 IEC 320 socket3) with 22) infeeds 9+9 – – 764.6 734.5 7240.150 C19 IEC 320 socket4) 6 482.6 452.5 7240.160 C19 IEC 320 socket4) with overvoltage protection device 4 482.6 452.5 7240.170 C19 IEC 320 socket4) with 22) infeeds 3+3 478.6 448.5 7240.190 All socket strips may also be ordered with a Wieland GST infeed. 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. 2) In order to make allowance for the higher output density e.g. in an IT environment, the socket strips are equipped with 2 independent infeeds. This means it is possible to supply 2 x 16 A/250 V with one socket strip. 3) With IEC 320 socket to standard F EN 60 320-2-2 4) With IEC 320 socket to standard J EN 60 320-2-2 Socket strips 230 V Material: − Plastic, halogen-free − Connection cable, 2 m long, without connector H05VV-F3G1 (CH) H05VV-F3G1,5 (GB) − Unrestricted use, including angular connectors, thanks to the long row arrangement of plug-type contacts. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage 250 V AC − Max. load CH 10 A, GB 13 A. Number of sockets Length mm 6 4701) 12 793 18 1153 6 4701) 12 793 1) The socket strips can be 2) Extended delivery times. Model No. DK 7404.000 GB 7408.510 7412.5102) 7604.0002) CH 7608.5102) mounted horizontally at the rear of the DK wall-mounted distributor based on EL/AE. Socket strip TE 8-way socket strip for earthing-pin plug/version D. The strip is made of plastic and may be mounted vertically on the TE frame or in the rear 482.6 mm (19˝) section. In the 482.6 mm (19˝) section, more than 2 U of space is required. The sockets are arranged at an angle of 45° so that angular connectors are also easily used. The socket strip is supplied with a 2 m connection cable. The connection cable is contacted in a terminal slot in the strip. The terminal slot has a separate cover. The socket strip has external terminals for separate earthing. 696 Design Socket strip TE Model No. DK 8-way, earthing-pin 7000.630 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 230 Volt AC − Rated current: Max. 16 A − Connection cable: Length 2 m, H05VV-F3G1, 1.5 mm2, without connectors, with wire end ferrules Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strip, 482.6 mm (19˝), with fuse with optional locking of the cable outlets The socket strip constructed from an aluminium channel is 482.6 mm (19˝) wide and 1 U high, and may be integrated into all standard 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Special attention has been devoted to practical, universal fastening. The universal mounting bracket creates variable mounting opportunities. For example, the 439 mm long socket strip may optionally be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle or on the punched section with mounting flange and enclosure frame. Design Model No. DK 12 x C13 7240.600 Technical specifications: − 10 A fuse/slow − Cable type: H05VV − Mains voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 10/10 A − Connection cable: 1.5 m Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two mounting brackets − Assembly parts Additionally, a locking option for the outgoing cables to the equipment has now been integrated. This protects the cables from unintentional loosening, which in turn increases the security and availability of applications. Accessories: PSM cable lock, see page 386. Socket strips Material: − Aluminium section: Natural anodised − Socket inserts: Polycarbonate with ammeter The socket strip with ammeter measures the active power of the connected equipment. The two variants “earthing pin contact” and “IEC 320 socket C13” provide the most commonly used plug-in contacts in data centres. The 482.6 mm (19˝) long socket strip may optionally be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, on the enclosure frame or in the rear section of wall-mounted distributors. The installation bracket may be mounted in four different positions for variable mounting. Without additional mounting accessories, the socket strip may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm pitch pattern. Supply includes: − Socket strip − Two installation brackets − Assembly parts − 1.5 m connection cable with open ends Technical specifications: − Mains voltage: 250 V − Rated current: 16 A − Connection cable: 1.5 m For attaching Design Number of sockets Frame Wall-mounted distributor, horizontal 482.6 mm (19˝) level Length mm Mounting Model No. dimension DK mm1) Earthing-pin 6 482.6 464.1 7240.300 C13 IEC 320 socket 8 482.6 464.1 7240.305 1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of mounting bracket. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 697 Voltage supply Socket strips Socket strip CMC With integral ● Interference suppressor filter ● Overvoltage protection ● Alarm contact In the event of interference caused by overvoltage, the connected active network components are protected. With the relay message contact, undervoltage and any malfunctions caused by overvoltage can be reported via the CMC-TC in the network (SNMP trap). A green light on the strip indicates that the device is operational. The second protective device is the interference suppressor filter which protects valuable equipment as a passive component. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7200.630 Technical specifications, overvoltage protection: − Arrester application category: D − Surge current resistance per conductor: 2.5 kA − Maximum surge current resistance: 8 kA Also required: For connecting the socket strip, the CMC III or CMC III Compact and an RJ 10 connection cable are required. Technical specifications: − Number of sockets: 9 − Length of strip: 650 mm − Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Rated current: 16 A − Relay alarm output: RJ 10 jack − Relay load capacity: 50 Volt DC 100 mA Junction box with multi-functional bracket The angle bracket can be installed in all network enclosures in a system-compatible design. The junction box serves as a transfer point for the power supply to all equipment (fans, lamps and socket strips). As well as being used as a junction box or interchange point, the bracket may also accommodate the enclosure internal thermostat (SK 3110.000) or the hygrostat (SK 3118.000) thanks to its integral holes. Socket ● For mounting on support rails TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to EN 60 715 ● Screw terminals uniformly from one side ● Enclosure width 45 mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7280.035 Material of bracket: Sheet steel Colour of bracket: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 1 bracket − 1 junction box − 6 m connection cable 3 x 1.5 mm2 (flexible) Design Packs of Model No. SZ Germany 2 2506.100 Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 250 V AC − Rated current (AC): 16 A Material: Polyamide Colour: Grey Standards: − DIN VDE 0620-1 − DIN 49 440-1 698 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Voltage supply Socket strips Service socket Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7280.100 for enclosure frame attachment/16 A Integration of a service socket within a separate supply circuit, independently of the IT network and UPS. Simple installation via an angle bracket for attaching to the enclosure frame. Material: − Angle bracket: Sheet steel − Socket: Plastic Surface finish: Angle bracket: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − Angle bracket − Damp-proof socket (IP 44) − Assembly parts Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝) Technical specifications: A depth-variable top hat rail for installed equipment to DIN 43 880, sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers etc.). Cable clamping at the rear, one N and one PE rail on an insulated plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover (UL 94-V0), maximum accommodation of 22 installed devices (width 18 mm). Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP (22 x 18 mm = 396 mm). Packs of U Model No. DK 1 3 7480.035 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers. Note: Individual population with circuit-breakers at the factory available on request. Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Model No. DK Pull-out This Energy-Box is designed to accommodate both DC and AC components. The pull-out component front affords optimum access to the wiring space from above and below. 3 7480.300 Connection clamps for DC current: 2 clamps 35 mm2, 9 clamps 16 mm2 (per rail) Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers. for AC current: 1 clamp 16 mm2 (PE or N), 20 clamps 4 mm2 (per rail) Technical specifications: Depth-adjustable top hat rail for snap-in attachment of installed equipment to DIN 43 880 in sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers etc. or entire installation assemblies such as the ABB “smissline” system). Cable clamping at the rear, two power distribution rails with connection clamps on isolated base/ plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover, maximum accommodation of 22 installed devices (width 18 mm). Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP (22 x 18 mm = 396 mm). Depth: 220 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 699 Voltage supply Socket strips Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) Socket strip, IP-compatible, 1 U Featuring 8 current outlets with IEC 320 C13 slots. Each of the 8 slots is individually switchable (via the CMC III system). Furthermore, a current indicator, circuit display and thermal overload protection are integrated into the module. Installation on the enclosure frame or in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section (1 U) of a rack. Operate the socket strip without CMC: For operation of the socket strip, power pack DK 7201.210 and a connection cable are required. Up to 4 socket strips may be operated with one power pack. Available functions: Current display, circuit display, automatic selective activation. Operate the socket strip with CMC: No additional power pack is required: The PCU is supplied via the CMC III system. You will need the CMC III or CMC III Compact, plus a CMC III CAN bus unit. See page 771 for details. Available functions: Current display, automatic selective activation via CMC III in the network: individual switching of the 8 current outlets, current limit monitoring, time-delayed switching of the individual current outlets, status display of module. Designation 1) 700 Pin pattern Description of functions: ● 2-digit local LED 7-segment current display on the PCU. Legibility rotates according to the installation position. ● Measuring and monitoring of the current per PCU. Min./max. Adjustable limits. Measurement range 0 – 16 A. ● Alarm notifications via a flashing display. ● Monitoring of the thermo-fuse. ● PCUs may be combined via the bus system, thereby enabling selective activation. ● In conjunction with the CMC III, the 8 individual current outlets of the PCUs may be activated and deactivated individually via HTTP and SNMP. ● Remote administration of the power supply, editing and monitoring of remote limits, SNMP trap messages in case of alarm. ● 8 IEC 320 C13 slots per PCU. ● User administration. Dimensions: Width: 465 mm (19˝) Height: 44.5 mm (1 U) Material: Aluminium section with plastic cover Supply includes: − 1 socket strip PCU 1 U (max. 10 A per socket strip) − 1 bus cable − 1 infeed cable 24 V DC − 1 adaptor for power pack 24 V DC − 1 connector for power supply − 1 connection cable 0.3 m with Wieland connector Number of slots Switchable outputs With individual current measurement Depth mm Model No. DK IEC 60 320 C13 8 yes – 60 7200.001 Earthing contact Earthing pin/C13 4/2 yes – 60 7856.2031) 7856.2041) IEC 60 320 C19/C13 4/2 yes – 60 Earthing contact Earthing pin/C13 4/2 yes 160 7859.215 IEC 60 320 C13 8 yes 160 7859.225 IEC 60 320 C19/C13 4/2 yes 160 7859.235 Also required: PSM busbars, see page 384. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable entry Cable entry plates For ● Cable entry grommets ● Connector grommets instead of segments of the standard divided gland plates. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. For installation in TS and PC enclosures Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. TS 600 5 2 8800.060 800 8 2 8800.080 1000 4 4 8800.100 1200 6 4 8800.120 For installation in CM enclosures and TP TopConsole system Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. CM 600 5 1 5001.226 800 8 1 5001.227 1000 4 1 5001.228 1200 6 1 5001.229 1600 8 1 5001.237 For installation in ES enclosures and TP universal console, CS Basic enclosure Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of1) Model No. TS 600 5 2 4320.700 800 8 2 4321.700 1000 10 2 4323.700 1) Incl. For TS stainless steel Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304) compensating plate For installation in TS, stainless steel Enclosure width mm Cut-outs per plate Packs of Model No. TS 600 5 2 8700.600 800 8 2 8700.800 1200 6 4 8700.120 Accessories: Cable entry grommets, see page 702. Three examples from a wide range of possibilities The diagrams show three TS examples for the positioning of cable entry plates instead of segments of the three-piece gland plates supplied as standard. This facilitates positioning to fit the mounting plate. Thanks to the enclosure symmetry, where dimensions permit, cable entry plates may also be inserted in the enclosure depth, right and left, analogous to the gland plates. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 701 Cable management Cable entry Cable entry grommets In conjunction with the cable entry plate, simple and fast sealing of cables inserted in the base area of enclosures. Material: − Body: Polypropylene − Cover: Thermoplastic elastomer Cables per grommet Max. Ø mm Packs of Model No. PS 8 13 25 4316.000 3 21 25 4317.000 1 47 25 4318.000 Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Connector grommets Suitable for cable diameters from 8 to 36 mm. Packs of Model No. PS 10 4311.000 Material: − Outer cover: Polypropylene covered with thermoplastic elastomer − Seal: Cellular rubber Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Section for cable entry, centre for TS, CM, TP For top-mounting on gland plates. A superior alternative to the foam rubber cable clamp strip, thanks to: ● Easier mounting ● Full-surface support ● High level of sealing of cables inserted into the enclosure Material: − Extruded aluminium section − Seal: PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8802.060 800 1 set 8802.080 1000 2 sets 8802.100 1200 2 sets 8802.120 1600 2 sets 8802.160 Accessories: − Cable clamp rails (right angle section), see page 717. − C rail 30/15, see page 653. 24.5 Y 129.5 30 x 25 25.5 5 Note: 1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted. For enclosure width mm Y = Mounting plate depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern (final pitch 30 mm). 702 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable entry Section for cable entry, rear for TS, CM, TP Unlike the section for cable entry, centre, the rear section is mounted directly onto the base opening. In this way, when installing the mounting plate in the rearmost position (TS) or with CM, the cables may be routed directly on a cable clamping rail with no large radii. In conjunction with the cable clamp rail, optimum adjustment between the cable entry and mounting plate can be achieved. Material: − Extruded aluminium section − Seal: PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8802.065 800 1 set 8802.085 1000 2 sets 8802.105 1200 2 sets 8802.125 1600 2 sets 8802.165 Note: 1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an enclosure width of 800 mm. From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may be fitted. Accessories: Cable clamp rail, see page 717. Foam rubber cable clamp strip For sealing the cable entry between the gland plates. Particularly suitable for identical cable cross-sections. Packs of Model No. SZ 3m 2573.000 Material: − PU foam − Cross-section: 30 x 30 mm Protection category: IP 55 subject to correct mounting. EMC gland plates see page 687. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 703 Cable management Gland plates Plastic cable gland plates Size Packs of Model No. SZ with metric knockouts With pre-punched holes for cable glands. Used for sealing standard gland plates. 1 10 2560.010 3 10 2561.010 4 5 2562.010 Temperature range: May be used from –40°C to +70°C. 5 5 2563.010 Colour: RAL 7035 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Size 1 Size 3 330 160 M12 120 M16 7.5 120 90 M20 M25 75 56 70 7 25 45 110 M32 M40 Size 4 M50 Size 5 530 339 45 Size 2 Temperature range: May be used from –40°C to +70°C. PG Qty. 13.5 12 Packs of Model No. KL 5 1581.000 13.5 16 21 6 2 2 5 1582.000 KL 1581.000 Material: ABS 220 202 Colour: RAL 7035 Ø5 90 PG 13.5 72 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. 110 76 with PG knockouts With pre-punched PG holes for cable glands. Used for sealing standard gland plates. 149 149 133 Plastic cable gland plates 110 110 110 8 120 133 120 8 49.5 KL 1582.000 PG 13.5 PG 13.5 704 PG 21 PG 13.5 PG 16 PG 16 PG 13.5 PG 21 PG 13.5 PG 13.5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Gland plates Plastic gland plates with membranes Simply pierce the plastic with a sharp object, and pull through the cable. Size Packs of 3 1 2561.500 4 1 2562.500 5 1 2563.500 Model No. SZ Material: Plastic to UL 94-V0 Diameter mm Colour: Similar to RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 65 with careful cable entry. Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Size 3 330 45 120 120 90 75 Ø6 No. of cable entries for Model No. SZ 2561.500 2562.500 2563.500 5–9 – – 18 6 – 11 17 – – 7 – 12 – 24 16 10 – 15 27 48 36 15 – 21 2 4 – 15 – 24 – – 6 15 – 25 – 8 – 16 – 25 4 – – 19 – 34 2 – – 23 – 30 – – 2 26 – 35 – 4 2 26 – 54 – – 4 50 – 110 – – 1 7.5 Size 5 Size 4 534 339 49.5 120 47 120 110 110 110 110 Ø6 149 133 149 133 Ø6 8 8 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 705 Cable management Gland plates Metal gland plates Size Packs of with metric knockouts Simply knock out the holes for the cable glands using a screwdriver. 2 1 1581.100 3 1 2561.100 4 1 2562.100 Material: Sheet steel 5 1 2563.100 Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. SZ Number of cable entries Protection category: IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the bottom. Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. Model No. SZ Diameter M12 M16 M20 M25 M32 – – 12 – – – 1581.100 – – 9 4 2 – 2561.100 – 2 5 13 2 2 2562.100 1 – 12 11 8 4 2563.100 Size 2 M40 221 9.5 101 9 7 72 76 101 90 Accessories: Cable glands made from polyamide or brass, see page 709. Size 3 330 120 120 75 90 7.5 45 315 7.5 Size 5 Size 4 534 339 47 120 120 110 110 110 149 323 133 8 133 149 8 706 110 8 49.5 8 518 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Gland plates Metal gland plates As spare/replacement part for the standard gland plates supplied loose. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable glands made from polyamide or brass, see page 709. Size Design Packs of Model No. SZ/IN/KL 1 Solid 1 2560.400 Protection category: IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the bottom. 2 Solid 6 1158.500 3 Solid 1 2561.400 4 Solid 1 2562.400 Note: The applicable size may be taken from the respective product ordering page. 5 Solid 1 2563.150 IN 2563.150 SZ 2560.400 500 149 113 70 534 133 43 160 1 1 SZ 2561.400 330 KL 1158.500 303 220 62 1 SZ 2562.400 90 90 63 192 R9 339 303 149 113 1 Area available for population 1 Gland plate solid, for QuickBox To conceal the cable entry openings. In exchange for the brush strip at the top and bottom that is used as standard. Packs of Model No. QB 2 7502.310 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7705.235 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 599 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 27 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 20.5 (7 x) 133.5 Colour: RAL 7035 12.5 (4 x) 32.5 (2 x) 28 for metric cable glands, for EL Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and prepunched, knock-out holes for metric cable glands M12, M20, M25, M32, M40. 19 Gland plate 40.5 (2 x) 25.5 (5 x) 707 Cable management Gland plates Gland plate solid, for EL Folded gland plate for the base box, with foamedin seal. Packs of Model No. EL 1 2235.135 Delivery times available on request. Colour: RAL 7035 133.5 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm 19 599 Gland plate Colour: RAL 7035 Model No. DK 1 7705.035 40 Material: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm Packs of 133.5 with brush insert, for EL Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and plastic brush inserts for simple cable entry. 390 19 599 Brush strip For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any given positions in the side panel, rear panel, doors, roof and gland plate may be finished off attractively by simply attaching the brush strip. Packs of Model No. DK 2m 7072.200 Technical specifications: − For metal thickness: 0.6 – 1.5 mm − Bristle length: 30 mm − Plastic sheathing: 18 mm − Snap-on surface: 10 mm − Maximum cut-out height: 38 mm Brush strip, super-airtight Packs of Model No. DK For individual installation of enclosure panels, gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable routing at any position in the side panel, rear panel, doors, roof and base plate. These special brush strips may be used to create airtight entries for cable sections and conductors. The brush strips arranged in an offset configuration ensure good sealing from the routed cables even with large quantities of cables. In this way, unwanted system losses may be reduced to a minimum. 2x1m 7825.375 Technical specifications: − For metal thickness: 1.5 – 2 mm − Bristle length: 58 mm − Plastic sheathing: 14 mm − Snap-on surface: 11.5 mm − Cut-out width: 88 – 90 mm Material: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Supply includes: 1 brush strip each, 1 m in length, right-hand and left-hand version. 708 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands Cable gland, brass Benefits: ● Because the gland and lock nut are sold together in a single pack, this saves additional ordering and storage. ● Clamping membranes for even tightening and strain relief which protects the cables. ● Insulation via plastic insert. ● Optimum seal on the connection thread, thanks to O-ring. ● The lock nut cuts automatically into the sprayfinish, thereby creating a conductive connection. Material: − Brass − Seal: Neoprene Surface finish: Nickel-plated Protection category: − IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Approval: VDE tested to EN 50 262 Size Cable diameter Packs mm of Model No. SZ M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 15 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 15 2411.810 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 10 2411.820 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 10 2411.830 M32 x 1.5 15 – 21 5 2411.840 M40 x 1.5 19 – 28 4 2411.850 M50 x 1.5 27 – 38 2 2411.860 M63 x 1.5 34 – 44 1 2411.870 2411.800 1 Possible alternative: 2 Cable gland Hygienic Design, see page 711. 3 Accessories: 4 − Sealing bungs, see page 710. − Multi-seal inserts, see page 710. 5 1 Cap nut 2 Neoprene seal 3 Plastic insert 4 O-ring 5 Lock nut Cable gland, polyamide Benefits: ● Because the gland and lock nut are sold together in a single pack, this saves additional ordering and storage. ● Clamping membranes for even tightening and strain relief which protects the cables. ● Spray-moulded sealing lip ensures an optimum seal against the enclosure. ● Trapezoid thread for secure screw-fastening of the cap nut. Size Cable diameter Packs mm of M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 50 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 50 2411.610 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 50 2411.620 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 25 2411.630 M32 x 1.5 15 – 21 15 2411.640 M40 x 1.5 19 – 28 5 2411.650 M50 x 1.5 27 – 38 5 2411.660 M63 x 1.5 34 – 44 3 2411.670 Material: Polyamide 6, neoprene seal Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 Approval: − VDE tested to EN 50 262 − CSA for USA and Canada Model No. SZ 2411.600 1 Accessories: − Polyamide reducers, see page 710. − Sealing bungs, see page 710. − Multi-seal inserts, see page 710. 2 3 4 5 1 Cap nut 2 Neoprene seal 3 Trapezoid thread 4 Sealing lip 5 Lock nut Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 709 Cable management Cable glands Polyamide reducers Thread Exterior: Inside M16 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5 50 2411.550 M20 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5 50 2411.551 Benefit: Reducer and locking nut are sold together in a single pack; this saves additional ordering and storage. M20 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.552 M25 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.553 M25 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 50 2411.554 M32 x 1.5 M16 x 1.5 50 2411.555 Material: Polyamide 6 GF30 M32 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 50 2411.556 M32 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 50 2411.557 Colour: RAL 7035 M40 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 25 2411.558 M40 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 25 2411.559 Note: Polyamide cable gland, see page 709. M50 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 5 2411.560 M63 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 5 2411.561 M63 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 5 2411.562 for polyamide cable glands For adapting metric cable glands to larger diameter holes or threads. Sealing bung for cable glands M20 x 1.5 Packs of Model No. SZ Packs of Model No. SZ 25 2411.532 For use in all situations where pre-installed cable glands M20 x 1.5 must be kept free for future installations but properly sealed. Simply loosen the cap nut, mount the sealing bung, and retighten. Material: Polyamide 6 Colour: RAL 7035 Multi-seal inserts For the secure entry of several individual cables into a single cable gland. Material: Neoprene 710 Size M25 Cable diameter mm Number of cables Packs of Model No. SZ 3 7 25 2411.504 4 6 25 2411.505 5 4 25 2411.506 6 3 25 2411.507 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands Cable gland HD Standard version Applications: ● Manufacturing and packaging of foodstuffs etc. ● Clean room technology (e.g. pharmaceuticals) ● Biotechnology ● Chemical industry Benefits: ● Smooth, solid exterior surfaces effectively prevent the depositing of harmful micro-organisms. ● Much easier, and therefore cheaper to clean compared with conventional cable glands. Material: − Cap nut: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) − Seal: Conforms to FDA 21 CFR 177.2600 Protection category: − IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529 − IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9 Cable diameter mm Size Packs of Model No. HD 2410.000 M12 x 1.5 3 – 6.5 5 M16 x 1.5 4.5 – 10 5 2410.010 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 2410.020 M25 x 1.5 11 – 17 5 2410.030 Size Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. HD M16 x 1.5 5 – 10 5 2410.110 EMC version 1 2 M20 x 1.5 6 – 12 5 2410.120 3 M25 x 1.5 12 – 17 5 2410.130 4 5 6 7 Why hygiene-compatible cable glands? Critical points with conventional solutions 1 Cable entry in front 1 Seal Hygiene-compatible design features 1 2 of seal 1 1 Seal directly at the 2 2 Compliance with cable entry 2 No minimum radii on the hexagon 3 External thread 4 Gap caused by O-ring on the enclosure surface minimum radii on the hexagon 3 3 3 No external thread 4 4 Flush termination 4 Stainless steel lock nut Size Packs of Model No. HD M12 x 1.5 10 2410.200 Material: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303) M16 x 1.5 10 2410.210 M20 x 1.5 10 2410.220 M25 x 1.5 10 2410.230 for HD cable glands For attaching HD cable glands in an internal thread or using lock nuts. This can be achieved either from the inside or from the outside using an Allen key. 3 Gripper jaws 4 Shield spring (EMC version only) 5 Clamping ring 6 Enclosure seal 7 Base with locator for assembly tool between the cap nut and the enclosure To match HD cable glands. Assembly tool 2 Cap nut Packs of Model No. HD 1 set 2410.290 Supply includes: 1 set = Adaptor for sizes from M12 – M25. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 711 Cable management Cable glands Cable glands for fibre-optic technology The common size PG 13.5 has a slotted interior seal. This allows super-easy cable entry. Ideal for routing break-out cables, as this eliminates unnecessary bending of the fibre-optic cables. Fibre-optic cable gland Cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK PG 13.5 2x3 12 7455.030 Material: − Cable gland: Brass − Inner seal: Soft PVC insert Surface finish: Screw connection: Nickel-plated Connector gland for connector cut-outs (24-pole) For the entry of 2 pre-assembled cables in the connector cut-out, without dismantling the connector. For cable diameter from 8 – 36 mm. Material: − Enclosure: Plastic − Clamps: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2400.000 Supply includes: 1 set = 2 half-shells, including seals, with fastening clamp. Surface finish: Clamps: Zinc-plated Cable gland for IW worktops To fit drilled holes Ø 60 mm. For the entry of cables with pre-assembled connectors, the rotating flap and cover are easily removed. Packs of Model No. IW 1 6902.770 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 7035 Edge protector For covering sharp edges of cut-outs. Provides protection from injuries and prevents damage to inserted cables. The edge protector is suitable for material thicknesses of approx. 1.0 – 2.0 mm, and may be cut to length individually. Packs of Model No. DK 10 m 7072.100 Material: Plastic PVC Colour: Black 712 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable glands The Rittal connector gland proves that sometimes “less is more”: significantly faster installation, a flexible sealing system for different cable diameters, and simple cable entry with pre-assembled cables. Low installation costs, a high degree of protection and flexible cable management – added value guaranteed with the latest generation of cable entry solutions from Rittal. Benefits: ● Cable diameters 4 – 16 mm ● Simple cable entry for pre-assembled cables ● Individual cables can be added or replaced without dismantling the sealing frame ● Sealing modules remain safely attached to their cables Sealing frame For pre-assembled cables with connectors. Mounting over 24-pole or 16-pole connector cut-outs in: ● Module plates for TS divider panels ● Metal gland plates Material: − Front panel: Polyamide − Flat seal: CR For modules 20 x 20 mm For cut-out Packs of Model No. SZ 10 8 24-pole 1 2400.900 16-pole 1 2400.910 Accessories: Module plates for TS divider panel, see from page 572. 130 36 112 86 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 103 Protection category: IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. 36 M4 32 M4 32 16-pole Sealing module To seal cables in conjunction with a sealing frame. It is possible to combine 20 x 20 mm and 40 x 40 mm sealing modules. Material: − Hard shell: Polyamide − Seal: TPE 2 Protection category: IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 24-pole Sealing modules 20 x 20 mm Diameter range Packs of Model No. SZ 4 – 6 mm 10 2400.920 6 – 9 mm 10 2400.930 Solid 10 2400.970 Sealing modules 40 x 40 mm Diameter range Packs of Model No. SZ 9 – 12 mm 10 2400.940 12 – 16 mm 10 2400.950 Solid 10 2400.960 713 Cable management Cable glands Connector gland, small For pre-assembled cables with connectors. ● For use with material thickness of up to 4 mm. ● Strain relief of the pre-assembled cables can be achieved with cable ties. To fit Packs of Model No. SZ 2 cables Ø 6 to Ø 8 mm 1 2400.300 3 cables Ø 4 to Ø 6 mm 5 2400.500 Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 9005 Protection category: IP 65 subject to correct mounting. Supply includes: Assembly parts. 36 55 55 11 8 6 35 21.5 Ø 35 Ø SZ 2400.300 3 25 SZ 2400.500 41.5 41.5 4 4 22 Mounting cut-out 42 Cable gland module Model No. CP 1 6052.500 10 – 39 100 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Ø 82 35 Material: Sheet steel Packs of 120 100 – 134 CP-L, Ø 130 mm Use of the support arm cutout CP-L, round, with enclosures mounted on the wall, for sealed cable entry. May also be mounted retrospectively with the cables already inserted. Fitted with T-heads for cable clamping. Particularly well-suited to cables with identical crosssections. 25 70 38.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 66 Stepped collar for wall thicknesses from 1.5 to 4.5 mm For cable entry, simply cut off at the required level to match the cable diameter. Material: Plastic to UL 94-HB For hole Sealing range mm Packs of Model No. SZ M20 5 – 16 100 2899.200 M25 5 – 21 50 2899.250 M32 13 – 26.5 25 2899.320 M40 13 – 34 20 2899.400 Protection category: IP 54 with careful cable entry. 714 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable duct for vertical TS section Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. TS 50 1600 8 sets 8800.570 50 1800 8 sets 8800.520 100 1600 4 sets 8800.540 100 1800 4 sets 8800.510 For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure section. Width 50 mm For assembly on a vertical enclosure section in the area of the side panel. Width 100 mm For assembly on two bayed enclosure profiles in the baying area. Baying brackets and baying clamps which have already been fitted can be covered over with the cable duct. The nominal break points of the bars are also designed for combination with the cable ducts for mounting plates; in addition a further nominal break at the level of the mounting plate enables direct insertion into the cable duct. The cable duct fastening points are co-ordinated with the TS system hole pattern; time-consuming drilling work, as in the case of DIN ducts, is eliminated. Technical specifications: − Depth: 80 mm − Length: 1600 mm (for enclosure height 1800 mm) 1800 mm (for enclosure height 2000 mm) May be shortened for other enclosure dimensions − Bar width: 5.5 mm − Slot width: 4.5 mm Material: − Hard PVC − Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing, − Temperature resistant to +60°C Colour: Similar to RAL 7030 Supply includes: 1 set = 1 cable duct with cover. Accessories: Aluminium rivet for attachment, see page 716. 72 2 71 1 5.5 100 5.5 48 4.5 4.5 1 TS 8800.570/TS 8800.520 5 6.5 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 25 50 14 6.5 8 1600/1800 1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25 8 14 50 25 1600/1800 1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25 2 TS 8800.540/TS 8800.510 5 715 Cable management Cable duct for mounting plate ● To fit the cable ducts for vertical TS sections. If the TS mounting plate is installed in the rearmost position, the horizontally mounted cable ducts are flush with the vertical ones. ● For external mounting on surfaces. For enclosure width mm Fixed length 2000 mm Length (L) mm Width (B) mm Packs of Model No. TS 30 24 sets 8800.750 40 20 sets 8800.751 60 18 sets 8800.752 80 12 sets 8800.753 100 12 sets 8800.754 Material: − Hard PVC − Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing, − Temperature resistant to +60°C Colour: Similar to RAL 7030 Supply includes: 1 set = 1 cable duct with cover. Technical specifications: − Depth: 80 mm − Length: 2000 mm, may be cut to length − Bar width: 5.5 mm − Slot width: 4.5 mm Width 30, 40 and 60 mm 50 25 80 6.5 4.5 B 25 14 8 L 8 25 80 B 14 4.5 6.5 50 Width 80 and 100 mm 25 50 L Aluminium rivet For secure assembly of cable ducts in conformity with the relevant standards. Also suitable for the attachment of support rails and punched rails. To fit: ● TS system punchings ● Drilled hole Ø 4.5 mm. 716 Packs of Model No. TS 100 8800.531 Accessories: − Cable ducts for vertical TS section, see page 715. − Cable ducts for mounting plate, see page 716. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable clamp rails Mounting angle for TS, ES, PC, TP universal console, base/plinths For strain relief with cable entry. Depth-variable mounting on a 25 mm pitch pattern on the horizontal enclosure section or in side base/plinth trim panels with assembly bolts. Enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. PS 400 385 2 4193.000 600 585 2 4191.000 800 785 2 4192.000 1000 985 2 4336.000 1200 1185 2 4196.000 1600 1585 2 4338.000 1800 1785 2 4339.000 Material: Steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Accessories: Assembly bolts for base/plinth, see page 546. Cable clamps For cable diameter mm for cable clamp rails For fastening the cables to the cable clamp rails. Packs of Model No. SZ 2350.000 6 – 12 25 Material: Sheet steel 12 – 16 25 2351.000 14 – 18 25 2352.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 18 – 22 25 2353.000 22 – 26 25 2354.000 Supply includes: Plastic insert. 26 – 30 25 2355.000 30 – 34 25 2356.000 34 – 38 25 2357.000 38 – 42 25 2358.000 42 – 46 25 2359.000 46 – 50 25 2360.000 Possible alternative: Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief, see page 686. Cable clamp rails C section for TS, CM, TP For strain relief with cable entry. The length of the cable clamp rail is tailored to the width of the mounting plate. The mounting bracket included with the supply supports three different installation situations on the mounting plate: For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. CM 600 499 1 5001.080 800 699 1 5001.081 1000 899 1 5001.082 1200 1099 1 5001.083 1 straight, at a distance of 23 mm from the mounting plate 2 straight, at a distance of 10 mm from the mounting plate Accessories: Cable clamps for C rails, see page 719. 3 tilted, towards the mounting plate Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Two mounting brackets and assembly screws. 1 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 2 3 717 Cable management Cable clamping bracket For installing in the operating housing with mounting cut-out CP-L and CP-XL. Cable clamping optionally via: ● Cable clamps or ● Cable tie SZ 2597.000 ● Commercially available cable ties. Bracket height = 25 mm with fitted C rail 40 mm. Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6052.000 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 719. − Cable ties, see page 720. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: C rail and screws. Cable clamp rails see page 722. Combination rails for QuickBox For cable clamping and routing. Cables and leads can be fastened to the T-heads top and bottom with cable ties. In addition, the C section of the combination rail will accommodate cable clamps with inserts. In order to achieve a contacting connection, the anodised coating of the rail must be broken. Material: Aluminium Surface finish: Anodised Supply includes: Assembly parts. 718 For enclosure depth mm Length mm Packs of Model No. QB 300/400 200 6 7502.302 500/600 400 6 7502.304 For enclosure width mm Length mm Packs of Model No. QB 600 400 6 7502.304 Accessories: − Cable clamps, see page 719. − Cable ties, see page 720. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cascade cable routing for chassis mounting for TS Professional cable routing system for cascading of cables in several levels of the enclosure depth. The cables are attached to the C rail by means of clamps. Suitable for installation on the inner enclosure level. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 6 mounting brackets − 3 C rails − Assembly parts Cable clamps for C rails For attaching the cables to the C rails. For enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 3 7831.570 800 3 7831.571 Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange for the inner mounting level, see page 647. − PS punched section without mounting flange for vertical mounting in the enclosure frame, see page 652. − Cable clamps, see page 719. For cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK 6 – 14 25 7077.000 Material: Sheet steel 12 – 18 25 7078.000 18 – 22 25 7097.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 22 – 26 25 7097.220 26 – 30 25 7097.260 Supply includes: Plastic insert. 30 – 34 25 7097.300 34 – 38 25 7097.340 Note: C rails, see from page 653. 38 – 42 25 7098.000 42 – 56 25 7098.100 56 – 64 25 7099.000 Cable conduit and cable conduit holder For secure cable routing e.g. from the enclosure or mounting plate to the door. Attachment facility for standard commercially available cable ties is provided on the cable conduit holder, so that cables may be attached upon entry to/exit from the cable conduit. Material: − Cable conduit: Polythene − Cable conduit holder: Polyamide Cable conduit Internal Ø mm Packs of Model No. SZ 16 25 m 2595.000 29 25 m 2589.000 36 25 m 2596.000 48 25 m 2590.000 For cable conduit Ø mm Packs of Model No. SZ 16 20 2593.0001) 29 20 2591.0001) 36 20 2594.000 48 20 2592.000 Cable conduit holder 1) Installation in compact enclosures AE with universal bracket SZ 2373.000, see page 664. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 719 Cable management Cable attachment For professional, secure fastening of cables and conduits. For fastening: ● Slide into the punched rail 23 x 23 mm, ● Screw-fasten onto the round punchings of the enclosures, as well as all punched rails and punched sections. As the fastening attachments are bayable, several fastening attachments, even those of different sizes, can be assembled by using just 2 screws. Material: Polyamide Note: Punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 651. For cable diameter from – to mm Packs of Model No. PS 6–9 50 4319.090 9 – 12 50 4319.120 12 – 16 50 4319.160 16 – 20 50 4319.200 Also required: Posidrive raised countersunk screw M5 x 12 mm, SZ 2488.000, for screw-fastening to the round system punchings, see page 666. Cable ties The super-fast solution for fastening cables to the enclosure profile or mounting system parts. Simply clip into the round system punchings. Nylon loop With the nylon loop, secured cables are easily released, allowing individual cables to be added or removed. Ideal for sensitive data cables (fibre-optic/Cu), as it avoids indentations on the cable sheathing. In addition, the nylon loop may be screw-fastened to the round system punchings or attached using a quick-release fastener. Colour: Black Supply includes: Quick-release fastener. Nylon loop For tidy cable routing. Supplied on a reel for cutting to the required length. Length mm Packs of Model No. SZ 150 100 2597.000 Width mm Length mm Max. cable diameter mm Packs of Model No. DK 20 130 30 10 7072.220 20 200 50 10 7072.230 20 300 90 10 7072.240 Also required: Screw SZ 2486.500 for screw-fastening to the round system punchings, see page 666. Length mm Width mm Packs of Model No. IN 5000 16 1 2203.400 Unlike cable ties, ● protects the cable sheathing ● easily reopened ● reusable 720 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Nylon loop cable holder self-adhesive Suitable for universal use in all network enclosures and server racks, wall-mounted enclosures, mounting plates and gland plates. Size length x width mm Packs of Model No. DK 70 x 16 10 7111.350 Material: Woven polyamide 6.6 Colour: Black Cable tie fastener for round system punchings and VIP 6000 Packs of Model No. CP 100 6059.000 Packs of Model No. CP 100 6059.500 For all commercially available cable ties up to a tie width of 4.8 mm. Simply insert into the screw channel and secure by hammering down the split rivet. Material: Polyamide 6.6 Cable tie fastener for Comfort Panel, Optipanel and Compact Panel For secure cable routing of all standard commercially available cable ties up to a tie width of 4.0 mm. Simply insert into the T channel and secure by rotating through 45°. Material: Polyamide 6.6 Snap-in cable routing Design Packs of Model No. DK for clipping into the system punchings Cable routing suitable for universal use, for toolless, fast assembly, in two variants: For locking for system punchings 6.2 mm 10 7111.300 For twisting for system punchings 4.7 mm 10 7111.310 For locking: ● User-friendly opening for cable management via locating points ● For cable diameters 14 – 19 mm ● For system punchings 6.2 mm For twisting: ● User-friendly opening for cable management ● For cable diameters 10.2 – 12.7 mm ● For system punchings 4.7 mm Material: Polyamide 6.6, self-extinguishing to UL 94 V-2 Colour: Natural Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 721 Cable management Cable clamp rails for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames The cables may be attached to the cable clamp rails with cable ties or nylon tapes. The cable clamp rails are simply located onto the frame section and may additionally be secured with a screw. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. For the inner mounting level For enclosures Packs of Model No. DK 600 4 7828.061 800 4 7828.081 1000 1000 4 7828.101 1200 1200 4 7828.121 Packs of Model No. DK Width mm Depth mm 600 800 For the outer mounting level For enclosures Width mm Depth mm 600 600 4 7828.062 800 800 4 7828.082 1000 1000 4 7828.102 1200 1200 4 7828.122 Accessories: − Cable ties, see page 720. − Nylon loop, see page 720. Cable clamp rail, depth-variable for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames For strain relief of the routed cables. The cables may be attached to the cable clamp rails with cable ties or nylon tapes. The cable clamp rails may be located horizontally at the rear directly onto a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame or in the enclosure depth between two mounting frames. An additional screw fastening secures the unit. The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible adaptation of their length to the existing attachment distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Mounting dimensions1) mm Packs of Model No. DK 325 – 575 4 7858.160 500 – 895 4 7858.162 1) Mounting dimensions + 120 mm = distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels Accessories: − Cable ties, see page 720. − Nylon loop, see page 720. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable clamp, variable for enclosure-independent mounting Variable attachment from 450 to 800 mm for flexible cable clamping in two variants. 1 Design Packs of Model No. DK C rail 1 7016.140 T-head rail 1 7016.150 Supports attachment to punched sections with and without mounting flanges and direct screwfastening onto mounting plates and other flat surfaces. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1 C rail 2 T-head rail 2 722 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable manager Material: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Model No. DK 8 7064.100 Maxi kit 20 7064.110 75 Packs of Basic kit 50 For system-compatible cable deflection while complying with minimal bending radii and to accommodate surplus cables and excess length. The elements may optionally be used individually or in combination for cable routing. They may be combined into semi-circular or circular elements. As the mounting distance between the elements grows larger, the deflection radius of the cables may optionally be enlarged, or the cable route designed individually. The option of securing elements on their straight-edge side supports the use of corners and edges, to allow protected cable routing around them. Mounting clips for use above the arc hold the routed cables back within the elements. The elements are also bayable in an axial direction to allow U-based cable routing to the mounting level, or channelling of the cable sections. 50 44 75 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Mounting clip and assembly parts. Shunting ring, plastic For flexible cable routing, in two materials and three size variants. Option of mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure and swing frame section of the data distributor, on all patch panels, on the Data Rack and all components on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern. Polyamide version: Infinitely variable mounting thanks to a longitudinal slot. The shunting ring DK 7218.035 may also be used on 1 U patch panels. Colour: RAL 7035 Material Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. DK 7218.035 1 Polyamide 70 x 44 10 1 Polyamide 105 x 70 10 7219.035 2 Polycarbonate 95 x 50 10 7228.035 1 Polycarbonate version: Variable mounting. With 45° attachment, the cable shunting ring may be attached to a 1 U panel. Colour: RAL 7035 Possible alternative: Cable management panel, 1 U, see page 729. 2 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 723 Cable management Cable shunting ring For flexible, system-compatible cable routing at the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame or on 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Dimensions mm Packs of 125 x 85 10 7111.900 125 x 65 10 7111.000 85 x 43 10 7112.000 Model No. DK Supply includes: Mounting accessories. Anti-twist guard for cable shunting rings For individual attachment of cable shunting rings (DK 7111.000, DK 7111.900, DK 7112.000) to mounting angles, mounting frames or enclosure panels. May be mounted on a 25 mm pitch pattern of system punchings on mounting angles and on the 10.5 x 12.5 mm system punchings of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. It may be variably mounted and rotated on the system punchings in 90° increments. Form-fit accommodation of the shunting ring into the integral channels allows large forces to be accommodated in all directions. Packs of Model No. DK 10 7111.100 Material: Plastic Colour: RAL 7035 Shunting ring To accommodate large quantities of cables. Shunting ring for side attachment to 482.6 mm (19˝) sections and mounting frames in 800 mm wide network enclosures. The ring is attached asymmetrically providing approx. 110 mm free space in front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. This allows even large quantities of cables to be effectively managed. Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. DK 330 x 90/70 4 7220.600 Material: Round steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 724 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Fibre-optic shunting rings The inner body is grooved, and fibre-optic shunting or jumper cables can be inserted into these. A rubber ring holds different fibre-optic cables with diameters of up to 4.5 mm. Strain relief and bending radius are ensured. Length: 120 mm. Material: Dual compound plastic Packs of Model No. DK 2 7116.500 Possible alternative: Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U, see page 731. Colour: − Exterior: RAL 7035 − Interior: Black Supply includes: − 2 rubber rings − Baying kit − Mounting accessories Assembly: The supplied mounting brackets are suitable for universal use; the fibre-optic cables can be routed to the patch panel in all directions in various mounting positions: 1 2 3 4 1 At the side, directly on the patch panel 2 In front of the patch panel 3 At the side next to the patch panel 4 Behind the patch panel Cable clamp strap for patch panels To provide strain relief of incoming or outgoing data cables. Optionally available with spring brackets for accommodating and contacting the cable screen. Connection to the patch panel is by means of bolts on the panel itself. Design Packs of Model No. DK Without cable screen contact 1 7610.000 With spring clips for contacting the cable screen 1 7611.000 Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. System supports for cable routes for TS The depth-variable support system may be attached to all 800 – 1200 mm deep TS enclosures with external screw-fastening of the roof plate. The integral system punchings, for screws or captive nuts, support the attachment of most common cable route systems. Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. DK 2 7831.472 Accessories: − Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 mm, SZ 2486.500, see page 666. − Cage nuts M6, TS 8800.340, see page 665. Surface finish: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 725 Cable management Cable route on the mounting frame The mounting kit facilitates rear, side attachment of a cable tray to mounting frames inside enclosure systems TE 7000 and TS. This allows the integration of vertical cable management independently of the enclosure frame. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7000.685 Supply includes: 1 cable route 100 mm wide, 1700 mm high, including mounting kit. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Cable route, vertical for TS For direct attachment between the roof and base frame of a 2000 mm high frame structure. Installation position optionally on the inner or outer mounting level. Route width 200 mm. With integral system punchings for the attachment of various cable routing aids and T-head attachment for nylon loops and cable ties. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7858.200 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7827.050 Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Cable route for TS For cable routing between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles in bayed enclosure suites (enclosure width 800 mm, mounting angles fitted centrally). Suitable for L-shaped and cranked mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Surplus cable holder W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK For fastening at the rear area of the enclosure, or at the side of network enclosures. The surplus cable holder can be attached to all depth stays or to punched sections and rails with a 25 mm pitch pattern – mounting dimension 150 mm. Units may also be fastened to each other. 280 x 151 x 75 1 7220.500 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 726 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable routing bars For structured routing of entire cable bundles, the cable bars may be secured to a variety of different positions inside the enclosure. Material: − Support: Sheet steel − Cable routing bars, connection combs: Plastic Colour: RAL 9005 Supply includes: − Cable routing bars − Connection combs 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment For horizontal cable routing within the distributor level. Thanks to their open mounting holes, they can also be retrospectively slotted onto the 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings of the mounting level at any time and secured with the existing mounting screws of the installed components. All-round attachment for universal use For vertical and horizontal cable routing inside the enclosure or within the distributor level. Cranked attachment For mounting angles and mounting frames. Horizontal, U-based cable routing to the distributor level. U No. of connection combs 4 1 Packs of Model No. DK 2 4 7111.224 5 10 7111.214 U No. of connection combs Packs of Model No. DK 4 2 4 7111.222 1 5 10 7111.212 U No. of connection combs Packs of Model No. DK 4 2 4 7111.220 1 5 10 7111.210 Connection comb For connecting individual cable routing bars into complete systems (included with the supply). Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 727 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable duct for TS/TE For laying cable in particularly high packaging densities (high density network nodes), in the optical fibre or copper cabling sector. Large capacity. A wide range of cable routing, cable clamping, channelling and cross-cabling options creates the requirements for maximum port density in the minimum possible space. Individual U-based cable routing makes it possible to dispense with additional cable routing via patch panels within the distributor level, thereby equipping every U with connection points. This increases port density by up to 50%. The removable duct cover, hinged on both sides, allows user-friendly access at any time. The cable sections are held back by removable cross-bars to protect them against falling out. Mounting is either on mounting rails at the sides, and on mounting angles and mounting frames in the 482.6 mm (19˝) distributor level. Two ducts may also be secured back-to-back. Size W x D mm 95 x 235 Qty. U Packs of 24 1 7827.310 42 1 7827.320 Model No. DK Note: When using the duct in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and TS 8, the inner mounting level in the vicinity of the cable duct is not available. Within the duct, additional cable ties may be attached to accommodate spare cables and for system-compatible cable deflection. Accessories: Cable ties for spare cables: 1 Packs of Model No. DK 4 7827.330 Material: − Cable duct: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Cable routing components: Plastic − Front trim panel: Aluminium, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Hinged front trim panel and assembly parts. 1 Distributor clip Material: Sheet steel Packs of Model No. DK 1 4 7111.252 2 4 7111.250 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1 Distributor clip For structured cable routing of entire cable bundles, the distributor clip may be secured to a variety of different positions inside the enclosure. It may be used for both horizontal and vertical distribution of the cables. 2 Distributor clip, horizontal 2 728 For mounting angles and mounting frames. Distribution of cables among the various height units of the patch level. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝) to accommodate surplus cables The 1 U drawer offers a convenient opportunity for storing surplus cables in an organised, compact and secure way within the 482.6 mm (19˝) levels. ● With brush strip at the front for cable entry ● T-head rail in the rear section for cable clamping ● Ring-shaped kink-free routing of the conductors on adjustable elements in the interior ● May be fitted between two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels at a distance of 435 – 750 mm ● Independent from the enclosure system ● Both on L-shaped and cranked mounting angles and mounting frames. Distance between levels mm Packs of Model No. DK 435 – 750 1 7063.200 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Drawer including telescopic slides and assembly parts. Accessories: Nylon loop DK 7072.220/DK 7072.230, see page 720. Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝) For horizontal management of the patch cables, with 5 cable shunting rings. Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Polyamide Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Polycarbonate Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Steel Surface finish: Ring: Zinc-plated U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 70 x 44 1 7159.0351) 1) Cable shunting rings supplied loose. U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 95 x 50 1 7255.0351) 1) Cable shunting rings supplied loose. U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 105 x 43 1 7257.035 2 125 x 85 1 7257.100 1 43 x 55 1 7257.200 U Ring size mm Packs of Model No. DK 1 105 x 43 1 7257.005 2 125 x 85 1 7257.1051) Colour: RAL 7035 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Steel Surface finish: Ring: Zinc-plated Colour: RAL 9005 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1) Extended delivery times. Note: The sizes given are external dimensions. 729 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable management panel with cable routing bars 482.6 mm (19˝) For horizontal management of the patch cables with cable routing bars. Opening the individual cable routing bars allows user-friendly modification and extension of the cabling. U Bar depth mm No. of bars/U Packs of Model No. DK 1 Approx. 80 5 1 7257.050 2 Approx. 80 4 1 7257.150 Material: − Panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Cable routing bars: Plastic Colour: − Panel: RAL 7035 − Cable routing bars: Black Cable management panel, 2 U U Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) The cable routing chamber has cut-outs from above, into which the patch cables can be inserted. The cable management panel is equipped with a flap and quick-release fasteners at the front, for optimum access to the cables. From the rear, the cables can be inserted via a cut-out with brush strips. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 2 85 1 7158.035 Model No. DK Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 725. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Cable routing channel U Depth mm Packs of 482.6 mm (19˝) To hold the patching cables. 1 85 1 7149.135 3 100 1 7149.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Cable management panel, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK To accommodate fibre-optic and copper cables. Fibres from the patch panels are placed into the tray via openings and may be distributed at the sides. Rounded openings protect the cable sheathing. 2 1 7269.135 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 730 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable management duct, horizontal U Packs of 2 1 7158.100 482.6 mm (19˝) The duct facilitates concealed, simple cable routing of large quantities of cables to equipment within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. Large cut-outs ensure convenient, kink-free cable routing to the components top and bottom. For simple handling, the entire front panel may be removed via quick-release fasteners. After attaching the cables, these are held in position via nylon ties, whilst the duct may be resealed. 3 1 7158.1501) 1) Extended Model No. DK delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 5 nylon loops. Cable tray, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK For side routing and distribution of fibre-optic and copper cables. In this way, cables inserted into the roof area may be routed at the side of the mounting angles in the upper section of the rack. Depth 85 mm. 2 1 7269.235 U Packs of Model No. DK 1 1 7256.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U 482.6 mm (19˝) The four fibre-optic cable shunting rings integrated into the front permit optimum management of up to 48 fibres. Material: − Panel: Sheet steel − Ring: Dual compound plastic Possible alternative: Fibre-optic support guide DK 7116.500, see page 725. Colour: − Panel: RAL 7035 − Cable shunting rings on the outside: RAL 7035, black interior Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 731 Cable management Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝) Cable entry panel U Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) Cut-out 390 x 40 mm (2 U) or 390 x 20 mm (1 U) with brush insert. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 1 1 7140.535 2 1 7150.535 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 1 2 3 Cable routing across the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level There are various different cable clamping systems available for system-compatible cable routing in 482.6 mm (19˝) systems with one or two pairs of mounting angles: 1 C rail for mounting between all pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mouting angles. Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 725. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated C rail Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) level – 6 7016.100 Cable clamp rail Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK 482.6 mm (19˝) level – 6 7016.110 Cable clamp strap for Depth in mm Packs of Model No. DK Data Rack and large swing frame 250 6 7016.120 DK-TS mounting angles 100 6 7016.130 4 2 Cable clamp rails for mounting between all pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, for cable ties. 3 Cable clamp straps for large swing frames, and Data Rack, the cable clamp straps are mounted on the frame at the rear, whilst the cables are clamped 250 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. 4 Cable clamp strap for DK-TS mounting angles, with side lugs for suspending from the cranked 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Cable clamping is via cable ties. 732 Also required: With L-shaped TS mounting angles, adaptor DK 7827.300 is additionally required, see page 676. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, small Material: Sheet steel Installation for 600 mm and 800 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Front, top/bottom Installation Set back, top/bottom Set back/front, centre 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 U Packs of Model No. SR 3 1 2377.030 6 1 2377.060 9 1 2377.090 12 1 2377.120 15 1 2377.150 18 1 2377.180 Also required: For enclosure width 1 Installation kit PS punched section without 2 mounting flange, 2 or 4 required 1 set 600 800 2377.860 2377.880 For enclosure depth mm Page 400 4 4374.000 652 500 4 4375.000 652 600 4 4376.000 652 800 4 4377.000 652 6 sets 8800.330 661 Support bracket, 2 required per PS punched section without mounting flange Accessories Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 609 Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 738. Installation kit for swing frame, small in ES, TP universal console. Enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. SR 600 1 set 2377.460 Accessories: Depending on the installation position: − Support bracket PS 4183.000, see page 661 and − PS punched section without mounting flange in accordance with the enclosure depth, see page 652. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 733 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Vario swing frames Installation for ES and CS modular enclosures, 800 mm wide enclosures For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Supply includes: Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Front1), top Installation Set back/front1), centre Set back, top 4 3 3 3 U Packs of Model No. SR 6 1 2004.235 12 1 2008.235 18 1 2011.235 3 400 depth 4 8800.640 652 3 500 depth 4 8800.650 652 4 800 width 4 4365.000 652 2484.000 609 Also required: For enclosure mm PS punched section with mounting flange Page Accessories Lock inserts, type D 1) Max. installation depth for enclosure depth 400 mm: 305 mm Max. installation depth for enclosure depth 500 mm: 405 mm 734 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, large without trim panel, for 600 mm and 1200 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Technical information: Available on the Internet. Installation Full installation, front/set back Partial installation top, front/set back 1 1 Partial installation centre, front/set back 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 For enclosure width mm 600 1200 U For min. enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. SR 22 1200 1 2322.700 31 1600 1 2331.700 36 1800 1 2336.700 40 2000 1 2340.700 45 2200 1 2345.700 Page Accessories Lock inserts, type D 2484.000 609 Also required: 1 Divider kits For enclosure TS ES CM Hinge Load capacity Packs of – – < 800 N 1985.500 – 1 set – < 1500 N2) 1994.835 – 1 set – < 1500 N2) – 1996.835 1 set – – < 1500 N1) – 1996.535 1 set 130° 1) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2 For TS: TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Installation in enclosure depth mm 1) TS Packs of Model No. TS 2 For ES: PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Page Installation in enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS Page 400 4 8612.1401) 647 400 4 4369.000 652 500 4 8612.550 648 500 4 4370.000 652 600 4 8612.560 648 800 4 8612.580 648 1000 4 8612.500 648 1200 4 8612.520 648 punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 738. 735 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame, large Colour: RAL 7035 with trim panel, for 800 mm wide enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment. Supply includes: Locking rod system with double-bit lock insert and parts for attaching to the installation kit. Material: Sheet steel Technical information: Available on the Internet. Surface finish: − Frame: Zinc-plated − Trim panel: Spray-finished Partial installation top, width 800 mm, front/set back Full installation, width 800 mm, front/set back Installation Partial installation centre (in the height), width 800 mm, front/set back 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 side central Mounting position With hinge 130°/180° 180° For enclosure width mm 800 U For min. enclosure height mm Packs of 22 1200 1 2323.235 31 1600 1 2332.235 – 36 1800 1 2337.235 2338.235 40 2000 1 2341.235 2342.235 45 2200 1 2346.235 2347.235 Model No. SR 2324.235 Heavy-duty version1) U For enclosure height mm Packs of 40 2000 1 Model No. SR 7858.100 – Accessories Ergoform S lock systems see page 607 Lock inserts, version A see page 609 Also required: 1 Divider kits For enclosure TS ES CM Hinge Load capacity < 800 N 1986.500 1 set 130° < 1500 N3) 1995.235 1 set Packs of – – – – – < 1500 N2) 1995.835 1 set – – < 800 N 1986.500 + 1978.200 1 set – < 1200 N3) 1997.235 1 set – – < 1200 N2) 1997.835 1 set 180° 1) Load capacity 350 kg, including installation kit, for enclosure height 2000 2) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 3) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled. 2 For TS: TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required 2 For ES: PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required Installation in Packs enclosure width/depth of mm Installation in Packs enclosure width/depth of mm 1) TS 736 mm. Model No. TS Page Model No. TS Page 400 4 8612.1401) 647 400 4 4369.000 652 500 4 8612.550 648 500 4 4370.000 652 600 4 8612.560 648 800 4 8612.580 648 1000 4 8612.500 648 1200 4 8612.520 648 punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm Note: The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame, see page 738. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Compact swing frames Width mm 600 600 600/760 for AE For mounting slide-in electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝), across the entire height. Height mm 380 600 760 U 6 11 14 Packs of 1 1 1 Technical specifications: Torsionally stiff frame, welded from rectangular tube and triple-folded support section. Model No. SR 2026.200 2027.200 2034.200 Material: Sheet steel Accessories: 41 mm lock insert, version C, see page 609. Colour: RAL 7035 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts. Pull-out frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK for TS For the installation of a pull-out 482.6 mm (19˝) front. For 600 and 800 mm wide TS enclosures, from a depth of 800 mm. 12 1 7124.035 Note: The slide rail DK 7963.310 (see page 750) can be mounted directly in the pull-out frame to support heavy equipment. − Overall depth: 525 mm − Extension piece: 500 mm − Distance: 300 mm Load capacity: 50 kg Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Telescopic slides and assembly parts. Divider kits for pull-out frame 1 For enclosure width Enclosure depth mm Packs of 600 mm 800 mm Model No. TS 1 2 TS punched section with mounting flange Depth stays 800 4 8612.080 1000 4 8612.000 – 800 4 – 7827.800 1000 4 – 7827.000 – 2 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 737 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Swing frame Swing frame stay Packs of Model No. SR Holds the swing frame in the open position. with 130° hinge 5 1979.200 For mounting on: Swing frame, large ● SR 1979.200, at the top of the enclosure ● SR 1980.200, at the bottom of the enclosure (with safety stop at 160°) with 180° hinge 1 1980.200 For mounting on: Swing frame, small ● SR 1979.200, may be mounted at the top or bottom of the installation kit. Slide rails To support heavy slide-in electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) in the swing frame. Material: Sheet steel For slide-in equipment with max. installation depth Packs of Model No. SR D max. < 190 mm 10 1962.200 D max. > 190 mm 10 1963.200 Surface finish: Zinc-plated 738 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) Cranked Full installation rack height mm for TS, CS Toptec U Packs of Model No. DK 800 15 2 7827.080 1000 20 2 7827.100 1200 24 2 7827.120 1400 29 2 7827.140 1600 33 2 7827.160 1800 38 2 7827.180 2000 42 2 7827.200 2200 47 2 7827.220 Full installation rack height mm U Packs of Model No. DK 600 11 2 7827.061 800 15 2 7827.081 1000 20 2 7827.101 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 1200 24 2 7827.121 1400 29 2 7827.141 Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 740. 1600 33 2 7827.161 1800 38 2 7827.181 2000 42 2 7827.201 2200 47 2 7827.221 Available in two versions: Cranked The integral U markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. L-shaped The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate the installation kits of server systems. The integral U markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. Technical specifications: − 2 mm sheet steel − Integral 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings (EIA standard) − Side round and square punchings − Clear chromated for conductive connection of the 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment L-shaped Note: The mounting angles can also be used to accommodate 21˝, 23˝ and 24˝ attachment dimensions. Also required: − TS punched sections with mounting flanges or depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, see page 745 – 746. − For L-shaped mounting angle variant: for mounting slide rails or component shelves: Adaptor DK 7827.300, see page 676. Mounting angles, metric Full installation rack height mm for TS The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate metric assemblies and components. Depending on the installation kit, mounting dimensions 465 mm and 515 mm can be configured. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 1) SU Packs of Model No. DK – 17 2 7831.6111) 1000 37 2 7831.6211) 1200 43 2 7794.4201) 1600 59 2 7794.7401) 2000 76 2 7831.631 2200 84 2 7831.6411) Extended delivery times. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 740. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Also required: TS punched sections with mounting flanges or depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, see page 745 – 746. 739 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) for TS, CS Basic and modular enclosures The welded 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame may be attached with complete depth variability and is used to structure the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) level. The mounting frame has the same system punchings as the TS 8 enclosure section at the sides and rear, and therefore supports the mounting of various TS 8 system accessories such as cable clamp rails, cable shunting rings etc. Load capacity: Up to 1000 kg static load, with even load distribution on two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, with full installation. Material: Sheet steel For enclosures Width mm U Height mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 600 11 1 7856.710 600 1200 24 1 7856.713 600 1800 38 1 7856.716 600 2000 42 1 7856.719 600 2200 47 1 7856.722 800 1200 24 1 7856.725 800 1800 38 1 7856.728 800 2000 42 1 7856.731 800 2200 47 1 7856.734 Accessories: Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: A combination of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame plus fan mounting plate is not possible. For active ventilation, we recommend use with modular fan roof. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 740. − Captive nuts, see page 757. − Assembly screws, see page 666. − Cable clamp rails TS, see page 722. − C rails, see page 653. − Component shelves, see from page 670. − Fan roof, modular, see page 405. − TS divider kit, heavy-duty, width/depth-variable, see page 745. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations Cranked section Mounting frame A A B B C C A = Clearance width B = Mounting dimension C = External dimension of the rack-mounted equipment or of the front panels L-shaped section Installation width A mm B mm C mm > 19˝ > 21˝ > 23˝ > 24˝ > 10˝/39 HP > 1/2 19˝/42 HP > 9.5˝ > 18 SU > 20 SU 450 465 482.6 500 515 533.4 552 567 584.2 577 592 609.6 221.4 236 254 236.6 251.2 269.2 208.7 223.3 241.3 450 465 485 500 515 535 A B C 740 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Adaptor section, 482.6 mm (19˝) Accessories: for TS For the installation of subracks and other equipment. Adaptor sections are easily shortened for partial assemblies. − − − − Infill panels, see page 742. Captive nuts, see page 665. Assembly screws, see page 666. Slide rails with one-sided mounting, see page 751. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 751. − Drawer installation kit, see page 753. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 676. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained when mounting on the TS frame for enclosures with width 600 mm. For enclosure system TS1) For enclosure height mm U Packs of Model No. TS 1600 Material 33 4 8613.060 1800 38 4 8613.080 42 4 8613.000 2200 47 4 8613.020 For PC enclosure2) 17 4 8613.070 2000 Extruded aluminium section 1) For the rear of electronic enclosures, see page 742. 2) Behind lower door. Assembly examples of TS: Drawing 1 Drawing 1 and 2: Adaptor section or adaptor piece fitted in the foremost installation position, directly on the vertical section. When installing slide rails with two-sided mounting (see page 751), the same adaptor sections or adaptor pieces must also be mounted on the vertical section at the rear. Drawing 2 63 43 63 3 75.5 1 1 4 Drawing 3 Drawing 3: Mounting on two vertically installed PS punched sections permits fully flexible use of the enclosure depths. Drawing 5 5 Drawing 4 and 5: Greater distance from the door is achieved by mounting on adaptor rails for PS compatibility. In this position, the slide rails can be fitted with one-sided mounting. 1 Drawing 4 1 86 66 86 3 98.5 2 2 4 1 Adaptor section/piece 4 TS glazed door 2 Adaptor rail 5 Punched sections without 3 TS sheet steel door Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories mounting flanges 741 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) for TS, ES The “1 U” sub-section of mounting angles. For the installation of individual subracks and other equipment. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Assembly examples: May be found on page 741. Note: The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained when mounting on the TS/ES frame for enclosures with width 600 mm. Adaptor set (DK 7246.100) for 800 mm wide enclosures, see page 752. Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) for rear installation in TS electronic enclosures For installing subracks at the front and back, and for attaching the slide rails TS 8613.150, TS 8613.160 and TS 8613.180 (see page 751). For mounting on the inner mounting level. The outer mounting level may, for example, still be used for cable routing on depth-mounted TS punched sections with mounting flange. Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: Design similar to adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) (see page 741), but asymmetrical height, suitable for TS electronic enclosure. For TS U Packs of Model No. TS 1 4 8613.010 U Packs of Model No. PS 1 8 4547.000 For ES Accessories: − Captive nuts, see page 665. − Assembly screws, see page 666. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 751. − Drawer installation kit, see page 753. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 676. For enclosure height mm U Packs of 1600 33 2 8613.360 2000 42 2 8613.300 Model No. TS Accessories: − Captive nuts, see page 665. − Assembly screws, see page 666. − Slide rails with two-sided mounting, see page 751. − Drawer installation kit, see page 753. − Component shelf installation kit, see page 676. Possible alternative: Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 742. Infill panels, 482.6 mm (19˝), horizontal for adaptor sections To infill between installed 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment positioned in the full enclosure height and the enclosure clearance height. For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. TS 1600/2000 2 8613.040 1800/2200 2 8613.030 Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. 742 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for CS basic and modular enclosures For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) components in Outdoor enclosures. The mounting angles are depthadjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. An installation bracket is required to attach the mounting angles. Material: Sheet steel Enclosure height mm U Packs of Model No. DK 800 15 2 7685.000 1200 24 2 7688.000 Enclosure width mm Packs of Model No. DK 600/1200 2 7696.000 800 2 7698.000 Also required: Installation bracket PS, see page 743. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Mounting accessories. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 740. Depth stay for PS for mounting angles 482.6 mm (19˝) Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK 6 2 7705.706 for DK-EL This mounting angle kit allows you to integrate a second 482.6 mm (19˝) level into EL enclosures. 9 2 7705.709 12 2 7705.712 15 2 7705.715 18 2 7705.718 21 2 7705.721 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Extended delivery times. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations: See page 740. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 743 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) For enclosure U Packs of Model No. QB 12 2 7502.203 15 2 7502.204 18 2 7502.205 21 2 7502.206 Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK 6 2 7507.706 for FlatBox L-shaped bracket as 2nd attachment level. 9 2 7507.709 12 2 7507.712 Material: Sheet steel 15 2 7507.715 18 2 7507.718 Supply includes: Assembly parts for fast, toolless assembly. 21 2 7507.721 for QuickBox For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) rackmounted equipment. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Note: The 2nd attachment level should always be ordered in the same height as the basic enclosure. Partial configuration is not possible. Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for VerticalBox For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning. U Packs of Model No. QB 12 2 7502.203 Labelling range U Packs of Model No. DK 1 – 56 1 7950.100 Note: 10 usable U. Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Adhesive measurement strip, 482.6 mm (19˝) Made from robust aluminium foil, guarantees easy handling and durability. With numerical labelling on a 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern for clear identification of the various height units. The doublesided labelling allows the counting direction to be freely selected, up to a maximum of 56 U. In this way, clear documentation of the various mounting parts is easily achieved. Material: Aluminium foil 744 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting angles/mounting kits for mounting angles TS mounting kit, heavy-duty, width/depth-variable Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7827.590 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7284.135 for mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) in TS, CS basic and modular enclosures Installation in enclosure width 800 mm The mounting kit allows depth- and width-variable installation of a 600 mm wide mounting frame, 482.6 mm (19˝), in 800 mm wide enclosures. Load capacity: 750/1500 kg static load per level/ per enclosure Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Additional fastening attachment for mounting angles for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures The additional fastening attachment counteracts bending of the mounting angles mounted on installation brackets in case of unevenly distributed loads. It is attached directly to 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles and to the punched section with mounting flange fitted in the depth (inner mounting level). Also required: TS punched section with mounting flange for the inner mounting level, see page 647 – 648. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS punched section with mounting flange as installation kit for ● Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) ● Mounting angles, metric, mounting dimension 465 mm For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 600 4 8612.060 600 800 4 8612.080 600 1000 4 8612.000 600 1200 4 8612.020 Installation in enclosure width 600 mm The installation kit consists of 4 TS punched sections with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm to accommodate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. For exceptionally heavy installed equipment, we recommend the installation of additional punched sections in the centre. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 745 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting kits for mounting angles Depth stays for TS for mounting angles into TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) Installation position Packs of Model No. DK central 2 7827.480 side 2 7827.490 Installation in enclosure width 800 mm Depth stays are screw-fastened to the enclosure frame in the enclosure width. The mounting angle is attached to the depth stay at the top and bottom. The bracket ensures optimum clearance at the sides for cable routing. For partial enclosure configuration, the depth stays may be attached to the TS punched sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm on the outer attachment level of the enclosure frame. Fully depthvariable attachment is facilitated by the attachment slots. Either cranked or L-shaped mounting angles may be used. Accessories: For partial installation, − TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm, see page 647 – 648. − Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped, see page 739. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. TS installation kit, width-variable 482.6 mm (19˝)/metric in TS Universal depth stays to which both L-shaped and cranked mounting angles may be variably mounted in the depth and width. Installation kit for all width dimensions ● Imperial mounting dimensions 19˝/21˝/23˝/24˝ ● Metric mounting dimensions 18/20 SU Load capacity: 200 kg static load per level For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 1 set 7827.550 1000 1 set 7827.560 1200 1 set 7827.570 1 set = 4 stays Accessories: Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 739. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) Installation in enclosure width 800 mm One installation kit consists of 4 depth stays to accommodate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment levels. For exceptionally heavy installed equipment, we recommend the installation of an additional depth stay in the centre. The front cut-out makes cable routing easier with full configuration For enclosures Width mm Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 600 4 7827.600 800 800 4 7827.800 800 1000 4 7827.000 Possible alternative: Depth stays for TS for mounting angles, see page 746. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 746 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Mounting kits for mounting angles Depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), mounting dimensions 23˝ and 24˝ Installation in enclosure width 800 mm When using depth stays in 800 mm wide enclosures, attachment spacings of 23˝ and 24˝ are achieved. Either cranked or L-shaped, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles may be used. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Mounting dimension 23˝ For enclosures Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 800 4 7827.823 800 1000 4 7827.023 Depth mm Packs of Model No. DK 800 800 4 7827.824 800 1000 4 7827.024 Width mm Extended delivery times. Mounting dimension 24˝ For enclosures Width mm Extended delivery times. Accessories: Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped, see page 739. Mounting frame 54 U for TS The mounting frame allows configuration of a side-offset 482.6 mm (19˝) level with 42 U useful installation space plus the additional integration of a further 12 U for vertical installation at the side. The additional side extension is divided into three installation levels arranged on top of one another, each with 4 U. The mounting frame may be installed at either the front or rear. Material: Sheet steel Width mm For enclosures Height mm Additional vertical installation area Packs of Model No. DK 800 2000 12 U 1 set 7827.554 Extended delivery times. Also required: Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 739. Surface finish: − Installation bracket: Zinc-plated − Side trim panel: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: 12 U mounting trim at the side. Mounting kit, 2 U for 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment Facilitates fast, simple integration of additional 2 U mounting space within an enclosure by attaching to the enclosure frame or to the existing mounting angles at the sides. The flexible slot fastening of the brackets means that the distance between the two installation brackets may be freely selected, so that other 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment dimensions may be implemented. The second row of holes is used for the optional configuration of additional mounting surfaces. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7246.420 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Mounting accessories. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 747 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Accessories for Data Rack Second pair of mounting angles To accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) network components or for the attachment of component shelves and slide rails. 482.6 mm (19˝) punched profile at the front, hole centre distance 465 (470 mm at the rear), tailored to the attachment of patch panels and cable routing rails. The mounting level may be positioned on a 50 mm pitch pattern. Minimum distance between levels 150 mm, maximum distance between levels 350 mm. U Packs of Model No. DK 31 1 7296.000 36 1 7297.000 40 1 7298.000 45 1 7299.000 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel, 2 mm Colour: RAL 7035 50 mm pitch pattern min. 150 – max. 350 Supply includes: − 1 torsionally stiff profile frame − Mounting accessories Baying clamp Packs of Model No. DK 3 7494.000 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7411.000 For assembling rows of distributor frames, or for cable routing between data racks. Technical specifications: Length: 53 mm Colour: RAL 7035 Roof plate with cable route For optimised use of the Data Rack as a corridor distributor or cable management rack. The size of individual cable routes may be individually dimensioned by sliding the guide plates. On all Data Racks, the roof plate can be attached with two mounting levels and a distance between the levels of 350 mm. Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Roof plate − Mounting accessories Depth stays For securing and stabilising two pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles in the Data Rack. The length of the depth stays is adjustable, and can accommodate the following spacings of mounting angles: 250, 300 and 350 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7401.000 Material: Sheet steel, spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Continuous slide rail 748 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7402.000 for two pairs of mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) To support heavy equipment in the Data Rack. The mounting dimensions of the slide rails were selected to enable them to be combined with 500 mm deep, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves. The mounting distance of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is 350 mm. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated Requirements: Second pair of mounting angles Component shelves, 500 mm deep, see page 670. Accessories: Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, flat mounting angles The slide rail is pulled out to the required length and secured between the front and rear mounting level. Rear location lugs and front screw-fastening enable convenient one-man assembly. The mounting component to be integrated is inserted horizontally onto the slide rail and optionally secured to the mounting level via its attachment slots. Load capacity: 80 kg/150 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Length mm Load capacity kg Contact surface mm Packs of Model No. DK 390 – 600 80 50 2 7063.882 590 – 930 80 50 2 7063.883 590 – 930 150 25 2 7063.884 Note: The super-slimline design of the slide rail allows it to be used in most integration cases for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting components. Because it is secured to the standardised mounting level, it is manufacturer-independent. The slide rail slightly reduces the installation space below the slide rail so that the U below it is only available for limited use. 11 .5 7.5 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U for server and network enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, without additional loss of U For mounting both on cranked and flat mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and on TE. The slide rails are pulled out to the required length and secured between the front and rear mounting level on the 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern. Load capacity: 20 kg static load Material: Sheet steel Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels mm Contact surface mm 390 – 550 30 2 7063.750 550 – 750 30 2 7063.752 Packs of Model No. DK Note: Thanks to the thin support surface of only around 0.8 mm thickness, exceeding the U pitch pattern is generally avoided, provided the components do not exceed a maximum height of 43.5 mm. In this way, several units may be easily arranged on top of one another without offset. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 749 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails, heavy-duty for TS network enclosures with two mounting levels To support heavy installed equipment. The slide rails are simply located into the cranked mounting angles and secured with screws. The combined use with additional depth stays or, in case of 80 mm wide enclosures, with the additional fastening attachment counteracts possible bending of the mounting angles in case of unevenly distributed loads. Load capacity: 80 kg, static load Contact surface Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) Width Depth levels mm mm mm Packs of Model No. DK – 55 1521) 2 7063.000 298 55 261 2 7492.300 398 55 361 2 7492.400 498 55 461 2 7492.500 598 55 561 2 7492.060 698 55 661 2 7492.070 1) Side leg height 72 mm. Load capacity: 50 kg, static load. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Also required: For fastening to L-shaped TS mounting angles: Adaptor DK 7827.300, see page 676. Note: Not suitable for use on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. Slide rails for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame For mounting between a front and a rear pair of mounting angles. The slide rails can be used to support heavy 482.6 mm (19˝) components. Load capacity: 80 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails, heavy-duty for TS, TE With L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame and a clearance between levels of 740 mm. Easily and quickly installed thanks to locating brackets for the rear level. Contact surface Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) Width Depth levels mm mm mm Packs of Model No. DK 7963.310 395 85 324 2 495 85 424 2 7963.410 595 85 524 2 7963.510 695 85 624 2 7963.610 795 85 724 2 7963.710 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7063.740 Possible alternative: Slide rail, depth-variable, see page 749. Contact surface Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) Width Depth levels mm mm mm 740 50 734 Load capacity: 100 kg, static load Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 750 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Slide rails Slide rails for TS adaptor section With two-sided mounting between the front and rear adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝). Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails for TS adaptor section With one-sided mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) adaptor sections. For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 500 10 8613.150 600 10 8613.160 800 10 8613.180 Also required: − Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 741, or − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 742. Length mm Packs of Model No. PS 185 10 4530.000 270 10 4531.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Slide rails for EL For the installation of heavy slide-in equipment. Material: Sheet steel Also required: Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 741. For centre part depth mm Packs of Model No. EL 316 10 2250.000 416 10 2260.000 Surface finish: Zinc-plated Note: Slide rail designed for mounting level in the foremost position. If offset, a shorter version must be selected. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 751 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Adaptor kit, 3 U for 800 mm wide TS enclosures For fastening individual 482.6 mm (19˝) components, or as an additional mounting facility at the rear of the enclosure. The mounting level in the adaptor angle can be adjusted in 25 mm increments by up to 100 mm in the depth, leaving sufficient space for baying where patch panels or splicing boxes are used. Attachment is on the inner mounting level of the frame section or a suitable chassis in the enclosure depth. Height Mounting position Packs of Model No. DK 3U central 2 7246.100 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Adaptor, 3 U Depth offset 100 mm This adaptor is used to recess 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting of equipment inside enclosures with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in the foremost position, such as server or electronic enclosures. In this way, sufficient space can be gained in front of the mounting equipment to integrate patch panels or switches, whilst at the same time exploiting the maximum enclosure depth. Packs of Model No. DK 2 7246.400 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Adaptor, metric to 21˝/19˝ With this adaptor, 482.6 mm (19˝) assemblies may be fastened to metric (535 mm) mounting angles, or combined systems may be configured. SU U Packs of 2 1 2 7246.010 6 3 2 7246.030 11 6 2 7246.060 Model No. DK Material: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Assembly parts. 752 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Drawer, 2 U, 3 U for a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level For front attachment to mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝). With cover and telescopic slides to accommodate assignment lists, operating manuals and small parts. The small version of the 2 U variant is also suitable for mounting inside a swing frame. Clearance openings Height Width mm Depth mm Installation Packs Model No. depth of DK mm 2U 411 244 250 1 7282.135 2U 411 419 427 1 7282.035 3U 411 419 427 1 7283.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Fully assembled, including assembly parts. Drawer for 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of with adaptor sections For keyboards, operating manuals etc. The perforated plate in the base helps air to circulate in the enclosure. Load capacity 50 kg. The 1 U drawer can be installed rotated through 180° about its longitudinal axis, allowing it to be used as a utility table. 1 1 4541.000 3 1 4542.000 Material: − Drawer: Aluminium − Telescopic slides: Sheet steel Model No. PS Also required: Installation kit for enclosure system, see page 753. Surface finish: − Drawer: Anodised − Telescopic slides: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Telescopic slides. Installation kit for component shelves and drawers, with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in 600 mm wide enclosures. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Installation kit, depth-variable for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves Depending on the distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, the installation kit is screw-fastened in the depth between the cranked, L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. Also suitable for TE. For enclosure system TS For enclosure depth mm Packs of Model No. TS 600 1 set 8800.560 800 1 set 8800.580 Also required: − Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 741, or − Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝), see page 742. Distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels mm Packs of Model No. DK 550 – 850 2 7063.850 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 753 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. 1 3 1931.200 2 3 1932.200 Material: Aluminium 3 3 1933.200 4 3 1934.200 Surface finish: Natural anodised 6 3 1936.200 7 3 1935.200 9 3 1939.200 12 3 1937.200 Blanking plate, horizontally hinged Model No. VC Width U Packs of Model No. EL 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 1 1945.000 For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. Material: − Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium − Hinge: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: − Blanking plate: Natural anodised − Hinge: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Blanking plate, vertically hinged For installation in electronic enclosures or housings. Width U Packs of Model No. EL 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 1 1940.000 482.6 mm (19˝) 6 1 1941.000 Material: − Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium − Hinge: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: − Blanking plate: Natural anodised − Hinge: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Hinge Packs of Model No. EL 2 1950.000 for blanking plates Material: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Ventilated front panels Width U Packs of For venting enclosures and housings. 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 3 2231.000 Material: Aluminium 482.6 mm (19˝) 2 3 2232.000 482.6 mm (19˝) 3 3 2233.000 Model No. EL Surface finish: Natural anodised 754 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Air baffle plates for TS Targeted air routing to the components. To prevent bridges between hot and cold air. Energy efficiency is boosted while retaining cooling output. Mounted all-round on the 482.6 mm (19˝) installation between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame and modular LCP, LCP Plus, side panel or partition. The width-variable air baffle plates may be individually adapted to suit the requirements. In the variant for 800 mm wide enclosures, vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting holes of 3 x 1 U are additionally integrated, which may be used for configuration with additional components. Cable glands with stepped collars distributed across the height facilitate shielded cable routing between the front and rear chamber. In the delivered state, these openings are each covered with a 1 U blanking panel with snap-in fastening. Infill panel, hinged for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures To cover the side cable chamber. The infill panel is attached to the vertical enclosure frame at the front. The generous curved design will conceal even large quantities of cables, and facilitates combined use with large-scale shunting rings DK 7220.600, see page 724. The infill panel has a hinged design and allows easy access to the cabling level by simply swinging it upwards. Locating points keep the panel in its open and closed state. With an offset 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level, the panel may likewise be offset in the enclosure depth and secured to TS punched sections with mounting flange on the inner mounting level. For mounting the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level in the foremost mounting position, choose the version with straight trim panel. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories For enclosures Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. DK 600 2000 2 7151.206 800 2000 2 7151.208 Material: − Air baffle plates: Sheet steel, spray-finished − Stepped collar: Plastic, to UL 94-V0 − Blanking panel: Plastic, to UL 94-V0 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 2 air baffle plates, side, width-variable − 1 air baffle plate, top, horizontal − With 800 mm width including blanking panel and stepped collar Note: Mounting on the inner and outer mounting level in the enclosure depth is not possible. Trim panel curved For installation height U 1) Packs of Model No. TS 38 2 7827.5321) 42 2 7827.534 47 2 7827.536 Packs of Model No. TS 2 7827.5201) Extended delivery times. Trim panel straight For installation height U 42 1) Extended delivery times. Accessories: − TS punched section with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level, see from page 647. − PS punched section without mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm, see page 652. Note: The installation of depth stays, e.g. DK 7827.600/.800 is not possible. 755 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Brush strip, vertical for TS, TE Within the network distributor, this serves as a flexible infill panel which stylishly conceals the cable management area to the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. The brush strip facilitates convenient cable routing from the side and rear distributor area to the front connection level. The clearance required in front of the mounting level is at least 75 mm. Within the TS, the brush strip is mounted at the side on the vertical frame section, on horizontal or vertical punched sections. There is an additional mounting option directly on the installation level of the TS or TE 7000. For direct attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame of the TS or TE, the brush strip must be cut to length accordingly. For enclosure height mm Packs of Model No. DK 2000 1 set 7827.544 Material: Aluminium section with brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0 Supply includes: 1 set = 4 brush strips, length 950 mm each. Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U For fast integration of smaller mounting units within the 482.6 mm (19˝) level, such as potential equalisation rails, distributor boxes, small electrical components etc. Simple screw-fastening of the components to the integral 25 mm system punchings. Panel height U Panel width mm Packs of Model No. DK 2 450 1 7151.300 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support W x H x D mm Packs of Model No. DK for small appliances For secure attachment of small, non-482.6 mm (19˝)-conforming equipment such as modems, power packs, routers etc. Angle-shaped support for mounting in the empty space at the side between the 482.6 mm (19˝) level and the side panel on L-mounting angles, mounting frame or chassis. Attachment of the components and connection cables can be achieved quickly and easily using nylon tape or cable ties. Also suitable for cable routing in the enclosure depth. 350 x 150 x 97 1 7246.500 Accessories: Nylon loop, cable ties, see page 720. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 756 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Mounting kit W x H mm Packs of Model No. DK for VerticalBox The vertically hinged support plate offers even more flexibility in interior installation for cable routing, attachment of small appliances, socket strips etc. Depth-variable positioning on a 25 mm pitch pattern. 350 x 485 1 7501.100 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Captive nuts M5/M6 For the attachment of rack-mounted electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed equipment and blanking plates to mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝). For use with metal thickness from 0.8 – 2.0 mm. In areas of narrow tolerance, captive nuts for metal thicknesses of 1.2 – 1.5 mm should be used. Optionally with or without contact of the installed equipment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section/ enclosure. Captive nut M5 Packs of Model No. EL With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2094.500 Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2092.500 For metal thicknesses mm Packs of Model No. EL Captive nut M6 Design With contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2094.200 Without contact 0.8 – 2.0 50 2092.200 With contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 2094.300 Without contact 1.2 – 1.5 50 2092.300 Multi-tooth screws M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm For optimum transmission of torques, an extended tool life and increased safety and reliability when tightening and loosening screw connections. For metal thicknesses mm Design Bit size Packs of Model No. DK M5 Multi-tooth 25 50 7094.130 M6 Multi-tooth 30 50 7094.140 Supply includes: Plastic washers. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 757 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 482.6 mm (19˝) installation Assembly screws M5 x 16 mm/M6 x 16 mm For electronic equipment, 482.6 mm (19˝) installed components and blanking plates. Design Packs of Model No. EL Phillips-head screw M5 50 7094.120 Cheese-head screw M6 50 7094.110 Phillips-head screw M6 50 7094.100 Supply includes: Plastic washers. Cage nut – front mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝) The cage nut consists of an expanding nut which is simply inserted into the square attachment hole at the front and then secured with the assembly screw. When tightening the screw, the cage expands and thus secures the required components. Clamping range from 1.2 – 4.5 mm. Multi-tooth screw head, bit size T 30. Dimensions mm Size of mounting hole mm Packs of Model No. DK M6 x 16 9.5 x 9.5 50 2094.400 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 50 expanding nuts − Assembly screws − Plastic washers Spring nuts with screws M6 x 10 mm for T-slot mounting angle The spring nuts ensure flexible, secure mounting of accessory components on the T-slot mounting angles. Design Packs of Model No. DK Phillips-head, M6 50 7000.990 Supply includes: 50 spring nuts, 50 screws, 10 mm, self-locking. 758 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Patch panels Top-hat rail module Top-hat rail module with mounting clip for top-hat rails to DIN 50 002, robust metal housing, with strain relief. Cat. 6, 2 x RJ 45, System Corning Future Com S 250 (cables are attached without the use of tools). Design Cat. Packs of Model No. DK 2 x Corning Future Com S 250 6 3 7870.614 Data distributors U Cat. Packs of Model No. DK LSA-plus system 1 6 1 7870.830 24 x RJ 45 jacks, shielded, cover with quickrelease fastener, with strain relief, earthing connection and 12 patch cables STP, 0.6 m, yellow. To accommodate shielded RJ 45 jacks. Cut-outs and rear of patch panels electrically conductive to contact the fitted jacks with the patch panel and the zinc-plated, passivated 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 16 1 7394.035 14.8+0.1 20.1+0.1 For shielded RJ 45 modular jacks Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Colour: − Front: RAL 7035 − Rear: Clear-chromated For 24 V interfaces 11 For the installation of 16 sub-D (trapezoid) jacks and connectors. With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. L2 mm L3 mm Packs of For no. of poles Number of locations 25 21 16.5 1 29.2 24.7 1 2 9 16 7087.535 1 2 15 16 7086.535 2 25 16 7089.535 43 38.5 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 To accommodate BNC jacks (version E) With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories L2 3.2 Model No. DK 33.3 47 L3 L1 U Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 3 32 1 7069.535 Accessories: 13+0.1 12+0.1 L1 mm .5 R1 Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. 759 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system 13.5+0.1 Patch panels 18 30-0.1 22-0.2 To accommodate E-2000, E-2000 duplex, SC or LC duplex fibre-optic couplings 4 For 1 U with accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 2.5 (6 x) 9.6+0.1 12.4 To accommodate SC duplex and LC quad fibre-optic couplings 30.8 26.42 Number of locations single/ duplex Packs of Model No. DK 1 16/8 1 7433.035 Extended delivery times. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 12 1 7154.035 With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. 9.91 2.4 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 9.6+0.1 To accommodate ST fibre-optic couplings 7.8+0.1 U With accommodation facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. U Number of locations Packs of Model No. DK 1 16 1 7437.035 Extended delivery times. Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000, see page 725. Panel 1 U, 482.6 mm (19˝) U Packs of Model No. DK with solid tray For the storage of fibre-optic coupling covers or assembly parts. Depth: 100 mm 1 1 7300.335 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 760 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Patch panels Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝) As an extension cover or for population as required. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Installation height U mm 7151.035 1 44 2 66 2 7157.035 2 88 2 7152.035 3 132.5 2 7153.035 6 266 2 7156.035 Packs of Model No. DK 1 44 2 7151.005 2 88 2 7152.005 3 132.5 2 7153.0051) 6 266 2 7156.0051) 1) Extended Toolless attachment, 482.6 mm (19˝) The blanking panel is used to seal unused areas within the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. Quick toolless attachment means that it is easily integrated anywhere, and can also be removed again if necessary. The consistent use of blanking panels ensures targeted air routing in partially configured racks. Model No. DK 1.5 Colour: RAL 9005 Installation height U mm Blanking panel, 1 U Packs of delivery times. Colour Packs of RAL 7035 10 7151.110 RAL 9005 10 7151.105 Model No. DK Material: Plastic, ABS Fire protection: Self-extinguishing to UL 94-V0, non-halogen-free. Supply includes: 10 blanking panels with integral quick-fastening. Identification strips for patch panels For individual labelling of different slots, self-adhesive. Length: 210 mm, height: 10 mm. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. DK 32 7167.000 761 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes Splicing cassette holder To accommodate differently sized splicing cassettes with variable cassette accommodation. Up to 8 splicing cassettes may be fitted in one holder. The splicing cassette holder can be flexibly secured to any mounting surface, and is particularly suitable for retro-fitting in small fibre-optic distributors without patch panels. Height Overall height mm Threaded bolts Packs of mm 93 85 Model No. DK 1 7450.035 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Holder with threaded bolts − Variable bracket − Cassette cover − Knurled nut − Assembly parts Fibre-optic splicing box, depth-variable The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to accommodate splicing cassettes and can be installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic termination or distributor. The variable cassette fixture permits twist-proof installation of all standard splicing cassettes. The rear section of the splicing box is completely open for cable entry; a rubber cable clamp strip provides protection against dust. The fibre-optic cables can be secured with cable ties or cable clamps. The splicing box is infinitely depth-adjustable up to 100 mm within the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. In addition, the splicing box may be fully withdrawn from the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. Two strain relief clips and cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a solution to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U For splice-free cabling of fibre-optic breakout cables. Cable bundles may be clamped onto the T-heads at the rear. 4 self-adhesive cable clips are supplied loose for cable clamping and for storing excess lengths inside the box. U Maximum no. of splicing cassettes Packs of 1 2 1 7241.005 2 4 1 7242.005 Model No. DK Installation depth: 302 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Splicing box − Cable routing clips − Cassette cover − Mounting accessories for patch panel Note: Supplied without patch panel and splicing cassettes. Installation depth Packs of Model No. DK 250 mm 1 7241.500 Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Breakout box − Cable routing clips − Mounting accessories for patch panel 762 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes Patch panels for ● Fibre-optic splicing box, depth-variable ● Fibre-optic breakout box, 1 U With cut-outs for population with fibre-optic couplings. For coupling Packs Model No. of DK Number of locations U 12 1 1 7241.015 16 1 1 7241.065 ST 24 2 1 7242.015 Material: Sheet steel E-2000, E-2000 duplex1), SC or LC duplex 24 1 1 7241.024 Colour: RAL 7035 SC duplex, LC quad 12 1 1 7241.045 1) For E-2000 duplex only half of the locations are available. Note: For drawings of the cut-outs, see page 759/760. Fibre-optic splicing box with telescopic pull-out Lockable The 482.6 mm (19˝) splicing box is designed to accommodate splicing cassettes and can be installed in any network distributor with 482.6 mm (19˝) accommodation and used as a fibre-optic termination or distributor. The telescopic pull-out provides optimum access to the splicing cassettes and cable clamp. The variable cassette fixture permits twist-proof installation of all standard splicing cassettes. The security lock fitted at the front protects against unauthorised access. The rear section of the splicing box is completely open for cable entry; a rubber cable clamp strip provides protection against dust. The fibre-optic cables can be secured with cable ties or cable clamps; two strain relief clips and cable routing clips for the fibre stock provide a solution to suit any fibre-optic wiring system. U Maximum no. of splicing cassettes Packs of Model No. DK 1 2 1 7170.535 2 4 1 7470.535 3 6 1 7570.535 Installation depth: 363 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Splicing box − Cable routing clips − Security lock − Cassette cover − Mounting accessories for patch panel Note: Supplied without patch panel and splicing cassettes. Patch panels for fibre-optic splicing box, lockable There is a choice of 20 panels with appropriate cutouts for the installation of various fibre-optic couplings, together with 3 blanking panels for individual population or as a cover. For coupling ST E-2000, E-2000 duplex2) or SC, LC duplex SC duplex, LC quad Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Note: For drawings of the cut-outs, see page 759/760. Number of locations U Packs of Model No. DK 12 1 1 7174.5351) 24 2 1 7474.535 48 3 1 7574.5351) 1 1 7178.535 20 2 1 7478.535 3 1 7578.5351) 12 1 1 7169.535 24 2 1 7469.535 1) Extended delivery times. 2) For E-2000 duplex only half of the locations are available. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 763 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Splicing boxes/LSA connection system Blanking cover for fibre-optic cut-outs To cover unused cut-outs in patch panels. Material: Plastic PA 6.6 Colour: Black Packs of Model No. DK SC, E-2000, LC duplex 20 E-2000 duplex 20 SC duplex, LC quad 20 7300.240 ST 20 7300.250 7300.230 Fixture with rods, 3 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA strips To accommodate 15 LSA profile dividing strips 2/10 on 2 rods, Ø 12 mm. The fixture unit may be integrated into all 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. With cable clamp rail at the rear. 3 1 7050.200 Dimensions: W x H x D: 482.6 mm (19˝) x 132.5 mm (3 U) x 180 mm Material: − Side panels: Aluminium plates − 482.6 mm (19˝) flange/horizontal rail: Extruded aluminium section Supply includes: Fixture with rods as modular system. Support unit, 3 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA-Plus strips, max. 150 paired wires To accommodate a maximum of 15 LSA-Plus strips (each with 10 paired wires). 3 x 5 LSA-Plus connection strips 2/10, series 2, may be installed horizontally. Strip length 124 mm, height pitch pattern 22.5 mm. The support unit may be integrated in all 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. The mounting level is recessed 75 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝) flanges. Integral shunting rings enable tidy routing and distribution of the telecommunication cables. 3 1 7050.100 Material: Stainless steel Supply includes: Support unit, 8 shunting rings. Accommodation system, 2 U U Packs of Model No. DK for LSA installation kit To accommodate LSA mounting troughs/cable retainers on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle. 2 2 7050.035 Size: − Overall depth: 98.5 mm − Height: 2 U Accessories: FM universal mounting bracket, see page 765. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 764 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 482.6 mm (19˝) installation system LSA connection system FM universal mounting bracket The universal mounting bracket for LSA-Plus strips (8 or 10 paired wires) and other connection systems are comprised of 2 brackets, which may be combined with different systems depending on their position in relation to one another. The brackets also slide flexibly against each other so that strips with different lengths can be used. Length mm 275 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: − 2 mounting brackets − Support strips − Assembly parts Connection system LSA-Plus Other connection systems Pitch pattern in mm 22.5 17.5 No. of strips 12 15 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7031.100 765 766 System accessories for monitoring CMC III Processing Unit/Compact CMC III system representation ..................................................................768 CMC III system overview ...........................................................................770 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................772 CMC III sensors/accessories Control units for CMC III Processing Unit..................................................773 CMC III sensors for direct connection.......................................................773 Interface for CMC II sensors .....................................................................773 Access System..........................................................................................773 Interface for PSM, PCU, FCS, DRC ...........................................................773 CMC III accessories Power pack................................................................................................774 Programming cable...................................................................................774 CAN-Bus connection cable.......................................................................774 Connection cable/extension......................................................................775 Extension cable .........................................................................................775 CMC III mounting unit, 1 U ........................................................................775 CMC III mounting unit................................................................................775 Mounting unit, 1 U .....................................................................................776 Display Unit II ............................................................................................776 ISDN unit ...................................................................................................776 GSM unit, quad-band ................................................................................777 Fan Control System FCS ...........................................................................777 Fan 24 V DC for FCS .................................................................................777 Universal lock unit .....................................................................................777 Door Control System Door Control System .................................................................................778 Door control module..................................................................................779 Door kit ......................................................................................................779 Door comfort handle..................................................................................779 Door switch................................................................................................779 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................780 KVM switches SSC view 8 USB ........................................................................................781 SSC view 32 Cat........................................................................................781 SSC compact 32 Cat ................................................................................781 SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 .................................................................782 SSC Duo 16 ...............................................................................................783 Console local.............................................................................................784 Console Cat 5............................................................................................784 Console IP ................................................................................................785 SSC converter ..........................................................................................785 SSC converter VT100 (RS232) ..................................................................785 CPU cable ................................................................................................786 Cat 5 patch cable .....................................................................................786 SSC Power Control ...................................................................................786 SSC Power Pack .......................................................................................786 Dynamic Rack Control RFID mounting frame ................................................................................787 RFID tags...................................................................................................787 RFID controller...........................................................................................787 767 Monitoring system CMC III 1 3 CMC III Processing Unit 2 4 11 7 8 9 10 768 1 CMC III Processing Unit The powerful, professional monitoring solution for demanding IT infrastructure environments, for up to 32 additional monitoring components. 2 Power supply 3 Redundant power supply 4 CMC III I/O Unit 5 CMC III Power Unit 6 CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems may be connected 8 CMC III sensors for direct connection 9 CMC III CAN-Bus sensor for connection of CMC II sensors 10 CMC III CAN-Bus access 11 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems may be connected 12 CMC III Processing Unit Compact The simple monitoring solution for applications in industry and building monitoring or for smaller monitoring applications in IT for up to four additional CAN-Bus monitoring components. 13 Power supply 14 Redundant power supply 15 CMC III sensors for direct connection 16 CAN-Bus sensor for connection of CMC II sensors 17 CMC III CAN-Bus access 18 Up to four CAN-Bus systems may be connected 6 5 12 14 CMC III Processing Unit Compact 13 17 16 15 18 15 769 CMC III Processing Unit Compact System overview Up to 4 CAN-Bus components are supported.1) Mini USB: The programming cable DK 7030.080 is required for programming. Integral sensors: – Temperature sensor – Infrared access sensor CMC III sensors for direct connection CMC III Processing Unit Compact CMC III CAN-Bus sensor Voltage supply 24 V DC and redundant voltage supply 24 V DC Power packs/connection cables, see page 774. CMC II sensors Alarm relay output: Changeover contact for safety extra-low voltage CMC III CAN-Bus access Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ 45 with PoE: Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3 Via 10/100 BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. Accessory modules RJ 12/RS232: Display Unit DK 7320.491 ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 GSM Unit DK 7320.820 Two integral digital inputs CMC III CAN-Bus Unit Interfaces unit for connecting CMC II accessories Connection for other products, see page 773. Contains 2 channels of the PU II Unit systems: External 24 V DC supply supported. 1) Depending on the power supply/connection combinations, see page 773. 770 Model No. DK CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7030.030 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III Processing Unit System overview Mini USB: The programming cable DK 7030.080 is required for programming. Integral sensors: – Temperature sensor – Infrared access sensor CMC III sensors: for direct connection SD card insert: for data logging CMC III CAN-Bus sensor CMC III Processing Unit CMC II sensors Voltage supply 24 V DC and redundant voltage supply 24 V DC Power packs/connection cables, see page 774. CMC III CAN-Bus access Alarm relay output: Changeover contact for safety extra-low voltage Ethernet 10/100 BaseT RJ45 with PoE: Ethernet interface to IEEE 802.3 Via 10/100 BaseT full-duplex 10/100 Mbit/s. Accessory modules RJ 12/RS232: Display Unit DK 7320.490 ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 GSM Unit DK 7320.820 Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems are supported.1) USB master for data logging and update Two integral digital inputs Up to 16 CAN-Bus systems are supported.1) Control units CMC III CAN-Bus Unit CMC III I/O Unit 2 CMC III Power Unit 1 Contains 1 8 digital inputs 2 and 4 relay outputs Functions: Switching and measurement of voltage, power, output and work. With two outputs. Also for the activation of AC fans. Model No. DK CMC III I/O Unit 1) 7030.040 Interfaces unit for connecting CMC II accessories Connection for other products, see page 773. Model No. DK Model No. DK CMC III Power Unit 7030.050 CMC III CAN-Bus Unit 7030.030 Depending on the power supply/connection combinations, see page 773. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 771 CMC III Processing Unit/Compact System overview Page 770/771 Basic modules and connection accessories Page 773 Application areas: CMC III Processing Unit Compact: ● Industrial and enclosure monitoring ● Building monitoring ● Small monitoring applications in IT CMC III Processing Unit ● Larger monitoring applications in IT and industry W x H x D mm Temperature range Operating humidity range Sensors/CAN-Bus connection units Max. overall cable length for CAN-Bus Model No. DK Network interface (RJ 45) Interfaces CMC III Processing Unit 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly) 0°C to +55°C 0°C to +55°C 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing max. 4 max. 32 1 x 50 m 2 x 50 m 7030.010 7030.000 Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE Ethernet to IEEE 802.3 via 10/100BaseT with PoE – 1x up to 32 GB for data recording 1 x for connecting Display Unit DK 7320.491 or GSM Unit DK 7320.820 or ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 1 x for connecting Display Unit DK 7320.491 or GSM Unit DK 7320.820 or ISDN Unit DK 7320.830 Digital inputs (terminal) 2 2 Relay output (terminal) Changeover contact max. 24 V DC, 1 A Changeover contact max. 24 V DC, 1 A 1 x for max. 4 sensors (quantity restriction, see page 773) 2 x for max. 16 sensors each = 32 sensors in total (quantity restriction, see page 773) 1 x acknowledgement button 1 x acknowledgement button Concealed reset button 1 x service button 1 x service button Piezo signal generator 1 1 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm 1 x multi-colour OK/warning/alarm Rear LED 1 x for the network status 1 x for the network status Ethernet TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, DNS server, SMTP, XML, Syslog, LDAP TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6, SNMPv1, SNMPv3, Telnet, SSH, FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, DHCP, DNS server, SMTP, XML, Syslog, LDAP 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for direct connection or for connecting CMC III power pack 1 x for direct connection or for connecting CMC III power pack Input 24 V DC (terminals) Power over Ethernet Time function User administration User interface Control room connection 772 CMC III Processing Unit Compact 138 x 40 (1 U) x 120 + 12 (front assembly) Mini USB for system setting Input 24 V DC (jack) Integral sensors Photo shows a configuration example with equipment not included in the scope of supply. for USB stick for data recording and SW updates up to 32 GB LED display Functions Colour: − Front: RAL 9005 − Enclosure: RAL 7035 – Push-button Redundant power supply Supply includes: − Basic system − Quick-start instructions − 4 mounting feet Mini USB for system setting CAN-Bus (RJ 45) Protocols Surface finish: − Front: Smooth − Enclosure: Textured Rear USB interface Rear serial RS232 (RJ 12) Operation/ signals Protection category: IP 30 to IEC 60 529 Front USB interface Front SD-HC slot Inputs and outputs Material: Plastic Temperature sensor Access sensor 1x 1x Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h) without battery/accumulator, with NTP Real-time clock, energy-buffered (24 h) without battery/accumulator, with NTP LDAP LDAP Integral WEB server Integral WEB server Integral OPC server Integral OPC server NTC sensor in the enclosure front NTC sensor in the enclosure front Infrared technology in the enclosure front Infrared technology in the enclosure front Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III sensors/accessories Control units for CMC III Processing Unit Model No. DK PU Compact PU Page Maximum quantity CMC III I/O Unit, 8 digital inputs + 4 relay outputs 7030.0403) – 16 771 CMC III Power Unit, 1 input (C14) + 2 outputs (C13) 230 V, 50/60 Hz 7030.0503) – 16 771 CMC III sensors for direct connection Temperature sensor 7030.110 4 32 – Temperature/humidity sensor 7030.111 4 32 – Infrared access sensor 7030.120 4 32 – Vandalism sensor 7030.130 4 32 – Analog airflow sensor 7030.140 4 101) – Analog differential pressure sensor 7030.150 4 32 – Universal sensor (digital input or 4-20 mA or SoBus power meter or Wiegand interface) 7030.190 4 32 – 7030.100 4 32 – Interface for CMC II sensors CMC III CAN-Bus sensor For connecting the following products: 5 x access sensors (packs of 2), connect a max. of 5 in series 7320.530 – 1 x smoke detector 7320.560 – 1 x motion detector 7320.570 – 1 x voltage monitor 48 V DC 7320.620 – 1 x leakage sensor 7320.630 – 1 x leakage sensor, with sensor length 15 m 7320.631 – 1/3 x fire detector and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.120 510 1/3 x early fire detection system DET-AC Plus with 3 messages 7338.220 510 1/2 x Door Control System with 2 enclosure channels 7320.790 779 Access System CMC III CAN-Bus Unit Access (with integral infrared access sensor and interface for one reader III) 7030.200 2 161) – For connecting the following products: 1 x Ergoform-S handle (electro-magnetic) 7320.700 – 1 x Comfort handle TS 8 (electro-magnetic TS 8 handle with master key function, with and without CCP) 7320.721 – 1 x universal lock 7320.730 777 1 x universal handle 7320.950 1 x CMC III coded lock 7030.220 2 161) – 1 x CMC III transponder reader 7030.230 2 161) – 7030.0303) 1 42) 771 – Interface for PSM, PCU, FCS, DRC CMC III CAN-Bus Unit for 2 unit channels For connecting the following products (note: separate supply via power pack possible): 2 x Fan Control System FCS (DK 7320.812 fan 24 V DC for FCS) 7320.810 777 2 x fan mounting plate DC (universal fan roof W x D 800 x 800 mm with FCS) 7858.488 406 2 x RFID controller DRC 7890.500 787 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) 8-way 7200.001 700 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13/earthing pin LED 6-way 7859.215 700 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13 LED 8-way 7859.225 700 2 x 4 x Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU) C13/19 LED 6-way 7859.235 700 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13 8-way 7856.201 385 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/earthing pin 6-way 7856.203 700 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/19 6-way 7856.204 700 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/earthing pin LED 6-way 7859.212 385 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13 LED 8-way 7859.222 385 2 x 4 x PSM socket module active PSM C13/19 LED 6-way 7859.232 385 2 x PSM busbar with measurement 16 A 7856.016 384 2 x PSM busbar with measurement 32 A 7856.003 384 2 x PSM measurement module 16 A 7856.019 386 1) Max. 5 p. and 2) max. 1 p. for power 3) Optional attachment see page 775. supply with PoE or 48 V power pack. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 773 CMC III accessories Power pack 230 V CMC III power pack The CMC III power pack may be integrated into the CMC III assembly unit. CMC III power pack Input voltage 100 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, output voltage 24 V DC, 2 A Model No. DK 7030.0601) 1) Connection cable/extension required D/F/B: 230 V, Model No. DK 7200.210 USA/CDN: 230/115 V, Model No. DK 7200.214 C13/C14: 230/115 V, Model No. DK 7200.215 Power pack 48 V/ Connection cable 24 V for CMC III PU, PU Compact/FCS An alternative power pack is designed for the telecommunications sector (48 V battery voltages) and is connected at the input end via a terminal block. The power pack includes an output cable, 1.65 m long. Primary input voltage Output voltage Model No. DK 48 V DC 24 V DC 7320.435 Connection cable for CMC III/FCS for direct connection, provided the 24 V DC supply is available. Packs of Length Model No. DK 1 2m 7320.813 Technical specifications DK 7320.435: − Rated voltage: 20 – 72 V DC − Rated current: max. 2.5 A − Secondary range: 24 V DC, 1.3 A Programming cable The programming cable is required for commissioning of the Processing Unit (PU) or PU Compact. 774 Model No. DK CMC III programming cable USB CAN-Bus connection cable Cable This can be used to connect the PU with the CAN-Bus sensors III, units III, control units III as a bus. Also for cabling together. 7030.080 Length (m) Packs of Model No. DK CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 0.5 1 7030.090 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 1 1 7030.091 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 1.5 1 7030.092 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 2 1 7030.093 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 5 1 7030.094 CMC III CAN-Bus connection cable RJ 45 10 1 7030.095 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III accessories Connection cable/extension The cable is used to connect to: ● CMC III power pack C13 ● CMC III power unit C13 ● PCU Technical specifications: PVC cable, 3-pole, with IEC connector (non-heating appliances) with contact protection CEE22. Length: Minimum 1.8 m Extension cable for cable extension of CMC III sensors and FCS fans Country version Voltage Volt D/F/B/C13 230 7200.210 USA/CDN/C13 230/115 7200.214 IEC 320 device extension C13/C14 230/115 7200.215 Connection cable D/C19 230/115 7200.216 Connection cable C19/C20 230/115 7200.217 Connector/jack Length m Packs of Model No. DK RJ 12 5 4 7200.450 RJ 12 1 2 7320.814 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7030.070 CMC III mounting unit, 1 U To accommodate PU, PU Compact, control units, CMC III CAN-Bus unit and CMC III power pack. The mounting unit can accommodate up to 3 units and is secured in the 482.6 mm (19˝) frame. Model No. DK CMC III mounting unit, 1 U Accessories: Cable clamp strap DK 7610.000, see page 725. CMC III mounting unit for enclosure frame Can accommodate one unit and is mounted on the enclosure frame. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III mounting unit for enclosure frame Packs of Model No. DK 1 7030.071 775 CMC III accessories Mounting unit, 1 U For display, ISDN and GSM unit, fan control system, door control module, dynamic rack control For accommodating between two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. Cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000 can be used for cable clamping. Mounting unit, 1 U Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.440 Packs of Model No. DK 2 7320.441 Single cover Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Display Unit II The Display Unit II may be linked directly to the CMC III. CMC alarms, status messages, temperatures, voltages, currents etc. may be displayed on the screen, depending on the monitoring application. Accessories: Cable clamp strap, see page 725. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.491 Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU/PUC may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 772. − Mounting unit, see page 776. ISDN unit Components For configuring a redundant transmission channel or, if there is no network infrastructure available, for alarm forwarding. The alarm signal is designed in SMS format. Power supply is via the processing unit. ISDN unit Requirements for the ISDN connection: − DSS1 (Euro-ISDN) must also be provided when connecting to the ISDN system − Point-to-multi-point configuration Supply includes: Connection cable. 776 1) Extended Model No. DK 7320.8301) delivery times. Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU/PUC may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 772. − Mounting unit, see page 776. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories CMC III accessories GSM unit quad-band GSM unit quad-band For configuring a redundant transmission channel or, if there is no network infrastructure available, the unit may be used for alarm forwarding. The alarm signal is designed in SMS format. The GSM unit quad-band covers 4 GSM frequencies: 850 MHz, 900 MHz, 1800 MHz and 1900 MHz. A standard, commercially available SIM card for GSM must be provided by the customer. SMS function Fan Control System FCS Speed-controlled fan system The Fan Control System regulates and controls the speed of up to 6 fans, 24 V DC. It may optionally be connected to the CMC III CAN-Bus unit DK 7030.030. Model No. DK 7320.820 Note: The serial interface RS232 of the PU may only be assigned to one accessory module. Also required: − Processing unit, see page 772. − Mounting unit, see page 776. FCS Model No. DK Without fan 7320.810 Functions: − Speed-regulated speed control − Fan speed monitoring − Optional connection via Web/SNMP Note: FCS fitted in fan mounting plate, see page 406. Also required: − Power pack DK 7030.060, see page 774. − Connection cable DK 7200.210, see page 775. − Fan DK 7320.812, see page 777. − Extension DK 7320.814, see page 775. − 1 U mounting unit 7320.440, see page 776. Fan 24 V DC for FCS with speed monitoring Fan with integral speed monitoring with RJ 12 connector/connection cable 0.6 m for connecting to FCS DK 7320.810. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: 0.28 A (max.) − Rated output: 6.72 W (max.) − Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 175 m3/h − Speed: 2650 rpm − Noise level: 45 dB (A) Universal lock unit The security lock consists of a base unit and a lock counterpart. The base unit is attached to the enclosure frame. The lock counterpart is attached to the door. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: 140 mA Packs of Model No. DK 2 7320.812 Also required: RJ 12 extension, 1 m, DK 7320.814, see page 775. Packs of Model No. DK 1 set 7320.730 Note: Supplied without mounting kit. Also required: CMC III CAN-Bus access DK 7030.200, see page 773. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 777 Door Control System Door Control System For automatic opening of closed rack systems: ● In the event of cooling system failures. ● For extinguishing a fire using a fire extinguisher system. Note: To be connected at rear: − Door Kit Up to 16/2 door kits may be connected for automatic opening. − Door comfort handle or Door switch Up to 16/2 door comfort handles/door switches may be connected for manual opening. − Automatic opening is achieved by connecting to the PU/PU Compact. Independently of this, the doors may be opened using the door comfort handle/door switch. − In the event of a power failure, the doors will open. − The front and rear door must always be opened. Also required: CMC III Processing Unit/Compact, see page 772. System representation Door Control System: ● A maximum of 16 door control systems per processing unit ● A maximum of 2 door control systems per processing unit may be connected CMC III – Processing Unit – Processing Unit Compact CAN-Bus unit (DK 7030.100) Door control module Door 1/2 1 2 Door 3/4 2 1 1 Door kit 2 Door comfort handles 778 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Door Control System Door control module Model No. DK 7320.790 For activation of up to 4 door kits There is 1 control channel available per 2 door kits (e.g. front and rear door). There is optionally a normallyclosed contact integrated for each door output, which is used to connect the automatic door switch, door comfort handle or a customerspecific system (e.g. room extinguisher system). W x H x D mm 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 Rated voltage 24 V DC Door outputs 4 x 24 V DC, 400 mA Ports for CMC III CAN-Bus unit 2 x RJ 12 Normally closed contacts Connection must be designed for 30 V DC, 1 A Temperature application range +5°C to +45°C Humidity application range 5% to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing IP protection category IP 40 to IEC 60 529 Also required: − Mounting unit DK 7320.440, see page 776. − AC power pack 230 V, see page 774. − Connection cable, see page 775. Door kit ● Fitting a standard door for the Door Control System ● The door kit operates with a gas pressure damper system, allowing the door to be opened in any emergency situation. The doors are kept closed by a magnet system, which unlike mechanical lock systems will release the door in every instance. ● The door kit is connected and activated using the corresponding door control module DK 7320.790. Door comfort handle with door opener function By actuating the lock mechanism, the door is released via the automatic door opening system. Prepared for the installation of standard commercially avaialble semi-cylinders, 40 mm, and SZ lock and push-button inserts. Length: 302 mm. Technical specifications: − Rated voltage: 24 V DC − Rated current: max. 3 A − Connection cable: Length 3 m − Temperature application range: +5°C to +40°C Door switch Switch for connecting to the normally closed contacts of the door control module (DK 7320.790) for manual door opening. It is mounted on the 25 mm pitch pattern of the TS 8 frame section. Technical specifications: − Installation Ø 16.2 mm − 250 V/2 A Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Version for Packs of Model No. DK 2-piece door 1 7320.792 1-piece glazed door 1 7320.795 1-piece sheet steel door 1 7320.796 Supply includes: − Gas pressure damper − Cable harness − Magnetic lock − Assembly parts Design Model No. DK RAL 7035 7320.794 Also required: Handle adaptor for mounting on glazed door TS 8611.080, see page 584. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7320.793 Supply includes: − 3 m connection cable − Mounting bracket − Assembly parts 779 Monitor/keyboard unit Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U With 17˝ TFT display and VGA/DVI connection Benefits: ● High-quality manufacturing ● Analog and digital video input ● Separate numerical keypad ● Optionally with integrated KVM switch for up to 32 server connections in just 1 U ● Low energy consumption ● Simple, one-man installation Technical design − 17˝ (432 mm) TFT display − Native resolution 1280 x 1024 − Format 4 : 3 − 16.7 million colours − Brightness approx. 350 cd/m2 (typ.) − Contrast ratio approx. 1000 : 1 − Mains voltage 100 – 240 V AC, 50 – 60 Hz − Ambient temperature +5°C to +45°C (in operation) − Max. power consumption in operation, without optional KVM switch: 32 W − Max. power consumption when closed, without optional KVM switch: < 1 W − Rear connections: Mains power, VGA, DVI-D, PS/2, USB, power supply for KVM − Lockable at the front − Cables are safely routed in the energy chain Accessories: For monitoring several servers: KVM switches, see page 781. Width mm Height U Depth mm Installation depth mm Packs of Colour Keyboard RAL 7035 482.6 (19˝) 1 680 680 – 850 1 RAL 9005 Model No. DK German 9055.310 English 9055.312 German 9055.4101) English 9055.4121) Other country-specific versions available on request. 1) Extended delivery times. 780 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches KVM switches With these ultra-compact KVM switches for 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting or for mounting behind a Rittal monitor/keyboard unit, space-saving server administration becomes possible in any IT rack. The Rittal SSC switching system grows flexibly with your requirements. With the SSC compact/view 32 Cat, the computers are connected via Cat cables and converters (SSC converter). The signals for video, keyboard and mouse are transmitted via a shared cable. Processor-controlled keyboard and mouse emulation for each channel ensures fault-free booting and reliable switching between the connected computers. The SSC view optionally extends the Rittal monitor/keyboard unit to include the function of an 8- or 32-port KVM switch, without requiring an additional U in the server rack for mounting. 1 SSC view 8 USB 1 SSC view 32 Cat For mounting behind the monitor/keyboard unit DK 9055.XXX Installation type Model No. DK Equipment 2 SSC compact 32 Cat For mounting on 482.6 mm (19˝) levels 7552.002 7552.100 7552.110 8 Port KVM 32 Port KVM 32 Port KVM Number of computers in stand-alone mode 8 32 32 Number of users (with password protection) 1 1 1 Cascading2) as slave to SSC view/compact 32 Cat (with OSD transfer) – OSD menu with mouse operation (English) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Autoscan Autoskip (skip over unused channels) VGA/HD15 and PS/2 Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 4m 15 m (30 m) 15 m (30 m) PS/2 and SUN PS/2, USB, SUN-USB PS/2, USB, SUN-USB – 1) 1) Type of cable to computer or to SSC Connect Maximum cable length, SSC to computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support Automatic cable alignment (manually readjustable) LED displays (rear) None Power Power 1280 x 1024@85 Hz 1920 x 1440@75 Hz 1920 x 1440@75 Hz Bandwidth 200 MHz 250 MHz 250 MHz Computer SUB-HD15 / PS/2 / USB-B RJ 45 RJ 45 Console SUB-HD15 / PS/2 / USB-B SUB-HD15 / PS/2 SUB-HD15 / PS/2 Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Cascading port (connection for slave, SSC compact only) – RJ 45 RJ 45 Service (for firmware update) – Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm 12 V DC power supply (from monitor/keyboard unit) – Power supply 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz (internal power pack, IEC320, C14) Power consumption (approx.) Operating temperature Protection category Enclosure Material Surface finish Colour Dimensions (excl. protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm Certification 1 – – 10 W 13 W 13 W +5 to +45°C +5 to +45°C +5 to +45°C IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 Sheet steel Sheet steel Sheet steel Powder-coated Powder-coated Powder-coated RAL 9006 RAL 9006 RAL 7035 482.6 x 44 x 140 482.6 x 44 x 140 482.6 x 44 x 140 CE CE CE 2 3 1) With a cable length of max. 15 metres, there is no need for any manual video readjustments. Above and beyond this, the maximum permissible cable length is approximately 30 metres (depending on the cable quality). Here, manual readjustment may be required. 2) Up to 3 SSC compact/view 32 Cat may be cascaded to one master (max. 125 servers on 1 user). Accessories Mains connection cable (for SSC compact only) – – 7200.210 3 CPU cable VGA/PS/2 (with lockable PS/2 connectors, at both ends) 2m 7552.120 – – 4m 7552.140 – – 3 CPU cable VGA/USB, USB-A (computer) to USB-B (switch) 2m 7552.122 – – 5m 7552.142 – – SSC converter PS/2 – 7552.201 7552.201 SSC converter USB – 7552.202 7552.202 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 781 KVM switches SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 1 2 Highly integrated KVM matrix based on Cat technology KVM switching technology which adapts flexibly to your future requirements. Thanks to Cat technology (transmission of the signals for keyboard, video and mouse via a Cat cable), the amount of cabling work required can be significantly reduced. Super-compact 1 U systems with up to 32 server ports are supported. The full matrix switches offer each of the connected users unrestricted, simultaneous access to the chosen computer system. There are various console types available for administration. By separating the hardware switch and operating console, the systems may be adapted to any required computer environment. On the computer side, conversion to standard PC interfaces is achieved via separate converters which optimise all signals (keyboard, video, mouse) for transmission via the Cat cable. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 30 Also required: − SSC converter (depending on the number of computers) and at least one operator console, see page 784/785. − Mains connection cable (DK 7200.210), see page 775. Connection example: Available on the Internet. Rittal SSC premium Model No. DK 1 2/16 2 4/32 3 8/32 7552.0201) 7552.0301) 7552.0401) 16 32 32 1024 2048 512 2 4 8 128 Equipment Number of computers in stand-alone mode 3 4 Number of computers with cascading as full matrix (max. 3 levels, type-identical SSC premium) Number of users (local, remote, IP), mixed and simultaneous Number of users that may be administered (with allocation of rights) 4 128 128 Integral user/computer administration Support of central directory services and authentication systems – – OSD menu with mouse operation (English) Display of system structure in the OSD per computer (path) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Type of cable to SSC converter and SSC console Maximum cable length console – computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support (SSC converter) Automatic video/cable alignment (manually readjustable) Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 Cat 5, 6 300 m 300 m 300 m PS/2, USB, SUN-USB/VT100 PS/2, USB, SUN-USB/VT100 PS/2, USB, SUN-USB/VT100 LED displays, front Power/Power Redundant System Ready (illuminates as soon as the system booting process has been completed without error) Status Switch (illuminates when the SSC is operational) Computer port busy/connected yellow/green yellow/green yellow/green Console port busy/connected yellow/green yellow/green yellow/green – – yellow/flashing LED displays, rear Network port full duplex/half duplex Network port connection status/activity Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Bandwidth Activation of switchable socket strip (on/off) – – green/flashing 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 250 MHz 250 MHz 250 MHz Connections Computers/consoles Service (front) for firmware update RS232 (front) Network Power supply via IEC 320 connection (IEC 320 C13) Redundant power supply (with SSC power pack) Power supply (internal power pack) External power supply, redundant Power consumption (approx.) RJ 45 RJ 45 RJ 45 Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm Jack 2.5 mm RJ 11 RJ 11 RJ 11 – – 2 x RJ 45 4-pole mini-DIN 4-pole mini-DIN 4-pole mini-DIN 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 90 – 264 V/ 47 – 63 Hz 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 V/approx. 1 A 12 W 13 W 16 W Dimensions (excluding protruding parts) approx. W x H x D mm 482.6 x 44 x 286 482.6 x 44 x 286 482.6 x 44 x 286 Conformity 1) Extended 782 CE CE CE delivery times. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches SSC Duo 16 Ultra-compact KVM switch with both a local access and an IP access These two users are able to access the connected servers in parallel/ simultaneously. Up to 16 servers may be connected using Cat cables and SSC converter adaptors (available in a PS/2 and USB variant). Processor-controlled keyboard and mouse emulation for each channel ensures fault-free booting and reliable switching between the connected computers. The integral IP console supports location-independent access to the servers down to BIOS level. Access may be made both via the integral Web interface (via Java client) and via client software for Windows and selected Linux distributions, available free of charge. The switch includes rights administration for up to 16 user profiles. Material: Sheet steel, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: IP 40 Also required: One SSC converter adaptor DK 7552.201 (PS/2) or DK 7552.202 (USB) is required for each connected computer, see page 785. Note: Software updates are available at www.rittal.com SSC Duo 16 Model No. DK 7552.510 Equipment No. of computers that may be connected 16 Number of users (local, IP), mixed and simultaneous 2 Number of users that may be administered (with allocation of rights) 16 Integral user/rights administration (also via directory services) OSD menu with mouse operation (English) OSD superimposed on computer screen (may be de-activated) OSD display of channels used Hotkeys for computer selection Type of cable to SSC converter and SSC console Maximum cable length console – computer (depending on cable quality) Port and system support (SSC converter) Automatic video and cable alignment (manually readjustable) Cat 5, Cat 6 30 m PS/2, USB LED displays Power System Ready (illuminates as soon as the system booting process has been completed without error) Status Switch (illuminates when the SSC is operational) Network port (activity, connection status) Maximum video resolution (depending on cable length) Bandwidth 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz 250 MHz Connections Computers/consoles Service for firmware update Network Power supply via IEC 320 connection (EN 60 320 C14) Power supply (internal power pack) Power consumption (approx.) Dimensions approximately W x H x D mm Certifications RJ 45 Jack 2.5 mm RJ 45 90 – 264 V/47 – 63 Hz 20 W 482.6 mm x 1 U x 290 mm CE Accessories SSC converter PS/2 7552.201 SSC converter USB 7552.202 Cat 5 cable 2 m 7320.472 Cat 5 cable 5 m 7320.475 Cat 5 cable 10 m 7320.481 Cat 5 cable 15 m 7320.485 Mains connection cable (earthing-pin) 7200.210 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 783 KVM switches Console local for SSC premium For installation in ● 482.6 mm (19˝) ● at the rear of 15˝/17˝ monitor unit (9055.XXX) As the link between the keyboard, monitor, mouse (or the Rittal monitor/keyboard unit) and the SSC premium. Via the console, the computer systems connected to the switch may be conveniently selected and administered using the OSD. Power supply is optionally via the Rittal monitor/ keyboard unit or, in the case of stand-alone 482.6 mm (19˝) installation, via the SSC Power Pack (DK 7552.220). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 9006 (white aluminium) Supply includes: Assembly parts. Type Packs of Model No. DK Console local 1 7552.200 Extended delivery times. Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) − USB-A (keyboard/mouse) D15 (VGA-Video RGB & Sync.) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) − Mini-DIN 4 (12 V power supply) Also required: − Only for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation without monitor/keyboard unit: SSC Power Pack DK 7552.220, see page 786, − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. Technical specifications: − Video resolution: Max. 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz (depending on the cable length) − Video bandwidth: 250 MHz − Voltage supply: 12 V DC (from monitor/ keyboard unit) or via SSC Power Pack DK 7552.220 − Dimensions: W x H x D mm: 325 x 44 x 85 (stand-alone) W x H x D mm: 482.6 x 44 x 140 (built into 482.6 mm/19˝) Console Cat 5 for SSC premium This remote console forms the link between the keyboard, monitor, mouse and the SSC premium. Via the console, the computer systems connected to the switch may be conveniently selected and administered using the OSD. The signals are forwarded via Cat cable, depending on the cable quality up to 300 m, via the KVM matrix to the connected computers. Additionally, 2 local PCs may be connected if required. The console is designed as a compact desktop enclosure with integral wide-range power pack (482.6 mm (19˝) versions on request). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Technical specifications: − Video resolution: Max. 1920 x 1440 @ 75 Hz (depending on the cable length) − Video bandwidth: 250 MHz − Power supply (internal power pack): 100 – 280 V, 50 – 60 Hz/0.2 A − Dimensions: W x H x D mm: 270 x 44 x 220 784 Type Packs of Model No. DK Console Cat 5 1 7552.212 Extended delivery times. Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) USB-A (keyboard/ mouse) − SUB-HD15 (VGA video RGB & Sync.) − 2 x Cat (RJ 45) to connect 2 local PCs via SSC converters (VGA, PS/2 or USB) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) IEC 320 C14 (power supply) − Mini-DIN 4 (redundant power supply) Also required: − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. − SSC converter for local PCs, see page 785. − Mains connection cable (e.g. DK 7200.210), see page 775. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories KVM switches Console IP for SSC premium (KVM-over-IP) With the IP remote console, computers connected to the KVM matrix may be accessed via any given TCP/IP network. The SSC Console IP is a hardware solution, and guarantees remote monitoring of the computers even during the booting phase, down to BIOS level. With the system operational, the target computers may be accessed at any time via web browsers and Java applets (irrespective of the operating system), or if Java is not supported, via optimised client software for common operating systems. This client has extended functions (e.g. a setup mode) and can be used throughout the company without restriction. In addition to remote access via IP, the SSC Console IP also has an integral local console port (competing with IP access) for connecting the keyboard, mouse and monitor locally in the rack. Access to the console is additionally passwordprotected. KVM access to the web interface may be encrypted via HTTPS (SSL 128-bit). In order to further increase protection from failure, the SSC console IP may also be extended with a redundant power pack via the SSC Power Pack (DK 7552.220). Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 SSC converter for SSC premium/Duo 16/view 32 cat The SSC converters convert the signals for keyboard, video and mouse from the connected computer to the Cat cable. There is a choice of three different variants for connecting PCs with PS/2 or USB ports, and a separate version for use with SUN computers with a USB port. One converter is required for each computer. Every SSC converter has a unique identification number (Unique ID). Type Packs of Model No. DK Console IP 1 7552.214 Extended delivery times. Technical specifications: − Video resolution: max. 1280 x 1024 @ 75 Hz − Network: 10/100 MBit/s − Power pack: 100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz − Dimensions: W x H x D: approx. 440 x 44 x 220 mm Connections (jack): − PS/2 (keyboard/mouse) − SUB-HD15 (VGA video, RGB and Sync.) − RJ 45 (KVM matrix connection) − RJ 45 (Ethernet) − Sub-D (RS232) − IEC320 C14 (power supply) − Mini-DIN 4 (redundant power supply) Supply includes: Includes client software for the latest Windows operating systems (MS Windows XP Professional, Server 2003, Server 2008, Windows 7) and Linux Distribution (RedHat, Suse) in German and English. Also required: − Mains connection cable (DK 7200.210), see page 775. − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. SSC converter Packs of PS/2 1 7552.201 USB 1 7552.202 SUN-USB (German) 1 7552.203 SUN-USB (US English) 1 7552.204 Technical specifications: − Video resolution: 1600 x 1200 @ 85 Hz − Power supply: 5 V DC/approx. 150 mA (from the computer) − Certification: CE − Dimensions: approx. 65 x 45 x 20 mm SSC converter VT100 (RS232) for SSC premium/Duo 16 With this SSC adaptor, active network components (such as an Ethernet switch) with a serial management port which support the VT100 terminal mode may be integrated into the SSC premium KVM system. Connections: − Sub-D 9-pole (RS232) − RJ 45 (connection to KVM matrix) − Mini-DIN 4 (power supply) Model No. DK SSC converter VT100 Packs of Model No. DK 1 7552.205 Extended delivery times. Also required: Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. Supply includes: − Power pack (100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz secondary, 12 V/0.7 A) − Mains connection cable DK 7200.210 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 785 KVM switches CPU cable Connection Cable length Model No. DK for SSC view 8/USB, PS/2 and USB Combination connection cable between SSC view 8 and the individual servers, each with 2 HD 15 connectors for video, plus lockable PS/2 connectors at both ends for the keyboard and mouse, colour-coded. USB cable with USB-A and USB-B connector (connection switch) and VGA cable. PS/2 2m 7552.120 PS/2 4m 7552.140 USB 2m 7552.122 USB 5m 7552.142 Cat 5 patch cable Length m Packs of Model No. DK 2 4 7320.472 5 4 7320.475 10 1 7320.481 15 1 7320.4851) Flexible, pre-configured Cat 5 STP patch cable with shielded RJ45 connectors for connecting the SSC converter and SSC console to the SSC premium switch. The cables are wired 1 : 1 to AT&T 258A/T568B and comply with ISO/IEC 11801, UL E151955. 1) Extended delivery times. Colour: Grey SSC Power Control for SSC premium With this adaptor, the Power Control Unit socket strips (DK 7200.001) and the active PSM module (DK 7856.201) may be switched individually or in pairs (for servers with redundant power supply). Control is via the OSD integrated into the SSC premium. Up to 8 PSM and PCU modules may be switched (max. 64 EN 60 320 C13 slots). Note: − The connection cable between the SSC premium and the SSC Power Control with a length of 2.5 m is included with the supply. − Only suitable for use with SSC premium switches and modules 7856.201 and 7200.001. SSC Power Pack In order to increase fail-safeness, we recommend configuring a redundant power supply to the SSC premium and the connected user consoles. This compact wide-range power pack (AC: 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz, DC: 12 V/5 A) with IEC 320 socket (EN 60 320) and Mini-DIN 4 connectors to maintain correct functioning of the KVM switch in the event of a failure in the first power supply to the internal power pack. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7552.420 SSC Power Control Also required: − Power pack (DK 7201.210). − Mains cable (DK 7200.210), see page 775. − At least 1 active PSM/PCU module, DK 7856.201 only, see page 385 and DK 7200.001, see page 700. − Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. SSC Packs of Model No. DK SSC Power Pack 1 7552.220 Also required: Connection cable for power pack, see page 775. Supply includes: Mounting accessories. 786 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Dynamic Rack Control RFID-mounting frame for TS 8 With integral RFID reader (aerial) to accommodate the 482.6 mm (19˝) built-in components. The mounting frame may be depth-variably secured in the TS 8 and is used to structure the front 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level. Position detection of the components is accurate to within 1/3 U, therefore there are 3 aerial elements and signalling LEDs integrated into each U. The installation position of the components is correctly recognised even if they are not located precisely in the height pitch pattern. Reading and writing of the RFID tags is likewise signalled by one LED in each case. Load capacity: Max. 1000 kg static load with even distribution across two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels. For TS 8 U RFID mounting frame, front Mounting frame, rear Model No. DK Model No. DK Width mm Height mm 600 2000 42 7890.206 7856.719 800 2000 42 7890.208 7856.731 600 2200 47 7890.226 7856.722 800 2200 47 7890.228 7856.734 Other sizes available on request. Also required: A matching mounting frame without RFID reader (see ordering table) to emulate the rear mounting level. The mounting frame must be connected to the RFID controller DK 7890.500, see page 787. Material: Sheet steel, zinc-plated, passivated Supply includes: Assembly parts. RFID-tags Passive, writable RFID tag (13.56 MHz) 1 RFID tag is required for each component. Each tag has a “Unique ID” (UID, not sequential), which cannot be altered; all other data is stored on the tag in conformity with ISO 15693. The tags are unwritten in their delivered state. The tag is stuck to the inside/right of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting bracket. For this purpose, the tag has got an an adhesive surface. The component is later screw-fastened to the 482.6 mm (19˝) level. Packs of Model No. DK 20 7890.020 RFID controller Packs of Model No. DK 1 7890.500 This controller connects the RFID reader (aerial) of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame to the CMC. In this way, the CMC is able to notify automatic changes, graphically depict the enclosure with the built-in components, and list capacity management. One RFID controller is required per rack. Also required: Cat 5 patch cable, see page 786. Enclosure dimensions W x H x D: 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129 mm Material: Plastic Rated voltage: 24 V DC Connections: − RJ 45 jack (connection to CMC) − 2 x Mini-DIN (connection of RFID frame & floor-reader) Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 787 788 System accessories for the human/machine interface Handles/external mounting accessories Handle set .................................................................................................790 Handles .....................................................................................................792 Clipboard...................................................................................................793 Display board with wall bracket ................................................................793 Enclosure surface connector ....................................................................793 Front assembly Front panels...............................................................................................794 Mounting kit ...............................................................................................795 Monitors TFT monitor................................................................................................796 Power pack................................................................................................796 Connection cable ......................................................................................796 TFT holder .................................................................................................797 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboards .................................................................................................798 Supports ....................................................................................................800 Drawers .....................................................................................................802 Interfaces Interface box .............................................................................................806 Interface extension ....................................................................................806 Interface flaps............................................................................................807 Signal pillars Signal pillars, LED compact ......................................................................808 Signal pillars, modular ...............................................................................809 789 Handles Handle set for Comfort Panel For external mounting on corner pieces, also suitable for retro-fitting. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Covers: Polyamide Note: Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by cutting the handle tube to length. For enclosures with 74 mm depth, cannot be mounted on the same side as the support arm connection. Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 793. − Display board, see page 793. Surface finish: − Handle tube: Natural anodised − Handle holder: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7024 − Covers: Similar to RAL 7024 For horizontal mounting For vertical mounting With front panel width Packs of Model No. CP With front panel height Packs of Model No. CP 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set 6375.010 400 mm 1 set 6375.040 520 mm 1 set 6375.000 500 mm 1 set 6375.050 600 mm 1 set 6375.060 Supply includes: − Handle tube, Ø 20 mm − 2 handle holders − 2 covers − Assembly parts Supply includes: − 2 handle tubes, Ø 20 mm − 4 handle holders − 4 covers − Assembly parts Handle set for Optipanel For external mounting on corner pieces, also suitable for retro-fitting. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Covers: Polyamide Note: Shorter heights and widths can be achieved by cutting the handle tube to length. For enclosures with 100 mm depth, cannot be mounted on the same side as the support arm connection. Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 793. − Display board, see page 793. Surface finish: − Handle tube: Natural anodised − Handle holder: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7035 − Covers: RAL 7024 For horizontal mounting Packs of Model No. CP With front panel height Packs of Model No. CP 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set 6385.010 400 mm 1 set 6385.040 520 mm 1 set 6385.000 500 mm 1 set 6385.050 600 mm 1 set 6385.060 Supply includes: − Handle tube, Ø 25 mm − 2 handle holders − 2 covers 790 For vertical mounting With front panel width Supply includes: − 2 handle tubes, Ø 25 mm − 4 handle holders − 4 covers Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Handles Handle set Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2389.000 For vertical and horizontal mounting on all surfaces. Overall length: 420 mm. Material: − Handle tube: Aluminium − Tube holder: Die-cast zinc Surface finish: Handle tube: Natural anodised Accessories: − Clipboard, see page 793. − Display board, see page 793. Colour: Tube holder: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 4 conduit holders − 2 handle tubes Handle frame Model No. CP for operating housing with display panel front Operating housing width (B1) mm 600 Colour: RAL 8019 Width of the horizontal rectangular tube (B2 = B1 + 48) mm 648 Height of the vertical rectangular tube (H1) mm 299 Hole distance between the assembly holes (H2) mm 249 Supply includes: − Square aluminium tube − Plastic corner bracket − End caps − Assembly parts 6190.000 Note: Command panel with display panel front CP 6662.500, see page 145. 30 B2 Aluminium strip For ● One-piece console ● Surfaces Prevents wiring plans etc. from slipping. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 25 H2 H1 19 B1 For console Length mm Packs of Model No. AP AP 1183 3 2682.000 May be cut to length for other dimensions. 791 Handles, external mounting accessories Handles For horizontal or vertical attachment to the enclosure panel of: ● Comfort Panel, ● Optipanel, ● Other enclosures or ● Surfaces Mounting holes and surfaces without fins are required for assembly purposes. For the Comfort Panel version with fins, selectable via configurators at www.rittal.com, corresponding milling work may be carried out. To this end, please specify “Prepared for handle set CP 6107.XXX” for the command panel. Material: − Handle holder: Die-cast zinc − Cover bungs: Plastic − Handle tube: Aluminium Surface finish: Handle holder: Powder-coated Colour: − Handle holder: RAL 7035 − Cover bungs: Similar to RAL 7035 − Handle tube: Similar to RAL 9006 Corner handle Supply includes: − 4 handle holders − 2 handle tubes − Assembly parts Mounting on enclosure corner Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6107.000 For external mounting on straight surfaces (90° rotation of handle holder) 163 153 131.5 Ø 6.5 45° 45 ° 92 (85) 131.5 Ø 6.5 217 132 25 163 25 U handle Supply includes: − 2 handle holders − 1 handle tube − Assembly parts For front panel size Packs of ≥7U 1 set 6107.100 482.6 mm (19˝) 1 set 6107.200 Model No. CP Accessories: 45° 92 Ø 25 For CP 6107.200: − Clipboard, see page 793. − Display board, see page 793. 240 (75) 395 (230) 25 458 (293) Ø 6.5 Note: Dimensions in brackets for front size 7 U. 792 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories External mounting accessories Clipboard For securing operating instructions or plans (A4 size) at eye level. Prepared for mounting on the right-hand side; mounting on the left is also possible by unscrewing and moving the clip part. For mounting purposes, a straight tube length of ≥ 200 mm, Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm, is required. Material: − Clipboard: Sheet steel − Clip part: Aluminium Surface finish: Clip part: Natural anodised Width mm Height mm Packs of Model No. CP 225 315 1 6013.000 Also required: − Handle set SZ 2389.000, see page 791 or − Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 790 or − Handle set for Optipanel, see page 790 or − U handle CP 6107.200, see page 792. Colour: RAL 7035 Display board with bracket Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6013.100 To accommodate test plans, documents etc. in A4 format. Enclosure surface connector Packs of Model No. SM 1 set 2383.010 To accommodate keyboard support (SM 2383.000, see page 800). Material: − Surface connector: Extruded aluminium section − Side cover: Sheet steel Surface finish: Surface connector: Natural anodised. Mounting on surfaces Mounting underneath surfaces 79 56 Colour: RAL 7024 8 40 Supply includes: Assembly parts. 15 6° ° 10° 90 83 Supply includes: − Display boards − Wall bracket − Assembly parts Accessories: − Handle set SZ 2389.000, see page 791 or − Handle set for Comfort Panel, see page 790 or − Handle set for Optipanel, see page 790 or − U handle CP 6107.200, see page 792. 73.5 Assembly: ● On surfaces, ● On a 25 mm pitch pattern of the TS frame or rail system, ● On handle set Ø 20 mm or Ø 25 mm. 30° 30° ° 45 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 67 45° 793 Front assembly Front panels for Comfort Panel and Optipanel Material: Aluminium, 3 mm Surface finish: Natural anodised Note: Mounting kits included with the supply of 520 mm wide standard enclosures. With mounting hole Width mm Height mm 482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.000 482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.000 Model No. CP With threaded bolts M5 Width mm Height mm 482.6 (19˝) 155.0 (3.5 U) 6027.010 482.6 (19˝) 310.3 (7 U) 6028.010 520 400 6028.014 520 500 6028.015 520 600 6028.016 Model No. CP Also required: Mounting kit − for Comfort Panel CP 6053.800, see page 795, − for Optipanel CP 6053.000/.500, see page 795. Front panels for Compact Panel Material: Aluminium, 3 mm Surface finish: Natural anodised Cover plate for support arm connection For secure sealing of an unrequired support arm connection in the enclosure. Material: Sheet steel Supply includes: Seal and assembly parts. Size W x H mm To fit Compact Panel Model No. CP 178 x 200 CP 6340.000 6028.500 178 x 350 CP 6340.100 6028.510 252 x 200 CP 6340.300 6028.530 252 x 350 CP 6340.400 6028.540 Support arm connection Surface finish Model No. CP CP-S Spray-finished in RAL 7024 6505.200 CP-L, Ø 130 mm Zinc-plated, passivated 6505.500 CP-L, 120 x 65 mm Zinc-plated, passivated 6505.100 Note: If with ● Comfort Panel ● Optipanel ● Compact Panel command panels, there are already 2 support arm cut-outs provided, a cover plate is included with the supply of the enclosure. 794 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Front assembly Mounting kit for Optipanel For installing ● Aluminium front panels ● Command panels ● Keyboards For holes Supply includes: Packs of 30 retaining claws, captive nuts, screws and sealing washers. For threaded bolts Supply includes: Packs of 10 retaining claws and cap screws. For front panels Thread Model No. CP Others M4 6058.000 Rittal and others M5 6053.000 For front panels Thread Model No. CP Others M4 6058.500 Rittal and others M5 6053.5001) 1) For For screw clamp Supply includes: Packs of 4 pressure plates, 4 attachment strips. Note: Command panels TP 277 6˝, OP 277 6˝, MP 277 10˝ Touch, MP 377 12˝ Touch, MP 377 15˝ Touch are installed using an adaptor plate (included with the supply subject if selected accordingly, or available on request). the installation of TFT monitors 15˝, 17˝ and 19˝. For direct installation of Model No. CP Siemens Sinumerik: OP 010, OP 010C, OP 012, OP 015, MCP 483, PP 012, Querty 19˝, KB 483C, TP 015A Siemens Simatic: Panel PC 477, 577, 677, 677B: 12.1˝ Touch, 15.1˝ Touch, 12.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ keys, 19˝ Touch1) Panel PC 877: 15.1˝ Touch, 12.1˝ keys, 15.1˝ keys, 19˝ Touch1), Flat Panel1) 12˝, 15˝, 17˝, 19˝ 6053.210 Pro Face Industrial PC: ALP 3600, ALP 3700, ALP 3900 The mounting set can only be installed vertically. 1) 2 packs are required. Mounting kit for Comfort Panel For the installation of aluminium front panels, command panels and keyboards. Supply includes: CP 6058.800, CP 6053.800: 20 each of retaining claws, captive nuts, screws, nuts and sealing washers. CP 6053.300: 8 medium retaining claws, 8 short retaining claws, 4 long retaining claws 1 6058.800, 6053.800 2 6053.300 For drilled holes/bolts/front panel mounting from behind Thread Model No. CP M4 6058.800 M5 6053.800 1 For screw clamp For installation of Model No. CP Siemens Sinumerik: OP 010, OP 010 C, OP 012, TP 012, OP 015, OP 015 A, MCP 483 C, MCP 483, PP 012, PP 012 Erweiterung, MCP, KB 483 C, Querty 19˝ Siemens Simatic: Panel PC 477, 577, 677, 677B: 12,1˝-Tasten, 12,1˝-Touch, 15,1˝-Tasten, 15,1˝-Touch, 19˝-Touch 6053.300 2 Panel PC 877: 12,1˝-Tasten, 15,1˝-Tasten, 15,1˝-Touch, 19˝-Touch, TP 277 6˝ MP 377 15˝-Touch, MP 377 12˝-Touch, MP 377 19˝-Touch B & R: Automation Panel Panel PC Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 795 Monitors TFT monitor Model No. SM Installation variant for surfaces and command panels. Size Benefits: ● High-quality industrial design ● Reduced installation work thanks to integral front frame ● No additional ventilation required ● Very small installation depth (45 mm) Resistive touchscreen for operation with a pen, finger or glove. Width mm Height mm Touch Without1) resistive, USB 15˝ 430 343 6450.010 6450.070 17˝ 482.6 354.8 6450.020 – 19˝ 482.6 399.3 6450.170 – 1) With anti-reflection coated safety glass screen. Note: Other variants as resistive touchscreen with serial or USB interface available on request. Material: Front frame: Aluminium Surface finish: Powder-coated Also required: Colour: RAL 7035 Mounting kit CP 6053.800 (when installing in Comfort Panel), see page 795. Mounting kit CP 6053.500 (when installing in VIP 6000 and Optipanel), see page 795. Power pack SM 6450.050, see page 796 and connection cable SM 6450.060, see page 796, if an operating voltage of only 100 – 240 V AC is available instead of 12 V DC. Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 (front) Supply includes: Seal, hex nuts (for installation in surfaces), VGA cables, rear threaded bolts M5 (14). Touch variants additionally with integral connection cable and driver CD-ROM. Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Technical specifications 15˝ 17˝ 19˝ Resolution of display (max. pixels) 1024 x 768 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 Resolution of controller/colours VGA-SXGA/16.2 million Brightness (cd/m2) 400 Contrast ratio 500 : 1 Reading angle horizontal (right/left) Reading angle vertical (top/bottom) 300 250 65°/65° 75°/75° 88°/88° 45°/65° 65°/65° 88°/88° Lamp life1) (h) min. 35,000 typ. 50,000 min. 40,000 On-screen display (OSD) At rear VGA input/DVI-D D-Sub HD 15-pole/DVI-D jack Operating temperature (°C)/storage temperature (°C) 0 to +50/–20 to +60 Voltage input 12 V DC Power consumption (W) 30 H-Sync. (kHz)/V-sync. (Hz) 31.5 to 80/60 to 75 Humidity in operation (%) 20 to 80 (non-condensing) Humidity in storage (%) 5 to 95 (non-condensing) 1) Until 35 40 half the original brightness is reached. Power pack For TFT monitor ● With IEC 320 socket, ● With connection cable (1.5 m) and connector for connecting to the TFT monitor. Dimensions, W x H x D: 107 x 30 x 59 mm. Packs of Model No. SM 1 6450.050 Material: Enclosure: Plastic Technical specifications: − Input voltage: 100 – 240 V AC − Output voltage: 12 V DC − Operating temperature: 10°C – 40°C Connection cable for power pack With IEC connector at one end. Length: 1.5 m. 796 Packs of Model No. SM 1 6450.060 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Monitors TFT holder Suitable for mounting TFTs with VESA 75/100 adaptation up to 21˝ on ● Housing coupling CP-S, CP 6501.050, see page 151 ● CP-L enclosure attachment 120 x 65 mm, CP 6525.610, see page 155 ● Vertical support arm via enclosure attachment, tilting CP 6902.670, see page 151 Dimensions mm Packs of Model No. SM 477 x 372 x 110.5 1 2383.030 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7024 TFT holder Packs of Model No. SM Vertically hinged 1 2383.040 Suitable for mounting TFTs with VESA 75/100 adaptation up to 20.1˝ in ● PC enclosures ● Other enclosures based on TS The TFT support is attached to the upper horizontal enclosure section using appropriately fitted rails and/or chassis. The integral swivel mechanism allows the TFT to be swung forwards out of the enclosure with the system operational in order to access the equipment behind it. The display on the TFT remains visible even after it has been swung forwards. The length of the actuator handle is adjustable to adapt to the size of the TFT. Material: Sheet steel Also required: For enclosure depth mm Punched rail TS 18 x 38 mm Page 400 8612.240 650 500 8612.250 650 600 8612.260 650 800 8612.280 650 Detailed drawings: Available on the Internet. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 797 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard, pull-out with integral trackball Super-slimline keyboard with cursor keys and trackball. The handle also serves as a hand rest. The 10° angled pullout ensures ergonomic working. Keyboard layout Packs of Model No. SM German 1 6002.100 Protection category: IP 65 (front, solid) to IEC 60 529 For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● Front panels ● Directly in Comfort-Panel and Optipanel of a suitable size, selectable via configurators – see www.rittal.com Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Front panel: Powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Technical specifications: Keyboard: − 84 short-stroke keys, IBM-AT compatible (MF2), incl. cursor keys − With integral 16 mm trackball − Interface: 2 x 6-pole PS/2 DIN connector − Operating temperature: +5°C to +50°C − Storage temperature: -10°C to +60°C − Humidity: max. 95% (non-condensing) SM 6002.100 ca. 155 8.5 16.5 (55) ° (71) 10 88 482.6 8.5 16.5 150 12.5 420 Mounting cut-out 155 465 ± 0.3 71 Ø M4 5 62 155 5 3 8.5 450 465 798 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Built-in keyboard 19˝/4 U with integral touchpad The integral touchpad means that the installation of an additional, correct protection category mouse is no longer required, and cabling is also reduced. The short stroke keys are easily identified by edge embossing, less force is required to operate them and they have good positive key actuation. Keyboard layout Packs of Model No. SM German 1 6446.020 Also required: Mounting kit CP 6053.800 (when installing in Comfort Panel), see page 795. Mounting kit CP 6053.500 (when installing in VIP 6000 and Optipanel), see page 795. Benefits: ● The separate number pad enables the parameters to be entered quickly ● Sealed, wipeable surface finish ● High level of mechanical and chemical resistance as per DIN 42 115. 1 10 Technical specifications: − Number of keys: 105 − Front panel dimensions: 482.6 x 177.0 mm (482.6 mm (19˝) x 4 U) − Installation depth: 23 mm − 12 M5 x 20 threaded bolts at back − Actuation travel/force: 0.3 mm/2.6 N − Service life: 3 million switching cycles − Operating temperature: –40°C to +90°C − Touchpad resolution, capacitive: 40 pixels/mm − Interfaces: 2 x PS/2 (1 USB adaptor supplied loose) Ø 7 101.6 145 177 10 165 420 451 482.6 Material: Front panel: Aluminium 1 Contact surface Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 (front) Supply includes: − Y connection cable, length 1.8 m − PS/2 connector − USB adaptor − Seal − Drilling template − Assembly parts for surfaces Fold-out tray Accessories: for keyboard and mouse For installation in ● 600 and 800 mm wide doors ● 482.6 mm (19˝) swing frames and enclosures Mousepad support, pull-out, see page 800. Standard double-bit lock insert which may be exchanged for lock inserts 27 mm, version A, see page 609 and for lock cylinder SZ 2571.000, see page 610. Mounting cut-out 482.6 (682.6) 454 (654) Surface finish: − Cover, side parts: Textured paint − Tray: Natural anodised Colour: Cover, side parts: RAL 7035 324 195 (295) 305 Material: − Flap: Sheet steel − Side parts: Cast aluminium − Tray: Extruded aluminium section 195 (295) Ø 5. 5 1 Protection category: IP 55 to IEC 60 529 355 (8˝) 32 (6 x) 1 Contact surface For door width mm Dimensions W x H x D mm Installation depth mm Max. keyboard dimensions WxHxD mm Model No. SZ 600 482.6 (19˝) x 355 (8 U) x 126 93 405 x 50 x 250 405 x 50 x 1951) 2379.600 93 605 x 50 x 250 605 x 50 x 1951) 4751) x 50 x 250 2379.800 800 1) Maximum 682.6 x 355 (8 U) x 126 keyboard size with holder for mouse. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 799 Keyboards, supports and drawers Support for mousepad, pull-out Packs of Model No. SZ 1 set 2379.900 Packs of Model No. SM 1 set 2383.000 with mouse holder For screw-fastening into the fold-out tray SZ 2379.600/SZ 2379.800, see page 799. To fit all standard mousepads up to 250 x 205 mm. Supply includes: Assembly parts. Support for keyboards for max. 473 x 210 mm. Prepared for: ● Cable gland ● Support for mousepad, vertically hinged (SM 2383.020) Material: − Side parts: Sheet steel − Front and rear: Extruded aluminium section Surface finish: − Side parts: Textured paint − Front and rear: Natural anodised Also required: For external mounting on surfaces using enclosure surface connectors, see page 793. Accessories: Mousepad support, swivelling, see page 805. Colour: Side parts: RAL 7024 Supply includes: 2 clamping screws, end stoppers, cover plate, cable entry grommet and nylon loop tape. Utility bars, vertically hinged To support standard keyboards during programming and servicing work. Mounting distance of utility bars for problem-free insertion at least 300 mm. Depth adequate for keyboards up to max. 210 mm. For mounting beneath: ● Comfort Panel1) ● Optipanel2) ● Any sufficiently large surface, such as: − Worktops IW − Command panels − Command panel housing with door Packs of Model No. CP 1 set 6514.200 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. on: ● Vertical services (doors/side panels) Min. front panel width 385 mm 2) 405 mm 1) After use, the utility bars fit securely and neatly under the mounting surface, thus giving the operator more space to move around. 800 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) Design Packs of Model No. RP ● 482.6 mm (19˝) rack-mounted chassis 1 U, 430 mm deep ● Prepared for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards with touchpad or trackball and mouse with the following dimensions: Max. height: 39 mm, max. width: 417 mm, max. depth: 210 mm ● Solid, lockable front ● Telescopic slides with integral clamp ● Prepared for installation of a mousepad PS/2 1 3659.520 USB 1 3659.680 Material: Sheet steel Mousepad for keyboard rack ● For optional mounting on the left, right or front of the keyboard rack (fold-away design) ● Maybe folded into the keyboard drawer after use ● Only suitable for use in conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards with a total height of max. 39 mm (Model No. RP 9911.396) Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − 482.6 mm (19˝) chassis excluding keyboard, − Connection cable, − Mounting bracket for 800 and 900 mm enclosure depth, − Assembly parts. Assembly Packs of Model No. RP right/left 1 3659.620 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts. Material: Sheet steel Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) W x H x D mm Design Packs of Model No. RP with PS/2 connections ● 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard for installation in the 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboard rack in conjunction with the mousepad ● German keyboard layout ● Only 36/38.9 mm high keys allow installation in 1 U keyboard racks ● PS/2 connector ● 105 keys (including WIN 95 keys) ● Operating temperature: 0°C to +50°C 403 x 36 x 171 German 1 9911.396 TFT display, 15˝ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 482.6 mm (19˝) front panel, 7 U TFT LCD 15.1˝ Anti-reflection coated safety glass screen Brightness: 250 cd/m2 On-screen display Colours: 16.7 million Power pack: Input voltage: 100 – 240 V AC, output: 12 V DC/3.75 A OSD membrane keyboard VGA + SVGA, non-interlaced Maximum resolution 1024 x 768 pixels Contrast ratio: 300 : 1 Viewing angle: 160° (H+V) Video input 15-pin D-SUB (analog RGB) RS232 monitor interface Protection category: IP 20 Supply includes: Connection cable. Packs of Model No. RP 1 3659.440 Material: Front panel: Aluminium, powder-coated Colour: RAL 7035 Protection category: Tested to EN 60 950 and EMC directive 89/336/EEC. Note: Depth varies according to the display design (protective glass, touchscreen etc.). 65-75 37 310.3 482.5 OSD 40 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 2.5 801 Keyboards, supports and drawers Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝)/2 U for keyboard and mouse For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings ● Front panels ● Directly in Comfort-Panel and Optipanel of a suitable size, selectable via configurators – see www. rittal.com Suitable for ● Accommodation of keyboards up to max. 390 x 32 x 139 mm. ● Support of standard commercially available mouse or trackball. Width mm U Depth mm Model No. CP 482.6 (19˝) 2 150 6002.000 Material: − Drawer housing: Sheet steel − Drawer and front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Drawer housing: Zinc-plated − Drawer and front panel: Natural anodised Supply includes: Assembly parts for installation in Comfort Panel/ Optipanel command panel. Design: − Drawer: With stay − Front panel: With security lock (lock no. 12321) and handle strip 482.6 2 465 284 148.5 139 46 75 60 88 71.4 31 106 4.5 441 Mounting cut-out (for installation in surfaces) 390 79 77 90 139 71.4 Ø 4.5/M4 450 465 802 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Drawer for keyboard and mouse with mousepad support For installation in: ● Any sufficiently large surface (e.g. door, side panel) ● 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings ● Front panels Width mm U Depth mm Model No. CP 482.6 (19˝) 3.5 261 6003.000 Material: − Drawer and enclosure: Sheet steel − Front panel: Aluminium Surface finish: − Drawer and enclosure: Textured paint − Front panel: Natural anodised Suitable for accommodating ● Keyboards up to a maximum of 460 x 42 x 170 mm ● Standard mouse and mousepad Supply includes: Assembly parts. Design: − Drawer and housing: With side pull-out mousepad support and tray − Front panel: With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, folds out as handrest Accessories: Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 609. 260 270 472 260 Mounting cut-out for installation in surfaces 80 Ø 5.5/M5 133 475 141 206 467 1 1 Front trim panel 482.6 (19˝) Keyboard drawer 1 U for 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level This space-saving keyboard drawer is screwfastened to the front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level. The installation spacing is infinitely adjustable from 460 – 800 mm. It is fully extendible and lockable, with strain relief and hinged cable support. The drawer is suitable to accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) keyboards. 1) Distance between levels mm Model No. DK 460 – 800 7281.2001) Delivered without keyboard. Interior dimensions: W x H x D approx. 420 x 40 x 220 mm Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts, excluding keyboard. Note: Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U, see page 780. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 803 Keyboards, supports and drawers Keyboard drawer 2 U for a 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level For keyboards up to 430 mm wide and 250 mm deep with the front panel folded over. Height Packs of Model No. DK 2U 1 7281.035 Installation depth: 390 mm. Material: Sheet steel with aluminium front Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Lockable drawer with handles, − Folding front, − Pull-out mousepad, − Mouse support, − Practical cable entry − and strain relief. Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝) for keyboard For attaching to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles front and rear. Suitable for standard keyboards > 482.6 mm (19˝). Keyboard support with non-slip base, plus wrist support. Depth-variable installation from 610 – 950 mm. Clearance opening W x H x D: 408 x 40 x 550 mm. Packs of Model No. DK 1 7063.888 Note: Installation only possible on L-shaped and cranked 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles and/or 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. Material: Sheet steel Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: Assembly parts, excluding keyboard. Support for mousepad for command panels and surfaces The angle of the mousepad support is individually adjustable. Two holes are needed on the enclosure for attachment purposes. Material: Sheet steel Weight kg Packs of Model No. SM 1.0 1 2381.000 Accessories: Holder for mouse, see page 805. Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. 804 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Keyboards, supports and drawers Support for mousepad, vertically hinged For mounting on the left/right, beneath support for keyboards. Latches home automatically, both when retracted and extended. With mounting holes for mouse holder (SM 2382.000). With cutouts for cable routing and holes for attachment via cable ties, for fast assembly (SZ 2597.000). Packs of Model No. SM 1 2383.020 Accessories: Holder for mouse, see page 805. Cable ties, see page 720. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated 44 23 Supply includes: Assembly parts and mousepad, stuck on with adhesive. 211 20 312 30 Holder for mouse To fit mousepad support and for secure accommodation of a standard mouse. Weight kg Packs of Model No. SM 0.3 1 2382.000 Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Zinc-plated Supply includes: Assembly parts. Paper removal flap For installation in surfaces Facilitates easy removal of pages from the printer without opening the enclosure door. Plexiglass flap with magnetic lock. Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Also required: Support for mousepad, see page 804. Paper removal flap Colour RAL Packs of Model No. IW DIN A4 7015 1 6903.200 805 Interfaces Base for tubular door frame The space-saving alternative instead of component shelves to accommodate tower PCs (maximum 20 kg). For screw-fastening to the tubular door frame of 600 mm wide enclosures based on TS. Width x height x depth mm Packs of Model No. IW 495 x 159 x 230 1 6902.950 Also required: TS support strips for direct screw-fastening to the tubular door frame, see page 650. Load capacity: 20 kg. Material: Sheet steel Surface finish: Spray-finished Colour: RAL 7015 Supply includes: Retaining strap and assembly parts. Interface box For secure accommodation for all common computer ports, 3 1/2˝ disk drives and sockets. The lockable metal cover provides a high mechanical load-bearing capacity, protects against unauthorised access and ensures an increased shielding effect for the installed equipment. Weight kg Packs of Model No. SZ 0.8 1 2482.000 Colour: RAL 7035 Supply includes: − Frame with hinged flap − Cam with security lock (No. 12321) − Mounting tray including seal and assembly parts Material: − Front panel: Extruded aluminium section − Mounting tray: Aluminium, 1.5 mm − Flap: Aluminium, 3.0 mm Surface finish: − Frame: Powder-coated − Mounting tray: Powder-coated − Flap: Natural anodised Interface extension with wall connection and built-in RJ 45 module Surface finish: − Enclosure: Nickel-plated − Cover: Natural anodised For extending the internal enclosure interfaces – e.g. from industrial PCs and switches – up to the outside of the enclosure. The wall connection only needs the same space as a switch. Protection category: IP 66/67 to IEC 60 529 (with the protective cap closed) Anti-twist guard Benefits: ● Rapid access for maintenance work ● The protection category of the enclosure is preserved ● The lock nut cuts automatically into the sprayfinish or eloxal layer, thereby creating a conductive connection ● Captive protective cap Ø 22.3 Material: − Enclosure: Brass − Cover: Aluminium − Seal: Polyamide Design USB RJ 45 RJ 45 806 with (USB only) 20.8 without (USB/RJ 45) Ø 22.3 Material thickness: 1 – 6 mm Wall connection Type A jack Jack Jack Inside Type A connector Connector Jack Length m Packs of 0.5 1 2482.210 1.0 1 2482.220 2.0 1 2482.230 0.5 1 2482.700 1.0 1 2482.710 2.0 1 2482.720 – 1 2482.730 Model No. SZ Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Interfaces Interface flaps, modular For universal use in all situations where rapid access to interfaces and sockets is needed. The affected enclosure remains closed and is therefore protected from ambient influences and unauthorised access. Space-saving installation e.g. ● in small enclosures and compact enclosures as a programming interface for controllers ● in IT and industrial distributors as maintenance access for networks ● in PC enclosures and console systems for the temporary connection of additional equipment ● in mobile industrial workstations for rapid connection to existing network structures ● in command panel systems for programming and maintenance of integral components. The mounting frame has a flap which snaps into position in various stages at opening angles of 90 to 180°. A snap fastener ensures a reliable seal. This may be locked if required. Material: − Mounting frame and metal flap: Fine die-cast zinc − Plastic flap: Polycarbonate (semi-transparent) − Lock: Polycarbonate, RAL 7024 Surface finish: Mounting frame and metal flap: Matt nickel-plated Colour: Lock: RAL 7024 Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 with sealed flap and proper assembly. cUL Description UL Packs of Model No. SZ 1 2482.300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Mounting frame1) 1 Single, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) Double, with plastic flap (semi-transparent) 1 2482.310 2 Single, with metal flap 1 2482.320 3 Double, with metal flap 1 2482.330 Socket modules 4 Germany (VDE), spring-action terminals max. 2 x 2.5 mm2, connection at rear 1 2482.4003) 5 Germany (VDE), screw terminals max. 6 mm2, connection at rear, colour: yellow (RAL 1016), for installation in front of master switch 1 2482.4103) 2482.500 Interface inserts 6 2 x SUB-D9 (jack/pin) 1 7 SUB-D9 (jack/jack) 1 2482.510 8 2 x USB A (jack/jack) 1 2482.5402) 9 RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/jack), SUB-D9 (pin/pin) 1 2482.550 10 2 x RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e) 1 2482.5602) 11 USB A (jack/jack), RJ 45 (jack/jack, Cat. 5e), SUB-D9 (jack/pin) 1 2482.5702) 12 Blanking plate (slimline), for individual population, usable area: 45 x 75 mm 1 2482.590 1) Electrically conductive. 2) Conductively linked to mounting frame. voltage: 250 V AC, rated current: 10 – 16 A All SUB-D interfaces may be rotated while in use. Other socket modules and interface inserts available on request. 3) Rated Interface flap, single Approx. 116 Approx. 120 max. R2 A 91 Approx. 12 Approx. 16 Mounting cut-out Approx. 65 Permissible material thickness: 1 – 5 mm open lock 52 Appr. 21 Approx. 7 Approx. 7 A Contact surface Approx. 38 Interface flap, double open lock Approx. 61 A 91 Approx. 12 Approx. 116 Approx. 120 max. R2 Approx. 12 Approx. 16 Mounting cut-out Approx. 130 open lock Approx. 61 Appr. 21 117 Approx. 7 Approx. 7 Appr. 35 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 807 Signal pillars Signal pillars, LED compact Benefits: ● Complete, ready-to-connect solution ● Minimal build height ● Extremely long service life of the LEDs (at least 70,000 h), therefore maintenance-free ● Minimal assembly work and warehousing costs Technical specifications: − Operating voltage: 24 V AC/DC − Electrical connection: Screw terminals − Light: LED − Transmission angle: 3 x 120° − Operating temperature: –20 to +70°C − Flashing function: Controllable via PLC − Cable entry: Metric screwed cable gland M12 x 1.5 for cable diameter 3.0 – 6.5 mm Packs of H mm Model No. SG 3-stage, red, yellow, green 1 177 2372.100 1-stage, red 1 107 2372.130 Design Also required: − For wall mounting: Bracket for wall mounting, see page 812. − For conduit mounting/support arm systems: Connection adaptor, see page 808. − Other mounting components, see page 813/814. Protection category: IP 65 to IEC 60 529 Connection picture SG 2372.100/.130/.140 35 21 Ø 72 L1 L2 L3 54 22 – 0 V (Ground) L1 – L3 – +24 V DC (LED light stages, from bottom to top, unneeded contacts are left free) 10 GND 29 107 22 29 M4 10 M4 GND 35 35 177 21 35 Ø 72 54 M12 x 1.5 1 Mounting cut-out Ø 20 1 Seal .5 Ø4 54 Connection adaptor for signal pillar, LED compact For conduit mounting and mounting on support arm systems. Material: Plastic Colour: Black Packs of Model No. SG 1 2372.120 Accessories: − Mounting components for conduit mounting, see page 814. − Mounting components for support arm system, see page 813. 808 Ø 54 31 Ø 25 Ø 70 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars Signal pillars, modular For modular configuration of ● Connection components ● AS interface element ● Optical components ● Incandescent lamps/LED lamps ● Acoustic components ● Label panel Benefits: ● Simple assembly and contact via bayonet fastener. ● Configuration of up to five components with the same voltage. ● Flashing and stroboscopic light element incl. lamp, suitable for direct use. ● Components are available in a range of colours and voltages. Connection component Connection component for signal pillars, modular Optionally for conduit or wall/base mounting. Screw terminals in the connection component. With cover for optical components. Contact hazard protection to VDE. For conduit mounting 2368.000 For wall/base mounting 2368.010 Model No. SG Accessories: Material: Enclosure of polyamide − Mounting components for wall/base mounting, see page 812. − Mounting components for conduit mounting, see page 814. − Mounting components for support arm system, see page 813. Colour: Black Protection category: IP 54 Connection component for conduit mounting SG 2368.000 Connection component for wall/base mounting SG 2368.010 Connection diagram Shared conductor 21.5 4. 18.75 1.75 5 1 2 4 17 25 .7 Stage 4 4.2 Ø 17 .7 2 3 Stage 2 Ø Ø 25 Ø Stage 1 0 Stage 5 Ø 13 Ø 68.5 Ø 68.5 30 Ø 70 25 Ø 70 30 25 13 Stage 3 1 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 1 Seal 809 Signal pillars Optical components for signal pillars, modular With 360° signal transmission thanks to optimised prism system. No. of potential stages = 5 components, with identical voltage. 65.5 56 A Material: − Enclosure: Polyamide Cap: Transparent polycarbonate 1 Also required: Incandescent lamps for steady light component, see page 810. Protection category: IP 54 if a cover or acoustic component is fitted at the top. Ø 70 A Pre-configured seal 2 3 1 Steady light component 12 – 240 V AC/DC1) Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2369.000 2369.010 2369.020 2369.030 2369.040 1) Incandescent 4 5 lamps not included with the supply. 2 LED steady light component 24 V AC/DC, 25 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2372.000 2372.010 2372.020 2372.030 2372.040 3 LED steady light component 230 V AC/DC Model No. SG 6 Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.150 2370.160 2370.170 2370.180 2370.190 7 4 LED flashing light component 24 V AC/DC Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.500 2370.510 2370.520 2370.530 2370.540 5 LED flashing light component 230 V AC/DC Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2370.550 2370.560 2370.570 2370.580 2370.590 6 Stroboscopic light component 24 V DC, 125 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2371.000 2371.010 2371.020 2371.030 2371.040 7 Stroboscopic light component 230 V DC, 15 mA Model No. SG Red Green Yellow Clear Blue 2371.050 2371.060 2371.070 2371.080 2371.090 Incandescent lamps for steady light components With BA 15d base/plinth. 810 Incandescent lamp Packs of Model No. SG 24 V, 5 W 3 2374.060 230 V, 5 W 3 2374.070 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars AS interface element Design Packs of Model No. SM for signal pillars, modular 24 V DC 1 2376.100 User-friendly activation of the signal pillar levels via AS interface. Extended delivery times. Benefits: ● Standard slave. ● Max. 31 addresses. ● Up to 4 signal levels may be activated. ● Power supply may be switched from internal bus supply to external auxiliary voltage. ● With programming interface. ● Wiring and commissioning work is significantly reduced. ● For mounting directly on the connection component of the signal pillar. Material: Polycarbonate Colour: Black, transparent Protection category: IP 54 to IEC 60 529 Also required: Connection element, see page 809. Technical specifications: Voltage supply AS interface element Via bus cable Operating voltage 18.5 V DC to 31.6 V DC (to AS interface specification) Polarity reversal protection Built-in Watchdog Built-in External auxiliary voltage 24 V DC +/– 10% Auxiliary voltage internal external Current carrying capacity max. 200 mA 200 mA per element Current rating max. 250 mA 75 mA Voltage on signal element 18 – 31 V DC 24 V DC +/– 10% Short-circuit/overload protection Built-in Pre-fuse M 1.6 A Temperature range –20°C to +50°C Connection diagram A 65.5 56 U external (–) U external (+) 3 2 4 1 Ø 70 ASI (+) A Pre-configured seal Acoustic components for signal pillars, modular To indicate warnings or malfunctions. Material: Enclosure: Polyamide Colour: Black Note: Mounting only on the upper end of the optical components or directly on the connection component. 5 0 ASI (–) 24 V AC/DC Acoustic components 85 dB1) max. 25 mA dB2) 100 max. 25 mA Packs of Model No. SG 1 2376.000 1 2376.010 1) Continuous tone or pulsating 2) Volume and 8 tones may be set 230 V AC Acoustic components 85 dB1) max. 25 mA dB2) 100 max. 25 mA Packs of Model No. SG 1 2376.020 1 2376.030 1) Continuous tone or pulsating 2) Volume and 8 tones may be set Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 811 Signal pillars Label panel for signal pillars, modular For text additions for up to 5 optical components, with break point for any fields that are not required (50 x 150 mm), including clamping section for base or tube with a diameter of 25 mm. Label panel Model No. SG For 5 optical components 2374.150 Material: Acrylic, transparent Mounting components For wall/base mounting Fig. 1 Suitable for signal pillar Mounting component Colour 1 Bracket for wall mounting, including rubber gland for concealed cable routing Black 2 Bracket for connection component Black 1) 2374.040 3 For side cable outlet Black 1) 2374.080 LED compact Model No. SG modular 2372.110 Also required: Connection component SG 2368.010, see page 809. 1) 2 Bracket for wall mounting Bracket for connection component For side cable outlet Ø 70 15 Ø 5.5 27 A Seal B B Flat seal 25 10 Ø 54 1.5 Ø 10.5 10 Ø 42 Ø 5.5 2 4. 4 Ø 110 Ø 57 40 A 54 3 Ø 70 73 M16 x 1.5 50 15 76 812 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories Signal pillars Mounting components for support arm systems Fig. Mounting component Colour Suitable for signal pillar LED compact modular Model No. SG 4 For support arm system CP-L – Angle piece CP 6524.0X0 – Angle coupling CP 6526.0X0 RAL 9017 (traffic black) 1) 2) 2375.000 5 For support arm system CP-L – Intermediate hinge CP 6523.0X0 – Wall-mounted hinge CP 6521.0X0 – Top-mounted joint CP 6522.0X0 RAL 9017 (traffic black) 1) 2) 2375.020 6 For support arm system CP-S – Angle piece 90° CP 6501.140 RAL 7024 (graphite grey) 1) 2) 2375.030 7 For support arm system CP-C – Angle coupling 90° CP 6071.200 – Angle piece 90° CP 6071.400 – Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 – Wall-mounted hinge CP 6072.500 – Top-mounted joint CP 6072.600 RAL 7024 (graphite grey) 1) 2) 6073.000 4 5 Also required: Connection adaptor SG 2372.120, see page 808. 2) Connection component SG 2368.000, see page 809. 1) 6 7 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories 813 Signal pillars Mounting components For conduit mounting Fig. 8 8 Colour Base with integral conduit, Ø 25 mm, 110 mm long Black 10 Suitable for signal pillar LED compact modular 1) 2) Model No. SG 2374.000 2374.010 Single conduit, 250 mm long Aluminium 1) 2) 2374.020 Single conduit, 400 mm long Aluminium 1) 2) 2374.030 2374.050 Individual base 9 3) Mounting component Black 11 Angle bracket for conduit mounting Black 12 Base, tiltable from 0° – 90° in 7.5° increments. Simple cable entry up to a cable diameter of 14 mm. Black 1) 2) 2374.0903) Extended delivery times. 9 Also required: Connection adaptor SG 2372.120, see page 808. 2) Connection component SG 2368.000, see page 809. 1) 10 Base with integral conduit Single conduit 25 Individual base, plastic Ø 21.7 Ø 25 110 250 (400) 17 37 Ø 10.5 Ø 5.5 Ø 70 Ø 54 11 Ø 10.5 A Ø 70 A Seal Ø 5.5 A A Seal Base, tiltable Angle bracket for conduit mounting 12 77 Ø 70 Ø 25 36 52.5 87.5 117 19 9 18 71 .2 Ø6 57 38 Ø 12 Ø 54 Ø 70 Ø 70 814 Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories List of model numbers 1001.600 to 2370.570 Page Model No. Page 1001.600 184 1228.010 550 1518.510 34 1577.550 40 1995.835 736 2318.000 655 1002.500 184 1228.110 550 1519.510 34 1577.560 40 1996.535 735 2319.000 655 1002.600 184 1228.310 550 1521.010 183 1578.450 41 1996.835 735 2322.700 735 1003.600 184 1260.500 46 1522.010 183 1578.500 38 1997.235 736 2323.235 736 1004.600 184 1280.500 46 1523.010 183 1578.520 41 1997.835 736 2324.235 736 1005.500 185 1302.600 177 1524.010 183 1578.530 41 2004.235 734 2325.000 614 1005.600 185 1306.600 177 1525.010 183 1578.550 41 2008.235 734 2326.000 614 1006.500 185 1307.600 177 1526.010 183 1578.560 41 2011.235 734 2327.000 614 1006.600 185 1308.600 177 1527.010 183 1579.450 41 2026.200 737 2328.000 614 1007.600 185 1310.600 177 1527.510 36 1579.500 38 2027.200 737 2331.700 735 1008.600 185 1316.600 177 1528.010 183 1579.520 41 2034.200 737 2332.235 736 1009.600 185 1317.600 177 1528.510 34 1579.530 41 2092.200 757 2334.000 689 1010.500 185 1320.600 177 1529.010 183 1579.550 41 2092.300 757 2335.000 689 1010.600 185 1338.500 45 1529.510 35 1579.560 41 2092.500 757 2336.700 735 1011.600 184 1339.500 45 1530.010 183 1580.000 627 2094.200 757 2337.235 736 1012.600 185 1350.500 45 1530.510 35 1581.000 704 2094.300 757 2338.235 736 1013.600 185 1360.500 45 1531.510 35 1581.100 706 2094.400 758 2340.700 735 1014.600 186 1376.500 45 1532.510 35 1582.000 704 2094.500 757 2341.235 736 1015.600 185 1380.500 44 1533.510 36 1583.010 183 2102.180 405 2342.235 736 1016.600 186 1400.500 53 1534.510 36 1583.520 39 2102.190 405 2343.000 689 1017.600 186 1423.500 52 1535.510 35 1584.010 183 2102.320 405 2345.700 735 1018.600 186 1432.500 52 1536.510 35 1584.520 39 2102.400 405 2346.235 736 1019.500 186 1434.500 52 1537.510 36 1585.010 183 2102.410 405 2347.235 736 1019.600 186 1444.500 52 1538.510 36 1585.520 39 2102.490 405 2350.000 717 1030.500 44 1446.500 52 1539.510 35 1586.520 39 2203.400 720 2351.000 717 1031.500 44 1448.500 52 1540.510 36 1589.510 35 2231.000 754 2352.000 717 1032.500 44 1449.500 52 1541.510 36 1590.000 627 2232.000 754 2353.000 717 1033.500 44 1453.500 52 1542.510 36 1591.000 613 2233.000 754 2354.000 717 1034.500 44 1454.500 53 1545.500 37 1592.000 613 2235.135 708 2355.000 717 1035.500 44 1466.500 53 1546.500 37 1592.010 613 2237.000 655 2356.000 717 1036.500 44 1467.500 53 1547.500 37 1594.000 627 2238.000 655 2357.000 717 1037.500 45 1468.500 53 1548.500 38 1605.520 40 2239.000 655 2358.000 717 1038.500 45 1469.500 53 1549.500 38 1606.520 40 2243.605 64 2359.000 717 1039.500 45 1479.500 53 1550.500 38 1609.510 41 2246.605 64 2360.000 717 1045.500 45 1480.500 53 1551.500 37 1611.510 41 2249.605 64 2361.000 619 1050.500 45 1481.000 634 1552.500 37 1670.600 176 2250.000 751 2362.000 619 1054.500 45 1482.000 666 1553.500 38 1671.600 176 2252.605 64 2363.000 619 1055.500 46 1483.010 628 1554.500 38 1672.600 176 2253.605 65 2364.000 691 1057.500 45 1484.000 608 1555.500 38 1674.600 176 2255.605 64 2365.000 664 1058.500 45 1484.001 608 1556.500 38 1675.600 176 2256.605 65 2366.000 664 1060.500 45 1485.000 609 1557.500 38 1676.600 176 2258.605 64 2367.040 688 1073.500 46 1486.000 609 1558.010 183 1782.135 387 2259.605 65 2367.060 688 1076.500 45 1487.000 609 1558.510 40 1919.500 66 2260.000 751 2367.080 688 1077.500 46 1488.000 609 1559.010 183 1920.500 66 2261.605 64 2367.120 688 1090.500 45 1489.000 609 1559.510 40 1926.500 66 2262.605 65 2367.160 688 1100.500 46 1490.010 607 1560.700 631 1931.200 754 2265.605 65 2367.200 688 1101.010 48 1491.000 634 1561.700 631 1932.200 754 2268.605 65 2368.000 809 1101.020 48 1492.000 609 1562.700 631 1933.200 754 2271.605 65 2368.010 809 1101.030 48 1500.510 35 1563.700 631 1934.200 754 2304.000 609 2369.000 810 1101.040 48 1501.510 35 1564.700 631 1935.200 754 2304.010 178 2369.010 810 1101.110 187 1502.510 35 1565.700 631 1936.200 754 2305.000 597 2369.020 810 1101.120 187 1503.510 35 1566.700 631 1937.200 754 2307.000 609 2369.030 810 1101.130 187 1504.510 35 1567.700 631 1939.200 754 2308.000 612 2369.040 810 1101.140 187 1505.510 36 1568.700 631 1940.000 754 2309.000 655 2370.150 810 1101.800 617 1506.510 36 1569.700 631 1941.000 754 2310.038 615 2370.160 810 1101.910 588 1507.510 35 1570.700 631 1945.000 754 2310.076 615 2370.170 810 1101.920 588 1508.510 35 1571.700 631 1950.000 754 2310.100 615 2370.180 810 1101.930 588 1509.510 36 1572.700 631 1962.200 738 2310.120 615 2370.190 810 1101.940 588 1510.510 36 1573.700 631 1963.200 738 2311.225 614 2370.500 810 1110.500 46 1511.510 35 1574.700 631 1978.200 736 2311.250 614 2370.510 810 1114.500 46 1512.510 36 1575.700 631 1979.200 738 2313.150 655 2370.520 810 1130.500 46 1513.510 36 1576.700 631 1980.200 738 2313.750 655 2370.530 810 1158.500 707 1514.510 34 1577.450 40 1985.500 735 2314.000 655 2370.540 810 1180.500 46 1515.510 34 1577.500 38 1986.500 736 2315.000 655 2370.550 810 1199.100 582 1516.510 34 1577.520 40 1994.835 735 2316.000 655 2370.560 810 1213.500 46 1517.510 34 1577.530 40 1995.235 736 2317.000 655 2370.570 810 Model No. Page Rittal Catalogue 33 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. 815 List of model numbers 2370.580 to 2780.000 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 2370.580 810 2384.030 182 2411.640 709 2465.000 609 2509.500 626 2569.000 689 2370.590 810 2384.040 182 2411.650 709 2466.000 609 2510.000 616 2570.000 689 2371.000 810 2388.000 686 2411.660 709 2467.000 604 2511.500 619 2570.100 691 2371.010 810 2388.100 686 2411.670 709 2468.000 604 2512.000 616 2570.200 689 2371.020 810 2388.120 686 2411.800 709 2469.000 604 2513.000 616 2570.500 690 2371.030 810 2388.150 686 2411.810 709 2470.000 619 2514.000 616 2571.000 610 2371.040 810 2388.200 686 2411.820 709 2471.000 619 2514.500 616 2572.000 608 2371.050 810 2388.280 686 2411.830 709 2472.000 619 2514.600 616 2573.000 703 2371.060 810 2388.600 686 2411.840 709 2473.000 619 2514.800 616 2574.000 664 2371.070 810 2388.800 686 2411.850 709 2474.000 619 2515.000 616 2575.000 608 2371.080 810 2389.000 791 2411.860 709 2475.000 619 2518.000 617 2576.000 608 2371.090 810 2400.000 712 2411.870 709 2476.000 611 2519.000 617 2581.000 570 2372.000 810 2400.300 714 2412.210 689 2477.000 574 2519.200 617 2583.010 628 2372.010 810 2400.500 714 2412.216 689 2478.000 574 2520.000 609 2584.000 629 2372.020 810 2400.900 713 2412.225 689 2479.000 574 2521.000 612 2589.000 719 2372.030 810 2400.910 713 2412.310 689 2480.000 574 2522.000 609 2590.000 719 2372.040 810 2400.920 713 2412.316 689 2481.000 574 2523.000 609 2591.000 719 2372.100 808 2400.930 713 2412.325 689 2482.000 806 2525.000 610 2592.000 719 2372.110 812 2400.940 713 2413.375 687 2482.210 806 2526.000 609 2593.000 719 2372.120 808 2400.950 713 2413.550 687 2482.220 806 2527.000 609 2594.000 719 2372.130 808 2400.960 713 2414.000 688 2482.230 806 2528.000 609 2595.000 719 2373.000 664 2400.970 713 2414.500 688 2482.300 807 2530.000 609 2596.000 719 2373.210 647 2401.000 574 2415.000 688 2482.310 807 2531.000 612 2597.000 720 2373.250 647 2402.000 574 2415.100 618 2482.320 807 2532.000 612 2599.000 608 2373.300 647 2403.000 597 2415.500 635 2482.330 807 2533.000 608 2682.000 791 2373.350 647 2404.000 597 2416.000 611 2482.400 807 2534.100 610 2683.600 192 2374.000 814 2410.000 711 2418.000 611 2482.410 807 2534.500 610 2684.600 192 2374.010 814 2410.010 711 2419.000 611 2482.500 807 2535.000 608 2685.600 192 2374.020 814 2410.020 711 2420.000 609 2482.510 807 2536.000 608 2686.600 192 2374.030 814 2410.030 711 2422.000 626 2482.540 807 2537.000 606 2694.500 129 2374.040 812 2410.110 711 2423.000 626 2482.550 807 2537.010 606 2695.500 129 2374.050 814 2410.120 711 2424.100 620 2482.560 807 2540.500 609 2696.500 129 2374.060 810 2410.130 711 2425.100 620 2482.570 807 2541.235 480 2730.000 596 2374.070 810 2410.200 711 2426.100 620 2482.590 807 2542.235 480 2731.000 596 2374.080 812 2410.210 711 2426.500 620 2482.700 806 2543.235 480 2732.000 596 2374.090 814 2410.220 711 2427.100 620 2482.710 806 2545.000 612 2733.000 596 2374.150 812 2410.230 711 2430.000 609 2482.720 806 2546.000 612 2734.000 596 2375.000 813 2410.290 711 2432.000 613 2482.730 806 2547.000 612 2735.250 595 2375.020 813 2411.090 687 2433.000 627 2483.000 609 2548.000 612 2735.500 595 2375.030 813 2411.110 687 2433.500 627 2484.000 609 2549.000 612 2735.510 595 2376.000 811 2411.140 687 2435.000 607 2485.000 608 2549.500 612 2735.520 595 2376.010 811 2411.160 687 2436.732 570 2485.100 608 2549.510 178 2735.530 595 2376.020 811 2411.210 687 2436.735 570 2486.300 666 2549.600 178 2735.540 595 2376.030 811 2411.290 687 2437.000 570 2486.500 666 2559.000 689 2735.560 595 2376.100 811 2411.504 710 2438.735 570 2487.000 666 2560.010 704 2735.570 595 2377.030 733 2411.505 710 2439.000 608 2488.000 666 2560.400 707 2735.580 595 2377.060 733 2411.506 710 2440.735 570 2489.000 666 2561.010 704 2735.590 595 2377.090 733 2411.507 710 2446.000 615 2489.500 666 2561.100 706 2736.500 595 2377.120 733 2411.532 710 2449.000 613 2493.000 610 2561.400 707 2736.510 595 2377.150 733 2411.550 710 2450.000 607 2493.500 611 2561.500 705 2736.520 595 2377.180 733 2411.551 710 2450.010 607 2501.500 619 2562.010 704 2736.530 595 2377.460 733 2411.552 710 2451.000 607 2502.500 619 2562.100 706 2736.540 595 2377.860 733 2411.553 710 2452.000 607 2503.010 627 2562.400 707 2740.000 598 2377.880 733 2411.554 710 2453.000 607 2504.000 666 2562.500 705 2741.000 598 2379.600 799 2411.555 710 2454.000 607 2504.500 666 2563.010 704 2742.000 598 2379.800 799 2411.556 710 2455.000 607 2504.800 666 2563.100 706 2743.000 598 2379.900 800 2411.557 710 2455.010 607 2505.510 628 2563.150 707 2744.000 598 2381.000 804 2411.558 710 2456.500 607 2506.100 698 2563.500 705 2745.000 598 2382.000 805 2411.559 710 2459.000 566 2507.100 684 2564.000 689 2746.000 598 2383.000 800 2411.560 710 2459.500 566 2507.200 684 2565.000 689 2749.000 598 2383.010 793 2411.561 710 2460.000 609 2507.300 684 2565.100 689 2760.000 596 2383.020 805 2411.562 710 2460.650 609 2507.400 684 2565.110 689 2761.000 596 2383.030 797 2411.600 709 2461.000 609 2507.500 684 2565.120 689 2762.000 596 2383.040 797 2411.610 709 2462.000 609 2508.010 627 2566.000 689 2763.000 596 2384.010 182 2411.620 709 2463.000 609 2508.100 627 2567.000 689 2772.000 596 2384.020 182 2411.630 709 2464.000 609 2509.000 626 2568.000 689 2780.000 596 816 Page Model No. Page Model No. Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 2781.000 to 3301.600 Model No. Page Model No. Page 2781.000 596 2903.200 551 3126.410 410 3210.100 435 3240.060 485 3286.610 482 2782.000 596 2904.200 551 3126.424 410 3210.104 436 3240.066 483 3286.700 479 2784.000 596 2905.200 551 3127.100 409 3210.140 435 3240.080 485 3286.780 474 2785.000 596 2906.200 551 3127.115 409 3210.500 435 3240.100 396 3286.800 479 2786.000 596 2907.000 549 3128.100 409 3210.504 436 3240.110 396 3286.850 474 2787.000 596 2908.000 549 3128.115 409 3210.540 435 3240.124 396 3286.860 474 2788.000 596 2909.200 551 3128.410 410 3212.024 437 3240.200 485 3286.870 473 2789.000 596 2910.200 551 3128.424 410 3212.115 437 3240.600 396 3286.880 474 2791.000 598 2913.000 549 3129.100 409 3212.230 437 3241.100 396 3286.900 479 2792.000 598 3020.500 523 3129.115 409 3213.310 475 3241.110 396 3286.970 473 2793.560 597 3031.000 310 3129.410 410 3213.320 475 3241.124 396 3286.980 474 2796.000 596 3032.000 310 3129.424 410 3213.330 475 3241.600 396 3286.990 473 2801.200 551 3052.000 340 3129.800 408 3214.100 437 3243.020 485 3288.200 482 2802.200 551 3055.000 340 3130.100 409 3215.100 437 3243.060 485 3289.200 482 2804.200 551 3056.000 340 3130.115 409 3216.480 440 3243.066 483 3294.100 481 2805.200 551 3057.000 340 3130.410 410 3232.700 454 3243.080 485 3294.200 482 2807.200 551 3058.000 341 3130.424 410 3232.710 454 3243.100 397 3300.040 431 2808.200 551 3059.000 341 3144.000 400 3232.720 454 3243.110 397 3300.050 431 2816.200 551 3060.000 341 3145.000 400 3232.730 454 3243.200 485 3300.060 431 2817.000 546 3061.000 341 3148.007 402 3232.740 454 3243.600 397 3300.070 431 2818.200 551 3071.000 324 3149.007 402 3232.750 454 3244.100 397 3300.080 431 2819.000 546 3073.000 340 3149.410 401 3232.760 454 3244.110 397 3300.090 431 2819.200 546 3074.000 340 3149.420 401 3232.770 454 3244.140 397 3300.110 431 2823.200 551 3075.000 340 3149.440 401 3232.780 454 3244.600 397 3300.120 431 2824.200 551 3076.000 340 3149.810 401 3232.790 454 3245.080 485 3300.160 460 2826.200 551 3079.000 314 3149.820 401 3232.800 455 3245.500 398 3300.170 460 2828.200 551 3079.010 314 3149.840 401 3232.810 455 3245.510 398 3300.180 460 2829.200 551 3083.000 341 3159.100 529 3232.820 455 3245.600 398 3300.260 487 2830.200 551 3085.000 311 3164.115 402 3232.830 455 3248.000 411 3300.261 487 2836.200 551 3086.000 316 3164.230 402 3232.840 455 3253.000 481 3300.262 487 2837.200 551 3087.000 316 3164.610 402 3232.850 455 3253.010 481 3300.263 487 2839.200 551 3088.000 316 3164.620 402 3232.860 455 3253.200 482 3300.270 460 2840.200 551 3090.000 316 3165.024 407 3232.870 455 3253.220 482 3300.280 460 2843.160 687 3091.000 316 3165.048 407 3232.880 455 3254.000 481 3300.290 487 2843.200 687 3092.000 311 3165.115 407 3232.890 455 3254.200 482 3300.291 487 2843.250 687 3093.000 294 3165.230 407 3235.440 476 3267.100 481 3300.292 487 2843.320 687 3105.310 471 3165.615 407 3236.124 404 3267.200 482 3300.293 487 2843.400 687 3105.320 471 3165.624 407 3237.020 485 3273.500 428 3300.294 487 2843.500 687 3105.330 471 3165.630 407 3237.060 485 3273.515 428 3300.295 487 2843.630 687 3105.340 471 3165.648 407 3237.066 483 3284.200 482 3300.296 487 2855.000 552 3105.350 471 3165.815 407 3237.080 485 3284.210 482 3300.297 487 2856.000 552 3105.360 471 3165.824 407 3237.100 394 3285.000 481 3300.310 456 2859.000 556 3105.370 471 3165.830 407 3237.110 394 3285.200 482 3300.320 456 2860.000 552 3105.380 471 3165.848 407 3237.124 394 3286.000 481 3300.330 456 2865.000 552 3105.390 471 3169.007 402 3237.200 485 3286.100 481 3300.340 456 2866.000 552 3105.400 471 3171.100 483 3237.600 394 3286.110 481 3300.353 458 2867.000 552 3105.410 471 3172.100 483 3238.020 485 3286.120 482 3300.354 458 2868.000 552 3105.420 471 3173.100 483 3238.055 484 3286.200 482 3300.355 458 2869.000 552 3105.430 471 3174.000 483 3238.060 485 3286.210 482 3300.356 458 2870.000 552 3108.024 403 3175.000 486 3238.066 483 3286.230 482 3300.360 458 2875.000 552 3108.100 403 3176.000 486 3238.080 485 3286.240 482 3300.370 458 2876.000 552 3108.115 403 3177.000 481 3238.100 394 3286.250 482 3300.510 458 2878.000 552 3110.000 476 3181.100 484 3238.110 394 3286.260 479 3300.560 458 2879.000 552 3110.200 476 3182.100 484 3238.124 394 3286.270 479 3300.710 458 2880.000 552 3114.200 475 3183.100 484 3238.200 485 3286.280 479 3300.760 458 2885.000 552 3118.000 476 3201.040 484 3238.600 394 3286.300 481 3301.221 465 2886.000 552 3120.200 477 3201.050 483 3239.020 485 3286.310 482 3301.320 465 2887.000 552 3121.000 523 3201.070 477 3239.060 485 3286.400 481 3301.370 465 2889.000 553 3124.100 477 3201.200 414 3239.066 483 3286.410 482 3301.380 465 2890.000 553 3124.200 477 3201.300 414 3239.080 485 3286.500 481 3301.390 465 2891.000 546 3125.800 408 3201.900 486 3239.100 395 3286.510 482 3301.421 465 2892.000 546 3126.100 409 3201.910 486 3239.110 395 3286.520 482 3301.560 484 2899.200 714 3126.115 409 3209.100 434 3239.124 395 3286.530 482 3301.570 484 2899.250 714 3126.230 507 3209.104 435 3239.200 485 3286.540 482 3301.580 484 2899.320 714 3126.240 507 3209.500 434 3239.600 395 3286.550 482 3301.590 484 2899.400 714 3126.270 508 3209.504 435 3240.020 485 3286.600 481 3301.600 484 Rittal Catalogue 33 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 817 List of model numbers 3301.606 to 3634.775 Model No. Page Model No. Page 3301.606 485 3311.110 461 3340.024 399 3382.510 426 3516.000 312 3606.010 238 3301.608 485 3311.130 461 3340.115 399 3382.600 426 3516.200 312 3606.140 237 3301.610 485 3311.210 462 3340.230 399 3382.610 426 3520.000 294 3606.200 237 3301.612 485 3311.230 461 3341.024 399 3383.500 427 3521.000 294 3606.321 246 3301.620 456 3311.260 461 3341.115 399 3383.510 427 3524.000 312 3606.330 244 3301.660 456 3311.310 465 3341.230 399 3383.540 427 3524.200 312 3634.045 214 3301.800 428 3311.400 463 3342.024 399 3383.600 427 3525.000 312 3634.070 233 3301.830 456 3311.530 462 3342.115 399 3383.610 427 3525.010 312 3634.085 214 3301.870 456 3311.560 462 3342.230 399 3383.640 427 3525.200 312 3634.100 212 3301.900 486 3311.600 464 3342.500 399 3384.500 428 3525.210 312 3634.101 212 3301.910 486 3318.600 446 3350.024 400 3384.510 428 3526.000 312 3634.110 212 3301.920 486 3318.610 446 3350.115 400 3384.540 428 3526.200 312 3634.111 212 3301.930 486 3319.600 446 3350.230 400 3384.600 428 3527.000 312 3634.120 212 3301.940 486 3319.610 446 3351.024 400 3384.610 428 3527.200 312 3634.130 212 3301.950 487 3320.600 447 3351.115 400 3384.640 428 3528.000 312 3634.140 212 3301.955 487 3321.700 483 3351.230 400 3385.500 429 3528.010 312 3634.150 213 3301.957 487 3322.700 483 3352.024 400 3385.510 429 3528.200 312 3634.160 213 3301.960 487 3327.700 483 3352.115 400 3385.540 429 3528.210 312 3634.170 213 3301.965 487 3328.500 421 3352.230 400 3385.600 429 3529.000 312 3634.180 213 3301.967 487 3328.504 425 3352.500 400 3385.610 429 3529.200 312 3634.181 213 3302.100 416 3328.510 421 3355.100 400 3385.640 429 3530.000 294 3634.190 213 3302.110 416 3328.514 425 3356.100 400 3386.540 429 3531.000 294 3634.191 213 3302.200 416 3328.540 421 3357.100 400 3386.640 429 3548.000 318 3634.200 213 3302.210 416 3328.544 425 3359.500 427 3387.540 429 3549.000 318 3634.210 213 3302.300 415 3328.600 421 3359.510 427 3387.640 429 3550.000 316 3634.220 213 3302.310 415 3328.610 421 3359.540 427 3418.000 294 3554.000 316 3634.230 213 3303.500 417 3328.640 421 3359.600 427 3419.000 294 3555.000 316 3634.233 250 3303.504 424 3329.500 422 3359.610 427 3420.000 294 3559.000 316 3634.240 213 3303.510 417 3329.504 425 3359.640 427 3420.010 294 3560.000 316 3634.250 213 3303.514 424 3329.510 422 3360.100 448 3421.000 294 3561.000 316 3634.420 250 3303.530 425 3329.514 425 3360.250 448 3422.000 294 3562.000 316 3634.430 250 3303.600 417 3329.540 422 3360.470 448 3423.000 294 3563.000 316 3634.450 250 3303.610 417 3329.544 425 3361.500 418 3424.000 294 3565.005 314 3634.515 214 3304.500 419 3329.600 422 3361.510 418 3425.000 294 3565.015 314 3634.600 214 3304.504 424 3329.610 422 3361.540 418 3425.010 294 3567.005 314 3634.615 214 3304.510 419 3329.640 422 3361.600 418 3427.000 294 3568.005 314 3634.620 214 3304.514 424 3329.903 483 3361.610 418 3428.000 294 3569.005 314 3634.625 228 3304.530 425 3329.904 483 3361.640 418 3429.000 294 3570.005 314 3634.630 228 3304.540 419 3332.540 422 3363.100 438 3429.010 294 3571.005 314 3634.635 228 3304.544 424 3332.640 422 3363.104 441 3430.000 294 3572.005 314 3634.640 228 3304.560 425 3334.600 447 3363.500 438 3431.000 296 3573.005 314 3634.645 228 3304.600 419 3334.660 447 3363.504 441 3431.020 297 3574.005 314 3634.650 228 3304.610 419 3335.590 449 3364.100 438 3431.030 297 3575.005 314 3634.655 228 3304.640 419 3335.600 449 3364.104 441 3433.000 294 3576.005 314 3634.660 228 3305.500 420 3335.610 449 3364.500 438 3434.000 294 3577.005 314 3634.665 228 3305.504 424 3335.620 449 3364.504 441 3435.000 294 3578.005 314 3634.670 228 3305.510 420 3335.630 449 3366.500 423 3435.010 294 3579.005 314 3634.675 228 3305.514 424 3335.640 449 3366.510 423 3436.000 294 3580.000 311 3634.680 228 3305.530 425 3335.650 449 3366.540 423 3439.010 282 3580.100 311 3634.685 228 3305.540 420 3335.660 449 3366.600 423 3450.500 316 3581.000 311 3634.690 228 3305.544 424 3336.100 450 3366.610 423 3451.500 316 3581.100 311 3634.695 214 3305.560 425 3336.200 450 3366.640 423 3452.500 316 3582.000 311 3634.700 214 3305.600 420 3336.300 450 3373.100 439 3453.500 316 3583.000 311 3634.705 214 3305.610 420 3336.500 450 3373.104 442 3454.500 316 3584.000 311 3634.710 214 3305.640 420 3336.600 450 3373.500 439 3455.500 316 3584.200 311 3634.715 214 3307.700 430 3336.650 450 3373.504 442 3456.500 316 3585.000 311 3634.720 214 3307.710 430 3336.700 451 3374.100 439 3457.500 316 3586.000 311 3634.725 214 3307.740 430 3336.710 451 3374.104 442 3458.500 316 3586.200 311 3634.730 214 3310.700 430 3336.720 451 3374.500 439 3459.500 316 3587.000 311 3634.735 214 3310.710 430 3336.730 451 3374.504 442 3460.500 316 3588.000 311 3634.740 214 3310.740 430 3336.740 451 3375.100 440 3504.000 313 3589.000 311 3634.745 214 3311.010 461 3336.750 451 3375.104 443 3505.000 313 3590.000 311 3634.746 214 3311.020 462 3339.100 451 3375.500 440 3509.000 312 3590.010 311 3634.750 214 3311.030 465 3339.200 451 3375.504 443 3509.200 312 3591.060 311 3634.751 214 3311.040 465 3339.250 451 3377.000 479 3514.000 313 3592.010 325 3634.770 215 3311.060 465 3339.280 451 3382.500 426 3515.000 313 3592.020 324 3634.775 214 818 Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Model No. Page Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 3634.780 to 3688.053 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 3634.780 215 3684.410 242 3684.689 229 3684.957 229 3685.602 243 3687.015 250 3636.010 678 3684.411 242 3684.691 229 3684.958 229 3685.603 243 3687.021 250 3650.310 220 3684.435 250 3684.692 229 3684.974 230 3685.606 243 3687.050 250 3652.510 239 3684.511 218 3684.693 229 3684.975 219 3685.607 243 3687.051 250 3652.530 239 3684.512 218 3684.694 229 3684.976 239 3685.608 243 3687.146 251 3652.610 239 3684.513 218 3684.695 229 3685.097 250 3685.609 243 3687.519 251 3652.630 239 3684.514 218 3684.696 229 3685.198 245 3685.610 243 3687.556 246 3653.000 246 3684.515 220 3684.698 229 3685.231 216 3685.611 243 3687.557 246 3653.010 246 3684.516 220 3684.700 229 3685.232 216 3685.612 243 3687.558 246 3653.020 246 3684.517 220 3684.701 229 3685.233 217 3685.613 243 3687.559 246 3653.030 246 3684.518 220 3684.702 229 3685.234 217 3685.626 245 3687.560 246 3653.040 246 3684.520 220 3684.703 229 3685.235 216 3685.627 245 3687.565 246 3653.050 246 3684.521 220 3684.744 239 3685.239 216 3685.642 229 3687.566 246 3653.060 246 3684.522 220 3684.746 239 3685.241 217 3685.683 246 3687.567 246 3653.200 246 3684.523 222 3684.755 239 3685.257 236 3685.684 246 3687.574 234 3653.210 246 3684.524 222 3684.756 239 3685.258 236 3685.685 246 3687.575 234 3653.220 246 3684.525 222 3684.757 239 3685.259 236 3685.686 246 3687.576 234 3653.230 246 3684.529 218 3684.758 239 3685.271 234 3685.687 246 3687.577 234 3653.240 246 3684.530 218 3684.759 239 3685.273 221 3685.695 246 3687.585 246 3654.300 250 3684.531 218 3684.760 239 3685.274 219 3685.696 246 3687.600 218 3654.320 250 3684.532 218 3684.761 239 3685.276 218 3685.697 246 3687.602 220 3654.340 250 3684.533 220 3684.762 239 3685.277 218 3685.698 246 3687.623 229 3654.350 250 3684.534 220 3684.763 239 3685.282 250 3685.699 246 3687.724 226 3654.360 250 3684.535 220 3684.781 239 3685.289 250 3685.743 222 3687.726 235 3654.370 250 3684.536 220 3684.782 239 3685.491 243 3685.744 222 3687.756 243 3659.180 233 3684.538 220 3684.783 239 3685.492 243 3685.747 244 3687.758 243 3659.190 233 3684.539 220 3684.784 239 3685.493 243 3685.748 244 3687.760 243 3659.440 801 3684.540 220 3684.786 239 3685.496 243 3685.749 244 3687.924 237 3659.520 801 3684.541 222 3684.787 239 3685.497 243 3685.750 244 3687.932 245 3659.620 801 3684.560 218 3684.788 239 3685.498 243 3685.751 244 3687.933 245 3659.680 801 3684.562 220 3684.789 239 3685.500 241 3685.752 244 3687.934 245 3666.010 233 3684.565 218 3684.807 231 3685.501 241 3685.753 244 3687.955 245 3684.020 216 3684.567 220 3684.808 230 3685.503 241 3685.754 244 3687.989 239 3684.021 216 3684.570 218 3684.812 239 3685.508 241 3685.783 232 3688.006 239 3684.022 216 3684.572 220 3684.814 239 3685.512 241 3685.787 232 3688.007 239 3684.024 216 3684.580 218 3684.886 239 3685.524 241 3685.789 230 3688.008 239 3684.025 216 3684.582 214 3684.889 239 3685.525 241 3685.793 222 3688.009 239 3684.034 217 3684.590 234 3684.890 239 3685.526 241 3685.794 222 3688.010 239 3684.035 217 3684.591 234 3684.891 239 3685.527 241 3685.795 222 3688.011 239 3684.036 217 3684.599 234 3684.892 239 3685.530 241 3685.796 222 3688.012 239 3684.043 216 3684.600 234 3684.893 239 3685.532 241 3685.805 245 3688.013 239 3684.045 216 3684.608 233 3684.894 239 3685.536 241 3685.813 229 3688.014 239 3684.046 216 3684.615 218 3684.895 239 3685.538 241 3685.814 229 3688.015 239 3684.047 216 3684.616 222 3684.896 239 3685.570 243 3685.824 245 3688.016 239 3684.056 217 3684.617 218 3684.897 239 3685.571 243 3685.850 222 3688.017 239 3684.058 217 3684.618 222 3684.898 239 3685.572 243 3685.851 229 3688.018 239 3684.128 217 3684.622 218 3684.899 239 3685.573 243 3685.852 229 3688.019 239 3684.129 217 3684.623 222 3684.900 239 3685.574 243 3685.853 229 3688.022 239 3684.130 217 3684.624 218 3684.902 239 3685.575 243 3685.855 229 3688.025 239 3684.131 217 3684.625 222 3684.903 239 3685.576 243 3685.896 222 3688.026 239 3684.143 217 3684.626 218 3684.904 239 3685.577 243 3685.897 222 3688.027 232 3684.170 217 3684.627 222 3684.907 239 3685.579 243 3686.159 220 3688.028 236 3684.204 237 3684.628 218 3684.908 239 3685.581 243 3686.191 218 3688.029 239 3684.205 237 3684.629 222 3684.910 239 3685.583 243 3686.536 242 3688.030 239 3684.206 232 3684.635 223 3684.911 239 3685.584 243 3686.573 245 3688.031 239 3684.210 232 3684.637 223 3684.912 239 3685.586 243 3686.574 245 3688.032 239 3684.220 231 3684.643 230 3684.913 239 3685.587 241 3686.900 241 3688.038 239 3684.221 231 3684.644 230 3684.914 239 3685.588 241 3686.901 241 3688.039 239 3684.222 231 3684.680 229 3684.917 239 3685.589 241 3686.902 241 3688.041 232 3684.224 231 3684.681 229 3684.918 239 3685.590 241 3686.903 241 3688.045 235 3684.233 250 3684.683 229 3684.919 239 3685.596 243 3686.973 230 3688.046 235 3684.234 231 3684.684 229 3684.920 239 3685.597 243 3686.975 230 3688.047 235 3684.291 239 3684.685 229 3684.924 239 3685.598 243 3686.976 230 3688.048 235 3684.293 239 3684.686 229 3684.925 239 3685.599 243 3686.977 230 3688.049 235 3684.325 238 3684.687 229 3684.927 239 3685.600 243 3686.978 230 3688.052 235 3684.326 238 3684.688 229 3684.930 239 3685.601 243 3687.014 238 3688.053 235 Rittal Catalogue 33 819 List of model numbers 3688.054 to 5846.500 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 3688.054 235 3981.260 257 4123.000 617 4192.000 717 4395.000 654 5001.075 635 3688.056 235 3981.270 257 4124.000 617 4193.000 717 4396.000 654 5001.080 717 3688.057 236 3981.310 257 4127.010 684 4196.000 717 4396.500 654 5001.081 717 3688.058 236 3981.320 257 4127.210 684 4198.000 626 4398.000 654 5001.082 717 3688.059 236 3981.330 257 4131.700 637 4199.000 662 4398.500 654 5001.083 717 3688.060 237 3981.360 257 4132.700 637 4309.000 650 4530.000 751 5001.130 563 3688.062 237 3981.390 257 4133.000 662 4311.000 702 4531.000 751 5001.140 563 3688.064 236 3981.710 256 4134.000 662 4315.100 684 4532.000 658 5001.150 563 3688.065 236 3981.750 256 4137.700 637 4315.150 684 4538.000 618 5001.160 563 3688.066 236 3981.760 256 4138.140 680 4315.200 684 4540.000 580 5001.210 560 3688.611 230 3981.910 256 4138.150 680 4315.320 684 4541.000 753 5001.211 560 3688.612 230 3981.950 256 4138.180 680 4315.350 684 4542.000 753 5001.212 560 3688.614 230 3981.960 256 4138.190 680 4315.400 684 4547.000 742 5001.213 560 3688.615 230 3982.040 252 4138.240 680 4315.450 684 4568.000 626 5001.214 560 3688.704 226 3982.050 253 4138.250 680 4315.520 684 4570.000 552 5001.215 560 3688.770 241 3982.060 253 4138.280 680 4315.550 684 4576.000 633 5001.216 560 3688.771 241 3982.070 252 4138.290 680 4315.600 684 4579.000 650 5001.217 560 3688.772 241 3982.080 253 4138.300 680 4315.710 684 4582.000 580 5001.218 560 3688.773 241 3982.090 253 4138.350 680 4315.720 684 4582.500 580 5001.219 560 3688.780 241 3982.100 253 4138.400 680 4315.800 683 4583.000 617 5001.220 560 3688.781 241 3982.110 254 4138.450 680 4315.810 683 4583.500 617 5001.221 560 3688.784 241 3982.120 254 4139.140 680 4315.820 683 4590.700 631 5001.222 561 3688.785 241 3982.130 254 4139.150 680 4315.830 683 4591.700 631 5001.223 561 3688.790 241 3982.140 254 4139.180 680 4315.840 683 4592.700 631 5001.224 561 3688.791 241 3982.150 254 4139.190 680 4315.850 683 4593.000 633 5001.225 561 3750.000 259 3982.160 254 4139.300 680 4315.860 683 4594.000 650 5001.226 701 3750.030 259 3982.170 255 4139.350 680 4316.000 702 4595.000 628 5001.227 701 3750.200 258 3982.190 255 4140.000 681 4317.000 702 4596.000 650 5001.228 701 3750.210 258 3982.710 256 4140.010 681 4318.000 702 4597.000 658 5001.229 560 3750.310 259 3982.730 256 4140.020 681 4319.090 720 4598.000 650 5001.233 560 3750.320 259 3982.750 256 4140.110 681 4319.120 720 4599.000 650 5001.234 560 3750.330 259 3982.760 256 4140.120 681 4319.160 720 4611.000 556 5001.235 560 3750.340 259 3982.770 256 4140.210 681 4319.200 720 4612.000 555 5001.236 561 3750.400 258 3982.910 256 4140.220 681 4320.700 701 4638.600 615 5001.237 701 3750.420 259 3982.930 256 4140.810 682 4321.700 701 4638.800 615 5001.310 619 3750.440 259 3982.941 256 4140.820 682 4323.700 701 4650.000 193 5001.330 619 3750.600 259 3982.942 256 4140.830 682 4333.120 635 4694.000 650 5001.350 619 3750.610 259 3982.950 256 4140.840 682 4333.160 635 4695.000 650 5001.360 619 3750.620 259 3982.951 256 4155.000 680 4333.180 635 4696.000 650 5001.370 649 3750.640 259 3982.952 256 4155.100 680 4336.000 717 4697.000 650 5001.371 649 3750.650 259 3982.960 256 4155.500 680 4338.000 717 4757.500 129 5110.500 50 3750.710 259 3982.970 256 4156.000 613 4339.000 717 4911.000 575 5111.500 50 3750.720 259 3983.030 253 4157.000 665 4347.000 654 4911.100 575 5112.500 50 3750.730 259 3983.040 252 4162.000 665 4348.000 688 4912.000 575 5113.500 50 3750.930 259 3983.050 253 4163.000 665 4361.000 654 4916.000 575 5114.500 50 3751.250 263 3983.070 252 4164.000 665 4362.000 654 4918.000 575 5115.500 50 3751.260 263 3983.080 253 4165.000 665 4363.000 654 4920.000 575 5116.500 50 3751.270 263 3983.090 253 4166.000 665 4364.000 652 4933.000 655 5117.500 50 3751.330 260 3983.100 253 4169.000 651 4365.000 652 4934.000 655 5118.500 51 3751.370 261 3983.120 254 4170.000 651 4367.000 652 4935.000 655 5119.500 51 3751.420 262 3983.130 254 4171.000 651 4369.000 652 4937.000 655 5120.500 51 3751.460 262 3983.140 254 4172.000 651 4370.000 652 4943.000 653 5121.500 51 3751.520 263 3983.150 254 4173.000 651 4371.000 652 4944.000 653 5122.500 51 3751.640 261 3983.160 254 4174.000 651 4372.000 652 4945.000 653 5123.500 51 3751.680 261 4000.100 178 4175.000 651 4373.000 652 4946.000 653 5830.500 98 3751.730 262 4000.200 178 4176.000 651 4374.000 652 4947.000 653 5831.500 98 3751.750 262 4000.210 178 4177.000 651 4375.000 652 5001.000 613 5832.500 98 3751.800 261 4114.000 617 4178.000 651 4376.000 652 5001.050 647 5833.500 98 3751.850 263 4115.000 617 4179.000 665 4377.000 652 5001.051 647 5834.500 98 3751.910 260 4115.500 617 4180.000 665 4378.000 652 5001.052 647 5840.500 99 3798.000 263 4116.000 617 4181.000 661 4379.000 652 5001.053 647 5841.500 99 3861.580 673 4116.500 617 4182.000 660 4380.000 652 5001.054 647 5842.500 99 3901.000 256 4118.000 617 4183.000 661 4381.000 652 5001.060 604 5843.500 99 3919.000 256 4118.500 617 4189.000 613 4382.000 652 5001.061 604 5844.500 99 3981.200 257 4119.000 665 4190.000 613 4393.000 651 5001.062 604 5845.500 99 3981.210 257 4120.000 615 4191.000 717 4394.000 654 5001.070 634 5846.500 99 820 Page Model No. Model No. Page Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 5850.500 to 7063.200 Model No. Page Page Model No. Page Page Model No. Page 5850.500 195 6107.100 792 6380.500 140 6529.010 155 6730.340 638 7000.895 117 5851.500 195 6107.200 792 6380.510 140 6530.200 144 6730.400 127 7000.940 110 5852.500 195 6108.000 666 6380.600 140 6531.200 144 6730.410 127 7000.944 110 5853.500 195 6110.010 163 6380.610 140 6532.200 144 6730.600 480 7000.990 758 5854.500 195 6110.100 163 6385.000 790 6533.200 144 6740.500 128 7016.100 732 5855.500 195 6120.010 163 6385.010 790 6534.000 143 6742.500 128 7016.110 732 6002.000 802 6130.010 163 6385.040 790 6535.000 143 6746.500 128 7016.120 732 6002.100 798 6130.510 163 6385.050 790 6535.010 189 6748.500 128 7016.130 732 6003.000 803 6130.610 163 6385.060 790 6536.000 143 6900.000 133 7016.140 722 6005.500 630 6135.000 170 6442.500 145 6536.010 189 6900.100 133 7016.150 722 6013.000 793 6136.000 170 6446.020 799 6537.000 143 6900.300 131 7030.000 772 6013.100 793 6136.500 170 6450.010 796 6538.000 143 6900.400 133 7030.010 772 6016.200 629 6137.035 169 6450.020 796 6538.010 189 6900.410 133 7030.030 770 6016.600 167 6137.535 169 6450.050 796 6539.010 189 6901.100 133 7030.040 771 6016.700 167 6140.010 163 6450.060 796 6540.200 144 6902.100 133 7030.050 771 6023.010 163 6141.100 170 6450.070 796 6544.000 143 6902.300 133 7030.060 774 6027.000 794 6141.200 170 6450.170 796 6552.500 145 6902.310 170 7030.070 775 6027.010 794 6143.200 169 6462.500 145 6660.010 191 6902.400 133 7030.071 775 6028.000 794 6143.210 173 6501.000 151 6660.050 191 6902.500 133 7030.080 774 6028.010 794 6143.310 173 6501.020 151 6662.500 145 6902.640 165 7030.090 774 6028.014 794 6144.100 173 6501.050 151 6663.000 191 6902.670 167 7030.091 774 6028.015 794 6146.100 169 6501.070 151 6663.400 191 6902.700 669 7030.092 774 6028.016 794 6146.200 169 6501.090 168 6663.500 191 6902.770 712 7030.093 774 6028.500 794 6146.300 169 6501.110 151 6664.000 191 6902.920 553 7030.094 774 6028.510 794 6146.400 169 6501.120 151 6664.100 191 6902.950 806 7030.095 774 6028.530 794 6147.000 173 6501.130 151 6664.300 191 6902.960 668 7030.100 773 6028.540 794 6148.000 556 6501.140 151 6664.500 191 6902.980 668 7030.110 773 6040.010 163 6160.010 163 6501.150 151 6665.000 191 6903.200 805 7030.111 773 6050.000 163 6170.010 163 6501.160 151 6665.500 191 7000.390 108 7030.120 773 6050.500 163 6180.010 163 6503.000 173 6680.000 188 7000.410 108 7030.130 773 6052.000 718 6190.000 791 6505.100 794 6681.000 188 7000.430 108 7030.140 773 6052.500 714 6200.000 163 6505.200 794 6700.500 123 7000.440 108 7030.150 773 6053.000 795 6200.500 163 6505.500 794 6701.500 124 7000.450 109 7030.190 773 6053.210 795 6205.000 165 6508.010 155 6702.500 125 7000.460 109 7030.200 773 6053.300 795 6205.100 658 6508.020 164 6703.500 126 7000.500 108 7030.220 773 6053.500 795 6214.000 172 6509.000 155 6704.500 123 7000.510 108 7030.230 773 6053.800 795 6214.500 171 6510.210 166 6705.500 124 7000.520 109 7031.100 765 6058.000 795 6215.000 171 6510.330 166 6706.500 125 7000.530 109 7040.010 373 6058.500 795 6220.000 172 6510.340 166 6707.500 126 7000.532 109 7040.020 373 6058.800 795 6340.000 142 6511.000 155 6710.500 123 7000.560 108 7040.030 373 6059.000 721 6340.100 142 6513.000 155 6711.500 124 7000.570 108 7040.040 373 6059.500 721 6340.300 142 6513.050 155 6712.500 125 7000.580 109 7040.060 374 6070.000 159 6340.400 142 6514.200 800 6713.500 126 7000.590 109 7040.065 374 6070.200 159 6341.000 630 6515.000 155 6714.500 123 7000.592 109 7040.070 375 6071.000 164 6372.541 138 6519.000 167 6715.500 124 7000.620 671 7040.075 375 6071.200 159 6372.542 138 6520.010 155 6716.500 125 7000.625 674 7040.110 373 6071.400 159 6372.543 138 6520.510 155 6717.500 126 7000.630 696 7040.120 373 6071.600 165 6372.551 138 6521.010 155 6720.100 123 7000.640 582 7040.201 373 6071.800 159 6372.552 138 6522.010 155 6720.200 123 7000.652 570 7040.202 373 6072.000 159 6372.553 138 6523.010 155 6720.500 123 7000.653 570 7040.204 373 6072.200 159 6372.561 138 6524.010 155 6721.100 124 7000.663 570 7040.211 373 6072.400 159 6372.562 138 6524.210 155 6721.200 124 7000.670 406 7040.212 373 6072.500 159 6372.563 138 6525.010 155 6721.500 124 7000.672 557 7040.214 373 6072.600 159 6375.000 790 6525.110 155 6722.100 125 7000.675 691 7040.301 374 6072.800 159 6375.010 790 6525.210 155 6722.200 125 7000.676 648 7040.305 374 6073.000 813 6375.020 790 6525.510 155 6722.500 125 7000.678 648 7040.311 374 6074.000 159 6375.029 790 6525.610 155 6723.100 126 7000.680 406 7040.315 374 6074.100 159 6375.040 790 6526.010 155 6723.200 126 7000.684 386 7040.361 375 6074.300 159 6375.050 790 6527.010 155 6723.500 126 7000.685 726 7040.500 380 6074.500 159 6375.060 790 6527.110 155 6730.030 127 7000.840 107 7050.035 764 6075.100 159 6380.000 140 6528.010 164 6730.100 127 7000.850 107 7050.100 764 6075.300 159 6380.020 140 6528.110 168 6730.110 127 7000.852 107 7050.200 764 6075.500 159 6380.040 140 6528.210 165 6730.120 127 7000.875 117 7051.000 677 6100.000 163 6380.050 140 6528.410 166 6730.130 127 7000.882 117 7061.000 677 6100.500 163 6380.400 140 6528.450 164 6730.310 638 7000.885 117 7063.000 750 6107.000 792 6380.410 140 6528.510 164 6730.330 638 7000.892 117 7063.200 729 Rittal Catalogue 33 Model No. Model No. Page Model No. 821 List of model numbers 7063.710 to 7548.000 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 7063.710 673 7111.224 727 7178.535 763 7257.050 730 7338.168 511 7502.124 60 7063.720 673 7111.250 728 7183.100 675 7257.100 729 7338.170 511 7502.126 60 7063.725 673 7111.252 728 7184.035 668 7257.105 729 7338.171 511 7502.136 60 7063.740 750 7111.300 721 7185.035 668 7257.150 730 7338.220 510 7502.144 60 7063.750 749 7111.310 721 7186.035 668 7257.200 729 7338.320 510 7502.146 60 7063.752 749 7111.350 721 7186.735 668 7264.035 668 7391.000 111 7502.166 60 7063.835 672 7111.900 724 7200.001 700 7265.035 668 7394.035 759 7502.203 744 7063.837 672 7112.000 724 7200.210 775 7266.035 668 7396.000 111 7502.204 744 7063.850 753 7113.000 692 7200.214 775 7269.135 730 7400.000 111 7502.205 744 7063.858 676 7115.000 678 7200.215 775 7269.235 731 7401.000 748 7502.206 744 7063.860 676 7116.500 725 7200.216 775 7280.035 698 7402.000 748 7502.220 612 7063.882 749 7119.140 674 7200.217 775 7280.100 699 7404.000 696 7502.240 691 7063.883 749 7119.155 674 7200.450 775 7281.035 804 7408.510 696 7502.260 691 7063.884 749 7119.250 675 7200.630 698 7281.200 803 7411.000 748 7502.302 718 7063.888 804 7119.255 675 7200.800 605 7282.035 753 7412.510 696 7502.304 718 7063.890 676 7119.400 675 7200.810 605 7282.135 753 7433.035 760 7502.310 707 7063.892 676 7119.455 675 7218.035 723 7283.035 753 7437.035 760 7502.436 59 7063.895 672 7124.035 737 7219.035 723 7284.135 745 7445.000 111 7502.446 60 7063.897 672 7140.535 732 7220.500 726 7296.000 748 7450.035 762 7502.630 61 7064.000 677 7143.035 670 7220.600 724 7297.000 748 7451.000 69 7502.660 61 7064.100 723 7144.035 670 7228.035 723 7298.000 748 7455.030 712 7507.000 57 7064.110 723 7145.005 670 7240.110 695 7299.000 748 7462.000 69 7507.010 57 7065.000 677 7145.035 670 7240.120 695 7300.230 764 7463.100 69 7507.020 58 7066.000 677 7145.535 671 7240.130 696 7300.240 764 7463.200 69 7507.030 58 7066.700 677 7145.605 670 7240.150 696 7300.250 764 7464.035 668 7507.100 57 7067.100 582 7145.635 670 7240.160 696 7300.335 760 7465.035 668 7507.110 57 7067.200 582 7145.705 670 7240.170 696 7320.435 774 7466.035 668 7507.120 58 7069.535 759 7145.735 670 7240.190 696 7320.440 776 7466.735 668 7507.200 58 7072.100 712 7147.035 677 7240.200 695 7320.441 776 7469.535 763 7507.210 58 7072.200 708 7148.035 673 7240.201 695 7320.472 786 7470.535 763 7507.220 58 7072.220 720 7149.035 730 7240.205 695 7320.475 786 7474.535 763 7507.706 744 7072.230 720 7149.135 730 7240.210 695 7320.481 786 7478.535 763 7507.709 744 7072.240 720 7150.535 732 7240.220 695 7320.485 786 7480.035 699 7507.712 744 7077.000 719 7151.005 761 7240.230 695 7320.491 776 7480.300 699 7507.715 744 7078.000 719 7151.035 761 7240.240 695 7320.530 773 7484.035 668 7507.718 744 7081.000 677 7151.105 761 7240.250 695 7320.560 773 7485.035 668 7507.721 744 7086.535 759 7151.110 761 7240.260 695 7320.570 773 7486.035 668 7507.740 556 7087.535 759 7151.206 755 7240.280 695 7320.620 773 7486.735 668 7507.750 553 7089.535 759 7151.208 755 7240.290 695 7320.630 773 7492.060 750 7507.755 553 7091.000 653 7151.300 756 7240.300 697 7320.631 773 7492.070 750 7507.760 404 7094.100 758 7152.005 761 7240.305 697 7320.700 773 7492.300 750 7526.050 612 7094.110 758 7152.035 761 7240.310 695 7320.721 773 7492.400 750 7526.750 565 7094.120 758 7153.005 761 7240.330 695 7320.730 777 7492.500 750 7526.755 565 7094.130 757 7153.035 761 7240.370 695 7320.790 779 7493.000 555 7526.760 565 7094.140 757 7154.035 760 7240.510 695 7320.792 779 7493.100 555 7526.770 565 7095.000 653 7156.005 761 7240.512 695 7320.793 779 7493.230 555 7526.780 565 7096.000 653 7156.035 761 7240.600 697 7320.794 779 7494.000 748 7526.785 565 7097.000 719 7157.035 761 7241.005 762 7320.795 779 7495.000 556 7526.790 565 7097.220 719 7158.035 730 7241.015 763 7320.796 779 7501.000 56 7526.795 565 7097.260 719 7158.100 731 7241.024 763 7320.810 777 7501.100 757 7526.800 565 7097.300 719 7158.150 731 7241.045 763 7320.812 777 7502.013 59 7526.807 624 7097.340 719 7159.035 729 7241.065 763 7320.813 774 7502.014 59 7526.820 565 7098.000 719 7161.000 677 7241.500 762 7320.814 775 7502.016 59 7526.827 624 7098.100 719 7161.700 677 7242.005 762 7320.820 777 7502.024 59 7526.829 565 7099.000 719 7163.500 678 7242.015 763 7320.830 776 7502.026 59 7526.834 565 7100.000 653 7163.550 678 7246.010 752 7320.950 773 7502.034 59 7526.850 565 7102.000 653 7163.560 678 7246.030 752 7338.120 510 7502.035 59 7526.860 565 7109.035 475 7163.565 678 7246.060 752 7338.130 510 7502.036 59 7526.964 658 7109.200 685 7164.035 668 7246.100 752 7338.160 511 7502.044 60 7541.000 692 7111.000 724 7165.035 668 7246.400 752 7338.161 511 7502.045 60 7542.000 692 7111.100 724 7166.035 668 7246.420 747 7338.162 511 7502.046 60 7543.000 692 7111.210 727 7166.735 668 7246.500 756 7338.163 511 7502.054 60 7544.000 692 7111.212 727 7167.000 761 7255.035 729 7338.164 511 7502.056 60 7545.000 692 7111.214 727 7169.535 763 7256.035 731 7338.165 511 7502.064 60 7546.000 692 7111.220 727 7170.535 763 7257.005 729 7338.166 511 7502.066 60 7547.000 692 7111.222 727 7174.535 763 7257.035 729 7338.167 511 7502.114 60 7548.000 692 822 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 7548.210 to 7856.231 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 7548.210 690 7794.740 739 7824.204 585 7825.810 563 7827.532 755 7831.453 115 7549.000 692 7816.120 569 7824.205 585 7825.812 563 7827.534 755 7831.463 115 7552.002 781 7816.200 569 7824.206 569 7825.860 563 7827.536 755 7831.472 725 7552.020 782 7816.360 586 7824.207 585 7825.880 563 7827.544 756 7831.481 114 7552.030 782 7816.362 586 7824.208 569 7825.900 557 7827.550 746 7831.485 114 7552.040 782 7816.380 586 7824.220 569 7826.245 624 7827.554 747 7831.570 719 7552.100 781 7816.382 586 7824.222 585 7826.360 405 7827.560 746 7831.571 719 7552.110 781 7820.100 105 7824.223 585 7826.366 405 7827.570 746 7831.611 739 7552.120 786 7820.200 105 7824.224 585 7826.368 405 7827.590 745 7831.621 739 7552.122 786 7820.300 105 7824.225 585 7826.480 405 7827.600 746 7831.631 739 7552.140 786 7820.340 105 7824.226 569 7826.486 405 7827.800 746 7831.641 739 7552.142 786 7820.350 105 7824.227 585 7826.488 405 7827.823 747 7831.723 572 7552.200 784 7820.410 105 7824.228 569 7826.588 625 7827.824 747 7831.724 572 7552.201 785 7820.500 105 7824.280 586 7826.605 624 7828.040 653 7831.726 572 7552.202 785 7820.510 105 7824.282 586 7826.625 624 7828.050 653 7831.800 116 7552.203 785 7820.600 106 7824.310 570 7826.645 624 7828.060 653 7831.802 116 7552.204 785 7820.610 106 7824.312 570 7826.665 624 7828.061 722 7831.803 116 7552.205 785 7820.650 106 7824.360 586 7826.669 625 7828.062 722 7831.810 116 7552.212 784 7820.700 106 7824.362 586 7826.685 624 7828.080 653 7831.812 116 7552.214 785 7820.710 106 7824.380 586 7826.689 625 7828.081 722 7831.813 116 7552.220 786 7820.730 106 7824.382 586 7826.750 478 7828.082 722 7855.340 554 7552.420 786 7820.740 106 7824.490 586 7826.760 625 7828.100 653 7855.342 554 7552.510 783 7820.750 106 7824.510 570 7826.766 625 7828.101 722 7856.003 384 7561.500 548 7820.770 106 7824.520 613 7826.768 625 7828.102 722 7856.005 384 7570.535 763 7820.800 106 7824.522 613 7826.780 625 7828.120 653 7856.006 384 7574.535 763 7820.810 106 7824.525 613 7826.786 625 7828.121 722 7856.008 384 7578.535 763 7820.850 106 7824.540 582 7826.788 625 7828.122 722 7856.010 384 7581.500 548 7821.100 105 7824.560 571 7826.805 624 7828.600 669 7856.011 386 7582.500 548 7821.200 105 7824.580 571 7826.806 625 7828.660 669 7856.013 386 7604.000 696 7821.300 105 7824.650 574 7826.809 625 7828.680 669 7856.014 386 7608.510 696 7821.340 105 7825.150 554 7826.825 624 7828.800 669 7856.015 383 7610.000 725 7821.410 105 7825.250 554 7826.845 624 7828.880 669 7856.016 384 7611.000 725 7821.500 105 7825.260 554 7826.865 624 7828.950 671 7856.017 383 7641.000 67 7821.510 105 7825.342 559 7826.866 625 7828.951 672 7856.018 383 7643.000 67 7821.600 106 7825.350 564 7826.869 625 7828.960 671 7856.019 386 7644.000 68 7821.610 106 7825.360 564 7826.885 624 7828.961 672 7856.020 384 7644.400 675 7821.650 106 7825.361 564 7826.886 625 7828.970 671 7856.022 386 7645.000 67 7821.700 106 7825.364 563 7826.889 625 7828.971 672 7856.023 386 7685.000 743 7821.710 106 7825.365 563 7827.000 746 7829.100 692 7856.025 386 7688.000 743 7821.730 106 7825.366 564 7827.023 747 7829.110 692 7856.026 386 7696.000 743 7821.740 106 7825.367 565 7827.024 747 7829.150 690 7856.027 386 7698.000 743 7821.750 106 7825.375 708 7827.050 726 7829.152 690 7856.030 386 7705.035 708 7821.770 106 7825.380 564 7827.061 739 7829.200 690 7856.043 384 7705.110 606 7821.800 106 7825.381 564 7827.080 739 7829.300 605 7856.070 385 7705.120 606 7821.810 106 7825.382 563 7827.081 739 7829.400 667 7856.080 385 7705.235 707 7821.850 106 7825.384 563 7827.100 739 7830.100 102 7856.081 383 7705.706 743 7824.086 569 7825.385 563 7827.101 739 7830.110 102 7856.082 385 7705.709 743 7824.106 569 7825.386 564 7827.120 739 7830.130 103 7856.090 385 7705.712 743 7824.120 569 7825.387 565 7827.121 739 7830.200 102 7856.095 385 7705.715 743 7824.126 569 7825.388 564 7827.140 739 7830.202 103 7856.100 385 7705.718 743 7824.127 585 7825.601 543 7827.141 739 7830.230 103 7856.101 383 7705.721 743 7824.128 569 7825.603 543 7827.160 739 7830.240 103 7856.110 385 7706.135 63 7824.130 588 7825.605 543 7827.161 739 7830.250 103 7856.120 385 7709.135 63 7824.132 588 7825.607 547 7827.180 739 7830.260 104 7856.130 385 7709.535 62 7824.146 569 7825.608 547 7827.181 739 7830.270 103 7856.140 385 7709.735 62 7824.148 569 7825.610 563 7827.200 739 7830.330 103 7856.150 385 7712.135 63 7824.166 569 7825.612 563 7827.201 739 7830.335 103 7856.160 385 7715.135 63 7824.168 569 7825.620 564 7827.220 739 7830.380 103 7856.170 386 7715.535 62 7824.180 569 7825.622 565 7827.221 739 7830.550 104 7856.180 385 7715.735 62 7824.183 585 7825.660 563 7827.300 676 7830.670 104 7856.190 385 7718.135 63 7824.186 569 7825.680 563 7827.310 728 7830.850 102 7856.201 385 7721.135 63 7824.188 569 7825.801 543 7827.320 728 7831.429 505 7856.203 700 7721.535 62 7824.200 569 7825.803 543 7827.330 728 7831.433 114 7856.204 700 7721.735 62 7824.201 585 7825.805 543 7827.480 746 7831.438 114 7856.220 385 7752.950 692 7824.202 585 7825.807 547 7827.490 746 7831.442 114 7856.230 385 7794.420 739 7824.203 585 7825.808 547 7827.520 755 7831.446 114 7856.231 383 Rittal Catalogue 33 823 List of model numbers 7856.240 to 8611.270 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 7856.240 385 7885.100 405 7999.977 506 8106.750 200 8505.300 583 8602.800 543 7856.321 384 7885.200 405 7999.978 506 8108.235 567 8584.300 583 8602.805 543 7856.323 384 7886.000 405 7999.979 506 8108.500 568 8585.300 583 8602.850 543 7856.710 740 7886.100 405 7999.980 506 8108.750 200 8600.255 545 8602.905 543 7856.713 740 7886.200 405 7999.981 506 8115.235 567 8600.265 545 8602.915 543 7856.716 740 7890.020 787 7999.982 506 8126.235 567 8600.455 545 8602.920 543 7856.719 740 7890.206 787 7999.983 506 8126.500 568 8600.465 545 8602.980 543 7856.722 740 7890.208 787 7999.984 506 8128.235 567 8600.510 545 8604.300 583 7856.725 740 7890.226 787 7999.985 506 8145.235 567 8600.520 545 8604.500 75 7856.728 740 7890.228 787 7999.986 506 8146.235 567 8600.655 545 8605.300 583 7856.731 740 7890.500 787 7999.987 506 8148.235 567 8600.665 545 8605.500 75 7856.734 740 7950.100 744 7999.988 506 8165.235 567 8600.855 545 8606.300 583 7857.130 382 7950.150 618 7999.989 506 8166.235 567 8600.865 545 8606.500 76 7857.150 382 7950.200 618 7999.990 506 8168.235 567 8601.000 543 8606.512 79 7857.180 382 7952.100 684 7999.991 508 8170.235 567 8601.010 544 8608.500 76 7857.190 382 7963.310 750 7999.992 508 8173.235 567 8601.015 544 8609.020 574 7857.300 382 7963.410 750 7999.999 504 8174.235 567 8601.025 544 8609.030 574 7857.310 382 7963.510 750 8000.100 541 8175.235 567 8601.026 544 8609.040 571 7857.320 382 7963.610 750 8000.500 541 8176.235 567 8601.030 544 8609.050 571 7857.321 382 7963.710 750 8001.040 540 8180.235 567 8601.040 544 8609.060 571 7857.350 382 7966.035 403 8001.050 540 8184.235 567 8601.050 544 8609.080 571 7857.364 375 7967.000 626 8001.060 540 8184.500 568 8601.060 544 8609.100 572 7857.366 380 7968.035 403 8001.240 540 8185.235 567 8601.065 544 8609.110 572 7857.372 380 7980.000 404 8001.250 540 8185.500 568 8601.080 544 8609.120 572 7857.410 378 7980.100 404 8001.260 540 8186.235 567 8601.085 544 8609.130 572 7857.420 380 7980.148 404 8001.280 540 8186.500 568 8601.086 544 8609.140 573 7857.421 529 7986.035 403 8001.450 540 8188.235 567 8601.100 544 8609.150 573 7857.423 529 7988.035 403 8001.460 540 8204.500 75 8601.110 547 8609.160 573 7857.424 529 7990.012 528 8001.601 540 8205.500 75 8601.130 547 8609.170 573 7857.430 372 7990.014 528 8001.605 540 8206.500 76 8601.140 547 8609.190 573 7857.431 372 7990.101 527 8001.621 540 8208.500 76 8601.200 543 8609.260 571 7857.432 372 7990.103 527 8001.625 540 8215.500 72 8601.300 543 8609.390 573 7857.433 372 7990.201 527 8001.650 540 8226.500 77 8601.400 543 8609.840 571 7857.434 372 7990.203 527 8001.660 540 8245.500 72 8601.450 552 8609.850 571 7857.435 378 7990.205 527 8001.661 540 8265.500 73 8601.500 543 8609.860 571 7857.437 378 7990.206 527 8001.665 540 8284.500 73 8601.600 543 8610.600 584 7857.440 378 7990.207 527 8001.680 540 8285.500 74 8601.602 543 8610.620 584 7857.441 378 7990.208 527 8001.681 540 8286.500 74 8601.605 543 8610.680 584 7857.442 378 7990.209 527 8001.685 540 8360.920 548 8601.640 81 8610.800 584 7857.443 379 7990.210 527 8001.800 540 8366.000 130 8601.660 81 8610.820 584 7857.444 379 7990.211 527 8001.801 540 8366.100 130 8601.680 552 8610.880 584 7857.445 379 7990.213 528 8001.805 540 8366.200 130 8601.800 543 8611.010 603 7857.448 379 7990.301 527 8001.821 540 8366.300 130 8601.802 543 8611.020 603 7857.482 372 7990.303 527 8001.825 540 8366.400 130 8601.805 543 8611.030 603 7857.483 372 7990.305 527 8001.840 540 8368.000 130 8601.850 543 8611.040 603 7857.488 378 7990.306 527 8001.850 540 8368.100 130 8601.860 81 8611.045 603 7857.800 381 7990.307 527 8001.861 540 8404.300 583 8601.905 543 8611.050 603 7857.801 381 7990.308 527 8001.880 540 8405.510 75 8601.915 543 8611.060 603 7857.802 381 7990.309 527 8001.881 540 8406.510 76 8601.920 543 8611.070 603 7857.803 381 7990.310 527 8001.885 540 8410.510 78 8601.980 543 8611.080 584 7858.100 736 7990.311 527 8001.940 540 8418.510 78 8602.000 543 8611.100 609 7858.160 722 7990.313 528 8001.950 540 8430.510 78 8602.015 544 8611.110 609 7858.162 722 7995.969 505 8004.500 75 8438.510 78 8602.025 544 8611.120 609 7858.200 726 7995.992 504 8005.500 75 8450.600 194 8602.030 544 8611.130 609 7858.488 406 7999.892 505 8006.500 76 8450.680 80 8602.040 544 8611.140 609 7859.120 385 7999.893 505 8080.500 73 8451.600 194 8602.050 544 8611.150 609 7859.130 385 7999.896 506 8084.500 73 8452.600 194 8602.060 544 8611.160 609 7859.212 385 7999.897 506 8100.235 567 8453.600 194 8602.065 544 8611.170 609 7859.215 700 7999.898 504 8104.235 567 8454.600 194 8602.080 544 8611.180 604 7859.222 385 7999.961 508 8104.500 568 8455.600 194 8602.085 544 8611.190 604 7859.225 700 7999.962 508 8105.235 567 8456.600 194 8602.100 543 8611.200 604 7859.232 385 7999.963 508 8105.500 568 8457.600 194 8602.200 543 8611.210 606 7859.235 700 7999.964 508 8106.235 567 8484.300 583 8602.400 543 8611.220 609 7870.614 759 7999.965 508 8106.500 568 8485.510 74 8602.500 543 8611.250 603 7870.830 759 7999.966 508 8106.512 591 8486.510 74 8602.600 543 8611.260 603 7885.000 405 7999.970 505 8106.580 80 8504.300 583 8602.605 543 8611.270 603 824 Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 8611.280 to 9340.820 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Page Model No. Page 8611.280 603 8614.240 636 8800.060 701 8800.840 581 8806.580 80 9304.000 198 8611.290 603 8614.250 636 8800.070 606 8800.850 581 8806.750 200 9305.000 198 8611.300 584 8614.260 636 8800.071 568 8800.860 581 8808.500 76 9306.000 198 8611.330 603 8614.640 636 8800.075 559 8800.880 581 8808.750 200 9320.020 313 8611.340 603 8614.650 636 8800.080 701 8800.892 581 8815.500 72 9320.030 313 8611.350 603 8614.660 636 8800.090 632 8800.900 669 8826.500 77 9320.040 296 8611.360 603 8614.675 636 8800.100 701 8800.910 669 8845.500 72 9320.050 296 8611.370 605 8614.680 636 8800.110 569 8800.920 548 8865.500 73 9320.060 313 8612.000 647 8614.840 636 8800.120 701 8800.950 613 8880.500 74 9320.070 313 8612.010 648 8614.850 636 8800.130 650 8801.000 587 8881.500 74 9320.080 294 8612.020 647 8614.880 636 8800.150 667 8801.010 587 8884.500 73 9320.120 322 8612.030 647 8615.500 72 8800.160 667 8801.100 590 8885.500 74 9320.150 318 8612.040 647 8616.602 444 8800.170 581 8801.110 590 8886.500 74 9340.000 276 8612.050 647 8616.622 444 8800.180 667 8801.120 590 8900.050 575 9340.004 276 8612.060 647 8616.700 445 8800.190 613 8801.140 590 8900.060 575 9340.010 276 8612.080 647 8616.710 445 8800.200 558 8801.160 590 8900.840 575 9340.030 310 8612.100 647 8616.720 445 8800.210 558 8801.170 590 8900.850 575 9340.040 310 8612.120 647 8616.750 445 8800.220 557 8801.180 590 9055.310 780 9340.050 276 8612.130 647 8616.760 445 8800.230 613 8801.230 589 9055.312 780 9340.070 277 8612.140 647 8616.761 445 8800.240 667 8801.240 589 9055.410 780 9340.074 277 8612.150 647 8616.762 445 8800.280 633 8801.250 589 9055.412 780 9340.090 310 8612.160 647 8616.772 445 8800.290 557 8801.260 591 9100.210 32 9340.100 315 8612.180 647 8616.773 445 8800.300 651 8801.310 478 9101.210 32 9340.110 315 8612.200 638 8616.802 444 8800.310 651 8801.320 478 9102.210 32 9340.120 315 8612.240 650 8616.822 444 8800.320 651 8801.330 478 9103.210 32 9340.130 315 8612.250 650 8626.300 583 8800.330 661 8801.340 478 9104.210 32 9340.134 315 8612.260 650 8626.500 77 8800.340 665 8801.350 478 9105.210 32 9340.140 315 8612.280 650 8645.500 72 8800.350 665 8801.380 478 9105.700 33 9340.170 315 8612.400 657 8665.500 73 8800.360 659 8801.450 587 9106.210 32 9340.200 315 8612.410 657 8684.300 583 8800.370 660 8801.500 590 9107.210 32 9340.210 315 8612.500 648 8684.500 73 8800.380 651 8801.510 590 9108.210 32 9340.214 315 8612.520 648 8685.300 583 8800.390 545 8801.520 590 9108.700 33 9340.220 315 8612.550 648 8685.500 74 8800.400 577 8801.540 590 9110.210 32 9340.224 315 8612.560 648 8686.300 583 8800.410 577 8801.560 590 9110.700 33 9340.230 315 8612.580 648 8686.500 74 8800.420 578 8801.570 590 9111.210 32 9340.250 286 8612.600 638 8700.000 578 8800.430 579 8801.580 590 9112.210 32 9340.260 286 8612.650 649 8700.010 80 8800.470 580 8801.590 590 9112.700 33 9340.270 286 8612.660 649 8700.060 567 8800.490 578 8801.630 590 9113.210 32 9340.280 320 8612.680 649 8700.120 701 8800.500 577 8801.715 591 9113.700 33 9340.290 319 8612.750 649 8700.140 581 8800.510 715 8801.735 621 9114.210 32 9340.310 283 8612.760 649 8700.150 581 8800.520 715 8801.745 621 9114.700 33 9340.340 283 8612.780 649 8700.160 581 8800.531 716 8801.755 621 9116.210 32 9340.350 283 8612.960 654 8700.600 701 8800.540 715 8801.765 621 9116.700 33 9340.370 283 8612.980 654 8700.680 80 8800.560 676 8801.775 621 9117.210 32 9340.380 283 8613.000 741 8700.800 701 8800.570 715 8801.830 590 9117.700 33 9340.390 283 8613.010 742 8700.840 567 8800.580 676 8801.915 591 9118.210 32 9340.410 284 8613.020 741 8700.850 567 8800.590 577 8802.060 702 9118.700 33 9340.430 284 8613.030 742 8701.000 549 8800.600 687 8802.065 703 9119.210 32 9340.450 284 8613.040 742 8701.040 549 8800.610 632 8802.080 702 9121.122 33 9340.460 283 8613.060 741 8701.050 549 8800.620 687 8802.085 703 9121.160 33 9340.470 283 8613.070 741 8701.060 549 8800.630 632 8802.100 702 9121.230 33 9340.510 285 8613.080 741 8701.180 613 8800.640 652 8802.105 703 9123.000 33 9340.520 285 8613.150 751 8701.200 549 8800.650 652 8802.120 702 9201.600 199 9340.530 285 8613.160 751 8701.600 549 8800.660 687 8802.125 703 9202.600 199 9340.550 285 8613.180 751 8701.800 549 8800.670 581 8802.160 702 9203.600 199 9340.560 285 8613.300 742 8702.000 549 8800.680 687 8802.165 703 9204.600 199 9340.610 286 8613.360 742 8702.040 549 8800.690 688 8802.220 634 9205.600 199 9340.620 286 8613.640 81 8702.050 549 8800.710 613 8802.260 634 9206.600 199 9340.630 286 8613.660 81 8702.060 549 8800.750 716 8802.280 634 9207.600 199 9340.650 286 8613.860 81 8702.200 549 8800.751 716 8804.300 583 9208.600 199 9340.660 285 8614.040 636 8702.600 549 8800.752 716 8804.500 75 9209.600 199 9340.700 284 8614.050 636 8702.800 549 8800.753 716 8805.300 583 9214.000 691 9340.710 284 8614.060 636 8800.020 613 8800.754 716 8805.500 75 9266.000 628 9340.720 284 8614.100 637 8800.030 613 8800.806 659 8806.300 583 9301.000 198 9340.730 284 8614.180 639 8800.040 584 8800.808 659 8806.500 76 9302.000 198 9340.800 320 8614.200 639 8800.050 632 8800.830 559 8806.512 79 9303.000 198 9340.820 321 Page Rittal Catalogue 33 Model No. Model No. 825 List of model numbers 9340.850 to 9650.905 Model No. Page Model No. Page 9340.850 321 9342.550 287 9344.210 302 9508.100 28 9614.110 272 9640.484 329 9340.860 321 9342.560 322 9344.230 302 9509.000 28 9615.000 272 9640.600 331 9340.870 321 9342.570 322 9344.250 303 9509.100 28 9615.100 272 9640.610 331 9340.880 321 9342.600 288 9344.300 304 9510.000 28 9616.000 273 9640.621 331 9340.890 321 9342.604 289 9344.310 304 9510.100 28 9617.000 273 9640.628 331 9340.900 285 9342.610 288 9344.330 304 9511.000 29 9623.000 318 9640.641 331 9340.910 285 9342.614 289 9344.350 305 9511.100 29 9624.000 270 9640.700 330 9340.930 285 9342.640 322 9344.510 324 9512.000 29 9625.000 272 9640.705 330 9340.950 295 9342.660 322 9344.520 323 9512.100 29 9626.000 272 9640.900 329 9341.000 278 9342.670 322 9344.530 323 9513.000 29 9627.000 273 9640.910 329 9341.050 278 9342.680 322 9344.540 323 9513.100 29 9628.000 273 9640.920 329 9341.070 279 9342.690 322 9344.550 323 9514.000 29 9629.000 273 9640.930 329 9341.100 315 9342.700 288 9344.600 323 9514.050 30 9629.010 272 9640.940 329 9341.110 315 9342.710 288 9344.610 323 9514.100 29 9629.030 272 9640.970 329 9341.120 315 9342.720 322 9344.620 323 9515.000 29 9629.100 271 9640.980 329 9341.130 315 9342.770 322 9344.680 323 9515.100 29 9630.000 271 9649.000 328 9341.140 315 9342.780 322 9344.810 324 9516.000 29 9640.021 329 9649.010 328 9341.170 315 9342.790 322 9344.820 324 9516.100 29 9640.050 328 9649.060 328 9341.800 320 9342.800 320 9344.830 324 9517.000 29 9640.080 328 9649.076 328 9341.820 320 9342.810 320 9345.000 308 9517.100 29 9640.088 328 9649.078 328 9341.830 320 9342.820 321 9345.010 308 9518.000 29 9640.098 328 9649.160 328 9341.850 320 9342.850 319 9345.030 308 9518.100 29 9640.150 328 9649.360 328 9341.980 321 9342.860 319 9345.100 309 9519.000 29 9640.171 329 9650.021 329 9341.990 321 9342.870 319 9345.110 309 9519.100 29 9640.181 329 9650.031 329 9342.000 278 9342.880 319 9345.200 309 9520.000 29 9640.191 328 9650.050 328 9342.004 278 9342.920 319 9345.210 309 9520.100 29 9640.201 328 9650.076 328 9342.014 276 9342.930 319 9345.400 309 9521.000 29 9640.206 328 9650.080 328 9342.030 310 9342.940 319 9345.410 309 9521.050 30 9640.211 328 9650.098 328 9342.050 278 9342.950 319 9346.000 306 9521.100 29 9640.216 328 9650.100 328 9342.070 279 9342.960 319 9346.010 306 9522.000 29 9640.221 328 9650.140 328 9342.074 279 9342.980 319 9346.020 306 9522.100 29 9640.226 328 9650.150 328 9342.100 315 9343.000 298 9346.030 306 9523.000 29 9640.231 328 9650.171 329 9342.110 315 9343.010 298 9346.040 306 9523.100 29 9640.236 328 9650.181 329 9342.120 315 9343.020 299 9346.050 306 9524.000 29 9640.241 328 9650.191 328 9342.130 315 9343.030 299 9346.110 307 9524.100 29 9640.246 328 9650.201 328 9342.134 315 9343.040 299 9346.210 307 9530.000 30 9640.251 328 9650.211 328 9342.140 315 9343.050 299 9346.310 307 9531.000 30 9640.256 328 9650.221 328 9342.170 315 9343.100 300 9346.400 324 9545.000 31 9640.261 328 9650.231 328 9342.200 281 9343.110 300 9346.410 325 9547.000 31 9640.266 328 9650.241 328 9342.210 281 9343.120 300 9346.420 325 9548.000 31 9640.271 328 9650.251 328 9342.220 280 9343.130 300 9346.430 325 9549.000 31 9640.276 328 9650.261 328 9342.224 280 9343.140 301 9346.440 325 9550.000 31 9640.281 328 9650.271 328 9342.230 281 9343.150 301 9346.450 325 9564.000 31 9640.286 328 9650.281 328 9342.240 281 9343.200 302 9346.460 324 9565.000 31 9640.291 328 9650.291 328 9342.244 281 9343.210 302 9346.470 306 9566.000 31 9640.296 328 9650.301 328 9342.250 280 9343.220 302 9350.010 311 9567.000 31 9640.301 328 9650.311 328 9342.254 280 9343.230 302 9350.060 311 9568.000 31 9640.306 328 9650.325 329 9342.260 281 9343.240 303 9350.075 313 9580.000 31 9640.311 328 9650.330 329 9342.270 281 9343.250 303 9401.600 198 9581.000 31 9640.316 328 9650.340 329 9342.274 281 9343.300 304 9402.600 198 9582.000 31 9640.325 329 9650.350 329 9342.280 280 9343.310 304 9403.600 198 9583.000 31 9640.330 329 9650.360 328 9342.290 281 9343.320 304 9404.600 198 9600.000 270 9640.340 329 9650.370 329 9342.300 281 9343.330 304 9405.600 198 9601.000 270 9640.350 329 9650.380 329 9342.310 282 9343.340 305 9406.600 198 9602.000 270 9640.360 328 9650.400 329 9342.311 317 9343.350 305 9407.600 198 9603.000 270 9640.365 328 9650.410 329 9342.314 282 9344.000 298 9408.600 198 9605.000 270 9640.370 329 9650.420 329 9342.320 282 9344.010 298 9409.600 198 9606.000 270 9640.380 329 9650.470 329 9342.321 317 9344.020 299 9500.000 28 9607.000 270 9640.433 329 9650.480 329 9342.324 282 9344.030 299 9500.050 30 9608.000 270 9640.434 329 9650.487 329 9342.400 287 9344.040 299 9502.000 28 9609.000 270 9640.443 329 9650.600 331 9342.410 287 9344.050 299 9504.000 28 9610.000 270 9640.444 329 9650.610 331 9342.500 287 9344.100 300 9505.000 28 9611.000 270 9640.453 329 9650.621 331 9342.504 289 9344.110 300 9506.000 28 9612.000 270 9640.454 329 9650.641 331 9342.510 287 9344.130 300 9507.000 28 9613.000 270 9640.473 329 9650.700 330 9342.514 289 9344.150 301 9508.000 28 9614.000 272 9640.474 329 9650.900 329 9342.540 287 9344.200 302 9508.050 30 9614.100 272 9640.483 329 9650.905 329 826 Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 9650.910 to 9673.485 Model No. Page Model No. Page 9650.910 329 9660.805 85 9665.230 362 9665.965 82 9671.143 592 9672.008 594 9650.920 329 9660.835 85 9665.240 363 9665.971 83 9671.144 592 9672.010 593 9650.980 329 9660.855 85 9665.250 363 9665.975 83 9671.146 592 9672.012 593 9650.990 329 9660.880 342 9665.260 363 9665.985 83 9671.147 592 9672.014 593 9659.000 328 9660.890 342 9665.270 363 9670.006 91 9671.148 592 9672.016 593 9659.010 328 9660.935 622 9665.280 363 9670.008 91 9671.150 592 9672.018 593 9659.060 328 9660.945 622 9665.290 363 9670.026 92 9671.156 592 9672.020 593 9659.078 328 9660.955 622 9665.310 363 9670.028 92 9671.158 592 9672.022 593 9659.160 328 9660.965 622 9665.330 363 9670.106 91 9671.160 592 9672.024 593 9659.360 328 9660.970 347 9665.350 363 9670.108 91 9671.161 592 9672.026 593 9659.403 329 9660.980 330 9665.360 363 9670.126 92 9671.162 592 9672.028 593 9659.404 329 9661.000 693 9665.370 363 9670.128 92 9671.163 592 9672.030 593 9659.413 329 9661.020 693 9665.385 364 9670.206 93 9671.164 592 9672.032 593 9659.414 329 9661.030 693 9665.395 364 9670.208 93 9671.166 592 9672.034 593 9659.423 329 9661.040 693 9665.405 364 9670.226 93 9671.167 592 9672.036 593 9659.424 329 9661.050 694 9665.415 364 9670.228 93 9671.168 592 9672.038 593 9659.473 329 9661.060 693 9665.425 364 9670.316 90 9671.170 592 9672.040 593 9659.474 329 9661.080 693 9665.430 364 9670.318 90 9671.176 592 9672.042 593 9659.483 329 9661.100 693 9665.440 364 9670.336 90 9671.178 592 9672.044 593 9659.484 329 9661.120 693 9665.450 364 9670.338 90 9671.180 592 9672.046 593 9659.493 329 9661.130 693 9665.460 364 9670.396 89 9671.181 592 9672.048 593 9659.494 329 9661.140 693 9665.470 364 9670.406 87 9671.182 592 9672.050 593 9659.525 622 9661.150 694 9665.480 364 9670.408 87 9671.183 592 9672.052 593 9659.535 622 9661.160 693 9665.495 365 9670.416 90 9671.184 592 9672.054 593 9659.545 622 9661.180 693 9665.500 363 9670.418 90 9671.186 592 9672.056 593 9659.555 622 9661.200 694 9665.510 362 9670.426 88 9671.187 592 9672.058 593 9659.580 331 9661.230 694 9665.525 366 9670.428 88 9671.188 592 9673.004 347 9659.590 331 9661.235 694 9665.530 366 9670.436 90 9671.190 592 9673.006 347 9659.601 331 9661.240 694 9665.545 366 9670.438 90 9671.196 592 9673.008 347 9660.090 344 9661.300 693 9665.555 366 9670.486 86 9671.198 592 9673.051 345 9660.180 344 9661.305 693 9665.565 366 9670.496 89 9671.204 593 9673.052 345 9660.190 344 9661.320 693 9665.570 367 9670.606 87 9671.206 593 9673.055 345 9660.200 337 9661.325 693 9665.580 367 9670.608 87 9671.208 593 9673.061 345 9660.210 657 9661.330 693 9665.590 368 9670.616 90 9671.446 622 9673.062 345 9660.220 657 9661.335 693 9665.600 368 9670.618 90 9671.448 622 9673.065 345 9660.235 622 9661.340 693 9665.610 367 9670.626 88 9671.468 622 9673.066 345 9660.245 622 9661.345 693 9665.625 367 9670.628 88 9671.488 622 9673.069 345 9660.255 622 9661.350 694 9665.635 367 9670.636 90 9671.536 622 9673.081 345 9660.265 622 9661.355 694 9665.650 369 9670.638 90 9671.538 622 9673.082 345 9660.280 342 9661.360 693 9665.660 369 9670.686 86 9671.546 622 9673.085 345 9660.290 342 9661.365 693 9665.670 369 9670.696 89 9671.548 622 9673.086 345 9660.313 330 9661.380 693 9665.680 369 9670.806 87 9671.568 622 9673.089 345 9660.314 330 9661.385 693 9665.690 369 9670.808 87 9671.586 622 9673.192 346 9660.318 330 9665.000 362 9665.750 623 9670.826 88 9671.588 622 9673.195 346 9660.319 330 9665.010 362 9665.760 623 9670.828 88 9671.636 622 9673.405 347 9660.363 330 9665.020 362 9665.770 623 9670.886 86 9671.638 622 9673.406 347 9660.368 330 9665.030 362 9665.780 623 9671.004 594 9671.646 622 9673.408 347 9660.369 330 9665.040 362 9665.785 623 9671.006 594 9671.648 622 9673.426 347 9660.380 342 9665.050 362 9665.790 368 9671.008 594 9671.666 622 9673.428 347 9660.390 342 9665.060 362 9665.805 47 9671.014 594 9671.668 622 9673.436 349 9660.460 343 9665.070 362 9665.815 47 9671.016 594 9671.686 622 9673.438 349 9660.470 343 9665.080 362 9665.825 47 9671.018 594 9671.688 622 9673.444 348 9660.480 343 9665.090 362 9665.835 47 9671.034 594 9671.736 622 9673.445 348 9660.490 343 9665.100 362 9665.845 47 9671.036 594 9671.738 622 9673.448 348 9660.605 84 9665.110 362 9665.855 47 9671.038 594 9671.746 622 9673.454 348 9660.610 331 9665.120 362 9665.903 622 9671.044 594 9671.748 622 9673.456 349 9660.620 331 9665.130 362 9665.905 82 9671.046 594 9671.766 622 9673.458 349 9660.635 84 9665.140 362 9665.913 622 9671.048 594 9671.768 622 9673.464 348 9660.655 84 9665.150 362 9665.915 82 9671.130 592 9671.786 622 9673.465 348 9660.695 84 9665.160 362 9665.923 622 9671.132 592 9671.788 622 9673.468 348 9660.700 342 9665.170 362 9665.925 82 9671.134 592 9671.846 622 9673.474 348 9660.710 342 9665.180 362 9665.943 622 9671.135 592 9671.848 622 9673.475 348 9660.760 342 9665.190 362 9665.945 82 9671.138 592 9672.000 594 9673.476 349 9660.770 342 9665.200 362 9665.953 622 9671.140 592 9672.002 594 9673.478 349 9660.780 342 9665.210 362 9665.955 82 9671.141 592 9672.004 594 9673.484 348 9660.790 342 9665.220 362 9665.963 622 9671.142 592 9672.006 594 9673.485 348 Page Rittal Catalogue 33 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. 827 List of model numbers 9673.488 to 9676.817 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 9673.488 348 9674.048 351 9674.451 358 9675.328 330 9675.567 336 9676.214 334 9673.504 349 9674.056 657 9674.452 358 9675.331 330 9675.573 336 9676.215 334 9673.506 349 9674.058 657 9674.453 358 9675.333 330 9675.574 336 9676.216 334 9673.508 349 9674.102 332 9674.454 358 9675.334 330 9675.576 336 9676.217 334 9673.530 346 9674.104 332 9674.455 358 9675.335 330 9675.577 336 9676.218 334 9673.532 346 9674.122 332 9674.457 358 9675.336 330 9675.842 336 9676.221 334 9673.540 346 9674.124 332 9674.458 358 9675.337 330 9675.843 336 9676.222 334 9673.542 346 9674.152 332 9674.461 358 9675.343 330 9675.846 336 9676.223 334 9673.560 346 9674.154 332 9674.462 358 9675.344 330 9675.847 336 9676.224 334 9673.562 346 9674.162 332 9674.463 358 9675.346 330 9675.848 336 9676.225 334 9673.640 350 9674.164 332 9674.464 358 9675.347 330 9675.849 336 9676.226 334 9673.641 350 9674.172 332 9674.467 358 9675.353 330 9675.876 336 9676.233 334 9673.642 350 9674.174 332 9674.468 358 9675.354 330 9675.877 336 9676.234 334 9673.643 350 9674.182 332 9674.473 358 9675.356 330 9675.878 336 9676.235 334 9673.644 350 9674.184 332 9674.474 358 9675.357 330 9675.882 336 9676.236 334 9673.646 350 9674.192 332 9674.477 358 9675.361 330 9675.883 336 9676.237 334 9673.647 350 9674.194 332 9674.478 358 9675.362 330 9675.886 336 9676.238 334 9673.648 350 9674.196 351 9674.485 358 9675.363 330 9675.887 336 9676.301 334 9673.660 350 9674.198 351 9674.488 358 9675.364 330 9675.888 336 9676.303 334 9673.661 350 9674.305 355 9674.701 346 9675.365 330 9675.889 336 9676.305 334 9673.662 350 9674.306 355 9674.702 346 9675.366 330 9675.892 336 9676.313 334 9673.663 350 9674.307 355 9674.703 346 9675.367 330 9675.893 336 9676.315 334 9673.664 350 9674.308 355 9674.704 346 9675.368 330 9675.896 336 9676.317 334 9673.666 350 9674.325 355 9674.706 346 9675.373 330 9675.897 336 9676.321 334 9673.667 350 9674.326 355 9674.707 346 9675.374 330 9675.898 336 9676.322 334 9673.668 350 9674.327 355 9674.761 351 9675.376 330 9676.000 359 9676.323 334 9673.671 350 9674.328 355 9674.762 351 9675.377 330 9676.001 359 9676.324 334 9673.672 350 9674.340 354 9674.764 351 9675.501 336 9676.002 332 9676.325 334 9673.673 350 9674.342 354 9674.782 351 9675.502 336 9676.004 332 9676.326 334 9673.674 350 9674.346 355 9674.784 351 9675.503 336 9676.006 333 9676.333 334 9673.677 350 9674.348 355 9675.130 353 9675.504 336 9676.007 333 9676.334 334 9673.680 350 9674.350 354 9675.133 353 9675.505 336 9676.008 333 9676.335 334 9673.681 350 9674.352 354 9675.136 353 9675.506 336 9676.017 333 9676.336 334 9673.682 350 9674.356 354 9675.140 353 9675.507 336 9676.018 333 9676.337 334 9673.683 350 9674.358 354 9675.143 353 9675.508 336 9676.019 333 9676.338 334 9673.684 350 9674.362 355 9675.146 353 9675.511 336 9676.020 332 9676.503 353 9673.686 350 9674.364 355 9675.153 353 9675.513 336 9676.021 332 9676.504 353 9673.687 350 9674.366 355 9675.156 353 9675.514 336 9676.022 332 9676.505 353 9673.688 350 9674.368 355 9675.163 353 9675.515 336 9676.023 332 9676.520 334 9673.691 350 9674.372 355 9675.166 353 9675.516 336 9676.024 332 9676.526 334 9673.692 350 9674.376 355 9675.210 352 9675.517 336 9676.025 332 9676.528 334 9673.693 350 9674.380 356 9675.212 352 9675.521 336 9676.026 332 9676.540 334 9673.694 350 9674.381 356 9675.218 352 9675.522 336 9676.027 332 9676.546 334 9673.697 350 9674.400 357 9675.220 352 9675.523 336 9676.041 333 9676.548 334 9673.901 663 9674.405 357 9675.230 352 9675.524 336 9676.042 333 9676.621 333 9673.902 663 9674.406 357 9675.232 352 9675.525 336 9676.043 333 9676.641 333 9673.903 663 9674.408 357 9675.238 352 9675.526 336 9676.046 333 9676.700 335 9673.915 656 9674.410 357 9675.240 352 9675.527 336 9676.047 333 9676.704 335 9673.920 656 9674.415 357 9675.242 352 9675.528 336 9676.048 333 9676.710 335 9673.940 656 9674.416 357 9675.303 330 9675.531 336 9676.052 333 9676.714 335 9673.941 656 9674.418 357 9675.304 330 9675.533 336 9676.053 333 9676.730 335 9673.950 656 9674.420 357 9675.306 330 9675.534 336 9676.054 333 9676.747 335 9673.951 656 9674.425 357 9675.307 330 9675.535 336 9676.056 333 9676.748 335 9673.953 656 9674.426 357 9675.311 330 9675.536 336 9676.058 333 9676.749 335 9673.960 656 9674.428 357 9675.313 330 9675.537 336 9676.059 333 9676.806 335 9673.961 656 9674.430 357 9675.314 330 9675.543 336 9676.186 337 9676.807 335 9673.981 656 9674.435 357 9675.315 330 9675.544 336 9676.188 337 9676.808 335 9673.983 656 9674.436 357 9675.316 330 9675.546 336 9676.196 337 9676.809 335 9673.995 656 9674.438 357 9675.317 330 9675.547 336 9676.198 337 9676.810 335 9674.003 352 9674.441 358 9675.321 330 9675.553 336 9676.201 334 9676.811 335 9674.004 352 9674.442 358 9675.322 330 9675.554 336 9676.202 334 9676.812 335 9674.006 352 9674.443 358 9675.323 330 9675.556 336 9676.203 334 9676.813 335 9674.008 352 9674.444 358 9675.324 330 9675.557 336 9676.204 334 9676.814 335 9674.036 351 9674.445 358 9675.325 330 9675.563 336 9676.205 334 9676.815 335 9674.038 351 9674.447 358 9675.326 330 9675.564 336 9676.206 334 9676.816 335 9674.046 351 9674.448 358 9675.327 330 9675.566 336 9676.213 334 9676.817 335 828 Rittal Catalogue 33 List of model numbers 9676.819 to 9911.396 Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page 9676.819 335 9751.075 208 9754.035 209 9762.212 469 9774.405 207 9901.816 233 9676.832 335 9751.085 209 9754.045 209 9764.040 469 9776.102 468 9904.745 226 9676.910 338 9752.015 209 9755.015 208 9765.051 469 9776.152 468 9908.721 226 9676.912 338 9752.025 209 9755.025 209 9765.071 550 9776.500 468 9908.722 226 9676.961 337 9753.015 208 9755.035 209 9765.072 550 9776.550 468 9908.723 226 9676.962 337 9753.025 209 9755.045 209 9765.082 550 9783.510 205 9911.396 801 9676.963 337 9753.035 208 9755.055 209 9765.083 550 9783.520 205 9676.966 337 9753.045 208 9755.065 208 9765.084 550 9783.530 205 9676.967 337 9753.055 208 9756.015 208 9765.085 550 9783.540 205 9676.968 337 9753.065 209 9756.025 209 9765.086 550 9783.550 205 9676.971 329 9753.075 208 9756.035 209 9765.087 550 9783.610 205 9676.972 329 9753.085 208 9756.045 209 9765.088 550 9784.520 206 9676.973 329 9753.095 208 9756.055 209 9765.089 550 9784.540 206 9676.976 329 9753.105 209 9756.065 208 9765.090 639 9784.620 206 9676.977 329 9753.115 208 9757.015 208 9765.092 639 9784.640 206 9676.981 329 9753.125 208 9757.025 209 9765.095 639 9785.040 604 9676.982 329 9753.135 208 9757.035 209 9765.096 639 9785.042 604 9676.983 329 9753.145 209 9757.045 209 9765.097 639 9785.511 566 9676.986 329 9753.155 208 9757.055 209 9765.120 629 9785.512 566 9676.987 329 9753.165 208 9757.065 208 9765.150 685 9785.513 566 9751.015 208 9753.175 208 9758.015 208 9765.182 550 9785.514 566 9751.025 208 9753.185 208 9758.025 209 9765.191 639 9791.015 204 9751.035 208 9753.195 208 9758.035 209 9768.152 469 9791.025 204 9751.045 209 9753.205 208 9758.045 209 9774.105 207 9791.035 204 9751.055 209 9754.015 208 9758.055 209 9774.205 207 9791.045 204 9751.065 209 9754.025 208 9761.212 469 9774.305 207 9901.417 251 Rittal Catalogue 33 829 Index A Access sensor 773 Accessories 537 – 814 – Climate control 473 – 487 – for cast aluminium enclosures GA 33 – for Data Rack 748 – for front panels 245 – for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS 337 – for polycarbonate enclosures PK 31 – for Power System Module 386 – for RiCase 260 – 263 – for Ripac Vario-Module 256, 257 – for subracks 231 – 244 – for UPS 378 – 381 – Hygienic Design 178, 179 – ISV 369 – Ri4Power 352 – Support arm systems 164 – 168 – TopConsole 127 Accommodation system, 2 U – for LSA installation kit 764 Acoustic components – for signal pillars, modular 811 Acrylic glazed cover 596 Active kit for TE 406 Adaptor – 3U 752 – for connector cut-outs 574 – for levelling feet 557 – for L-shaped mounting angles 676 – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 325 – for Siemens Pro-Panel 164 – for twin castors 557 – Metric to 482.6 mm (19˝) 752 – OM 283 – 286 Adaptor bracket – for TS 659 Adaptor frame – for wall-mounted cooling units 480 Adaptor kit 3 U 752 Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) – for TS 8, ES 742 Adaptor power pack 683 Adaptor rail – for PS compatibility 651 – rear, centre (E) 234 Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝) – for TS 741 – for TS electronic enclosures 742 Adaptor sleeve, Flex-Block 541 Add-on cover 465 Add-on unit – GSM unit quad-band 777 Adhesive measurement strip 744 Adjacent door latch for TS 605 Adjustable frame – for air/air heat exchangers 479 Adjustment set for support section 165 AE – Compact enclosures 44 – 48 – Wall-mounted distributor 67, 68 AE Laser Express 519 Air baffle plates for TS 755 Air block panel for slots 237 Air circuit-breaker support bar 347 Air diverter 475 Air duct system – for roof-mounted cooling units and air/water heat exchangers 473 408 – 411 Air/air heat exchangers – Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version 410 Air/water heat exchangers 434 – 443 Aisle containment 460 All-glass door for DK-TS 586 Alternate frame, magnetic 618 Aluminium front door – Vertically hinged for RiCase 261 830 Aluminium rivet 716 Aluminium strip 791 Analog airflow sensor 773 Analog differential pressure sensor 773 Angle adaptor 90° 168 Angle bracket PS 661 Angle piece 662 Angular baying brackets 579, 580 Angular connector for Flat-PLS 336 Anti-twist guard 724 AP universal consoles 129 Arc chambers NH disconnectors 323 AS interface element – for signal pillars, modular 811 Assembly block for TS 651 Assembly kit – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 354 Assembly parts – for electronic packaging 250 – for system punchings 689 Assembly screws 758 Assembly tool – for HD cable gland 711 Attachment – for wall mounting HD 178 – Pole clamp 629 – for punched section with mounting flange TS 648 Auto Range power pack 484 B Back panels – Screw-fastened for RiCase 260 Base – for tubular door frame 806 Base configuration rail for CM 649 Base frame, divided 559 Base isolators 310 Base module for cable entry 565 Base mount – for cast feet 173 Base mounting bracket 558 Base mounting plate – for base/plinth 546 Base trays – for Mini-PLS 270 – for RiLine60 315 – Infill 315 Base/plinth – Complete, sheet steel 551 – Complete, stainless steel 552 – for areas at risk from earthquakes 81 – for FlatBox 553 – Stationary 548 Base/plinth adaptor – for levelling feet 557 – for twin castors 557 Base/plinth baying brackets 544 Base/plinth cap 547 Base/plinth components – Front and rear, sheet steel 543 – Front and rear, stainless steel 549 Base/plinth trim panels – Side, sheet steel 544 – Side, stainless steel 549 – with brush strip 547 – with designer trim panels 548 Base/plinth trim, modular 549 Basic enclosures CS 205, 206 Basic modules – CMC III Processing Unit 770 – CMC III Processing Unit Compact 770 Basic Safe 504 Battery Manager RiBat 381 Battery packs – for PMC 12 378 Baying attachment 581 Baying brackets – E-Cu for busbars 694 – for TS base/plinth 544 – for TS/TS and TS/PS 580 Baying clamp 577, 578 – for back-to-back mounting 581 Baying clip, Flex-Block 541 Baying connector – for Data Rack 748 – for TS 578 – 582 Baying cover, top 581 Baying kit – for KL, AE 582 – for TE/TE 582 Baying seal, EMC 688 Baying system 576 – 583 Baying systems TS 8 72 – 93 – IP 66/NEMA 4X 80 – ISV 82, 83 – Modular front design 79 – Stainless steel 194 Bit HD 178 Blanking cover – for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 485 – for fibre-optic cut-outs 764 – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors 344 – ISV 369 Blanking panel 761 Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝) 754 Bottom covers – for Ripac Vario-Module 256 Bottom-mounted adaptor – for enclosure internal thermostat and hygrostat 476 Box terminal 323 – 325 Box-type plug-in units type I – for Ripac 246 Bracket – Wall bracket KS 628 – Wall bracket TS/ES 628 Bracket/spacer 662 Brush strip 708 – Vertical 756 Built-in keyboard 19˝/4 U 799 Bus enclosures BG 39 – 41 – Stainless steel 183 BUS system SK 477 Busbar adaptor – for NH disconnectors, size 1 – 3 324 – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 325 Busbar claw – for Flat-PLS 333 Busbar connection adaptor – RiLine60 280 Busbar connectors 313 – PLS 313 Busbar enclosures 93 Busbar modules, 2-pole, ISV 368 Busbar stabilser bar Flat-PLS 332 Busbar supports 310 – 1-/2-pole – Flat busbars 276, 332 – 340 332 – Flat-PLS 340 – for 100/150/185 mm bar systems – for 40 mm bar systems 270 276 – 279 – for 60 mm bar systems 332 – for stabiliser bar – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 357 365 – ISV 328 – Maxi-PLS – Mini-PLS 270 – PLS 278, 279 – RiLine60 276 – 279 Busbar systems – 40 mm 270 – Flat-PLS 332 – Mini-PLS 270 – Ri4Power 338 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index Busbar terminal – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 1 – 3 325 Busbars – Cover sections 311 – E-Cu 311, 312 – for Mini-PLS 271 – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 357 – for T-connector sets 352 – Gland 331 – Maxi-PLS 328 – Mini-PLS 270 – PLS 312 Bus-mounting fuse bases – for 60 mm bar systems 294, 295 – Mini-PLS 271 Bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors – Size 00 298, 299 – Size 1 300, 301 – Size 2 302, 303 – Size 3 304, 305 C C rails 653 – 655 – for cable chamber enclosures 657 Cable attachment 720 Cable chamber enclosures SV-TS 8 89, 90 Cable chamber for TS 545 Cable clamp rails – C rail 717 – Depth-variable 722 – for TS 722 – for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames 722 – Mounting angle 717 Cable clamp strap – for patch panels 725 Cable clamp, variable 722 Cable clamping bracket 718 Cable clamps – for C rails 719 – for cable clamp rails 717 Cable conduit/cable conduit holder 719 Cable duct – for mounting plate 716 – for TS/TE 728 – for vertical TS section 715 Cable entry – on gland plate for TS, CM, TP 702 – on gland plate for TS, CM, TP, FR(i) 703 Cable entry glands 623 Cable entry grommets 702 Cable entry module CP-L, round 714 Cable entry panel – 482.6 mm (19˝) 732 Cable entry plates 701 Cable gland plates – Metal 706, 707 – Plastic 704, 705 Cable glands – Brass 709 687 – EMC – for fibre-optic technology 712 712 – for IW worktops 709 – Polyamide 711 – Stainless steel, HD Cable lock PSM 386 Cable management 715 – 726 Cable management duct – Horizontal, 482.6 mm (19˝) 731 Cable management panel 729, 731 – for DK-TS 571 Cable management panel, 2 U 730 Cable manager 723 Cable route – for TS 726 – Vertical, for TS 726 Rittal Catalogue 33 Cable routing – 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level 727 – 732 – Snap-in 721 Cable routing bars 727 Cable routing channel – 482.6 mm (19˝) 730 730 – 2U Cable set for equipment 321 Cable shunting ring 724 Cable support, hinged 678 Cable tie fastener 721 Cable ties 720 Cable tray – on the mounting frame 726 Cable tray, 2 U 731 Cables AWG 10 321 Cage nut – front mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) 758 Cam lock HD 178 Cam locks 609 – for operating panel 598 Captive nuts M5/M6 757 Captive nuts/threaded blocks 665 Carrying handles – for RiCase 263 – for Ripac Vario-Module 257 Cast aluminium enclosures GA 32, 33 Cast feet 553 Castors 556 Cat 5 patch cable 786 CD/disk box 615 Central earthing point 690 Chillers for IT cooling 454 Chillers for water – in floor-standing enclosure 450, 451 – TopTherm 446 – 449 Circuit-breaker – Connection components 10 A 684 Circuit-breaker component adaptor 287 – 289 Clamp rails for cables 717 Clamp strip, foam rubber 703 Clamps – for 60 mm bar systems 316 – Maxi-PLS 329 Clamp-type terminal connection – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 325 Claw with threaded insert 335 Client Access licence 528 Climate control – Modular Safe/Extend 507, 508 Climate control doors 431 Climate control system CW 456 Climate control system DX 458 Climate control units – for CS Toptec 468 Clipboard 793 Clips for gland plate 559 CM base configuration rail 649 CM compact system enclosures 50, 51 CM configurator 525 CMC III – CAN-Bus connection cable 774 – CAN-Bus Unit 770 – I/O Unit 771 – Monitoring system 768 – Mounting unit 775 – Power Unit 771 – Processing Unit 772 – Processing Unit Compact 772 Cold Plate – for frequency converters 444 Combination angle 580 – E-Cu 694 Combination rails 718 Comfort handle 603, 779 Comfort Panel 138, 139 Command panel – Stainless steel 188, 189 – With display panel front 145 Command panel configurator 525 Command panel housing with door 143 Compact climate control Modular Safe 507 Compact enclosures – AE 44 – 48 – AE-ISV 47 – EMC 201 – HD 177 Compact infeed for Maxi-PLS 330 Compact light 681 Compact Panel 142 – Wall mounting bracket 630 Compact swing frame – for AE 737 Compact system enclosures CM 50, 51 Compensating panel for TS 582 Complete earthing kit 691 – Extension kit 690 Component adaptor – Circuit-breaker 287 – 289 – Mini-PLS 272 – RiLine60 283 – 293 Component shelf – 482.6 mm (19˝) installation 670 – 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings 673, 675 – for frame attachment 668, 669 – Heavy-duty 671, 672 – Installation kits 676 – Static installation 671 Concrete base/plinth 550 Condensate collecting bottle 484 Condensate discharge 566 Condensate hose 485 Condenser unit 465 Conductor connection clamps 316 Connecting plinth trim 547 Connection – Mini-PLS 270 – RiLine60 280 – 282 Connection accessories – CMC III 773 – for LED system light 683 – for lights 684 Connection adaptor – CP-L to CP-L 164 – CP-L to CP-XL 164 – for signal pillar, LED compact 808 Connection block 317 Connection brackets – for circuit-breaker 322 component adaptors – for Flat-PLS 334 – for Maxi-PLS 329 – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 358 Connection cable/extension 775 786 Connection cables – CAN-Bus 774 683 – for LED system lights 684 – for lights – for power pack, TFT monitor 796 386 – for PSM busbar Connection cables (AWG) 321 Connection clamps 316 – for Flat-PLS 335 – for Maxi-PLS 329 Connection component – for signal pillars, modular 809 Connection console CP-L – for Beckhoff Control-Panels 164 Connection cover 794 Connection element – with air circuit-breaker 684 Connection hose, bottom and top 465 Connection kit 487 Connection modules ISV 363 Connection parts – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 324 Connection pin 320 Connection plates 165 – CP-L – for 150 mm busbar systems 341 – for Flat-PLS 335 – for Maxi-PLS 329 831 Index Connection space cover – for NH disconnectors 323 – for NH slime fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 324 Connection space Form 4b 346 Connector gland 712 – 714 – Sealing frame 713 – Sealing modules 713 Connector grommets 702 Connector kits – for Flat-PLS 336 – 338 – for Maxi-PLS 330 – 338 – for Maxi-PLS/Flat-PLS 338, 339 – RiLine60 353 Connector pieces – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 663 – Frame connector piece for TS 663 Connectors 793 – Enclosure surface connector 313 – for busbars – for enclosures 629 630 – for frame – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 663 Console for SSC 784, 785 Consoles – One-piece consoles AP 192 – One-piece consoles TP 128 120 – 127 – TopConsole – Universal consoles TP 129 Contact cutter 688 Contact hazard protection cover – for bus-mounting fuse bases 294 – for SV-TS 8 342, 343 – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 355 – ISV 366, 367 Contact hazard protection modules ISV 362 Contact makers – for Maxi-PLS 329 Contact makers E-Cu – for Flat-PLS 334 Contact paint 688 Contact springs 235 Contact strip, EMC 230 Contact washers 689 Control unit for EC fan-and-filter units 476 Converter for SSC 785 Cooling medium for recooling systems 487 Cooling module 430 Cooling units – for CS modular enclosures 469 – for CS Toptec 468 – Roof-mounted 426 – 429 – Wall-mounted 415 – 425 Copper bars – E-Cu 311 – Laminated 314 – Maxi-PLS 328 – Mini-PLS 270 – PLS special busbars 312 Corner bracket E-Cu for Maxi-PLS 330 Corner connectors – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 663 Corner enclosures TS 8 583 Corner handle 792 Coupling set mounting kit 351 Courtesy light 680 Cover cap – for TS base/plinth components 547 Cover hinge – for KL 613 Cover plates – for cable chamber 346 – for connector cut-outs 574 – for fan panels FlatBox 404 – for support arm connection 794 Cover retainer – for KL 613 Cover section 315 – for Base tray – for busbars 311 333 – for Flat-PLS – for Maxi-PLS 328 270 – for Mini-PLS 832 Cover strips – ISV 369 Cover with door for TS 574 Covers – Acrylic glazed 596 – for box type plug-in units, type I 246 – for busbar claws 333 – for bus-mounting fuse bases 294 – for connection clamps 316 – for Ripac EASY 228 – for Ripac Vario 229 – Front panels 245 – ISV 366 – Maxi-PLS 344 CP housing couplings for desktop mounting 166 CP-C support arm system 156 – 159 CP-L support arm system 152 – 155 CP-L to CP-L 164 CP-L to CP-XL 164 CP-S, steel, support arm system 148 – 151 CPU cable for SSC 786 CP-XL support arm system 160 – 163 CRAC system CW 456, 457 CRAC system DX 458, 459 Crane bracket 580 Cross member – adjustable 552 – for SV-TS 594 – for TS 590 – RiLine60 bar systems 315 Cross-brace – for mounting plates, for TS, ES 635 CS – Modular enclosures 208, 209 – New Basic enclosures 205, 206 – Toptec 207 – Wall-mounted enclosures 204 D Data Centre Container DCC 509 Data distributors 759 Data Rack 111 DC fan mounting plate – for TS 406 Deflector 90° for air duct system 473 Depth stay for mounting angles – PS 743 Depth stays – for Data Rack 748 – for TS 746 Depth stays as installation kit – for mounting angles 746, 747 Device modules – Form 1 342 Devices – Mini-PLS 273 Digital enclosure internal temperature display and thermostat 475 Direct connection terminals for Flat-PLS 335 Disconnectors – Size 00 298, 299 – Size 000 271, 296, 297 – Size 1 300, 301 – Size 2 302, 303 – Size 3 304, 305 Display board with bracket 793 Display Unit II 776 Distribution busbar – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 357 Distribution busbar cover – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 356 Distribution enclosures ISV-TS 8 82, 83 Distributor busbars 352 Distributor clip 728 Distributor racks – Data Rack 111, 748 – TE 7000 open 110 Divider kit – for pull-out frame 737 Divider panel – for Maxi-PLS 331 – for module plates TS 572 – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 355 – for TS 571 Divider panel seal, EMC 688 Dividing plate – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 355 Document clip, magnetic 618 Door comfort handle 779 Door control module 779 Door Control System 778 Door cut-out trim – for subracks 233 Door kit 779 Door latch mechanism – for bayed suites 575 Door stay for escape routes for TS 617 Door switch 779 Door-mounted fan – for server enclosures TS, TE 407 Door-operated switch 683, 684 584 – 588 Door variants Drawer – 482.6 mm (19˝) 729, 753, 799 – 482.6 mm (19˝), for keyboard 802, 803 and mouse 804 – 482.6 mm (19˝), for keyboards – for TS 591 – Installation kits 753 – Tray 669 D-Switch bus-mounting fuse base 295 Dust guard trim 620 – for AE, CM, EB, KL, BG, TS, ES E E-Box EB Earth clamps, EMC Earth rails Earth straps Earthing inserts for front panels Earthing kit – for KL – for QuickBox – KE, for KL, AE, TS – Pre-assembled, for DK-TS Earthing kit, complete – for DK-TS – for TE Earthing plate Earthing point, central Earthing set – for RiCase Earthing strap Earthquake base/plinth Earthquake kit, TS 8 E-Box EB – EMC Edge cover section Edge protector EL wall-mounted distributor Electric condensate evaporator Electronic enclosure Electronic Packaging EMC – Baying systems TS 8 – Compact enclosures AE – Contact strip – Earth clamps – E-Box EB – Gaskets for subracks – Gland plates – Shield bus – Shielding bracket – Subrack Ripac Vario EMC cable glands 37, 38 688 692 689 238 691 691 691 692 690 691 690 690 263 689 81 81 201 333 712 62 – 66 484 78 211 200 201 230 688 201 230, 231 687 686, 687 686 200, 216 687 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index EMC seals – Baying seal 688 – Divider panel seal 688 Enclosure attachment – Tilting, base mounting CP-L, rectangular 165 – Tilting, top mounting 167 Enclosure connector, adjustable 629 Enclosure flange 173 Enclosure for tower PC 131 Enclosure heaters 471 Enclosure internal fan – for TS 403 Enclosure internal thermostat 476 Enclosure keys 612 – Hygienic Design 178 Enclosure light 685 Enclosure panel fasteners, internal – for TS 568 Enclosure reinforcement 173 Enclosure surface connector 793 Enclosure systems – PC 130, 131 – Stainless steel 193 – 195 – SV-TS 8 84 – 93 – TS 71 – 93 Enclosures – Busbar enclosures 93 – Cable chamber enclosures 89, 90 – for Rittal Ri4Power applications 84, 85 – ISV 82, 83 – Modular enclosures 86 – 88 – SV-TS 8 86 – 88 – Switch-disconnector-fuse enclosures 91, 92 End caps – for bus-mounting fuse bases 294 End cover – Flat-PLS 333 – for 100 mm busbar system 341 – Maxi-PLS 328 – Mini-PLS 270 – PLS 278, 279 – RiLine60 276 – 279 End pieces – for guide rails, aluminium 236 End support – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 357 End support Maxi-PLS 328 Energy-Box 699 Energy-saving extractor plenum 487 Entry grommets 702 – for cables 702 – for connectors EPLAN platform 520, 521 Ergoform-S lock system 607 ESD connection point 692 ESD contact 237 Ex enclosures 196 – 199 – Plastic 199 – Stainless steel 198 Expansion connector PLS 313 Explosion-proof cooling units 425 Extension cable 775 Extension cover – for bus-mounting fuse bases 294 Extension kit – for complete earthing kit 690 – for earth rail, vertical 692 Eyebolts 626 Rittal Catalogue 33 F Fan – 24 V DC with speed monitoring 777 Fan Control System FCS 777 Fan expansion kit 404 – for door-mounted fan TS 407 Fan mounting plate – for TS 403, 406 Fan roof, modular, two-piece – for TS 405 Fan systems – for TS 401 Fan unit, active – for TE 406 Fan-and-filter units – Accessories for filters 481 – 484 – TopTherm 394 – 398 Fastener for support arm connection 794 Fastening bolts for base/plinth 546 Fastening bolts for component shelves 678 Feet 553, 555, 556 – for RiCase 263 – for Ripac Vario-Module 256 Fibre-optics 764 – Blanking cover 762 – Breakout box, 1 U – Cable management panel 731 760, 763 – Patch panels 725 – Shunting ring – Small distributor, polycarbonate 69 – Splicing boxes and accessories 762, 763 762 – Splicing cassette holder Filler pieces for busbar support 333 Filter holder for roof ventilation 486 Filter mats 548 – for base/plinth component, vented – for climate control door/section door 482 – for cooling units 481, 482 – for discontinued cooling units 481 – for heat exchangers 482 – for one-piece gland plate 564 – for tangential fans/front outlet grilles 481 Fine filter mats – for discontinued fan-and-filter units 484 – for fan-and-filter units 484 – for outlet filters 484 Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC 510 – 511 Fixture with rods, 3 U – for LSA strips 764 Flat copper bar system 277 Flat screen 796 FlatBox 57, 58 FlatBox base/plinth 553 Flat-PLS busbar systems 332 – 336 Flex-Block 540 Flex-Block base/plinth system 540 Flexible hose 445 Flow regulator valve 486 Fluid distribution manifold 445 FM – Universal mounting bracket 765 Foam rubber cable clamp strip 703 Folding keyboard 799 Folding lever handle – for CM 604 Fold-out tray – for keyboard and mouse 799 Frame connector – for Comfort Panel 630 Frame connector piece – for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm 663 Free-standing enclosure SE 8 98, 99 – Stainless steel 195 Front corner trims – for Ripac Vario-Module 257 Front cover 465 Front doors – for RiCase 260, 261 Front flanges – for Ripac Vario-Module 257 Front handles – for subracks 233 Front outlet grille 2 U – for tangential fans 486 Front panels – Earthing inserts 238 – for Comfort Panel and Optipanel 794 – for Compact Panel 794 – for subracks 239 – 244 – Subrack accessories 245 Front panels and handles 241 – 244 Front panels as filler panels 239 Front trim panels – for SV-TS 593, 594 – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 354 Fuel cell system 387 Functional space divider – for TS 348, 349 – Mounting bracket 347 Functional space side panel modules – for cable connection space 345 – for TS 345 Fuse elements – RiLine Class 308, 309 – RiLine NH 296, 307 – RiLine60 294, 295, 309 Fuse holder RiLine Class 308, 309 Fuse-switch disconnectors – Size 00 298, 299 – Size 000 271, 296, 297 – Size 1 300, 301 – Size 2 302, 303 – Size 3 304, 305 Fusible elements – for 60 mm busbar systems 294, 295 – Mini-PLS 271 G Gas pressurised spring – for viewing window 596 Gland plate modules for DK-TS 564 Gland plate modules, vented 564 704 – 708 Gland plates – EMC 687 623 – for cable entry – for CM, TP 560 – 562 566 – for CS New Basic enclosures – for DK-TS, multi-piece 563 346 – for side panel modules 563 – for TS, one-piece – Metal 706 – 708 – Plastic 704, 705 349 – to conceal cable entry opening 705 – with membranes, plastic Glazed door – for DK-TS 585 – for TS 584 Grommets 702 – for cable entry 702 – for connector entry GSM unit quad-band 777 Guide – for mounting plate 634 Guide rails – Aluminium 236 – for box-type plug-in units 237 – Keyable 236, 237 – Plastic 235 833 Index H Handle adaptor Handle frame – for operating housings Handle set – for Comfort Panel – for Optipanel Handles – Corner handle – Folding lever handle – for component shelves – for mounting plates – for subracks – Plastic handles – RiCase – Security handle with code – Swivel handle – T handles – U handle Heat exchangers – Air/air – Air/water – for CS modular enclosures – LCP Inline CW and DX – LCP Passive CW – LCP rack CW and DX – LCP T3+ CW High density cable duct Hinge attachment – for partial mounting plate TS Hinge pin remover Hinged blanking plate Hinged cable support Hinged lid for interfaces Hinges – 130°/180° – exterior, for GA – for blanking plates – for PK – for TS side panel Holder – for cable conduit – for mouse – for protective bar – for TFT Horizontal mounting kit – for subracks Horizontal rails subracks Horizontally hinged FT stay Hose-proof hood Housing coupling – CP-XL for desktop mounting HPC racks – for High Performance Cooling Hygienic Design HD – Accessories – Bit – Cable gland – Cam lock – Compact enclosures – Enclosure key – Levelling feet – Rails for interior installation – Terminal boxes – Wall spacer bracket Hygrostat 584 791 791 790 790 792 604 678 635 233 608 263 605 605 608 792 408 408 – 411 434 – 443 469 462 464 461 463 728 637 613 754 678 807 613 33 754 31 569 719 805 587 797 232 247 – 249 596 485 166 116 178, 179 178 711 178 177 178 178 179 176 178 476 I Identification labels – for bus-mounting fuse bases Identification strips – for patch panels Identification strip (J) Incandescent lamps – for steady and flashing light components 834 294 597, 620 761 234 810 Industrial Workstations 132, 133 – Base for tubular door frame 806 – Cast feet 553 Infill panels – for adaptor sections 742 – for TS network enclosures 755 Infrared acess sensor 773 Insert strip – for circuit-breaker component adaptors 322 – for Mini-PLS component adaptors 318 – for OM adaptor/support 319 Inserted screw nuts M12 311, 694 Inserts for busbar supports 340 Installation bracket – for mounting angles 746 – for TS 746 Installation examples, rail systems 644 – 646 Installation kit – Depth-variable 676, 753 – for back-to-back mounting plates TS 633 – for component shelves 676, 753 – for drawers 676, 753 – for mounting angles 745 – 747 – for swing frame, small 733 – for TS 746 Instrument cases – RiCase 258 – 263 Integrated louvres 480 Interconnecting cables – for lights 683 Interface board 477 Interface box 806 Interface extension with wall connection and built-in RJ 45 module 806 Interface flaps – modular 807 Interior door for AE IP 69K 588 Interior installation – Rails for AE 647 – Rails for CM, TP 647 Internal latch – for side panel, lockable 570 IP 66 baying systems TS 80 IP console – for SSC premium 785 ISDN unit 776 Isolator chassis Maxi-PLS 329 Isolator door cover 575 ISV – Busbar supports 365 – Contact hazard protection cover 366, 367 – Distribution enclosures 360 – 369 – TS 8 enclosures 82, 83 – Wall-mounted distributor 47 IT configurator 525 J Junction box – with multi-functional bracket Keyboard support Keyboard, 482.6 mm (19˝) Keys Kit for separate frame TS KVM switches 800 801 238 667 781 – 786 L Label panel – for signal pillars, modular 812 Laminated copper bars 314 Latch for adjacent door TS 605 LCP Inline CW and DX 462 LCP Passive CW 464 LCP rack CW and DX 461 LCP T3+ CW 463 Leakage sensor 773 Levelling component for TS base/plinth 546 Levelling feet 553, 555, 556 – Hygienic Design 178 Lid for interfaces 807 Lights – 1U 685 – Compact light 681 – Courtesy light 680 – Enclosure light 685 – LED 682 – Standard light 680 – System lights 679 – Universal light 680 Lint screen 483 Liquid Cooling Package 461 – 465 Locating adaptor 165 Lock components for frame TS 584 Lock cover 610, 611 Lock cylinder inserts 610 Lock inserts 604, 609 Lock nut, stainless steel 711 Lock systems – for compact enclosures, sheet steel 599 – for console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel 601 – for enclosures and cases, stainless steel 602 – for large enclosures, sheet steel 600 Lockable and adjacent door for TS 587 Locking bar latch 606 Locks, twist locks 592 Longitudinal connector – Flat-PLS 333 – Maxi-PLS 328 Louvred grille – for lint screen 483 Lug terminal connection parts – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 324 M 698 K Key 612 Keyable guide rails – Plastic 236 – with 1/2 HP offset 237 Keyboard – Built-in keyboard with touchpad 799 – Pull-out 798 Keyboard drawer 802 – 804 Keyboard lid – for RiCase 261 Keyboard rack, 482.6 mm (19˝) 801 Master/slave adaptor for Thermoelectric Cooler 477 Maxi-PLS busbar systems 328 – 331 Measurement module PSM 386 Mechanical maintenance bypass 378 Membrane gland plate 705 Metal filters for climate control units 482 Metal gland plates 706 Meter mounting board module, ISV 368 Microsoft Operations Manager 528 Micro-switch – for NH disconnectors/NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors 324 Mini-comfort handle 606 Mini-chillers 446, 447 Mini-fan 404 Mini-PLS busbar systems 270 Modular climate control concept 430, 431 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index Modular enclosures CS 208, 209 Modular enclosures SV-TS 8 86 – 88 Modular front design 589 Modular Safe 505 Modular Safe Extend 506 573 Module plates 565 – for TE Modules ISV 362 – 364, 367, 368 Monitor frame 597 Monitor switches 781, 782 Monitor, flat 796 Monitor/keyboard unit, 1 U 780 Monitoring 767 Monitoring system CMC III 768 Motion detector 773 Mounting – Wall mounting bracket 629 Mounting angles – Additional fastening attachment 745 – C rails 653, 655, 657 – for CS Basic 743 – for CS modular 743 – for CS Toptec 739 – for DK-EL 743 – for FlatBox 744 – for QuickBox 744 – for RiCase 261 – for TS 739 – for VerticalBox 744 – Installation kits 743, 745 – 747 – Metric 739 Mounting block for AE 664 Mounting blocks 231 658, 660 Mounting bracket – FM universal mounting bracket 765 658 – for CP 347 – for functional space divider – for Ri4Power 344 Mounting clip 245 – for plastic covers – for support rails 655 Mounting components – for signal pillar 812 – 814 Mounting frame – 482.6 mm (19˝) 740 – for TS 747 Mounting kit – for air circuit-breaker installation 347 – for cable trays 726 – for Comfort Panel 795 – for Optipanel 795 757 – for VerticalBox – Magnet 681 – TS, width-/depth-variable 745 Mounting kit for subracks – Horizontal 232 – Vertical 231 Mounting kit PSM – for busbar 386 Mounting kit, 2 U 747 Mounting kit, coupling set 351 Mounting panel 482.6 mm (19˝) 756 Mounting plates 631, 657, 658 634 – Adjustment bracket for KS – Attachment 632, 633 635 – Attachment for CM – Cross-brace for TS, ES 635 33 – for cast aluminium enclosures GA 639 – for CS Basic – for CS modular 639 639 – for CS Toptec 631 – for KL and KL-HD – for polycarbonate enclosures 31 350 – for Ri4Power Form 1-4 639 – for TS – Infill for TS 631 362 – Modules ISV 634 – Slide block for CM 634 – Slide rail for TS – Small 638 635 – Transport handles for TS, ES Rittal Catalogue 33 Mounting rails – for RiCase Mounting unit – 1U – for enclosure frame Mouse holder Mousepad – for keyboard rack – Support Multiple lock Multi-seal inserts Multi-tooth screws 262 776 775 805 801 800, 804, 805 611 710 666, 757 N NEMA 4X, NEMA 4 – Enclosures TS 80 424 – Wall-mounted cooling units Network cable 786 Network distribution enclosures 100 – 111 Network enclosures – Based on Rittal TE 7000 107 – 109 – Based on Rittal TS 8 102 – 106 New Basic enclosures CS 205, 206 NH bus-mounting fuse-switch disconnectors 298 – 305 NH disconnectors – Size 1 – 3 324 NH fuse-switch disconnectors – Modules ISV 364 – Size 00 298, 299 – Size 000 271, 296, 297 – Size 1 300, 301 – Size 2 302, 303 – Size 3 304, 305 NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors – Modules ISV 367 – Size 00 306 – Size 1 – 3 307 Noise protection kit for TS 574 Nuts 665 – for TS section 659 Nylon loop 720 Nylon loop cable holder 721 O OM adaptors OM support One-piece consoles – AP, stainless steel – TP, sheet steel Operating housing – With handle strips Operating panel Optical components – for signal pillars, modular Optipanel Outdoor climate control Outdoor enclosures Outlet filter Overflow valve Overvoltage protection PSM 283 – 286 286 192 128 144 598 810 140, 141 508 203 – 209 485 486 386 P Pair of mounting angles, second Panel – with solid tray Paper removal flap Parallel hot swap chassis UPS Partial doors – for SV-TS – for TS 748 730 760 805 379 592 590 Partial mounting plates – for CS Basic 637 – for CS modular 637 – for CS Toptec 636 – for ES 637 – for TS 636 – for TS-SV 350 – Locatable 638 Partition 572 Patch cable, Cat 5 786 Patch panels 69, 759 – 761, 763 PC enclosure systems 130, 131 – Stainless steel 193 PCB ejector/retainer 238 PCB holder – for box type plug-in units 246 PCB holder kit 245 PE busbar 691 PE/PEN combination angle 694 Pedestal, complete 170 Pedestal, modular 169 Perforated mounting strip – for AE stainless steel 615 – for partial doors 593 – for TP universal console 615 Perforated plate – Base/plinth trim, modular 549 Pillar 172 – Small 171 PinBlock 320 PinBlock Plus 321 Pivot CP-L 167 Plastic – Base/plinth 540, 541 – Cable gland plates 704 – Enclosures KS 52, 53 – Ex enclosures 199 – Gland plates 705 – Handles 608 Plastic covers for PCBs 245 Plate – for base mounting 546 Plate clamps 316 PLS busbar systems 278, 279 PLS busbars – for T-connector sets 352 Plug-in PSM modules for busbar 383 PMC 12 relay card 378 PMC UPS accessories 378 – 381 Pole clamp 629 Polyamide reducers – for cable glands 710 Polycarbonate enclosures PK 28 – 31 Potential equalisation rail 692 Potential equalisation star 690 Power circuit-breaker modules ISV 364 Power Control for SSC 786 Power Control Unit 700 Power Distribution Rack/Module 382 Power engineering software 523 Power pack 484 – 24 V (DC) 774 – CMC III – for PU II/Basic CMC/FCS 774 786 – for SSC 796 – for TFT monitor Power System Module 383 – 386 Premium Panel 188 Pressure relief stoppers 566 Primer/paint 570 – Contact paint 688 Prism terminal 323 Processing Unit Compact, CMC III 772 Processing Unit, CMC III 772 Programming cable 774 Protective bar – for TS 587 PSM busbar 383, 384 PSM socket modules 383 – 385 Pull-out frame, 482.6 mm (19˝) 737 Punched rails 656 – 17 x 17 mm, TS 650 – 18 x 38 mm, TS 835 Index – 23 x 23 mm, PS 651 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 652 649 – 25 x 38 mm, TS 356 – Cover, distribution busbar Punched section with mounting flange – 17 x 73 mm, TS 647, 648, 676 – 23 x 73 mm, PS 652 – 23 x 73 mm, TS 648 – for coupling section 657 Punched section without mounting flange – 23 x 73 mm, PS 652 – 45 x 88 mm, TS 649 Q Quality management Quick-action vent valve Quick-assembly block QuickBox Quick-change frame – for roof-mounted cooling units Quick-fit baying clamps Quick-release fastener – for QuickBox 535 445 662 59 – 61 479 577 486 612 R Rack-mounted fans 399 – 400 Rail mounting bracket 664 Rail systems 644, 658 Rails – Base configuration rail for CM 649 – for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief 686 179 – for interior installation – for interior installation AE 647 – for interior installation CM, TP 647 – for RiCase 262 – for subracks 247 – 249 – Support rails for TS, CM, PC, TP 638 Rain canopies – for AE, CM 619 RCCMD software 529 Rear feet – for Ripac Vario-Module 256 Rear trim – for RiCase 260 Reinforcement – for enclosure 173 Reinforcement bracket – for TS, SE, TP universal console 559 Relay card PMC 12 378 RFID – Controller 787 – Mounting frame 787 – Tags 787 Ri4Power assembly instructions 359 Ri4Power documentation 359 Ri4Power Form 1-4 326, 327 RiBat, Battery Manager 381 RiCAD 3D 519 RiCase 258 – 263 RiCell Flex fuel cell system 387 Ride-up roller – for TS, ES, PC 618 RiDiag II 529 RiLine Class fuse elements 308, 309 RiLine NH fuse elements 296, 306, 307 RiLine60 busbar systems 276 – 279 – Accessories 310 – 325 – Component adaptors 287 – 289 – Connection system 280, 341 – PLS busbars 278 RiLine60 fuse elements 294, 295, 309 Ripac – Box type plug-in units 246 – EASY 212 – 215 836 – Section system 247 – 249 – Vario 216 – 227 – Vario, heavy-duty 224 – 227 – Vario-Module 252 – 255 RiZone software 527, 528 RJ 45 – Installation module and extension 806 Roof 619, 622, 624, 625 Roof frame bars – for SV-TS 594 Roof mounting screw 626 Roof plate – for Data Rack 748 – for DK-TS 624, 625 – for SV-TS 622 – Multi-piece 624 – TS for cooling units 478 Roof vent 402 Roof-mounted – Cooling units 426 – 429 – Heat exchangers air/water 434 – 443 Roof-mounted fan 401, 402 RTT roof-mounted fans 401 S Screen, flat 796 Screw connections – for connection brackets 337 – for Flat-PLS 335 Screws 666, 757, 758 SE 8, system enclosure 98, 99 Sealing bungs – for cable glands 710 Second pair of mounting angles 748 Section doors for cooling modules 431 Section for cable entry – for TS, CM, TP 702, 703 Security handle with code 605 Security lock 611 Security rooms 513 Self-tapping screws 666 Semi-cylinder lock 610 Serial installation device modules ISV 363 Server enclosures – Based on Rittal TS 7000 117 – Based on Rittal TS 8 115 – Based on TS 8 114 – for High Performance Cooling 116 Server Switch Control 781 Service socket 699 Shallow air duct system 474 Shallow duct extension 474 585 Sheet steel door for DK-TS – Vented 585 586 – Vertically divided 586 – for TS Shelves 675 – for AE with pull-out frame 668 – 678 – See component shelves Shield bus, EMC 687 Shielding – Vertical 465 Shunting ring 723, 724 Shunting ring fibre-optic 725 Side cover – for bus-mounting fuse bases 294 Side cover section 333 Side panel modules – for cable connection space 345 – for TS 345 Side panels – Asymmetrical, for TS 568 – for cable chamber 545 – for modular front design 591 – for TE 570 – for top mounting module 621 – Lockable, for TS 569 570 – Plug-type, divided – Screw-fastened, for TS 567 Side parts for static installation of component shelves 677 Signal pillars 808, 809 – Optical components 810 Single-phase connection cable 386 SK BUS system 477 Slide rails 748 – 751 – for mounting plate TS 634 – for RiCase 263 – for swing frames 738 Sliding blocks – for circuit-breaker component adaptor 322 – for Maxi-PLS 329 Sliding nuts Maxi-PLS 329 Slimline fuse-switch disconnectors – Size 00 306 – Size 1 – 3 307 Slimline fuse-switch-disconnector module ISV 367 Small distributor – Fibre-optic, polycarbonate 69 Smoke detector 773 Snap-in cable routing 721 Snap-on nut TS 659 Socket strips 695, 696, 697, 700 – CMC 698 Sockets 698, 699 Software 519 – 529 Spacer rolls 353 Spacers 614 – for Flat-PLS 333 – for ISV 369 – for RiCase 262 – for RiLine60 busbar supports 310 – for roof plate TS 626 Spacing element for busbar supports 340 Spare filter mat – for base/plinth component 548 – for EMC fan-and-filter unit 483 – for fan-and-filter units/outlet filters 483 – for filter holder 483 – for gland plate modules 564, 565 – for thermoelectric cooler 483 Spare key 612 Special busbars – Maxi-PLS 328 – Mini-PLS 270 – PLS 312 Speed control 477 Spring nuts 666 – M5 – M6 758 Spring washer 606 SSC – compact 781 – Console Cat 5 784 – Console IP 785 – Console local 784 – Converter 785 – Converter VT100 785 – Power Control for SSC premium 786 – Power Pack 786 – premium 782 – view 781 SSC Duo 16 783 Stabiliser – for connection kit 337 – for Maxi-PLS 328 Stabiliser bars Flat-PLS 332 Stabiliser bracket for base/plinth TS 554 Stabiliser for TS server enclosures 554 Stacking insulator 337 Stainless steel 180 – 195, 198 – AE protection category IP 69K 187 – Base/plinth 552 – Baying systems TS 8 194 – Bus enclosures BG 183 – Cable entry plates 701 – Cable gland 711 – Command panel housing with door 189 – Compact enclosures AE 184 – 186 Rittal Catalogue 33 Index – Cooling units – roof-mounted 426 – 429 – Cooling units – wall-mounted 416 – 425 – Ex enclosures 198 – One-piece consoles AP 192 – PC enclosure systems 193 – Premium Panel 188 – Support arm system CP-S 190, 191 – Switch housing 182 – System enclosure SE 8 195 – Terminal boxes KL 183 – Viewing window 597 Stand systems 169 – 173 Standard light 680 Stationary base/plinth 548 Stay – Door stay for escape routes 617 – for door 617 – for trim panel 591 – for viewing window 596 ST-Combi connector – for OM Premium adaptor 321 Stepped collar 714 Stoppers – for roof-mounted cooling units 474 Straps, earth straps 689 Strengthener – for desk unit 127 Subracks – Accessories 231 – 244 – Assembly parts 250, 251 – Configurator 525 – Covers 228, 229 – Horizontal rails 247 – 249 – Ripac EASY 212 – Ripac Vario 216 Supplementary unit – ISDN unit 776 Support arm bracket 90° CP-L 167 Support arm configurator 525 Support arm system – Accessories 164 – 168 – CP-C 156 – 159 – CP-L 152 – 155 – CP-S 148 – 151 – CP-XL 160 – 163 Support arm, height adjustable 166 Support bars – for air circuit-breakers 347 Support bracket 661 – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 – 3 325 – TS, PS 661 Support frame – for DIN rail-mounted devices 351 – for OM adaptor/support 320 Support frame support – for OM adaptors 320 Support panel – for cover section 315 Support rail modules ISV 362, 363 Support rail, locatable 638 Support rails 655 – 65 x 42 mm for TS, ES 654 – for component adaptors 318 – 322 – for OM adaptor/support 319 – for polycarbonate enclosures 31 – for stacking insulators 337 – for TS, ES, CM 654 Support stand/carrying handle – for Ripac Vario-Module 257 Support strips – for AE 614 – for TS, CM, ES, TP 614, 650 Support unit, 3 U 764 Supports – 1-/2-pole 310 – for flat copper busbars 276, 277, 340 – for Flat-PLS 332 – for keyboards 800 – for laminated copper bars 314 328 – for Maxi-PLS – for mousepad 800, 804, 805 Rittal Catalogue 33 – for PLS – for small appliances – ISV Surface connector for enclosures Surplus cable holder SV-TS 8 enclosures Swing frame – Installation kit – Large, with trim panel – Large, without trim panel – Small, for TS – Stay – Vario, for ES Switch-disconnector-fuse enclosures Switches Swivel handle for sheet steel door DK-TS System accessories System attachment – for Flat-PLS – for frequency converters – for Maxi-PLS – for RiLine60 System components – Flat-PLS – Maxi-PLS System covers System enclosure SE 8 – Stainless steel System enclosures – Ripac Vario-Module System lights System support rails System supports – for cable routes System window 278, 279 756 365 793 726 82 – 93 733 736 735 733 738 734 91, 92 781 – 786 605 537 – 814 332 445 328 352 332 – 336 328 – 331 316 98, 99 195 252 – 255 679 – 682 654 725 595 T T handles 608 T-connector kits for busbar systems – Flat-PLS 336 – Maxi-PLS 330 – RiLine60 353 T-connector piece 663 Tangential fans 482.6 mm (19˝) 399 – 400 TE 7000 – Network enclosures 107 – 109 – Open, distributor racks 110 – Server enclosures 117 Telescopic slides – for component shelves 677 – for subracks 233 Temperature display and thermostat 475, 476 Temperature sensor 773 Temperature/humidity sensor 773 Terminal block SV 369 Terminal block, distribution busbar – for switch-disconnector-fuse section 358 Terminal boxes KL 34, 36 613 – Cover hinge – Cover retainer 613 – Hygienic Design 176 Terminal connection – for NH slimline fuse-switch disconnectors, size 00 325 Terminal studs – for Maxi-PLS 329 Terminals – Flat-PLS 335 – for NH disconnectors 323 TFT – Monitor 796 TFT display, 15˝ 801 TFT holder 797 TFT holder, vertically hinged 797 Therm software 523 Thermoelectric cooler 414 Threaded bolts Maxi-PLS 329 Threaded inserts – for RiCase 262 Threaded inserts (I) – for subracks 233 Threaded inserts M6 for KS 666 Three-phase connection cable for PSM busbar 386 Tightening torques brochure – Flat-PLS busbar systems 359 Top covers – for Ripac Vario-Module 256 Top mounting module for TS 621 TopConsole system TP 120 – 127 – Accessories 127 Top-hat rail module 759 Top-hat rails 655 TopTherm – Chillers 446 – 449 – Fan-and-filter units 394 – 398 – LCP 461 – 464 – Roof-mounted cooling units 426 – 429 – Roof-mounted fans 401 – Wall-mounted cooling units 417 – 425 Touchscreen 796 Touchscreen display – for LCP rack, inline, T3+ 465 Tower feet for RiCase 263 TP – One-piece consoles 128 – Universal consoles 129 Transport and mounting handle – for TS/ES doors 618 Transport bracket 580 Transport castors – for base/plinth, complete, sheet steel 552 – for TE 557 – for TS base/plinth 545 Transport handles for mounting plates – for TS, ES 635 Transport kit for DK-TS 557 Transport plinth 550 Tray, drawer tray 669 Trim – for subracks 233 Trim frame – for horizontal mounting kit 232 – for slimline cooling units 479 588 – for TS 8 – vented 232 Trim panels 548 – for base/plinth – for cast feet 173 563 – for CM – for pedestal 173 – for SV-TS 593, 594 127 – for TP – for TS 590 Trim piece – Hinged at the top, for TS 589 TS – Adaptor rail for wiring systems 667 – Assembly block 651 – Punched rail 649, 650 – Punched section with mounting flange 647, 648 – Punched section without mounting flange 649 – Support strips 650 TS 8 baying systems – SV busbar enclosure 93 – SV cable chamber enclosures 89, 90 – SV enclosures, Ri4Power 84, 85 – SV modular enclosures 86, 88 – SV switch-disconnector-fuse enclosure 91, 92 TS 8 configurator 525 TS 8 enclosures 70 – 93 – Corner enclosures 583 – Door latch 575 – Electronic enclosures 78 – for modular front design 79 837 Index – for power distribution – for Ri4Power applications – IP 66/NEMA 4X and NEMA 4 – Isolator door cover – Network enclosures – Server enclosures – Stainless steel Turn-lock fastener – for PK Twin castors Twin cords – for OM adaptors Twist locks 82 – 93 84, 85 80 575 102 – 106 112 – 116 194 31 556 321 592 U U handle U nuts Underfloor frame – for DK-TS Universal bracket Universal consoles TP Universal light Universal lock Universal lock unit Universal mounting bracket FM Universal sensor Universal support – for laminated copper bars Upgrade kit – for front trim panels UPS – Monitoring card (SNMP card) – PMC 12 – PMC 40 (type 1-4) – PMC 40 (type 5) – PMC 120 – PMC 200 – PMC 800 UPS sub-distribution USB extension Utility bars, vertically hinged Utility lectern Utility table for 482.6 mm (19˝) 792 665 554 664 129 680 773 777 765 773 314 593, 594 380 372 373 374 375 376 377 379, 380 806 800 615 675 W RAL colours Wall angle 628 Wall bracket for TS, ES 628 Wall mounting 627 Wall mounting brackets 627, 628 627 – for AE 33 – for cast aluminium enclosures 630 – for Compact Panel – for CS wall-mounted enclosures 629 31 – for polycarbonate enclosures 630 – Vertically hinged Wall spacer bracket HD 178 Wall-mounted cooling units 415 – 425 47 Wall-mounted distributor ISV Wall-mounted enclosures – AE 67, 68 204 – CS – EL 62 – 66 – QuickBox 59 – 61 – Small fibre-optic distributors 69 Wall-mounted heat exchangers – Air/air 408 – 411 – Air/water 437 – 443 Wall-mounted network distributors 55 – 69 Washers, contact washers 689 Width divider 558 Window – Viewing window 596, 597 – Viewing window for operating panel 598 Windows – System window 595 Wiring brackets ISV 369 Wiring plan lectern 615 Wiring plan pockets 616, 617 Colour RAL Designation 5002 ultramarine blue 5018 turquoise blue 7015 slate grey 7022 umbra grey 7024 graphite grey 7030 stone grey 7032 pebble grey 7033 cement grey 7035 pale grey 8019 grey brown 9005 jet black 9006 white aluminium 9011 graphite black 9017 traffic black Z Z rail for connector 234 V Vandalism sensor Variable modular climate control concept Vario swing frame – for ES Vario, Ripac Vario-Module, Ripac Vent attachment – TS Vent cover Ventilated front panels Vertical mounting kit – for subracks VerticalBox Viewing window – for operating panel – Stainless steel Voltage monitor Voltage supply 773 587 734 216 – 227 252 – 255 401 478 478 754 231 56 596 598 597 773 695 We reserve the right to further developments and technical modifications of our products. Such modifications, along with errors and printing errata, shall not constitute grounds for compensation. We refer customers to our Terms of Sale and Delivery. 838 Rittal Catalogue 33 33i10000_gb_herbor.fm Seite 1 Montag, 7. November 2011 1:55 13 2011/2012 䡲 Enclosures Catalogue 33 䡲 Power Distribution 䡲 Climate Control 䡲 IT Infrastructure 12.2011 / E980 䡲 Software & Services Catalogue 33 Edition 2011 / 2012 Rittal. Power and Vision! RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG Postfach 1662 䡠 D-35726 Herborn Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 䡠 Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319 E-mail: info@rittal.de 䡠 www.rittal.com ENCLOSURES POWER DISTRIBUTION CLIMATE CONTROL IT INFRASTRUCTURE SOFTWARE & SERVICES
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Warning : Invalid xref tableEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools